diff options
97 files changed, 17 insertions, 36631 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ff6100 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #65884 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/65884) diff --git a/old/65884-0.txt b/old/65884-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3f63ac2..0000000 --- a/old/65884-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15840 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Newspaper Writing and Editing, by Willard -Grosvenor Bleyer - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Newspaper Writing and Editing - -Author: Willard Grosvenor Bleyer - -Release Date: July 20, 2021 [eBook #65884] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -Produced by: WebRover, MFR, Quentin Campbell and the Online Distributed - Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was - produced from images generously made available by The Internet - Archive) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING *** - - Transcriber’s Note - -In the following transcription, italic text is denoted by _underscores_ -while bold text is denoted by =equal signs=. Small capitals in the -original text have been transcribed as ALL CAPITALS. - -See the end of this document for details of corrections and other changes. - - ————————————— Start of Book ————————————— - - - - - NEWSPAPER WRITING - AND EDITING - - BY - - WILLARD GROSVENOR BLEYER, PH.D. - - CHAIRMAN OF THE COURSE IN JOURNALISM, AND - ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR OF JOURNALISM IN - THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN - - - [Illustration] - - - BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO SAN FRANCISCO - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - The Riverside Press Cambridge - - - - - COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY WILLARD GROSVENOR BLEYER - - ALL RIGHTS RESERVED - - - The Riverside Press - CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS - PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. - - - - - TO - A. H. B. - - - - - PREFACE - - -Seven years’ experience in trying to train college students in methods -of newspaper writing and editing has convinced the author of the need -of text-books in journalism. Newspapers themselves supply the student -with so miscellaneous a collection of good, bad, and mediocre work -that, with an uncritical taste, he does not always discriminate in -the character of the models which he selects to imitate. Lectures by -experienced editors and writers, although fruitful of much inspiration -and general information, seldom give the student sufficiently specific -and detailed directions to guide him in his daily work. What he needs -is a handbook containing typical examples of all of the kinds of -newspaper work that he is likely to be called upon to do during the -first years of his newspaper experience. These examples should be -carefully selected from well-edited newspapers and should be analyzed -to show the fundamental principles that underlie their construction. -With such a book illustrative of current practices in newspaper -making, he can study more intelligently the newspapers themselves and -can assimilate more completely the advice and information given by -newspaper men in active service. Furthermore, such a book, by giving -specific suggestions with examples of their application, serves as a -guide to aid the student in overcoming his difficulties as he does his -work from day to day. It is to furnish a handbook and guide of this -kind that the present text-book has been prepared. - -This book is adapted both for use in college classes in journalism and -for study by persons interested in journalism who are not attending -college. The needs of these two groups are not essentially different. -Both desire to know the basic principles of newspaper writing and -editing and to get the necessary training in the application of these -fundamental principles to their own work. In each chapter, accordingly, -explanation and exemplification are supplemented by material for -practice work. - -To formulate a large number of rules for the writing of news stories, -the editing of copy, the writing of headlines, and other kinds of -newspaper work, is plainly impossible, even if it were desirable. -Methods of newspaper making during the last fifty years have undergone -so constant and rapid a readjustment to new conditions in the -transmission of news, in mechanical production, and in the sources -of income, that only a few traditions have remained unchanged. The -tireless effort to secure novelty and variety in present-day journalism -prevents the news story or the headline from becoming absolutely fixed -in form or style. Instead of attempting to formulate dogmatic rules -and directions, the author has undertaken to analyze current methods -of newspaper work with the purpose of showing the reasons for them -and the causes which have produced them. The examples selected to -illustrate these methods have been taken from newspapers in all parts -of the country and are intended to represent the general practices now -prevailing. For obvious reasons names and addresses in most of these -stories have been changed. To retain the newspaper form as far as -possible, the examples have been printed between rules in column width. - -Inasmuch as this book is intended to prepare the student for the -kind of work which he is likely to do during the first years of -his newspaper experience, it does not consider editorial writing, -book-reviewing, or musical and dramatic criticism. To discuss these -subjects adequately would require more space than a handbook on -reporting and editing permits. - -It is assumed throughout this book that the student of journalism is -familiar with the elementary principles of grammar and rhetoric, and -has had sufficient training in composition to be able to express ideas -in simple, correct English. Faults in such rudimentary matters as -grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization are not considered -at all. No attention is given to diction or questions of good usage. -All these matters are fully treated in numerous books on English -composition. - -In the discussion of the news story, an emphasis has been given to -the “lead” that may seem disproportionate. This has been done in -the belief that the rapidity with which newspapers are generally -read makes the beginning the most important part of the story. The -average reader gleans the significant facts of each piece of news -from the headlines and the first paragraphs. He expects in the “lead” -the “feature” as well as the gist of the news. To the student this -problem of massing skillfully, in a compact and interesting form, the -substance of his material, is a new one, and he must be shown all -the varied possibilities of this treatment. The author has not been -unmindful of the fact that efforts are being made to break away from -the “gist-of-the-news” beginning, and has given examples of other -forms. For stories in which entertainment rather than information is -the purpose, beginnings that do not summarize may undoubtedly be used -to advantage. In such stories the student must be shown how to arouse -the reader’s interest and curiosity in the first sentences so that he -will read further. - -The function of the newspaper has been discussed at some length -in order to call the student’s attention to the importance of the -newspaper as an influence in a democratic government and to point out -the significance of his own work in relation to society. An effort has -been made to analyze the problems of newspaper making in order to show -the fundamental issues involved. The purpose has been, not to settle -these questions dogmatically, but to stimulate the student to think for -himself. - -“Newspaper English” has so long been regarded by many teachers of -English as a term of reproach, and instruction in journalistic writing -has been so recently introduced into the college curriculum, that some -English instructors still question the value of systematic training -of students in newspaper writing as a part of the teaching of English -composition. Nevertheless, every teacher of English in the secondary -schools and colleges recognizes the fact that one of the most serious -weaknesses of present-day training in composition is the lack of a -definite aim for the student in his writing, and a corresponding lack -of interest on his part in doing work that has no real purpose. To -report actual events for publication, either in a local newspaper or -in a school paper, gives the student both material and purpose, and to -that extent increases his interest and his desire to write well. If -the application of the principles of English composition to newspaper -writing and editing can be demonstrated to the student, as the author -has attempted to do in this book, the student can undoubtedly be given -valuable practice in these principles through systematic training in -newspaper work. - -“Every professor of journalism must write a textbook on journalism in -order to justify his claim to his title,” was the facetious remark made -at the first Conference of Teachers of Journalism. Until journalism -has been taught in colleges and universities long enough to have -developed generally accepted methods of instruction, the text-book -produced by every teacher of the subject must be regarded, not as a -demonstration of his claims to the title, but as a contribution to the -development of methods of teaching based on his own experience. If this -book is of assistance to those who aspire to become newspaper workers -or to those who are undertaking to train students of journalism, it -will have accomplished its purpose. - -The author is indebted to the publishers of _Collier’s Weekly_, of the -_American Magazine_, and of the _Independent_ for permission to reprint -material from these magazines. Acknowledgment is also due to the many -newspapers throughout the country from which examples have been taken -and to which due credit has been given whenever the “stories” thus -reproduced have been important or distinctive in character. - -The facsimile newspaper headings reproduced in this book represent -styles of type used in newspaper offices throughout the country. These -specimens are included by courtesy of the Mergenthaler Linotype Company -of New York. - - UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, - MADISON, March 3, 1913. - - - - - CONTENTS - - - I. HOW A NEWSPAPER IS MADE 1 - - II. NEWS AND NEWS VALUES 17 - - III. GETTING THE NEWS 29 - - IV. STRUCTURE AND STYLE IN NEWS STORIES 60 - - V. NEWS STORIES OF UNEXPECTED OCCURRENCES 101 - - VI. SPEECHES, INTERVIEWS, AND TRIALS 126 - - VII. SPECIAL KINDS OF NEWS 161 - - VIII. FOLLOW UP AND REWRITE STORIES 194 - - IX. FEATURE STORIES 211 - - X. EDITING COPY 255 - - XI. THE WRITING OF HEADLINES 271 - - XII. PROOF-READING 315 - - XIII. MAKING UP THE PAPER 322 - - XIV. THE FUNCTION OF THE NEWSPAPER 331 - - INDEX 361 - - NEWSPAPER WRITING - AND EDITING - - - - - CHAPTER I - - HOW A NEWSPAPER IS MADE - - -=Newspaper Production.= To furnish for a cent or two a fairly complete -record of important events that take place in any corner of the -world, editorial comment, market quotations, reviews of new books, -critiques of plays and concerts, fashion hints, cooking recipes, -cartoons, and illustrations, as well as advertisements of all kinds, -would seem a stupendous, not to say impossible, task if it were not -an everyday phenomenon. A single copy of a daily newspaper in a large -city contains, exclusive of advertising, from 60,000 to 80,000 words, -or as many as does the average novel. These metropolitan papers print -from 100,000 to 900,000 copies each day, numbers far in excess of -the editions of most successful novels. While it takes the novelist -months to produce his work, and his publishers months to print it, -the newspaper is made and printed in from one to ten editions within -twenty-four hours. - -The successful achievement of such an undertaking, day by day, requires -extensive equipment and effective organization. The rapid production of -a large edition demands many expensive machines to transform written -matter quickly into type, and huge presses to print the papers at the -highest speed. Furthermore, it makes necessary a large staff to gather -and prepare news and other reading matter, a large force to put this -material into type, to print it, and to distribute the papers, besides -managers and clerks to carry on the many business transactions involved -in so big an enterprise. - -=Newspaper Organization.= Although in its main divisions the -organization of newspaper publishing is essentially the same, the -size of a paper determines to a considerable extent the number of -employees and the degree of division of labor among them, as well as -the character and the extent of the equipment. On large papers where -many men are employed and many editions are printed daily, there needs -must be considerable specialization in editing and reporting; while on -small papers the size of the staff requires that each man perform a -variety of tasks. Sometimes conditions of ownership or control, and on -older papers office traditions, modify the usual duties and authority -of different members of the staff. - -No one form of organization that can be described in detail, therefore, -will apply to all newspaper offices even when they are of the same -relative size, but a composite type of organization for large -newspapers may be explained to show the division of work. - -Newspaper publishing consists of three distinct parts with three -entirely different classes of workers: (1) the business management, (2) -the mechanical force, (3) the editorial staff. - -=The Business Management.= The business organization, as its name -implies, has charge of the commercial side of newspaper publishing. -From the financial point of view the purpose of the newspaper is to -make enough money to maintain the paper and to pay dividends to the -stockholders. The object of the business department is to sell as much -advertising space and as many copies of each issue as it possibly -can; and, on the other hand, to pay out for wages and expenses only -so much as is necessary to keep the paper up to a standard that will -insure a good circulation and enough advertising. In short, a newspaper -company, regarded purely in the light of a business enterprise, is not -essentially different from any manufacturing company that produces and -sells a commodity. - -The business department is organized with a business manager at its -head, who has complete control of the finances of the paper, subject, -of course, to the owner or board of directors of the company. Under -him are: (1) the circulation manager, (2) the advertising manager, (3) -the cashier. The circulation manager directs the work of subscription -canvassers, the drivers and the assistants on the paper’s distributing -wagons, the mailing clerks and helpers, and a force of office clerks -and bookkeepers. In the advertising department are the advertising -solicitors and the office clerks and bookkeepers. The cashier has -assistants and a bookkeeper to aid him. The business office of the -newspaper is frequently referred to as the “counting room.” - -=The Mechanical Force.= The mechanical side of newspaper making is -divided into three relatively distinct departments: (1) the composing -room, where, under the direction of a foreman and a copy-cutter, the -type is set up by compositors or is cast in linotype or monotype -machines by operators, and where the type is arranged by make-up men -in pages as it is to appear in print; (2) the stereotyping room, where -these pages of type are used to make molds into which lead plates are -cast by stereotypers under the direction of the foreman of the room; -(3) the press-room, where the papers are printed, in charge of a -superintendent with pressmen and machinists as his assistants. Attached -to the composing room is the proof-reading department with a head -proof-reader, several assistant readers, and as many copy-holders who -read aloud the copy for the proof which is to be corrected. - -=The Editorial Staff.= The writing and editing of a newspaper, with -which this book is particularly concerned, is divided into two distinct -parts: (1) the gathering, the writing, and the editing of the news; -and (2) the interpreting of the news. The two branches are different -in the kind of work involved, and are relatively independent in the -organization of the office. To present clear, concise, accurate, -timely, and interesting reports, or “stories” as they are called, of -everything that is going on in the world of sufficient importance to -be of interest to any considerable number of readers, is the aim of -the news department. The more quickly, the more attractively, the more -completely the news can be presented, the greater is considered the -success of the newspaper from the point of view of the news staff. -The editorials of a newspaper attempt to interpret and to explain the -news, or to make the news the basis of argument upon issues growing -out of questions of the day. The attitude taken by a newspaper on the -questions at issue is determined by what is known as its “editorial -policy.” - -The editor-in-chief, under whom are one or more editorial writers, has -charge of the editorial columns and determines the editorial policy, -subject to whatever control of this policy the owner or directors -desire to exercise. The editorial writers and the editor-in-chief -confer daily to consider the attitude that the paper shall take in -its editorials and to divide the work of writing them. Some of the -editorials are written by men in other professions who are not on the -regular staff, and often by such members of the news staff as the -financial editor or the dramatic critic. Most of the editorials, -however, are the work of the editorial writers. - -The news staff is in charge of the managing editor, who is usually -responsible directly to the owner or the directors. As aids the -managing editor has the assistant managing editor, and the news editor, -or the night editor, to take charge of “making up” the newspaper The -gathering and writing of local news is in charge of the city editor -and the night city editor, with an assistant city editor. The news of -the state, the nation, and the world, as it comes by mail, telegraph, -and telephone, is under the control of the telegraph editor. The city -editor directs the reporters; the telegraph editor the correspondents. -Particular kinds of news are collected and edited by persons in -especially designated positions, such as the sporting editor, the -society editor, the financial and market editor, the dramatic and -musical editor, the real estate editor, the railroad editor, the marine -editor, the labor editor, all of whom usually work under the direction -of the managing editor. The special magazine sections of the Saturday -or the Sunday issues are in charge of the magazine, or Sunday, editor. -An exchange editor goes over all the newspapers received in exchange -to clip and edit material worth reprinting. Cartoonists, artists, and -photographers supply the materials for newspaper illustrations, or -“cuts,” as they are called. A librarian has charge of the reference -books and newspaper files, as well as of the collection of biographical -sketches and portraits of prominent people known as the “morgue.” - -All of the manuscript, or “copy,” is edited and is supplied with -headlines at the copy desk in charge of a head copy-reader with a -number of copy-readers as assistants. “Rewrite men” are often employed -to take the facts of a story from another newspaper and rewrite -them, or to receive material over the telephone from reporters and -correspondents and write it up for publication. Unsatisfactory work of -a reporter may be turned over to a rewrite man to be put in the desired -form, for rewrite men must be able to take the raw material of the news -furnished by others and turn it into a well-written news story. - -=Getting News into Print.= The relation of all these departments to -one another is best shown by following through the process by which -a piece of news gets into print. The telegraph editor on a newspaper -in the capital city of the state, for example, gets from an office -telegraph operator, a typewritten dispatch signed by the paper’s -correspondent in a city of a neighboring state to the effect that -the attorney-general has dropped dead in the lobby of a hotel. The -telegraph editor at once notifies the city editor so that he may assign -reporters to get the local phases of the piece of news, or “to cover -the local end of the story,” as the newspaper workers say. One reporter -is sent to interview the members of the late attorney-general’s family; -another is dispatched to the governor’s office for an interview with -the governor on the deceased official; a third is asked to look up the -statute concerning such an unexpected vacancy in the office; a fourth -is assigned to find out the probable successor to the position. - -After informing the city editor and the managing editor, the telegraph -editor at once turns over the dispatch to the head copy-reader to have -it edited and to have a headline written. Meanwhile one of the rewrite -men is delegated to get a biographical sketch of the attorney-general -from the office “morgue” and to write an obituary. The artist looks -up the half-tone engraving, or “cut,” of the official in the “morgue” -and selects an appropriate border or “frame” in which to put it. The -editor-in-chief is informed of the attorney-general’s death so that he -may make appropriate editorial comment. Meanwhile the telegraph editor -has sent a telegram to the correspondent who furnished the first news -of the event instructing him to “wire” five hundred words more giving -all the particulars. - -When the dispatch has been edited and a headline written by one of -the copy-readers, the latter returns it to the head copy-reader, who -glances over it and sends it in a pneumatic tube to the composing room. -The tube delivers it at the copy-cutter’s desk. The copy-cutter glances -at the sheet with the headline for the story, and then at the two pages -of copy. The headline he sends by the copy distributor to the headline -machine to be set up. The two pages of copy he cuts into three pieces -or “takes” so that the story may be set up on three different linotype -machines. If the copy of the whole story were given to one machine -operator, it would take three times as long to get it into type. - -Meanwhile some of the reporters have returned from their assignments. -Each one reports what he has found to the city editor, and is told how -long a story to write, and possibly what to emphasize in the beginning, -or “lead.” As each story is finished it is turned over to the city -editor, who glances over it and passes it on to the head copy-reader. -Thence it goes through the same course as the first dispatch. - -After the copy of the dispatch has been set up in type, it is taken to -a small hand press, and several impressions called “galley proofs,” or -“proofs,” are printed, or “pulled,” from the type. One of the proofs, -with the original copy, goes to the proof-room to be compared with the -copy and carefully corrected by the proof-readers. Another proof-sheet -is sent to the managing editor, who is responsible for everything -that goes into the paper; a third proof is delivered to the news -editor who arranges, or “makes up,” the news stories on each page of -the paper before it is printed. After the proof-readers have corrected -the proof, and the editors have made any necessary changes in it, the -proof-sheets are returned to the operators so that they may make the -necessary alterations by resetting whatever is changed. From the type -thus corrected a second set of proofs, called the “revise,” is printed -and these are distributed to the editors as the first were. The type is -then ready to be used in the process of printing the paper. - -Half an hour or more before an edition is to be printed, the news -editor gathers the proofs of the news stories that are to be put into -that edition, and goes to the composing room to arrange this news on -the several pages. The importance of the news of the attorney-general’s -death would warrant its being given a prominent place on the first -page. The most prominent position is the right-hand outside column. -If there is no news of greater importance, the news editor directs -the “make-up” men in the composing room to put the type of this story -in the outside column of the first page “form.” The “form” consists -of a “chase,” or steel frame, somewhat larger in inside dimensions -than the page as it appears when printed. Into this “chase,” which -rests upon a smooth iron-top table, the type is arranged between the -brass or lead column rules which make the lines between the columns of -type. The advertisements are placed in the forms under the direction -of the advertising department just as the news matter is put in under -the direction of the news editor, the page and position on the page -usually having been stipulated by the advertiser in making a contract -for a certain “position” for his “ad.” When each page is filled with -type, the whole page is “locked” in the “form” by a series of screws -or wedges (called “quoins”), so that the form may be handled without -letting the type drop out. If the type falls out and gets mixed up, it -is said to be “pied,” and the mixture is called “pi.” - -The forms, after being locked, are taken to the stereotyping room where -a paper mold, or matrix, commonly called a “mat,” is made of each page. -These matrices, bent in semicircular form, are placed in a casting box -into which molten lead is poured to make the semicircular lead plates -to be used in printing. In large offices the casting of these plates -is done by placing the matrix in an automatic stereotyping machine, -known as the autoplate, which turns out completed plates in less than -a minute. After the plates have been trimmed and planed on the back to -make them exactly the right thickness, they are ready to be put on the -press. - -These semicircular lead plates, which are thus cast in exact -reproduction of the page forms of type, are fastened on the cylinders -of the press. As the cylinders revolve, ink rollers touch the surface -of the plates and ink the projecting letters. The paper from a large -roll, as it passes between the cylinders and the blanket rolls which -press the paper against the inked plates on the cylinders, takes up -the ink and thus has printed on it the impression of the page of type. -Besides printing the pages, the press cuts, folds, and counts the -papers so that the complete newspaper comes from the press ready for -sale or delivery. - -As soon as the newspapers are printed, they are turned over to the -circulation department for distribution. Some copies go to the mailing -room to be labeled with little orange-colored address slips and to be -put into the mail sacks, in which they are taken to the post office -or mail trains. Other copies are sold to waiting newsboys, and still -others are taken in the company’s wagon to news stands and carriers all -over the city. - -Despite the number and variety of these details in the process of -newspaper making, the news of the death of the attorney-general would -reach the readers in a comparatively short time after the event -occurred. In half an hour from the time the last piece of copy is -written, a complete newspaper containing it is printed and ready for -distribution. - -=Speed of Production.= The invention and the perfection of various -mechanical devices used in newspaper making have made possible this -great speed. In the front rank of ingenious pieces of machinery that -have added greatly to rapidity in newspaper publishing stands the -linotype. This machine, which casts solid lines of type, or “slugs” -as they are called, has increased four-fold the speed of production -and has made possible much larger editions. The monotype, which casts -each type separately, has also proved a valuable addition to the means -of turning “copy” into type quickly. For the casting of semicircular -stereotype plates the autoplate machine is an important time-saving -device. The time required for “running off” an edition is now reduced -from two- to five-fold by making duplicate sets of these stereotype -plates and by putting them on from two to five large presses so that -these presses print the same edition simultaneously. - -Improvements in newspaper-printing machinery have resulted in huge -presses that take paper from large rolls and turn out completed -newspapers printed in one or two colors, cut, folded, and counted, -ready for distribution. They can be adjusted to print papers from four -to forty-eight pages in size, and can produce twelve-page papers at -the rate of 144,000 copies an hour. Magazine sections and “comics” are -printed in four colors, usually yellow, red, blue, and black, on large -presses under conditions practically the same as those just described. - -In order to insert the latest news without taking the time necessary -to make up new forms, prepare new matrices, and cast new stereotype -plates, a device called the “fudge” is employed. After the first page -form of a late edition has been used to make a matrix, about six inches -of type is taken out from two columns in the lower left hand corner -or the upper right hand corner of the page, and a new matrix and a -stereotype plate are made in which this corner is a blank. This new -plate with the blank space is then put on the press in place of the -regular first page plate. As fast as late news is received, it is set -up on linotype lines, or “slugs,” and these lines are clamped on a -small cylinder in the press. When the paper runs through the press, -these linotype lines on the cylinder are printed, often in red ink, in -the space on the front page left unprinted by the blank in the plate. -To save more time with this device, a telegraph wire is run to the -press room and a linotype machine is installed beside it, so that the -latest news can be cast on linotype “slugs” and put on the “fudge” -cylinder as fast as the reports are received by telegraph. Results of -baseball games, races, and other sporting events can be printed to -advantage by means of the “fudge.” - -Recently a mailing machine has been introduced that folds, wraps, and -addresses each copy separately as fast as papers are fed into it. - -In no other process of manufacture that is as complicated as newspaper -making, it is safe to say, has equal speed of production been attained. - -=Handling a Big Story.= The scene in a metropolitan newspaper office -following the receipt of the first news of the “Titanic” disaster, -as graphically portrayed by an editor of a New York morning paper, -illustrates the conditions under which important news, received late, -is hurried into print.[1] The account in part is as follows: - - At 1:20 a.m. Monday, April 15, [1912], the cable editor opened - an envelope of the Associated Press that had stamped on its face - “Bulletin.” This is what he read: - - Cape Race, N. F., Sunday night, April 14.—At 10:25 o’clock - tonight the White Star Line steamship “Titanic” called “C. Q. - D.” to the Marconi station here, and reported having struck - an iceberg. The steamer said that immediate assistance was - required. - - The cable editor looked at his watch. It was 1:20 and lacked just - five minutes of the hour when the mail edition goes to press. - - “Boy!” he called sharply. - - An office boy was at his side in a moment. - - “Send this upstairs; tell them the head is to come; double column, - and tell the night editor to rip open two columns on the first page - for a one-stick dispatch of the ‘Titanic’ striking an iceberg and - sinking.” - - Every one in the office was astir in a moment and came over to see - the cable editor write on a sheet of copy paper the following head - [which he indicated was to be set up in this form]: - - TITANIC SINKING - IN MID-OCEAN; HIT - GREAT ICEBERG - - “Boy!” he called again; but it was not necessary—a boy in a newspaper - office knows news the first time he sees it. - - “Tell them that’s the head for the ‘Titanic.’” - - Then he wrote briefly this telegraphic dispatch, and as he did so he - said to another office boy at his side: “Tell the operator to shut - off that story he is taking and get me a clear wire to Montreal.” - - This is what he wrote to the Montreal correspondent, probably at work - at his desk in a Montreal newspaper office at that hour: - - Cape Race says White Star Liner “Titanic” struck iceberg, is - sinking and wants immediate assistance. Rush every line you can - get. We will hold open for you until 3:30. - - “Give that to the operator and find out if we caught the mail on that - ‘Titanic’ dispatch,” he said quickly to the boy. - - In a moment the boy returned. - - “O.K. on both,” he said. - - The city editor, who had just put on his coat previous to going away - for the night, took it off. The night city editor, at the head of the - copy-desk, where all the local copy (as a reporter’s story is called) - is read, and the telegraph editor stood together, joined later by - the night editor, for the mail edition had left the composing room - for the stereotypers and then to the pressroom and from thence to be - scattered wherever on the globe newspapers find readers. - - The “Titanic” staff was immediately organized, for at that hour most - of the staff were still at work. The city editor took the helm. - - “Get the papers for April 11—all of them,” he said to the head office - boy, “and then send word to the art department to quit everything to - make three cuts, which I shall send right down.” - - Then to the night city editor: “Get up a story of the vessel itself; - some of the stuff they sent us the other day that we did not use, - and I ordered it put in the envelope. Play up the mishap at the - start. Get up a passenger list story and an obituary of Smith, her - commander.” - - There was no mention of Smith in the dispatch, but city editors - retain such things in their heads for immediate use, and this - probably explains in a measure why they hold down their job; also - having, it might be added, executive judgment, which is sometimes - right. - - “Assign somebody to the White Star Line and see what they’ve got.” - - The night city editor went back to the circular table where the seven - or eight men who read reporters’ copy were gathered. - - “Get up as much as you can of the passenger list of the ‘Titanic.’ - She is sinking off Newfoundland,” he said briefly to one. - - And to another: “Write me a story of the ‘Titanic,’ the new White - Star liner, on her maiden trip, telling of her mishap with the ‘New - York’ at the start.” - - And to another: “Write me a story of Captain E. J. Smith.” - - Then to a reporter sitting idly about: “Get your hat and coat quick; - go down to the White Star Line office and telephone all you can about - the ‘Titanic’ sinking off Newfoundland.” - - Then to another reporter: “Get the White Star Line on the phone and - find out what they’ve got of the sinking of the ‘Titanic.’ Find out - who is the executive head in New York; his address and telephone - number.” - - And in another part of the room the city editor was saying to the - office boy: “Get me all the ‘Titanic’ pictures you have and a photo - or cut of Captain E. J. Smith.” - - Two boys instantly went to work, for the photos of men are kept - separate from the photographs of inanimate things. The city editor - selected three: - - “Tell the art department to make a three-column cut of the ‘Titanic,’ - a two-column of the interior, and a two-column of Smith.” - - In the mean time the Associated Press bulletins came in briefly. - - Paragraph by paragraph the cable editor was sending the story to the - composing room. What was going on upstairs every one knew. They were - sidetracking everything else, and the copy-cutter in the composing - room was sending out the story in “takes,” as they are called, of - a single paragraph to each compositor. His blue pencil marked each - individual piece of copy with a letter and number, so that when the - dozen or so men setting up the story had their work finished, the - story might be put together consecutively. - - “Tell the operator,” said the cable editor again to the office boy, - “to duplicate that dispatch I gave him to our Halifax man. Get his - name out of the correspondents’ book.” - - “Who wrote that story of the ‘“Carmania” in the Icefield’?” said the - night city editor to the copy-reader who “handled” the homecoming of - the “Carmania,” which arrived Sunday night and the story of which was - already in the mail edition of the paper before him. The copy-reader - told him. He called the reporter to his desk. - - “Take that story,” said the night city editor, “and give us a column - on it. Don’t rewrite the story; add paragraphs here and there to - show the vast extent of the icefield. Make it straight copy, so that - nothing in that story will have to be reset. You have just thirty - minutes to catch the edition. Write it in twenty.” - - “Get the passenger lists of the ‘Olympic’ and the ‘Baltic,’” was the - assignment given to another reporter, all alert waiting for their - names to be called, every man awake at the switch. - - In the mean time, the story from the Montreal man was being ticked - off; on another wire Halifax was coming to life. - - “Men,” said the city editor, “we have just five minutes left to make - the city [edition]. Jam it down tight.” - - Already the three cuts had been made, the telegraph editor was - handling the Montreal story, his assistant the Halifax end, and the - cable editor was still editing the Associated Press bulletins and - writing a new head to tell the rest of the story that the additional - details brought. The White Star Line man had a list of names of - passengers of the “Titanic” and found that they numbered 1300, and - that she carried a crew of 860. - - In the mean time proofs of all the “Titanic” matter that had been - set were coming to the desk of the managing editor, in charge over - all, but giving special attention to the editorial matter. All his - suggestions went through the city editor, and on down the line, but - he himself went from desk to desk overlooking the work. - - “Time’s up,” said the city editor; but before he finished, the cable - editor cried to the boy: “Let the two-column head stand and tell them - to add this head:” - - At 12:27 this Morning Blurred Signals by Wireless Told of Women - Being Put off in Lifeboats—Three Lines Rushing to Aid of 1300 - Imperiled Passengers and Crew of 860 Men. - - “Did we catch it?” asked the cable editor of the boy standing at the - composing-room tube. - - “We did,” he said triumphantly. - - “One big pull for the last [edition], men,” said the city editor. “We - are going in at 3:20. Let’s beat the town with a complete paper.” - - The enthusiasm was catching fire. Throughout the office it was a - bedlam of noise—clicking typewriters, clicking telegraph instruments, - and telephone bells ringing added to the whistle of the tubes that - lead from the city room to the composing room, the pressroom, the - stereotype room and the business office, the latter, happily, not in - use, but throughout the office men worked; nobody shouted, no one - lost his head; men were flushed, but the cool, calm, deliberate way - in which the managing editor smoked his cigar helped much to relieve - the tension. - - “Three-fifteen, men,” said the city editor, admonishingly; “every - line must be up by 3:20. Five minutes more.” - - The city editor walked rapidly from desk to desk. - - “All up,” said the night city editor, “and three minutes to the good.” - - At the big table stood the city editor, cable editor, night city - editor, and managing editor. They were looking over the completed - headline that should tell the story to the world. - - “That will hold ’em, I guess,” said the city editor, and the head - went upstairs. - - The men waited about and talked and smoked. Bulletins came in, but - with no important details. Going to press at 3:20 meant a wide - circulation. At 4:30 the Associated Press sent “Good-night,” but at - that hour the presses had been running uninterruptedly for almost an - hour. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Find out all that you can about the organization of the paper on - which you are employed. - -2. Know the names, at least, of the heads of all the departments. - -3. Learn as much as possible about advertising and subscription rates - and methods. - -4. Familiarize yourself with the details of all the mechanical - processes connected with newspaper making. - -5. Interest yourself in the welfare of the paper as if it were your own - property. - - - - - CHAPTER II - - NEWS AND NEWS VALUES - - -=Problems of the News.= As news is the _sine qua non_ of the newspaper, -the problem of newspaper making resolves itself into the three -questions: What is news? Where and how is news to be obtained? and, -How is news to be presented to the reader? The first question involves -the definition of news and the determination of its value, the second -concerns the gathering of news, and the third has to do with structure -and style in the writing of news. - -=What is News?= Although every good newspaper worker recognizes news -at once, and almost instinctively decides upon its value, most of -them find it difficult to express in brief form what news is and what -determines its value. In a symposium recently conducted by an American -magazine,[2] a number of editors throughout the country undertook to -define news, giving the following definitions:— - - News is whatever your readers want to know about. - - Anything that enough people want to read is news, provided it does - not violate the canons of good taste and the laws of libel. - - News is anything that happens in which people are interested. - - News is anything that people will talk about; the more it will excite - comment, the greater its value. - - News is accurate and timely intelligence of happenings, discoveries, - opinions, and matters of any sort which affect or interest the - readers. - - Whatever concerns public welfare, whatever interests or instructs - the individual in any of his relations, activities, opinions, - properties, or personal conduct, is news. - - News is everything that happens, the inspiration of happenings, and - the result of such happenings. - - News is the essential facts concerning any happening, event, or idea - that possesses human interest; that affects or has an influence on - human life or happiness. - - News is based on people, and is to be gauged entirely on how it - interests other people. - - News comprises all current activities which are of general human - interest, and the best news is that which interests the most - readers. - -The essentials of news, as brought out by these definitions are: (1) -that it must be of interest to the readers; (2) that it includes -anything and everything that has any such interest; and, (3) that it -must be new, current, timely. Furthermore, these definitions emphasize -the fact that the value of news is determined (1) by the number of -people that it interests, and (2) by the extent to which it interests -them. The composite of these definitions, therefore, would be: _News is -anything timely that interests a number of people; and the best news is -that which has the greatest interest for the greatest number_. - -By the application of these tests to each event, idea, or activity, -the reporter can determine for himself what is news and what is not, -as well as what value a piece of news possesses. He must ask himself -concerning each piece of news that he gets: “Is it new and timely?” -“How many readers will it interest?” “Has it great interest for a large -number?” - -Many times an incident seems, at first glance, to possess little that -will interest, but, on closer examination, reveals some phase that is -of considerable news value. Keen observation and insight to see the -significant aspect of a person, an event, an idea, often leads to the -discovery of news that may escape the notice of less acute observers. -The reporter must find for himself those aspects of the day’s events -which are of the greatest interest to the greatest number. - -=Timeliness in News.= Freshness, timeliness, newness is one vital -qualification for all news. “Yesterday” has almost ceased to exist -for the newspaper man. Even “to-day” has become “this morning,” “this -noon,” “this afternoon.” “Up to date” has given way to “up to the -minute.” Improved mechanical equipment, which makes possible lightning -speed in turning news stories into a complete newspaper in less than -half an hour, has made possible a degree of freshness in the news -that would seem marvelous were it not a daily, in fact, almost an -hourly phenomenon. Competition among newspapers, and the publication -of frequent editions, increase the necessity for the latest news. The -reporter must catch this spirit of getting the news while it is news, -and of getting it into print before it loses its freshness. - -=What Interests Readers.= How general will be the interest in any -activity, idea, or event is determined by what the average person likes -to hear, read, or see. Whatever gives him pleasure or satisfaction, -interests him. Consideration of the fundamental bases of news values, -therefore, involves a determination of the general classes of things -that give pleasure and satisfaction to the average individual. - -=The Extraordinary.= The unusual, the extraordinary, the curious, -wherever found, attracts attention and is interesting because it is -a departure from the normal order of life. Humdrum routine whets the -appetite for every break in the monotony of regularity. So long as -the daily life of the average man conforms to the generally accepted -business and social standards and is not affected by any unusual -circumstances, it has little interest for his fellow men. As soon as -he violates the usual order, or is the victim of such violation, his -departure from the level of conformity becomes a matter of greater -or less interest according to the extent of the departure. Because -hundreds of thousands of bank employees are honest, the dishonesty -of one of them is news. So all crime, as a violation of established -law and order, is news, unless, as unfortunately is sometimes the -case, it becomes common enough to cease to be unusual. Every notable -achievement in any field of activity, because it rises above the level, -is news. A record aeroplane flight, an heroic action, the discovery of -a new serum, the invention of a labor-saving device, the finding of -remains of a buried city, the completion of a great bridge,—all are -sufficiently out of the ordinary to attract attention. Accidents and -unexpected occurrences, because they break in upon the usual course of -events, are matters of news. The thousands of trains that reach their -destination safely are as nothing compared to one that jumps the track. -Millions of dollars’ worth of property that remains unharmed from day -to day does not interest the average man, but the loss of some of it -by fire, wind, or flood immediately lifts the part affected out of the -mass and gives it interest to hundreds of persons in no way concerned -in the loss. It is not the crimes and misfortunes of others that give -the reader pleasure; it is the fact that these are departures from -the normal course that makes them satisfy his desire for something -different from the usual round of life. - -In almost every event the good newspaper man can find something that -is out of the ordinary, and by giving due emphasis to this unusual -phase can give interest to what might otherwise seem commonplace. -What that something will be is determined by the reporter’s or the -editor’s appreciation of what will appeal to the average reader as the -most marked departure from the customary and the expected. If, as in -a recent accident, the front trucks of a trolley car jump the track -and upset a baby carriage, throwing out the baby; and if the baby -alights unharmed on a pillow that was tossed out of the carriage by the -collision, such peculiar circumstances the reporter knows will appeal -to most readers as the interesting feature of the accident. That a -sneak thief should be caught as he was escaping from a house with a few -dollars’ worth of plunder, will attract the average reader much less -than the fact that he jumped through a plate-glass window in his effort -to escape, or that he gained access to the house by wearing a Salvation -Army uniform, or that he carried away a pie as part of his booty. How -a man lost a purse containing $50 is scarcely worthy of notice, but -how, while looking for his purse, he found a diamond ring, is strange -enough to make good reading. A lecture at an agricultural society -meeting on the advantages to the farmers of the state of raising barley -would not ordinarily be considered of much interest to city readers, -but an interruption of the lecture by an advocate of prohibition with -the charge that to urge barley growing is to aid the brewing interests, -might make a good news story. The character and the extent of the -departure from the usual, considered from the point of view of most of -the readers, measure the news value of any phase of an event that is -out of the ordinary. - -=Struggles for Supremacy.= Struggles for supremacy, also, have an -almost universal appeal. Competition in business, contest in sport, -rivalry in politics, are based on the love of fighting to win. Strikes -and lockouts, as part of the contest between labor and capital, appeal -to this interest. So does the fight to secure control or monopoly -in any part of the commercial field. The enthusiasm manifested over -baseball, football, boxing, racing, and other sports grows out of -the love of contest for supremacy. In political warfare the interest -of many is largely in the struggle for victory, with the power that -victory brings, rather than any results that will affect the individual -directly. Accounts of all these forms of fighting to win make good news -stories. - -=“Human Interest.”= The fellow feeling that makes all the world akin, -the sympathy that binds together men who have little in common, is the -basis of interest which we have in the actions, thoughts, and feelings -of others. The “human interest” which newspaper and magazine editors -demand, involves emphasis on the personal element in the affairs of -life. The characters that appear in news stories, fiction, or special -articles must be made to appeal to the readers as real flesh and -blood men and women. The human side of events is what the average -reader wants. How one man is saved by a new serum is read with more -attention than is a discussion of the therapeutic value of the serum. -The privations of an arctic explorer in reaching the pole have almost -as much interest for most readers as the discovery of the pole itself. -The experiences of strikers and their families are read by many who -know little and care less about the economic conditions that produce -the strike. So vitally do we feel ourselves concerned with the fate of -our fellow men, even when we do not know them personally, that accounts -of human life lost or endangered are read with great eagerness. “Many -lives lost!” is the cry that the newsboy knows will sell the most -papers. From the point of view of the newspaper the greater the number -of lives thus involved in the event, the better is the news. - -=The Appeal of Children.= The unusual appeal that children make gives -news of their activities especial value. Whenever a little child -plays a part in an event, it is pretty sure to be the best feature of -the story. The letter which a small girl writes to the mayor asking -that her pet dog be restored to her from the dog pound, will take a -place in the day’s news beside the interview with the mayor outlining -his policies of city government for the following two years. A child -witness holds the attention of the entire court room and is “featured” -in the story of a trial, partly, no doubt, because the appearance of -a child in these circumstances is unusual, but largely because of our -interest in children. Just as a child’s plea to a judge saves its -worthless father or drunken mother from a prison sentence, so the story -of that plea will move every reader. Anecdotes and sayings of children -readily find a place in newspapers and magazines. - -=Interest in Animals.= The popular interest in animals, wild or -tame, in captivity or at large, makes news stories about them good -reading. Whether we are attracted by the almost human intelligence -that animals often display, or by their distinctly animal traits, we -read of their doings with keen interest. Anecdotes of animal pets if -well told are always readable. The fascination which the “zoo” or the -circus menagerie has for most people is akin to the pleasure given -by anecdotes of animals in captivity. Every city editor knows the -value of the zoölogical garden as a source of effective stories when -other fields fail. Wild animals at large, particularly when they come -into any relation with men, afford good material for the reporter or -correspondent. - -=Amusements and Hobbies.= The favorite pleasures and amusements of -readers form another large group of activities that must be considered -in measuring the value of news. Besides the contest element in sports -that interests the spectator, there is the attraction of athletics for -the players. Golf, tennis, automobiling, and similar activities furnish -news that is read by those who engage in these diversions. Accounts of -the theatre, of concerts, and of all forms of amusements are read by -the thousands who patronize these entertainments. Pastimes and hobbies, -such as amateur photography, book-collecting, fishing and hunting, -canoeing and sailing, whist and chess, have enough devotees to give -value to news of such avocations. Here again the number of readers to -whom such news appeals determines the space and the prominence that it -is worth. - -=Degree of Readers’ Interest.= Persons, places, or things that go -to make up news excite a degree of interest proportional to (1) -the reader’s familiarity with them, (2) their own importance and -prominence, (3) the closeness of their relation to the reader’s -personal affairs. - -=Local Interest.= Local events interest readers because they know the -places and often the persons concerned. Local news, accordingly, takes -precedence over news from elsewhere of equal or greater importance as -measured by the general standards of news value. Interest in most news -stories may be said to vary inversely in proportion to the distance -between the place of the event described and the place where the paper -is published. Just as the splash is greatest where a stone strikes -the water, the ripples growing less and less marked as the force of -the shock spreads out over the pond, so the impression made by an -occurrence grows less and less the farther one goes from the scene of -action. We read more eagerly the account of a small fire in a building -that we pass every day than the dispatch telling of a fire that wiped -out a whole town two thousand miles away. The arrest of a man for -speeding his automobile will cause more comment among his friends -than the capture of a gang of automobile bandits that has terrorized -another city. Local phases, or “local ends,” as they are called, of -events that take place some distance away quite overshadow in interest -more important phases of the event itself. Every effort is made in the -newspaper to bring events, ideas, and activities elsewhere into some -local relation. - -=Interest in the Prominent.= The interest which all readers have in -what is familiar to them extends to persons, places, and things that -they may not know personally but that they recognize as important or -prominent. They like to read about men and women who are leaders in -social, business, or political activities in the city, the state, the -nation, or anywhere in the world, even though these persons exist for -them only in name. A high position itself gives added importance to -news concerning the person who occupies it, although many readers may -not have heard of him before. Thus, in order to appeal to this general -interest in the doings of persons of position, some less scrupulous -reporters and editors describe the characters in their news stories as -“prominent,” “well-known,” “a college graduate,” “a beautiful young -society girl,” when the facts do not warrant it. Personages who are -well known do not need such introduction; their names alone serve to -identify them. The value of news concerning a person may be said to -vary in direct proportion to his prominence. A slight accident to a -candidate for the presidency of the United States attracts much more -attention than a serious one to a candidate for Congress. A story of -the wedding of the daughter of a multi-millionaire has thousands of -readers because of the prominence of her father, whereas the account -of the wedding of the corner grocer’s daughter attracts only a small -number who know the families. The daily life of the great affords daily -pleasure to the humble. - -Places that readers have often heard of, but in many cases have never -seen, such as New York, Paris, Washington, Coney Island, Niagara Falls, -possess an attraction that makes news from them the more interesting -even though it may consist of no more than gossip and trivial -happenings. Well-known places as the setting for events give added -importance, therefore, to the news value of these events. Institutions, -such as universities of national reputation, the Library of Congress, -the Rockefeller Institute, the Young Men’s Christian Association, the -Salvation Army, because they are generally known, likewise attract -attention to news involving them. Familiar names of great ocean -steamships, of large commercial companies, and of important railroad -systems, increase the news value of stories in which they appear. -Size and prominence, then, of places and things, like importance and -prominence of persons, determine news values. - -=Home and Business Interests.= The most vital concerns of both men and -women, however, are their business and their home, their prosperity -and their happiness. Whatever in the daily round of events affects -these interests most directly will get their closest attention. Upon -this principle depends the news value of many newspaper stories. -Stock brokers and investors read the stock market reports; buyers and -farmers, the produce and live stock quotations; owners and agents of -real estate, the records of transfers and mortgages; business men -generally, commercial and industrial news, because of the relation of -such news to their own business affairs. A marked rise or fall in the -price of butter, eggs, meat, or other staple articles of food concerns -not only the dealers but housewives and other purchasers of such -commodities. Announcement of the proposed construction of a new trolley -line appeals to readers whose transportation facilities or property are -affected. Income tax legislation, parcel post, adjustments of railroad -rates, state or federal supreme court decisions, the tariff, and other -political and economic problems, usually interest the average reader -in proportion as he thinks that they will affect him and his business. -For most women readers home-making and fashions are of vital concern. -Besides matters pertaining to the cost of living, which affect men and -women alike, pure food laws and their enforcement, schools, the health -and welfare of children, the servant problem, the milk and the water -supplies, as well as the latest styles of dress,—all come very close -to the everyday lives of women, who constitute no small part of the -number of newspaper readers. Incidental concerns of both men and women -readers, such as organizations to which they belong, general movements -with which they are connected, or the social life of which they are a -part, give interest for them to news concerning these activities. News -values, therefore, are measured by the extent to which news affects -directly the lives of readers; the greater the effect and the larger -the number of readers affected, the better the news. - -=Combination of Interests.= If one event possesses several of these -different kinds of interest it is very good news, because of the -greater number of readers to whom it appeals and because of the -stronger appeal that it makes. Thus, for example, the “Titanic” -disaster was extremely unusual in that the largest ocean liner on its -first trip was sunk by an iceberg while proceeding at a high rate of -speed on a clear night. Greater still was its interest because of the -very large number of human lives involved. Added to this was the fact -that many of the passengers were prominent. The result was that news -of the disaster was read with the greatest eagerness by all classes -everywhere in this country as well as abroad. The combination of -sources of interest and the greater degree of interest that results -must be taken into consideration in measuring the final value of news. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Ask yourself concerning every piece of information, How many readers - will it interest? How much will it interest the average reader? Is it - really new and timely? - -2. Examine every phase of an event or idea for what will be of greatest - interest to the greatest number. - -3. Look always for what will appeal to the average reader as most - unusual, curious, remarkable. - -4. Consider the things that give most persons great pleasure and - satisfaction. - -5. Don’t overlook the “human interest” element in the day’s events. - -6. Remember that a good fight interests many, whether it is in - politics, business, or sport. - -7. Don’t neglect children in the news; though small they make a big - appeal. - -8. Keep on the look-out for good stories of animals. - -9. Provide reading for men and women with hobbies. - -10. Measure the value of your news on the basis of its local interest. - -11. Remember that readers are most interested in persons and places - that they know. - -12. Consider the news value given by the importance and prominence of - persons and things. - -13. Bring your news as close as possible to the reader’s home and - business. - -14. Sharpen your “nose for news” on the grindstone of experience. - - - - - CHAPTER III - - GETTING THE NEWS - - -=The Problem of News Gathering.= The mystery of newspaper making, to -the uninitiated, is how editors and reporters find out everything that -happens and how they get it into print in a very short time. It seems -strange to the average person that when an accident occurs in the block -in which he lives, the first news of it often reaches him through the -newspaper. The apparent omnipresence, not to say omniscience, of the -reporter leads to the not unnatural assumption that the news gatherer -walks about the city waiting Micawber-like for “something to turn up.” -The size of the staff of reporters that would be required to maintain a -patrol of the streets would approximate that of the police force, and -would bankrupt the most prosperous newspaper. Such a system is not only -impossible but quite unnecessary. News gathering is really no mystery -at all, but merely a good example of efficient organization. - -In organizing its news collecting, the newspaper only takes advantage -of information filed for various official purposes by many different -persons in no way connected with the newspaper. Policemen, firemen, -sheriffs, coroners, and practically all officials of local, state, and -national governments, as well as doctors, lawyers, and merchants are -all unintentionally serving as reporters of news. The public records -in all public or private offices are the reports which these men, -many times quite unconsciously, furnish for the newspapers. What the -news editors do is to see that a careful watch is maintained by their -reporters at all places where news is thus recorded so that they may -select whatever part of it is of interest to their readers. - -=News Sources.= The places where news is recorded, not primarily for -the newspapers but really to their great advantage, and the kinds of -news to be found at each place are indicated by the following list of -news sources:— - -Police Headquarters —crimes, arrests, accidents, suicides, fires, - disappearances, sudden deaths, and news of the - police department organization. - -Fire Headquarters —fires, fire losses, and news of the fire - department organization. - -Coroner’s Office —fatal accidents, sudden deaths, suicides, and - murders. - -Health Department —deaths, contagious diseases, sanitary reports, - and condition of city water. - -Recorder or Register —sales and transfers of property and mortgages. - of Deeds - -City Clerk —marriage licenses. - -County Jail —crimes, arrests, and executions. - -Mayor’s Office —appointments and removals, municipal policies. - -Criminal Courts —arraignments, hearings, and trials. - -Civil Courts —complaints, answers, trials, verdicts, and - decisions in civil suits. - -Probate Office —estates, wills. - -Referee in Bankruptcy —assignments, failures, appointment of receivers, - meetings of creditors, settlements of bankrupts. - -Building Inspector —permits for new buildings and alterations, - condemnations of unsafe buildings, regulation of - fire escapes, and fire prevention devices. - -Public Utilities —hearings and decisions of rates and regulations. - Commission - -Board of Public —municipal improvements. - Works - -Shipping Offices —arrival and sailing of ships, cargoes, rates, - marine news. - -Associated Charities —poverty, destitution, and relief. - -Board of Trade, —quotations, sales, and news of stock, produce, - Stock Exchange, grain, metals, live stock, etc. - Mining Exchange, - and Chamber of - Commerce - -Hotels —arrival and departure of guests, banquets, - dinner parties, and other social functions. - -=News “Runs.”= To get all the news that develops at each of these and -many other similar places, the city editor divides the news sources -into “runs” or “beats,” and details a reporter to each “run.” The -reporter assigned to get or “cover” the news of police headquarters -is said to have the “police run”; another assigned to the city hall -has the “city hall run,” or is “city hall reporter”; one who gets the -news of the child welfare movement, of social centers, benevolent -organizations, etc., is said to have the “uplift run”; another is on -the “hotel run.” To cover adequately these news sources, the reporter -visits each office on his run from one to six times a day, examining -records, interviewing officials, and chatting with secretaries and -clerks. The number of times that he visits an office and the length of -time that he stays are determined approximately by the amount and value -of the news likely to be obtained. - -As the reporter is held responsible for all the news of the places -on his “run,” he must not let anything escape his notice, because a -keener, quicker-witted man on the same “run” for a rival paper may get -what he misses. When a reporter obtains a piece of news that reporters -on other papers do not get, he is said to have a “scoop” or “beat,” -and the unsuccessful paper and its reporters are said to have been -“scooped.” - -=City News Associations.= In large cities, like New York and Chicago, -the gathering of all the official or routine news is done by a -central news association which furnishes each paper that belongs to -the association or which pays for its services, with a mimeographed -copy of every news story that its reporters secure in covering all -the usual runs. By this method each paper is saved the expense of -providing for the scores of runs necessary in a large city in order to -cover adequately all the news sources each day. When the city editor -gets a news bulletin or a complete story from the news association, -he can have it rewritten or can send out one of his reporters if he -desires to have the event more fully covered. Such a system of local -news gathering makes possible a staff of reporters relatively small -as compared with the size of the city. Reporters employed by the city -news association work under conditions practically the same as those -in a newspaper office. Inasmuch as the stories that a news association -reporter writes are edited in at least half a dozen newspaper offices -by different editors and copy-readers, the reporter has the advantage -of seeing how various papers treat the same news story. - -=Assignments.= In organizing news gathering, the city editor and his -assistants keep a “future” book or file with a page or compartment -for each day in the year. Into this are placed, under the appropriate -day, all notes, clippings, and suggestions regarding future news -possibilities. If, for example, on December 10, the state legislature -passes a law in regard to the size of berry boxes, to take effect on -March 1 of the following year, the city editor puts a clipping of the -dispatch from the state capital telling of this action, or a note -recording the fact, into the compartment or page labeled February 25, -so that a week before March 1, he may assign one of his reporters to -find out from wholesale commission dealers, berry-crate manufacturers, -and the inspector of weights and measures, what steps are to be taken -to carry out the provisions of the law. A similar news record is kept -by the telegraph and state editors covering future events in their -fields, so that correspondents may be given instructions and advice. - -The city editor also has an assignment book or sheet on which is -entered every important news possibility for the day, with the name -of the reporter assigned to cover it, and with any information or -suggestions that the editor wants to give the reporter. When the -reporter arrives at the office to begin his day’s work, or when he -reports to the office by telephone, he gets his assignments for the -day. These assignments are usually connected with his run, so that -while he is on his daily round of news gathering he may get in addition -the special news assigned to him. - -=“Covering” Important Events.= To secure an adequate report of an -important event, such as a state political convention, a visit of the -President of the United States, a serious crime, or a wide-spread -flood, the city editor arranges the work of the various members of his -staff so that every important phase of the event will be “covered.” -On the occasion of a day’s visit of the president, for example, one -reporter is assigned to follow the chief executive about all day from -the time he arrives until he leaves, and to write the general story -of his visit. Another is detailed to report his arrival, the ovation -given him, and possibly the short speech that he makes in response. A -third is told to “cover” the reception tendered by the Merchants and -Manufacturers Club; a fourth to report the luncheon given for him at -the City Club; and a fifth who can write shorthand to get a verbatim -report of his speech at the Coliseum in the afternoon. Practically -every event that can be anticipated is provided for in advance by the -city editor, and to that extent is easier to handle than the unexpected -ones. - -=When Big News “Breaks.”= Important events that occur unexpectedly are -the real test of the editor’s ability to organize his staff quickly -and effectively. What is involved in arranging to get all phases of a -big news story is shown by the manner in which such an event as the -attempted assassination of Mayor Gaynor of New York on August 9, 1910, -was handled by the New York papers. The following summary of an account -given by one of the city editors illustrates the methods employed.[3] - -The first news of the attempt to assassinate the mayor came at 9:30 -A.M. in the form of a news association bulletin which read: - - Mayor Gaynor was shot this morning while on the deck of the Kaiser - Wilhelm der Grosse in Hoboken. It is rumored he is dead. - -The city editor on a morning paper at once got in touch with as many -of his reporters as he could reach on the telephone. The first three -reporters that he telephoned to were told the substance of the bulletin -and were sent to Hoboken to get the details. - -The second bulletin from the news association, received a few minutes -after the first, was as follows: - - The mayor was taken to St. Mary’s Hospital, Hoboken. - -As soon as another reporter was available, the city editor told him to -go to St. Mary’s Hospital to see the doctors and to report the result -at once. The fifth reporter was sent to find Mrs. Gaynor at her city -home or at her country house, as the city editor knew that she was not -accompanying the mayor on his trip abroad. - -The third news association bulletin, or “flash,” gave these facts -concerning the assassin: - - The man who shot the mayor has been arrested. His name is James J. - Gallagher. He lives at No. 440 Third Ave. - -The city editor thereupon gave a reporter this assignment. “Go up -there; get all you can about him. Get a picture. Find out to what -political party he belongs. Run him to the ground and phone me later; -I may be able to give you something additional.” To another reporter -the city editor said: “Gallagher is to be arraigned in the police -headquarters in Hoboken; go over there quickly.” - -The next bulletin opened up a new phase of the subject, the motive for -the crime: - - Gallagher was a night watchman in the dock department until July 1, - when he was discharged from the city employ. - -After the reporter who had been sent out to get the history of -Gallagher telephoned that Gallagher had been a disgruntled employee -of the city who had been constantly writing letters of complaint to -his superiors, the city editor assigned a reporter to get the facts, -saying: “Gallagher was a chronic kicker. Go down to the Department of -Docks and to the Civil Service Commission and get copies of all the -correspondence.” - -A reporter was sent to see John Purroy Mitchel, the acting mayor, -another to find out the city charter provisions regarding a possible -vacancy in the office of mayor under such circumstances. A rewrite man -was told to get from the office collection of biographical sketches, or -“morgue,” the material on file concerning the life of the mayor and to -write an obituary. A tip by telephone from a man who had once employed -Gallagher to the effect that he had often done strange, uncanny things, -led to a reporter’s being sent to get further particulars from this -informant. - -The complete list of assignments as they appeared on the city editor’s -sheet was as follows, each being preceded by the name of the reporter -detailed to cover that particular phase of the event: (1) Main story -of Gaynor shooting, (2) Interviews on board the Kaiser Wilhelm, (3) -Gallagher on board the Kaiser Wilhelm, (4) Gallagher, the man, and his -correspondence, (5) Gaynor at St. Mary’s Hospital, (6) The arraignment -of Gallagher and his plans, (7) Mrs. Gaynor and family, (8) John Purroy -Mitchel, the acting mayor, (9) City Hall, (10) What the charter says, -with interviews, (11) Obituary of Gaynor, (12) The strange, uncanny -things Gallagher did. - -=Getting the Facts.= A large part of news gathering consists of getting -information from persons by asking questions. To ask questions that -will elicit the desired facts most effectively is not so easy as it -seems. Most persons, although not unwilling to give information, -are not particularly interested in doing so, and in replying do not -discriminate between what is news and what is not. Tact and skill are -necessary to get many persons to tell what they know. A stranger who -insists on asking questions is very naturally regarded with suspicion. -Even when it becomes known that the stranger is a newspaper reporter, -he is not always cordially received. Often he finds that it is -easier to get the facts when his identity as a reporter is revealed. -Nevertheless, there are not infrequent occasions when all the skill of -an astute lawyer examining a witness is required to get the desired -information. Reporters should never hesitate to ask tactfully as many -questions as are necessary, and to persist until they get what they -want. - -The way in which the reporter works in gathering together the various -phases of an event before he is ready to write the story is best shown -by an example. The city editor, let us say, receives a bulletin to the -effect that an unknown, well-dressed man of about sixty years has been -seriously injured by falling off the platform in the subway station at -65th Street and Western Avenue, and that he has been removed to St. -Mary’s Hospital. The city editor sends out one of his reporters to find -out what he can about the accident. - -The reporter starts at once for the subway station. At the corner near -the station he sees a policeman with whom he carries on the following -conversation: - - Reporter.—Did you send in a report on the old man who fell on the - subway tracks an hour ago? - - Policeman.—Yes. - - R.—Do you know who he is? - - P.—No, I couldn’t find out his name. - - R.—Was he badly hurt? - - P.—I guess he was. His head was cut behind, and he hadn’t come to - when the ambulance took him to the hospital. - - R.—How did it happen? - - P.—I don’t know. The first I knew a kid came running up to me and - told me a man was hurt in the subway. When I got down there, they - had him on the platform, and a crowd was standing around him. I saw - the old man was hurt pretty bad, so I telephoned for St. Mary’s - ambulance. We put some water on his face, but he didn’t come to. When - the ambulance doctor came he said he was alive all right. - - R.—How did he fall off the platform? - - P.—I don’t know; I guess he fainted. - - R.—Thanks; I’ll go down and see the ticket chopper. - -The reporter thereupon goes down into the subway station. The ticker -chopper, he finds, has just come on duty and does not know anything -about the accident. He therefore decides to inquire of the girl in -charge of the news-stand. The conversation between her and the reporter -is as follows: - - Reporter.—I hear that an old man was hurt down here. How did it - happen? - - Girl.—He fell on the tracks and cut his head. - - R.—What was the matter with him? - - G.—I don’t know; I guess he got dizzy. - - R.—Did you see him fall? - - G.—No; I was busy selling a lady a magazine when I heard some one - yell. - - R.—How did they get him out? - - G.—Two men jumped down to get him, but they couldn’t lift him up on - the platform. Then they heard the train coming and jumped over to the - side. - - R.—Did the motorman stop the train when he saw them? - - G.—No; I ran over to the ticket chopper’s box and grabbed his red - lantern, and jumped down to the track and waved it. - - R.—Good for you! Weren’t you afraid of being run over? - - G.—I didn’t think of being scared. I just kept waving the lantern, - and the motorman saw it and put on the brakes. My, but the sparks - flew! - - R.—How soon did he stop? - - G.—Oh, the train was only about ten feet away when it stopped, and - I kept stepping back all the time to keep out of the way. - - R.—Well, you must have had a pretty close call. Who got the old man - out? - - G.—The motorman and one of the guards climbed down and lifted him - up with the two other men. - - R.—What did they say about your stopping the train that way? - - G.—Oh, nothing. One man said, “Good for you, little girl,” and - another man wanted to know my name, and said I ought to have a medal, - but I told him I hadn’t done any thing and didn’t deserve a medal. - - R.—Did you give him your name? - - G.—Yes, because he kept asking me and telling me that he thought I - ought to have a medal. - - R.—Well, I want your name, too, for the _News_. - - G.—No; I don’t want my name in the newspaper for I didn’t do - anything. - - R.—But I must tell how you stopped the train in writing about how - the man was hurt. - - G.—All right; my name is Annie Hagan. - - R.—Where do you live? - - G.—At 916 East Watson Avenue. - - R.—Have you been working here long? - - G.—No; I just started last week. I quit school and got this job - here. - - R.—You didn’t hear any one say who the old man was? - - G.—No; I guess he was alone. - - R.—Did the doctor say how badly he was hurt? - - G.—No; he felt his pulse, and listened to his heart, and said he - was alive all right. - - R.—Thanks; I’ll go over to St. Mary’s and see how he is getting - along. - -On reaching the hospital, which is only two blocks from the subway -station, the reporter asks for the superintendent, with whom he carries -on the following conversation: - - R.—I want to find out about the old man who fell off the platform - in the 65th Street subway station an hour and a half ago. How badly - was he hurt? - - S.—What was his name? - - R.—I don’t know. - - S.—I’ll look up the record. Here it is. He died at 1:15. His skull - was fractured, and he died of a cerebral hemorrhage. - - R.—Did they find out who he was? - - S.—No; this card is the only clue we have. - - R.—May I see it? - -It is a business card of the Blair Photographic Studio, 712 Broadway, -on the back of which is written in pencil the words, “Oliver, Ithaca.” -To save time, the reporter telephones from the office of the hospital -to the Blair Studio, and the conversation over the telephone between -the reporter and the clerk is as follows: - - Reporter.—An old man who was hurt in the subway this noon had in - his pocket one of your cards with “Oliver” written on the back. Do - you know who he is? - - Clerk.—That must be the old man who came in this morning to see Mr. - Williams, one of our retouchers, but Mr. Williams went to Ithaca last - week. - - R.—Was Mr. Williams’ first name Oliver? - - C.—Yes; his initials were O. R., and the old man said he was his - uncle. - - R.—Where did Mr. Williams live here? - - C.—I don’t know. But hold the line; I’ll ask Mr. Baxter. - - C.—Mr. Baxter says that Mr. Williams’ address was 3116 Easton - Street, near Brown. - - R.—All right. Thank you. Good-bye. - -From the hospital the reporter hurries to the place where Mr. Williams -lived before he left for Ithaca. The conversation between the landlady -of the rooming house at 3116 Easton Street and the reporter follows: - - Reporter.—Did Oliver R. Williams live here? - - Landlady.—He ain’t here now. He moved away last week. - - R.—Did a well-dressed old man ever come to see him when he was here? - - L.—What do you want to know for? - - R.—Oh, the old man fell in the subway this noon and was badly hurt. - He said Mr. Williams was his nephew. - - L.—I always said something would happen to him. He fainted on the - steps here one day just after he rung the bell, and when I got to the - door he was all in a heap right here. I knew he wanted Mr. Williams, - because he came to see him a week before, so I called him, and Mr. - Williams came and got him some whiskey, and after a little he came - to. Mr. Williams told me after he went away that his uncle had heart - trouble. Did he get hurt bad? - - R.—Yes, he died at the hospital an hour ago. - - L.—Oh my, that’s too bad! He was a nice old fellow and Mr. Williams - thought a lot of him. - - R.—What was his name? - - L.—Mr. Williams called him Uncle Frank, and when he introduced him - to me after he came to, he called him Mr. Dutcher. - - R.—Do you know where he lived? - - L.—No. I don’t think he lived in the city because he didn’t come - here often, and when he came to, Mr. Williams told him he oughtn’t to - come all the way alone. - - R.—Do you know what his business was? - - L.—No. He looked like he had some money. - - R.—When was it that he fainted here? - - L.—Let’s see. It was about three weeks ago, I guess. - - R.—Did Mr. Williams have any relatives in the city? - - L.—I don’t know. I guess not. He came from up state somewhere. He - only lived here since January. He didn’t like the city very well. He - said he couldn’t sleep. - - R.—Thank you. - -The reporter then stops at the drug store on the next corner to find -out whether or not the name of Frank Dutcher appears in the city -directory. No such name is to be found in this directory or in the -telephone directory. As no more information is apparently obtainable, -he returns to the _News_ office and reports to the city editor what he -has found. The city editor tells him to write about 500 words playing -up the girl’s part in stopping the train, and saying that the man is -“supposed to be” Frank Dutcher. - -=Putting the Facts into the News Story.= The story that the reporter -writes is as follows:— - - | By jumping to the subway tracks and| - |waving a red lantern before an oncoming| - |train at the risk of her life, Miss| - |Annie Hagan, in charge of the news-stand| - |in the subway station at 65th St. and| - |Western Avenue, saved a man, supposed to| - |be Frank Dutcher, from being crushed to| - |death as he lay unconscious across the| - |tracks. The man’s skull was fractured| - |by the fall from the platform to the| - |tracks, and he died soon after being| - |removed to St. Mary’s Hospital. | - | | - | The accident occurred shortly before| - |noon when the station was crowded.| - |The man, who was well dressed and| - |appeared to be about 60 years old,| - |was seen walking down the platform| - |when he suddenly staggered and pitched| - |forward. Before anyone could run to his| - |assistance, he fell head foremost on the| - |tracks. | - | | - | Knowing that a train might come at any| - |moment, two men jumped down to the| - |roadbed and tried to lift the man, but| - |found it impossible to get him up to| - |the level of the platform. While they| - |were striving to get him off the tracks,| - |the rumble of the oncoming train warned| - |them of their danger. After another vain| - |attempt to lift the unconscious man up| - |to the platform, they jumped to the side| - |of the track to save themselves. | - | | - | Miss Hagan, realizing the situation,| - |ran to the ticket chopper’s box and| - |seizing his red lantern jumped down to| - |the tracks. Waving the lantern before| - |her she ran along the track in the glare| - |of the headlight of the train. When the| - |motorman saw the red light, he applied| - |the emergency brakes, and the locked| - |wheels slid along the track sending out| - |a shower of sparks. | - | | - | The train came to a stop within ten| - |feet of the plucky girl, who then called| - |to the motorman and one of the guards| - |to help lift up the injured man. When| - |he had been placed on the platform,| - |she climbed up and started back to the| - |news-stand as if nothing had happened. | - | | - | “You ought to get a Carnegie medal,”| - |declared one of the bystanders, who| - |asked the girl her name and address,| - |evidently to present her claims for the| - |life saving award. Miss Hagan modestly| - |disclaimed any credit for her heroism,| - |and at first refused to give her name,| - |but was finally prevailed upon to do so.| - | | - | The unconscious man was taken in an| - |ambulance to St. Mary’s Hospital, where| - |it was found that he was suffering from| - |a fractured skull. He was rushed to| - |the operating room, but he died of a| - |cerebral hemorrhage. | - | | - | The only means of identifying him was a| - |business card of a Broadway photographer| - |with the name, “Oliver, Ithaca,”| - |written in pencil on the back. At this| - |studio it was found that an elderly man| - |had inquired this morning for Oliver| - |Williams, a retoucher, who last week| - |went to Ithaca, N. Y. At Williams’| - |former rooming place it was learned that| - |his uncle, Frank Dutcher, who answered| - |to the description of the victim of the| - |accident, had suffered from an attack of| - |heart failure while visiting his nephew| - |recently and had fallen unconscious| - |on the doorstep. As the name of Frank| - |Dutcher does not appear in the city| - |directory, it is believed that the dead| - |man was not a resident of this city but| - |had come to pay his nephew a visit. | - -An analysis of this story shows how the reporter wove together all the -important pieces of information which he had gathered by interviewing -the policeman, the news-stand girl, the hospital superintendent, the -clerk in the studio, and the landlady, none of whom are specifically -mentioned as the sources of his information. In accordance with the -instructions of the city editor, he “played up” the “feature” of the -story, the bravery of the girl, by putting it at the beginning and by -describing the accident in detail to show her heroism. - -=Following up the News.= Many news stories, like the one just -considered, do not exhaust the news possibilities of the event, but -may be followed up in later editions or in the next day’s issues by -completing what was necessarily left incomplete for lack of time, or -by giving new phases of the event that have developed since the first -story was written. A reporter on a morning paper, for example, would be -given a clipping of the above story taken from the afternoon edition, -and would be told by the city editor to see the coroner to get the -results of his telegram to Williams, the man’s nephew, at Ithaca, and -any other information available regarding the identity of the old -man. Often unexpected and important news develops, which makes the -“follow-up,” or second story a bigger one than the first. Each reporter -and correspondent should read carefully as many newspapers as possible -before he begins his day’s work so that he may get suggestions for -“follow-up” stories on his “run,” or for “local ends” of news stories -sent in from outside the city. In large offices, one of the editors -goes over all the local newspapers to clip out the stories to be -“followed up,” or to be rewritten in the office. - -=Interviewing.= In obtaining the information for the foregoing story -by means of conversations with several persons, the reporter’s aim -was to get what they said rather than how they said it; that is, he -wanted primarily the facts that they had to give, not the way that -they expressed these facts. In the news story it was not necessary to -refer specifically to the persons who furnished the information or to -quote what they said. In many instances, however, it is important to -“interview” persons in order to obtain their opinions or their versions -of current events and to give what they say just as they said it. -The terms “interviewing” and “interview” in newspaper work are often -limited to this method of reporting practically verbatim what is said -by the persons “interviewed.” Interviewing of this type requires great -skill and tact, and successful interviewers are highly valued on all -newspapers. - -The two problems that the reporter has to meet are how to gain access -to the person to be interviewed and how to induce him to talk for -publication. Busy men have not time or inclination to give interviews -to every reporter who desires them. Many times such men do not wish to -say anything for publication on the desired subject, and absolutely -refuse to talk. The resourcefulness of the reporter is tested again -and again in getting access to men who are surrounded in their offices -by office boys, private secretaries, and clerks, and who on public -occasions such as banquets and receptions are sometimes equally well -guarded against newspaper men. When it is impossible to see the man -personally, it may be possible to submit to him several written -questions and thus lead him to issue a statement answering or evading -the questions. - -Even when an audience is secured with the person to be interviewed, -his not infrequent unwillingness to talk for publication has to be -overcome. On some occasions to ask immediately and directly for the -desired information is the best way to secure results. At other times, -to engage him in conversation on some subject in which he is interested -and then to lead to the one on which the reporter wishes to interview -him, proves successful. Young reporters often insist on giving their -own views on the subject on which they are trying to interview a -person. The reporter should remember that he is an impartial observer, -not an advocate on one side or the other. If in an effort to get -information from the person whom he is interviewing he suggests -opposing opinions, these opinions should not be given as his own but as -those of others. Tact and a knowledge of human nature are essential. - -In interviewing, as in all reporting, the newspaper man should not take -notes in the presence of the person with whom he is talking unless -he feels sure it can be done without affecting the freedom and ease -with which the man will talk. As soon as a reporter begins to take -notes, the speaker at once realizes that his statements are to appear -in black and white for the world to read. That realization leads to -caution, and caution leads to silence, partial or complete. To get -the person to talk as freely and naturally as possible is the object -of all interviewing, for the best interviewers want more than words; -they want the fullest expression of personality, an expression that -is only possible when all feeling of restraint is absent. The good -interviewer cultivates verbal memory so that he can reproduce verbatim -all the significant statements which he has obtained as soon as he -is out of the presence of the man that he has interviewed. At the -first convenient place immediately after the interview is over, the -reporter writes out as much as he desires to print, word for word as he -remembers it. - -=Reporting Speeches.= In reporting speeches, addresses, lectures, and -sermons, the newspaper man either takes long-hand notes and writes out -later what he wants to use, or writes a long-hand verbatim report of -such parts as he desires. Few reporters can write short-hand, and the -few who can generally do not use it extensively because of the length -of time required to transcribe short-hand notes. It is much quicker, -and therefore more important in newspaper work, to write a connected or -“running” story, or verbatim report of a speech or lecture while it is -being delivered, by selecting significant statements and by omitting -the explanatory ones. With a little practice, the average person of -intelligence can remember a statement, word for word, as the speaker -makes it, long enough to put it in writing, and then by repeating this -process for every important statement, can give an accurate verbatim, -but necessarily condensed, report of any speech. As newspapers -generally want only a small part of the average address, the reporter -has little difficulty in writing a good account of it in long-hand. -When a complete verbatim report is desired, a short-hand reporter is -assigned to cover the address. - -=“Covering” Trials and Hearings.= The same general principles -governing the reporting of speeches apply to the reporting of trials -where testimony is given in response to questioning by attorneys, or -when witnesses appear before investigating committees of the state -legislature, Congress, or other bodies. Questions and answers may be -taken down, or if the substance of the testimony is desired in either -verbatim or indirect form, the reporter can fit together the answers -into a continuous account of what the witness testifies, neglecting -partially or entirely the questions that elicit the testimony. A -“running story” of the trial or investigation is generally written in -the room where it is going on, so that the copy may be put into type as -fast as possible. In reporting important trials the newspaper sometimes -arranges to get a complete verbatim report from the official short-hand -court reporter or occasionally from an expert stenographer employed for -the purpose, and from this complete record those facts that are desired -for publication are selected. - -=Advance Copies.= It is always a great advantage to a newspaper to -secure in advance a copy of a speech, a report, a decision, or any -document, so that it may be put in form for publication and may be -set up in type ready to print as soon as possible after it is given -to the public. Such advance news is marked to be “released” for -publication when it becomes public. For example, when a copy of the -speech to be delivered by the governor of the state at the laying -of a corner-stone at eleven o’clock in the morning on Washington’s -Birthday, is obtained a day or two in advance, it is marked “Release -12 M., Feb. 22.” The result will be that in the first edition of the -afternoon paper published after 12 o’clock noon on February 22 as much -of the speech as is desired can be printed, perhaps a few minutes after -the governor has concluded his address. Newspapers always regard most -scrupulously the release date which the reporter or correspondent puts -at the top of his advance story. To violate the confidence of men who -furnish news in advance by publishing it before it should be released, -is considered by newspaper men a serious breach of trust. Reporters -and correspondents should, therefore, mark plainly at the top of the -first sheet of copy the word “release” followed by the hour and date -when it can be printed. If the date and hour at which the news will -become public cannot be fixed in advance, the copy is marked, “Hold for -Release, which will probably be at 12 M., Feb. 22”; and the reporter or -correspondent notifies his paper of the exact time of release as soon -as it is fixed. - -=Getting News by Telephone.= The telephone, both in local and in -long distance service, is extensively used in getting news and in -communicating it to the newspaper office. Editors often telephone their -instructions to reporters and correspondents. Newspapermen use the -telephone to “run down” rumors and “tips,” to verify news reports, to -get “interviews,” and, in short, to obtain all kinds of information. -Although some men refuse to be “interviewed” over the telephone, it is -often possible to get “interviews” more easily by this means than by -any other. Reporters, or “watchers,” at police headquarters and at -other news sources telephone important information to the city editor -so that he may assign men to get the news involved. When lack of time -prevents the reporter from returning to the office to write his story, -he telephones the facts to a “rewrite man,” who puts them in news-story -form. Or the reporter may dictate his story over the telephone to a -man in the newspaper office, who, using an overhead receiver like that -worn by telephone operators, takes it down rapidly on a typewriter. -Experienced reporters can dictate their stories in this way with only -their notes before them. The long distance service is used in the same -manner by correspondents when it can be more advantageously employed -than the telegraph. - -=Photographs.= Illustrations, or “cuts,” have come to be an important -part of almost all newspapers. Although most of the photographs used -for illustrations are made by the staff photographer or are secured -from companies that make a specialty of taking pictures of current -events, reporters and correspondents are often able to supply their -papers with pictures of persons, places, or events that are a part of -the day’s news. Good photographs may sometimes be secured from amateurs -who happen to get snapshots of some interesting occurrence. Every -reporter and every correspondent should have a camera and should learn -how to take pictures to illustrate the stories that he writes, even -though he may not have occasion to take such photographs frequently. -Unmounted photographic prints with a glossy surface and with strong -contrasts are the most satisfactory ones from which to make newspaper -halftones. A brief description of the picture should be written on -the back of every photograph. Unmounted photographs should always be -mailed flat. Correspondents are paid for photographs that are used by -newspapers. - -=Special Kinds of News.= Special kinds of reporting, such as is done -by sporting, market, financial, railroad, labor, marine, society, -dramatic, and musical editors, naturally requires special training -and experience in the subject matter of these fields. The methods of -gathering these special kinds of news are not particularly different -from those of collecting general news. The sporting editor and his -assistants often have to write a “running” account of a baseball -game or football game as it progresses. The musical and dramatic -critics, of course, express their opinions on productions, instead -of simply reporting what took place at the theatre or concert. The -railroad, labor, market, or marine editors report the news in their -particular fields, sometimes in special forms, such as market reports -or quotations, but their work of news gathering is like that of the -general reporter. - -=Qualifications of the Reporter.= Rapidity, perseverance, accuracy, -intelligence, and tact, as well as the “news sense,” or “nose for -news,” are the essential qualifications for successful reporting. - -Nowhere is it truer that “time is money” than in newspaper making. The -reporter, as the news collector and news writer, must save as much time -as possible by working fast. To know just where to get the news and -how to get it quickly, always means great economy of time and effort. -Rapid, accurate judgment of news values, likewise, is an important -qualification for a good newspaper man. “Get all the news and get it -quick,” was the command that a certain city editor of the old school -used to thunder at his cub reporters. - -=Perseverance.= To get all the news, or sometimes to get any news, -demands perseverance. The reporter must follow one clue after another -until he finds what he is looking for, or is convinced that there is -nothing to find. By stopping in his pursuit before he has all there is -to get, he may miss the biggest “feature” of the story. Every neglected -clue may mean a “scoop” by a rival. To return empty-handed is to admit -defeat. News hunting is often discouraging business, but the reporter -must always keep up his determination by a firm belief that what is -eluding him may be a big story, probably the biggest story of his -career. - -=Accuracy.= Accuracy must extend to every detail of reporting. As -the reporter is seldom on the spot when an unexpected event happens, -he must rely upon the accounts of it given by eye witnesses. These -accounts often differ materially because of the common inaccuracy of -observation and judgment. The reporter must weigh the testimony of -each witness, much as a juryman does in a trial, and must decide which -version is the most probable one. When time permits, he can verify -doubtful details by questioning other witnesses on the particular parts -in which the versions differ. He should always make every reasonable -effort to get all particulars as accurately as possible. - -Great care should invariably be taken to have names and addresses -correct. The reporter will do well to ask his informants to spell -unfamiliar names for him. City, telephone, and society directories, the -various kinds of “Who’s Who” volumes, and similar lists, are convenient -sources for getting names, initials, and addresses. Even the necessity -for speed in newspaper work is not a valid excuse for carelessness -and inaccuracy in news gathering. The minutes required to verify -names, addresses, and other details, are always well spent. Rumors -and unconfirmed statements generally should be carefully investigated -before they are given much credence, especially when they reflect upon -the reputation of persons, organizations, or business enterprises. A -false rumor given wide currency through a newspaper may ruin a man or -a woman, or seriously injure a bank or business firm. No correction -or retraction that a newspaper can make ever counteracts completely -the effects of the original story. A rumor is often valuable as a news -“tip,” but like all news tips it needs to be traced to its source and -confirmed by evidence before it is really news. Often it is mere gossip -or the product of a fertile imagination, with little or no basis in -fact. False and inaccurate statements are not what newspapers or their -readers want. - -=Tact and Courtesy.= On the stage the reporter runs about with -note-book and pencil in hand; in real life, he carries some folded -sheets of copy paper on which to take notes when necessary, in a way to -attract the least possible attention. He neither conceals nor displays -his profession. An impersonal, anonymous observer of persons and -events, he does not obtrude his personality upon those with whom his -work brings him in contact. Tactful, courteous, friendly, he elicits -his information as quickly as possible. When a more aggressive attitude -is necessary to secure what he wants and has a right to have, he is -equal to the occasion. But whatever may be the circumstances, the -reporter never forgets that he is a gentleman, and that the newspaper -which he represents never expects him to do anything to get the news -that he or it need be ashamed to acknowledge to the world. Some papers -may not hold up this ideal to their reporters and editors, but every -self-respecting newspaper must. - -To cultivate personal acquaintance with those with whom news gathering -brings the reporter in contact, is the best means of increasing his -ability to get the news. When men come to have a friendly interest in -the reporter and his work, and find that they can trust him to report -accurately the news that they give him, they often go out of their way -to help him. Many a “scoop” has been the result of the friendly aid of -some one who had news to give and who saved it for the reporter in whom -he had become personally interested. In other instances, where official -news must be given to all alike, the favored reporter may be given -a “tip” in advance as to some important phase of this official news -which he can use to advantage in his paper, or he may be able to get an -advance copy of a report or of a public document so that his paper will -have a good story on it ready to print as soon as it is given to the -public. - -Through his personal relations with men, however, the reporter is -sometimes put in a difficult position. In conversation with friends, -for example, he may learn of important news that would make a good -story and perhaps give him credit for a “scoop.” But he must remember -that when he obtains news in the confidence of private conversation, -he has no right to use it without the consent of those from whom he -gets it in this way. At other times he may be given news with the -request that it be not published, and again he must beware of violating -confidence. No self-respecting reporter will fail to regard the trust -placed in him by those with whom he comes in contact either in social -or professional relations. Another problem confronts the reporter when -friends or acquaintances request him to suppress the whole or a part of -a news story that it is his duty to write. Since a reporter is supposed -to give all the important facts in a fair and impartial manner, he has -no right to omit any of them without the knowledge of his superiors. -The best way out of the difficulty, therefore, is to tell those who -desire the suppression of any news that the decision in such matters -rests with the editor and not with the reporter. - -=How the Correspondent Works.= The work of the correspondent is very -much the same as that of the reporter. Like the reporter, he gets -assignments or instructions from time to time; he asks his superiors -how much of a story they want on a particular event; he watches the -news sources in the city or town for which he is responsible. As he is -frequently on the staff of a local paper as well, he has the advantage -of whatever news is collected for this paper. Whenever an important -event is to take place in the district which he covers, he receives -instructions a day or two in advance from the telegraph editor telling -him what the paper wants and how much he is to send. If the telegraph -editor desires some phase of an unexpected happening looked up by the -correspondent, he telegraphs to him the necessary directions. The -correspondent, likewise, telegraphs to the editor whenever he has a -story on which he wants instructions. When a correspondent telegraphs -for instructions, he is said to send a “query” or “to query” his paper. -A query usually consists of a brief statement of the news in a sentence -or two followed by the number of words in which the correspondent -thinks he can write the story adequately. The typical form of a query -would be: - - Buffalo Express, Buffalo, N. Y. - - Easthampton, N. Y., Jan. 16.—Western Steel Co.’s mill burning, loss - $150,000, two firemen killed. 300. Filed 9:23 P.M. Wilson. - -The telegraph editor can use the facts thus given in the query by -turning the dispatch over to the copy desk to be edited for the -next edition; and at the same time he may telegraph to Wilson, the -Easthampton correspondent, to send 150 instead of 300 words on the -fire. The correspondent, on receiving these instructions, telegraphs -at once as much of the story as he can in 150 words. He always puts -at the end of the dispatch before his signature the hour at which he -files the story at the telegraph office, so that he will not be held -responsible for any delay in transmitting or delivering the telegram. - -When the correspondent has a number of news stories of interest on -which he desires to have instructions, he sends his “queries” in the -form of a “schedule” in which each story is numbered. For example: - - Philadelphia Times, Philadelphia, Pa. - - Erie, Pa., March 10.—No. 1. Northern Hospital for Insane burns, - all inmates rescued. 800. - - 2. C. H. Hartman, cashier Miners’ Bank, commits suicide. 250. - - 3. Principal Walters of high school prohibits football. 100. - - 4. Mayor Altmeyer removes Health Commissioner Murphy for - incompetency. 150. - - 5. Minister delivers strong sermon on “Is There a Devil?” 300. - R. N. Wilson. - -The telegraph editor might reply to this schedule with the following -instructions, which would indicate how much the correspondent is to -send on each of the stories that he has scheduled, as well as the fact -that nothing is wanted on story No. 5. - - Philadelphia, Mar. 10.—R. N. Wilson, Erie, Pa. Rush one and two; - 50 three; 100 four. Times. - -The correspondent is paid a regular salary if the amount of news that -he sends daily is considerable, but more often he is paid every month -at a regular space rate for the amount printed of the news that he -sends during the month. On some papers the correspondents clip out -all of their news stories and paste them together in a “string” which -they send in once a month, so that the telegraph editor may pay them -according to the length of the “string.” In many offices the telegraph -editor keeps a record by crediting every correspondent with what he -furnishes, and sends monthly a check for the amount due. - -=News Associations.= Most of the news of the state, nation, and world -generally is furnished to newspapers, not by their own correspondents, -but through one of the several news or press associations, such as -the Associated Press, the United Press, and the International Press -Service. The Associated Press is a coöperative news-gathering and -news-distributing organization with a membership consisting of many -of the leading papers throughout the country. The expenses of the -association are divided equally among the newspapers that are members. -Each paper that belongs to the association agrees to furnish all the -others with the news that it gets in the local field. The Associated -Press also has correspondents everywhere in the world, most of whom are -paid for what news they furnish, while others at important news centers -are regularly employed to gather and send news to the association. -To facilitate the handling of the news, the Associated Press has -divided the country into four divisions with a central office and a -superintendent in each; and in these divisions there is a bureau at -every important news center with a correspondent who is responsible -for all the news in his district of the division. Associated Press -correspondents send the news of the cities, towns, or sections for -which they are responsible to the district bureau, or the division -office, where it is edited and distributed to the newspapers of the -division, and is sent on to the other division offices to be edited -and distributed to papers in these divisions. The United Press is a -corporation which furnishes its news service to afternoon papers at a -rate determined by the distance of the newspaper from the distributing -point and by the amount of news sent. It differs from the Associated -Press in the fact that it is not a coöperative organization. The -International Press Service connected with the papers controlled by Mr. -W. R. Hearst also furnishes newspapers generally with news service. - -The instructions given by the Associated Press and the United Press -to their correspondents, from which the following extracts are taken, -indicate the general rules to be followed by a correspondent who is -sending out news that is of more than local interest. - - Be able always to give a valid reason for sending a dispatch. - - File news with the telegraph operator at the earliest possible - moment. Dispatches should be filed before 9 A.M. for the noon - editions; before 12 M. for the 3 o’clocks; and before 2 P.M. for the - 5 o’clocks; nothing should be filed after 2:15 P.M. except night - matter, which should be marked N.P.R. (night press rate). If there - should be news of great importance, file a bulletin of 100 words at - any hour. All matter for afternoon papers should be filed at the - earliest possible moment without regard to editions. - - When the news is of extraordinary character, or very sensational, - file at once a bulletin of 100 words, and wait instructions before - sending the details, as the number of words desired will be ordered. - Should the news prove to be more important than the facts first - available indicated, a second bulletin of 100 words should be filed - as soon as the additional facts are known. - - The news in every dispatch should be given in the first paragraph, - details following. A story should be told as briefly as is consistent - with an intelligent statement of the facts. - - Notify, if possible, the general office by mail at least a week in - advance in regard to the date of every meeting of national and state - organizations, and of any gathering or coming event not of a local - character, including the state and congressional conventions of - political parties announced to be held in your city. Instructions - will be given you as to the number of words to be sent in covering - the events designated. All matter should be telegraphed unless “by - mail” is specified in an order. - - Advance copies of speeches and addresses of public men, and important - platforms and resolutions of assemblies and conventions, whenever - possible should be secured in advance and mailed to the general - office to be held until released. All advance matter is to be sent - “subject to release.” The time of release of advance matter should be - stated instead of the edition for which the matter is released. - - Accuracy, speed, and brevity are what we desire. - - The correspondent should be fair toward all interests. - - Do not send matter of merely local interest. Any matter sent must be - of general or exceptional state interest. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Always have at hand several soft black pencils. - -2. Take notes on folded copy paper rather than in a notebook. - -3. Keep a pocket date-book for all future events and news - possibilities. - -4. Get all the news; don’t stop with half of it. - -5. Run down every clue whenever the character of the news warrants it. - -6. Work rapidly; don’t putter. - -7. Don’t make the necessity for speed an excuse for carelessness or - inaccuracy. - -8. Be especially careful about names, initials, and addresses. - -9. Don’t take rumors for facts. - -10. Persevere until you get what you were sent for; don’t come back - empty-handed. - -11. Be resourceful in devising ways and means of getting news. - -12. Study your paper to see to what kind of news it gives greatest - space and prominence. - -13. Familiarize yourself thoroughly with the whole city, and especially - with every place on your own run. - -14. Never neglect even for a day a news source on your regular run. - -15. Make acquaintances among all classes of people with whom your work - brings you in contact. - -16. Interest your friends and acquaintances in your work so that they - will coöperate with you in getting news. - -17. Gather all news quietly and unobtrusively. - -18. Be tactful with every one; never make an enemy. - -19. Never betray a confidence no matter how big the “scoop” would be if - you did. - -20. Remember that you can always be both a gentleman and a good - reporter. - -21. Don’t take notes in interviewing. - -22. Always know exactly what information you desire before beginning to - interview a person. - -23. Get advance copies of anything to be quoted directly or indirectly - in a news story. - -24. Mark the release date plainly at the beginning of all advance - copies or stories. - -25. Get photographs of persons and events if possible, and write a - description on the back of the photographs. - -26. File telegraph stories at the earliest possible moment. - -27. Always follow instructions. - -28. Mail stories, either by regular or special delivery, whenever they - will surely reach the newspaper in time for the edition for which - they are intended. - -29. Never put off till to-morrow sending news that is new to-day. - - - - - CHAPTER IV - - STRUCTURE AND STYLE IN NEWS STORIES - - -=Writing the News.= After the reporter has found the news and has -collected all the important details concerning it, he must write it up -for publication. To present the news effectively is as important as to -get it. Many a good piece of news has been spoiled in the writing. The -raw material of fact must be transformed skillfully into the finished -product of the news story. The reporter is supposed to be able to write -an adequate report. When he does not, the copy-reader or the “rewrite -man” is called upon to make good the reporter’s failure. Ordinarily -the copy-reader needs only to polish off the rough edges. The work of -the good reporter ought to require little or no editing. The careless, -slovenly writer is not a welcome addition to the staff of any paper. -The less editing a reporter’s copy requires the more satisfactory will -he be. - -=Essentials of Good Copy.= The first essential of good copy is -legibility. Typewritten copy, double or triple spaced, is always -preferred. In long-hand writing, likewise, liberal space should be -left between the lines and for margins. In such copy the “u’s” should -be underscored and the “n’s” overscored in order to differentiate -them. Proper names in long-hand copy should be printed to avoid errors -in spelling. If the story is begun halfway down the first page, -the copy-reader will have enough space on that sheet to write the -headline. Quotation marks, or “quotes” as they are called, should be -enclosed in half-circles, thus, “⁾stunt,⁽” to indicate whether they -are beginning or end marks. A small cross may be used to advantage for -a period. Numerical figures and abbreviations that are to be spelled -out should be enclosed in a circle. Each paragraph should be indented, -and the first word of it should be preceded by an inverted “L,” thus -⅃; if a new paragraph is desired where there was none in the copy as -first written, the paragraph sign (¶) should be used. At the end of -every complete story should be placed the end mark (#); if the story -is incomplete, the word “more” is written beneath the last sentence. -Additions to follow the last sentence of the story are marked with the -name of the story and the abbreviation for additions; thus, “Add 2 -Hotel Fire” means that the piece of copy is the second addition to the -hotel fire story; “Add 1 Wilkins Suicide” means the first addition to -the story of Wilkins’ suicide. Additions to be inserted in the story -are marked “Insert A—Johnson Will Case” for the first insert in the -“Will Case” story; “Insert B—Trolley Collision” for the second insert -in the collision story. The place at which the new piece of copy is to -be inserted is often indicated thus: “Insert after first paragraph of -lead—Murder Trial.” Copy must never be written on both sides of the -paper. - -=Style and Structure.= In the writing of the news story two elements -must be considered: (1) the style; and (2) the structure. The first has -to do with the expression; the second with the arrangement of material. - -=Clearness.= Clearness is the first requisite of newspaper style as -it is of all writing. Newspapers are read rapidly, and rapid reading -is possible only when the words yield their ideas with little effort -on the part of the reader. The less the effort required to get the -meaning, the more easily and rapidly can he read. Clearness is most -readily obtained by comparative simplicity of style. However effective -elaborate sentence construction, learned diction, and carefully wrought -figures of speech may be in other kinds of writing, they ordinarily -have no place in the news story. This does not mean that literary -devices must be abandoned in newspaper writing or that newspaper -style is bald and unattractive. News stories demand all the literary -ability that the reporter possesses, for besides presenting the news -clearly they must be interesting and attractive. Effectiveness in a -simple style lies in that choice and arrangement of words which enables -the reader to get the meaning with the least effort and the greatest -interest. - -=Conciseness.= Conciseness is the second essential of the style of the -news story. This, again, does not mean that only the bare skeleton of -news is required, for good news stories are clothed with flesh and -blood to make them real and to give them human interest. Conciseness -demands that not a single needless word shall be used, that every -detail shall be necessary for the effectiveness of presentation, and -that the length of the story shall be exactly proportionate to its -interest and to its news value. If the reporter tests the value of each -detail and can give a good reason for using it, he will not go far -wrong as to the length of his story. If he can give an equally good -reason for every word that he uses, his style is likely to have the -desired conciseness. - -=Originality.= Originality of expression in newspaper work is the -quality that distinguishes the good writer from the fair and the -mediocre ones. Constant rapid writing on similar subjects leads to -the use of the same words and phrases over and over again. Trite, -hackneyed expressions can be used with less effort and greater rapidity -than is required to find new and fresh phrases, unless the writer -has accustomed himself to think clearly and accurately in concrete, -specific terms. The only way that the newspaper writer can make his -work rise above the level of the average is by seeing more in persons -and events than does the ordinary reporter and by expressing what he -sees with greater freshness and individuality. The classic bit of -advice given by Flaubert to De Maupassant, the French master of the -short story, is of the greatest value to the newspaper reporter who -would cultivate in his style both conciseness and originality. It is in -part as follows: - - Everything which one desires to express must be looked at with - sufficient attention, and during a sufficiently long time, to - discover in it some aspect no one has as yet seen or described. The - smallest object contains something unknown. Find it. - - Whatever one wishes to say, there is only one noun to express - it, only one verb to give it life, only one adjective to qualify - it. Search, then, till that noun, that verb, that adjective are - discovered; never be content with “very nearly”; never have recourse - to tricks, however happy; or to buffooneries of language, to avoid a - difficulty. - - This is the way to become original. - -=Typographical “Style.”= For such details of typographical “style” -as capitalization, abbreviation, hyphenation, and use of numerical -figures, every newspaper has a set of special rules, generally -printed in a so-called “style book,” that are invariably followed -by copy-readers and compositors. When a reporter begins work on a -newspaper, he should study carefully all these peculiarities, so -that he may follow them in preparing his copy. He also should learn -as quickly as possible the paper’s printed style rules, or, if there -are no printed rules, he should study the news stories as examples of -the practice followed in the office. Some newspapers have an “index -expurgatorius,” or list of words and phrases to be avoided. These -“don’ts” generally embody common errors of diction, but they not -infrequently include also some pet aversions of the editor-in-chief, -the managing editor, or the city editor, that are matters of preference -rather than of good usage. Reporters will do well to observe carefully -how their stories are changed by editors and copy-readers, and in all -matters of style should make their work conform to the preferences of -their superiors. - -=Paragraph Length.= One of the distinctive peculiarities of newspaper -style is the brevity of the paragraph. The width of newspaper columns -permits about seven words in a line. The result is that a paragraph of -the length usual in prose style generally, i.e., from 150 to 250 words, -would occupy from 20 to 35 lines and would appear disproportionately -long for its width. Paragraphs that are long, or appear to be so, make -a piece of writing look solid and heavy, hence uninviting to the rapid -reader. In newspaper work, accordingly, it has come to be recognized -that shorter paragraphs are more effective. Paragraphs of from 50 to -150 words are considered the normal type for newspaper writing. - -This means that often a paragraph, and particularly the first paragraph -of a news story, consists of but one sentence. Paragraphs of two or -three sentences are very frequent. A comparison of the structure of -these short paragraphs with that of paragraphs in other kinds of prose, -shows that what would be subdivisions, each with a sub-topic, in the -common type of longer paragraphs, become independent paragraphs in -newspaper style. The unity of the newspaper paragraph, therefore, is -not less marked because of its brevity. - -=Sentence Length.= Journalistic style has sometimes been said to -be characterized by short, disconnected sentences that produce a -choppy, staccato effect. Kipling, for example, is often described as -“journalistic” in his abrupt short-sentence style. As a matter of fact -the style of the American news story is marked neither by distinctly -short sentences nor by particularly abrupt transitions. The sentences -in news stories, on the whole, are as long as those in modern English -prose generally. The first sentence of the story, which gives the gist -of the news contained, is many times from 50 to 75 words in length, and -is therefore to be classed as decidedly long. - -=Emphatic Beginnings.= The emphasis given by initial position is -especially important in news stories. The beginning rather than the -end is the most emphatic position. The reason is obvious. As the eye -glances down the column in reading rapidly, the first group of words in -each paragraph stands out prominently. Any climactic effect with the -strongest emphasis at the end is lost to the rapid reader unless he -follows the development of the thought from sentence to sentence to the -close of the paragraph. The important element if placed at the end of a -long sentence, likewise, loses its emphasis for a rapid reader. - -This principle of emphasis at the beginning determines the structure -of the news story. Into the first paragraph, as the place of greatest -prominence, is put the most important part of the news. Into the first -group of words of the first sentence of each paragraph is placed, -if possible, the most significant idea of the paragraph. The least -important details go to the latter part of the story, so that unless -the reader is particularly interested he need not follow through the -account to the end; and so that, if necessary, parts may be cut off -entirely without causing any loss that will be evident. The fitting -together into columns of stories of different lengths after they -are in type often requires that the last paragraph or paragraphs -be cut off. This possibility adds to the importance of putting the -least significant elements into the latter part of the story, and of -concentrating the essentials at the beginning. It also requires that -each paragraph be so rounded that it may serve as the end of the story -if those following it have to be thrown away. - -=The “Lead.”= The beginning, or “lead,” of the story is the part that -requires the greatest skill in the choice, the arrangement, and the -expression of the essential elements of the piece of news. Nowhere is -it truer than in the news story that “Well begun is half done.” In the -typical “lead” the reporter gives the reader in clear, concise, yet -interesting form the gist of the whole story, emphasizing, or “playing -up,” the “feature” of it that is most attractive. The “lead,” as the -substance of the story, should tell the reader the nature of the event, -the persons or things concerned, as well as the time, the place, the -cause, and the result. These essential points are given in answer to -the questions: What? Who? When? Where? Why? How? - -The “lead” may consist of one paragraph or of several paragraphs -according to the number and complexity of the details in the story. For -short stories a one-paragraph “lead” consisting of a single sentence -is often sufficient, because the gist of the news can be given in from -30 to 75 words. For a long, complex story consisting of several parts, -each under a separate heading, an independent lead of a number of -paragraphs may be written as a general introduction to the different -parts. Usually, however, the lead is an integral part of the story, -giving the substance of the news in a paragraph or two, in such form -that all the rest of the story may be cut off without depriving the -reader of any essential point. - -=“Playing up the Feature.”= Before the reporter begins to write, he -must determine what is the most significant and interesting phase of -his piece of news; in other words, the “feature” of it. It is this -phase that must be emphasized, “played up” or “featured,” as newspaper -men say. As the “feature” of a piece of news is the most interesting -phase of it, the reporter must apply to his raw materials of fact the -tests of news values discussed in Chapter II. The element of his news, -therefore, that will be of greatest interest to the greatest number as -measured by these tests, he should select as the “feature.” In addition -to the “feature” he must present all the important facts that are -necessary to make clear the “feature” and its relation to the rest of -the news of which it is a part. - -In accordance with the principle of emphasis at the beginning of the -paragraph, the “feature” of the story should be placed in the first -group of words of the opening sentence of the lead. Although any of -the essential points may be “played up,” some are less likely than -others to deserve that emphasis. The time of the event, for example, is -generally not a significant point in the story, and therefore stories -should seldom begin with “Early this morning,” “At two o’clock this -afternoon,” “Yesterday,” or similar unimportant phrases. Occasionally -the exact hour of some action, such as the adjournment of Congress or -of the state legislature, which has been anticipated but could not be -definitely fixed in advance, has enough interest to warrant giving -it the initial position in the lead. The names of persons should not -be placed at the beginning unless they are sufficiently prominent to -deserve this emphasis. When a man is not known to a number of readers, -his name is of less interest than details of the news in which he is -involved. Names of prominent persons, on the other hand, attract the -desired attention at the beginning of the story. The place of the event -is generally indicated by the date line in telegraph news, and is not -played up in local news stories except in unusual cases. News stories -should not begin with “At 116 Western Avenue,” “In the lobby of the -Manhattan Theatre,” “On the corner of Williams and Chestnut streets,” -“Near the New York Central Station,” for rarely is the exact location -the most important point. Peculiar or important causes, results, or -circumstances are likely to be the best features, because, as has been -said, unusual, curious, new phases of activities have the greatest -interest for most readers. How each of the different essential elements -of the lead may be given emphasis in the initial position is shown in -the following examples: - - The Time - - | At 3:30 this afternoon the session of| - |the legislature came to an end when the| - |senate adjourned sine die. | - - The Place - - | In the lion’s cage of Barnum’s circus| - |was performed last night the marriage| - |ceremony uniting Miss Ada Rene,| - |trapezist, and Arthur Hunt, keeper of| - |the lions, Justice of the Peace Henry| - |Duplain officiating from a safe distance| - |outside the cage. | - - The Name - - | Governor Wilkins denied the rumor today| - |that he will call a special session of| - |the legislature to consider the defects| - |in the primary election law passed at| - |the last session. | - - The Event - - | Fire completely destroyed the four-| - |story warehouse of the Marburg Furniture| - |Co., 914 Oxford Street, today, causing a| - |loss of $30,000, covered by insurance.| - - The Cause - - | The desire to have maple syrup on his| - |pancakes led to the capture of Oscar| - |Norrie, who was arrested by Deputy| - |United States Marshal Congdon this| - |morning charged with desertion from| - |the army. He was on his way from his| - |mother’s home, 116 Easton Street, to the| - |nearby grocery store to buy some syrup. | - - The Result - - | Twenty miners are entombed in the In-| - |dian Creek Coal Company’s main shaft as| - |the result of an explosion early this| - |morning which blocked up the entrance,| - |but which did not, it is believed,| - |extend to the part of the mine where the| - |men imprisoned were at work. | - - The Significant Circumstance - - | Posing as a gas meter inspector, a| - |thief gained access to the home of John| - |C. Schmidt, 1416 Cherry Lane, yesterday| - |afternoon, and carried off a gold watch| - |and a pocketbook containing $20. | - -=How to Begin.= The grammatical form in which the feature is presented -in the first group of words of the lead varies according to the -character of the point to be emphasized. Some of the convenient types -of beginning are: (1) the subject of the sentence, (2) a participial -phrase, (3) a prepositional phrase, (4) an infinitive phrase, (5) a -dependent clause, (6) a substantive clause, and (7) a direct quotation. - -The subject of the sentence frequently contains the most telling -idea of the lead and therefore occupies the emphatic position at the -beginning, as in the following stories: - - (1) - - | Three unknown bandits robbed a con-| - |ductor on the Hartford and North Haven| - |Electric Railroad at the Westlawn siding| - |shortly before midnight, and secured| - |about $25. One of the robbers covered| - |the motorman with a revolver while the| - |other two went through the pockets of| - |the conductor. No passengers were in the| - |car. | - - (2) - - | Government ownership of telegraph lines| - |is urged by Postmaster-General Hitchcock| - |in his annual report made to Congress| - |today. | - - (3) - - | Fire of unknown origin damaged the four| - |story warehouse of Louis Berowitz & Co.,| - |wholesale wine dealers, 131 Arlington| - |Court, early this morning, causing a| - |loss of $5,000. | - - (4) - - | Vivid blue and green lights playing| - |about Brooklyn Bridge led early risers| - |to believe that the structure was on| - |fire. A broken live wire coming in| - |contact with a steel girder, electri-| - |cians found, was responsible for the| - |unexpected illumination. | - -A participial phrase, as the first group of words, is often a -convenient form in which to “play up” a significant feature. The -participle must always modify the subject of the sentence. The -“hanging” or “dangling” participle which does not modify the subject, -and the participle used substantively as the subject, are faults to be -avoided. The effective use of the participial phrase is shown in the -following leads:— - - (1) - - | Speeding homeward from Europe to see| - |their daughter who is ill in Chicago,| - |Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Spraugton arrived| - |here on the Mauretania this morning and| - |an hour later were on board an 18-hour| - |train for Chicago. | - - (2) - - | Run down by her own automobile which| - |she was cranking, Dr. Kate Mather, 151| - |97th Street, was seriously injured last| - |night, near St. Luke’s Hospital. | - - (3) - - | Accused of embezzling $4,700 from the| - |Erie Trust Company, John Fletcher, a| - |bookkeeper employed by the company for| - |three years, was arrested this morning. | - - (4) - - | While demonstrating a patent fire| - |escape of his own invention, Oscar| - |Winkel, a machinist, 1718 Amsterdam| - |Avenue, fell from the second story of| - |the apartment house at that number,| - |and escaped with a broken arm and a| - |dislocated shoulder. | - -Prepositional phrases, either adjective or adverbial, may be used to -bring out an emphatic detail; for example: - - (1) - - | With a million coal miners striking in| - |England, with nearly a million out in| - |Germany today, and with the prospect| - |of a walk-out in France tomorrow, the| - |coal supply of Europe will be seriously| - |affected. | - - (2) - - | By sliding down three stories on a rope| - |fire-escape, John Wilcox, wanted in New| - |York for forgery, eluded City Detectives| - |Dillingham and Bronson last night, while| - |they were trying to gain access to his| - |room in the Western House. | - - (3) - - | In the guise of a postoffice inspector,| - |a bandit gained access to the mail car| - |on the Occidental Limited of the Western| - |Pacific Railroad, and after overpowering| - |the clerks, rifled the registered mail| - |sacks. | - -Infinitive phrases may be employed to advantage, as -in the following cases: - - (1) - - | To rescue his three-year-old son from| - |death when his own home burned yesterday| - |afternoon, fell to the lot of John| - |Morrissey, of Engine 14, when, with his| - |company, of which he was temporarily in| - |charge, he responded to an alarm of fire| - |from Box 976, near his home at 161 10th| - |Street. | - - (2) - - | To prevent private monopoly of the| - |water powers of the state, Senator H. G.| - |Waters introduced a bill into the senate| - |this noon providing for the purchase or| - |control by the state of desirable sites| - |for the development of water power. | - -Causal, concessive, conditional, and temporal clauses at the beginning -of a story make possible the desired emphasis in an effective form; for -example: - - (1) - - | Because a multiplex money-making mach-| - |ine failed to transform tissue paper| - |into crisp dollar bills, Jacob Montrid| - |yesterday afternoon swore out a warrant| - |for the arrest of Isaac Rosenbaum, 116| - |East Broadway, who had sold him the| - |machine for $800. | - - (2) - - | Although Senator Cameron again refused| - |yesterday to say that he would be a| - |candidate for reëlection, his opponents| - |claim that he has been planning a| - |systematic campaign in his district for| - |several weeks. | - - (3) - - | Unless the $150,000 guarantee fund for| - |the democratic national convention| - |Is raised before tomorrow night, the| - |executive committee of the Commercial| - |Club will not extend an invitation to| - |the national democratic committee to| - |hold the convention in this city next| - |July. | - - (4) - - | While a surgeon was dressing a bullet| - |wound in his arm at Williamstown Hosp-| - |ital, George Johnson, colored, was| - |placed under arrest by Detectives| - |Gilchrist and Hennessey, charged with| - |shooting and seriously wounding Frank F.| - |Taylor, a colored barber, 117 Washington| - |Place. | - -A substantive clause as subject of the first sentence of the story is -often convenient, particularly for an indirect quotation in reports of -speeches, interviews, testimony, etc. The different forms available are -shown in the following leads: - - (1) - - | How the Standard Oil Company grew from| - |a firm with $4,000 capital in 1867 to| - |a $2,000,000 corporation in 1875, was| - |told this morning by John D. Rockefeller| - |in the course of the direct examination| - |conducted by his attorney, John G.| - |Milburn, in the suit for the dissolution| - |of the Standard Oil Trust before Special| - |Examiner Franklin Ferris in the Custom| - |House. | - - (2) - - | Why the United States needs an income| - |tax, was explained by Senator William| - |E. Borah in his address before the| - |Progressive Republican Club in the| - |Auditorium last night. | - - (3) - - | That the United States government| - |should operate a number of coal mines| - |in Alaska and that it should take as| - |its share approximately 25 per cent of| - |the net profits on all coal development| - |by private lease on the public domain| - |in the territory, was the plan offered| - |today by Senator Hitchcock of Nebraska,| - |a member of the territories committee| - |which is hearing the Alaska railroad| - |testimony. | - -A direct quotation at the beginning is the means of -getting before the reader at once the important statement -of a speech, report, interview, confession, etc. -The following examples and those given in the discussion -of reports of speeches and interviews in Chapter VI -illustrate the effective use of the quotation. - - (1) - - | “I took the shoes so that my little| - |girl could go to school on Monday,” was| - |the defense that John Hoppiman offered| - |in the Police Court this morning when| - |charged with stealing a pair of shoes| - |from the Palace Shoe Company’s store on| - |Eagle Street last night. | - - (2) - - | “No cigarettes sold to minors” is the| - |sign conspicuously posted in all places| - |where tobacco is sold, because the new| - |ordinance recently passed by the board| - |of aldermen went into effect today. | - -=Beginnings to be Avoided.= The rule that a news story should never -begin with the articles “a,” “an,” or “the,” is neither supported by -actual newspaper practice nor based on entirely sound principles. Good -emphasis at the beginning is what such a rule strives to secure and in -so far as it calls attention to the desirability of beginning the story -with an important word in place of an article, it is justified. Often, -however, in order to get the most significant element into the first -group of words it is absolutely necessary to use one of the articles. -Sometimes an article is unnecessary before the noun at the beginning; -for example: “Fire destroyed,” etc., is more concise than, “A fire -destroyed,” etc., and, “Government ownership of telegraph lines was -urged,” than, “The government ownership of telegraph lines was urged.” - -Numerical figures should not be used at the beginning of any sentence -in a news story. To avoid putting the figures first when round numbers -are given, such forms may be used as, “About 250 students,” “Over 1,200 -chickens,” “Nearly 750 gallons of milk.” If it is considered desirable -to have numbers at the very beginning, they may be spelled out, thus: -“Three thousand citizens greeted,” etc., “Two hundred pounds of candy -were strewn along Broadway,” etc. - -=Explanatory Matter.= In the lead of all stories of events that are -closely associated with preceding events, such as “follow-up” stories, -it is customary to give briefly sufficient explanatory information to -make the event described clear in its relations to the earlier ones. -This is necessary because readers may have overlooked the stories of -the preceding occurrences. An explanatory phrase or clause is generally -sufficient, but sometimes a whole sentence is necessary. - -=Unconventional Leads.= In place of the usual summary lead containing -all the essential points of the event, some stories begin with the -particulars leading up to the event and thus keep the reader in -suspense as to the nature and result of the happening until he has -read the greater part of the story. These stories in their structure -approximate fictitious narratives such as the short story. Various -forms of beginnings that depart from the normal summary lead are -illustrated by the following examples: - - (1) - - | Half a dozen clerks were standing near| - |the big vault in the Chelsea National| - |Bank this afternoon, their backs toward| - |the street. | - | | - | A blinding flash filled them with| - |terror, and taking it for granted that| - |another earthquake had visited the| - |city, they jumped into the big vault and| - |shut the door. | - | | - | When they tried to get out they could| - |not. Some time later when the cashier| - |saw the door closed, he opened it and| - |found the clerks nearly smothered. | - | | - | A Wilson banner, soaked with rain, had| - |fallen across a trolley wire and caused| - |the flash. | - - (2) - - | “What time is it, please?” asked an| - |innocent looking blond boy in short| - |trousers of Harry G. Lampe on the steps| - |of his hotel at 101 Johnson Street last| - |night. | - | | - | “I haven’t a watch,” said Lampe| - |politely. The boy pulled one out and| - |explained that it was 7:30, whereupon| - |they fell into a conversation and Lampe| - |went upstairs in great good humor, only| - |to come running down again. Two sets| - |of false teeth were gone from his back| - |trousers pocket—all the teeth he had in| - |the world. | - | | - | The boy was seen talking to a group of| - |men and was taken to the White Street| - |station. | - | | - | Strange to relate, Sergeant William| - |McCarthy, until recently a marine in| - |the Washington Navy Yard, was there| - |explaining to the desk lieutenant how| - |a blond haired boy had just asked to| - |carry his suit-case containing clothes,| - |discharge papers from a twenty-three| - |years’ army service, and medals for| - |bravery. | - | | - | “Sure, he said he’d show me a good| - |hotel and we came to a doorway that was| - |dark. Just like that the wallops came,| - |and me not being able to see who was| - |hitting me. They took my bag and my| - |watch and when I got up and felt for my| - |purse they grabbed that, too; $140 was| - |in it.” The door opened on the stealer| - |of teeth. “That’s him, B’ George!” | - | | - | So it happened that the child stood| - |before Magistrate Hinton in the Tombs| - |court today on two charges of larceny. | - | | - | “Stand up,” said the court, and noting| - |everything, blond curls downward,| - |pronounced: “You are a most interesting| - |psychological and sociological study,| - |sir.” | - | | - | Detective De Groat said that the youth| - |worked for a gang as Oliver Twist once| - |did. Despite his youth and apparent| - |innocence, therefore, he was held in| - |$2,500 bail for the Grand Jury. | - - (3) - - | Two men knocked on the door of Mrs.| - |Mary Martin’s apartment at 210 Easton| - |Place yesterday afternoon and said they| - |had come to fix the gas meter. Mrs.| - |Martin through the keyhole told them to| - |go right away, but they kicked down the| - |door instead and walked in. | - | | - | The woman got out on the fire escape| - |and yelled for help, while the men put| - |the parlor clock in a bag and rummaged| - |about in search of money. | - | | - | Policeman Cox answered Mrs. Martin’s| - |call for help and ran upstairs. The men| - |heard him coming and scrambled out of a| - |skylight to the roof. Cox followed, but| - |the two had disappeared. | - | | - | In their flight, however, they spilled| - |a bag of flour over their clothes, and| - |so when Policeman Cox, two hours later,| - |saw two men with their shoulders white| - |with flour, carrying a bag down First| - |Avenue, he arrested them. | - | | - | Mrs. Martin identified the men as| - |William Kelley and James Hammond,| - |and said they had both lived in the| - |house where her apartment is. | - | | - | They were locked up on a charge| - |of burglary. | - - (4) - - | Mary Hand, 7 years old, who was run| - |down by a mail automobile last night in| - |Third Avenue at Seventy-fourth Street,| - |said she wasn’t hurt and asked to go| - |home. | - | | - | “Please don’t arrest that man,” she| - |added, pointing to the driver; “he| - |didn’t mean to hurt me.” So Policeman| - |O’Reilley took the chauffeur’s name and| - |address, Henry P. Miller, 117 Walnut| - |Street, and let him go on his way with| - |the mail. | - | | - | The policeman insisted on sending Mary| - |to the hospital though she wasn’t| - |scratched. She had been there just one| - |hour when she died. The hospital folk| - |said they couldn’t account for it,| - |except by undetected internal injuries| - |that she might have sustained. | - | | - | The little girl was the daughter of| - |John Hand, 214 East Holton Avenue. On| - |hearing of her death the police at once| - |began a search for Miller, the chauf-| - |feur. | - -Another example of this type of story that follows the chronological -order instead of beginning with a summary of the facts, is the -following from the New York _Sun_, in which it was printed at the top -of a column on the first page: - - | Tom Flynn, a coal passer who works next| - |to the Fort Lee Ferry over on the Jersey| - |side, was gazing dreamily out over the| - |Hudson early yesterday morning. Suddenly| - |he dropped his shovel and let out a wild| - |yell. | - | | - | “Gee whiz, look Bill!” he said to his| - |fellow worker. “There’s a deer out there| - |on the ice.” | - | | - | About 200 feet off shore a red doe was| - |floating down stream, poised on a large| - |cake of ice. Pretty soon another cake| - |drifted along and jostled the doe’s floe| - |and she slid gracefully into the water| - |and started for shore. | - | | - | Flynn gave the alarm, and although this| - |is not the open season in New Jersey,| - |the game laws were disregarded and in a| - |few minutes fifty odd deckhands, ticket| - |takers, and commuters were engaged in| - |a deer hunt. Boat hooks, brooms, and| - |shovels were immediately pressed into| - |service, and the excited crowd waited| - |for the deer to come ashore. | - | | - | When the doe saw them she changed her| - |direction, veering toward the ferry-boat| - |Englewood, which is hibernating in the| - |Edgewater slip, and took refuge in the| - |lee of the paddle wheel. Having rested,| - |the deer swam out into open water,| - |headed directly for the ferry slip| - |and splashed merrily about below the| - |astonished crowd of amateur stalkers.| - |Someone got a rope and attempted to| - |noose the animal, but she couldn’t see| - |it that way, calmly ducked and continued| - |to cavort about in the water. | - | | - | Finally the doe became bored, dove| - |under the edge of the slip, and was| - |lost to sight momentarily. She then| - |appeared on the other side of the ferry| - |house. Before the crowd could reach| - |her, she scrambled ashore opposite| - |Terry Terhune’s Dairy Lunch, looked| - |wonderingly into Gantert Bros,’ thirst| - |quenching parlors, dashed up Dempsey| - |Avenue and with a whisk of her tail| - |disappeared up the mountain beyond| - |Palisade Park. | - | | - | “Well, suffering Jumbo!” said Tom| - |Flynn, “these guys don’t know nothing| - |about deer catching,” and he went sadly| - |back to his coal car. | - | | - | Several weeks ago three deer escaped| - |from the Harriman preserves up the| - |river, and the doe of yesterday’s chase| - |is supposed to be one of them. | - -Originality in the treatment of the ordinary material of a news story -is illustrated in the following beginning of a report of a conference -on rural problems. - - | The little red schoolhouse and the big| - |yellow ear of corn, how to develop each| - |and how to correlate their interests,| - |was the problem discussed yesterday| - |afternoon by a committee of the Wis-| - |consin Bankers’ association and a| - |number of distinguished educators and| - |public officials. After the meeting| - |at agricultural hall was over, it was| - |apparent that the problem of the big ear| - |of corn was in a fair way of solution,| - |but the little red schoolhouse still| - |remained an enigma. | - | | - | The various speakers painted glowing| - |pictures of how two ears of corn could| - |be made to grow where one or none is| - |growing now, and how farm life could| - |be beautified and uplifted so that the| - |boys and girls would quit rushing to| - |the cities to add to the poverty of the| - |nation and would remain on the soil to| - |add to the country’s wealth. How to| - |hook the country schoolhouse on this| - |uplift movement did not seem so easy.| - |The various educators present who knew| - |something of the problem it presented,| - |smiled at the altruistic simplicity of| - |the bankers in taking up the problem and| - |were loud in their praise of the monied| - |men for so doing. The bankers could| - |count on co-operation, they said. | - | | - | The meeting was an informal conference| - |between the committee on agricultural| - |development and education of the| - |Wisconsin Bankers’ association and| - |other organized activities along allied| - |lines, and was held in a classroom of| - |agricultural hall. L. A. Baker, of New| - |Richmond, chairman of the committee,| - |presided. | - -How a bit of police court news may be worked up into a story the lead -of which piques the reader’s curiosity, is shown in the following story -from the New York _Sun_: - - | It took only two eggs in the hands of| - |Annie Gallagher, a cook, buxom and| - |blond, to spoil a sunset. That is why| - |Annie was in the West Side police court| - |yesterday. She had been summoned by| - |Jacob Yourowski. | - | | - | Yourowski, who is a sign painter, works| - |at 355 Columbus avenue, next door to 64| - |West Seventy-second street, where Annie| - |is employed. He was painting a sunset| - |as a background for an advertising sign| - |last Monday when the trouble began. | - | | - | “I was on the ladder,” he told| - |Magistrate Steinert, “when I was struck| - |by some eggshells. I watched the open| - |window where this woman is employed and| - |pretty soon I saw her peeking out. At| - |first I took it as a joke.” | - | | - | “Pretty soon there were some more| - |shells. I caught her looking out the| - |window. So in a playful manner I made| - |believe to throw back at her.” | - | | - | “Judge, then the eggs came at me| - |strong. They weren’t only shells; they| - |had the goods. Pretty soon my sunset| - |looked like an omelet. Then I got mad.” | - | | - | “Yes,” interrupted Annie, “and in his| - |anger he threw ice in the window at me.| - |One piece struck me and hurt me. Then I| - |got mad and dumped the hot water on| - |him.” | - | | - | The cook was held in $300 bonds to| - |insure future good behavior. | - -Another example of an opening that stimulates the reader’s desire to -know more of an unusual incident is seen in the following story: - - | If it hadn’t been for a woman’s cu-| - |riosity Wadislaus Brinko, who owns a| - |Lithuanian rooming house at 231 East| - |Hain street, wouldn’t have confessed| - |to the police yesterday that he shot| - |and killed Jacob Watus, a roomer in his| - |house, on Oct. 23. | - | | - | A coroner’s inquest was proceeding in| - |a routine way the day following the| - |shooting and the jury was about to| - |render a verdict of death by suicide,| - |when Mrs. Anna Hannok, 416 Highland| - |place, appeared on the scene. She had| - |been attracted by the crowd outside the| - |undertaking rooms, she said. | - | | - | The testimony up to the time of Mrs.| - |Hannok’s appearance had plainly| - |indicated suicide. Suddenly she| - |electrified the jury by pointing to| - |Brinko and crying: | - | | - | “Ask him where he got the gun.” | - | | - | The inquiry, interrupted by this| - |dramatic incident, was adjourned until| - |yesterday. Shortly before the inquest| - |was resumed, Brinko broke down and| - |admitted that he had killed Watus.| - |He asserted, however, that it was an| - |accident. | - -Distinctive beginnings which are also calculated to attract attention -by reason of the question form are shown in the following stories taken -from the Chicago _Tribune_: - - (1) - - | Have you lost a $1,000 bill? | - | | - | No, this isn’t a joke; have you? | - | | - | Somebody was so careless as to drop a| - |$1,000 bill in the lobby of the Majestic| - |Theatre on Friday afternoon. And if some| - |theatre-goer had held his head a trifle| - |lower he might have seen the currency| - |and not stepped on it. | - | | - | The bill was dropped near the box of-| - |fice as the audience was entering the| - |house for the matinee. Just when it| - |fell to the tile floor and how long it| - |was kicked around nobody knows. Herbert| - |Klein, the doorman, happened to glance| - |at the floor and saw a piece of paper.| - |Persons were walking over it. He took| - |another look and then he reached for| - |it. Walking back to the door where the| - |light was better he slyly took a peek| - |at it. He saw the big yellow “M” and| - |whistled. He hurried to the office of A.| - |S. Rivers, treasurer of the theatre. He| - |did not wait for the elevator. | - | | - | Mr. Rivers placed the $1,000 bill in| - |the vault, where he thinks $1,000 bills| - |belong. He was somewhat surprised| - |yesterday when there was no inquiry for| - |the money. Then he became suspicious.| - |Thinking the bill might be one of the| - |notes of the $173,000 in government| - |money that disappeared from the Chicago| - |subtreasury two years ago, he notified| - |Capt. Thomas I. Porter and Peter| - |Drautzberg of the secret service bureau.| - | | - | The number of the bill was sent to the| - |treasury department at Washington. It| - |is not known whether the government| - |possesses the numbers of the $1,000| - |bills which were missed from the| - |subtreasury. | - - (2) - - | “Shall we shoot old preachers?” | - | | - | Several aged ministers attending the| - |Rock River conference at the First| - |Methodist Church of Evanston sat bolt| - |upright in their seats last evening when| - |Rev. George P. Eckman, editor of the| - |Christian Advocate of New York, asked| - |the question. They blinked hard and in| - |unison when he repeated it. | - | | - | “Shall we shoot old preachers?” | - | | - | A general sigh of relief was heard when| - |he offered his explanation. | - | | - | “We might as well shoot them,” he said,| - |“as let them starve on the pitiably| - |small incomes which some of them have.| - |Shooting them would be more humane. They| - |have served long and useful lives. Why| - |should their last days be spent in want| - |and suffering?” | - | | - | Rev. Eckman was the principal speaker| - |at the anniversary of the Society for| - |Superannuated Preachers. He dwelt at| - |length on the increasing hardships that| - |confront the preacher who has grown too| - |old to perform active service. | - - (3) - - | Who is responsible for the collapse of| - |the Pearl Theatre in Western avenue? | - | | - | Who permitted the construction of a| - |roof which the results show was a menace| - |to the lives of many people from the| - |time the theatre was opened? | - | | - | How much of the blame is on the city| - |building department? | - | | - | How much blame attaches to the city| - |council? | - | | - | How about the architect and the owner| - |of the theatre? | - | | - | How many other Chicago theatres—picture| - |theatres and theatres of various| - |types—are as dangerous potentially as| - |was the Pearl theatre? | - | | - | Questions such as these will be met by| - |the council committee on buildings,| - |which tomorrow will take up an inquiry| - |into the Pearl 5-cent theatre case. The| - |roof of the Pearl, Western avenue and| - |Downey street, caved in last Monday| - |morning and a disaster was averted| - |because no show was in progress at the| - |time. | - -A type of lead that has some vogue has a very short first sentence -that usually states the most significant fact in the story. This short -statement may be followed by a longer explanatory one that contains -the other essential details, or by a series of short sentences each of -which contains an important detail. This kind of lead is in reality -only the breaking up of the long one-sentence lead containing all -the essentials, into two or more shorter sentences. Greater emphasis -is thus gained for the particulars set off in the short sentences. -Examples of these leads are: - - (1) - - | Col. Roosevelt is back. He spoke| - |tonight at Madison Square Garden to| - |15,000 people. They cheered him for| - |forty-two minutes. | - | | - | There was no indication throughout this| - |storm of applause that it was anything| - |but spontaneous. It was directed at Col.| - |Roosevelt himself. | - - (2) - - | The “fatherless frog” is in Washington.| - |He arrived here this morning. He has two| - |big bulging green eyes, a big white| - |throat, and for all the world looks just| - |the same as millions of his brothers| - |who occupy thrones on lily pads in some| - |muddy creek. According to Prof. Jacques| - |Loeb of the Rockefeller Institute of| - |Research, however, this particular Mr.| - |Frog, on exhibition before the Congress| - |of Hygiene and Demography here, was| - |hatched from the egg of a female by| - |chemical process. | - | | - | While visitors are greatly interested| - |in this orphan frog, learned professors| - |are busy challenging his chemical| - |parentage. | - | | - | Professor Loeb says that his fatherless| - |frog is the culmination of years of| - |effort and that with but little more| - |study he will be able to produce other| - |forms of life resulting from his study| - |of parthenogenesis. | - -In the less conventional types of leads, various beginnings are used, -often to excellent advantage, for novelty and variety. The two examples -given below show some marked departures from the usual kinds of -beginnings. - - (1) - - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | I SOLD YOU THE GLASSES | - | NOT THE COMET | - | | - +----------------------------------------+ - | By this sign displayed to-day in| - |an optical shop in Fifth Avenue, a| - |dealer in binoculars, who is weary of| - |explaining that he is not responsible| - |for unsatisfactory views of Halley’s| - |comet, hopes to make plain his position| - |to customers that desire to return their| - |purchases. | - - (2) - - | WANTED—Young woman as governess for ten| - |year old child, to travel through Europe| - |this summer. Give references, age, and| - |experience. Address E 740, Times Office.| - | | - | This innocent looking advertisement in| - |the Times led to the arrest of William| - |Houghton, alias Wilson Hulton, at the| - |National Hotel yesterday afternoon on| - |the charge of swindling Miss Fannie| - |Hopkins, Denver, out of $200 last| - |month, by means of a similarly alluring| - |advertisement in the Denver papers. | - -=“Boxed” Summaries.= To give greater prominence to interesting -statistics, summaries, excerpts, and lists than is possible in the -lead, these facts are often put before the regular lead, usually -surrounded by a frame or “box,” and printed in black face type. -Although this arrangement is determined by the editors and copy -readers, the reporter may select and group significant facts in such a -way that those who edit his copy can readily mark them to be “boxed” -and set in the desired kind of type. Lists of dead and injured in -accidents; telling statements from speeches, reports, or testimony; -statistics of interest; summaries of facts; and brief histories of -events connected with the news story at hand, are frequently treated in -this way. If not placed before the lead, these “boxed” facts are put at -a convenient place in the body of the story. Brief bulletins, likewise, -containing the latest news are often “boxed” and set in heavier type. - - (1) - - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | SOUTH POINT FIRE LOSS | - | | - | Elevator B $300,000 | - | Wheat, 377,000 bu. 403,390 | - | Flax, 227,000 bu. 274,670 | - | Barley, 7,000 bu. 3,360 | - | Western Pacific Dock 30,000 | - | --------- | - | Total Loss $1,011,420 | - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | Over a million dollars’ worth of| - |property on South Point was consumed| - |within two hours yesterday afternoon| - |when fire destroyed Elevator B of the| - |Northern Elevator Company and the dock| - |of the Western Pacific Railroad Company,| - |and imperiled surrounding property| - |valued at another million. | - - (2) - - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | REPUBLICAN STATE PLATFORM | - | | - | Repudiation of Payne-Aldrich Tariff | - | Act. | - | Non-Partisan Tariff Commission. | - | Government Regulation of Monopolies. | - | Taxation of Water Powers. | - | Conservation of Natural Resources. | - | National Income Tax. | - | Limited Hours of Labor for Women and | - | Children. | - | Popular Election of U. S. Senators. | - | Employers’ Liability Laws. | - | Workingmen’s Compensation Acts. | - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | With the adoption of a strong platform| - |on state and national issues, the| - |Republican State Convention came to a| - |close late last night. | - - (3) - - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | TAFT ON THE IRISH | - | | - | They have accentuated American wit. | - | They have added to American tender- | - | ness. | | - | They have perhaps instilled in the | - | American a little additional pug- | - | nacity. | - | They have increased his poetic imag- | - | ination. | - | They have made him more of an | - | optimist. | - | They have suffused his whole exis- | - | tence with the spirit of kindly | - | humor. | - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | Eight hundred members of the Charitable| - |Irish Society gave President Taft a| - |notable ovation at their 175th annual| - |dinner held at the Hotel Somerset last| - |night. | - - (4) - - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | TROLLEY CRASH VICTIMS | - | | - | The Killed | - | Muckly, Mrs. Theresa, 47 years, cook, | - | 1916 Flushing Avenue. | - | Flesner, Jacob, 26 years, machinist, | - | 2717 Hawthorn Street. | - | Block, Marie, 16 years, cash girl, 616 | - | Parkway. | - | | - | The Injured | - | Claxton, Mary, 10 years, 1414 Cedar | - | Street, broken nose, scalp wounds, | - | St. Mary’s Hospital. | - | Shumacher, Mrs. Ida, 42 years, 191 | - | 12th Avenue, right arm broken, in- | - ternal injuries, St. Mary’s Hospital.| - | Perkins, Charles, 31 years, 157 Wash- | - | ington Street, dislocated hip, scalp | - | cut, Roosevelt Hospital. | - +----------------------------------------+ - | | - | Three passengers were killed, three| - |seriously injured, and a dozen more| - |badly shaken up when a south bound| - |trolley car on the Wellington Park line| - |crashed into one ahead that had stopped| - |to take in passengers, at Fifty-second| - |Avenue and Howard Place last night.| - -=The Body of the Story.= Following the lead is the body of the story, -which generally consists of a more or less detailed account of the -event. The main part of the report usually presents the incidents -in the order in which they took place. In choice and arrangement of -particulars, therefore, it does not differ from narration in general. -As in all narration, so in news stories, it is essential to pick out -those particulars that are most interesting and most significant in -relation to the feature of the news. If the details are arranged -in chronological order and this order is made evident by means of -connective words and phrases, the reader can follow the account easily -from beginning to end. - -All of the methods used by writers of fiction to make short stories -and novels realistic and attractive may be applied to the writing of -news. Concise descriptive touches that suggest the picture rather than -portray it by detailed description, are always effective. Accounts -of eye-witnesses, exclamations and remarks made by the bystanders, -comments by those concerned, dialogue between persons involved, when -given in the form of direct quotations, all add to the life and -interest of the story. Every legitimate literary device can be used to -advantage in the writing of the day’s news, provided that it does not -require too much space, for above everything else the news story must -be concise. - -Good emphasis at the beginning of each paragraph should always be -sought, because in rapid reading, as has already been pointed out, -the eye catches first the initial group of words at each indention. -Unimportant connective phrases and clauses should seldom be given -this position of prominence, but should be buried in the sentence. -The emphasis at the end of each paragraph in the news story is not -great and can therefore be disregarded. Although each paragraph need -not end emphatically, it should be rounded out to give the effect of -completeness. - -The organization of details in the body of a story is shown in the -account of a train robbery given below: - - | Spokane, Wash., March 15—In the guise| - |of a postoffice inspector, a bandit| - |obtained admittance to the postal car| - |on the Great Northern Oriental Limited| - |at Bonners Ferry, Idaho, early this| - |morning, and after overpowering the| - |two clerks, calmly rifled the through| - |registered mail pouches while the train| - |was proceeding to Spokane. | - | | - | During the run of over 100 miles to| - |Spokane, the robber received the mail at| - |three stations where the train stopped| - |and threw off the newspaper mail. | - | | - | Just before the train entered the yards| - |here, the bandit leaped from the car| - |and, with the booty in a small satchel,| - |made his escape. It is not known how| - |much money and valuables the bandit| - |obtained, but it is supposed he got a| - |big haul. Six registered mail sacks were| - |cut and their contents rifled. | - | | - | When the train reached this city, John| - |Wilson, one of the postal clerks, was| - |found locked in the clothes closet,| - |while Henry Devine, the other, was under| - |the table with a jumper drawn over his| - |head and his arms tightly bound with a| - |rope. It was then that the story of the| - |robbery was learned. | - | | - | When the train stopped at Bonners Ferry| - |at four o’clock this morning, a man| - |came to the door of the postal car, and| - |throwing in a mail sack and a small| - |satchel, announced that he was R. F.| - |Burton, a postoffice inspector. | - | | - | “I will return in a few minutes and| - |ride with you to Spokane,” he said to| - |Wilson, the clerk on duty. Devine, the| - |other, was asleep under the table that| - |was covered with mail sacks. | - | | - | After the man left the car, Wilson| - |awoke Devine, and told him that an| - |inspector was to ride with them to this| - |city, and that he, Wilson, would awaken| - |him again shortly. | - | | - | Just before the train started from the| - |Idaho town, the man entered the car| - |again. “Is there any mail for me?” he| - |inquired of the clerk. “There ought to| - |be some. Please look.” | - | | - | Wilson looked over some mail and when| - |he turned around to inform the supposed| - |inspector that there was none, he found| - |a big revolver pointed at his head. | - | | - | The robber, after warning the clerk to| - |make no outcry, ordered him to get into| - |the clothes closet, which is scarcely| - |large enough to permit a man to stand| - |erect. | - | | - | Ignorant of the robbery that was going| - |on in the car, Devine continued to| - |sleep. Finally when the train was| - |leaving Big Bend, Devine awoke and,| - |looking up from underneath the table,| - |saw the stranger opening letters. | - | | - | As Devine crawled out, the bandit wh-| - |ipped out a revolver from his overcoat| - |pocket. | - | | - | “Keep quiet, or I’ll blow your head| - |off,” he commanded. | - | | - | The robber then threw a jumper over the| - |clerk’s head, bound his hands behind| - |him, and pushed him under the table| - |where he had been asleep. | - -When a story covers considerable time because the incidents leading -up to the principal event took place a week or more before, care must -be taken to keep the time element before the readers in order to make -the series of incidents clear in their relation to one another. The -following story shows the arrangement of material in such a story: - - | Because he unknowingly tried to swindle| - |the same young woman twice within three| - |weeks by means of a “want ad,” Arthur M.| - |Howell, who says his home is in Yukon,| - |Alaska, was arrested at the Hixon Hotel| - |last night. The similarity of a “want| - |ad” in the Sun a few days ago to one in| - |a Denver paper recently, led Miss Emma| - |Bunde of Denver, who had been swindled| - |out of $280, to notify the local police,| - |and through her efforts Howell was| - |placed under arrest. | - | | - | When, three weeks ago, an advertisement| - |appeared in the Denver paper for a| - |young woman to act as secretary to a| - |business man during a three months’ trip| - |through Europe, Miss Emma Bunde, then| - |a stenographer in a railroad office| - |in Denver, answered it, offering her| - |services. In reply to her application,| - |Howell arranged a meeting with her and| - |engaged her for the position. | - | | - | At her new employer’s suggestion, she| - |withdrew her savings amounting to| - |$280 from one of the Denver banks,| - |and accompanied him to Kansas City.| - |When they arrived there, he offered to| - |take her money for safe keeping and| - |she entrusted the whole amount to him.| - |At the same time he gave her $25, as| - |an advance payment on her salary, and| - |told her that they would continue their| - |journey that afternoon after he had| - |transacted some business. | - | | - | When she returned to the hotel after a| - |shopping tour in which she had bought a| - |dress for $22.50, she found a note from| - |her employer, which informed her that he| - |had been suddenly called to Columbia,| - |Mo., on business. A railroad ticket and| - |sleeping car reservation were enclosed| - |with the note which requested her to| - |proceed to St. Louis that night and meet| - |him the following day at a hotel in St.| - |Louis. | - | | - | Miss Bunde went to St. Louis and| - |awaited the arrival of Howell at the| - |hotel designated. After waiting in vain| - |for a week, she decided that she was the| - |victim of a clever swindling game. Being| - |without funds she wrote to friends here| - |and with their aid came to this city. | - | | - | In looking through the “want ads” in| - |the Sun last Friday, she came upon| - |an advertisement for a young woman| - |secretary to accompany a business man| - |on a tour throughout the states and| - |Alaska. The similarity of this “ad”| - |and that which she had answered in| - |Denver, led her to inform the police of| - |her suspicion that the author was the| - |same person who had taken her money.| - |Detectives were at once detailed to| - |watch for Howell when he called for| - |replies to his advertisement at the Sun| - |office. | - | | - | The young woman in reply to the advert-| - |isement again offered her services as| - |secretary, giving a fictitious name| - |but her real telephone number. The| - |advertiser failed to call for his mail| - |for nearly a week, and the detectives| - |abandoned their watch. Then on Wednesday| - |Howell called at the Sun office where he| - |found twenty letters, including the one| - |from Miss Bunde. | - | | - | Unfortunately for the swindler, the| - |first letter that he opened was| - |evidently Miss Bunde’s, for he called| - |her up Wednesday afternoon and made an| - |appointment at the Hixon Hotel for last| - |evening. | - | | - | She at once notified the police and| - |Detective Sullivan was detailed to| - |accompany her to the hotel. When Howell| - |appeared and recognized Miss Bunde as| - |his Denver victim, he endeavored to| - |leave but was arrested by Sullivan. | - | | - | At the police station he gave his| - |address as Yukon, Alaska. In his pockets| - |were found letters from several Kansas| - |City women who had replied to his| - |advertisements in that city, and the| - |police believe that he is wanted in| - |other places on similar charges. | - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Write legibly; use a typewriter whenever possible. - -2. Double or triple space your typewritten or longhand copy. - -3. Never write on both sides of the sheet. - -4. Make your meaning absolutely clear to the rapid reader. - -5. Be concise; don’t use needless words. - -6. Use superlatives sparingly. - -7. Find the one noun to express the idea, the one adjective, if - necessary, to qualify it, and the one verb needed to give it life. - -8. Get life and action into your story whenever circumstances warrant. - -9. Use original expressions; avoid trite and hackneyed phrases. - -10. Remember that every one of your mistakes adds to the work of your - superiors. - -11. Study and follow the peculiarities of the style of your paper. - -12. Make your paragraphs short and concise. - -13. Avoid choppy, disconnected short sentences. - -14. Don’t overload the first sentence by elaborating on the essential - points. - -15. Select the most interesting phase of the news as the “feature” of - the story. - -16. Put the “feature” in the first group of words at the beginning of - the lead. - -17. Answer satisfactorily in the “lead” the questions—Who? What? When? - Where? Why? and How? - -18. Seldom “play up” the time or place as the feature. - -19. Avoid the hanging, or dangling, participle, particularly at the - beginning of the lead. - -20. Don’t put important particulars of the story in the last paragraphs - where they may be cut off in the “make-up.” - -21. Avoid beginning successive paragraphs with the same phrase or - construction. - -22. Use an unconventional form of “lead” when the news justifies it. - -23. Tabulate on a separate sheet significant statistics, lists, - excerpts, or summaries, so that they may be “boxed.” - -24. Don’t suppress news; refer all requests for such suppression to - your superiors. - -25. Put the mark (#), or the figures 30 enclosed in a circle, at the - end of every story. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -(1) Point out the faults in the following story and correct them by - rewriting it. - - Suspected of starting over a score of fires in the downtown district - within a month and confessing starting nineteen, with six false - alarms in three months, Henry Handifort, a South Side boy, was - arrested after a fire early today. - - In a confession to the police Handifort, who is 16 years of age, said - he began his career as a firebug when 5 years old, but after starting - three fires was so punished by his parents that he refrained from - further operations until a few months ago. He said his ambition was - to be a fireman and that he started the fires to be on hand when the - firemen came so he could help them. He said he enjoyed seeing the - apparatus turn out. - - The fires to which he confessed caused a total loss of $25,000. His - climax came Sunday night, when three fires caused $8,000 loss. The - boy, then under suspicion, was watched carefully, and a fire early - today brought his arrest. - -(2) What are the faults in the following story printed in a weekly - paper, and how should they be corrected in rewriting? - - Mr. Ed. Williams of this city met with a very severe and painful - accident in the zinc works in this city. - - Mr. Williams, who is employed as a cart driver at the works, was - performing his usual duties, when in some way the horse became - frightened and started to run away. Ed was thrown out of the heavy - ore cart and fell in such a position, that the wheels of the cart - passed over his body, causing severe injuries to his head and - fracturing four ribs, besides bruising him internally. He was at once - taken to the hospital rooms of Dr. Hulton, where his injuries were - dressed. He was then conveyed to his home, where he is recovering - nicely at present. It will be some time however before he will be at - his post again. - -(3) What is the weakness of the following story and how could you - improve it by rewriting? - - Mrs. William Black, wife of the caretaker of the Yewdale Yacht Club - house, which is on the end of the long bulkhead of the South Basin - at the foot of Ring street, Lawton Park, sent her eleven-year-old - daughter, Madelaine, to Dresden Avenue yesterday morning to get some - oranges. - - Mrs. Black sat by an upper window of the club house waiting for - Madelaine to come back. Pretty soon the little girl put in an - appearance. The wind was blowing so hard that the mother feared - for the child’s safety and she arose to go to her assistance. When - she looked out of the window again, Madelaine had disappeared. She - hurried out and saw the child’s cloak floating on the water. - - Charles Blaine, a sailor on the yacht Elizabeth E., and Otto Grey - of the schooner John Bull, dived for the body several times before - Blaine succeeded in bringing it up. - - The child’s father is on a fishing trip to Block Island. - -(4) Play up the unusual element in this story by putting it in the - first group of words. - - Mrs. Minnie Greene, a colored janitress, was burned to the point - of death by a fire started by the son’s rays focused by a large - reflector which she carried. Mrs. Greene, with the big brass - reflector under her arm, was standing in front of the First - Presbyterian church when suddenly she felt a sharp pain in her left - leg. Looking down she saw that her skirt was afire. Screaming in - terror she ran down the street and in and out of three stores before - she could be stopped by two policemen. It is not believed that she - can recover. - -(5) Compare the leads of the two following stories of the same event, - pointing out their merits and defects; then write a new lead - embodying the best points of each. - - (1) - - Princeton, N.J., Nov. 3—Governor Woodrow Wilson had a narrow escape - from serious injury at an early hour this morning when the automobile - in which he was returning home from Red Bank ran into a rut in the - main street leading into the little village of Hightstown, throwing - him with great force against the top of the limousine, inflicting a - painful cut in the top of his head. - - When he appeared in his library this afternoon to meet many callers - and the newspaper men the governor wore across the top of his head - a broad plaster bandage, covering part of the scalp that had been - shaved when the cut was dressed. - - Captain “Silent Bill” McDonald, the Texas ranger traveling companion - of the governor, received a severe jolt, but escaped any other injury - than a bruise on his neck. - - (2) - - Princeton, N.J., Nov. 3—Gov. Woodrow Wilson wears a strip of - collodion and gauze across the top of his head covering a scalp wound - three inches long which he received early on Sunday in a motor mishap - on the way home from Red Bank, N.J. His automobile struck a mound in - the road and jolted him up against a steel rib in the roof of the - limousine car. - - The wound is not serious and the democratic presidential nominee will - fulfill his speaking engagements in Paterson and Passaic, N.J., on - Monday. - - At night the governor was in the parlor of his home the center of a - group of friends. There was nothing in his manner to indicate that - he had met with any mishap. He said he did not feel the wound in the - slightest degree and had not even developed a headache from it. - - “I guess I’m too hardheaded to be hurt,” he said smilingly as he - received the correspondents. - - The mishap occurred in the early hours of the morning. The governor - had spoken at Red Bank and left for Princeton, a distance of - forty-five miles, shortly before 11 o’clock. He rode in the limousine - car of Abraham I. Elkus, a New York lawyer who lives at Red Bank, - accompanied by Capt. William J. McDonald, his personal body guard, - who was shaken up and bruised. - -(6) Criticize the following story and rewrite it in accordance with - your criticism. - - Another hero of the sea was disclosed today through a collision - of the Norwegian steamer Noreuga with the Norwegian sailing ship - Glenlui. It appeared that he saved, not only the passengers and - crews, but the ships. - - The Noreuga arrived at Norfolk last night in a sinking condition in - tow of the revenue cutter Onondaga and is preparing to dock. The - Glenlui is expected later. - - The Noreuga will be repaired at the Newport News ship yards, where - its eleven passengers, including eight women, and its freight will be - transferred to the steamship Mexicana. The passengers were brought to - port on the Onondaga. - - The man to whom credit is given is the wireless operator on the - Noreuga who declined to tell his name and whose desire to avoid - notoriety was respected by Captain Hansen. - - When the crew favored deserting the stricken Noreuga after the - collision last Friday the wireless operator refused to leave his - post. With death riding the gale he continued to flash his appeals - for help. He succeeded finally in raising both shore stations and - vessels of the Atlantic fleet. The rescue of the Norse vessels was - accomplished as they were about to founder. - -(7) From the following account, as given by an eye-witness, write a - news story for a local daily paper. - - John Quinn, foreman of the E. J. Mackey Co., 356 W. 40th St., gave - the following account of an accident in his plant this noon: - - “I was working on the fifth floor of our new six story warehouse just - before dinner time today when Oscar Taub who lives out at 216 W. - 139th St., one of the men who works for us, came up and said that Mr. - Mackey wanted him to find out how much whiskey there was in the big - tank on my floor. Taub put a ladder against the side of the big tank - and, catching hold of the cord of one of the electric lights, started - up to the top of the tank. When he got up to the top he called to - me saying that there were 7,705 gallons of whiskey in it. When he - started down the ladder again, the bulb of the electric light slipped - from his hand and broke on the edge of the tank.” - - “Then there was a big explosion and I saw Taub flying through the air - against the side of the wall about 30 feet away. Then the whiskey in - the tank started to burn and the flames spread out along the ceiling - as if the tank were a big furnace. When I saw that the whiskey was - afire, I jumped over to turn on the outlet valve so that the whiskey - would run off into the drain pipe. I turned on the water so it would - run into the tank and put out the fire. I hurried over to see if - Taub was hurt, for the water had put out the blaze and all of the - whiskey was running out into the sewer. I found Taub lying against - the wall unconscious with his hands and face burned. I was just going - to carry him over to the elevator when the firemen came rushing up. - I told them the fire was out and asked them to help me carry Taub - downstairs. Then Mr. Mackey called the ambulance and they took Taub - who had regained consciousness and was groaning with pain from his - burns to Roosevelt Hospital. - - “There wasn’t any damage done but we lost all the whiskey and I guess - the building would have burned if I hadn’t let the whiskey run out - and turned on the water. The ambulance doctor said Taub would be able - to get back to work in about a week.” - -(8) Compare these three stories in regard to the effectiveness of the - introductory statement. - - (1) - - | Within hailing distance of several| - |costly north shore residences, Henry| - |Hoskin, 132 Welcome place, was held up| - |late last evening and robbed of $14 and| - |a watch. Hoskin was crossing Bellevue| - |place on Lake Shore drive when a black| - |limousine car drove up and a man with| - |a revolver leaped out in front of the| - |pedestrian. Hoskin turned over his money| - |promptly. The robber jumped back into| - |the car, where Hoskin could see two| - |others, and the car dashed on to the| - |north. | - - (2) - - | The latest thing in highway robbery| - |is to have a $7,000 limousine and| - |a handsome chauffeur, and then to| - |watch for victims strolling through| - |fashionable neighborhoods. Henry Hoskin,| - |who lives at 132 Welcome Place, was a| - |victim at 1 o’clock this morning. | - | | - | “I was just passing Harold McCormick’s| - |mansion at the Lake Shore Drive and| - |Bellevue Place,” he said, “when it| - |happened to me. The finest looking| - |limousine I ever saw slowed up right| - |in front of the McCormick house. The| - |machine looked so expensive that I| - |thought the occupant must be the| - |millionaire himself—until out he leaps| - |at me with a revolver leveled at my| - |head. It took the man about four seconds| - |to get my money—it was only $14. And| - |then I was ordered to be on my way. | - | | - | “There were two of the robbers, the| - |operating man and the chauffeur, who| - |looked like a real one.” | - | | - | Hoskin told his story to the police at| - |the East Chicago Avenue Station and they| - |started a search for the robbers. | - - (3) - - | Stepping out of one of the finest| - |limousine cars ever seen in Lake| - |Shore Drive, three young men held up| - |a pedestrian early today at the point| - |of their pistols in front of the| - |Harold McCormick home. The victim,| - |Henry Hoskin, 132 Welcome Place, told| - |the police of the East Chicago Avenue| - |Station that he would not have been more| - |surprised if the St. Gaudens statue of| - |Lincoln in Lincoln Park had stepped off| - |its pedestal and picked his pocket. | - | | - | “I was just passing Harold McCormick’s| - |mansion at the Lake Shore Drive and| - |Bellevue Place,” he said, “when it| - |happened to me. The finest looking| - |limousine I ever saw slowed up right| - |in front of the McCormick house. The| - |machine looked so expensive that I| - |thought the occupant must be the| - |millionaire himself—until out leaped| - |three men with revolvers leveled at my| - |head. It took the men about four seconds| - |to get my money—it was only $14. And| - |then I was ordered to be on my way. | - | | - | “The three robbers were well-dressed| - |young fellows. The chauffeur wore| - |a uniform and looked like a real| - |chauffeur.” | - -(9) Analyze the treatment of material in the second story below and - compare it with that in the first. - - (1) - - | A quarrel over the merits of the North| - |and South in the civil war resulted in| - |the shooting through the right cheek of| - |John White, 3100 Renton street, at the| - |saloon of William Lubin, Brinton avenue| - |and Hamilton street, by Charles McGuire.| - |The latter was arrested. | - - (2) - - | The war of the rebellion was resumed in| - |Chicago yesterday after a preliminary| - |skirmish on Saturday. Three men were| - |engaged, and after the smoke of battle| - |had cleared away the casualties were| - |found to be: one shot, one prisoner of| - |war, and one incapacitated for conflict.| - | | - | The skirmish and ultimate battle| - |occurred in the saloon of William Lubin,| - |Brinton avenue and Hamilton street.| - |Charles McGuire and his brother carried| - |the colors of the South and John White| - |defended the North. | - | | - | The three men were drinking together on| - |Saturday when the issues between the| - |North and South caused a dispute. They| - |parted in wrath. | - | | - | “We’ll show that fellow where he gets| - |off at,” the McGuire brothers are| - |reported to have said as they left for| - |the loop to buy arms to protect the| - |honor of the South. | - | | - | Charles McGuire, with a revolver as his| - |artillery, went alone yesterday to the| - |saloon. His brother, not feeling well,| - |remained at home. Soon Charles met White| - |and had no trouble in drawing an attack| - |from him. | - | | - | He drew the revolver and shot White| - |through the cheek. Then the police| - |arrived and took Charles prisoner. White| - |was rushed to St. Anne’s hospital. | - - - - - CHAPTER V - - NEWS STORIES OF UNEXPECTED OCCURRENCES - - -=Kinds of Occurrences.= Reports of unexpected occurrences of various -kinds may be taken as typical of news stories generally. Fires, -railroad and trolley wrecks, mine and tunnel accidents, floods and -storms, marine disasters, explosions, runaways, automobile accidents, -etc., form one large group of events in this class. Murders, suicides, -robberies, embezzlements, and all other crimes constitute the second -important division. The application to each of these groups of the -principles of structure and style discussed in the preceding chapter -will be considered separately. - -=Fires and Accidents.= In news stories of fires and accidents, the -number of lives lost or endangered, the character and extent of the -damage, and the cause are the features in which readers are most -interested. Lists of the killed or injured are always included in local -stories, and should be sent in telegraph stories when the persons are -known in communities in which the newspaper circulates. The names, the -addresses, the occupations or business connections, and often the age -of persons killed, are given, and the same details are reported for the -seriously hurt, as well as the extent of the injuries and the hospital -to which each person is taken. The form in which such lists are -arranged is shown in the explanation of “boxed” lists (pages 86–88). -The extent and the character of the damage caused by a disaster are -important, particularly when the amount or the area affected is large. -Curious and unusual causes and results, remarkable escapes, pathetic or -humorous incidents, and novel circumstances generally are frequently -“played up,” particularly in telegraph stories of occurrences in which -the persons involved are known only locally. In such cases the peculiar -circumstances are the only reason for publishing the stories outside of -the community in which the events happen. Unusual incidents are also -good in the lead of local stories when the other phases are not more -important. - -The chief considerations in writing the body of news stories of -unexpected occurrences are to select and emphasize important details, -to eliminate or subordinate minor ones, and to connect firmly the -different parts of the narrative. Whether the reporter is limited -to a given number of words or is instructed to write as much as the -news is worth, he must choose and reject particulars with great care, -remembering always that what he retains must be so arranged that to -the rapid reader the relation of one part to another will be perfectly -clear. In a complex story with a series of incidents taking place -simultaneously, different threads of narrative must be woven together -skillfully to make it evident how the several incidents took place at -the same time. - -Greater life, action, and interest can always be given to accounts of -fires, accidents, and disasters that cause loss of life, by giving in -direct quotations the accounts of eye-witnesses and survivors. When the -magnitude of the catastrophe warrants it, every effort is made to get -interviews and statements from persons involved. Conversation between -those concerned in the event can sometimes be used effectively. Every -form of direct quotation gives variety and interest to the news story -and is therefore an excellent method to use. - -In the excitement naturally produced by the news of a disaster, many -rumors quickly gain currency. The first estimates of the number -of lives lost or endangered and of the extent of the damage are -frequently too large. The young reporter must not let himself be -carried away by wild reports, and should discount liberally these -estimates. By keeping calm no matter how great the catastrophe and -attendant excitement, he not only can judge the more accurately of the -character of the information that he gets from others, but he inspires -a certain amount of calmness in those from whom he is getting his -information and thus secures the facts more accurately. He should not -accept reports of a disaster without question and investigation, or if -it is impossible to investigate them, he should give them as rumors and -not as facts. To magnify a catastrophe often means to cause needless -anxiety to many whose relatives or friends may be involved in it. As in -all reporting, a simple narrative, picturing clearly, accurately, and -interestingly the unexpected occurrence, is the best news story. - -=The Lead of the Fire Story.= Because accounts of fires involve all the -points to be considered in the average news story, they are taken as -typical of the whole group of accidental occurrences. In fire stories -the feature to be “played up” may be, (1) the cause, (2) the extent of -the damage, (3) the danger to surrounding property, (4) the number of -lives endangered or lost, (5) prominent persons or places involved, or -(6) any unusual incident or phase. The following examples illustrate -methods of giving prominence to each of the significant details at the -beginning of the lead. - - Cause - - (1) - - | Spontaneous combustion of turpentine| - |and paints caused a fire that completely| - |destroyed the one-story frame paint shop| - |of John Nelson, 213 Higginson Street,| - |shortly before midnight, causing a loss| - |of $5,000. | - - (2) - - | Candles on a Christmas tree set fire| - |to lace curtains in the home of| - |Robert Whitcomb, 1716 Charter Street,| - |last night, and before the blaze was| - |extinguished $500 damage had been done| - |to the house and furnishings. | - - (3) - - | The breaking of an incandescent light| - |set fire to a can of gasoline in the| - |garage of the Wheeler Automobile| - |Company, 731 Winter Place, early this| - |morning, and two taxi-cabs were badly| - |scorched. | - - Damage and Danger - - (1) - - | Over a million dollars’ worth of| - |property was consumed on South Point| - |within two hours yesterday afternoon| - |when fire destroyed Elevator D of the| - |Consolidated Elevator Company, and the| - |docks and sheds of the Western Pacific| - |Railroad Company. | - - (2) - - | Nearly 3,000,000 feet of lumber were| - |burned at Mystic Wharf early this| - |morning with a loss of $120,000 to the| - |Export Lumber Company and the Atlantic| - |Coast Lumber Company. | - - (3) - - | About $2,000,000 worth of property was| - |threatened by fire in the manufacturing| - |district along the Ohio river front last| - |night when the plant of the Rockton| - |Woodworking Company was completely| - |destroyed with a loss of $125,000. | - - Lives Lost or Endangered - - (1) - - | Nearly 300 frightened girls ran down| - |stairways, jammed themselves into| - |elevators, or jumped to roofs of| - |adjoining buildings this noon when fire| - |did $20,000 damage to the twelve story| - |building at 652 Bleecker Street. | - - (2) - - | Nine firemen were overcome by ammonia| - |fumes while fighting a fire in the cold| - |storage warehouse of R. C. Rinder, 48 to| - |52 May Street, this morning. | - - (3) - - | One person was suffocated, one fatally| - |and three seriously burned, and the| - |lives of many others endangered when| - |fire swept through the five-story flat| - |house at 122 West 127th Street today. | - - (4) - - | Three children were burned to death| - |this noon while locked in the house by| - |their mother, Mrs. Frank Lincoln, 1719| - |Belleville Place. | - - Persons and Places - - (1) - - | Market Square Theatre was damaged by| - |fire to the extent of $5,000 late last| - |night, evidently the result of a lighted| - |cigar or cigarette thrown on the gallery| - |steps at the close of the performance. | - - (2) - - | Robert Camp’s summer home at Rockton,| - |L. I., was completely destroyed yester-| - |day by fire said to have been started by| - |tramps. The loss Mr. Camp estimates at| - |$25,000, fully covered by insurance. | - - (3) - - | Wilton C. McClay, broker, 71 Exchange| - |Place, was suffocated by smoke in his| - |rooms in the Oxford Arms early this| - |morning, when fire, originating in a| - |defective flue, damaged the building to| - |the extent of $1,500. | - - Unusual Circumstances - - (1) - - | Overcoats used as life nets saved the| - |lives of a dozen women and children| - |last night when fire, believed to| - |be of incendiary origin, gutted the| - |three-story frame tenement at 137| - |Hoverton Avenue, Brooklyn. | - - (2) - - | Rotten hose, which burst as fast as it| - |was put in use, imperiled the lives of| - |firemen today in a fire that destroyed| - |the foundry of the National Tubing Co.,| - |Wilson and Pierce Streets. | - - (3) - - | More than 300 chickens and ducks were| - |cremated last night in a blaze in the| - |basement of the meat market of John| - |Holton, 16 Erie Street. | - - (4) - - | To rescue his money, which he hoped| - |would raise him from the rank of| - |workman to that of merchant, Woo Wing| - |Lee, Chinese laundryman, 3031 Nicollet| - |Avenue, ran back into his burning| - |laundry today and was so badly burned| - |that physicians say he cannot live. | - -=Fire Stories.= After the lead has been completed, the main part of the -story remains to be written. The structure of the body of the story -offers no particular difficulties in arrangement as the incidents -usually follow each other in the order of time. In the account of a -fire, it is usual, after the lead, to give the facts concerning the -discovery of the fire, the sounding of the alarm, the arrival of the -fire department, the progress of the fire, and the different incidents, -with little or no variation from chronological order. - -How a fire story is arranged is shown in the following example: - - | By sliding down a swaying extension| - |ladder through fire and smoke, with an| - |unconscious woman in his arms, Fireman| - |Daniel Walter rescued her from death in| - |a fire that early this morning swept| - |through a five-story apartment house at| - |122 West Thirty-ninth Street, and caused| - |a loss of $15,000. Mrs. Mary Owen, the| - |woman saved, is in a serious condition| - |as a result of inhaling smoke, but at| - |the Harlem Hospital it was said that she| - |would probably recover. | - | | - | When the firemen on Truck 30 reached| - |the burning building, they saw Mrs.| - |Owen leaning out of a front window on| - |the fifth floor, screaming for help and| - |apparently preparing to jump to the| - |street. | - | | - | “Don’t jump,” shouted the firemen.| - |“We’ll be up there in a minute.” | - | | - | She stood motionless in the window with| - |the smoke pouring out around her when| - |the big eighty-foot extension ladder| - |began to rise slowly in response to| - |vigorous cranking. While the ladder was| - |swaying like a pendulum as it ascended,| - |Fireman Walter and Driver Frank Lawson| - |began to climb up. | - | | - | “Hold on just a second longer,” shouted| - |Lawson as he saw that Mrs. Owen was| - |again leaning forward as if about to| - |jump. | - | | - | When he reached the top of the ladder a| - |moment later, Mrs. Owen swayed and fell| - |back into the room. At the same instant| - |flames burst out of the windows on the| - |third floor and swept through the| - |ladder. | - | | - | “You go down,” called Walter to Driver| - |Lawson below him on the ladder. “I’ll| - |get her and slide for it. Be at the| - |bottom to catch us.” | - | | - | Lawson slid back through the flames,| - |and Walter climbed into the window.| - |Mrs. Owen was lying unconscious on the| - |floor with her dress ablaze. Walter beat| - |out the flames and then wrapped his| - |coat around her to protect her from the| - |sparks and embers that were swirling| - |through the window. | - | | - | Laying the unconscious woman on the| - |window-sill, Walter climbed out on the| - |ladder. Then he reached over and took| - |Mrs. Owen, placing her across his arms.| - |Seeing that a slow descent through the| - |flames bursting out of the windows on| - |the floors below meant certain death,| - |Walter wrapped his legs around the sides| - |of the ladder and took hold of both| - |sides with his hands, balancing Mrs.| - |Owen across his arms. | - | | - | “Catch us down there,” he shouted and| - |started to slide down the ladder through| - |the flames and smoke, as though it had| - |been greased. | - | | - | For a few seconds he was hidden from| - |view; then he reappeared with his| - |clothes ablaze but with his burden still| - |safe across his arms. Firemen caught him| - |as he reached the sidewalk, and took| - |Mrs. Owen who was still unconscious. | - | | - | It was all the police reserves could do| - |to keep the crowd from breaking through| - |the fire lines to congratulate Walter| - |and carry him off on their shoulders.| - |They cheered again and again as he| - |was hurried into the Harlem Hospital| - |ambulance. His hands and face were| - |scorched, but after his burns had been| - |dressed at the hospital he gamily| - |returned to his quarters in the fire| - |station. | - | | - | Mrs. Owen was the only occupant of the| - |house who did not succeed in reaching| - |the fire escapes in the rear of the| - |apartment and thus getting out safely. | - | | - | The fire started in the basement,| - |evidently from an overheated furnace,| - |and shooting up through the air shafts,| - |spread into the apartments on the third,| - |fourth, and fifth floors. As most of| - |the tenants left the doors of their| - |apartments open when they fled, the| - |draught swept the fire through floor| - |after floor. The interior of the whole| - |five floors was destroyed. Three alarms| - |were turned in and the fire was not| - |under control until 10 o’clock. | - -=Stories of Accidents.= News stories of accidents are constructed on -the same plan as those of fires, and the features are practically -the same. The story of the accident in the subway (page 41) and the -following one may be taken as typical reports of accidents. - - | In attempting to protect the lives of| - |others against danger from a broken| - |electric light wire, Patrolman Patrick| - |Wilson, 751 Erie St., was electrocuted| - |at 3:30 this morning on Depere Place| - |between 75th and 76th streets. The body| - |of the policeman was discovered an hour| - |later by Oscar Wilkins, a milkman, as| - |he was driving along Depere Place on| - |his morning rounds. A small red burn| - |across the back of his right hand and a| - |live wire with a rope attached dangling| - |from a tree a few feet away, showed how| - |Wilson had lost his life. | - | | - | Patrolman Wilson talked with Police| - |Sergeant William Strong about the broken| - |wire on Depere Place near 75th Street| - |about 3:15 this morning. As he did| - |not report to the police station from| - |the patrol box as usual at 3:35, it| - |is assumed that he was killed shortly| - |before that time. | - | | - | “There’s a live wire hanging down from| - |a tree on Depere Place,” said Wilson to| - |Sergeant Strong when they met shortly| - |after three o’clock. “I’m afraid someone| - |will be killed. I’ve been watching it| - |all night. I believe I will try to| - |fasten it up in the tree so that no one| - |will run into it.” | - | | - | “You had better be careful; you may be| - |killed,” suggested Strong. | - | | - | “No danger of that,” he replied. “The| - |wire is insulated.” | - | | - | “Well, you had better get a rope at the| - |car barns, anyway,” urged the sergeant,| - |and Wilson agreed to go over to the| - |barns on 75th Street for a rope. He was| - |last seen alive when he left the car| - |barns with some rope about 3:20. | - | | - | Evidently he threw the rope over a| - |branch of the tree, and then tried to| - |put the deadly wire through a noose in| - |one end of the rope so that it could be| - |drawn up into the tree out of the way of| - |passers-by. The wire must have squirmed| - |around unexpectedly striking Wilson on| - |the back of the hand and killing him| - |instantly. | - | | - | Wilson, who was 27 years old and had| - |been on the police force for five years,| - |is survived by a wife and two small| - |children. | - -=Stories of Crime.= Accounts of crime, or “police news stories,” are -constructed on practically the same principles as those of fires -and accidents. In all crimes in which human lives are destroyed -or endangered, the essential points are the names of the persons -involved, the nature of the crime, its cause, its results, and, if -the perpetrator escapes, clues to his identity and whereabouts. In -murders, attempted murders, suicides, and defalcations, the motives -for the crime are always matters of great interest. The value of what -was stolen or what might have been stolen should be given in reports -of robberies or embezzlements. Ingenious methods used to gain entrance -to places robbed make interesting features. In defalcation or fraud -peculiar means of deception employed may be “played up.” The “human -interest” in the accused or the victim must not be overlooked in -crime stories. When either individual is well known, his name is the -important “feature.” - -The reporter must always remember that a person charged with a crime is -not a criminal until he is proved guilty in court. Unless he confesses, -the person charged with crime is presumed to be innocent until -convicted. In writing police stories, therefore, the reporter should -always make it plain that the person involved is “charged” with a -crime, and that he is “alleged,” or “said,” by the police to be guilty. -While he is charged with the crime, he may be said to be, not “the -murderer,” but “the alleged murderer”; or not “the embezzler,” but “the -alleged embezzler.” The reporter should present both sides of the case -by giving the prisoner’s version, as well as that of the police, not -only because it is just to do so but because it is usually good news. - -Stories of crime, like all other news stories, should be told in a -simple, direct style that presents in an accurate and interesting -manner the account of the crime as it was actually committed. -Exaggerated and sensational stories of crime or those in which attempts -are made to arouse sentiment for or against the perpetrator or his -victim, have no place in the news columns of reputable newspapers. If -readers are to be appealed to to right a wrong, such appeals should be -made in the editorial columns and should not be allowed to color the -facts in the news stories. The actual facts truthfully presented make -the best possible appeal. To try, in the newspapers, a person accused -of crime, before or during his legal trial, is not to give him the fair -trial to which he is entitled. - -The way in which various phases of crime may be “featured” in the -lead without making the story in any way sensational is shown by the -following examples, in which some interesting or extraordinary phase -of the crime is put in the emphatic position at the beginning of the -story. - - (1) - - | After confessing to a shortage of| - |$21,500 lost in speculation, Robert| - |Crook, Jr., assistant paying teller| - |of the Security Loan & Trust Co., was| - |arrested this afternoon on the charge of| - |embezzlement. | - - (2) - - | “I played the ponies and lost,” is| - |William Dieb’s explanation of the| - |theft of $1,200 from Wilson Brothers,| - |clothiers, 121 Williamson Street, where| - |for eighteen months he has been employed| - |as cashier. | - - (3) - - | On the charge of robbing thousands of| - |women and other small investors of| - |nearly $25,000 by fake mining schemes,| - |Allan Gotham, a mining broker with| - |offices at 117 Chambers Street, was| - |arrested by U. S. Marshal Harshaw this| - |morning. | - - (4) - - | To avenge a beating, Giovanni Ricci,| - |a laborer, shot and instantly killed| - |Guiatto Cimbri, section foreman on the| - |Pennsylvania Railroad, this noon, near| - |Harcourt Road, just west of this city.| - |Ricci immediately disappeared among| - |the freight cars in the railroad yards| - |nearby, and as the other workmen were| - |unable to find any trace of him, it is| - |believed that he boarded a freight train| - |as it drew out of the yards. | - - (5) - - | By leaping from his aeroplane at a| - |height of 2,000 feet, Luis Reveri, a| - |young Spanish aviator, committed suicide| - |early today, following a quarrel late| - |last night with a young woman to whom he| - |is said to have been engaged. | - - (6) - - | Seized by thugs in broad daylight while| - |crossing the railroad tracks at the foot| - |of Washington Street, this noon, William| - |Williams, a stone mason from Chicago,| - |was robbed of a gold watch and $20. | - - (7) - - | With all the skill of professional| - |thieves, two neatly dressed little| - |girls robbed several stores in the| - |neighborhood of Amsterdam Avenue and| - |159th Street yesterday, by arranging| - |that the younger, about 12 years| - |old, should engage the proprietor in| - |conversation while the older, about 14| - |years, proceeded to take whatever she| - |could carry away conveniently. | - - (8) - - | Sticky fly paper pasted on show windows| - |to prevent the crash of falling glass,| - |was used by burglars who broke the plate| - |glass windows of three jewelry stores on| - |Third street last night, and got away| - |with about $15,000 worth of plunder. | - -The following story of a robbery shows how various details are grouped -in the lead and in the body of the story: - - | Westhampton, Ind., April 10.—By drill-| - |ing through a fourteen inch fireproof| - |wall of the vault of the temporary post| - |office from an adjoining store, expert| - |cracksmen got away with $18,653, all| - |in stamps, some time last night. So| - |skillfully did they operate that mail| - |clerks at work all night fifty feet away| - |from the vault knew nothing of what| - |took place. The police and post office| - |inspectors have no clue. | - | | - | The robbery was discovered at 7:30| - |o’clock this morning by Oscar Otter, a| - |clerk in the United States Furniture| - |Co., which occupies the store adjoining| - |the post office. When Otter was unable| - |to open either of the front doors of the| - |store with his keys he became suspicious| - |and called Patrolman Frank Parker.| - |Throwing their weight against the doors| - |they forced an entrance and found that| - |both had been fastened by large screw| - |eyes. | - | | - | On examining the store, they discovered| - |below the main stairway on the first| - |floor a hole in the wall about eighteen| - |inches square. An electric drill with| - |wires attached to an electric light| - |socket under the stairs showed how| - |the robbers had succeeded in cutting| - |through the fourteen inch fireproof| - |wall. Drills, chisels, and a small| - |bottle of nitroglycerine were found a| - |few feet away covered with dust. The| - |floor in front of the hole and the wall| - |about it were covered with blankets| - |and quilts taken from the company’s| - |stock, apparently to deaden the sound of| - |drilling. The bricks of which there was| - |a small pile had evidently been drawn| - |out one by one as fast as they were| - |loosened, with the aid of a small pulley| - |and tackle that were lying in the hole. | - | | - | Some footprints in the dust at the foot| - |of the stairs indicated that one of| - |the men had been stationed there as a| - |look-out to command a view of the street| - |through the big plate glass windows of| - |the store. These with the tools and| - |tackle were the only clues. | - | | - | Patrolman Parker notified the detect-| - |ives of the central police station while| - |Mr. Otter informed Postmaster White.| - |When the post office vault was opened| - |everything was found to be in confusion.| - |The stamp cases had been rifled to the| - |extent of over $18,000 worth of stamps| - |of all denominations. The cash boxes had| - |evidently been overlooked for they were| - |found to be intact. | - | | - | “At no time of the night was the post| - |office unguarded,” said Postmaster| - |White. “Arthur Cummings and Henry| - |Leister, mailing clerks, were in| - |the mailing and sorting rooms until| - |they were relieved by the day force.| - |Patrolman Cutting, a messenger, and mail| - |wagon drivers were in and out of the| - |office at all hours of the night.” | - | | - | Post Office Inspector A. B. Holmes of| - |Cincinnati was notified of the robbery| - |by telegraph, and Inspector G. C. Helms| - |of Fort Wayne, whom he detailed to| - |come here to investigate, arrived late| - |tonight. | - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Find an interesting “feature” in every unexpected occurrence. - -2. Give all the facts and stick to them. - -3. Don’t be carried away by wild reports; investigate every rumor. - -4. Keep cool, no matter how great the disaster. - -5. Don’t overestimate the extent of the damage and the number of - persons killed or injured. - -6. Remember that not all persons who appear in the news are necessarily - “prominent” or “well known.” - -7. Avoid describing persons or property as “endangered” or “threatened” - when they are not actually in danger. - -8. Don’t overload your story with minor details. - -9. Give life and action by using direct quotation whenever it is - appropriate. - -10. Include verbatim accounts of eye-witnesses or survivors in big - disasters. - -11. Make clear to the rapid reader the exact relation of all incidents - to the principal event. - -12. Look for the motive in murders, suicides, embezzlements, and - similar crimes. - -13. See the “human interest” in police news. - -14. Don’t call an accused person a criminal unless he confesses or has - been convicted of crime before. - -15. Don’t try criminal cases in your news stories; leave that to the - court. - -16. Give both sides; the accused as well as the accuser has a right to - be heard. - -17. Avoid predictions of “sensational developments” when they are not - likely to occur. - -18. Don’t put a “mystery” in your story when none exists. - -19. Remember that the truth, and nothing but the truth, interestingly - written, makes the best news story. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -1. Criticise and rewrite the following fire story: - - In a fire which destroyed the plant of John B. May & Co., paint and - varnish makers, 20 East Harmon street, late yesterday, five men who - took desperate chances in escaping from the blazing structure were - injured and Mme. Celloni’s famous bohemian restaurant was temporarily - put out of commission. - - Mme. Celloni’s, for twenty years renowned as a gathering place for - Chicago’s litterati, adjoins the burned building on the south. It was - flooded by water, shaken by explosions and overrun by firemen, who - fought to confine the flames to the May rooms. - - The damage to the building, which was a three-story brick, and - contents of the paint house is $65,000. The loss on paintings, - decorations and furnishings in Mme. Celloni’s is placed at $5,000. - All is reported covered by insurance. - - The injured men were employes of the paint company. Driven by a - succession of explosions to the roof, they were hemmed in by flames. - They slid down a rope to safety. The injured are: - - Joseph Hinners, 312 North Wilson avenue; hands and face burned. - - Michael Lorenz, 614 William square; hands burned, right wrist - sprained. - - William Gee, 6651 North Washington street; hands cut and burned. - - James Green, 84 New street; body bruised and contused. - - Charles Speer, 916 First street; body bruised. - - The men were at work on the third floor when the alarm was sounded. - The stairway was in flames and three explosions of wood alcohol - tanks in the basement and minor explosions caused by the ignition of - smaller containers of oil on the third floor drove them to the roof. - - A line was passed to them from the street. Hinners, a foreman, made - it fast. He ordered his men to precede him down the rope. When he - undertook his slide for life the entire building was afire. The - flames licked the slender cord and, just before Hinners reached the - ground, it was severed. - - Miss Mary Devine of Walnut Park, stenographer for John B. May, was in - the office of the building with Mr. May when the fire was discovered. - Although the other employes fled she remained and assisted Mr. May - in placing valuable papers in the safe before leaving. There were - fifteen persons in the building when it took fire, Mr. May said. - - The fire is believed to have originated in the rear of the basement - where the wood alcohol was stored. The explosions splintered the rear - partitions and ceilings and spread the flames. - - The building was an old one and burned rapidly. Within a few minutes - after the alarm was sounded the flames enveloped it. Twelve engine - companies were summoned and Fire Chief Classon took personal charge - of the work. Tenants of the apartment building on the north of the - paint company fled, but their rooms were not damaged. - - The fire was fought with difficulty. Firemen “Jim” Moore and Samuel - Walters of engine company No. 11 risked their lives on a ladder to - keep the flames from an oil tank in front of the third floor which - threatened to ignite the top apartments of Mme. Celloni’s. - - Firemen caused most of the damage to Mme. Celloni’s. Costly tapestry - and hangings were knocked down and trampled under foot. The place - will be reopened soon. It has long been the meeting place of the - “true bohemians” of Chicago’s literary world and art circles. - - The building occupied by the May company was owned by Esther McNain - of Hyde Park. - -2. Analyze the following story; can you improve it by rewriting? - - Riverside residents’ New Year resolutions were jolted at the outset. - Just at the break of the first day of 1913 the 110 foot water tower, - sole source of supply for the town, burned to the ground. - - From 5:30 to 10 o’clock no water was to be had. Then hard personal - effort by members of the village board resulted in fire hose being - connected with outlying hydrants of Berwyn, next village east; water - trickled once more into kitchen sinks of Riverside homes. There was - not sufficient power, however, to force the water to second floors. - - The cause of the fire is unknown. It is believed to have been caused - by a defective chimney, as the fire originated near the roof. The - flare of light over the roofs and through the trees warned the - suburb. The citizens promptly filled bathtubs, buckets, pitchers, and - all other available receptacles. This exhausted the supply in the - mains and the firemen found they had no pressure of water with which - to fight the fire. - - Half an hour after the blaze was discovered the tower was transformed - into a pillar of flame. The fire swept around it in a circling - whirlwind, crackling and snapping until it reached the top, when - it billowed into a black cloud. Most inhabitants of Riverside and - nearby towns came to the blazing tower. The firemen found themselves - helpless. In an hour the chemical truck from Cicero arrived, but the - fire had too big a start. - - When the tank collapsed there was a dense smoke and a scattering of - brands, but the effect of the loosened water did little to extinguish - the fire. - - The water tank was built in 1870 and was a landmark for many years, - especially valued by automobilists entering and leaving Chicago along - the Riverside road. There was $15,000 insurance, but the total loss - was estimated to amount to approximately $50,000. - - During the interval when Riverside was without water children were - sent both to Lyons and to Berwyn for bottled water. Then John H. - Rogers, a grocery man, obtained wagons and automobiles and brought - 2,000 gallons of water into the town from a nearby bottling works. At - the breakfast hour automobiles were lined up in front of his store - with customers waiting their turn to be served with water. - - In many residences where hot water heat is used it was necessary to - let the fire go out. For the relief of these persons Arthur Hughes, - commissioner of public works, sent men to bring what water wagons and - sprinkler carts they could from the neighboring towns. Water for the - heaters and also for live stock thereby was provided. - - The town board held an emergency meeting in the morning and made - preliminary arrangements for a new plant. The water is pumped from - two artesian wells 2,000 feet deep. - - “We will have a temporary power plant in here by next Saturday,” - announced Henry G. Riley, president of the board. “When we are ready - to install our new plant it will be on a different plan than this - one, which was inefficient, anyway.” - -3. Are the essential facts presented most effectively in the “leads” of - the following stories? - - (1) - - Belleview, Wis., Jan. 3.—William Schmidt, a farm hand of Branch - Township, confessed to-day that it was he who attacked Miss Lizzie - Martin of this city last Saturday, and injured her so severely that - she died a week later. Schmidt insisted that he had mistaken Miss - Martin for a man on whom he sought revenge, and that he had not meant - to kill her. - - Until Schmidt confessed the police and the county authorities were - without a single clue as to Miss Martin’s slayer. Bloodhounds and - Belgian sheep dogs had been used to trace the slayer, but they had - failed. Several men, black and white, had been arrested, but each - one proved his innocence. Rewards totaling more than $2,500 had been - offered, but not until a day or so ago was the least clue found. - - Then Miss Mildred Green, a trained nurse, attending a case on a farm - near Richland, noticed that a new farm hand was extremely nervous, - and that he talked of almost nothing but the Martin murder. He - discussed the probable penalty for such a crime, and was eager to - know whether any trace had been found of the slayer. The nurse, - convinced that the man, who was Schmidt, knew something of the crime, - told Dr. Henry F. Schley, a local physician, of her suspicions, and - last night Dr. Schley brought Schmidt here. - - The physician got a room for Schmidt in a local hotel, and this - morning communicated with Prosecutor Frank Firling. The latter, with - several policemen, concealed himself in a room in the hotel through - the walls of which holes had been bored into the adjoining room, and - then Schmidt was led into this second room. There, under Dr. Schley’s - questioning, he gradually made a full confession, which was overheard - by Firling and the policemen, who entered the room and arrested him. - - Schmidt took his arrest very calmly. In fact, he seemed to be - relieved after he had made his confession. He even whistled - cheerfully as he was taken to jail. Later he was arraigned before the - Justice of the Peace and held without bail on a charge of murder, to - await the action of the January Grand Jury. - - Prosecutor Firling, beyond saying that Schmidt had made a confession, - was not much disposed to talk about the case. He said, however, that - Schmidt denied that robbery was his motive, and that the prisoner - said he did not discover that he had mistaken the woman in the - darkness for a man against whom he had a grievance, until after he - had felled her. - - (2) - - Paul Schein, said to have confessed to having illicitly distilled - liquor in his home at 421 Maryland street, was arrested today by - government officers and is locked up in the county jail. He confessed - to Marshal Weed this afternoon, according to the marshal. Held as - evidence is a copper tea-kettle still, found in his house. Schein is - 25 years old. - - The discovery of the outfit came as the result of a fire in the home - of the accused man. Detectives Harry Weiler and Arthur Winter found - the tea-kettle distillery. They took the apparatus to the police - station, learned its purpose, and notified the government authorities. - - Special Gauger Frank Heiler was put upon the case, and the arrest of - Schein followed. Schein is said to have told Marshal Weed that he - made cheap brandy, using dried grape mash. He said, however, that he - has only been making the brandy for fourteen days, for his own use. - Schein is a wine-maker. - -4. Rewrite the following story, giving it a summary lead and improving - it in every possible way. - - Fresh from an evening of shopping in 125th Street, Mrs. Margaret - Werner started down Broadway about 10:30 last night, headed for her - apartment at 627 West 109th Street, and talking Christmas plans with - her friends, Miss Ethel Hinkey, of 421 Cathedral Parkway, and Jennie - Fielding, of 301 Harrison Avenue. - - Their thoughts were full of the Yuletide and their arms were full of - bundles, and as they were walking down from 118th Street past the - long, lonesome stretch of the Columbia University buildings they were - so absorbed in their chatting that they paid no attention to three - men speeding to catch up with them. - - Suddenly two of the men stepped around in front of them, and one - reached for the capacious handbag swinging by a strap from Mrs. - Werner’s wrist. The other two men devoted themselves solely to - keeping the other two women quiet, and Mrs. Werner was practically - left to fight it out with the highwayman. She was a pretty good match - for him. - - Her first thought was to clench her fist grimly on the straps of her - handbag. Her second was to scream, and she carried this second idea - into such good effect she could be heard a block away, despite her - assailant’s swift reach for her throat. Once his fingers closed, she - did not make any more noise, but just struggled and twisted while the - highwayman thrust her against the wall. - - But her first cry had been heard by a broad-shouldered muscular - stranger who was swinging up Broadway and changed his walk to an - interested run at the sound of the cries for help. He reached out a - long arm for Mrs. Werner’s assailant, and after wrenching him around - gave him a stinging buffet over the head. - - Then the two men locked, and the highwayman’s assistants stood at a - nervous and respectful distance while the stranger did his work. He - finally had the chief offender so suppressed that his only remaining - weapon was his teeth, and these he imbedded in the rescuer’s shoulder. - - This was the way matters stood when Mrs. Werner and her friends heard - the sound of Patrolman McDonald fairly racing up Broadway from his - post two blocks below, where he had been standing when he first heard - the cries. At sight of him the two minor highwaymen just turned on - their heels and fled, while McDonald closed on their friend. - - The stranger, released from his chivalrous police duties, rubbed - his shoulder ruefully, and identified himself as Harry Rogers, a - civil engineer. He helped to calm Mrs. Werner, who was very much - wrought up, and not at all pleased to find that for all her valiant - self-defense two five-dollar bills were missing from her opened bag, - to say nothing of her eyeglasses. All her Christmas bundles were - intact, however, lying strewn on the pavement at the very spot where - she had dropped them and from which the highwayman had pushed her - over toward the wall. - - As for the highwayman, he went peaceably enough to the West 125th - Street Station, where he gave his name as Arthur G. Duffy, his age - as 21, his occupation that of a driver, and his address, 961 West - Forty-fifth Street. Mrs. Werner’s money was not to be found in his - pockets, but her glasses were. - -5. What are the faults in the following story, and how can you correct - them? - - Charles Johnson of 641 Washington Avenue, Jersey City, who is - employed as a bookkeeper by the Harrison Felt Company in the - company’s Mill No. 3, 16 Erie Street, started out from the factory - yesterday morning to draw the money for the weekly payroll, following - his custom. An associate of Johnson who usually made the trip to - the bank with him was ill, and in his absence the bookkeeper was - accompanied by Edward Wiley of 412 Oak Place, Jersey City, the - 19-year-old son of the manager of the factory, who is also an employe - of the establishment. - - The man and the youth, carrying a small satchel, went first to the - New York County Bank, Fourteenth Street and Eighth Avenue. A part of - the pay roll was drawn out there, and then they went to the Gansevoort - Branch of the Security Bank, Fourteenth Street and Ninth Avenue, - where were withdrawn the remaining funds needed to make up the weekly - wages. - - Ordinarily, the weekly payroll of the Erie Street mill reaches a - total of $3,000 to $3,500, but at the Christmas holidays a part of - the employes had been paid off in advance. As a result, Johnson and - Wiley drew from the two banks, instead of the usual amount, just - $1,194, in currency and specie of small denomination. - - They proceeded west on Fourteenth Street one block to Hudson Street, - and south on Hudson Street four blocks to Abingdon Square. Here they - crossed the street from east to west, and, going two blocks further, - turned into Erie, rounding the corner where stands the saloon of - Schmidt Brothers. Scarcely a block away in the same street is the - factory of the Harrison Felt Company. - - Jutting out on the north side of Erie Street from Schmidt Brothers’ - saloon is a glass vestibule, and about ten feet to the west of it is - an iron railing fronting a five-story brown stone apartment house. - The railing and the vestibule form something like a retreat from the - sidewalk. As Johnson and Wiley neared this spot they saw two men - standing in the space between the railing and the vestibule, but took - no especial notice of them as they walked along, each holding to the - handle of the satchel, Johnson on the outside and Wiley next to the - building. - - All of a sudden the two men who had been standing in the inclosure, - drawing blackjacks from their pockets, pounced down upon the pay roll - messengers. The foremost man made for Wiley first, got a wrestler’s - hold around his neck and sent him whirling to the pavement as the - bandit struck vigorously at his head. At almost the same instant - Johnson was attacked by the second robber, who sank his fingers into - the bookkeeper’s throat, and hurled him to the sidewalk. The satchel - remained in the hands of Wiley. - - The bookkeeper and his companion fought valiantly, but Johnson was - quickly overcome by the short, heavily built man, while Wiley, still - clutching the handle of the satchel, was rolled over the edge of the - sidewalk by his assailant. Wiley was still holding to his satchel - and trying to keep it from the grasp of his assailant, when a third - man, wearing a gray overcoat, ran over from the south side of the - street and gave him a violent kick on the arm, releasing his grip on - the satchel. The man in the gray overcoat snatched it up and darted - off west on Erie Street to Greenwich Street, followed closely by the - first two assailants and a fourth man, who had been observed standing - on the south side of Erie Street. Johnson and Wiley, regaining their - feet, started in pursuit of the fleeing men, both yelling, “Stop - thief!” - - The man in the gray overcoat, carrying the satchel, turned north into - Greenwich Street with another of the bandits close at his heels. - The other two, according to confused statements made by the pay roll - messengers, turned south into Greenwich Street. The first two men - leaped into a black five-passenger automobile waiting just around the - corner in front of Pietro Gatti’s barber shop, 551 Greenwich Street. - They were whisked away at full speed just as Johnson and Wiley turned - into Greenwich Street. They saw the fleeing automobile, several - blocks away, swing into Gansevoort Street. The second pair jumped - into an automobile waiting in Greenwich Street, south of Erie Street, - which started off also at top speed. - - Meanwhile a large crowd had collected, but none of those who were in - the vicinity in time to see the struggle would venture to give any - assistance, because, as several of them afterward said, they thought - it was an affair between gangmen, and discretion forbade their - interference. - - One of the first men to reach the place of the hold-up was Detective - Patrick Sullivan, who was standing at Eleventh and Washington - Streets, two blocks away, waiting to catch a car. He arrived in time - to see only clouds of dust cast up by the flying automobiles, but he - succeeded in getting from some of the eyewitnesses several license - numbers. - - Mounted Patrolman Hartwig of Traffic Squad C reached the spot with - Sullivan, and while the latter was gathering information from the - spectators, the former telephoned the Charles Street Police Station - and notified Police Headquarters. The reserves under Lieut. Green - were rushed to Erie and Greenwich Streets, but arriving there too - late to make any arrests, withdrew, leaving the apprehension of the - highwaymen to Acting Captain Charles Du Frain. - - Capt. Du Frain, after working on the case all day, said last night - that he could report but little progress. He declared that the - descriptions he had obtained from eyewitnesses were incomplete and - confused, and that the numbers of the automobiles were likewise - conflicting. - - Julius H. Schnitzler, shipping clerk for the Scholz & Gamm pickle - firm at 665 Wilson Street, an eyewitness of the affair, said - yesterday afternoon that he had seen the hold-up and robbery from his - desk, which faces almost the exact spot where the two messengers were - first attacked. Before the attack Schnitzler declared that he had - observed two men standing across Erie Street. It was most probably - they, be said, who gave the signal of the approach of Johnson and - Wiley. - - Schnitzler said that these men were dressed, one in a black suit with - a black derby, and the other in a blue suit under a dark overcoat. - The man in the black suit pulled a yellow blackjack, with which he - attacked Wiley, while the second man attacked Johnson. Schnitzler - further said he had noticed one of the autos when he went to his - office shortly before 8 o’clock. His story was corroborated in - practically every detail by Arthur Hansen, a clerk in the office with - him. - - Another complete account of the affair was obtained from Mary - Harrigan, a maid in the home of Judge John R. Winch, 961 Greenwich - Street, across the street from where the first automobile was kept - waiting. - - Johnson was able to continue his work at his desk. He corrected some - of the details in his first version of the attack, and declared - that he had not been struck with a blackjack. He as well as Wiley, - however, received a number of bruises in the struggle. - -6. Combine the later bulletin (1) with the first news story (2) in - rewriting the following material. - - (1) - - Norfolk, Va., Jan. 4.—A wireless message received tonight from the - revenue cutter Apache says the British steamer Indrakuala rescued - six of the crew of the steamer Luckenbach, with which she collided in - Chesapeake Bay today. One of the men, W. M. McDonald, a coal passer, - died from the effects of the long exposure in the Luckenbach’s - rigging. - - (2) - - Norfolk, Va., Jan. 4.—With the abatement today of the wind and - snowstorm that raged over the eastern states last night, came - harrowing tales of shipwrecks at sea, thrilling rescues, increased - loss of life and damage to property. - - Eight men, the survivors of the crew of twenty-two of the steamer - Julia Luckenbach, which was rammed and sunk by the British tramp - Indrakuala in Chesapeake bay, arrived in Norfolk late today, and - after being revived, started for New York. - - The eight men clung to the rigging for six hours until they were - taken off by the crew of the steamship Pennsylvania. The Indrakuala - was badly damaged and had to be beached. She lies about two miles - from the Luckenbach, whose spars alone are visible rising out of - forty-five feet of water near Tangiers sound. - - The eight survivors of the Luckenbach are George Hunt, first officer; - William Bruhn, second officer; George Little, first assistant - engineer; George Doyle, third assistant engineer; George Davis, - quartermaster; William Hoffman, fireman; and Theodore Losher and P. - Anderson, seamen. - - Describing his experience Davis said tonight: - - “None of us knew what hit us. I was knocked down and when I got up - water was pouring over me. I saw men climbing into the rigging and I - followed. I saw Capt. Gilbert swimming around the ship and calling - for his wife, who was an invalid. Both were lost. Waves that appeared - to be two hundred feet high broke over the ship and she sank in a - hurry. Lifeboats were lowered from the Indrakuala but none came - toward us. The ship turned her nose around and started for the beach.” - - “We pleaded and cried for help,” said Theodore Losher, “but were - either unheard or ignored. The Indrakuala was less than 100 yards - away when she started for the beach. I thought every minute we would - be blown into the sea. The wind was terrific. Our chief engineer, - Kris Knudson, told me he could not hold on much longer, because his - hands were frozen. I told him to stick it out a little longer. When - the Danish steamer Pennsylvania hove in sight, I called to him, but - he was gone. - - “We were six hours in that rigging. But there were men on the - Pennsylvania. When they saw our signals of distress they put away in - small boats in spite of the tremendous seas. The boats would get near - us and then be carried fifty feet in the air on the crest of a wave - and lost to sight, but those men stuck and took everyone of us off. - First Officer Hunt was unconscious when they reached him. He had - been holding on with one hand and holding an unconscious man on his - perch with the other.” - - The Indrakuala is commanded by Capt. Smith, but the ship does not - carry wireless and no statement from him was obtainable tonight. - - According to the survivors, Capt. Gilbert and the first and second - officers were standing on the bridge when the collision occurred. - There was no opportunity to give alarm to those below. - -7. What are the objections to the first paragraph as the beginning of - the following story, and how can you improve it in rewriting? - - About 5 o’clock yesterday morning a wagon load of thieves arrived in - front of the tenement house at 841 Holton Place. Leaving one of their - number to hold the horse, the others went to the roof of the house - and thence to the loft building at 837 Holton Place, on the top floor - of which are the store and show rooms of the International Jewelry - Company, of which Henry Hertel is President. The thieves cut a big - hole through the roof of that building and then with the aid of a - rope ladder let themselves down into the show room, where they packed - a dozen suitcases belonging to traveling salesmen with loot, the - value of which Mr. Hertel last night estimated to be about $5,000. - - The International Jewelry Company is wired everywhere with burglar - alarms, but the directing mind of yesterday’s theft evidently knew - where all the wires were, for the hole was cut in one of the few - places in the ceiling which had not been wired. After packing the - suitcases the thieves retraced their steps over the roofs of 839 - to 841 Holton Place, and then proceeding down the stairways of the - tenement house, deposited the suitcases in the wagon and drove away. - - The theft was discovered when the place was opened for business - yesterday morning. An investigation was started, and tenants in 841 - Holton Place told of seeing the wagon in front of that house at about - 5 A.M. Detectives from the Reynolds Street Station are working on the - case. So far they have reported no progress. - - - - - CHAPTER VI - - SPEECHES, INTERVIEWS, AND TRIALS - - -=Various Forms of Utterances.= As news stories of speeches, sermons, -lectures, official reports, and interviews, as well as of testimony, -decisions, and arguments in trials and investigations, are concerned -largely with direct or indirect quotation of written or spoken -expression, the writing of them involves several elements that do not -enter into the composition of the typical news story. In the types of -news thus far considered, such as fires, accidents, and crime, the -story was a narrative of what had happened. Although the facts were -gleaned largely from observation and interviews, usually no person’s -ideas or opinions were quoted. News stories of addresses, reports, or -similar documents, interviews and court trials, on the other hand, -have only a small incidental narrative-descriptive element to present -the circumstances under which the utterance was made. The large and -important part of such stories consists of a reproduction in complete -or condensed form of the original expression. - -=Verbatim Quotation.= Direct verbatim quotations of all utterances -are generally preferred for news stories, because they are exact -reproductions of the originals. Whenever a copy of any of these forms -of expression can be obtained, it is desirable for the reporter to -get one either before or after the utterance is made, because of the -accuracy of the quotation which a copy makes possible. Frequently -copies of addresses, lectures, sermons, reports, decisions, and -testimony can be had, and exactness of reproduction is thus secured. -When a copy cannot be obtained, the reporter is dependent upon himself -to get the equivalent of it by taking down as nearly as possible a -verbatim reproduction of such parts of the utterance as he desires. - -=Methods of Reporting Speeches.= The two problems in reporting these -various forms of oral or written expression are, how to get the exact -words of the speakers, and how to condense long utterances effectively. - -The body of news stories of speeches can often be written while the -speaker talks, in what is called a “running story,” particularly when -it is necessary for the reporter to have his copy ready for publication -soon after the speaker finishes. In such cases the reporter picks -out and combines into a connected verbatim report the most important -statements, summarizing briefly the less important ones. To do this -he depends on long-hand writing so that what he writes can be used as -copy without being transcribed. If time permits, he may take notes -during the address, sermon, or trial, and write up his story later. -Short-hand, although occasionally convenient, is not commonly used by -newspaper reporters, and very few of them can write it. - -The greatest skill is required to condense all of these forms of -expression within a comparatively limited space. A speech, for example, -that in complete form would fill three columns must often be cut down -to half a column; and a report that would fill a page often cannot -be given more than three quarters of a column. To select and combine -separate parts into a unified, coherent reproduction that is only -one-fifth or one-tenth of the original, is no easy task. Despite this -great condensation the news story must be an accurate presentation of -all the important material in the original. When a newspaper reporter -or editor is satisfied to pick a few striking statements out of their -context, and present them in a new combination, the result too often is -that neither the spirit nor the substance of the original is accurately -given; in fact, not infrequently the speakers’ ideas are completely, -though often unintentionally, misrepresented. - -=“Playing Up” Misleading Statements.= This distortion is often brought -about by taking a striking sentence out of its context, in which it -may be modified or explained, and by “playing it up” as a feature of -the lead in a way that gives an entirely false or very misleading -impression of the speaker and his utterance. The accuracy of the -quotation under such circumstances does not justify the inaccuracy of -the effect produced. Nor does the supposed news value of a striking -but misleading quotation at the beginning of the lead justify the -misrepresentation involved. Unless when taken from its context a -quotation, direct or indirect, gives accurately not only the expression -but the point of view and spirit of the original, it should not be -used. Generally, by means of some connective or explanatory matter, -such a quotation can be made to represent the original accurately. -Great care should be taken not to give a wrong impression in the lead. - -=How to Begin the Lead.= In news stories of speeches, lectures, and -sermons, or of reports and similar documents, eight different forms for -the beginning of the lead may be suggested: (1) a direct quotation of -one sentence; (2) a direct quotation of one paragraph; (3) an indirect -quotation of one statement; (4) an indirect quotation of several -statements; (5) the keynote; (6) the title quoted; (7) the name of the -speaker; and (8) the conditions under which the utterance was made. -The reporter should choose the form best suited to the subject, the -substance, and the occasion of the speech or report. - -The single sentence quotation, as in the following form, should be -used when the thought or expression which it contains is the most -significant feature: - - | “The sentiment of the working class| - |everywhere is for peace rather than| - |for war,” declared Charles P. Neill,| - |United States commissioner of labor, in| - |speaking on “The Interest of the Wage| - |Earner in the Present Status of the| - |Peace Movement,” before the Lake Mohonk| - |Conference of International Arbitration.| - -The paragraph of direct quotation is necessary when the most important -point of the speech is not expressed in a single sentence but -requires several connected sentences, or when the single sentence is -sufficiently long to fill a whole paragraph, thus: - - (1) - - | “The treatment for bad politics is| - |exactly the modern treatment for| - |tuberculosis—it is exposure to the open| - |air. One of the reasons why politics| - |took on a new complexion in the city| - |in which the civic center movement| - |originated was that the people who could| - |go into the schoolhouse knew what was| - |going on in that city and insisted upon| - |talking about it; and the minute they| - |began talking about it, many things| - |became impossible, for there are scores| - |of things in politics that will stop the| - |moment they are talked about where men| - |will listen.” | - | | - | So said Gov. Woodrow Wilson of| - |New Jersey in speaking on “The| - |Social Center: A Medium of Common| - |Understanding” at the opening of the| - |first national conference of civic and| - |social center development last night. | - - (2) - - | “Whatever method of control over| - |water-power resources may be deemed| - |most equitable and expedient, it is| - |imperative that a definite policy by| - |both the federal government and the| - |states be speedily adopted, first| - |because of the obvious desirability of| - |utilizing all commercially available| - |water power, and second because of the| - |possibility of public water powers’| - |passing absolutely into private| - |control.” | - | | - | With these significant words Herbert| - |Knox Smith, commissioner of corporat-| - |ions, closes a report to the President| - |of the United States on “Water Power| - |Development in the United States.” | - -The indirect quotation is of advantage when it is not possible or -convenient to give a direct quotation, and when it is desirable to give -the most important point at the beginning of the lead; for example: - - | That the tariff problem cannot be| - |successfully solved until Congress| - |has adequate data upon which to base| - |its conclusions, was the statement| - |of Senator Albert J. Beveridge of| - |Indiana in the senate this afternoon in| - |advocating a tariff commission. | - | | - | “The tariff is fixed by facts; how to| - |get at all these facts is the first| - |question in the whole tariff problem,”| - |said Senator Beveridge. “Common sense| - |and experience, [etc].” | - -The main points in a report or speech may be effectively summarized -in several indirect quotations at the beginning of the story, but the -separate clauses must not be too long or complicated in structure. The -following examples show how these indirect quotations can be used: - - (1) - - | That the present one cent a pound| - |postage rate on newspapers and magazines| - |should be doubled; that the actual cost| - |of handling such second class matter| - |is 5½ cents a pound; and that the| - |proposal to charge a higher rate on the| - |advertising sections of magazines is| - |not feasible, is the substance of the| - |report of the commission on second class| - |mail matter submitted to Congress by| - |President Taft today. | - - (2) - - | That the initiative is the most| - |effective means of giving the people| - |absolute control over their government;| - |that the initiative and referendum do| - |not overthrow representative government| - |but fulfill it; and that truly| - |representative government must represent| - |not misrepresent the people, was the| - |declaration of William J. Bryan in an| - |address before the Ohio Constitutional| - |Convention today. | - -The keynote beginning gives the dominant idea that runs through the -whole utterance, thus: - - (1) - - | The establishment of an expert tariff| - |commission by Congress as the best| - |solution of the tariff problem was urged| - |by Senator Albert J. Beveridge in a| - |speech in the senate this afternoon. | - - (2) - - | How every country in Europe has suf-| - |fered from the increase in the cost of| - |living is shown in a report submitted by| - |President Taft in a special message to| - |Congress last night. | - -When the subject is stated in a particularly novel or interesting form -it may be the best feature of the story and should accordingly be in -the lead. For example: - - | “Why Working Children Need Voting| - |Mothers” was discussed by Mrs. Florence| - |F. Kelley in an address on equal| - |suffrage before a large audience in the| - |Assembly Chamber last night. | - -The prominence of the speaker or author of the report frequently -justifies the placing of his name at the beginning, thus: - - (1) - - | Postmaster General Frank Hitchcock| - |advocates government ownership of the| - |telegraph lines of the country in a| - |report made to Congress today. | - - (2) - - | Ambassador James Bryce explained the| - |method of drawing up bills to be| - |presented for adoption by the British| - |parliament, in addressing the members| - |of the congressional committee at the| - |hearing on the bill providing for the| - |congressional legislative library. | - -Unusual or significant conditions under which the address was -delivered, or the report made, may become the “feature” and may be -played up, as in these stories: - - (1) - - | Despite the pouring rain, nearly 5,000| - |people heard Senator La Follette discuss| - |the issues of the campaign at the| - |Auditorium last night. | - - (2) - - | By their demonstrations of approval and| - |frequent expressions of enthusiasm the| - |members of the legislature gave evidence| - |of their endorsement of the policies of| - |President Taft when he addressed them in| - |the State House this afternoon. | - -=The Body of the Story.= Whatever form of lead is used for speeches, -reports, or interviews, the body of the story generally consists -of paragraphs of direct verbatim quotations, combined often with -summarizing paragraphs. As the interest lies not only in what a man -says but also in the way he says it, verbatim quotations are usually -preferred to indirect ones. It is frequently necessary to condense -speeches and reports so much that large portions must either be omitted -or be briefly summarized. It is desirable, as far as possible, to avoid -combining in the same paragraphs both direct and indirect quotations, -or both direct quotations and summarizing statements. - -In paragraphs of direct quotation it is often necessary to insert -explanatory phrases, such as, “said Mr. White,” “declared the speaker,” -“the report continues,” “explained Mr. White in conclusion,” “the -report concludes,” etc., but such phrases should be buried in an -unemphatic position in the first sentence of the paragraph. Paragraphs -of direct quotation should not begin with such unemphatic phrases as, -“Mr. Blank continued by saying, etc.,” “The speaker then said,” “The -report continues.” It is likewise ineffective to begin with phrases -like, “I believe,” “I feel sure,” “I think,” “I know.” The newspaper -reader will take for granted that what the speaker says is what he -“thinks,” “believes,” “knows,” or “is sure of,” and the reporter, -therefore, may omit these needless phrases entirely or may put them in -a less prominent place. Instead of beginning a paragraph with, - - | “I believe that the income tax is the| - |fairest of all taxes,” said Senator| - |Borah. | - -it is preferable to omit entirely the phrase “I believe,” or else to -put the quotation in the following form: - - | “The income tax, I believe, is the| - |fairest of all taxes,” said Senator| - |Borah. | - -In paragraphs of indirect quotations or of summaries, it is as -necessary to use explanatory phrases as in those of direct quotations, -and this explanatory matter should be put in unemphatic positions. The -form of the phrases should be varied as much as possible so that the -repetition will not be evident. Among the active verbs that may be -used in explanatory matter are: “say,” “point out,” “show,” “declare,” -“explain,” “insist,” “ask,” “advocate,” “demand,” “continue,” -“conclude.” Passive forms include: “considered,” “discussed,” “given,” -“described,” “demonstrated.” It must always be made plain by these and -other means that all matter not quoted directly gives the substance of -the speech or report. - -When the body of the story consists of a series of direct quotations, -these paragraphs are introduced by such phrases as: “He said in part,” -“He spoke in part as follows,” “The report in brief follows,” “His -address in full is as follows,” or “The complete report follows.” Such -introductory statements end with a colon, and usually stand alone as -a separate paragraph. In a continuous quotation extending through -several paragraphs, quotation marks are placed at the beginning of each -paragraph but at the end of only the last paragraph of the quotation. -Quotations within quotations are set off by single quotation marks, and -quotations within quotations within quotations by double marks. - -It is not always necessary to arrange the matter in the body of the -story so that it will follow the exact order in which it was given in -the original. When the lead presents the most important statement, the -following paragraphs frequently explain or amplify this statement, -and then other parts of the speech follow, although in the original -they may have preceded. In rearranging the order of quotations, care -should be taken to establish close connection between them and to avoid -misrepresenting the thought or spirit of the original. How a long -speech is given in brief form partly by direct quotation, partly by -indirect quotation, and partly by summarizing statements, is shown in -the following example: - - | Washington, Jan. 2.—Taking up the gage| - |of battle offered by Senator Bailey in| - |his denunciation of direct government| - |measures, Senator Ashurst, of Arizona,| - |the state whose progressiveness delayed| - |her entry into statehood, today made| - |eloquent defense of the initiative,| - |the referendum, and the recall. That| - |the people in the states now using the| - |initiative and referendum, have taken| - |a more active interest in voting upon| - |measures brought before them at the| - |polls than have the members of the| - |United States senate in adopting or| - |rejecting laws, was Ashurst’s reply. | - | | - | “There is not one record,” he declared,| - |“of an instance where a law has| - |been rejected or accepted under the| - |initiative and referendum by less than| - |40 per cent of the entire number of| - |voters within a state, yet in the senate| - |itself, composed of 96 members, each| - |paid $7,500 per year to remain there and| - |vote upon measures, generally only 55 to| - |60 per cent of the total membership vote| - |upon a bill, and frequently a bill is| - |passed or defeated by 29 or 30 per cent| - |of the entire membership.” | - | | - | The bill to construct a railroad in| - |Alaska, the senator pointed out, passed| - |the senate by a vote of only 32 per cent| - |of the entire membership; on the army| - |appropriation bill in the 62nd Congress| - |only 36 per cent of the membership voted.| - | | - | “Thus, while it is true that under the| - |initiative and referendum only about| - |70 to 80 per cent of the voters of a| - |state go to the polls, at times it is| - |very difficult for the Senate to keep| - |a quorum, notwithstanding that the| - |senators are paid handsome salaries for| - |that very purpose. | - | | - | “During the trial of the Archbald| - |impeachment case frequently there were| - |only 15 to 20 senators present, though| - |two distinguished republicans and an| - |equal number of distinguished democratic| - |senators to my knowledge have pleaded| - |with senators to remain and listen to| - |the testimony.” | - | | - | Ashurst then went into an extended| - |legal argument, quoting “fathers of| - |the country,” and the federal supreme| - |court to prove that no special form of| - |government was defined as “republican”| - |in the constitution. He declared that| - |congress was the only court that could| - |declare a given form of government| - |“unrepublican” and that by its action| - |in admitting to membership senators| - |and representatives from states that| - |have adopted the system of direct| - |legislation, congress itself has| - |recognized this form of government to| - |be republican under the terms of the| - |constitution. | - | | - | Finally the senator defended the right| - |of the people to express themselves| - |directly without regard to precedent,| - |and declared that “in such free| - |expression alone lay the safety of human| - |society, for whose service governments| - |were maintained.” | - -=How to Combine a Series of Speeches.= In reporting meetings it is -frequently desirable to give indirect or direct quotations from -the remarks of the speakers. When several speakers are quoted, the -speaker’s name is put at or near the beginning of the paragraph in -which he is quoted, so that in a rapid reading of the report, the eye -catches at once the change from the words of one speaker to those of -another. The following report of a convention illustrates the method of -handling a series of quotations, as well as the manner of giving fairly -both sides in a debate: - - | DENVER, Aug. 26.—Benzoate of soda is| - |not harmful when used to preserve food. | - | | - | This is the declaration of the| - |convention of the association of State| - |and National Food and Dairy departments,| - |which today indorsed the findings of the| - |Remsen referee board, which had given| - |the preservative a clean bill of health.| - | | - | The vote, which was 57 to 42, was taken| - |after a hot debate. | - | | - | The federal government was accused of| - |licensing the sale of “medicated food| - |fit only for the sewer.” Dr. Charles| - |A. L. Reed of Cincinnati, in attacking| - |the Remsen board of scientific experts,| - |which urged the government to allow| - |the use of benzoate of soda as a food| - |preservative, made the charge. | - | | - | “That recommendation to the department| - |of agriculture benefited only two| - |classes of people,” asserted Dr. Reed,| - |“the manufacturers of benzoate of soda| - |and the manufacturers of food of such| - |a character that it could not be sold| - |without being preserved by the addition| - |of a chemical. The government is now| - |licensing food for consumption which| - |has to be medicated and which otherwise| - |would be fit only for the sewer. | - | | - | “The referee board experimented with| - |healthy young men, but all of these| - |young men were stuffed with great| - |quantities of food while taking the| - |samples of benzoate of soda and the| - |results observed in them would not apply| - |to the average consumer.” | - | | - | Dr. Reed’s remarks followed speeches by| - |members of the referee board, including| - |one by Dr. Ira Remsen, its chairman. | - | | - | A special committee appointed by the| - |association to investigate the referee| - |board, reported adversely upon its| - |findings. | - | | - | Dr. Russell H. Chittenden of New Haven,| - |Conn., a member of the referee board,| - |said that three-tenths of a gram of| - |benzoate of soda was administered daily| - |to each of six young men subjects during| - |two months. In the one month each man| - |received per day during the first week| - |six-tenths of a gram, the second week| - |one gram, the third week two grams and| - |the fourth week four grams. | - | | - | “From our experiments, only one logical| - |conclusion seems possible,” said Dr.| - |Chittenden. “Benzoate in small and| - |large doses up to four grams per day is| - |without deleterious effects upon the| - |human system.” | - | | - | Dr. Remsen, in discussing the report of| - |the referee board, said in part: | - | | - | “Since the appointment of the board by| - |President Roosevelt my dealings have| - |been directly with Secretary Wilson. The| - |board understands we have nothing to| - |do with the administration of the pure| - |food law. Our function is to answer such| - |questions as the secretary may put. In| - |regard to benzoate of soda the board was| - |asked to determine two points: | - | | - | “1. Whether benzoate of soda in such| - |quantities as are likely to be used is| - |or is not injurious to health. | - | | - | “2. Whether the quality or strength of| - |a food to which benzoate of soda has| - |been added is thereby reduced, lowered,| - |or injuriously affected. | - | | - | “You know the conclusions to which the| - |board has been led by its work. We| - |agreed upon the form of the report and| - |the knowledge I had gained during the| - |investigation of the subject was of such| - |a character that I felt justified in| - |signing the report.” | - | | - | Dr. Remsen said he had nothing to do| - |with the actual experimenting with| - |benzoate of soda. | - | | - | The position taken by Commissioner J.| - |Q. Emery of Wisconsin and his followers,| - |who are vigorously attacking the use of| - |benzoate of soda is: “If there is any| - |doubt as to the harmfulness of chemicals| - |in food the public should have the| - |benefit of the doubt.” | - -=The Form of the Interview.= The interview, as a statement made to -one man, the reporter, instead of to a number of persons, as in the -case of a speech, may have practically the same kind of beginning as -the address or report. Owing to the interest in the man interviewed, -his name frequently begins the story, but as what he says is likewise -of value, some form of beginning that gives his opinions can also be -used advantageously. Although in an interview all of the information -is obtained from the person interviewed in response to the reporter’s -questions, it is not necessary or generally desirable to include these -questions in the written story of the interview. Readers are interested -in the statements of the person interviewed, not in the reporter’s -questions or actions. When a man refuses to give any information by -declaring in response to questions that he has nothing to say, it may -be desirable as a matter of news to give the reporter’s questions -and the man’s non-committal answers. Generally, however, neither the -reporter nor his questions and remarks are given a place in the story -of an interview. The following examples illustrate the application to -interviews of some of the forms suggested for speeches and reports: - - (1) - - | “Two-cent letter postage between the| - |United States and England is a business| - |proposition which should have been put| - |into effect twenty years ago,” was| - |the comment of John Wanamaker, former| - |postmaster general, on the adoption of| - |the reduced rate. | - | | - | “I urged this reform in 1890 when I was| - |postmaster general,” said Mr. Wanamaker.| - |“Now I hope that the over-sea postage| - |will be followed by national one-cent| - |postage. | - | | - | “Within three years the income from| - |over-sea postage under the two-cent| - |charge for stamps will be as great as| - |under the five-cent charge. In fact,| - |two years ago I made the offer to the| - |government in conjunction with several| - |other gentlemen to guarantee that there| - |would be no deficit under the two-cent| - |foreign postage. | - | | - | “If railroad rates for the carrying of| - |mails were lessened to equality with| - |commercial rates, the two-cent rate| - |might be cut to one-cent without loss to| - |the government.” | - - (2) - - | The claim that the equal suffrage bill| - |might be repealed at the coming special| - |session of the legislature because| - |the Political Equality League has not| - |filed expense statements under the new| - |corrupt practice law, is sheer nonsense,| - |according to Miss Mary K. Block,| - |secretary of the league. | - | | - | “Since equal suffrage was not mentioned| - |in the call for the special session| - |of the legislature, it cannot be| - |considered,” said Miss Block. “The story| - |is the work of those opposed to ‘votes| - |for women’ because they know how strong| - |the sentiment for woman suffrage is in| - |this state.” | - -=Combining Several Interviews.= When a number of interviews are -included in one story, the lead usually presents the consensus of -opinions given, and explains or summarizes the results. The separate -interviews may be combined in one of several ways. Not infrequently -the name of the person expressing the opinion is put at the beginning -of the paragraph and is followed by the quotation. In other cases -the quotation for each person is put first in the paragraph, and -the explanatory matter follows at the end of the first sentence. The -following examples illustrate both forms: - - (1) - - | With almost complete unanimity public| - |officials and other prominent men today| - |disapproved of the plan of the Carnegie| - |Foundation to give ex-presidents of the| - |nation an annual pension of $25,000.| - |That the acceptance of such a gratuity| - |was beneath the dignity of one who had| - |held the highest office in the land, was| - |the general objection to the plan. A few| - |public men lauded the pension scheme as| - |giving an opportunity for the nation to| - |profit by the experience and knowledge| - |of those who had served the people. | - | | - | “If it has come to the point where| - |ex-presidents cannot take care of| - |themselves, we ought to make provision| - |for their admission to a charitable| - |institution,” said Congressman Henry of| - |Texas. | - | | - | “It isn’t worth doing,” was the comment| - |of Speaker Champ Clark. | - | | - | “The scheme doesn’t strike me very| - |favorably,” said Senator McCumber. | - | | - | “I don’t see any objection to it or| - |any great value in it. I think any man| - |elected for a public office ought to| - |work himself back into citizenship when| - |his term expires,” declared Senator| - |Sutherland of Idaho. | - - (2) - - | That the question of adopting the| - |commission form of government for| - |Hamilton should be submitted to the| - |voters at the election next spring,| - |was the opinion expressed by many| - |Hamilton business men and professional| - |men today. The recent adoption of this| - |form of municipal government by several| - |other cities of the state has led to| - |the discussion of the advisability of| - |adopting the commission system here. | - | | - | The centralization of authority and| - |the fixing of responsibility in the| - |management of city affairs are urged by| - |its advocates as important elements in| - |the proposed method of administration.| - |A number of business men expressed the| - |belief that better business methods in| - |the city’s finances would result from| - |the new method. | - | | - | When interviewed today, those who were| - |in favor of the plan included the| - |following: | - | | - | WILSON R. HARRISON, President of| - |Commercial National Bank— “The question| - |of commission form of government should| - |certainly be submitted to the citizens| - |at the next election, and I believe that| - |the plan will be adopted.” | - | | - | ARTHUR C. PERKINS, Secretary of the| - |Harrison Building House Association—| - |“Government by commission appeals to me| - |as the best method of managing municipal| - |affairs in a city of the size of| - |Hamilton, and I hope that the question| - |will be brought before the electorate| - |next spring.” | - | | - | HENRY R. DE RAIN, of Hawley, Jenks, and| - |De Rain, lawyers— “The adoption of the| - |commission form by seventeen cities| - |of the state indicates a widespread| - |appreciation of the advantages of| - |this centralized control of municipal| - |government. Voters here should have an| - |opportunity to put Hamilton in the list| - |of progressive cities of this state.” | - - (3) - - | Leaders in finance and business appear| - |to be of the opinion that questions| - |relating to the tariff will be handled| - |conservatively by the Democratic| - |administration. In this belief it is| - |held that the business of the country,| - |which has gained such remarkable| - |headway, will continue uninterrupted. | - | | - | James J. Hill, commenting upon the| - |result of the election, declared that| - |the success of the Democratic party| - |would not have an adverse effect on| - |business. He said: | - | | - | “I feel better over the general outlook| - |than I did before election. An attempt| - |was made to bring about a political| - |revolution, but the American people,| - |while desiring a change, showed| - |their good sense by repudiating the| - |revolutionary doctrines offered them| - |and by sticking to sound principles and| - |established methods of bringing about| - |their wishes. | - | | - | “Governor Wilson, a deep student of the| - |history of nations, has the training and| - |qualifications which should make him an| - |able president.” | - | | - | W. E. Corey, formerly president of the| - |United States Steel Corporation, now| - |identified with many industrial and| - |railroad companies, favors a gradual| - |reduction in the tariff, but not a| - |reduction sufficiently drastic to| - |disturb the country’s commercial and| - |financial equilibrium. | - | | - | “I am convinced,” said Mr. Corey,| - |“that Mr. Wilson will make an able and| - |conservative business president and| - |that the business of the country as a| - |whole will reap great benefits during| - |his administration. That he will handle| - |the tariff and other problems ably and| - |conservatively there seems to be no| - |question. | - | | - | “All indications point to a continuat-| - |ion of the prosperity the country is now| - |enjoying, and business should be given| - |a further impetus by the outcome of the| - |election.” | - | | - | Alvin Krech, president of the Equitable| - |Trust Company, predicted a slowing up of| - |business as a result of the Democratic| - |victory and coming tariff revision. | - | | - | “This will occur,” he said, “until the| - |country can find out definitely what| - |the new administration intends to do| - |with the tariff, and how drastic and how| - |precipitately the question is attacked.| - |If the new congress proceeds cautiously| - |and gradually there is no doubt that| - |business will finally adjust itself to| - |any changes without serious disturb-| - |ance.” | - | | - | B. F. Yoakum, chairman of the board of| - |the ’Frisco Lines, said: | - | | - | “I am very much pleased with the| - |election of Wilson. From my personal| - |acquaintance with him I am confident he| - |will carry out all the policies he has| - |promised during the campaign. I am sure| - |he is earnestly in favor of everything| - |he advocated, and is entirely competent.| - | | - | “The Democratic victory does not by| - |any means settle all the big economic| - |questions of the day. In meeting these| - |the Democratic party is on probation.| - |The entire country looks to it for| - |results during the next four years.” | - | | - | Francis L. Hine, president of the| - |First National Bank, declared that the| - |election of Mr. Wilson presented no| - |immediate possibility of danger for the| - |country, and as regards the future “one| - |can only wait and see.” | - -=News Stories of Trials.= In trials in court the reporter has to deal -with material not unlike that in speeches, reports, or interviews. -The arguments by the attorneys are in the nature of addresses. The -questioning of the witnesses on direct and cross examination is not -unlike the question and answer method of interviewing. The decisions -handed down by the judges are the reports which those officials make. -In general, then, many of the same points that have been considered in -regard to addresses, reports, and interviews may be applied to court -reports. - -=Writing the Lead.= What the lead of the trial story should contain -is determined by the status of the case in court. If a verdict or -decision is rendered, that news is naturally the feature. If the -trial is not completed, either the most significant testimony or the -net result of the day’s proceedings may be made the feature. As the -trial goes on from day to day, it is necessary to explain briefly in -each story, usually in the lead, what the case deals with, who the -parties are, and before whom and where the trial is being conducted, -so that the situation will be clear to readers who have not seen the -preceding stories of the trial. The reporter must not take for granted -that, because all this information was given once when the accused -person was arrested, or when the trial was begun, he need not give his -readers information every day as to the essential elements of persons, -time, place, cause, result, etc. Each of these essentials, as in other -stories, may be the feature of the lead. When, for example, a jury has -been deliberating for a long time in an interesting case, the exact -time at which they reached their verdict may be placed in the first -group of words, before the verdict itself. - -Hearings before committees of legislative bodies that are getting -information and arguments from men for and against proposed -legislation, and the taking of testimony by investigating committees, -partake so nearly of the nature of trials that the forms and methods of -the one apply to the other with little or no modification. - -Various forms of leads for reports of trials, hearings, and -investigations, given below, show some of the possibilities. - - (1) - - | To continue its study of the best| - |methods of issuing railroad stocks| - |and bonds, President Taft’s Railway| - |Securities Committee met today in the| - |banking house of J. W. Smith & Co.,| - |3 William St. | - - (2) - - | That the government was a year too| - |late in bringing its suit against the| - |Standard Oil Company for accepting| - |secret rebates, and the suit in| - |which Judge K. M. Landis imposed the| - |$29,000,000 fine, was brought out| - |yesterday in the government suit for| - |the dissolution of the Standard Oil| - |Company of New Jersey under the Sherman| - |Anti-trust Law, before Special Examiner| - |Franklin Ferris in the Custom House. | - - (3) - - | Fraudulent scales were used to weigh| - |raw sugar on the Brooklyn piers of the| - |Sugar Trust, according to the testimony| - |of Special Agent Richard Parr of the| - |United States Treasury Department, this| - |morning in the preliminary hearing of| - |the government’s suits against the| - |American Sugar Refining Company before| - |Commissioner Shields in the Federal| - |Building. | - - (4) - - | How suddenly and how radically a woman| - |can exercise her inalienable right to| - |change her mind was shown yesterday| - |before Judge Thomas in the probate| - |court, when in the hearing on the| - |contested will of Mrs. Jane L. Whiting| - |it was shown that she had made one| - |will at 3 o’clock on July 4 last, and| - |another at 7 o’clock in the evening of| - |the same day. | - - (5) - - | “Go home and serve time with your| - |families,” was the sentence imposed on| - |two men charged with being drunk and| - |disorderly, by Judge Wilkinson in the| - |police court this morning. | - - (6) - - | “Would you send this venerable and| - |honorable man to his grave with the| - |taint of criminal conviction upon his| - |great name?” | - | | - | Thus Delancey Nicoll inquired of the| - |jury today in Judge Hard’s court, where| - |William E. Williams, aged 83, for forty| - |years a leader of the American bar, is| - |being tried with three other directors| - |of the Cotton Trust on the charge of| - |criminally conspiring to violate the| - |Sherman Anti-trust Law. | - - (7) - - | “Never in the twenty years that I| - |have been at the head of the women’s| - |department of Blank University have| - |I discriminated against any student| - |because of race or religion.” | - | | - | This statement made on the witness| - |stand today was the answer of Dean| - |Sarah Brown to the charge preferred by| - |Miss Della Smith in her $10,000 slander| - |suit against Dr. Brown, that she had| - |been driven out of the university| - |because of her religious views. | - -=Forms for Testimony.= The bodies of stories of trials and -investigations, like those of speeches and reports, consist of direct -quotations of the most significant testimony or arguments, with -indirect quotations or summaries of other parts not worth quoting -verbatim. The same general principles apply, except when it is -necessary to give question and answer in direct or cross examination of -witnesses in order to bring out significant points. Several forms are -used for verbatim reports of such testimony. Sometimes, particularly -in New York papers, the attorney’s questions are preceded by the -letter “Q” and the witness’s answers by the letter “A,” each question -with its answer constituting a separate paragraph. More commonly, the -questions and answers are given in dialogue form as in short stories -and novels, with the question followed by the explanatory material in -one paragraph, and the answer with necessary explanatory material in -another paragraph. - -Occasionally, if on direct examination a witness’s testimony, although -interrupted by questions, is fairly continuous, the questions may -be omitted, and the story told by the witness can thus be given -uninterruptedly. When the facts of the testimony rather than the form -of it are sufficient, these facts may be given without using either -direct or indirect quotations. - -How the several forms of reporting testimony appear in newspapers is -shown by the following examples which are taken from the body of the -story, the leads being omitted here: - - (1) - - | Thomas W. Farlin of Freeport, the next| - |witness called before the committee,| - |said that he was engaged in the real| - |estate and fire insurance business, and| - |that he represented Davis, Hibbard &| - |Company, fire insurance brokers of this| - |city. | - | | - | “Was there a general increase in| - |insurance rates on dwellings and stores| - |in Freeport during the last three| - |years?” asked William C. Brown, counsel| - |for the committee. | - | | - | “Yes, all the rates have gone up,” said| - |Mr. Farlin. | - | | - | “Did you learn why the rates were| - |raised?” | - | | - | “Oh, they joined the Fire Insurance| - |Exchange.” | - | | - | “Who did?” | - | | - | “Davis, Hibbard & Company.” | - | | - | “That’s why the rates were raised?” | - | | - | “I suppose so.” | - | | - | “You joined the Exchange too?” | - | | - | “Yes.” | - | | - | “Why?” | - | | - | “They told me I’d have no trouble with| - |the new rates.” | - | | - | “Were you forced into joining the| - |Exchange?” | - | | - | “I found that it was necessary in order| - |to write policies.” | - | | - | Mr. Farlin said that he preferred| - |belonging to the exchange to doing| - |business as an independent broker| - |because it meant more money and less| - |trouble. | - | | - | “So you’re in favor of the higher| - |rates?” | - | | - | “Oh, no.” | - | | - | “But you get more premium, don’t you?”| - | | - | “Yes.” | - - (2) - - | Mr. Green then took the stand. In| - |response to questions of Henry T.| - |Williams, his counsel, he said that he| - |was 57 years old, had lived in the city| - |50 years, and was a man of family. He| - |named several social and charitable as| - |well as financial institutions with| - |which he was associated. In 1870,| - |he said, he had entered the employ| - |of the Harrington & Wilson Co. as a| - |shipping clerk in the sugar department,| - |subsequently he had been promoted to| - |the position of cashier, and for the| - |last 23 years had received in that| - |position a salary of $5,000 a year. | - | | - | Mr. Williams then sought to show that| - |his client had no connection with the| - |weighing of raw sugar on the docks,| - |where the fraudulent practices are| - |alleged to have taken place. | - | | - | Q.—How much money was paid through your| - |office in the course of a year? A.—Four| - |million dollars. | - | | - | Q.—So yours was a busy office? | - |A.—Decidedly so. | - | | - | Q.—How long were the raw sugar clerks| - |in your office? A.—About twenty years. | - | | - | Q.—Did you regulate their duties in any| - |way? A.—No. | - | | - | Q.—Were you connected with the docks in| - |any way? A.—No, that was a separate| - |department. | - | | - | Q.—How many times a year would you be| - |on the raw sugar docks? A.—Twice a year.| - | | - | Q.—How often were you in the dock| - |department offices? A.—Only five or six| - |times in twenty-five years. | - | | - | Q.—Were you ever in the scale houses? | - |A.—Never. | - | | - | At this point the court adjourned| - |until this afternoon when the direct| - |examination of Mr. Green will be| - |continued. | - - (3) - - | Mr. Hiller, Mr. Hart’s attorney, then| - |asked Mrs. Hart why it was necessary to| - |have so many gowns. | - | | - | “At Palm Beach I had to change my gowns| - |three times a day, and I had to have| - |outfits of automobile clothes besides,”| - |said Mrs. Hart. | - | | - | “Do you wear the same dinner gown| - |twice?” said the attorney. | - | | - | “Women who can afford it never wear the| - |same gown again at the same place,” she| - |replied smilingly. | - | | - | “What do you pay for your dinner| - |gowns?” | - | | - | “Three hundred dollars; sometimes five| - |or six hundred.” | - | | - | “Apiece?” | - | | - | “Certainly,” snapped back the witness. | - -=Court Decisions.= The body of reports of important court decisions -consists of summaries of the decisions with explanation of their -significance, or of quotations from the decision when the language of -the decree is important. The following stories are examples: - - (1) - - | The first decision of the court of| - |commerce to be received by the supreme| - |court of the United States was reversed| - |in an opinion handed down today. | - | | - | The highest court gave a signal victory| - |to the interstate commerce commission| - |by deciding that it has power to compel| - |water lines to report to it regarding| - |intrastate as well as interstate| - |business. | - | | - | The court of commerce has been| - |subjected to sharp attack in congress| - |because of a series of decisions| - |over-turning work of the interstate| - |commerce commission, and a bill for| - |the abolishment of the tribunal is now| - |pending in the house on a favorable| - |report from a committee. | - | | - | While the case before the court| - |concerned immediately only water lines,| - |the government attorneys declared that| - |the defeat of the commission in this| - |case would mean that railroads also| - |need not report regarding intrastate| - |business and the commission’s whole| - |system of gathering reports relative to| - |commerce would be worthless. | - | | - | The order in question required reports| - |regarding operating expenses and| - |operating revenues of water lines,| - |and affected principally lines on| - |the great lakes. The commerce court| - |held that the commission had power to| - |require reports only regarding traffic| - |carried under joint arrangement with| - |railroad carriers, but not as to purely| - |intrastate and port-to-port business. | - | | - | Justice Day said that a mistake had| - |been made by the commerce court in| - |confusing knowledge of intrastate| - |commerce with regulation of it. He| - |said it was within the power of the| - |commission to require a “showdown of| - |the whole business”, intrastate as well| - |as interstate. Justices Lurton and| - |Lamar dissented. | - - (2) - - | Power of the Interstate Commerce| - |commission to force “inside infor-| - |mation” from steamship lines as to| - |their earnings was affirmed today by| - |the Supreme Court. The proposed scope| - |of the commission’s inquiry into the| - |steamship business of the great lakes| - |to secure information for adjusting| - |rates, was approved, and the commerce| - |court decision in the matter overruled. | - | | - | This is the first of the cases involv-| - |ing a dispute of jurisdiction be-| - |tween the commerce court and the| - |commission. | - -Applications for writs, rehearings, and new trials are often worth -reporting at some length, as is shown in the following story: - - | Declaring that the issues involved in| - |the case are of the “greatest public| - |importance,” the department of justice| - |today joined in the application of the| - |losers in the so-called patent monopoly| - |case, asking a rehearing before a full| - |bench of the Supreme Court. The case| - |was recently decided four to three| - |in favor of the contention that the| - |patentee’s control of his product is| - |absolute. | - | | - | The government’s application signed| - |by Attorney-General Wickersham and| - |Solicitor-General Lehmann vigorously| - |declares that the court’s decision| - |sustaining the right of a patentee to| - |attach to the sale of an invention,| - |restrictions stipulating that the| - |purchaser must use only such supplies| - |which are not patented as are bought| - |from the patentee of the invention,| - |seriously concerns the United States in| - |a number of civil and criminal cases| - |now pending under the Sherman law. | - | | - | The decision, the government submits,| - |“extends the power of property held| - |under letters patent beyond the warrant| - |of the constitution and the grant of| - |the patent laws, and publishes it above| - |authority of Congress to regulate| - |commerce among the several states,| - |and above the universal limitation| - |expressed in the maxim ‘So use your own| - |as not to injure another’s.’” | - -=How to Make Court Proceedings Interesting.= The selection and -arrangement of interesting details in legal proceedings is shown in -the following court story of a bankruptcy case, in which the reader’s -attention is attracted by the feature played up at the beginning: - - | How to start a furniture installment| - |house on less than $1000, vote yourself| - |a salary of $10,000 a year, furnish a| - |mansion and live like a prince—all on| - |the income from the original invest-| - |ment—was revealed to District Judge| - |Van Buren yesterday in the questioning| - |of John C. Winifred. The court was| - |astounded and angered. When the hearing| - |ended Winifred was on his way to the| - |county jail to begin an indeterminate| - |sentence for contempt as a result of| - |“mushroom” financing. | - | | - | The story of Winifred’s remarkable| - |success at furniture finance was told| - |during the court’s investigation of| - |the bankrupt Bijou Furniture Company,| - |610 Devine Street, of which Winifred| - |was owner. Winifred had a branch store| - |at Plaintown. Two days before his| - |creditors filed an involuntary petition| - |of bankruptcy Winifred sold the branch| - |“Furniture Club” business to Frances| - |Hankow for $1,100. | - | | - | John Whittle, counsel for the receiver,| - |thought the $1,100 belonged to the| - |creditors. Judge Van Buren agreed with| - |him. Winifred was ordered to produce| - |the money. When he appeared in court| - |without it, the judge sent him to jail| - |until he changes his mind. | - | | - | Winifred operated a “furniture club,”| - |members paying from 25 cents to $1 each| - |week. Its 2,500 members had paid in| - |more than $40,000 when the crash came. | - | | - | The “furniture wizard” said he began| - |business about two years ago with a| - |capital of less than $1000. He voted| - |himself an annual salary of $10,000,| - |the money being taken from the ac-| - |cumulated payments of club members.| - |Attorney Whittle further found that| - |the residence at 4621 Oakland Place| - |had been purchased and then furnished| - |without regard to expense. This| - |property rests in the name of Mrs.| - |Winifred. It was admitted that this| - |luxury was paid for by the poor who can| - |afford to buy furniture only by making| - |a small payment each week. | - -=Quoting from Publications.= Government publications, pamphlets, -books, and magazines often contain material for good news stories, -particularly when copies can be secured so that the story may be -printed simultaneously with the publication of the book or magazine. -The use that may be made of an article in a scientific publication is -shown in the following story, which in form is like the stories of -speeches and other utterances discussed above: - - | Serious dangers in children’s parties,| - |dancing schools, and even kindergartens| - |are pointed out by Dr. Thomas S.| - |Southworth of New York, writing in| - |the Journal of the American Medical| - |association. He finds them agents in| - |spreading infectious colds leading to| - |more serious ailments. | - | | - | Against “light colds” themselves he| - |warns parents, and urges the use of| - |rational preventive measures. To| - |parental carelessness, selfishness, and| - |lack of common sense he attributes much| - |of the illness among little children. | - | | - | “The amount of injury done to young| - |children each year by such colds can| - |scarcely be estimated,” says Dr.| - |Southworth. “During their prevalence| - |the possibilities of infection are| - |excellent if the child rides in public| - |conveyances, or is taken to hotels or| - |crowded shops. | - | | - | “Children’s parties or dancing schools| - |for the very young come under the same| - |ban. It is an open question whether the| - |greatly increased opportunity for major| - |and minor infections in kindergartens| - |does not more than offset the real| - |advantages they offer. | - | | - | “Excluding exceptional cases, I am| - |of the opinion that safeguarding the| - |health of the young child is the more| - |important consideration, and that any| - |home worthy of the name should be able| - |to furnish all the simple instruction| - |and direction of the play instinct the| - |child requires.” | - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Get advance copies of speeches, statements, and reports when it is - possible. - -2. Give direct, verbatim quotations whenever they are effective. - -3. Don’t misrepresent a speaker by “playing up” a quotation that, taken - from its context, is misleading. - -4. Combine excerpts into a coherent, unified story. - -5. Select the form of beginning best suited to the subject matter. - -6. Set off as a paragraph a direct quotation of more than one sentence - at the beginning of a story. - -7. Avoid too many or too involved “that” clauses in the lead. - -8. Put strong direct or indirect quotations at beginnings of paragraphs. - -9. Don’t place unemphatic phrases at the beginning of a paragraph, such - as, “The speaker then said that,” etc. - -10. Avoid as far as possible combinations of direct and indirect - quotations in the same paragraph. - -11. Avoid “I believe,” “I think,” etc., at the beginning of sentences - of direct quotation. - -12. Make separate paragraphs of introductory statements like “He said - in part,” and end them with a colon. - -13. Give in the lead of each day’s story of a trial, the essential - explanatory details concerning the case. - -14. Vary explanatory phrases; don’t use repeatedly in the same story - “he said,” “the report continues,” etc. - -15. Don’t fail to enclose in quotation marks every direct quotation. - -16. Use single quotation marks for quotations within other quotations. - -17. Use quotation marks only at the beginning of each paragraph of a - continuous quotation of several paragraphs and at the end of the - last paragraph. - -18. Quote important testimony verbatim. - -19. Keep yourself out of your interviews. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -1. Write a news story of 500 words on the following address by Senator - William E. Borah of Idaho on “Why We Need an Income Tax,” which you - may say was delivered before a large audience at the Auditorium last - night under the auspices of the Progressive Republican Club: - - One of the many unfortunate things imposed from first to last upon - this country by reason of the existence of slavery was the compromise - in the constitution of the United States providing that direct taxes - should be imposed in accordance with population. - - To levy taxes according to population upon any kind of property is - impracticable and cumbersome even when the tax is confined to the - kind of property contemplated by the framers of the constitution. It - is not too much to say that the clause with reference to imposing a - direct tax would never have found its way into the constitution but - through the fear which arose out of the belief that the North might - impose an arbitrary and unjust tax upon slaves. - - The discussion first arose over the protection of the slaves, and - to guard against this the Southern delegates insisted upon an equal - representation in Congress with the North. Gouverneur Morris and - others declared they would never consent to counting a slave equal to - his master. The discussion finally took a wider range owing to the - existence of large tracts of land in the South of less value per acre - than the land in the North; hence it was believed that these lands - might be taxed unfairly. - - At last, therefore, it was provided that direct taxes should be - imposed according to population, and direct taxes, in my opinion, - referred alone to slaves and lands and the improvements on lands. - - The Supreme Court in the Pollock case extended and broadened the - terms of this somewhat unfortunate compromise so that it now not only - covers lands but income from land, personal property, and income from - personal property. This decision was made possible by invoking a mere - technicality, that is, that a tax upon the rents of land is a tax - upon the land. - - I am not going to discuss at this time the decision further than to - say I am one of those who believe that the income tax decision is - as indefensible as a matter of law as the Dred Scott decision, and - fraught with far more danger in its ultimate effect, if it is to - become the settled law of the land, to the Republic. - - The income tax is the fairest and most equitable of all the taxes. - It is the one tax which approaches us in the hour of prosperity and - departs in the hour of adversity. The farmer though he may have lost - his entire crop must meet the taxes levied upon his property. The - merchant though on the verge of bankruptcy must respond to the taxes - imposed. The laborer who goes to the store to buy his food, though it - be his last, must buy with whatever extra cost there may be imposed - by reason of customs duties. - - But the income tax is to be met only after you have realized your - income. After you have met your expenses, provided for your family, - paid for the education of your children for the year, then, provided - you have an income left, you turn to meet the obligations you owe - to the government. For instance, according to amendments recently - pending relative to the income tax, a man with an income of ten - thousand dollars would pay the modest sum of one hundred dollars. - “Man as a human being owes services to his fellows, and one of the - first of these is to support the government which makes civilization - possible.” - - It seems incomprehensible that anyone would seriously contend that - property and wealth should not bear their fair share of the burdens - of the general government. Adam Smith says, “The subjects of every - state ought to contribute toward the support of the government as - nearly as possible in proportion to their respective abilities, that - is, in proportion to the revenue which they respectively enjoy under - the protection of the state.” - - Notwithstanding our large standing army, our large navy, our all - but criminal extravagance as a government, men are found who still - unblushingly argue that this burden must all be laid upon consumption - and nothing upon wealth, that is, that the man of most ordinary means - must pay practically as much to the general government as the man - with his uncounted millions. It is strange indeed that men can bring - themselves to believe in so unfair and unjust a position. - - They soothe their consciences to some extent by saying that it is - a just tax, a fair tax, and that the property should indeed bear - its proportion of the expenses of the general government but an - income tax causes men to commit perjury! Of course the man who says - this would resent the idea that he would commit perjury, but his - evangelical spirit leads him to look with particular care to the - salvation of his neighbor’s soul. There is not a state in the Union - today but has laws just as exacting with reference to accounting with - personal property, just as onerous as an income tax law would be, and - just as liable to encourage perjury. Yet the tax gatherer does not - stop gathering taxes. - - They say it is inquisitorial. Do you know of any kind of taxes - which are not inquisitorial? For instance, under the internal - revenue system now in existence, the whiskey of the citizen is taken - possession of by the government, placed in a warehouse, locked up, - and a key given to a United States official. In the collection of our - customs duties, packages and the baggage of the citizen are taken, - opened and inspected, and, male or female though the citizens may be, - they are sometimes taken into a room and searched. Nothing could be - more inquisitorial than this. - - All these arguments are put forth in the hope of leading us away from - the great and fundamental principle of equity in taxation, and that - is that every man should respond to the burdens of the government in - accordance with his ability. It is nothing less than a crime to put - all the burdens of this government on consumption. - - I think those who advocate the income tax merely as a revenue - producing proposition rob the proposition of its moral foundation. - We should contend for an income tax not simply for the purpose of - raising revenue but for the purpose of framing a revenue system - which will distribute the burdens of government between consumption - and accumulated wealth, which will enable us to call upon property - and wealth not in an unfair and burdensome way but in a just and - equitable way to meet their proportionate expenses of the government, - for certainly it will be conceded by all that the great expense of - government is in the protection of property and of wealth. - - A tax placed upon consumption is based upon what men want and must - have. A tax placed upon wealth falls upon those who have enough - and to spare and therefore have more which it is necessary for the - government to protect. “All the enjoyments which a man can receive - from his property come from his connection with society. Cut off from - all social relations, a man would find wealth useless to him. In - fact, there could be no such thing as wealth without society. Wealth - is what may be exchanged and requires for its existence a community - of persons with reciprocal wants.” - - The general government, as we have said, has its armies and its - navies and its great burden of expense for the purpose, among - other things, of protecting property, protecting gathered and - accumulated wealth, of enabling men to make fortunes and to preserve - their fortunes, and there is no possible argument founded in law - or in morals why these protected interests should not bear their - proportionate burden of government. - - No man in his right mind would make an assault upon wealth as - such, or upon property as such, or upon the honest acquisition of - property—we simply call upon those who have the good fortune to have - accumulated wealth to respond to the expenses of the great government - under which they live and thrive. - -2. Write a news story of 250 words on the following excerpts from a - report made by the Division of Education of the Russell Sage - Foundation on “A Comparative Study of Public School Systems in - the Forty-eight States,” playing up the feature that you think - will be of general interest to the readers of a daily paper in the - metropolis of your state: - - The average annual salary paid to public school teachers in the - United States as a whole is $485. In one state, North Carolina, the - average is only $200 per year. In another, Mississippi, it is $210, - and in South Carolina $212. The wages received by school teachers - constitute a measure of two things: first, the quality of ability of - the teacher; second, the value the community puts upon the teacher’s - services. The fact that the teacher’s wages are lower than those - paid for almost any other sort of service means that as a nation we - are neither asking for nor getting a high grade of service, and as a - nation we place a low valuation on the teacher’s work. - - While it is difficult to get accurate data on wages, the best - available figures indicate that the average annual wages received by - workers in five great occupations are about as follows:— - - Carpenters $802 - Coal miners 600 - Factory workers 550 - Common laborers 513 - Teachers 485 - - Throughout the southern states thousands of rural teachers earn less - than $150 per year. In one New England state hundreds of teachers - earn less than $6.00 per week. In one county in a central Atlantic - state the average for all teachers is $129 per year. In one southern - state convicts from the penitentiaries are let to contractors at the - rate of about $400 per year, while the state pays its teachers about - $300 per year. - - The average annual salary of teachers in the public schools in each - state in 1910 and the rank of the state, based on the average annual - salary of school teachers, is as follows:— - - 1. California, $918; 2. Arizona, $817; 3. New York, $813; 4. - Massachusetts, $757; 5. New Jersey, $731; 6. Washington, $692; 7. - Montana, $645; 8. Colorado, $642; 9. Rhode Island, $647; 10. Utah, - $592; 11. Illinois, $588; 12. Connecticut, $561; 13. Pennsylvania, - $554; 14. Idaho, $549; 15. Ohio, $524; 16. Indiana, $523; 17. Oregon, - $516; 18. Maryland, $515; 19. Minnesota, $486; 20. Michigan, $480; - 21. Nevada, $470; 22. Wisconsin, $456; 23. Missouri, $443; 24. - Wyoming, $439; 25. Kansas, $429; 26. Louisiana, $415; 27. Delaware, - $414; 28. Nebraska, $411; 29. Oklahoma, $408; 30. Texas, $384; 31. - New Mexico, $348; 32. North Dakota, $339; 33. Kentucky, $337; 34. - South Dakota, $329; 35. New Hampshire, $328; 36. West Virginia, $323; - 37. Alabama, $314; 38. Iowa, $302; 39. Tennessee, $293; 40. Arkansas, - $284; 41. Florida, $276; 42. Virginia, $268; 43. Vermont, $266; - 44. Georgia, $250; 45. Maine, $244; 46. South Carolina, $212; 47. - Mississippi, $210; 48. North Carolina, $200. - - - - - CHAPTER VII - - SPECIAL KINDS OF NEWS - - -=Special News Fields.= Although practically all kinds of news stories -conform to the general principles explained and illustrated in -preceding chapters, the application of these principles to particular -kinds of news may be considered in detail. On all but small papers -the gathering and the writing of news in such special fields as -sports, society, and markets are regarded as sufficiently different -in character from general reporting to warrant having special -editors for these departments. Each of a number of special kinds of -reporting requires more or less expert knowledge, which a reporter -who specializes in that field acquires as a result of training and -experience. Sometimes, however, a general reporter may be sent out to -cover an athletic contest or a society event, and he should be prepared -to do either successfully. Every reporter should familiarize himself -with the best methods of handling all kinds of news. - -=Sporting News Stories.= The constantly increasing importance attached -by newspapers to news of sports, particularly to that of baseball, -makes it important for reporters to know the peculiarities of sporting -news stories. The reporting of athletic contests is not always an easy -task even when the reporter is familiar with all the details of the -sport. In a football game, for example, it is difficult to determine -which of the players carries the ball or makes a tackle in a given play -unless the reporter knows each player and can recognize him quickly -on the field. In baseball games the reporter must be able to keep a -complete score from which to write his story and make his summary -score. Quickness and accuracy of observation are essential in getting -the facts correctly in any sporting event. - -=Reporting a Football Game.= A football game affords a good opportunity -for the student reporter to get excellent practice in covering an -athletic contest. In preparing to report a game, he should get from the -coach or the captain the correct line-up of each team and the names of -the officials. If the line-up is written on a piece of cardboard and -arranged so that the exact position of each player can be seen at a -glance, the writer can refer to it constantly in reporting the plays. -The way to arrange the line-up is shown below: - - _Chicago_ _Wisconsin_ - - Williams—L.E. | R.E.—Halpin - McDonald—L.H.B. Frean—L.T. | R.T.—Muldon R.H.B.—Lynch - Johnson—L.G. | R.G.—Peake -Smith—F.B. Pinch—Q.B. Hool—C. | C.—Du Plain Q.B.—Keeler F.B.—Holt - Skillub—R.G. | L.G.—O’Neil - Kidder—R.H.B. Dillon—R.T. | L.T.—Minton L.H.B.—Dye - Reisen—R.E. | L.E.—Schmidt - -The reporter watches both teams carefully to see which men make each -play, and as soon as the teams line up again, he notes the position -that each of these men takes, so that he may identify them from his -line-up card. As the game progresses he is able to recognize some of -the players who repeatedly take prominent parts, and he need not refer -to the line-up so frequently. The reporter may take notes on the plays -as they are made, or, if it is necessary to mail or telegraph the story -very soon after the game is over, he may write a running account as the -game progresses, adding the lead after it is over. - -In the choice and the arrangement of details, the story of a football -game is not unlike other news stories. In the lead are placed the -essential facts, which are the result, the score, the causes of -victory and defeat, the teams engaged, the time and place of the -contest, and any important circumstances. Because every reader is -most interested in the result, that fact is usually “played up” as -the feature. Why one team lost and the other won, or why the score -was tied, the second fact in point of interest, is likewise given a -prominent place at the beginning of the lead. A characterization of the -playing of each team, an account of how and when the scoring was done, -mention of the work of star players, and a description of the crowd, -the condition of the field, and the weather, are the other details -which are put in the lead. Following the lead is the story of the game -told in as much detail as the assignment requires. If a short account -is desired, only the important plays are given; if a full report is -wanted, every play is described. After each score is made, and at the -end of the report of each quarter, the complete score up to that point -is given. At the end of the story are placed the line-up, a summary of -the plays, and the names of the officials. The story given below may be -taken as typical: - - | New Haven, Conn., Nov. 23.—Harvard| - |trampled over Yale with a score of| - |20 to 0 on Yale field today, when| - |the crimson eleven, taking advantage| - |of Yale’s back field errors, made| - |two touchdowns and two field goals.| - |This victory carries the football| - |championship of the East to Cambridge. | - | | - | Harvard scored a touchdown and a| - |field goal in both the first and| - |third periods. The first score came| - |when Storer recovered the ball which| - |Wheeler, the Yale quarterback, dropped| - |on being tackled, and sprinted| - |twenty-five yards to the goal line.| - |Hardwick kicked goal. A minute later,| - |another Yale muff gave Brickley his| - |chance to kick the first field goal. | - | | - | A fumble by Flynn at the opening of| - |the third period gave the ball to| - |Harvard, and in the scrimmage Brickley| - |dashed eighteen yards for the second| - |touchdown. He caught a Yale forward| - |pass a few minutes later and ran| - |forty-two yards, and, after a few| - |plays, kicked the ball over the cross| - |bar for the second field goal. | - | | - | At no stage of the game did Yale have| - |a chance to win, and only once did| - |the team have a chance to score. That| - |opportunity came during the fourth| - |period, when they showed a versatility| - |of attack that fairly swept the crimson| - |eleven off their feet and brought the| - |ball in a steady series of rushes| - |over a stretch of sixty yards before| - |it was lost on downs. But the flash| - |came too late, and while it was at its| - |height the most optimistic of the blue| - |supporters could see nothing more than| - |a chance to blot out the ignominy of a| - |scoreless defeat. | - | | - | What Yale did not do would fill a| - |volume. Failure to catch punts was the| - |great fault, a fault which happened so| - |often that it might be called a habit.| - |Wheeler muffed one in the opening| - |period which paved the way for the| - |first Harvard touchdown; Flynn missed| - |one in the third period and opened the| - |avenue for the other. Between times| - |the ball was dropping from Eli arms so| - |often that it seemed strange when it| - |was caught. | - | | - | Harvard’s splendidly finished team,| - |good in all around play, worked to its| - |limit a consistent kicking game against| - |a team unable to handle punts. Little| - |effort was made to test the strength of| - |the blue line. The crimson offense was| - |based almost entirely on getting down| - |the field under Felton’s high spiral| - |punts and taking advantage of the| - |slippery fingers of Wheeler and Flynn.| - |When stopped from tackle to tackle,| - |they twice used fake plays with wide| - |end runs for clever gains. | - | | - | As in all this season’s games, the| - |brilliancy of Brickley’s running and| - |goal kicking outshone the individual| - |play of his team-mates. Twice he| - |intercepted Yale forward passes, one| - |of which he turned into a run of| - |forty-two yards. The second touchdown| - |was due solely to his speed down the| - |field and to his keen eye in recovering| - |Flynn’s muff, which he converted into| - |a touchdown in the next scrimmage. He| - |scored two out of his four attempts at| - |field goals and missed the other two by| - |a few feet. | - | | - | Bomeisler, Yale’s star end, although| - |twice taken out of the game because of| - |the old injury to his shoulder, did| - |the most remarkable work seen on Yale| - |field since the days of Tom Shevlin. He| - |was down the field like a race-horse| - |under Lefty Flynn’s punts, and besides| - |tackling with unerring accuracy, he| - |threw himself so hard that the man was| - |forced back considerably from the spot| - |where he caught the ball. | - | | - | Yale won the toss and chose to defend| - |the north goal, the Crimson facing the| - |sun. Flynn kicked off for Yale. The| - |ball sailed behind the Harvard goal and| - |was taken out to Harvard’s 20-yard line| - |for scrimmage. Felton, on first down,| - |kicked it back to the Yale 20-yard| - |line. Flynn’s short kick drove the ball| - |out of bounds at the Eli 40-yard line.| - |Harvard’s backs then crashed through| - |irresistibly until they reached the| - |20-yard line. The Yale defense grew| - |compact at her 20-yard line, and two of| - |Wendell’s smashes netted only a yard| - |apiece. On the third down Brickley| - |tried his first drop kick for goal,| - |the ball going outside of the upright.| - |Flynn punted to Harvard’s 40-yard line| - |and Felton immediately returned it| - |to the Yale 20-yard mark. A 15-yard| - |penalty set Yale back to her 5-yard| - |line. Flynn’s beautiful punt was muffed| - |by Gardner at the Harvard 40-yard line,| - |but it was recovered by Hardwick.| - |Felton punted out of bounds at Yale’s| - |40-yard line. Twice the Felton-Flynn| - |duel brought exchanges of kicks without| - |gains. The last Felton effort, however,| - |dropped the ball into Wheeler’s lap and| - |he muffed squarely. Storer seized it| - |at the Yale 30-yard line and, aided by| - |splendid interference by O’Brien and| - |Parmenter, tore all the rest of the way| - |for a touchdown. Hardwick kicked the| - |goal. Score: Harvard 6, Yale 0. | - | | - | Flynn kicked off behind the Harvard| - |goal, and, from the Harvard 20-yard| - |line, Felton immediately returned it.| - |Yale was now in a panic, and Wheeler’s| - |second muff dropped the ball under three| - |sliding Harvard tacklers at the Yale| - |30-yard line. Yale got in hotter water| - |through a 15-yard penalty, but Wendell’s| - |plunges were held till third down, when| - |Brickley registered Harvard’s second| - |score through a faultless drop-kicked| - |goal from the Yale 30-yard line.| - |Following Felton’s return of Flynn’s| - |kick-off, the first period closed.| - |Score: Harvard 10, Yale 0. | - - [The detailed report of the other - quarters follows, and then the line-up - is given.] - - | The line-up: | - | YALE. HARVARD. | - | | - |L. E. Avery|Felton L. E.| - |L. T. Gallauer|Storer L. T.| - |L. G. Cooney|Pennock L. G.| - |C. Ketcham|Parmenter C.| - |R. G. Pendleton|Trumbull R. G.| - |R. T. W. Warren|Hitchcock R. T.| - |R. E. Bomeisler|O’Brien R. E.| - |Q. Wheeler|Gardner Q.| - |L. H. Philbin|Hardwick L. H.| - |R. H. Spaulding|Brickley R. H.| - |F. Flynn|Wendell F.| - | | - | Substitutions: Yale—Cornell, for Wheel-| - |er; Dyer, for Cornell; Wheeler, for| - |Dyer; Sheldon, for Bomeisler; Bomeisler,| - |for Sheldon; Sheldon, for Bomeisler; W.| - |Howe, for Sheldon; Carter, for Avery;| - |Talbot, for Gallauer; Pumpelly, for| - |Philbin; Merkle, for Flynn; Baker, for| - |Merkle; Martin, for Pendleton; Reed, for| - |W. Warren. | - | | - | Harvard—T. Frothingham, for Storer;| - |Wigglesworth, for Parmenter; Driscoll,| - |for Trumbull; Lawson, for Hitchcock;| - |Hollister, for O’Brien; Bradley, for| - |Gardner; Bradlee, for Hardwick; Lingard,| - |for Brickley; Graustein, for Wendell. | - | | - | Summary: Score—Harvard 20, Yale 0.| - |Touchdowns—Storer, Brickley. Goals—| - |Hardwick 2. Goals from field—Brickley| - |2. Referee—W. S. Langford, Trinity.| - |Umpire—D. L. Fultz, Brown. Head Linesman| - |—W. N. Morice, Pennsylvania. Time—15:00| - |periods. | - -=“Covering” a Baseball Game.= The accepted methods of reporting -baseball games and other athletic contests, and the form in which -stories of them are written, are very similar to those described above -for football. The example given below shows the application of the -general principles to baseball: - - | New York, May 6.—New York took second| - |place from Philadelphia in a 3 to 2| - |game today notwithstanding that the| - |Quakers hit Mathewson two and a quarter| - |times as hard as the Giants hit Foxen. | - | | - | Of their four hits New York grouped| - |three in one inning, the sixth, in| - |which they made their three runs; while| - |Philadelphia got three of their nine| - |hits in the eighth with but two runs.| - |There was a shade of difference in the| - |consecutiveness of the bunched hits,| - |and that was where Mathewson was more| - |effective than Foxen. A comparison of| - |the work of the two pitchers, however,| - |from the point of view of adverse| - |runs, shows that there was an error by| - |“Matty” which accounted for one Quaker| - |tally, a wild throw in running down| - |Bates, who soon afterwards scored. | - | | - | The game was sharply played with a| - |good deal of snappy fielding. Devlin| - |and Knabe were fine on ground balls,| - |each ranging swiftly to the left and| - |gathering up everything within the| - |limit. Doyle in the fifth made a star| - |pickup of a hard ball to his right. | - | | - | Poor base running lost the Phillies a| - |run in the fourth. Grant opened up with| - |a hit, Magee sacrificed, and Bransfield| - |hit to Doyle, who fumbled. The ball| - |went through Doyle, and had Grant| - |been watchful and kept right on home,| - |he would have scored. As it was, he| - |hesitated, then started for the plate,| - |and was caught trying to get back to| - |third. | - | | - | New York’s scoring in the sixth began| - |with Doyle’s liner to center. Murray| - |laid down a bunt and put it where it| - |did the most good. Titus was far out| - |when he dropped Seymour’s fly to let| - |Doyle and Murray move up a base each.| - |Fletcher hit a fine one to right and| - |brought Doyle and Murray home. Seymour| - |scored on Doyle’s fly to Magee. | - | | - | In the eighth with Foxen out,| - |Philadelphia started off on their two| - |tallies. Titus sent a two-base hit out| - |along the chalk-mark to the south-east.| - |Bates laced a single through the| - |diamond and brought in Titus. Mathewson| - |caught Bates napping, but overthrew the| - |base in the run down and Bates scurried| - |back to first. Grant was thrown out| - |by Mathewson, Magee was passed, and| - |Bransfield singled, letting Bates| - |score. Two were left on bases when| - |Knabe went out, Mathewson to Merkle. | - | | - | The score: | - | | - | PHILADELPHIA. | NEW YORK. | - | ab. h. p. a. e.| ab. h. p. a. e.| - |Titus, rf 5 1 2 0 1|Devore, lf 4 0 0 0 0| - |Bates, lf 4 2 2 0 0|Doyle, 2b 3 1 1 6 1| - |Grant, 3b 4 1 1 1 0|Murray, rf 4 1 1 0 0| - |Magee, cf 1 0 5 0 0|Seym’r, cf 4 0 1 0 0| - |B’field, 1b 4 2 12 0 0|Fleth’r, ss 3 1 1 0 0| - |Knabe, 2b 4 1 0 7 0|Devlin, 3b 2 0 1 4 0| - |Dool’n, ss 4 1 1 1 0|Merkle, 1b 2 0 18 1 0| - |Dooin, c 4 0 1 1 0|Meyers, c 3 0 4 2 0| - |Foxen, p 3 1 0 2 0|Math’on, p 3 1 0 7 1| - |*Ward 1 0 0 0 0| | - | __ __ __ __ __| __ __ __ __ __| - | Totals 34 9 24 12 1| Totals 28 4 27 20 2| - | | - | *Batted for Foxen in the ninth inning.| - |Philadelphia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0—2| - |New York 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 .—3| - | | - | Runs—Philadelphia—Titus, Bates. New| - |York—Doyle, Murray, Seymour. First base| - |on errors—Philadelphia, 1; New York,| - |1. Left on bases—Philadelphia, 8; New| - |York, 5. First base on balls—Off Foxen,| - |3; off Mathewson, 2. Struck out—By| - |Foxen, 1; by Mathewson, 3. Two base hit—| - |Titus. Sacrifice hit—Magee. Sacrifice| - |fly—Devlin. Stolen base—Fletcher.| - |Balk—Foxen. Umpire in chief—Rigler.| - |Assistant umpire—Emslie. Time—1 hour and| - |30 minutes. | - -=The Style of Sporting News Stories.= The style of sporting news -stories is marked by the use of terms peculiar to the game or sport and -often by the slang that is popular at the time, particularly the slang -that is in vogue among those interested in each sport. Young reporters, -and some older ones, too, seem to think that they can best prove their -knowledge of sports by using in their stories as much as possible of -the slang current among the professionals and their followers in the -sport. On the other hand, some of the recognized authorities on sports -write interesting and readable accounts of contests without indulging -in such sporting slang. A number of sporting editors, in order to give -variety to their daily reports of baseball games, have sought to coin -new phrases and figures of speech, and the result has sometimes been so -clever and amusing that these writers have established a considerable -reputation for novelty of expression. Too frequently, however, the -imitations of the work of the successful, clever few have not been -effective, and consequently have not been so good as simple, direct -reports. Originality of expression is as desirable in sporting news -stories as it is elsewhere, but a style that is marked by little more -than cheap humor and vulgar slang has nothing to commend it. - -=Society News.= Society news is usually collected, written, and edited -by the society editor, almost invariably a woman. In order to insure -accuracy, facts for such stories should be obtained directly from -those concerned in the event. Announcements of engagements and of -weddings, particularly, must never be accepted for publication unless -furnished by the persons themselves or their families, as would-be -practical jokers not infrequently undertake to make victims of their -acquaintances by sending to newspapers false announcements of this -kind. Some newspapers distribute printed forms to be filled out by -those giving important social entertainments, and these are sent out -several days in advance so that they may be returned in time and the -facts correctly reported. - -The form and style of news stories of many society events are -determined to some extent by social usages. Those who desire to become -society editors, and reporters generally, because they may be assigned -to cover society events, should notice carefully how news of this -sort is written up in society columns. The typographical style often -differs from that of the other parts of the paper. The whole story of -a wedding, reception, or other social event, in many papers is given -in one paragraph, although it may consist of several hundred words. -A concise story giving all the essential details, and avoiding trite -expressions like “charming,” “beautiful,” and “tastily,” is the most -acceptable one. - -Conventional forms for such typical events as weddings, receptions, and -announcements of engagements are given below: - - Announcements of Engagements - - (1) - - | Mr. and Mrs. William Gideon Hethrington| - |of Trenton, N. J., formerly of Chicago,| - |announce the engagement of their| - |daughter, Marjorie, to Ernest Wilson| - |Swan, son of Mr. and Mrs. Carl J. Swan,| - |of Cleveland. | - - (2) - - | The engagement is announced of Miss| - |Ida Wellington Winter of St. Paul,| - |to Milton Gilman Wells, son of Col.| - |John Ottway Wells, U. S. A., Military| - |Attaché in Panama, and nephew of Mayor| - |Stephen S. Wells, Military Attaché to| - |the American Embassy in Paris. The| - |announcement was made by Mr. and Mrs.| - |Gordon S. Stanford of St. Paul, aunt| - |and uncle of Miss Winter, at whose home| - |at Leonard Place the wedding will take| - |place some time next month. Mr. Wells| - |was graduated from Princeton in 1906,| - |and is in business in this city. He| - |lives at the Princeton Club, 121 East| - |Twenty-first Street. | - - Weddings - - (1) - - | Mr. and Mrs. James H. Hayes of Winton,| - |N. Y., announce the marriage of their| - |daughter Helen to Eugene Payson Drown,| - |formerly of Chicago. The wedding took| - |place Wednesday in Brookville, N. Y.| - |Mr. and Mrs. Drown will reside in| - |Brookville. | - - (2) - - | The marriage of Miss Rose Eldred White,| - |daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Joseph White| - |of 230 Wilmington Avenue, to Nathaniel| - |Robert Owen, will take place Monday| - |evening, Dec. 9, at the Hotel Sherman| - |in the presence of the immediate| - |families. | - - (3) - - | The marriage of Miss Ruth Oswick,| - |daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Pemberton| - |Hines Oswick of 511 North Highland| - |avenue, Pembroke Park, to Franklin| - |Isquith, was celebrated last night at| - |9 o’clock at the First Congregational| - |Church of Pembroke Park, Dr. John| - |Howard Grosvenor performing the| - |ceremony. Mrs. Holton, sister of the| - |bride, was matron of honor. Miss Ina| - |Isquith, sister of the bridegroom,| - |was maid of honor, and there were six| - |bridesmaids—the Misses Vera Pynch of| - |St. Louis, Bertha Marquis, Ethel High,| - |Marguerite Winton, Doris Hyde, and| - |Edna Stone. Franklin Williams Oswick,| - |brother of the bride, was best man| - |and the ushers were W. W. Collins,| - |Leonard Danzic, Richard De Long,| - |Pembroke Johns, Chester Danzic, and| - |Richard Lewis of Chicago. Elizabeth| - |Reed, cousin of the bride, was flower| - |girl and Burton Davies of Oak Park| - |acted as master of ceremonies. The| - |bridal gown was of ivory charmeuse| - |satin with an overdress of chantilly| - |trimmed with pearls, and the bridal| - |shower bouquet was of lilies of the| - |valley and brides’ roses. The matron| - |of honor wore lavender brocaded satin| - |trimmed with lace and crystals and| - |carried lavender sweet peas. The maid| - |of honor’s gown was of pink embroidered| - |Japanese brocaded silk trimmed with| - |Venetian lace. She carried lavender| - |chrysanthemums. The bridesmaids wore| - |frocks of the different colors of the| - |rainbow. Two were in blue, two in| - |yellow, and two in green. They carried| - |white chrysanthemums. A reception for| - |500 guests followed at the Colonial| - |Club of Pembroke Park. The decorations| - |were chrysanthemums, smilax and palms.| - |Mr. and Mrs. Isquith will be at home in| - |Los Angeles after Feb. 1. | - - Luncheons, Receptions, Etc. - - (1) - - | Mrs. Wilson McHain gave a luncheon| - |yesterday at the Woman’s Athletic Club| - |in honor of Miss Florence Raymond| - |Baugh, who is to be married to Dale| - |Cranford Haynes of Buffalo, N. Y., on| - |Saturday. Covers were laid for six, and| - |the guests were Miss Gertrude Binton,| - |Mrs. Harrison Stanton, Mrs. Arthur G.| - |Nain, and Mrs. Willard S. De Long of| - |Buffalo. | - - (2) - - | Mr. and Mrs. Donald White McNabey,| - |Markham Place, will give a reception on| - |Thursday from 5 to 7, in honor of their| - |daughter, Miss Dorothy McNabey, who| - |will be presented to society. Following| - |the reception, the young people in the| - |assisting party will be entertained at| - |a supper and informal dance. | - - Club News - - (1) - - | The civics and philanthropy class of| - |the Highland Park Culture Club will| - |hold its first meeting of the year this| - |morning at 10 o’clock at the Hotel| - |Van Buren. Mrs. Arthur G. Antwick is| - |chairman. | - - (2) - - | An ornamental public drinking fountain| - |of marble and granite, bearing arc| - |electric lights at its top, will be| - |erected by the Woman’s Outdoor League| - |and placed in some prominent public| - |place, according to plans arranged| - |at a meeting of the league in the| - |Hamilton Hotel yesterday afternoon.| - |“The league has erected and placed| - |six small public drinking fountains| - |in congested districts of the city,”| - |said Mrs. Franklin Renton, president of| - |the league, “and we will now erect a| - |fountain that will be a credit to the| - |outdoor work of our organization and a| - |beauty spot for the city. As soon as| - |we have determined upon the site where| - |the fountain will be placed we will| - |arrange for proper public ceremonies| - |dedicating it to the city.” During| - |the last year the league has erected| - |a bungalow in the Zoölogical Gardens| - |besides supervising other outdoor work.| - |Officers chosen for 1913 were: | - | | - | President—Mrs. Dean C. White. | - | First vice-president—Mrs. Albert D. | - |Halen. | - | Second vice-president—Miss Willa | - |Murray. | - | Secretary—Mrs. Parkins Greene. | - | Treasurer—Miss Clarice Morgan. | - - (3) - - | The Social Economics Club met yesterday| - |afternoon at 2 o’clock in the Woman’s| - |Temple. Mrs. John Robins Bell in a| - |paper on “Industrialism” advocated| - |vocational training in the public| - |schools in connection with the regular| - |school course. Miss Viola Harding sang,| - |accompanied by Miss Alice Lanning. | - -=Banquets and Holiday Celebrations.= News stories of banquets and -of various forms of holiday celebrations are not usually put in the -society columns and are not covered by the society editor. If at a -banquet after-dinner speaking is the important part of the event, such -portions of the speeches as are of great interest are given the most -space. If the speaking is not a feature, a description is given of the -occasion, and particularly of any interesting incidents or unusual -circumstances. For stories of holiday celebrations, such as Christmas -festivities, a general descriptive lead serves to introduce accounts of -various forms of celebration by societies, at public institutions, and -on the streets. - -How such an event as a banquet may be written up at some length in -an unconventional manner with enough life and interest to make it -entertaining reading, is shown in the following news story taken from -the New York _Sun_: - - | If you’ve ever sat in the enemy’s camp| - |when the Blue eleven lunged its last| - |yard for a touchdown and had your hair| - |ruffled by the roar that swept across| - |the gridiron, you can guess how 1,500| - |Yale men yelled at the Waldorf last| - |night for Bill Taft of ’78. | - | | - | It came all at once, a terrific,| - |ear-jarring crash of cheers that| - |danced the glasses on the table tops| - |and fluttered the big flags around the| - |balconies. They had ceased the pounding| - |chant of “Boola.” The classes from ’53| - |to ’08 had flung the Brek-a-kek-kek,| - |Ko-ax, Ko-ax from wall to wall, and| - |the orchestra, away up under the roof,| - |had dropped the horns and fiddles from| - |sheer weariness. There was a moment of| - |unexpected quiet. | - | | - | Suddenly the electric lights died all| - |over the grand ballroom. A searchlight| - |sprayed its rays squarely on a drop| - |curtain which pictured the old Brick| - |Row as it was in the days when| - |President Taft was a freshman. You| - |could see the rail fence, even the| - |initials cut along the boards—“W. H.| - |T.,” “O. T. B.,” “A. T. H.” Tall elms| - |leaned toward the ancient buildings and| - |spread their foliage over the dingy| - |roofs. | - | | - | The broad band of light moved up and| - |down over the picture, hesitated, then| - |fell squarely on President Taft as| - |he sat with President Arthur Twining| - |Hadley of the university and President| - |James R. Sheffield of the Yale Club.| - |The President’s head was half turned| - |toward the picture of the old Brick| - |Row. He wasn’t smiling. | - | | - | The yell started, spread all over the| - |room and gathered force as man after| - |man opened the throttle of his lungs| - |and turned on the full power that| - |was in him and roared and thundered| - |until the lights went out again. In| - |the darkness presently the old Brick| - |Row appeared and took form. Soft| - |lights gleamed at the windows of the| - |dormitories. The chapel bell tolled| - |faintly. The cheerful voices of| - |freshmen calling to freshmen were heard| - |very faintly. A shout only less mighty| - |than the salute to the President shook| - |the big room and shortly passed to| - |laughter. | - | | - | Somebody started a chant. The Yale| - |graduates took it up by hundreds until| - |1,500 of them shouted in rhythm: | - | | - | Oh, Freshman, put out that light! | - | Oh, Freshman, put out that light! | - | Oh, Freshman, put out that light! | - | | - | That was Yale’s greeting to Taft| - |of ’78. The welcome to President| - |William Howard Taft, who happened to| - |have been graduated from Yale and| - |not some other university—Harvard,| - |say, or Princeton—came later, when| - |President Sheffield of the Yale Club| - |and President Hadley sent big words| - |over his head and admitted that the| - |character of the man had something to| - |do with his rise in the world as well| - |as the Yale training. | - | | - | But there were many moments when the| - |graduates put aside the fact that they| - |were entertaining the President. The| - |old men who were graduated a little| - |before or a little after Mr. Taft and| - |had known him in college gravitated| - |toward the dais by twos and threes,| - |laughing and chuckling and poking each| - |other in the ribs. Mr. Taft was on his| - |feet most of the time. | - | | - | “Bill, I wonder if you remember this| - |one—” and Tom of ’78 or Jack of ’79| - |would reel off a story or a joke| - |that hadn’t been released maybe for| - |thirty years. There was the story of| - |the little red hen—but it need not be| - |repeated. Mr. Taft remembered it, that| - |was certain. | - | | - | And while the handshaking and the| - |reminiscences and the old jokes were| - |keeping Mr. Taft busy on the dais, a| - |cannonading of cheers and songs was| - |fired at him from every table in the| - |room. They sang him “The Old Brick Row”| - |and “Yale Will Win,” and when they had| - |run through these they took up “Boola”| - |again and again until the sweep of its| - |rhythm had drawn the voice of every man| - |in the room, including the President’s. | - | | - | It was the biggest dinner ever held| - |in the Waldorf-Astoria, which means| - |perhaps the biggest in New York city.| - |Several years ago the Republican| - |Club entertained Col. Roosevelt at| - |the Waldorf and upward of 1,200 men| - |crammed themselves in to eat and drink| - |and cheer. Last night’s broke all the| - |records. There were exactly 1,448| - |at the tables and more than 100 who| - |came late were not able to sit down| - |at all. Every square foot of space in| - |the grand ballroom except the narrow| - |lanes for the waiters was occupied.| - |The dinner overflowed into the Astor| - |gallery, where elbow room was desired| - |and denied. There were tables in the| - |hallways and tables set in the two| - |levels of boxes—something that doesn’t| - |happen in a generation. | - | | - | The stage was set with attention to| - |detail shown by professionals. Besides| - |the big drop curtain behind the head| - |table, which depicted the old Brick| - |Row as it was in Taft’s time, they had| - |strung a section of rail fence in front| - |of the table, a replica of the fence| - |on which Mr. Taft used to whittle his| - |initials. The elms of the picture sent| - |their tops as far outward on the canvas| - |as possible, and then the illusion was| - |carried out cunningly by the greenery| - |that underhung the ceiling. The| - |ballroom floor was the campus of Yale,| - |and the illusion was produced pretty| - |successfully. | - | | - | All through the smilax and vines of the| - |ceiling were thousands and thousands of| - |pink roses, roses past all counting.| - |There were clusters and pots of them| - |on the table tops, hung from the| - |balconies and draped around swinging| - |incandescents, which glowed pink when| - |the lights were lowered. All of these| - |things were accomplished by Noble F.| - |Hoggson of ’88, who got busy in the| - |banquet room at 2 o’clock yesterday| - |morning after a ball had danced itself| - |out. | - -The following description of a newsboys’ Christmas “feast,” as reported -in the New York _Tribune_, illustrates another type of work which the -reporter is called upon to do: - - | A game dinner where the eaters were| - |game,—that was the newsboys’ Christmas| - |feast, provided last night in the Brace| - |Memorial Newsboys’ Lodging House, No.| - |14 New Chambers street, by William M.| - |Fliess, Jr. The happiness of poverty| - |without responsibility, of boyhood| - |unchecked, of sporting blood untamed,| - |of divine independence, shone from the| - |eyes of those noisy “newsies,” thrilled| - |in their laughter, barked in their| - |shouts. And envy, not pity, stirred the| - |hearts of the men and women who had| - |left comfortable homes, in immaculate| - |attire, to watch the children of the| - |street absorb their little mountains of| - |food. | - | | - | No separate courses, no cocktails and| - |caviar, no after-dinner speeches were| - |needed to make that dinner palatable,| - |to separate mind from stomach, to| - |create buoyancy of spirits. A big| - |bowl of thick, steaming soup; a plate| - |heaped with turkey, potatoes and mashed| - |turnips; a cupful of smoking coffee and| - |a whole pie, as round as the smiling| - |face of the sun, greeted each separate| - |appetite simultaneously, and caused no| - |gorge to rise. Not a bit of space was| - |wasted on those long, white tables,| - |flanked by their narrow, red benches.| - |Big bunches of celery took the place| - |of inedible decorations, and appealed| - |infinitely more to the artistic souls| - |of the grimy little guests than would| - |flowers or ferns. | - | | - | All ages from five to twenty were| - |represented, and big boy and infant sat| - |side by side in perfect comradeship,| - |since age counts for little in the| - |freemasonry of the street. Some| - |pinched, white little faces there were,| - |but not many, to set off by comparison| - |the wind reddened cheeks of most of| - |the throng. None had an overcoat; some| - |were even without jackets, but they| - |all looked warm. One young man of six| - |marched in with a drum, which matched| - |his countenance for expansive roundness| - |and noisy Christmas cheer. He sat down| - |with it strapped to his side, which| - |crowded his neighbor somewhat, but| - |there was no complaint, for not even a| - |“newsy” could entertain the thought of| - |separating him for a moment from such a| - |present. | - | | - | The feast started at 7 o’clock, but| - |at 8 o’clock there were many places| - |still empty and waiting, for the late| - |“extras” with news of the Johnson-Burns| - |prizefight detained many of the older| - |boys who had important stands. And for| - |the same reason there was little of the| - |organized cheering of former years for| - |the benefactor and for Superintendent| - |Heig, since “Chicago Tom,” “Wise Joe”| - |and other leaders were still selling| - |“papes” at the bridge entrance. But it| - |was a “handout till midnight,” and time| - |enough to “stick on de job” and “get in| - |on de feed,” too. | - | | - | It was hard, though, on the shivering,| - |shuffling line of beggared outcasts| - |which hugged the Brace Memorial| - |building on three sides, waiting until| - |all the “newsies” had got “theirs.”| - |Here was no Christmas buoyancy, only| - |hopeless patience in wasted faces,| - |in huddled forms, in gnawing hunger| - |which sprang not from red blood. That| - |dim, silent fringe which pressed tight| - |up against the brick walls, as if| - |seeking warmth and sustenance from the| - |contact, expressed the antithesis of| - |the scene within. Emphasis of this was| - |not wanting as groups of boisterous| - |“newsies,” clattering down the stairs| - |and bursting out of the door, haled| - |different members of the company. | - | | - | “Hungry, Bill?” | - | | - | “Wait till next Christmas.” | - | | - | And the replies, accompanied by wan | - |smiles: | - | | - | “Say, kid, what dey handin’ out?” | - | | - | “Are ye leavin’ enough fer us?” | - | | - | These men were to get what the| - |“newsies” left, and yet not all either,| - |for following them would come the| - |women, the tattered hags of the night.| - |And so the feast, begun in brightness,| - |would end with the saddest chapter of| - |civilization. | - | | - | The women did not line up. They shrank| - |from the stares of passersby, and| - |waited until the last before crawling| - |forth from their lairs. | - | | - | Two thousand newsboys and homeless| - |men and women were fed through the| - |generosity of Mr. Fliess, who provides| - |such a feast every Christmas. His| - |father began giving these annual| - |dinners forty-five years ago, and his| - |son is continuing them in his memory.| - |Seven hundred pounds of turkey, three| - |hundred of ham, four barrels of| - |potatoes and four of turnips, fifteen| - |hundred pies and countless gallons| - |of coffee, tea, and soup were the| - |principal items of his provision last| - |night. Two hundred applicants were| - |seated at a time. There was no disorder.| - | | - | One man, arriving late, when the last| - |dishes were being cleared away, was| - |referred to Mr. Heig. | - | | - | “Misteer,” he said, “I came from| - |Peekskill, walking all the way, and I| - |am most famished. Can I have something| - |to eat?” | - | | - | “There is a cup of tea or coffee left,| - |anyway, and a piece of bread. Give it| - |to him,” Mr. Heig said, turning to his| - |assistants. | - | | - | Presently a plate of steaming turkey| - |and vegetables was placed in front| - |of the man. Mr. Heig said one of the| - |girls helping in the kitchen, who| - |hadn’t eaten anything since morning,| - |had insisted that her share go to the| - |traveller. | - | | - | Mr. Heig said the closing of many| - |manufacturing plants in the last year| - |had set thousands of boys adrift. The| - |Newsboys’ Lodging House had become a| - |haven, he said, for all the homeless| - |and friendless lads in the city, and| - |in the last year had sheltered 3,844| - |different boys. | - -Christmas and other holidays give occasion for accounts of various -forms of celebration, of which the following story from the New York -_Evening Post_ is a good example: - - | Just when the afternoon shadows were| - |beginning to lengthen in Trinity| - |churchyard, the snow-hedged paths were| - |filled with children hurrying to the| - |service known as the “Visit to the| - |Manger.” By scores they surged along,| - |bearing banners, until the church| - |doors swallowed them up. It was the| - |day of one of Trinity’s most hallowed| - |customs. Nobody knows exactly when it| - |was instituted, although tradition says| - |that it began during the late Dr. Dix’s| - |incumbency. With the passing years the| - |“Visit to the Manger” has become the| - |recognized prelude to the Sunday School| - |feast and Christmas tree, on the day| - |before Christmas. | - | | - | In the church long streamers of greens| - |twined the pillars, and here and there| - |gleamed holly; above the rows of heads| - |the banners with their inscriptions| - |trembled. Shrill young voices joined in| - |the carols. Notes of the processional| - |rang clearly. | - | | - | Once in royal David’s city | - | Stood a lowly cattle shed, | - | Where a mother laid her Baby | - | In a manger for His bed; | - | Mary was that mother mild, | - | Jesus Christ her little Child. | - | | - | Afterward they sang “O Come, All Ye| - |Faithful,” and when the address had been| - |delivered by the presiding clergyman,| - |the children chanted that other| - |wonderful old carol, “The Snow Lay on| - |the Ground.” | - | | - | The snow lay on the ground, | - | The stars shone bright, | - | When Christ our Lord was born | - | On Christmas night! | - | When Christ our Lord was born | - | On Christmas night! | - | | - | Then came the “Visit to the Manger.”| - |Long ranks of children were formed in| - |the aisles, and, led by two trumpeters| - |from the Metropolitan Opera House| - |blowing “Waken, Christian Children,”| - |they marched in solemn procession to| - |the vestibule under the spire, right in| - |the main entrance, where the manger was| - |situated. | - | | - | On a platform, raised so that everybody| - |could see it, was a representation| - |of the Night at Bethlehem. All the| - |characters in that first drama of| - |Christianity were there; the sheep and| - |cattle stood munching straw—or so it| - |seemed. Lighted candles glowed on them,| - |and overhead boomed the great organ,| - |while the children’s voices sang as they| - |looked and marched on: | - | | - | Waken, Christian children. | - | Up! and let us sing | - | With glad voice the praises | - | Of our new-born King. | - | Up! ’Tis meet to welcome, | - | With a joyful lay. | - | Christ, the King of Glory, | - | Born for us to-day! | - | | - | When all of them—and there must have| - |been three or four hundred—had made| - |the “Visit to the Manger,” and were| - |back in their seats once more, so many| - |orderly rows of Sunday school children,| - |instead of little pilgrims wandering a| - |road far older than that which leads to| - |Canterbury, the service was resumed, and| - |soon came the recessional “O Little Town| - |of Bethlehem.” | - | | - | The service over, the congregation, a| - |very much excited array, was marshalled| - |to the parish house in the rear of the| - |church where the great Christmas tree| - |and a gorgeous feast were awaiting them.| - |There were moving pictures, too, that| - |showed the journey of the Wise Men from| - |the East and the Star that guided them. | - -=Writing Obituaries.= News stories of deaths, with the biographical -sketch, or obituary, which usually accompanies such announcements in -the case of men of more or less prominence, constitute another type -that differs somewhat from general news stories. The essential facts -for the lead are the name of the person, his position, his address, the -cause of his death and the duration of his illness, the names of the -members of his family that survive him, and any important circumstances -connected with his death. The significance of his career, or an -estimate of his life work, may often serve to connect the lead with the -biography that follows. Every well organized newspaper office files -biographies of well-known men of the city, state, or nation, when these -are published in newspapers or magazines, or are furnished by news -bureaus, so that they may be ready for instant use when an obituary is -to be written. To this “morgue,” or “graveyard,” as it is called, the -reporter or editor goes to get whatever material is on hand concerning -the person whose obituary he is to write. “Who’s Who,” biographical -dictionaries, city, county, and state histories, and other similar -books of reference, furnish valuable data for biographies. - -How a biographical sketch of a well-known man may be written up in the -newspaper office when the news of his death is received, is shown in -the following story of Dr. Koch and his work, which appeared in the -Boston _Transcript_: - - | Baden Baden, May 28.—Professor Robert| - |Koch, the famous bacteriologist, died| - |here yesterday afternoon from a disease| - |of the heart. He was born at Klausthal,| - |Hanover, Dec. 11, 1843. | - | | - | The name of Dr. Robert Koch is one of| - |the most illustrious in that comp-| - |aratively small group of the world’s| - |great medical specialists. He was one| - |of the very few men who have demon-| - |strated entirely new principles and| - |developed them to practical results. | - | | - | Dr. Koch’s investigation of anthrax, to| - |which Pasteur had devoted a great deal| - |of attention, first brought him into| - |general recognition as an authority.| - |A visitation of cholera at Hamburg| - |afforded him scope for experiments in| - |that direction, and to Koch undoubtedly| - |belongs the distinction of specifying| - |and demonstrating the cholera bacillus.| - |He was placed at the head of the cholera| - |commission, and subsequently visited| - |Egypt and India, when those countries| - |were scourged by a cholera epidemic,| - |his services being recognized by| - |various decorations of honor and by a| - |substantial honorarium of 100,000 marks| - |($20,000). | - | | - | In the course of his cholera| - |investigations he exemplified the| - |fact that the bacillus, or active| - |organism of the disease, seldom enters| - |deeper than the living membrane of| - |the intestines. His discoveries in| - |demonstrating separately and specifying| - |the bacillus or micro-organism of| - |disease, have also contributed most| - |valuable knowledge of the cause of| - |typhoid fever and erysipelas. | - | | - | In the popular mind he was perhaps| - |best known as the discoverer of a| - |supposed cure for consumption, a| - |remedy which failed to fulfil the| - |hopes of an over-expectant public.| - |Yet the tremendous strides made in| - |recent years toward the stamping out| - |of that supposedly incurable disease| - |are due, more than to any other one| - |man, to the great German experimenter.| - |Medical men today freely attribute the| - |striking decrease in the death rate| - |from tuberculosis to Koch’s discovery| - |in 1882 that the disease is infectious.| - |To this achievement he added important| - |studies of malaria, cholera, bubonic| - |plague, rinderpest, cattle plague,| - |splenic fever and wound poison. | - | | - | Dr. Koch received a medical education| - |at Göttingen. After his graduation,| - |in 1866, he became assistant surgeon| - |in the Hamburg General Hospital.| - |Later he took up private practice at| - |Langenhagen, Hanover; at Rakwitz,| - |Posen; and at Wollstein, Posen. By| - |1872 he had already a standing in his| - |profession which won him an appointment| - |to the Imperial Board of Health. Ten| - |years later he succeeded in isolating| - |the tubercle bacillus, and his standing| - |as an expert was secure. | - | | - | Honors followed fast. He was made| - |privy councillor in 1883, and became| - |director of the Cholera Commission to| - |India and Egypt. In 1884 he discovered| - |the cholera spirillum, regarded as the| - |positive test of Asiatic cholera, and| - |for this signal service he received by| - |legislative act a gift of $20,000. The| - |following year he became a professor| - |in the University of Berlin, director| - |of the newly established Hygienic| - |Institute of Berlin, and also director| - |of the Prussian Board of Health. | - | | - | But so far the winner of scientific| - |honors had escaped the popular notice.| - |It was in November, 1890, that word| - |was suddenly flashed around the world| - |that a German scientist had discovered| - |an infallible remedy for tuberculosis.| - |“Koch’s consumption cure” became a| - |talismanic phrase of hope to millions.| - |Consumptives rushed to Berlin from| - |every corner of the earth. Men in the| - |last stages of the disease died in| - |railway carriages on their way to the| - |great physician. No one regretted this| - |tragic manifestation more than Dr.| - |Koch. He had known that his experiments| - |were incomplete and that he was not| - |yet ready to put his tuberculin to| - |practical use. He sought to keep it| - |from the public, but sensationalists| - |garbled his modest report, and the| - |mischief was wrought. | - | | - | Nevertheless, the student continued| - |his work undaunted. The Robert Koch| - |Institute for the investigation of| - |tuberculosis was founded in Berlin.| - |Andrew Carnegie contributed $125,000| - |to its work. From it has proceeded the| - |most valuable backing of the world-wide| - |war on the white plague. | - | | - | Dr. Koch’s latest work was the| - |investigation in South Africa of| - |sleeping sickness, in recognition of| - |which Emperor William conferred on him| - |the title of Excellency. From August,| - |1906, to October, 1907, the doctor| - |and his assistants carried on these| - |investigations on the Sesse Islands,| - |in the Victoria Nyanza. The work was| - |not without its dangers, as the disease| - |manifested itself there in its most| - |virulent form. Natives were dying on| - |all sides. He discovered the origin| - |of the disease in the tsetse fly. To| - |destroy this fly and thus end the| - |scourge he recommended the annihilation| - |of the crocodile, on whose blood the| - |fly feeds. | - | | - | On one point Dr. Koch differed| - |radically from most other authorities| - |on tuberculosis. He maintained that| - |tuberculosis in cattle was not| - |transferable to man. This position| - |he held to most vigorously at the| - |Tuberculosis Congress in London, in| - |1901. In 1908, however, when he came to| - |this country to attend the congress at| - |Washington, he was fated to hear his| - |conclusions voted down by a resolution| - |of the body. He made no reply, and| - |many believe his opinions had been| - |modified. This journey to the United| - |States in 1908 was his first trip to| - |this country and America’s savants| - |strove to pay him the honors due. He| - |was the distinguished guest at a New| - |York dinner. It was there that Andrew| - |Carnegie called him one of the “heroes| - |of civilization.” | - | | - | Dr. Koch received the Harden medal in| - |recognition of his eminent services| - |to medical science and public health,| - |the Nobel Medicine Prize, amounting| - |to $40,000, for his researches| - |looking to the prevention and cure of| - |tuberculosis, and many minor honors. | - -The following obituary of a writer, though meagre in biographical -detail, is well adapted to convey an impression of her personality and -of the quality of her work. It appeared in the New York _Sun_. - - | Myra Kelly (Mrs. Allan Macnaughton),| - |affectionately known to many thousands| - |of readers as the writer of stories| - |of Ghetto children, died yesterday in| - |Torquay, England. | - | | - | Ten years or so ago a newspaper man was| - |dining one evening with Dr. James T.| - |Kelly, who asked for advice concerning| - |his daughter’s troubles with magazine| - |editors. This seemed like the preface| - |to a familiar story—the young woman| - |had literary ability which the editors| - |persistently refused to recognize. What| - |was to be done? | - | | - | But the story was not along that| - |familiar line. | - | | - | “My daughter, Myra,” said Dr. Kelly| - |when his companion asked how he could| - |help, “is teaching in a downtown East| - |Side school. All of us at home have| - |been entertained by her stories of her| - |pupils and I urged her to write some of| - |them. She was timid about it because of| - |the tales of often rejected manuscripts| - |by unknown writers and did not say that| - |she would make the trial. | - | | - | “Unknown to me she did, though, and,| - |determined to get over the agony| - |of unanimous rejection as soon as| - |possible, she made three copies of her| - |story and posted one each to three| - |magazine editors. | - | | - | “This morning she came to me in| - |distress with three letters from three| - |editors, three checks, and three| - |requests for more stories.” | - | | - | Dr. Kelly’s companion agreed to act| - |as diplomatic agent; he saw the three| - |editors, settled the matter of first| - |choice by lot, and gave the bewildered| - |young school teacher’s promise of| - |other stories in turn to the other two| - |editors. | - | | - | That was the unusual manner of entrance| - |into the field of story writing of Myra| - |Kelly, then a teacher in the primary| - |grade of Public School 147. | - | | - | The opinions of the magazine editors| - |were speedily justified. Readers| - |demanded more stories about “Isidore| - |Belchatosky,” there were enthusiastic| - |encores for further comment by “Morris| - |Mogilewsky,” subscribers would not be| - |denied more of the wisdom of “Becky| - |Zalmonowsky,” and “Patrick Brennan,”| - |whose father had resisted the tide| - |which had swept most of his race away| - |from Poverty Hollow, had friends by the| - |thousands among magazine readers. | - | | - | For the first story Myra Kelly was glad| - |to accept $50; within a year she got| - |$500 for every story she wrote. | - | | - | And all she had done, she often said,| - |was simply to write down the stories| - |she told at home of the queer deeds| - |and views of the Ghetto children to| - |whom she was teaching a, b, c,—and| - |deportment. But these stories were so| - |very unlike any others from out of that| - |world “east of the Bowery,” reproduced| - |so quaintly the dialects, so accurately| - |the points of view, gave such a new,| - |deep insight into that seething world| - |where there were hundreds of thousands| - |of citizens in the making, that their| - |author quickly became famous and| - |prosperous. | - | | - | But Miss Kelly kept on with her work in| - |that East Broadway school, and remained| - |where she had elected to teach, in| - |the lower grade. She might have had| - |higher grade classes, for she had been| - |specially prepared for her profession| - |by post-graduate studies. But the| - |little folk from the tenements seemed| - |to her to deserve the best instruction| - |that could be given to them not only| - |in a, b, c, but in how to look upon| - |life, domestic and civil. Also she kept| - |on writing stories until they grew| - |into books, “Little Citizens,” “Isle| - |of Dreams,” and “Wards of Liberty,”| - |and these books, selling by many large| - |editions, had a big influence in| - |shaping the work of many societies and| - |organizations trying to help make good| - |citizens out of the children of the| - |Ghetto. | - | | - | “Miss Bailey” was the name of the| - |“Teacher” in those stories, and what| - |teacher had to overcome in respect to| - |her pupils’ views on some familiar| - |aspects of American history is shown in| - |this scene from one of her stories: | - | | - | —— | - | | - | “Ain’t George Washington made shoots| - |mit pistols?” demands Isidore. | - | | - | “Yes, he did,” admitted Miss Bailey. | - | | - | “Ain’t Teddy Rosenfelt hit mans? Und| - |ain’t they made him President over it?| - |On’y that ain’t how they makes mit mine| - |uncle. They don’t make him Presidents| - |nor papas, neither. They takes and puts| - |something from iron on his hands so he| - |couldn’t to talk, even. Then they puts| - |him in a wagon und they says they sends| - |him over the water.” | - | | - | “Where?” asked the teacher. | - | | - | “Over the river where islands is and| - |prisons stands. That’s how they makes| - |mit him, the while he hits somebody mit| - |pistols. I guess they don’t know about| - |George and Teddy. They makes them—mine| - |uncle tells you how they makes George| - |and Teddy—Presidents over it.” | - | | - | “But that was from long, Izzie,” Eva| - |reminded him. | - | | - | “And altogether different,” added Miss| - |Bailey. | - | | - | “An’ me pop wasn’t there; he’d a| - |pinched ’em,” said Patrick. | - | | - | “Und George had his gang along,”| - |observed Nathan Spiderwitz. | - | | - | “Und Izzie,” said Morris Mogilewsky,| - |summing the matter up, “George| - |Wash’ton, he ain’t hit mans in legs mit| - |shootin’ pistols out killin’ ’em. You| - |couldn’t to be Presidents or papas over| - |that. George Wash’ton he kills ’em all| - |bloody und dead. He kills bunches of| - |tousens of mans. Why ain’t your uncle| - |kill somebody?” | - | | - | “He hits him in the leg,” reiterated| - |Isidore sadly. | - | | - | “But he ain’t killed ’em. Und, Izzie,| - |sooner you ain’t killed somebody bloody| - |und dead, you couldn’t to be President| - |and papas of countries.” | - | | - | —— | - | | - | In 1905 Miss Kelly married Allan| - |MacNaughton. Her husband met financial| - |reverses, her own health failed, and| - |she was unable to do much more literary| - |work. | - | | - | Mrs. MacNaughton, who was born in| - |Dublin, Ireland, about thirty years| - |ago, came to this city with her father,| - |Dr. James E. Kelly, when she was a| - |young child and received her education| - |in this city. | - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Familiarize yourself with the form of all kinds of news stories. - -2. Remember that neither slang nor cheap humor is essential to a good - sporting news story. - -3. Be fair in your characterization of the playing of each team. - -4. Avoid elaborate descriptions in the average society news story. - -5. Don’t use hackneyed phrases in reporting society news. - -6. Be accurate in the biographical data of obituaries. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -1. Criticize the following football story and rewrite it: - - Mid the strains of “O You Beautiful Doll” with variations of “We - Won’t Get Home Until Morning” played in the gloaming, wherever that - is, of a windy autumn eve, Referee Williams judiciously called a - halt on the annual St. Clair-Winton battle at the Baseball park last - night, just when the top edge of the moon peeped over Lake Erie and - the cardinal cohorts were leading in the battle by a score of 25 to 7. - - That’s the official count, three touchdowns, one goal from touchdown - and two drop kicks against the green and white’s one lone touchdown, - scored in the final quarter of a hectic struggle featured by good - open play on the part of both elevens, Harry Hurson’s great kicking - and marred by the poor tackling of both elevens. - - It was just another St. Clair victory and thus it will go down in - history. The old hoodoo still abides with the St. Clair boys south - of the river, and Winton was not so much outplayed as outlucked. The - cardinals keyed to the minute for the struggle were on their toes - from the opening whistle. They played football at all times, took - advantage of every weakness and never lagged no matter how great the - advantage and as a result they copped the city laurels which are - theirs by virtue of the victory, in a decidedly easy manner. - - Winton on the other hand, outside of one or two individuals on the - whole were content to take matters as they came and appeared averse - to any exceptional effort, combined or otherwise. There was not - that scrap and pep, that characterizes the annual fight between the - two teams, and this more than any superior ability on the part of - Schmidt’s champions, militated against anything like a victory for - the Wintoners. - - The first quarter was a feeler for both elevens. In an offensive way, - the green and white did little, playing purely on the defensive, - being content to punt on every first or second down, keeping the ball - in cardinal territory. This worked well in the first quarter and the - Winton men were never in danger of being counted on. The same holds - true of St. Clair. - - The second period brought a change of goals and although at the very - start the ball was in St. Clair territory, the advantage of the wind - now lay with the cardinals and Hurson’s sturdy boot soon made that - fact known to the defenders of the east goal. - - While Johnson in a measure held his own at this period with the St. - Clair oval mixer, he was decidedly slow in getting off his spirals. - A few minutes after the start of the quarter, St. Clair, with the - advantage of the wind, worked well into their rival’s preserves and - by sturdy plunges carried the pigskin to the thirty yard line. Winton - held finally and after three futile flings at the cardinal line by - the green and white backs, Johnson again stepped back to boot the - leather into safe ground. He made a miscue, however, in holding onto - the ball too long, an accident which featured his play in the North - side game. Devine opposing Franklin at tackle, wormed his way through - the Winton defense and was on Johnson before the latter was aware of - his presence. He blocked the attempted punt and followed up the ball - which rolled well behind Winton’s goal, made one futile attempt to - corral the oval as it rolled over the grass carpet, hopped to his - feet again and this time drove true gathering the ball in his arms - for the first score. A punt out by Hurson was properly heeled and the - same Hurson booted the ball squarely between the goal posts, making - the count 7 to 0. [Etc.] - -2. Compare the following two reports of weddings and rewrite the first: - - (1) - - The beautiful autumn evening Tuesday, was the scene of a happy - wedding at the pleasant country home of Mr. and Mrs. William A. - Milton of Pembroke Park, when their only daughter, Ada May Milton, - was united in marriage to Henry P. Williams, of Harrington, N. Y. - Promptly at 4:30 p. m., the wedding party descended the stairway to - the sweet melody of the wedding march, with Miss Kathrine Parker - presiding at the piano. The procession was led by the small flower - maiden, Miss Mabel Teller, dressed in pure white with a wreath of - white daisies on her head and a large bunch of the same flowers in - her hand. The bride was richly but simply clad in white satin trimmed - in gold jetted passementerie and gold jetted neck yoke, with a filmy - bridal veil daintily covering her golden brown hair and falling - gracefully to the floor. - - She carried fragrant white roses and pink carnations, and she was met - in the hallway by the groom. The groom wore the conventional attire. - He was accompanied by his friend Frank J. Norton, of Watertown, N. - Y. The bride was accompanied by her cousin, Miss Henrietta Strong, - now a student of Harrington normal. Miss Strong was dressed in pure - white with a bouquet of pink roses and carnations. Together the bride - and groom entered the flower festooned parlor to the soft strains of - music. Rev. Herrin, of Pembroke Park, united the popular young couple - according to the solemn ritual of the Methodist Episcopal church. - - After a shower of congratulations the wedding party entered the - dining room where a sumptuous feast of good things was served to - about seventy guests amidst the usual social conversation whilst the - Pembroke Park Brass Band played its choicest selections. Later there - was music by Mrs. Henry Delton and her son, Master Harry Delton, - on the piano and violin, the latter being a pupil of the bride, - who is a music teacher in her town. Her education is as follows: - Harrington, N.Y., for normal course; Baltimore, Md., for business, - besides Wesleyan College, Middleton, Pa., and Marietta, O., for - musical education. The groom was for some time a telegraph operator - at Buffalo, N. Y. but at present, being the last unmarried of the - family, he has lived with his mother, Mrs. Elizabeth Williams. He - belongs to one of Polk county’s well known families, and is a member - of the Harrington Brass Band. - - The bride belongs to one of the oldest and best families of her home - county of Madison. Both are popularly and well known in the home - circles of many friends. - - Among pleasantly noted friends present were Cashier W. M. Schmidt of - the Harrington bank, Miss Emma Miles of Harrington normal, James B. - Rogers, merchant, of Littletown, and brother-in-law of the groom, - accompanied by his small son, Robert, and Misses Jessie and Nettie - Williams, cousins of the groom. - - The wedding presents were numerous and of excellent selection, - several arriving days before from invited guests unable to be present. - - (2) - - The wedding of Miss Gladys Virginia Du Frain, daughter of Mr. and - Mrs. J. Cutter Du Frain, to William Battlesea, adopted son and heir - of the late William Battlesea, was celebrated at noon yesterday at - the Hotel Royal, the Rev. George S. St. Clair, rector of St. John’s - Protestant Episcopal Church of this city, officiating. - - Only relatives and a few intimate friends were present for the - ceremony, which was performed in the Renaissance room. There was - a temporary altar erected beneath a bower of palms and white - chrysanthemums, and standards draped with white satin ribbon and - topped with clusters of pink and white chrysanthemums formed an aisle - through which the bridal party passed. An orchestra played during the - service. - - The bride walked to the altar with her father, who gave her away. She - wore a gown of white satin trimmed with duchess lace, and a veil of - old point lace which fell over a court train. She carried a bouquet - of lilies of the valley and white orchids, and among her ornaments - was a pearl necklace, the gift of the bridegroom. - - Miss Charlotte Hinchkin, a cousin of the bridegroom, was the flower - girl. Her costume was of white lace over pink satin. She wore a hat - to match trimmed with pink tulle and she carried a basket of pink - roses. Arthur Du Frain, brother of the bride, acted as page, and - William J. Hinchkin, a cousin of the bridegroom, was the best man. - There were no ushers. - - After the ceremony there was a reception, followed by a wedding - breakfast in the ballroom. The bridal party sat at a heart shaped - table in the centre of a group of five tables. Mr. Battlesea and his - bride left afterward for a short trip. They will live at 144 West - Sixty-ninth street. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII - - FOLLOW UP AND REWRITE STORIES - - -=News Possibilities.= The possibilities contained in a piece of news -are seldom completely exhausted by the first story published concerning -it. Causes, results, and significant phases many times cannot be -ascertained when the first story is written. New facts sometimes -develop from hour to hour, and very frequently from day to day. It is -the constant aim in newspaper making to give in each edition the latest -possible phase of every important event. Accordingly, news stories must -be rewritten or must be given new leads as often as the character of -the latest news warrants it. A story is worth rewriting or following up -as long as it is likely to be of interest to any considerable number of -readers. - -Even when it is evident that the first story contains all the -significant facts and that additional details cannot be obtained, the -first story may, nevertheless, have sufficient interest to deserve a -rewriting by papers which have not as yet had an opportunity to publish -the news that it contains. A new feature is sought for in the first -story, and this feature, when played up in the rewritten story, gives -it a new turn. New significance, likewise, may be given to the event -in the rewritten story by looking at it from a different point of view -or by showing its relation to other events. Probable causes, possible -results, or striking coincidences may be “played up” as new features. -Often the next development can be anticipated to bring the rewrite up -to the time of going to press. Imagination is necessary for success as -a rewrite man, not in order to invent fictitious details, but to see -the event in all its relations and to select the most significant of -these for emphasis in rewriting. - -Whether or not a story is worth “following up,” and how long it -shall be “followed up,” as well as whether or not a story is worth -rewriting, is determined by the newspaper man’s appreciation of news -values. Editors must be keen and accurate judges of popular interest in -current events to know when to continue to give space and prominence to -developments of a piece of news and when to drop it. - -The division of the twenty-four-hour day between morning and evening -papers results in editors and reporters on papers of one of these -groups depending, to some extent, on those in the other for part of the -day’s round of news gathering. Consequently when the men on the evening -papers begin work early in the morning, they read with great care all -the morning papers, in order to find out what news has developed since -the last edition of their papers went to press on the preceding day. -The men on morning newspapers, likewise, scan every edition of the -evening papers in order to watch the course of events during the day. -This careful examination of newspapers is not confined to those of the -city; papers published in other cities of the state or of adjacent -states are gone over for any pieces of news that have local phases, or -“local ends.” The reading of all these newspapers furnishes the editors -with many stories that must be rewritten and brought up to the moment. - -=Rewriting.= When news is to be rewritten without additional details, -the stories clipped from other papers are turned over to rewrite men -or to reporters to be put at once in a new form for publication. If -the editor desires more facts or later phases, he gives the clipping -to a reporter, who, taking the first story as a basis, proceeds to get -the desired additions before writing the new story. In either case the -first thing to do is to study carefully the first story to see what it -contains and what are its possibilities. Every bearing of the piece of -news on past, present, and future events must be carefully considered. -The importance of every possible relation should be weighed so that the -most timely and most interesting feature may be given due prominence. - -Because of the rapid judgments on news values and the hurried writing -of news stories that newspaper making necessitates, the first story -may not bring out at all or may not give prominence to what is in -reality the most interesting aspect of the story, and it remains for -the man who is rewriting the story to take advantage of this neglected -opportunity. In his effort to tell all the details of the event itself, -the reporter who wrote the first story may not have considered ulterior -causes and motives or he may not have had time to see the event in its -relation to other events. With the perspective that a few hours often -gives, the rewrite man can judge more accurately of these elements and -in the rewritten story can give them the emphasis that they deserve. - -In the rewriting of stories where no more facts are available, the -possibilities to be considered for the new lead are: (1) some feature -entirely overlooked by the writer of the first story, (2) some element -not given prominence in the first story, that may be made the feature, -(3) the next probable consequence or development, (4) some cause or -motive not suggested or emphasized in the first story, and (5) the -relation of the piece of news to some previous or coincident one. - -The rewriting with no new facts but with a new feature played up in the -lead is illustrated in the following stories: - - (1) - - Lead in Evening Paper. - - | After a week’s search of all the cities| - |of the state, the police found Mary| - |Sheldon, the twelve-year-old daughter| - |of Roswell Sheldon, millionaire paper| - |manufacturer of Wilton, at the Park| - |Hotel today where she has been living| - |for several days. She had informed| - |the clerk at the hotel on her arrival| - |Wednesday that she was waiting for her| - |mother who would arrive in a few days.| - |When asked by the police why she had| - |left home, she replied that she liked| - |to travel. | - - (2) - - Lead of Rewritten Story in Morning - Paper of Following Day. - - | “I like to travel,” was the only| - |explanation offered by Mary Sheldon,| - |the twelve-year-old daughter of Roswell| - |Sheldon, millionaire owner of large| - |paper mills at Wilton, for running away| - |from home a week ago, and coming to| - |this city last Wednesday. She was found| - |by the police at the Park Hotel where| - |she told the clerk when she arrived| - |that she expected her mother to join| - |her in a day or two. | - - (1) - - Lead of First Story in Evening Paper. - - | A giant hippopotamus, a cook, and the| - |ship’s crew, as principals, enacted for| - |2,000 passengers aboard the steamship| - |“President Lincoln” which arrived| - |here today from Hamburg, a “near sea| - |tragedy” last Tuesday when three days| - |out from Southampton. | - | | - | Otto Winkle, the fourth cook, was| - |sitting on the rail forward, dozing in| - |the sunshine. Just then from the nearby| - |cage of the hippo, consigned to the| - |zoo at Cincinnati and the largest ever| - |brought to America, came a tremendous| - |sneeze. The shock of the hippo’s sneeze| - |was too much for the somnolent cook who| - |unceremoniously toppled overboard and| - |in a moment was struggling in the wake| - |of the ship. A cry from some of the| - |passengers who saw the mishap resulted| - |in a boat’s being lowered, and the| - |cook’s being rescued. | - - (2) - - Lead of Rewrite Story in Morning - Paper on the Following Day. - - | To be blown overboard in mid-ocean by| - |a hippopotamus’ sneeze was the fate| - |of Otto Winkle, fourth cook on the| - |President Lincoln, which arrived from| - |Hamburg yesterday with 2,000 witnesses| - |of the narrow escape of the assistant| - |chef. Prompt action in lowering a boat| - |saved the cook from drowning. The| - |big hippo, said to be the largest in| - |captivity in America, went on his way| - |to the Cincinnati zoological gardens| - |today without being aware of the| - |excitement that his sneeze had caused. | - -=Anticipating News in Rewriting.= One of the simplest ways of bringing -a story up to the time of the edition in which it is to appear in -rewritten form, is to anticipate the probable result or the next -development. In the morning editions of evening papers, particularly, -much of the day’s news can be forecast and the news stories written -accordingly. Persons arrested during the evening and night, for -example, it is safe to say in advance, will have their cases considered -in the police court the next morning. Accordingly, the fact that a -person will be charged in court with his offense “this morning” rather -than the fact that he was arrested “last night,” constitutes the -feature of the first morning edition of the afternoon paper. Stories of -trials, conventions, investigations, legislative sessions, and other -events extending over a number of days or weeks can often be given a -new turn before anything new actually has been done by setting forth -in the lead what is to be done. The early morning resumption of a -search abandoned because of darkness the night before can be played -up in the rewritten story of a drowning, disappearance, or similar -occurrence. A midnight railroad wreck reported in a morning paper, it -is safe to say in the morning editions of the afternoon papers, will -be investigated by the railroad company and by inspectors of the state -railroad commission in order to fix the responsibility. Conjectures as -to his successor may be made a feature of a rewrite story following the -announcement of the resignation of a public official. To look forward -to what will happen is practically to give the news before it actually -happens, and this can frequently be done. - -How without any additional facts the next development of a piece of -news may be anticipated and the time changed from “last night” to “this -morning” is shown by the rewritten leads following: - - (1) - - Lead of First Story in Morning Paper. - - | Fire gutted the warehouse of the L. C.| - |Whitney Seed Company, 113 Canal Street,| - |shortly before midnight, causing a| - |loss of $75,000. Robert S. Wilber, a| - |night watchman employed by the firm,| - |was reported missing and is believed to| - |have lost his life in the fire. | - - (2) - - Lead of Rewritten Story in First - Morning Edition of Evening Paper. - - | Firemen this morning are searching| - |the ruins of the L. C. Whitney Seed| - |Company, 113 Canal Street, for the body| - |of Nightwatchman Robert S. Wilber, 1913| - |3rd Street, who is believed to have| - |lost his life when the warehouse was| - |destroyed by fire last night. The loss| - |was $75,000. | - - (1) - - Lead of First Story in Morning Paper. - - | As a result of an altercation with a| - |taxi-cab driver, Harold S. Parkins,| - |broker, 17 Hoosac Building, was| - |arrested last night in front of the| - |City Club of which he is a member,| - |charged by William Works, the driver,| - |with assaulting him when he attempted| - |to get the amount of his fare. | - - (2) - - Lead of Rewritten Story in First - Morning Edition of Evening Paper. - - | Harold S. Parkins, a broker with| - |offices in the Hoosac Building, will| - |answer in the police court this morning| - |to the charge of assault and battery| - |preferred by William Works, a taxi| - |driver, with whom he got into a dispute| - |last night over the amount of the fare,| - |in front of the City Club, of which| - |Parkins is a member. | - -=Finding the Relation of Events.= What seemed a single and isolated -event when the first story was written may be seen to be part of -a series of similar or related events by the time the story is to -be rewritten, and this fact can be used as a new, interesting, and -important phase of the rewritten story. Several burglaries, as -reported in the morning papers, may be found to have some peculiar -details in common, and this fact may give rise to the conjecture, as -the feature of the rewritten story, that they were the work of the same -burglars. A local storm story when rewritten may have as a feature the -extent of the storm as shown by telegraph stories received after the -first story was written. A fire, the origin of which was unknown when -the first story was written, may be connected with other recent fires -that broke out under similar conditions, and the probability of all of -them being the work of a “firebug” may be pointed out in the rewritten -story. By seeking relations between events, the newspaper worker often -finds important features for stories to be rewritten. - -=“Follow-up” Stories.= In “follow-up” stories the gathering of new -details is the first step necessary to rewriting. Not infrequently the -latest details can be obtained by telephone, and the “follow-up” story -can be written in the office in as short a time as a rewrite story that -requires no additional facts. The condition of a victim of an accident, -for example, may be ascertained by telephoning to his home or to the -hospital where he was taken, and the facts thus obtained may be put at -the very beginning of the “follow-up” story. More often the reporter -must go out to get the latest developments of the event, just as he -would for a first story. However obtained, the new particulars are the -important ones to be emphasized in the lead. - -Some of the different directions in which a story may be “followed -up” are similar to those suggested for rewrite stories; they are: (1) -causes and motives other than those given in the first story if these -are uncertain or inadequate, (2) results and consequences of the first -piece of news, (3) interviews with prominent persons in regard to -the event and its significance, (4) clues to the identity of unknown -persons or to the unknown whereabouts of those who figured in the first -news story. - -Popular interest in the causes of fires, accidents, and disasters -generally, make such causes good “second day” features when the -explanation given in the first story is insufficient or unsatisfactory. -Motives for crimes or for any significant action are to be sought -for by the reporter. The important question always to be asked in -connection with practically every piece of news is, Why? Every result -of an event has new possibilities and should be “followed up.” In -stories of crime the identity of the culprit and his whereabouts, if -not given in the first story, are, of course, of great news value for -a “second day” story. Finally, the opinions of those concerned or in -any way interested in the event, as obtained by interviews, make good -material for stories following the first one. - -In writing the lead of a “follow-up” story the reporter must not fail -to give as many of the essential elements of the first story as are -necessary to make the new details intelligible to those who did not -read the first story, and to recall the main facts to the minds of -those who did read it. This explanatory material is made subordinate to -the latest particulars, but cannot well be omitted. - -The way in which a story is “followed up” from hour to hour and from -day to day by “featuring” the latest news and reporting in slightly -varied form the same essential details, is made evident in the -following leads of a railroad wreck, the developments of which had news -value for two days. - - (1) - - Lead of Story in First Morning - Edition of Evening Paper. - - | Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Two men are| - |known to have been killed and a score| - |or more injured when a Cincinnati, Lake| - |Huron and Western passenger train bound| - |from Cleveland crashed into a freight| - |on a siding at Wilmington at 6:30 this| - |morning. | - - (2) - - Lead of Story in Noon Edition of - Same Paper. - - | Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Fourteen| - |persons were killed and twenty more| - |were injured when a Cincinnati, Lake| - |Huron and Western passenger train| - |running between Cleveland and this city| - |crashed head-on into a standing freight| - |in an open switch at Wilmington, a| - |suburb of Cincinnati, early today. | - - (3) - - Lead of Story in Last Afternoon - Edition of Same Paper. - - | Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Failure of| - |the head brakeman to close the switch,| - |according to his own confession late| - |today, was the cause of the head-on| - |collision between a passenger train| - |and a freight train on the Cincinnati,| - |Lake Huron and Western railroad at| - |Wilmington, a suburb of Cincinnati,| - |early this morning, in which fifteen| - |lives were lost, and a score or more| - |passengers seriously injured. | - - (4) - - Lead of Story in Morning Paper - of the Following Day. - - | Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Delay in| - |installing a block system as ordered| - |three months ago by the railroad| - |commission of the state, in the| - |opinion of the inspectors of that body| - |resulted in the disastrous wreck on| - |the Cincinnati, Lake Huron, and Western| - |railroad at Wilmington, a suburb of| - |Cincinnati, early this morning, when| - |fifteen persons lost their lives and| - |fifteen others were seriously injured.| - | | - | The wreck was caused by the failure| - |of the head brakeman on the freight,| - |Otto Hansen, to close the switch to the| - |siding. [etc.] | - - (5) - - Lead of Story in Evening Paper on - Second Day. - - | Cincinnati, O., Nov. 14.—Three separate| - |investigations were begun today into| - |the cause of the Wilmington wreck on| - |the Cincinnati, Lake Huron and Western| - |railroad, which killed fifteen and| - |severely injured as many more, with| - |a view to fixing the blame on those| - |responsible and to punishing them. The| - |Williams County grand jury under order| - |of Judge Hanty began to investigate the| - |wreck, while Coroner Hardy and District| - |Attorney Collum worked on the matter| - |independently. | - -Lack of important additions to facts in the first story often makes the -lead of the “follow-up” story less striking in new features than those -given above, but the very absence of new facts in itself has some news -value, as is shown by the two following leads: - - (1) - - Lead of Story in Evening Paper. - - | When Mrs. Herman Hansen, Hampshire| - |Apartments, widow of a former director| - |of the so-called “bread trust,”| - |unlocked her bedroom door early this| - |morning in answer to a plea “the baby| - |is dying,” she was faced by a masked| - |burglar, who pointed a revolver at her.| - |She had supposed that the voice was| - |that of her son and that his child was| - |very ill. | - | | - | The burglar searched all over the| - |house for jewelry, but failed to find| - |anything of value, as the diamonds| - |owned by Mrs. Hansen were in a safety| - |deposit vault. Her companion, Miss| - |Ida Schnell, a trained nurse, was| - |threatened with death by the burglar,| - |who later made his escape. | - | | - | It is believed that the burglar had| - |gained admittance to the apartment| - |early in the evening and had concealed| - |himself until after the family had| - |retired. | - - (2) - - Lead of Story in Next Morning’s - Paper. - - | The identity of the burglar who after| - |concealing himself for hours in the| - |home of Mrs. Herman Hansen, Hampshire| - |Apartments, entered her room early| - |yesterday morning and at the point of| - |a revolver demanded money and jewels,| - |remains a mystery, according to the| - |police. | - | | - | There is not a clew to the identity| - |or whereabouts of the marauder and as| - |he had covered his entire face and| - |head with a black mask similar to that| - |placed on a condemned man, neither| - |Mrs. Hansen nor Miss Ida Schnell, her| - |companion, could give an adequate| - |description of his face. He had also| - |turned his coat inside out, giving it| - |the appearance of being ragged. | - | | - | A report that one of the servants| - |was suspected of being in league| - |with the burglar and that she gave| - |him entrance during the daytime, was| - |denied by both Police Captain Sullivan| - |and Henry Hansen, a son. Mr. Hansen| - |visited police headquarters last night| - |to inquire whether any clews had been| - |found. | - -=“Boiling Down” News to One Paragraph.= For some stories the rewriting -consists of “boiling down the news” to a sentence or two containing the -essential facts, in order that they may be used as “fillers” or may -be grouped with similar short items under general headings, such as -“Sparks From the Wires,” “Telegraph Ticks,” “City News In Brief,” “Told -In Brief,” “State News.” Local news stories of this type are rewritten -from other city papers, and state news is often rewritten from daily -and weekly papers received in exchange and known as “state exchanges.” -Some of the news associations furnish brief stories of this kind which -may be grouped under one head or which may be used as “fillers.” A -single cross-line head, or a side head, is often put on these short -“items” by the man who rewrites them. Examples of rewritten stories of -this kind follow: - - (1) - - First Story in Evening Paper. - - | Three boys, Joseph Dant, 19; Charles| - |Herrig, 19; and Oscar Kellin, 19;| - |were brought into district court this| - |morning for tearing up small trees| - |recently planted on Hartford Avenue.| - |The boys attended a dance Saturday| - |night and on their way home, according| - |to the testimony of Patrolman Higgins,| - |destroyed the trees. | - | | - | “You are each fined $10 and costs,”| - |said Judge Bellows. “You boys deserve| - |even more severe punishment. There| - |would be slight encouragement for| - |people to beautify their homes, were| - |boys like you allowed to go unpunished.”| - - (2) - - Rewritten Story and Head in Next - Morning’s Paper. - - THEY PULLED UP TREES. - - | After Patrolman Higgins had testified| - |that he found them pulling up young| - |trees on Hartford Avenue Saturday| - |night, Joseph Dant, Charles Herrig, and| - |Oscar Kellin, each 19 years old, were| - |fined $10 and costs in District Court| - |on Monday. | - - (1) - - First Story in Evening Paper. - - | Amelia Minkle, 19, 656 Second St., was| - |run down and injured by an automobile| - |driven by Mrs. H. M. Greene, 931| - |Hillside Ave., at 7 o’clock this| - |morning at Eleventh and National| - |Avenues. The girl was on her way to| - |work. She alighted from a car and| - |started to cross the street when the| - |automobile turning the corner struck| - |her and knocked her to the pavement.| - |Mrs. Greene stopped her machine and| - |called the police ambulance. The girl| - |was removed to the Emergency Hospital.| - |Although painful, her injuries are not| - |serious. | - - (2) - - Rewritten Story and Head in Next - Morning’s Paper. - - | GIRL HURT BY AUTO—While crossing| - |Eleventh Avenue on her way to work| - |Monday morning, Amelia Minkle, 19, 656| - |Second street, was knocked down and| - |slightly injured by an automobile owned| - |and driven by Mrs. H. M. Greene, 931| - |Hillside Avenue. | - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Read all the local papers every day before beginning your work. - -2. Remember that few first stories exhaust all the news possibilities. - -3. Follow up every story as long as indications point to new and - interesting developments. - -4. Look for ulterior causes and motives as new phases. - -5. Look forward for new features to possible results and consequences. - -6. Get interviews with persons of prominence and authority on all - important events, as new features. - -7. Look at the event from a new angle before beginning your rewrite - story. - -8. Play up the latest possible phase of the news in the lead. - -9. Find a new feature to play up in rewriting when you have no more - facts. - -10. Anticipate the next development of the event in beginning the lead - of your rewrite story. - -11. Bring the rewritten story “up to the minute” by giving prominence - to features of “to-day.” - - - PRACTICE WORK - -1. Rewrite the following story, putting the unusual feature at the - beginning of the story. - - Samuel J. Willsie, an insurance broker living at 1991 Riverside - Drive, did not appear in the City Court yesterday for examination - in the supplementary proceedings in a suit over a loan of $200, and - Hein & Krug of 281 Broadway, the attorneys who obtained the order, - concluded that Mr. Willsie didn’t feel that he had been properly - served. - - The lawyers had turned the order over to Samuel Greenman, a process - server of 188 East Ninety-Eighth Street. After trying to serve the - order without success he finally notified the lawyers that he had - seen Mr. Willsie sitting at his window in the Riverside Drive house - one night and that he had tied a copy of the order to a brick and - thrown the brick into the window, hitting Mr. Willsie with it. The - process server said that when Mr. Willsie picked up the paper and - looked at it he, the process server, immediately read the original to - Mr. Willsie at long distance and said “You’re served.” - - Mr. Willsie said yesterday that no attempt, so far as he knew, had - been made to serve the order on him, and that he could be found at - his office every day. He said that while he and his family were at - dinner one night something landed on the floor of the room by way - of an open window. His son, he said, went in to see what it was and - threw the stone back into the street. The boy told his father the - object was a stone wrapped in a piece of paper. That was all Mr. - Willsie knew of the alleged “service.” - -2. In rewriting this story, summarize the essential facts in the - opening sentence. - - When a Third avenue elevated train reached the 166th street station - late yesterday afternoon the guards announced that the next stop - would be 177th street, the intervening stations being skipped. - - At once there was a rush for the platform, which was already full of - people, and by the time the train was ready to go on, men and women - were jammed tight against the cars. The conductor was warned not to - start the train, but he pulled the bell and the moving cars rolled - the front row of those on the platform along with it. Six panes of - glass were broken and fully a dozen persons cut or bruised. - - Six men who had been injured went to the Morrisania police station - and made a complaint. They were R. Nothstein, a clerk of 451 East - 171st street; Frank Schwartz, a mechanic living at 415 East 176th - street; John Hurley, an engineer of 5415 Third avenue; William Balk, - a clerk of 3661 Third avenue, Charles Wold, of 1695 Franklin avenue; - and Thomas O’Brien of 341 West 167th street. - - The police set out to find the conductor who started the train, but - as none of the complainants had taken his number, they were still - hunting for him last night. - -3. Improve the lead of the following story by playing up a better - feature. - - Interstate Commerce Commissioner Clark, in a statement issued today - in connection with the numerous wrecks on railroads in the United - States, said that conditions are deplorable. - - “Most of the wrecks,” he said, “may be put in the class of avoidable - accidents. Poor rails, speed craze, and human negligence are the - causes.” - - Mr. Clark declared that the commission is powerless to prescribe - adequate regulations to prevent wrecks, and that, though its - recommendations have been generally observed, they cannot be - enforced. He intimated that Congress should give the commission more - power to compel railroads to observe safety rules which are deemed - necessary from the commission’s many investigations. - -4. Give this story an entirely different lead without beginning with a - summary. - - Julius R. Wein literally sang himself into matrimony, and then sang - himself into a jail cell. The dulcet tones of his tenor voice won him - a bride and also caused his arrest on a charge of forgery. - - A few months ago Wein, under the name of Jule LeGrande, was singing - in theatres in Chicago. Among others who admired his singing was Miss - Winnie Riley who characterized his singing as “divine.” So much was - Miss Riley attracted to the voice that she consented to marry its - owner. After the ceremony the two rented apartments at 1961 Western - Avenue. As before, the husband continued to sing in local theatres. - - After a few weeks the young wife decided that vaudeville did not - offer sufficient opportunity and requested Wein to seek employment - in the field of business. He sought for and obtained a position as - cashier for the Universal Furniture Company at 1032 16th Street. - - The salary of a young cashier was not so large as that he was - accustomed to earn as a singer, so Wein is said to have forged checks - amounting to more than $1,200, signing the name of the firm by which - he was employed. - - Detectives who sought his arrest determined to use the voice which - had won Wein’s bride as a “bait” to cause his arrest. - - The following advertisement was inserted in papers throughout the - United States: - - FOR SALE—A Moving Picture Theatre, cheap. Can be operated to great - advantage by man or woman who is good singer and entertainer. - - Three days ago an answer was received from Wintonville, Miss. - The writer signed his name as W. R. Reinhard. The handwriting - was recognized by experts as that of Wein, and the young man was - yesterday arrested by operatives of the Pinkerton Detective Agency - in the Mississippi city. Both Wein and his wife will be brought to - Chicago tomorrow. - - - - - CHAPTER IX - - FEATURE STORIES - - -=Kinds of Feature Stories.= Most news stories, it has been seen, aim -to be nothing more than concise presentations of the essential facts -concerning current events. They are intended primarily to inform rather -than to instruct or entertain. In a feature story, on the other hand, -the writer takes the day’s events and tries to present entertaining or -instructive phases of them that cannot well be developed in the limited -compass of the news story itself. - -For one type of feature story the reporter takes the facts of the -news and finds behind them the real meaning of the event to those who -play a part in it. The event thus becomes an episode in the drama of -human life, sometimes comic, sometimes tragic. Such a story involves -feelings as well as facts. To write it successfully the reporter must -be able to see the picturesque, humorous, and pathetic phases of life -about him; he must feel with those to whom the events mean much. Keen -insight into human nature, and sympathy with its strength and its -weakness, are essential. This type of story, which is often called the -“human interest” story, enjoys no small degree of popularity because it -appeals to the reader’s feelings. In some newspapers it takes a place -of prominence beside the best news stories; in many of them it is given -a less conspicuous position; only a few neglect it entirely. - -Another kind of feature story, quite different in character, undertakes -to explain, interpret, and describe fully significant phases of the -day’s news and timely topics generally. Brief news stories often -arouse the reader’s curiosity to know more of the persons and things -that they mention. It remains for the feature story to supply causes, -motives, results,—the full significance of the bare facts of the news. -Accordingly, some newspapers set aside two or three columns on the -editorial pages each day for a feature story of this kind. In magazine -sections of Saturday and Sunday issues such articles are supplied in -greater numbers. These feature stories are frequently illustrated. They -seldom fill less than a column; more often they are several columns in -length. - -=“Human Interest” Stories.= Material for the “human interest” type -of feature story is to be found anywhere and everywhere in the -reporter’s daily round of news gathering. The many police court cases -furnish an abundance of humorous and pathetic incidents. Accidents -and minor crimes of all kinds many times are worth only a few lines -as news, but as the basis for feature stories, they contain great -possibilities. An incident in a crowded street car, a mishap on the -street, a bit of conversation between two newsboys, a mistake made by -a person unaccustomed to the ways of the metropolis, or any one of -the hundred little episodes in the daily life of a city may be taken -by the reporter as the subject of his feature story. Little children, -because of the great appeal that they make to men and women of all -classes, often furnish good material. Animals, wild or tame, are always -available as subjects. A visit to the “zoo” is sure to furnish at least -one good story. For the alert reporter with a knowledge of human nature -and an appreciation of the humor and the pathos of life, there is never -any dearth of material. - -=Style in Feature Stories.=—Feature stories require some literary -ability beyond that necessary for routine reporting. From the point of -view of its composition the feature story is like a miniature short -story. Therefore no definite rules can be laid down for its treatment. -There need be no summary of essential facts at the beginning as in the -typical news story. Like the short fiction story, the feature story -may begin in any way that will attract the reader’s attention, and may -be developed by conversation, by narration, or by description that -suggests rather than portrays in great detail. A good feature story -frequently tells itself; all that the writer does is to record the -incidents without comment or adornment. A simple, restrained treatment -is far preferable to elaboration of detail. Pathos can easily be made -bathos, and humor can readily descend to cheap buffoonery. - -The style of humorous and pathetic feature stories needs careful -attention. Words must be chosen not only with reference to their -general meaning but with consideration for the feelings which have -come to be associated with them and which they therefore arouse in the -reader. One word with the wrong connotation may spoil the whole effect -of an otherwise well-written pathetic story. As in the structure of -the feature story so in its style, no definite rules or principles can -be laid down to guide the reporter. Careful reading of well-written -short stories and novels will show him various methods of producing the -effects that he desires. - -The rescue of a small boy from drowning in a cistern would ordinarily -pass unnoticed in the newspapers of a large city and might be worth a -few lines in those of a small one. A reporter with a sense of humor -might see something in the incident that would make good material for a -humorous feature story, as did the reporter on the Chicago _Tribune_, -who wrote it in the following form. The editor gave the story a place -on the front page. - - | “Billy” Dyer, 2 year old son of William| - |Dyer, owner of the Dyer foundry in| - |Chicago, was playing in the yard of| - |his home at 1716 North Elmwood avenue,| - |Hyde Park, yesterday with his little| - |sister Mary. Suddenly “Billy,” who| - |was standing on the wooden top of a| - |cistern, disappeared. | - | | - | There was nothing supernatural in his| - |disappearance, because the wood in the| - |cistern cover was rotten, but it struck| - |little Mary as being so remarkable that| - |she lost the power of speech. She is| - |little more than a year old, and she| - |couldn’t talk much, anyway. | - | | - | Just at this moment a peddler came| - |into the backyard. He saw Mary gazing| - |fixedly at the open cistern and asked| - |her what she saw. | - | | - | “Bruvver’s down there,” vouchsafed| - |Mary, regaining her tongue and pointing.| - | | - | The peddler took a look into the| - |cistern and then seized a near-by| - |mop. “Billy’s” head was still bobbing| - |above the surface of the water when| - |the peddler got back with the mop, but| - |when he looked into the cistern again| - |the boy slipped off the cover of the| - |cistern, which had gone down with him,| - |and went under. The peddler waited| - |until the boy’s head appeared again and| - |then he deftly stuck the end of the mop| - |under Billy’s chin and pinned his head| - |against the masonry. | - | | - | Meanwhile the peddler had not been| - |silent. Mrs. Dyer heard his shouts,| - |and, gathering their portent, rushed| - |to the telephone and called the fire| - |department. Axel Hansen also heard the| - |sounds. Axel has long legs. He came| - |running. | - | | - | When Axel looked into the cistern a| - |scheme of rescue immediately formulated| - |itself in his mind. He got down on his| - |knees and told the terrified Mrs. Dyer| - |and some neighbors to take a good hold| - |on his ankles. The peddler was busy| - |holding “Billy’s” head above the water| - |with his mop. | - | | - | Then Axel let himself head foremost| - |down into the cistern. His legs were| - |just long enough to reach. With| - |outstretched arms he was able to get| - |“Billy” by the scruff of the neck.| - |Having got a good grip, he ordered| - |“Hoist away.” Mrs. Dyer and the| - |neighbors hoisted, and in a moment| - |“Billy,” scared and much bedraggled,| - |was safe in his mother’s arms. The fire| - |department arrived about this time. | - | | - | “O, look at the pretty firemen,”| - |exclaimed Mary, and turned her| - |entranced gaze away from the cistern to| - |the new object of interest. | - -The capture of an unusually large turtle, in and of itself, has little -news value, but out of the incident a New York _Sun_ reporter by simple -literary devices worked up a feature story that holds the reader’s -interest and makes an entertaining little “yarn.” - - | They that go down to Gravesend Bay in| - |fishing craft were talking about It| - |all day yesterday in the back room of| - |Hogan’s place. Here, where swings the| - |lantern that once lighted emperors of| - |China on their way to bed and to the| - |rope of which there hangs a wondrous| - |tale, and where the pistol that shot| - |O’Donovan Rossa lies in its evil rust,| - |the fishermen gathered and roared in| - |each others’ ears about It. Between| - |whiles they all went up to Lew Morris’s| - |barn and gazed at It. It was the| - |biggest that any of them had ever seen.| - |Also It was old. You could tell that| - |by the barnacles that covered It. It| - |was prodded over on Its ancient back by| - |inquisitive toes and It slapped itself| - |across Its chest like a cabby on a cold| - |night. | - | | - | Lew told how he caught It. He and Hogan| - |went out in a rowboat about 9 o’clock| - |yesterday morning to look over their| - |weakfish nets. It was flopping around| - |in Lew’s best net. Lew leaned over and| - |got hold of a flipper. He found himself| - |in all sorts of trouble right away and| - |called for Hogan. The latter changed| - |position too quickly and they both went| - |in. Lew had hold of the flipper and| - |never let go. If Al Girard and Nelse| - |Williams hadn’t come along in a launch| - |just then there is no telling what| - |would have happened. Al and Nelse got| - |Hogan and Lew out and Lew had hold of| - |the flipper. | - | | - | It is the biggest turtle—there, it’s| - |out now—that ever has been caught in| - |Gravesend. A deep sea turtle at that| - |and weighs anywhere from 150 to 200| - |pounds. | - | | - | Lew hasn’t said yet what he will do| - |with the turtle, but he hints darkly of| - |soup. Maybe it isn’t a soup turtle. | - -How a bit of information gleaned from a janitor may furnish the basis -for an amusing little story, developed almost entirely by conversation, -in this instance with the added flavor of Irish brogue, is well -illustrated by this example taken from the New York _Tribune_: - - | Mike, one of the cleaners at the Hall| - |of Records, beamed with satisfaction| - |yesterday afternoon—so much so that| - |every one noticed it. The corners of| - |his mouth wrinkled upward, and he acted| - |as if he had found a pocketbook for| - |which there would be no claimant. | - | | - | “It’s all about thim clocks,” said| - |Mike. | - | | - | “The clocks in this building?” | - | | - | “The same—the same,” said Mike. “Ye| - |see, we’ve had the divil’s own time| - |wid these clocks, but they’re all| - |right now. They’re all together, like| - |people at the pay window on Saturday| - |afthernoon. I wisht I had the wurrud to| - |fit what has happened to thim clocks.| - |They’s a rare wurrud for it, an’ I| - |heard wan of the assistants up in| - |Pendleton’s office spit it out careless| - |like whin he went out to lunch to-day.| - |But thim clocks is near killin’ all av| - |us. They’re run by electricity, an’ the| - |city paid enough f’r thim to have thim| - |right. But not till to-day have they| - |all struck together, like bricklayers| - |on a job wid the contract time limit| - |two days off. To-day they all got busy| - |to wanst, and now they’re runnin’ dead| - |heats. But I wisht I had the wurrud| - |that tells what happened to thim.” | - | | - | “Didn’t they keep correct time till| - |to-day?” | - | | - | “They did not,” said Mike, emphatic-| - |ally. “In the Register’s office the| - |clock took itself for a six-cylinder| - |auto goin’ to the Polo Grounds, and| - |rushed the clerks out of the office| - |an hour and a half ahead of time. Up| - |in the Corporation Counsel’s office| - |it was usually 6 o’clock p. m. whin| - |the honest old City Hall clock gave| - |the hour of 10 in the morning. Down| - |in Captain Bell’s office in the tax| - |department the clock made such a record| - |for itself as a liar and a chate that| - |the captain had to hang a paper over| - |the dial. He said he was ashamed to| - |have an honest man look the clock in| - |the face. An’ so it was all around the| - |buildin’. The clock winder wuz doin’| - |the windin’ by conthract, an’ he near| - |went plumb crazy. But now thim clocks| - |is all right, fur a wonder. But I| - |wisht I had the wurrud that tells what| - |happened. Here comes Captain Davis, of| - |the armory board. He knows the wurrud| - |that fits thim clocks when they all got| - |together.” | - | | - | Captain Davis was held up by Mike, who| - |explained what he wanted. | - | | - | “An’ I’ll buy a perfecto cigar-r-r if| - |ye’ll give me the wurrud that fits thim| - |clocks.” | - | | - | “I guess you mean the clocks have at| - |last been synchronized,” said the| - |captain, politely. | - | | - | “That’s it—that’s it—that’s the| - |wurrud!” shouted Mike. “Thim clocks has| - |been syn—syn—syn”— | - | | - | Mike paused and the joy died out of his| - |eyes. | - | | - | “Say, captain,” said he, “phwat the| - |divil is the rest of it?” | - | | - | “Synchronized,” repeated the captain. | - | | - | “Yes, that’s it, whativer it is,” said| - |Mike. | - -The adventures of a trained elephant that escaped in the streets of -New York furnished a reporter on the _Sun_ with an opportunity for a -humorous animal story that he took every advantage of, as is seen in -the following result: - - An East Indian elephant weighing a couple of tons or so and bearing - the Anglo-Saxon name of Nellie, moved into the tenement house at 336 - East Thirty-fourth street early yesterday morning carrying her trunk - with her. At or about the same hour most of the other tenants of the - house moved out. Shortly afterward the tenants of the house at 338 - followed suit, and it was only a few moments later that the tenants - in 340 emulated the example of their neighbors in 336 and 338. - - Andrew Diehl, the owner of the tenement, did not welcome Nellie with - any enthusiasm. He said later that he did not cater to elephants, - and anyhow all the flats in his house were occupied. He seemed a bit - peevish about the whole affair, apparently having conceived the idea - that if it got around the neighborhood that he made a practice of - entertaining elephants unawares it might prejudice his house in the - eyes of prospective tenants. - - In short, he spoke quite sharply about the matter, did Mr. Andrew - Diehl. But several thousand persons who saw Nellie moving in at 336 - appeared to be having a really good time. - - Before Nellie moved into 336, and thence through the backyard fence - into 338, and thence through another backyard fence into 340, her - place of residence was quite a number of blocks further uptown. But - she is hard to suit with regard to her surroundings. In fact, before - she consented to move into 336, 338 and 340 she insisted on making a - number of extensive alterations. - - Nellie’s uptown residence was the Hippodrome. She wasn’t exactly an - old resident there either, the janitor says, for she moved in there - no longer ago than Friday morning, coming directly from the steamship - Georgic on the recommendation of a travelling companion, one Alfredo - Rossi, who told her that it was a good place to live and that he - thought that between them they could do themselves some good there - in the way of making a living. This sounded pretty good to Nellie, - and as soon as they had hoisted her out of the Georgic’s hold in an - enormous sling and deposited her on the island of Manhattan, she - started directly for the Hippodrome on Prof. Rossi’s recommendation. - Besides, Prof. Rossi had a good sharp goad and some disposition to - use it. - - In addition to Prof. Rossi, Nellie’s companions of the voyage - included three more elephants, Petie, Rosa and Pierrette. Prof. Rossi - having some influence with them too, they also went along to board - with Nellie at the Hippodrome. The new tenants behaved themselves so - admirably at first that the neighbors had no complaints whatsoever to - make. - - Prof. Rossi came around very early yesterday morning to put the - elephants through a little drill preparatory to going into the - performance regularly to-morrow afternoon. All would have continued - well had Nellie been accustomed to having pigs in the house. But such - was not the case. At least the Hippodrome janitor says so. He blames - it all on Marcelline’s pig, though he declares that no other tenants - of his apartment house ever have complained about the pig. - - But Nellie was clearly of the opinion that a pig was out of place in - the same house with herself. At all events when she heard that pig - squeal and saw him come romping in his usual debonair manner over - the stage, she gave one wild blast of her trumpet and determined - to go elsewhere. In fact she went elsewhere, did Nellie, and that - forthwith. But she went out, as a perfect lady should, by the - customary stage entrance, taking most of it with her and subsequently - accumulating large portions of the storm door as well. - - Once in Forty-third street Nellie turned toward the east. She was - closely pursued by Bill Milligan, a Hippodrome groom, who endeavored - with the aid of a shovel to dissuade her from her intention to - travel. Mr. Milligan was subsequently reproached severely by Prof. - Rossi because he did not use a goad. But Mr. Milligan rejoined with - some asperity that he was shaving at the time Nellie tiptoed past - him and it was only by the merest chance that he happened to notice - her. “And,” added Mr. Milligan, “I don’t use no goad to shave with, - anyhow.” - - Putting this aside for the moment, the fact remains that Nellie - proceeded eastward as far as Fifth avenue. Here she turned to the - south. As she approached Forty-second street Traffic Policeman John - Finnerty raised one commanding hand, thereby stopping all traffic - that had been previously headed in Nellie’s direction. But Policeman - Finnerty complains that Nellie did not obey his order to stop. He - says he can prove it, too, because there were a number of persons - around and several of them in all probability noticed the elephant - and can swear that she did not stop when he raised his hand. For a - moment, he says, he thought of arresting her, but abandoned the idea, - thinking perhaps it would be making too much of a trifling infraction - of the traffic rules by a stranger in the city. - - At all events Nellie turned to the eastward again when she reached - Forty-second street and moved along as far as Second avenue without - meeting a soul she knew. In fact she didn’t meet so very many persons - face to face, though there were quite a number of people in the lobby - of the Manhattan Hotel and the Grand Central Station, and a little - group now and then shinning up a casual lamp post or roosting on the - top of a subway pagoda. And there weren’t more than 10,000 or 20,000 - behind her either. - - It looked so lonesome in Forty-second street that Nellie turned - southward again when she got to Second avenue out of sheer yearning - for human companionship. As a matter of fact there were several - persons in Second avenue until a few seconds after Nellie turned the - corner, but they all seemed to be in some haste and went away from - there before Nellie could come up to them. In fact Second avenue was - so solitary a place that when Nellie got to Thirty-fourth street she - thought she would try that just for luck. - - She would probably have continued right on to the ferry because - nobody thereabouts appeared to have any objection, had it not been - for the fact that a fire engine and hose cart galloped through First - avenue to answer an alarm turned in from the box at First avenue and - Thirty-second street. Nellie was not interested in fire engines. So - she took to the sidewalk in front of 334, and at 336 she seemed to - say to herself: “This is the place I’ve been looking for.” - - At all events she entered the doorway at that number. On the ground - floor is Henry Gruner’s barber shop. Henry was shaving a customer - when Nellie passed his window and turned into the hall next door. The - customer left the chair so promptly that he nearly got his throat cut - and disappeared down the street with the towel still about his neck, - in the direction of the East River. Nellie walked right through the - narrow hall, taking with her a segment of the balustrade. The door - that leads into the back yard was not built to accommodate elephants, - as Mr. Diehl explained some time later, but Nellie managed to wiggle - through it, though she knocked down about half the coping in the - process. - - High board fences separate 336 from 338, and 338 from 340. That is - to say, they did. They don’t now, because Nellie walked through them - as if they had been paper. But before this she took a look in at - the kitchen window on the ground floor of 336, where Mrs. Gruner, - the barber’s wife, and their children, Tessie, Henry and Louisa, - were eating breakfast. The happy family looked up from their oatmeal - and beheld an uncommon face at the window, the face of an elephant - seeking companionship. - - Mrs. Gruner and all the little Gruners experienced spots before the - eyes and a sudden loss of appetite. In fact, they beat it for the - street. It was then that Nellie, again abandoned, moved into 338. - There was nobody there either, except up above on the fire escape. So - she moved through the fence into 340. Every one had gone away from - there too. It was then that the elephant broke down and wept. At - least, she lifted up her trunk and trumpeted to the high heavens. - - Meantime Prof. Rossi and his staff of assistants had been trailing - the wandering Nellie. She was never out of their sight, but they - never could quite catch up with her because there were so many - people in the streets who had important engagements and were trying - their best to fill them. But by the time Nellie had moved into 340 - Rossi and his force had arrived. There were also the police reserves - from three stations, several fire companies with hooks and ladders, - a squad of mounted cops, the entire force from the Grand Central - Station, and enough mere spectators to do credit to a Chicago-New - York baseball game at the Polo Grounds. - - Vainly did Prof. Rossi endeavor to coax Nellie out by the way in - which she had made entrance. Nothing would budge her, and if, as - might well have been the case, the courtyard had been entirely - surrounded by houses, it might have been necessary to pull one of - them down to get her out. Fortunately, however, there’s a vacant lot - behind 340, but it was needful to break down two high board fences - from the Thirty-third street side in order to get at her. - - In the meantime Rossi’s assistants had thoughtfully led the other - three elephants, Petie, Rosa and Pierrette, down from the Hippodrome - and lined them up in Thirty-third street, and when Nellie looked - through the broken fences and saw her merry companions, she let out - trumpet peals of delight and all but fell on their necks. So they - marched her out into Thirty-third street and back to the Hippodrome - without further incident of note. And considering the pains she - took to get into her Thirty-fourth street tenement she left it with - extraordinarily little apparent regret. - - When Prof. Rossi was asked last evening how he accounted for Nellie’s - performance, he replied in part: - - “Name of a name! Name of a dog! Name of a pig! Sacred thousand - thunders! Holy blue!” - -In the separation of an old colored couple a reporter might see little -to record in a news story, but, with an appreciation of the human -interest in the event or with insight into the lives and feelings -of the persons concerned, he might write a pathetic story like the -following one adapted from the Pittsburgh _Gazette Times_: - - They had climbed the hill together; well on the tottering way down - they decided that they must travel the rest apart. Sylvester and Eva - Hawkins signed papers to that effect yesterday. They are black folk, - these two, old and black, but they have in their natures a meed of - proper sentiment. When the parting came they both wept and the tears - were not maudlin. - - They have lived for the most part as good citizens should; they - reared a family that numbers even more than the Rooseveltian figure; - they saved their little earnings until they had their modest home - in addition to having given their children better than they had - themselves. - - But the husband and father, it was alleged, was cruel. It is not - denied even by himself that Sylvester was wont to give way to - outbreaks of temper. He always was sorry afterward, but sometimes - regret did not make up for the harm done. It is charged that once - he almost killed his son and only last Saturday choked his daughter - nearly to insensibility. This last act was the cause of the son’s - making the information against the old man. A preliminary hearing - was held last Tuesday and the old man was committed to jail until - yesterday. - - The son, Sylvanus, wanted his father committed to jail for a term, - but the mother would not agree to this. She admitted that she feared - her husband when he became violent and that his abuse of her and her - children had become unbearable. But she said she still loved him and - she did not want him behind the bars. When a bill of separation was - suggested she agreed. - - Hawkins wept then, as did his wife. He begged to be given another - chance, but between her sobs the woman said he had promised to reform - so often, all to no effect, that she could trust him no longer. She - thought it best for all that they should part. - - “I love you still, honey,” the old man murmured, and to show his - statement true, he bravely agreed to sign over their little property - to her. She bade him a tender good-bye. - - The old man walked out alone, over the steps of the municipal - building, where he sat down. He saw the family that had renounced him - come up, watched them as they took a car, and looked longingly as it - rolled away. Then he wiped his eyes again, put his head between his - hands and stared vacantly at the ground. - -=Special Articles.= The second type of feature story, that prepared -for the magazine sections of Saturday and Sunday editions or for the -editorial pages of any issue, usually consists either of a detailed -narrative or of an exposition of some interesting and timely subject. -In the news columns there is room for only concise announcements of -such events as a scientific discovery, an important invention, the -destruction of a landmark, the death of an old actor, a new design -for coins or postage stamps, an auction of rare books or paintings, a -new theory of the origin of life, the results of an investigation of -child labor conditions, a report on decreasing soil fertility, or the -adoption by a state of a plan for government life insurance. Any one of -these and thousands of other news stories whets the reader’s curiosity -for more details. It remains for the editors of magazine sections to -try to satisfy their readers’ curiosity and to supply interesting -reading matter, by publishing feature articles that are based on these -news stories or are suggested by them. Feature stories may also be -given timeliness, not by particular pieces of news, but by such events -as Christmas, college commencements, the exodus to summer resorts, the -opening of the hunting or fishing season, the beginning of a session -of Congress. Timeliness, although not absolutely essential if the -subject or the treatment has sufficient interest to attract readers, is -regarded by editors as an important asset. - -These special articles for newspapers are written by regular reporters, -by “free lance” writers not connected with any publication, or by -men and women in other professions whose special knowledge and whose -ability to write make them particularly well equipped to prepare -articles on subjects in their own fields. Former newspaper writers, as -well as reporters and correspondents in active service, are qualified -to do good work of this type because their training has developed -a keen appreciation of what is interesting, important, and timely -in current events. Reporters and correspondents also have ample -opportunity in the course of their daily round of news gathering to get -valuable material which may be worked up into special articles. Editors -of magazine sections often suggest or assign subjects to reporters, -correspondents, or “free lance” writers, but they are glad to have -suggestions from members of the staff or to get well-written articles -suitable for their purpose. - -=Subjects for Feature Articles.= Material for special articles is -obtained in a variety of ways. Interviews with persons who can furnish -the desired information are an effective means of getting facts and -impressions, and they have the advantage of giving the reporter -material for the “human interest” element which not infrequently -adds to the readableness of the article. From books of reference can -be gleaned historical and biographical data. Reports and official -documents, such as government publications, can frequently be used -to secure detailed information. In fact, printed reports of such -government work as that of agricultural experiment stations, divisions -of the department of agriculture, various testing laboratories, -the geological survey, the departments of commerce and labor, or -the interstate commerce commission, and reports of corresponding -work carried on by various cities and states, furnish quantities of -valuable data that need only to be presented in popular form to be of -general interest. Some of these reports are summarized briefly in news -stories; others receive no mention at all. Although they are called -public documents, the general public does not know of their existence. -Personal observation also furnishes material for feature stories. An -assignment that takes the reporter to the state penitentiary may at -the same time give him the opportunity to get facts and impressions -for a special article on some phase of prison life. Statistics, if not -too numerous and if skillfully handled, add to the effectiveness of -the presentation. Photographs and other forms of illustration make an -article attractive. In short, every available source of information can -at different times be used to advantage, and often a single article -requires interviews, books of reference, personal observation, and -printed documents to make it complete and accurate. - -Some examples of different kinds of feature articles and their sources -will suggest how to find subjects and what to do with them. A reporter -whose regular work takes him daily to the mayor’s office may get from -the mayor’s secretary some of the hundreds of letters containing -complaints and requests for assistance that are sent to the mayor -constantly, and may make them the basis of a good feature story. Or, if -the mayor writes characteristic replies to these letters, he may secure -these answers and make an article out of them, as did a magazine writer -recently out of those of Mayor Gaynor of New York. From the reports -that he hears from day to day of the devious devices used by burglars -and sneak thieves to gain entrance to homes, a police reporter may -write an interesting article on how to protect homes against robbery. -A sign, “Canaries and Parrots Boarded Here,” may give a reporter a -suggestion that he can follow up by visiting the birds’ boarding-house -and getting material for an article on those who leave their pets at -this house during their absence from the city. From the real estate -column a news story to the effect that an old building is to be torn -down may suggest a feature story on this landmark and its history, -the material being obtained partly from local histories and partly -from interviews with “old inhabitants.” A brief announcement of the -death of an old-time circus clown might lead the reporter to write an -entertaining “human interest” story of his career from facts secured -from the clown’s friends. By spending a few hours watching the building -of a big tunnel under a river, and by talking to the superintendent and -the workmen, a reporter could work up a good story on the undertaking. - -The popularizing of scientific and technical material affords excellent -opportunity to a writer whose college training or practical experience -has familiarized him with special fields. A new theory in regard to -the construction of airships presented before a learned society in a -paper on “Some Principles of Aerodynamics,” might make an excellent -popular article if the reporter were able to present the new idea in a -simple, concrete, and interesting manner. The effect of using up the -phosphorus in soil under cultivation, as discussed in an agricultural -experiment station report, may seem to be a subject of little interest -to the average reader, but an explanation by specific examples of the -results of this exhaustion of phosphorus upon the cost of living and -upon the welfare of the race, may be made a readable story. To explain -clearly how the transmission of the germ of infantile paralysis by -means of the ordinary house fly is being determined by laboratory -experiments, requires knowledge of bacteriology. For a writer familiar -with electricity and its application in the telephone, the problem of -explaining in an interesting manner a new device for wireless telephony -is less difficult than for one who knows little about the subject. -Many writers specialize in the particular field in which they are most -interested, and present in popular form all the available new material -in this field. - -To those interested in social, political, and economic problems there -is an abundance of good material for feature articles. A report of -the interstate commerce commission on railroad accidents or on safety -devices can be worked up into a good article at the time that the -report is issued or after a disastrous wreck, when such information has -peculiar timeliness. Proposed legislation for state life insurance, -mothers’ pensions, workingmen’s compensation for accidents and -illness, or old age pensions, gives opportunity for timely articles -with concrete examples of the workings of these measures elsewhere and -discussion of their probable effects under local conditions. A story of -child labor in certain industries as reported by a social worker at a -legislative investigation, may be followed up by a feature story with a -strong “human interest” element developed from further material secured -from the investigator. The printed report of a committee of a state -teachers’ association on rural schools and the remedies proposed for -their defects, has possibilities for an article on these problems. - -=The Personality Sketch.= The personality sketch, or article that -undertakes to present a vivid impression of the character and -individuality of some person who plays a part in the news of the day, -is another type of feature story that is popular. The interest of most -readers in the human, personal side of famous or infamous characters -in current events is so great that they eagerly read articles of this -kind. Dates and facts of biography have little attraction for them; -they want the man to be portrayed so vividly that they can see and know -him. Not infrequently it is an unusual, quaint, picturesque character -who has not appeared in the current news at all that lends himself to -such a sketch. Every city furnishes plenty of examples of persons -who make good subjects for feature stories. Incidents, anecdotes, and -characteristic utterances, if well chosen and effectively presented, -make the best reading and give the most definite impression of -personality. - -=The Style of Special Articles.= The style and manner of treatment -of the feature story deserve careful consideration. Simple, concrete -expression, free from technical or learned terms except when they -are fully explained, is always desirable. Specific examples serve -most effectively to bring home to the reader a general principle -and its application. To lead from these concrete illustrations to -generalizations is to follow the natural order of inductive reasoning. -Furthermore, the story-like character given to an article by an -incident or anecdote at the beginning catches the reader’s attention -and interests him at once. Striking statistics in the opening sentence -may have a similar effect, although, of course, they lack the “human -interest” of the story form. A vivid bit of description is sometimes -used to advantage at the beginning. Exposition by narrative methods -throughout the article is popular because of the story form thus -given to the subject. If, instead of merely describing and explaining -a mechanical process, the writer portrays men actually performing -the work involved in the process, he adds greatly to the interest of -the article. The effectiveness of an explanation of a new surgical -operation can be increased to a marked degree by picturing a surgeon -as he performs the operation upon a patient at a clinic. The method -of procedure and the benefits under a workingmen’s compensation act -are best made clear by telling the experiences of several typical -workingmen and their families who have come under the operation of the -law. Every legitimate literary device for catching and holding the -reader’s attention may be employed to advantage. - -How a current event, in this instance the opening of a trial, gives -opportunity for an interesting feature article explaining the -situation, picturing vividly the persons involved, and developing -the “human interest” element in the case, is well illustrated in the -following story written by a correspondent of the New York _Tribune_: - - Union City, Tenn., Dec. 13.—Clad in rough homespun, with ragged - trousers tucked deep into cowskin boots innocent of polish, with - straggling beards and huge slouch hats, but always with the - inevitable long barrelled rifle or big pistol in plain view, the - denizens of the Reelfoot Lake region are assembling in this quaint - little town to-night for the opening scene to-morrow of the Night - Rider trials. - - They are friends and relatives of the men who are held under military - guard at the barracks. They ignore the townspeople, or look at them - with scowls. When they meet one another a silent nod or a whispered - word is all that passes. Silently and singly they wander through the - streets, or stand for hours outside the barracks, gazing curiously - up at the windows of the room in which their friends are held - incommunicado. Sometimes they approach the trim young sentries on - guard, taking careful inventory of the glistening bayonets and rifles. - - They feel keenly this trouble, these rough but simple men of the - Tennessee backwoods. They believe that they are persecuted and that - the entire world is against them. “Old Tom” Johnson, who, the state - says, was the first leader of the band, but was deposed because his - immense stature and huge hand easily identified him, expresses the - belief of most of them when he says: - - “It’s like this heah, stranger. God, He put them red hills up theah. - An’ He put some of us pooh folks, that he didn’t have no room foh - nowheah else, up theah, too. An’ then He saw that we couldn’t make a - livin’ farmin’, so He ordered an earthquake, an’ the earthquake left - a big hole. Next He filled the hole with watah an’ put fish in it. - Then He knew we could make a livin’ between farmin’ and fishin’. But - along comes these rich men who don’t have to make no livin’, an’ they - tell us all that we must not fish in the lake any mo’, ’cause they - owns the lake an’ the fish God put theah foh us. It jus’ nachally - ain’t right, stranger; it ain’t no justice.” - - This is the Night Riders’ original view, but the primary object of - the band was forgotten by many, officers say, and the organization - began to use its persuasion to vent the personal spites of members - and to regulate private affairs of many persons for miles around. - - For instance, merchants whose total sales did not exceed $2 a - day were ordered to sell goods at cost, plus 10 per cent profit; - tenants of farms were ordered to pay no cash rent, but to insist - on working the ground on shares; growers of grain or tobacco were - ordered to plant only so many acres of soil; landlords were bidden - by advertisement not to lease their property for cash rents. A woman - who had left her drunken husband was ordered to return to him, and - when she refused she was taken to the woods, stripped, tied to a - tree and lashed with a cat-o’-ninetails until her back and shoulders - were one big wound. Other women, fond of pretty clothing, were told - to cease wearing it. And every case of refusal to comply instantly - was followed by a visit of the black-masked crew, a swift, violent - seizure of the recalcitrant, a rapid ride to the depths of the forest - and an awful whipping. - - For nearly two years these terrors of the wilderness rode nightly. - For two years no man not a member ever retired to rest without - breathing a silent prayer that he and his family be spared the - terrors of a midnight visitation. - - Then the riders extended their operations. They began to visit the - larger towns, such as Troy, Dyersburg, Union City. This extension was - followed by the murder of Captain Quentin Rankin. Finally the people - became enraged, the Governor interfered, and in frenzy many persons - said: - - “We will stamp out this organization, legally or by mobs, or we will - be stamped out by it.” - - And so came a special grand jury, instructed by Judge Jones and - advised by Attorney General Caldwell. Quickly, too, came the defiance - of the Night Riders: - - “Dismiss the grand jury, stop the investigation or we will send jury, - judge and prosecutor to join Captain Rankin.” - - The answer was the numerous arrests of alleged Night Riders by the - militia and 125 indictments for capital offences. For the trials on - these indictments, which will open to-morrow, the issue is clearly - drawn. It is a struggle between organized lawlessness and the forces - of order. - -The proposed destruction of an historic landmark recorded in a news -story and subsequently made prominent by protests against the action, -furnished a reporter on the New York _Evening Post_ with an occasion -for the following article, in which he blends suggestive description, -emotional coloring, and historical background into an harmonious whole: - - Mellow notes from an old organ filled the nave of St. John’s Chapel, - on Varick Street, to-day. It was Stainer’s “Nunc Dimittis in A” that - the organist was playing. Somehow it seemed peculiarly appropriate, - for, as every one knows, they are going to discontinue the work of - this chapel, which has stood for more than a hundred years. This - means that, unless present plans are abandoned, the stately church - will be sold within a very short time, and then razed to make place - for factory or office building. - - There is little doubt that this will occur, although Trinity - Corporation has received numerous protests from those to whom the - place of worship has meant much, who still regard it as one of the - few links connecting them with things that are gone. The corporation - cannot see its way clear to provide for a chapel officially regarded - as unnecessary. And yet old St. John’s, with its towering brown - spire, its richly colored stones, its heavy columns, and chipped, - time-stained façade—a replica of old St. Martin’s in the Fields, of - London—stands benignly, bearing its past with a genuine dignity. - - The peal of the organ ebbed and flowed over the pews with their faded - crimson cushions. In one of them sat the priest in charge, listening, - very young; until he talked of the church he loved, he seemed - strangely apart from the all-pervading atmosphere of things that were - old. - - Near by was an earnest woman in the garb of the Episcopal sisterhood, - and the under-sexton had paused in his work about the pews. When - St. John’s organist is at the keys, the roar of the street is - repulsed. The rumble of freight cars, the shouts of the handlers - of merchandise, the beat of horses’ hoofs enter but gently, mere - suggestions of outer confusion. - - Inside, to-day, all was harmony and peace. Sunshine flowing through - plain glass windows lay athwart the floor of choir and chancel; when - the music ceased there came a twittering of birds on the window - ledges. Yes, agreed the priest, it was a beautiful old organ. In a - few years, he said, it would be a hundred years old. Then he told a - story concerning it. He could not vouch for it himself, although he - had heard it vouched for by reliable persons. - - At the time of the war of 1812, when the church was comparatively - new, it had sufficient money in hand for a pipe organ, which was - ordered of a company in Philadelphia, and when completed was shipped - to New York by water. On the way the vessel which bore it was - captured by a British frigate, and the organ was taken to London. - Here it remained two years, and was then yielded up after the payment - of two thousand dollars. Time has imparted to it a rare tonal - richness. It is just the organ for this edifice, so suggestive of - things that once were. - - Men who know say that you will find such chapel interiors only in - the old Sir Christopher Wren churches in London. The cruciform - architecture of more modern houses of worship is not here in St. - John’s. Lines are sweeping, stately. Heavy fluted columns support the - gallery. The windows are of the older sort, unstained, and the walls - and ceilings are an even gray, undecorated. - - Notes of color are confined to organ pipes and choir stalls, which - are red and blue and white, with gilding. But these are not as bright - as they once were; neither are the blue-starred arches above chancel - and choir. - - Years ago, when St. John’s Park was not covered by a freight - station, and when many of the “first families” lived hereabouts, the - congregations bore comparison with those of any church in the city. - But tide of travel made uptown before encroaching commerce, which - eventually flowed over the district, converting it utterly. - - Congregations which gather here each Sunday are not so fashionable - as in years gone. But they are none the less faithful and earnest - and devout. You will find ’longshoremen and their families here - now—dwellers of the Laight and Vestry and Hudson Street tenements; - you will find their children in the Sunday-school. To-day there are - nearly, if not quite, 500 communicants in this parish—no indication, - it might be thought, that the church has outlived its usefulness. - - This year, according to a parishioner who should know, this - congregation of the lowly contributed $300 to the diocesan mission - fund, and that, he asserted, was a better showing comparatively - than St. Thomas’s twelve or fifteen thousand dollar contribution. - Certainly, as he said, the St. John’s parishioners gave all they - could afford, probably more; and since the teachings of the church - hold that it is the spirit in giving rather than what is given that - counts, St. John’s has no need to be ashamed. - - It has been suggested by the Rev. Dr. Manning, rector of Trinity, - that St. Luke’s Chapel can adequately attend to the needs of the - parishioners of the older chapel. But, as a matter of fact, St. - Luke’s is a mile above, and is more a Sunday-school room than a - church edifice at best. Those who attend service on Varick Street - say that congregations average from two hundred and fifty to three - hundred each Sunday morning. The breaking up of a company of - worshippers of this size presents a problem in parish economics and - ethics that the Trinity Corporation has probably seriously considered - in contemplating abandonment of the chapel. - - Many houses in the vicinity of the chapel, formerly the abodes of - wealthy parishioners, now shelter four and five families. Huge - warehouses adjoin each side of the parish property, but there is no - impression of crowding. The churchyard is wide. On one side is a - playground for children. There are many shade trees here, and bushes - which in summer bear flowers, making of the place a beauty spot - amid a grimy environment. Directly across the street is the great - New York Central freight station, where dummy trains receive and - deposit freight. The station site was formerly a private playground, - as Gramercy Park is to-day, but those who lived in the houses which - surrounded it had begun to move away before the depot was erected in - 1868. - - St. John’s Park was laid out in order to attract persons to the - chapel, which, when built, in 1807, had been spoken of as “too far - uptown,” small congregations for the first year or so justifying - this contention. As a means of attracting dwellers to the vicinity, - the park was planned, and took the name of the chapel. This design - succeeded beyond all expectations. Alexander Hamilton and Gen. - Schuyler were among the early migrants north of Great Jones Street, - and the section soon received the stamp of fashionable approval. - - Many of these old dwellings still stand. You may see them on Hudson - Street, on Laight Street, on Vestry Street, with their dormer - windows, their fanlight doorways, and high porches, flanked by tall - iron posts. In those days, St. John’s vied with Trinity itself, and - with St. Paul’s. - - In 1839, when Trinity Church, deemed unsafe, was pulled down and work - on the present structure was begun, many communicants of that church - came to St. John’s, following their great organist, Dr. Hodges, who - played here during the seven years occupied in the building of the - new Trinity. Organists who followed were devoted to the task of - maintaining St. John’s excellent repute in music. - - In 1876, long after the environment of this chapel had been given - over to commercialism, George F. Le Jeune came to the chapel as - organist, and under his ministrations the chapel was famous as a - place where the most excellent sacred music in the city was to - be heard. Le Jeune it was who introduced the cathedral form of - service in this city. In 1877 he instituted a series of musical - services which continued at St. John’s for ten years, and served to - familiarize the public with a large number of cantatas and oratorios - not generally known. Old residents often speak of the music they - used to hear at St. John’s, and there is not a Sunday morning that - does not find some one of them here, reviving old memories. This is - not difficult, because the music at St. John’s is still altogether - excellent. - - South of the church stands the vine-clad parish house. Here, each - Saturday morning, year in and year out, rain or shine, sixty-seven - loaves of bread are distributed to the poor women and children of the - district, in accordance with provisions of the will of Gen. Leake, a - wealthy communicant of the parish, who died in 1792, leaving $5,000 - to be put out at interest, the income to be laid out in sixpenny - wheaten loaves, to be distributed among the poor. This charity, known - as the “Leake Dole of Bread,” has been faithfully observed for more - than a century. - - Back of the chapel there was a little street called St. John’s Lane, - a beautiful tree-shaded bypath in the old days. In the course of - years the city advanced, blotting it out of usefulness. Few know it - still exists. It is a quiet, deserted, odd little nook of a place, a - harbor where shelter may be found from the roar of the city. - -By noticing the various odd ways in which some men make a living in -New York, a reporter on the _Sun_ secured interesting material for -an article which the editor entitled, “Little Wants of a Big City.” A -selection from the article follows: - - Anybody can be a clerk or a clergyman or a bank president or a - teamster. It takes more individuality to strike out in a career like - that of the man who works but one week in the year. This man is Santa - Claus. His head is covered with a mass of snow-white hair. It falls - down over his venerable shoulders and mingles with his equally white - beard. The latter falls far down his chest and the old gentleman - looks for all the world like the pictures of Santa Claus. Every - holiday season he can be found working in some store, posing as the - holiday saint, rattling shiny toys before the fascinated gaze of New - York’s million children. - - Fifty-one weeks in the year he works not at all, and how he subsists - and has enough money to buy his little red drinks no man can tell. - - The line-up man is a product of New York and of nowhere else. He - belongs to a clan of agile, sinewy legged brethren who infest back - yards, and his business is to shin up the poles from which are - suspended innumerable clotheslines, to fix up frayed out lines, tie - on new ropes and get the courtyard rigging into shipshape condition - against the Monday wash. He will climb the highest pole in Harlem - without the aid of a net and fix your ropes for 25 cents. - - “Lady, it is decidedly unsafe to trundle your baby about in that - rickety carriage,” is the greeting of the vender of rubber tires for - perambulators. - - After convincing a startled mother that she has been carelessly - subjecting her child to terrible danger from capsizing, the crafty - salesman swoops down upon the carriage, tacks on a set of new tires, - tinkers up a rickety spoke, slaps a cracked hub together and goes on - his way with a merry quarter in his jeans. It’s another odd job. - - Take the industrious sellers of keys. They come up to your tenement - home, knock at the door and ask whether you need a new key to the - chateau. If you have just lost your last key the keyhole genius - stoops down, twiddles around with a blank key and some beeswax, files - a couple of notches in the blank, and presto—you have a shining new - key all for ten cents. A locksmith would take two days and charge you - a quarter. - - Precisely speaking, the man with the camera cannot be included in - this list of people who make a living out of curious jobs. Most folks - have seen him anchored on a bright corner of a Sunday afternoon - taking the pictures of one and all for the small sum of 10 cents. - - When you have on your best bib and tucker you strike a dignified - pose, with your smaller sister leaning against you, and in two jerks - of a lamb’s tail your likeness is slipped upon the post card, which - is kept forever after in the family album, where in years to come you - gaze upon it and wonder how two such spindly legs supported such a - large child. - - The man with the telescope doesn’t make a handsome income, and he - usually looks unhappy and ill at ease, but for a nickel he will show - you the ridges in the moon and the canals on Mars, and if the bulbous - top piece of the Metropolitan tower gets in the way it’s your own - fault and your nickel is lost. - - Next comes what is in reality a woman’s calling, but strangely enough - it is followed by a large man with an extremely red face and a stubby - mustache. Children must like him because his business is checking - them while bargain seeking mammas thread their ways through the - aisles of stores. - - He stands at the head of a line of baby carriages, soothing his round - faced charges and waving a tinkling strapful of ragged edged checks. - Upon delivery to him of the check which he gave you when you entered - the store you may receive again your baby. No check, no baby, just as - in the Chink’s place. - - You mightn’t think that a man could eke out an existence selling - catnip. One does, though. He stands at an uptown corner with a - basketful of cat’s delight, selling it for two cents a bunch, and the - old maids in the vicinity make daily trips to his corner. When you’re - inclined to growl about your present salary, think of the man selling - catnip for two cents a bunch. - - Here’s another funny occupation. A man goes around through the - sweatshop district mending shoes. If you are a sweatshop employee you - generally have one pair of shoes, and of necessity they are on your - feet. You can’t leave them with the cobbler when the roof springs a - leak or the uppers secede from the lowers. You haven’t time to sit - around his shop in your stockings. - - So this itinerant cobbler hunts you up at your shop, takes off your - shoes while you sew and caulks up the seams, tacks on soles and - heels, and you pay him with a cheerful smile and some small change. - - People who go downtown at night rarely miss seeing the man who - advertises various things through an electric sign on his chest. He - presses a button at intervals and a light flashes urging you to buy - a cigar or a stick of gum or something else. The right thing to say, - because everyone says it upon passing this individual, is, “That’s a - fine thing for a grown man to be doing.” - - Down the bay there is another industry most people never hear of. - Enterprising venders owning their own boats meet incoming tramp - freighters and sell the crews everything from a pair of mittens to - a cough cure. They load their craft with most things you find in a - department store and they drive fine bargains with the sailors. - - Among the newly arrived immigrants a number of men manage to scrape - a living by selling first lessons in English to the strangers - struggling with the tongue. These lessons are in the form of simple - English sentences followed by the translation in the tongue of the - foreigner. Five cents will buy enough assorted conversation to last a - new immigrant several weeks. - -When in the course of his regular work the reporter comes upon a -picturesque bit of local color, as did a writer on the New York -_Evening Post_ in going through the Italian quarter of that city, he -may use it to as good advantage as the _Post_ reporter did in the -following feature story: - - Under the tinsel, gilt, and colored paper shrine erected before a - café in Mulberry Street, just north of the Bend, there is a picture - of St. Mary of the Virgin Mount, and the devout who pass by drop - their mites into the plates. The clinking of pennies, nickels, and - quarters rings fair and true through the medley of sounds which rise - from the crowds about the push-carts, and it is music to the ear of - Michel Siniscalchi, giver of this year’s festa in honor of the saint. - - A year ago they gave a festa in honor of Maria SS. di Monte Vergine, - as the placards and lithographs displayed in the shop windows style - her, and it proved a financial failure. It costs money to give a - festa—that is to say, a festa of the style and extent which are - necessary in doing adequate honor to this saint. In Italy, in the - villages from which the people who live about the Bend come, it is - customary to have a festa in honor of the saint every year. And it - seemed hard when the people who got up last year’s festa decided that - they did not again wish to have to shoulder the burden of the festa’s - bad debts. - - At this time, when everybody else had backed down, Michel - Siniscalchi, who deals in colored glass bulbs and similar - decorations, stepped to the fore. He said it seemed a shame that they - could not honor the saint. Indeed he was so pained by the thought - that he would be willing to bear the expenses of the festa himself. - He would, of course, furnish all the decorations himself, and his - name would appear as president of the comitato on the banners and - placards. - - This offer was accepted with glee by the men and more especially by - the women, who would have taken to heart the loss of a chance to - honor their saint. And Michel Siniscalchi set to work to organize his - festa. It was, by the way, part of the agreement, that the offerings - placed in the saint’s shrine should go to help Siniscalchi. - - Colored lights were strung in arches over the narrow street at - frequent intervals, banners and yards of bunting draped the house - windows, the confetti men and peddlers of fruit and sweetmeats came - from blocks around, and on Saturday night the festa opened with much - braying of music and no little religious devotion. - - The most important decoration was the shrine of the saint’s picture. - In a niche of the shrine the picture was placed, and rows of candles - were set before it and the tasseled cloth of gold on which it rests. - Then there were the plates and certain lithographic reproductions of - the picture. - - Since Saturday night the festa has held full sway. There is a - preliminary celebration in the morning, and then everybody stops - until two o’clock in the afternoon. For a brief spell around dinner - time, every one but the band rests, and after dinner the people turn - out to listen to the music and to gossip. It is a great occasion for - gossip, the festa. - - At present everybody is talking about the amount of money Michel - Siniscalchi may lose by his speculations. The old men sit before - the banca across the street from the shrine and chuckle over his - discomfiture, for, while yesterday and Saturday night the coins - clinked in the dishes with merry rapidity, now they barely dribble, - and, when a clink is heard, by its very novelty it strikes through - all other noises. - - “Caught,” they chuckle. “Yes, our Michel is caught this time. A - cute one, he is. Yes, a cute one, Signor. No, not a politician. But - cute, so cute. Ay, and this time he has been caught. Has the signor - heard? The signor has but to cross the street and examine the blessed - saint’s shrine. ’Tis bare, Signor. Nought but pennies.” - - But there are others who are not so sure that Michel Siniscalchi is - going to lose by his speculation. Among the younger generation of - Italians his scheme is treated with considerable respect, and his - Bowery friends wink when Michel’s intelligence is aspersed. - - “Lose?” queried Jack Gallagher, sitting with a group of friends in - the café behind the shrine. “Lose, did you say? Aw, g’wan. Say, - Michel wasn’t born yesterday. He’s got his brains in his head. He’s - too rapid for dese wops. Michel’s got a business eye, he has. He’s - thinking of advertisin’. See that sign up there? See Michel’s name on - it, good and big? See them lights? All from Michel’s store. Aw, he’s - a wise guy. He knows his game.” - - While Gallagher talked, the infrequent pennies, with an occasional - nickel, dropped into the plates, and presently the figure was carried - toward Spring Street, with at least 150 women and children and a band - in the procession. - -Simplicity and naturalness may be given to an explanatory article by -putting it in the form of an interview with the person from whom the -information is obtained; this was done in the following story from the -New York _Sun_: - - “For the last three years I have devoted my summer to making balanced - aquariums to order,” said a woman who is now in middle life. “I earn - enough by this work to keep me comfortably during the winter, so I - call myself a successful woman wage earner. - - “I make my aquariums as nearly a perfect reproduction of natural - conditions as possible. It is only since the discovery of balanced - aquariums that the full decorative effect of displays of aquatic - life has begun to be realized. Now many architects and interior - decorators include them in their plans. This is true not only of - country places but of many of the newest city homes. Certainly there - is no easier and cheaper way to keep some living thing about the - house. The care of the balanced aquarium amounts to so little that it - may be practically disregarded. - - “The cost of the vessel depends entirely upon the wishes of the - person who is filling it. It may be an ordinary fruit jar with a wide - mouth or a glass tank costing $20 or more. The simplest tanks cost - about $1 and are of something more than one gallon capacity. They may - be had either rectangular in shape or globular. For an eight gallon - tank of domestic glass I have paid as little as $2.50. The main - essential is to have a tank perfectly tight and clean, with no paint - or other injurious material to contaminate the water. - - “To begin with, the water should be as pure as the water we drink. - The bottom should be covered with pebbles and sand to the depth of - two inches with the plants rooted in it. There is a great variety of - aquatic plants that may be had at a cost of from 10 cents to half a - dollar a bunch. Of them all fanwort is the most valuable. Hornwort, - water starwort, tape grass, water poppy, willow moss, milfoil and - a number of floating plants such as lemma, duckweed, salvinia, - hydrocharis and hyacinth are among the most important varieties. If - one has lived long enough on any water course in the country to know - these plants, taking them from their native soil and transplanting - them to the sand of the aquarium is a simple matter. - - “The most important occupants of the aquarium are the fish, and great - care should be taken not to put in too many for the size of the tank. - The basis of the balanced aquarium is one fish, say three inches in - length, to each gallon of water. If your tank holds five gallons of - water you could not make a well balanced aquarium by putting ten fish - three inches long in it. If the fish are smaller the number to the - gallon can be very greatly increased. - - “Gold fish or golden carp are the most popular stock for an aquarium, - and the common varieties can be had for ten cents each. This price - means the best fish of these varieties. If there is more money to - be spent I would advise purchasing some of the really marvellously - colored Japanese varieties. - - “These fish have wonderful flowing tails with colors that change - as though by magic from week to week. In the case of the variety - known as the telescope fish the color to begin with is velvety black - and gradually becomes silvery, then white, and after three years a - wonderful orange red. Nearly all varieties of goldfish are constantly - changing their colors, which range from black to silver and many - shades of amber and golden red. - - “There is an almost endless variety of these beautiful Japanese - fish to choose from, the more common of which include the fantails, - fringetails and comets. Good specimens of these varieties may be - bought at from 25 cents to $5 each. The bulgy eyed telescope fish, - the aristocrats of the aquarium world, will cost from $5 apiece up, - according to size, color, shape and eyes. - - “In addition to the Japanese fish there are many other rare varieties - suited to balanced aquariums. Among the most popular are the banded - tench, the banded sunfish, the paradise fish, the bitterling and the - golden tench. Besides these I have orders for many varieties of our - own native waters. - - “Such orders usually come to me singly, and the one giving the order - is quite willing to pay the cost of having his taste suited. These - people, usually men, want an aquarium with the fish of their boyhood - days. They candidly admit that they wish them as reminders of the - happy days long past. - - “Where native fish are wanted I usually use sunfish, dace, catfish, - minnows, sticklebacks, chub, mirror carp, rockfish, small eels, - alligators, newts, frogs and turtles of all sizes and shapes and - colors. I always when possible have a snail, tadpole or a few newts - in my aquariums, as they are scavengers and will consume much of the - decaying matter thrown off by the plants, besides preventing the - green scum that will form in still bodies of water. - - “Beginners must be particular not to mix their fish indiscriminately. - They must always remember that goldfish cannot live in peace with - catfish, sunfish, eels, turtles, crawfish, rockfish or sticklebacks. - If this rule is not observed, the goldfish will eventually lose the - battle for life and be killed. - - “Goldfish if properly cared for live to a great age. There is an - aquarium in Washington where the goldfish are known to be more than - fifty years old. - - “Balanced salt water aquariums are as easily made and kept as those - of fresh water. Of course they must be filled with sea water fresh - from the sea and all the inhabitants must be the young of various sea - creatures, such as crabs, starfish, shrimps, and anemones. The plant - life also must be the varieties that flourish in the sea, and where - possible I believe in taking the pebbles and sand from a sea washed - beach. - - “Beginners must be careful about two points. First, in making - aquariums they must not overcrowd them by trying to have too many - fish for the volume of water. Second, they must not overfeed their - pets. Failure to observe these two rules causes more trouble than all - other points connected with the making and care of aquariums. - - “In a balanced aquarium the daily care consists in feeding the fish - with prepared wafers, dried ants’ eggs, or fish food. Fish should - never be fed more than they will eat up clean at the time. - - “Fortunately fish are subject to few diseases. The amateur has only - to remember that salt water is the cure-all for sick fish. If a fish - is out of health and the trouble is caused neither by overcrowding - nor by overfeeding, a five minutes bath in salt water every day for - a week will in nine cases out of ten restore it to its usual good - health and spirits. - - “All that is necessary to catch the sick fish is a small net that can - be conveniently handled in the aquarium. Though I have been making - aquariums of different sorts ever since I was a small country girl, I - still use a net and avoid touching the inmates with my hands unless - it is positively necessary. - - “When I catch my own fish from their native waters I use a small net, - very little larger than the one used in the aquariums, and a minnow - bucket. These are my only tools. - - “I find a ready sale for all the aquariums I have time to make after - filling my special orders. Of course there are seasons when the - demand is more brisk than others. When those times come I always have - a dozen aquariums on hand which I have stocked either for my own - satisfaction or to try some new theory.” - -The interview form may be combined with a character sketch and -biographical material in order to give the reader a glimpse of the -speaker’s personality as well as an account of his or her work. The -selection from the New York _Times_ given below is the first part -of a long article which is in the form of an interview after this -introduction: - - Even when Mrs. Alice Stebbins Wells fishes about in her bag and - produces her policeman’s star for verification one can hardly - believe that she is the famous first “policewoman” of Los Angeles. - Scarcely five feet in height, slender, with a mild, almost timorous - voice and a pair of very round blue eyes, Mrs. Wells presents an - appearance about as formidable as that of a kitten. Yet she has been - permanently appointed as a regular member of the police force of a - city of 400,000, subject to the same regulations, vested with the - same authority, and under civil service, as any male member of Los - Angeles’ bluecoat squad. She makes arrests and prefers charges in the - same way and with as much success as any policeman, and is a very - substantial vindication of the power of personality in an institution - where brute force and a six-foot stature have formerly been thought - to be indispensable prerequisites. Here is what she says of a phase - of police work: - - “And do I carry weapons? No, indeed. That is something which I do not - feel called upon to do. I am very firmly convinced that under the - right conditions a policeman would not have to carry a weapon at all. - But before the policeman can give up his gun and his stick, weapons - must not be sold indiscriminately to citizens. The only reason now - that a policeman requires a weapon is because the other fellow may - have one, and the law must enforce its demands against all objection. - It is a very sad commentary on our civilization that guns and brass - knuckles are displayed openly for sale, and that almost the only - restriction in our most careful communities is a provision for a - license, which is easily obtained.” - - Mrs. Wells is the first woman to be appointed to a police force - in any city of the United States. The woman detective, the police - matron, the probation officer, the district nurse, are all places - which have been filled by women, and were of course the forerunners - of the policewoman. But while they were vested with partial - police authority their power was greatly restricted along certain - well-defined lines, and they did not work in recognized co-operation - with the police department. - - Before entering her work on the Los Angeles police force Mrs. - Wells had been in active training as a social worker. The general - attitude which she takes toward that stratum of society with which - she comes most in contact is hinted at in her adaptation of the - philanthropist’s, the cheery social worker’s, vocabulary. Mrs. Wells - never resorts to the threadbare term of “uplift,” but puts in its - place that rather more welcome “upbuilding.” - - Returning to California from social work in the East, Mrs. Wells - entered upon a scientific study of crime. She became impressed with - the importance of the police department in its capacity to prevent - crime as well as to punish it, and was convinced of the need of - women workers on the inside of the police department to strengthen - the emphasis on the side of prevention. She set to work to obtain - signatures to a petition for a woman police officer, which resulted - very promptly in her appointment to the police force of Los Angeles, - where she has been at work for the last three years. - - In addition to her regular police duties, Mrs. Wells conducts a - bureau of information to which clubs and civic organizations which - are working to obtain women on the police force of their home cities - may apply. She is now on a six months’ leave of absence, not only to - investigate conditions throughout the country, but to carry on her - “campaign” for women police. She is speaking before city clubs and - organizations of every sort, and is visiting the mayor and chief of - police in every city. - - “I have spoken all the way across the continent and I shall speak all - the way back. I realize that I am in a way doing propaganda work. - When I applied for my appointment in Los Angeles I thought chiefly of - the immediate work to be done right there by a woman. But when I was - appointed, then came this—this terrifying publicity—and I realized - what it meant. - - “I realized that I should have to stand behind a sort of ‘movement’ - for women in the police departments of other cities, just because I - was the first in the field.” - -Effective presentation of the life and the character of a man who has -“done things” is illustrated by the following “personality sketch” by -Mr. Brand Whitlock, published in the _American Magazine_, but equally -well adapted for newspaper publication: - - Those citizens of Ohio who a dozen years ago used to throng the - big circus-tent in which Tom L. Johnson was then making his first - campaigns in the country districts will recall the figure of the - slender youth with the Grecian profile and the fair hair who used - to stand there under the flaring light and speak of fundamental - democracy. They, or those of them who were accessible to such - impressions, caught something of the spirit of youthful idealism that - was in the young man; if they did not, his presence and personality - gave them reassurance, for attendance on one of Tom Johnson’s - meetings in those days was, in Ohio, an enterprise to impart the - thrill of a spicy and dangerous adventure. Time flies, and time has - flown fast in this last decade, and the political ideas that Herbert - S. Bigelow was helping Tom Johnson to disseminate, though they were - flouted and scorned then as heretical, insane, and wicked, have since - become, by the inevitable and monotonous operation of the universal - law of progress, conventional, respectable, orthodox, and popular. - - Herbert Bigelow was then not many years out of Lane Theological - Seminary—strange spectacle in Ohio, that of a minister addressing - Democratic meetings!—and he was pastor of the Vine Street - Congregational Church, in Cincinnati. Vine Street Congregational - Church was in itself an instance of the operation of the old law. - Before the Civil War it was a hotbed of abolition when abolition was - unpopular and unorthodox even in Ohio, though everybody in Ohio is an - abolitionist to-day, and, if he is old enough, claims to have been so - then. But after the war the Vine Street Church became respectable, - with a cold and formal atmosphere of black walnut and musty cushions - of a magenta shade, and when Herbert Bigelow began to preach a - somewhat too literal application of the social ethics of Jesus, not - to Hankow or Kordofan, but to Cincinnati, there was a disconcerting - rustle in the pews, the tendency of that doctrine being to decrease - the revenues of the church in an inverse ratio to the increase in the - number of human beings in the congregation. - - It is an interesting story, not to be told here in detail, of how - Herbert Bigelow struggled, of how they tried to get him out of his - pulpit, and of how he worked for a long time without salary, until - Daniel Kiefer devised means of financing the institution, so that it - lost its ecclesiastical atmosphere, became a People’s Church or forum - for free speech, and moved into a theater where radicals preach their - various and conflicting heresies on Sunday afternoons, after moving - pictures have illustrated the progress of the species. - - Meanwhile Herbert Bigelow was increasingly prominent in political - reform movement; he lectured everywhere, wrote articles for radical - publications, organized the Ohio Direct Legislation League, and - poured all his energy into the propaganda of the initiative and - referendum. The privileged interests opposed him, of course, and - still oppose him. One way they did it was to call him Reverend; - whenever it was necessary to frighten “good” people, by holding - up his image, they printed the Reverend with the subtle and - sinister implication of quotation-marks; whenever it was necessary - to influence “bad” people, printing the Reverend without the - quotation-marks. - - But Herbert Bigelow was an idealist growing day by day more - practical. He had had hard knocks in boyhood; he knew what it was - to be poor; he had a love of his fellow man; he was saddened and - appalled by the shadow of poverty everywhere, the shadow which so - many are too blind to see, or too selfish and cowardly to admit. But - this spirit of sympathy and of pity in him had been somehow ordered, - organized, and made coherent by the philosophy of Henry George, and - when that vision came to him, as does nearly every other who has a - vision, he went to work for social justice. - - His great opportunity came when, last year, a convention was called - to draft a new constitution for Ohio, and he set out to impress the - people with the fact that it was their opportunity. He organized the - Ohio Progressive Constitution League, with subsidiary leagues in - every county; he worked all summer; and through that league, aided - and inspired by what the lecturers call the Spirit of the Times, a - majority of delegates elected to the convention were pledged to the - principles of direct legislation. - - And for the first half of the year Mr. Bigelow was at Columbus, - presiding over the constitutional convention as its president. At - forty his figure is no longer slender; it has taken on the rotundity - of the middle years; but as he sat there in gray tweeds, with the - yellow hair hanging over his forehead, smiling, it must have been - gratifying to him now and then to reflect that his old heresies had - become so orthodox in his own time. The convention adopted articles - providing for home rule for cities, for a license system to control - the liquor traffic, for equal suffrage, for verdicts in civil cases - by a three-fourths vote of the jury, for the welfare of labor, and, - under Mr. Bigelow’s leadership, a clause adopting the initiative and - referendum in the State. When the vote was taken, and Herbert Bigelow - had the satisfaction of announcing the triumph of the principle he - had so long advocated, it was a moment that all his friends were glad - to have him experience. The irony in which the fates usually award - their laurels was not wanting in that instance, for in the clause - there is a proviso that the initiative and referendum shall not be - used by the people to adopt the single tax, supposed, in Ohio, to - be a method of despoiling farmers by taxing land according to its - superficial area. But Herbert Bigelow, whom fate taught long ago, - like Josh Whitcomb, to accommodate himself to circumstances and to - take what he can get, smiles and is happy; and his friends are happy - with him. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Find the “human interest” in current events. - -2. Notice the comedy and tragedy in life. - -3. Look for good subjects for character sketches. - -4. Look to future events as well as to current news for subjects for - feature articles. - -5. Jot down suggestions for feature articles. - -6. File news clippings, statistics, and other material bearing on good - subjects. - -7. Write your feature article while it is new and timely. - -8. Give your article timeliness by connecting it with topics of current - interest. - -9. Don’t forget that the story that touches the reader’s heart is the - story he remembers. - -10. Make your pathetic story simple and restrained. - -11. Don’t confuse sentiment with sentimentality. - -12. Avoid cheap humor and vulgar slang. - -13. Don’t ridicule another’s religion, race, or nationality. - -14. Make your explanation clear to a reader who knows nothing about the - subject. - -15. Use incidents, anecdotes, and concrete examples for clearness and - interest. - -16. Avoid technical and scientific terms. - -17. Let your first sentence arouse interest and curiosity. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -1. Write a humorous animal story based on the material in the following - news story: - - Just because they thought an ostrich was a timid, harmless sort - of creature, two men, one white and one black, were badly hurt at - Mineola, Long Island, yesterday. Each of the men tried to catch and - hold an ostrich at the Mineola Fair Grounds. The negro was kicked in - the face, and landed about 20 feet from the bird; the white man was - kicked in the chest and knocked down and had his clothes torn off him. - - The ostrich that did all the damage is named Fleetwing. He and - another ostrich, named Fleetfoot, arrived from Florida in two - crates yesterday morning. They were brought to Mineola to race on - the fair grounds this week at the fair of the Queens-Nassau County - Agricultural Society. The birds have been trained to run races and - pull light sulkies to which they are harnessed. - - They are bad tempered, however, and are kept blindfolded frequently - when they are not racing. A blindfolded ostrich is gentle as a lamb. - - The blinding hood slipped off the eyes of Fleetwing at the fair - grounds yesterday morning and in an instant the big bird was out of - its crate, which was not covered. It started off on a run, and about - two hundred persons ran after it. There was a merry chase around and - around the racing track, and finally the ostrich was cornered. - - A big negro looked at the ostrich and said: - - “I reckon there ain’t no chicken ever were raised that I couldn’t - hold, boss. I’ll hold his laig, an’ then you grab his haid.” - - The negro wrapped his arms about one of Fleetwing’s legs and in a - second was lifted into the air and landed about 20 feet away, with an - ugly wound in the side of his face. Then Keeper Ford approached the - ostrich from the front, and got an uppercut on his diaphragm, cutting - his chest and tearing his clothes. Finally the ostrich was roped and - recrated. - - “That ain’t no chicken,” said the negro as he watched these - proceedings from a safe distance. “That there’s a two-laiged mule.” - -2. Make a more entertaining “Zoo” story out of the facts in the - following article: - - The Chinese wildcat in the Central Park Zoo has received a new lease - of life, according to the keepers there, and a graphophone may be - used now to make life seem more worth while to him. If this plan is - adopted one of the machines will collect sounds in Mott Street that - are expected to help to cure the cat’s recurrent fits of nostalgia, - which is the dictionary name for homesickness. - - There is a box nailed to the wall by the side of the quarters of the - lady hippopotamus and her young son, and on a shelf of this lies all - day long a slim and long-bodied little animal with green eyes and a - sweeping tail. The yellow sign says that it is a “Felis Chinensis.” - He may take exercise at night, but all day he is motionless, still, - apparently melancholy, noticing nothing. - - He is in surroundings that offer little congeniality. The lady hippo - and her young son are out of his class. The capybara not only is from - South America, but is like a rat magnified some two hundred times. - The lions across the aisle are from climes unknown to the Chinese - wildcat. Practically everything in the Central Park Zoo has long - ago learned how to eat peanuts, and has thus become more or less - Americanized. The Felis Chinensis will not have peanuts. - - Last week a couple of Chinamen, rare visitors at the Zoo, strayed - into the lion house, stopping before the home of the wildcat. The - minute he heard their talk he jumped from his shelf and began purring - and rubbing himself against the side of his box. He played ball with - a chicken bone on the floor, and had a good time. The uplift he got - from this rode him along joyously for two days afterward. - - And there is a plan on foot, say the keepers, to collect Mott Street - sounds in a graphophone for the Felis Chinensis, if more laundrymen - don’t visit the Zoo. There is some apprehension, however, as to how - the lions and the tiger will take the graphophone. - -3. Use the facts in the following clipping as the basis for an amusing - hunting story: - - A rabbit that residents of Sayville, L. I., declare plays on the - piano has taken possession of a big house near Oakland, owned by - Alexander H. Hunter. Mr. Hunter and his family are in Europe, and - until they return bunny will lord it over parlor and pantry. - - The rabbit didn’t go into the house because it wanted to. It was - chased there by men with guns and dogs intent on taking its life, and - the rabbit, unwilling to yield itself up for stew, bolted into the - Hunter house via a drain pipe. - - This was the way of it: - - Herman Schmidt and a friend went out with dogs and guns yesterday for - a hunt, and the hounds soon started the particular Br’er Rabbit who - is making faces at the hunters from the front window of the Hunter - place. When the dogs got close Br’er Rabbit didn’t hesitate. He laid - his ears back and was away like a streak, with dogs and men in hot - pursuit. - - Toward the Hunter home ran the hunted and hunters, and it looked as - if Schmidt would have a rabbit stew for supper. But the hunters had - not calculated on a drain pipe which stuck out of the ground about - 150 yards from the house, and great was their chagrin when cunning - Br’er Rabbit whisked into it and disappeared. - - Now that pipe leads right into the Hunter house, and pretty soon the - hunters saw bunny at one of the windows. When they approached he - retreated to the piano and kept running back and forth over the keys, - making soft music. - - There is no caretaker in the house, and the possibility of the damage - that the rabbit will do, for which the hunters may have to pay, is - appalling. - - On the other hand, the rabbit may have to come out of the house to - get something to eat. If he does he will get a warm reception at the - end of the drain pipe. A couple of dogs are lurking about there. They - tried hard to get into the pipe but they were too wide. - -4. Write a pathetic story, using the particulars given in the following - narrative: - - Dog Catcher Larson visited the Home for the Friendless with his - little blue wagon Thursday afternoon, and he left behind him one - hundred little tots with saddened hearts and cheeks that burned with - scalding tears. - - The bewhiskered dog catcher is no respecter of persons or of - dogs. The high and low are the same to him, and he recognizes - no distinction between the poodle and the fice. And so Thursday - afternoon he gathered in the little pet of the children of the Home - of the Friendless. - - True, it was the pet of these little unfortunates. True, that they - had raised this little dog, and that now it was only seven months - old—not old enough to know about Atlanta’s dog law. Still, Jerry had - no tag, and tagless Jerry therefore must take his place in the blue - wagon and must await his turn to be ducked to death. - - The children had no money and so could not pay the dollar for the - tag. Now that the dog was arrested, still less did they have the - $2.25 necessary to save him from a watery grave. - - One and all they went to bed with heavy hearts, and as they knelt - down beside their beds they did not forget to put in a word for “Poor - Jerry!” - - Friday morning the pangs of sorrow were too great, and their grief - burst forth in wails. Jerry had been a companion to them, a faithful - friend and a source of solace and comfort. He had never deserted - them—and then Jerry was theirs, had been fed by them, raised by them, - taught by them. - - They knew it was not their fault he had not been tagged, and also - they knew that Jerry was not to blame. And so they appealed to the - superintendent. They begged, pleaded, cried. Nothing would suffice - but the restoration of their fice. - - The superintendent appealed to the mayor, the mayor to the probation - officer, and now the probation officer is trying to touch the heart - of the dog catcher. - - All of the children are writing letters to city officials. “The cook - got mad with Jerry,” writes little Ruth Wilson, “because he stole two - of Mother Henry’s chickens, but Jerry didn’t mean any harm. Cook gave - the dog to the dog catcher. We have got all the cats we want, but - only one little dog—and that is Jerry. Please give him back to us, - for we love him very much.” - -5. With the facts given in the news story below as a basis, write a - pathetic feature story. - - Moving pictures inspired ten boys to “lynch” Harry Werner, their - 9-year-old playmate, in Glencoe yesterday. So serious are his - injuries that he may be crippled for life. - - It was a “wild west” picture, absurd to the practical mind in its - unrealities, that gave the boys their idea. - - They saw in the flickering pictures a score of “cowboys,” their - revolvers strapped on the wrong side, while they mounted their horses - also from the wrong side, and rode with the grace and skill of wooden - Indians. - - The boys did not notice these details. They saw only the rakishness - and swaggering daredeviltry. They applauded vociferously the - “stringing-up” of the actor-cowboy. - - “Let’s play wild west,” one 10-year-old enthusiast proposed after the - show. The vote was unanimous. - - Wooden revolvers were fashioned. Fathers’ discarded hats took the - place of sombréros. Broom sticks served as prancing bronchos. - - “Who’ll we lynch?” one asked. Harry Werner was selected. His dark - hair and eyes led to his unwilling selection by them for the rôle of - “villain.” - - They tied a clothes-line under his arms and threw the rope over a - branch of a tree. Whooping madly, in true moving-picture-wild-west - fashion, they pulled him up until his feet were far from the ground. - - The thin rope cut into his tender flesh. He struggled and implored - his comrades to let him down. His pleas brought renewed whoops. Had - not the “villain” in the moving-picture struggled and cried for mercy? - - For half an hour they kept him there. Then they cut the rope and let - his body fall to the ground. Their childish eyes did not see that he - was unconscious. They seized the rope and dragged him for several - minutes, leaving him on the ground to find his way home alone. - - Physicians who examined him declared that he may be disabled - permanently. - -6. Rewrite the following humorous story, making it more effective in - every way possible. - - Tommy is a hero to-day. All his playmates that live on Greene - street, near Wolcott avenue, are envious, and speak to him in awed - whispers, for did he not go to hunt a Saracen and return covered with - bean-juice and glory? All their mothers, too, are keeping a sharp - watch on the family crockery. - - This is how it happened: - - Papa Devine had told Tommy about a lot of men who called themselves - Crusaders, who went to lick a lot of other chaps known as Saracens. - And when papa told him how the Crusaders wore armor plates on their - chests and backs and arms and legs and big helmets on their heads, - Tommy decided that he would take a crack at the Saracens himself. - - When Papa Devine went out, and Mamma Devine was busy upstairs, Tommy - thought it would be a good time to start on his crusade. - - Going into the kitchen, he tied a frying pan about his neck so that - it hung down over his stomach, strung the lid of the clothes boiler - over his back, and then sought a helmet that would resist the swords - and battle-axes of the enemy. - - As he pondered he sniffed the air. Then a bright idea came. - Cautiously he opened the stove door. Mamma Devine was cooking beans à - la Boston and Tommy Devine drew forth a big round stone pot full of - the delicious fruit. Carefully he emptied the contents into the sink - and thrust the pot on his head. - - The bean juice ran down into his eyes and ears, but that - didn’t matter—he was going to hunt Saracens. Then the pot felt - uncomfortable, and Tommy decided to take it off and refit it to his - head. - - Horrors! The pot would not budge. It was stuck on his head. Pull as - he might he could not get it off. He sat down in the corner to plan - a campaign of action, and consoled himself with licking the dripping - bean treacle from his nose end. That got tiresome after a while, so - Tommy sought his mother. - - Mrs. Devine scolded over the lost beans at first, and then tried - to remove the pot, but she, too, was unsuccessful. Then she became - alarmed. In desperation she started for the doctor’s with the pot - still on Tommy’s head, the pans jangling around his neck, and the - bean juice running down his back. - - Passengers in the street car dropped their papers in amazement, for - they did not know that Tommy was a crusader, while Mrs. Devine - looked out of the window and tried to make it appear that crusading - was an every day affair. - - But Tommy’s tears and wails attracted the attention of an old man. He - stopped the car and called the motorman, who came with his controller - handle in his hand. - - “Crack the blamed thing off,” ordered the old man. - - The motorman cracked, and off fell the jar. Tommy set up a whoop of - joy, and Mrs. Devine hurried home to give the erstwhile crusader a - bath—and a spanking. - - - - - CHAPTER X - - EDITING COPY - - -=What Copy-Reading Means.= All news stories, whether written by -reporters, sent through the mail by correspondents, or received by -telegraph or telephone, must be read and edited before they are set up -in type. This work is done either by the editor in whose department -the news belongs or by a copy-reader. The reading and editing of copy -consists of: - - (1) Correcting all errors whether in expression or in fact. - (2) Making the story conform to the so-called “style” of the newspaper. - (3) Improving the story in any respect. - (4) Eliminating libelous matter. - (5) Marking copy for the printer. - (6) Writing headlines and subheads. - -The good copy-reader must be able to catch instantly, and correct -quickly, errors of all kinds. Good copy, or “clean copy,” as it -is called, should be free from mistakes in spelling, grammar, and -rhetoric; but rapid writing too often leads to carelessness, and the -copy-reader’s work is correspondingly increased by the necessity of -doing what the writer has neglected to do. The correction of such -errors, however, is not the most important part of his work. He must -be able to detect and correct errors of fact. As every art, science, -business, occupation, sport, recreation,—in short, every form of -activity, is the subject of news, the copy-reader should be able to -pass intelligent judgment on the accuracy of stories written about -these various activities. He must also be familiar with proper names -that appear in the news, such as names of prominent persons and places -the world over, the titles of well-known books, plays, pictures, -and musical compositions, the names of railroads and important -corporations, and special trade-mark names. To no one in the newspaper -office and to few outside of it, can the words of Terence more truly be -applied than to the copy-reader, _humani nihil a me alienum puto_, “I -consider nothing human to be outside of my sphere.” - -Like the good reporter, the copy-reader must be an accurate judge of -news values. He must be able to see the significance of the news in the -story. He must be able to decide how much space it is worth. If the -real point of the news has been buried by the writer, the copy-reader -must get it out and give it the prominence that it deserves. The -ineffective lead must be rewritten, the needless details cut out, and -the parts of the story rearranged for the best effect. - -To improve the style of the story, he must consider carefully the -construction of paragraphs and sentences, the choice of words and -figures. Each paragraph should be given an effective beginning that -will catch the reader’s eye in rapid reading. Close connection should -be maintained between the sentences in the paragraph. The copy-reader -must transform the weak, rambling sentence into a firm, coherent -statement with an emphatic beginning. For the trite, colorless word -or phrase, he must substitute the fresh, picturesque one. The too -figurative flights of exuberant fancy in one young reporter’s copy -must be toned down, and the bald, prosaic narrative or description in -another’s given life and interest. In short, the copy-reader’s work is -constructive as well as critical; it is as important for him to rewrite -and rearrange as to cut out and boil down. - -The responsibility of determining whether or not any statements or -implications of the story as written are libelous also rests upon -the copy-reader. He must know the law of libel, therefore, as it is -construed in his state, and must prevent violations of it in the matter -that he edits. Less often he is called upon to decide whether or not -anything in the news story violates laws regulating the transmission of -printed matter through the mail. Whenever the copy-reader is uncertain -on any important point involving the management of the newspaper, he -refers the question to his superiors. - -=Some Common Errors.= In reading copy rapidly the beginner will do well -to be on the lookout for certain kinds of common errors in spelling, -grammar, and punctuation. The quick eye of the copy-reader will catch -the frequently misspelled words without difficulty, but uncommon proper -names are more likely to cause trouble, and in cases of doubt, books -of reference should be consulted. To prevent errors in grammar from -slipping through in a story, the copy-reader should note such points as -(1) the agreement of the verb with the subject, particularly when they -are separated from each other by words or phrases; (2) the relation -of pronouns to their antecedents; (3) the position of participles in -relation to the words that they modify; (4) the use of coördinate -conjunctions to connect elements of the same kind; (5) the position -of correlative conjunctions with relation to the elements that they -connect. - -In punctuation, not infrequent errors are (1) the use of a comma -instead of a semicolon to separate independent, grammatically -unconnected statements; (2) the omission of apostrophes in the -possessive case and in contractions; (3) the omission of a period -after abbreviations; (4) the use of double instead of single quotation -marks; (5) the failure to put quotation marks at the beginning of each -paragraph of a continuous quotation and at the end of only the last -paragraph. - -=Following the “Style Book.”= As each newspaper has its peculiar -“style,” so-called, the copy-reader must learn the rules set forth in -the “style book” which his newspaper prints for the guidance of its -reporters, editors, copy-readers, and compositors. These rules have to -do with capitalization, abbreviation, hyphenation, punctuation, use of -numerical figures, and also with the use of certain words and phrases. -The form and size of each kind of headline and the number or letter by -which it is to be designated in the copy, are sometimes included in the -style book. Every newspaper office has its own method of designating -the heads, either by number or letter, whether or not the method is -printed in the style book. Almost every style book has a long or -short list of “Don’ts,” which includes common errors to be avoided -and frequently those words and phrases that are pet aversions of the -editor-in-chief or of the managing editor. - -=How the Copy-Reader Works.= In all this work of the copy-reader the -important element is speed. Every minute is valuable in the newspaper -office, and only those who can work rapidly as well as accurately -can expect to hold a position long. To rearrange, to reconstruct, -to correct, rather than to rewrite, and to do this quickly and -skillfully, is the real work of the copy-reader. To putter over details -is an inexcusable fault. The combination of speed and accuracy in a -copy-reader is the ideal of the editor. - -On large newspapers under the plan of having all news copy read at one -desk by copy-readers under the direction of a head copy-reader, every -news story goes to the head copy-reader, who, after deciding on its -value, determines how much space it is worth and what size head it -shall have. Before passing the story over to one of the copy-readers, -the head reader gives it a catch-line, or “slugs” it, to indicate its -character and to serve as a means of identification. He also indicates -by means of a number the size of head to be written for it; for -example, “No. 1 Wreck” indicates the name of the story and the style of -head. - -If the copy is being read page by page as fast as it is written rather -than after the whole story is completed, the guide or catch-line may -be repeated at the top of each page, thus “4 Storm,” which means that -this is page 4 of the storm story. The head copy-reader also keeps a -record of all copy that passes through his hands, the entries in which -may be something like this, “Walters—Wreck—500—No. 1—11.15 A.M.—more,” -which means that from one of the members of the staff named Walters, -he received a story of a wreck that contained about 500 words; that he -gave it a No. 1 head; that it went to the composing room to be set up -in type at 11.15 A.M.; and that more of the story is to follow. - -When the head copy-reader passes over the story to the copy-reader who -is to edit it, he may give verbal directions in regard to cutting it -down, “playing up” important facts buried by the writer, or improving -the form or expression as he thinks best; or he may leave all these -details to the discretion of the copy-reader. The latter begins to -correct and improve the story as soon as he has finished the piece of -work that he has in hand. It is not unusual during the rush hours when -time is very valuable to send stories to the copy desk as each page -is written, and as the page is edited, to send it up to the composing -room to be put into type, without waiting for the complete story. Under -these circumstances a copy-reader is often editing alternate pages of -several entirely different stories, all the details of which he must -carry in mind in order to handle them intelligently and to write a -complete and accurate headline if, as is sometimes the case, this is -written only after the last page of copy on the story has been read. - -=Use of Guide Lines.= Catch-lines, such as “Society,” “State,” “Sport,” -aid in assembling news that is to go on one page or in one department. -When several independent stories, each with a separate head, are to -be assembled so that one will follow the other, the catch-lines may -indicate this thus: “Lead Convention,” “Follow Convention,” “First -Follow Convention,” “Second Follow Convention,” etc. In making up a -report of a state or national political convention, these catch-lines -are of considerable assistance. When, on the other hand, copy is being -edited that is to follow immediately upon the lead or any part of the -story without a separate head, the copy is marked “Add Convention,” -“First Add Convention,” “Second Add Convention,” etc. - -Not infrequently after the story has gone to the composing room new -facts of sufficient importance develop to warrant the writing of a -new lead or of a new paragraph or two to be inserted somewhere in -the story. In the case of a new lead the copy is marked “New Lead -Convention,” and the copy of the inserts is marked “First Insert -Convention” or “Insert A Convention.” Whenever it is known in advance -that there are to be additions to the story later, the copy-reader -writes “more” at the end of the piece of copy, instead of the end mark -(#). If the head is not sent to the composing room with the copy, the -copy is marked “Head to Come.” This is often done when it is known that -important news is coming that should be embodied in the head. If this -later news is to be put into the lead, the story may be sent up without -a lead and with the explanation “Lead to Come.” Stories to be used in -a particular edition are marked “Noon Edition,” “Market Edition,” etc. -All these catch-lines should be taken out when the type is assembled in -the forms in making up. - -The typewritten copy of telegraph news furnished by news distributing -agencies like the Associated Press and the United Press has guide lines -on stories for the benefit of the editors whenever such explanatory -matter is necessary. In order to keep their newspaper clients informed -of the latest phases of the news, these associations send brief -bulletins and “flash” statements, which they follow with more complete -stories as the news develops. The first news of an accident, for -example, comes as a bulletin, and later more details are furnished in -one or more additions to the original bulletin or in substitution for -it. The following example taken from the United Press telegraph news -service illustrates how news stories, the parts of which are furnished -at intervals during the day, are supplied with guide lines: - - (1) - BULLETIN - Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—Six men have been reported injured, two - probably fatally, in an explosion on the battleship Vermont, early - today. - ——————— - - (2) - (ADD BULLETIN ... NORFOLK) - The Vermont is now in Hampton Roads and only meagre details of - the reported accident were received by the navy yard here. It was - understood that the explosion occurred in the boiler room of the - vessel. - ——————— - - (3) - (SUBSTITUTE) - Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—In an explosion in the boiler room of the - battleship Vermont last night, six men were scalded, two receiving - possibly fatal injuries. While the ship was cruising a short distance - off the capes which form the entrance to Hampton Roads, a part of the - boiler burst, filling the engine room with scalding water and steam. - Captain Hughes immediately sent a wireless message to the hospital - ship Solace and the wounded men were transferred at sea to that - vessel, which brought them to the Norfolk hospital to-day. - - The injured men are: - - R. M. Wagner, fireman second class. - M. C. Horan, coal passer. - J. R. Newberry, fireman first class. - M. T. Green, fireman first class. - C. A. Hoteling, coal passer. - P. W. Cramer, coal passer. - (MORE) - ——————— - - (4) - - (ADD ACCIDENT VERMONT ... NORFOLK) - The accident occurred while the Vermont was anchored off the southern - battlefield drill grounds, where the annual fall target practice - began today. The head of the boiler burst and a torrent of boiling - water and steam poured out over the firemen and coal passers. Wagner - and Haran (correct) who were nearest the boiler head, were the - most seriously injured, both being scalded from head to foot. The - hospital ship Solace asked that the navy hospital here make ready - for the injured men and said that she expected to reach Norfolk this - afternoon. It was reported, but without confirmation, that Haran had - died of his injuries. - ——————— - - (5) - - BULLETIN - (LEAD) - Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—Two men are dead and four others this afternoon - lie swathed in bandages suffering terribly from scalds, as a result - of a boiler explosion on the battleship Vermont early today. R. M. - Wagner, a fireman, first class, and M. C. Haran, a coal passer, are - the dead. - - The hospital ship Solace brought the dead and wounded to the naval - hospital here today. The Vermont broke all her former speed records - in a run - (MORE) - ——————— - - (6) - - (ADD BULLETIN LEAD ... NORFOLK) - in a run from the southern drill grounds, outside the capes, to - Hampton Roads, arriving here late this afternoon. - - Wagner and Haran both died on the Solace, suffering terribly from the - scalds that covered them from head to foot. - ——————— - - (1) - - FLASH: Salem, Mass., Nov. 26.—Ettor, Giovannitti, and Caruso - acquitted. - - (2) - - BULLETIN: SUBSTITUTE FLASH ALL - Court House, Salem, Mass., Nov. 26.—Ettor, Giovannitti and Caruso, - the three labor leaders who have been on trial nearly two months - charged with murder as the result of the killing of a woman striker - during the textile troubles at Lawrence, were acquitted to-day - (MORE) - -=Sizes and Kinds of Type.= Editors and copy-readers need some knowledge -of type in order to do their work efficiently. The size of type -is measured by the point system. The unit of measure, a point, is -one seventy-second of an inch. Six-point type, accordingly, is six -seventy-seconds of an inch, 10-point is ten seventy-seconds of an inch, -and 36-point is thirty-six seventy-seconds, or one half, of an inch -in size. Before the point system was adopted, each size of type had a -name, and these names are still in common use. Thus, 5½-point type is -known as agate, 6-point as nonpareil, 7-point as minion, 8-point as -brevier, 9-point as bourgeois, 10-point as long primer, and 12-point -as pica. Nonpareil, or 6-point, is the size commonly used by large -newspapers, and minion and brevier by smaller papers. - -Type is classified as body type and display type. Body type is that -which is used in newspapers for all reading matter; display type is the -large sizes, or “faces,” of type used in headlines and in advertising. -As distinguished from the light-face body type, the heavy faces, -that print blacker than the body type, are known as bold-face type -(abbreviated, “b.f.”). Thus the boxed summaries and lists on pages -86–88 were marked to be set in 6-point bold-face type (abbreviated, -“6-pt. b.f.”). - -Type is further classified on the basis of the proportion of the height -of the letter to its width, as extra-condensed, condensed, regular or -medium, and extended. Extra-condensed and condensed faces are used in -the top deck of large headlines, and medium, or regular, faces are -usually used for banner heads extending across the page, as well as in -underline and overline heads for cuts. As distinct from slanting or -Italic type, the usual perpendicular type is called Roman. - -Different kinds, or faces, of type are given names by type founders, -such as “Caslon,” “Cheltenham,” “De Vinne,” “Ronaldson.” Each kind or -face is generally made in different sizes, body sizes commonly ranging -from 5½-point to 12-point, and display type from 8-point to 120-point. - -A “font” of type of a particular size and kind consists of a complete -set of letters, figures, etc., each character being furnished in -numbers proportional to the frequency with which it appears in ordinary -printed matter. Type is kept in shallow wooden trays, or “cases,” -divided into compartments, or “boxes,” one for each character. Capital -letters (abbreviated “caps.”) are often called “upper case,” and small -letters are always known as “lower case” (abbreviated “l. c.”), because -the capital letters are in the upper of the two type cases and the -small letters in the lower one. - -The amount of type set is measured by the number of “ems” (from the -letter “M”). An “em” is a square of a given size of type; i.e., an -em in 8-point type is eight seventy-seconds of an inch square. The -standard unit of measure for type matter is usually the 12-point, or -pica, em. A column of a newspaper that is thirteen ems wide, therefore, -is thirteen 12-point ems, or thirteen picas, in width; i.e., it is one -hundred and fifty-six seventy-seconds of an inch, or two and one sixth -inches wide. Advertising space is measured by the so-called “agate -line,” on the basis of fourteen agate lines to one inch. - -In setting type by hand, the compositor has a small metal tray, or -“stick,” inclosed on three sides and adjusted to the width of a column -or a line, into which he places the type, letter by letter, as he picks -it out of the case before him. As a stick holds about two inches of -type, a “stickful” has come to be a common expression for about two -or two and one half inches of printed matter. A news story is spoken -of by editors and compositors as being two or three “stickfuls” long, -and an editor often tells a reporter to “write a stickful or two” on -a particular story, or directs a copy-reader to “cut it down to a -stickful.” - -Type is “leaded” when thin strips of lead or brass are placed between -the lines, these “leads” being two points in thickness. When two -of these 2-point leads are placed between the lines, the type is -“double-leaded.” If no leads are used, the type is said to be “solid.” -The first paragraphs of news stories are often leaded, and very -important news, particularly short bulletins for extra editions, are -frequently double-leaded. In most parts of a newspaper, however, the -type is solid. All type and cuts are made of the same height—that is, -they are “type-high”—so that when used together they will present an -even surface for printing and stereotyping. - -=Marks Used in Copy Reading.= The marks used in editing copy are a few -simple time-saving devices to indicate to the compositor how the matter -is to be set in type. They are as follows: - - [Illustration: Three short lines under a letter or word indicate that - it is to be set in capital letters.] - - [Illustration: Two short lines under a letter or word indicate that - it is to be set in small caps.] - - [Illustration: One line under a letter or word indicates that it is - to be set in Italics.] - - [Illustration: A circle around figures or abbreviations indicates - that they are to be spelled out.] - - [Illustration: A circle around a word or numbers spelled out - indicates that they are to be abbreviated or figures used.] - - [Illustration: A caret is placed at the point in the line where the - words written above the line are to be inserted.] - - [Illustration: The paragraph mark (¶) or the sign ⅃ is placed at - the beginning of each paragraph.] - - [Illustration: A cross (×) is used for a period.] - - [Illustration: Quotation marks are often put in half circles to - indicate clearly whether they are beginning or end marks.] - - Elements to be transposed are marked thus: - [Illustration] - - A line is used to connect the end of one line with - the beginning of another when both are to form a - continuous line of print. - - The end mark (#) or the number 30 in a circle is - written at the end of every complete piece of copy. - -The application of these marks and the catch-lines in the editing of -copy are shown by the following typical pages: - - [Illustration:] - - [Illustration:] - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Familiarize yourself thoroughly with all details of the - typographical style of your paper. - -2. Read every word of copy carefully. - -3. Work as rapidly as is consistent with accuracy; don’t putter over - corrections. - -4. Make all corrections and changes so clear that the compositor can - not misunderstand them. - -5. Revise and rearrange whenever possible instead of rewriting. - -6. Cut out all needless words and phrases. - -7. Don’t think that your own way of expressing an idea is the only good - way. - -8. Scrutinize carefully all participles, pronouns, conjunctions, - correlatives, and “only’s.” - -9. Watch for the omission of the apostrophe in possessives and - contractions. - -10. See that all quoted matter is properly enclosed in “quotes.” - -11. Be sure to put single “quotes” on quotations within quotations. - -12. Verify names, initials, addresses, dates, and facts generally. - -13. Be on the lookout for libelous matter. - -14. Give every story a distinctive guide line. - -15. Don’t confuse “add’s” and “follow’s” in marking copy. - -16. Keep a record of all copy read with size of head, length of story, - author, and time. - -17. Draw a line around all directions intended for the compositors. - -18. Consult your superior when in doubt about the propriety of anything - in copy. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -Point out all changes that should be made in editing the following -piece of copy and show how each change should be indicated: - - Washington, D. C. August 21— - - According to a statement issued here to day by the treasury - department the first deposits of the Governments fifty million dollar - fund to aid crop movements will be made in the Southern States in - Aug. and Sept. All deposits in all states, declares William B. - MacAdoo, secretary of the Treasury and who orginated the plan of - assisting banks of the South and West, will be made in 2 equal - allottments. He outlined the Treasury Department’s requirements for - security in to-days statement - - While all deposits may be recalled without notice the treasury - expects to recall 25 per centum Dec. 15th, another 25 per centum on - Jan. 15th, another February 15 and the final portion on March 1. The - banks will pay two per cent. interest and all expenses - - Secretary McAdoo’s statement says the government expect by making - the deposits in National Banks in principle cities the funds will - be used in good faith for releiving stringancy and not to speculate - with and that it will be distributed to smaller banks at moderate and - reasonable interest. Deposits only will be placed with banks who have - forty per cent of their circulation of banknotes out standing. - - 10 per cent of the security must be in Government Bonds and the - remaining 90 per cent. may be high class state, municipal and other - bonds at 75 per cent of their market value and approved by the - secretary. Prime commercial or business paper will be excepted at 65 - per cent. of their face value when indorsed by the bank, approved by - the Secretary and unanimously approved by a “securities committee” - of 6 members in the clearing house district in which it comes. The - secretary of the treasury will name one member of each comittee. - Commercial paper the statement point out must represent legitinate - commercial transactions preferably endorsed with two names and - the borrowing bank but single name paper will be accepted in the - judgement of the Treasury. - - Any of the banks may return the deposits at any time before Mar. 1. - - The Secretary’s statement of to day outlined many details which are - chiefly of interest to bankers concerned. - - - - - CHAPTER XI - - THE WRITING OF HEADLINES - - -=The Function of the Headline.= Headlines as developed by the American -press during the last half-century have come to be, next to the news -itself, the most important part of our newspapers. From mere labels to -indicate the kind of reading matter to be found in the columns under -them, headlines in this country have developed into bulletins giving -the substance of the articles to which they are attached. By presenting -conspicuously in large type the important facts of the story which -it precedes, the headline serves a double purpose: it makes possible -rapid reading of the news thus outlined in the head, and it becomes an -advertisement of the news to attract the purchaser. - -=Heads Promote Rapid Reading.= As concise summaries of the facts of the -news, headlines fill an important place in contemporary American life, -for, by reading only the headlines, the busy man or woman can get in -brief outline the news of the whole world. The size of the type and -the arrangement of the parts of the headline aid in a marked degree -this rapid reading. Well-written heads that give clearly and accurately -the information of greatest significance in the stories under them are -an integral part of the newspaper, the function of which, as has been -said, is to give the readers in a clear and interesting form the news -of the day. - -=How Heads Advertise News.= By their form and position, likewise, the -headlines act as advertisements for what the paper contains. Like all -good advertisements, headlines should create interest and lead to -the sale of the paper. By arousing the reader’s curiosity and at the -same time partially satisfying it, the head, when skillfully written, -attracts the reader’s attention and influences him to read the story. - -A newspaper that aims to have large street sales will naturally take -advantage of the advertising element in the heads, by making them as -attractive as possible. In fact, the efforts of some newspapers of this -class to make the most powerful appeal possible, have led to extreme -forms of headlines with great black type and with varicolored effects. -In general, morning papers and evening papers with regular subscribers -are less inclined to employ large heads for advertising their news than -are those evening papers with several street editions that seek to have -large sales. Large heads extending across several columns and printed -in green, red, or black ink set forth the latest phases of the news in -a manner well calculated to catch the eye as the paper is displayed on -the news stand or in the hands of the newsboy. As in advertising in -general there is always a temptation to make alluring statements at the -expense of truth, so in headline advertisement there is a tendency to -exaggerate and magnify in order to catch the unwary reader. - -=Large Heads and “Yellow Journalism.”= Since the more sensational -papers have taken advantage of this advertising element and have -yielded at times to the temptation to exaggerate or even to -misrepresent, as is not unheard of in advertising generally, large -display effects in headlines have come to be associated in the popular -mind with so-called “yellow journalism.” The connection between the -two is by no means inevitable, however, for large headlines need not -be any more sensational or inaccurate than smaller ones, and may -legitimately be used to attract attention to the real features of the -news. Conservative papers that do not depend to any considerable extent -on street sales tend to keep up the smaller headlines long used in -American newspapers, which, while giving the substance of the news in -outline, do not attempt to advertise prominently the contents. - -=Clearness and Conciseness.= Regarded as a bulletin of the most -important facts in the news, the headline should present these facts -in a clear and concise manner. To be clear the form should be one that -can be taken in by the eye at a glance. The relation of the divisions, -or “decks,” of the head should be evident, so that the reader may get a -clear idea of the bearing of one statement on another. The statements -should be concrete and specific. The limitations of space make it -necessary for the headline to be concise so that the maximum number of -important facts may be included. - -=Action in Headlines.= As news is largely concerned with activities, -headlines should express the action related in the news story. In -defining oratory Demosthenes said that the three essential elements -are: first, “action”; second, “action”; and third, “action.” The same -characteristics may well be ascribed to the most effective headlines. -Life and vividness of expression give interest to heads as they do -to the news story. Freshness and originality of phrasing are also -successful provided the uncommon form is clear. Short, crisp, specific -words constituting definite statements that can be readily grasped in -rapid reading, generally make the best headlines. - -=Headlines are Impartial.= Headlines, like the news stories of which -they are summaries, should be impartial. It is possible to “color” -headlines so that they give a false impression of the news in the -stories to which they are attached. The reader tends to carry over into -the news story the impression which he gets from the headline, and a -“colored” head, therefore, tends to “color” even an impartial, accurate -news story. Headlines likewise should not comment on the news; comments -on the news should be made in the editorial columns. - -=Divisions of Headlines.= The headline is composed of one or more -divisions called “lines,” “decks,” or “banks.” These divisions are -separated by dashes and are frequently different in form and in size of -type. In the following head, each deck has a distinct form and size of -type. - - 3-part |ONE GIRL’S ACT | - drop-line | PREVENTS 60,000 | - | FROM WORKING| - ——— ——————— - - 3-part |She Refuses to Join the Union and| - pyramid | Every Mill Owner is Against | - “bank” | Closed Shop | - ——— ——————— - - cross-line |WEEKLY LOSS $2,500,000| - ——— ——————— - - |Says She Quit Organized Labor Be-| - 4-part hanging | cause She Does Not Believe In It| - indention | and Declares She Will Not Return| - | Despite All Threats. | - -Headlines are constructed on the basis of the four forms that appear -in the above example, which may be called respectively, (1) the -drop-line; (2) the pyramid; (3) the cross-line; and (4) the hanging -indention. Graphically these forms may be represented thus: - - (1) - - | Drop-line | - |—————————————————————————————— | - | ——————————————————————————————| - - - (2) - - | Pyramid | - |————————————————————————————————————————| - | —————————————————————————————————— | - | ———————————————————————————— | - - - (3) - - | Cross-line | - |————————————————————————————————————————| - - - (4) - - | Hanging indention | - |————————————————————————————————————————| - | ——————————————————————————————————| - | ——————————————————————————————————| - | ——————————————————————————————————| - -=Drop-Line Heads.= The drop-line head may consist of two, three, or -four parts arranged as in the following three heads: - - (1) - - |MOVING PICTURE MEN | - | START WAR ON TRUST| - - (2) - - |LOWELL MEN WANT | - | CANAL TO CONNECT | - | CITY WITH BOSTON| - - (3) - - |SEVEN CHILDREN | - | SAVED AS HOME | - | AND BIG FACTORY | - | IN EVERETT BURN| - -=Cross-Line Heads.= The cross-line head consists of but one line which -may or may not fill the whole space between the column rules. In the -following examples, the first head fills the line, and the second only -part of the line. - - (1) - - |POSTAL BANK BILL PASSES| - - (2) - - | SEES PERIL IN TARIFF | - -=Pyramid Banks.= The pyramid head may consist of two, three, or four -parts, graduated in length to produce the inverted pyramid effect. The -following “bank” illustrates the pyramid of three parts: - - |Promoters of International Av-| - | iation Tournament Decide | - | to Use Race Track. | - -=Hanging Indention.= The hanging indention head consists of several -parts, the first of which begins at the column rule on the left, while -all the others are indented the width of one or two letters. - - |Immense Wealth is Stored Up| - | in Vaults of Country’s Repos-| - | itories for Coin, Bullion, and| - | Other Precious Metals. | - -The drop-line, cross-line, or pyramid may be used in any deck, whereas -the hanging indention head is used only for a deck other than the first. - -=Combinations of Forms.= Various combinations of these four forms -may be used to give the variety required for all kinds of stories. -For large heads a combination of a two part drop-line, a three part -pyramid, a cross-line or another drop-line, and a second pyramid, -constitutes a frequent form, as is seen in the following example: - - |FRENCH STRIKE ENDS | - | AFTER DAY OF CRIME| - | ————— | - |Railroad Men’s Union Orders| - | Work Resumed on All Tied| - | Up Lines To-day. | - | ————— | - |BOMB OUTRAGES CONTINUE| - | ————— | - |Attempts to Blow Up Passenger| - | Trains and Bridges Arouse | - | Public and Police. | - | ————— | - -A large three part drop-line head may be followed by a hanging -indention line and by a cross-line, as in the following case: - - |TREASURY CHANGE | - | CAUSES A RECOUNT | - | OF NATION’S FUNDS| - | ————— | - |Amazing Wealth is Stored Up| - | in the Vaults of Country’s| - | Repositories for Coin and| - | Bullion. | - | ————— | - |WEIGHING MONEY BAGS| - -For smaller heads there are several sizes of two part drop-heads, or -of cross-lines combined with pyramids or hanging indentions of two or -three parts; for example: - - (1) - - |COLLEGE BOYS TURN WAITERS| - | ————— | - |Break Strike in Evanston Restaurant| - | When Girls Walk Out. | - | ————— | - - (2) - - |BURGLARS BUSY IN NEWTON| - | ————— | - |Houses Ransacked by Gang Which Is| - | Thought to Have Had Rendezvous| - | In the Old Post Office. | - | ————— | - - (3) - - |AIRSHIP STANDS FINAL TEST| - | ————— | - |Baldwin Machine Stays Aloft Two Hours| - | and is Accepted by Signal Corps as | - | the Most Proficient Of All. | - | ————— | - - (4) - - |EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY | - | UPHELD BY OHIO COURT| - | ————— | - |Act Providing for Benefits in Case of| - | Death or Injury Is Declared | - | to Be Constitutional. | - | ————— | - -Practically every symmetrical arrangement of the four forms of heads -can be found in various newspapers, but the principles underlying the -writing of any of the combinations are the same. - -=Type Limits of Heads.= The typographical limitations are the most -important considerations governing the writing of headlines. These -limitations are determined by the size of type and the form of each -deck of the head. The possible variation in the parts of the first deck -is not more than a letter or two from the normal form. So small is the -variation possible within the column width that the size of the letters -used has to be considered. Thus the letters “M” and “W” are one and -one-half times the size of all the other letters except “I,” which is -only one-half as large as the others. In the counting of unit letters -in a headline, the writer must consider “M” and “W” as one and one-half -units each, and the letter “I” and the figure “1” as half a unit each. -Each space between words is counted as one unit. Since the form and -symmetry of a head are marred or entirely destroyed by having too few -or too many units in any part, great skill is necessary in the choice -and the arrangement of words to secure as nearly as possible the exact -number of units required for a perfect head. - -The effect produced by having too many units is shown in the following -heads for which 18 units is the normal number in each half of the -two-line drop head. - - (1) - - |GOVERNOR NAMES FIRST| - |OF MUNICIPAL REFORMS| - - (2) - - |TWO FIRES IN ONE HOUSE| - |INSIDE OF THREE HOURS| - -When the number of units is less than that required for the best -effect, the headline is not so unsatisfactory as when too many units -are crowded into it, because the short line is more legible than the -long one. In each of the following heads the first half contains only -15 units instead of 18, and as a result there is too much space at the -end of each of these halves. Both, however, are much more easily read -than the crowded ones given above. - - (1) - - |STATE SECRETARY | - | ON TRIP TO COAST| - - (2) - - |WEISS REASSURES | - | BUSINESS WORLD| - -That much better results are produced by having each half contain more -nearly the required number of units is shown by comparing the next two -heads with those preceding. - - (1) - - |STORY OF DYING MAN | - | REOPENS GRAFT CASE| - - (2) - - |MAY LOSE EXTRA PAY | - | FOR NIGHT CAR RUNS| - -In headline writing a number of points must be borne in mind. It should -be remembered, however, that these are not hard and fast rules but -general principles based on newspaper practice. - -=Why the Head is Based on the “Lead.”= As in the normal type of news -story all the important facts are given in the lead, the headline, as -the bulletin of these facts, is based largely, if not entirely, on the -material in the lead. One reason for giving all the essential details -in the lead, as has already been pointed out, is that the story may -be cut down before or after it is in type. This possibility that the -story may be cut down is an additional reason why the headline should -be based on the first part of the story, for if the headline contains -only the substance of the lead, it need not be rewritten when any part -of the story is cut off. - -=The Tone of the Head.= To adapt the character of the headline to -the tone of the story is important for the best effect of both. The -head should prepare the reader for what is to follow. A humorous or -witty headline is well adapted for a story written in a light vein but -usually is out of keeping with a plain news story. A suggestion of -pathos even may be given in the headline when the story warrants it. -Efforts to be funny or tearful, however, ought always to be carefully -considered and should not be made unless the circumstances justify them. - -=Avoiding Repetition.= It has come to be a generally recognized point -that there should be a minimum amount of repetition of words throughout -the head. The same word should not be used more than once either in the -same deck or in different decks unless the lack of synonyms makes it -absolutely necessary, or unless emphasis is gained by so doing. This, -of course, applies in only a limited degree to the necessary connective -words, such as conjunctions and prepositions, and parts of the verb -“to be.” The writer of heads should have at his command a number of -synonymous words and expressions, so that, when he must refer to the -same person, object, or action a second or third time, he may be able -to vary the expression. - -=The Interrelation of the Decks.= If the grammatical subject remains -the same in statements made in two or more decks, it need not be -repeated, as it will be understood with the verbs in the following deck -or decks. In the head given below, the subject of the verb “stricken” -in the first deck, serves as the subject of the verbs “found” in the -second deck, “is” in the third, and “will be taken” in the fourth. - - |GUARD STRICKEN | - | ON PRISON WALL| - | ————— | - |Found in His Sentry Box at the| - | Penitentiary Helpless | - | From Paralysis | - | ————— | - |IS A CIVIL WAR VETERAN| - | ————— | - |Will be Taken to His Meigs| - | County Home Unless He | - | Grows Worse. | - | ————— | - -Since the subject, when suppressed in any deck, is understood to be the -same as that in the deck just preceding, care must be taken to have the -verb agree with it grammatically. There is a not unnatural tendency, -for example, to use in one deck a singular verb with a collective -noun like “common council,” or “faculty” (of a college), and then, -changing the idea to the members of these bodies, to use in the next -deck a plural verb with the subject suppressed. Thus, in the following -head, “tariff board” should not be made the subject of “reports” and -“declare.” - - |TARIFF BOARD REPORTS | - | ON ALL WOOL SCHEDULES| - | ————— | - |Declare That Many of the Rates are| - | Too High. | - -Failure to remember that a verb without a subject is assumed to have -the same subject as the statement in the deck immediately preceding, -not that in any other of the preceding decks, also leads to confusion. -The following head, for example, is poor because it is not clear that -“president” is the subject of “gives,” since “governor” is the subject -of the statement in the preceding deck; nor is it evident that “troops” -of the first deck is the subject of “to camp” in the fourth. - - |PRESIDENT ORDERS | - | TROOPS TO REMAIN| - | ————— | - |Governor Undecided About Calling| - | Special Legislative Session. | - | ————— | - |GIVES TWELVE DAYS OF GRACE| - | ————— | - |To Camp Here Three Weeks| - | While State Decides | - | Its Course. | - | ————— | - -The subject is sometimes incorrectly suppressed in one deck when there -is no subject in the preceding deck that can be understood for that -verb; for example, in the following head there is no word in the first -deck that can be taken for the subject of “was” in the second. - - |ARREST REVEALS DOUBLE LIFE| - | ————— | - |Was Both Traveling Man and Bur-| - | glar at Same Time, Say Police. | - -Often it is necessary to repeat in other decks with additional details -or in more definite form the statement made in the first deck; for -example: - - |TO TIE UP WHOLE OHIO LINE| - | ————— | - |Shopmen on Strike Threaten to Pre-| - | vent Running of All Trains. | - -When such repetition is necessary for greater clearness, there is no -objection to it, but to make several decks merely repetition in other -words of the first is a not uncommon fault that should be avoided. -If, for example, the foregoing head had been expanded into four decks -by mere repetition, the result might have been the following head, in -which but one fact is presented. - - |TO TIE UP WHOLE OHIO LINE| - | ————— | - |Shopmen On Strike Threaten to| - | Prevent Running of | - | All Trains | - | ————— | - |TRAFFIC TO BE AT A STANDSTILL| - | ————— | - |Strikers Say That No Freight or Pas-| - | senger Service Will Be Possible | - | Over the Road Affected. | - -Most newspapers prefer to have the statement in each deck grammatically -independent of that in the preceding deck; that is, they avoid -extending a statement through two decks. How such a continuous -statement is sometimes made, however, is shown in the following head -from the New York _Sun_: - - |MORSE SAYS IT WASN’T FAIR| - | ————— | - |_TO PUT HIS STORY IN THE HANDS_| - | _OF GOVERNMENT AGENTS_ | - -One peculiar form of headline, some of the best examples of which are -found in the Cincinnati _Enquirer_, depends for its effect upon this -continuation of a statement through several decks. Only one word is -used for the first deck of large heads of this type, and only one or -two in the first deck of smaller heads, as is seen in the following -examples: - - (1) - - | ENGINEERS | - | ————— | - |Favor Lock Canal| - | ————— | - |Work of Goethals Meets| - | Praise of Experts, | - | ————— | - |Who, With Taft, Inspect| - | the Panama Ditch, | - | ————— | - |And They Find Gatum Ac-| - | cident Was Trivial. | - | ————— | - |No Further Trouble With the| - | Dam Is Anticipated—Plans | - | of the President | - | Elect. | - - (2) - - | PANCAKES | - | ———— | - |Wife Baked Tempted Soldier To| - | Freedom, But Sirup To Put on | - | Them Caused His Arrest. | - | ———— | - -=Style in Heads.= Rhyme and alliteration may be used to advantage on -rare occasions, but generally this similarity of sound produces a -jingling result that is not pleasing. Originality and novelty can be -given by choice and combination of words much more effectively than by -the artificial means of similar sounds. - -To make headlines as concise as possible the articles “a,” “an,” and -“the” are omitted, and auxiliary verbs not absolutely necessary are -suppressed. When articles and auxiliaries are convenient to fill out -the line to the required number of units, they may be retained, but -should not be used at the beginning of a deck. - -To give freshness and vividness to the head, the verb is usually -put in the present tense even though the action is in the past; for -example, “Roosevelt Speaks in Cleveland.” Future action is expressed -by the infinitive or by the regular future form with “will”; for -example, “Roosevelt to Speak in Cleveland,” or “Roosevelt Will Speak in -Cleveland.” - -The active voice of the verb is preferred to the passive because the -active is more vivid and more concise. “Cornell Wins Intercollegiate -Regatta,” is better than “Intercollegiate Regatta Won by Cornell.” -When, however, the passive is required to give the more significant -part of the statement prominence in the first part of the top deck it -should be used in preference to the active. In the following head the -important point is that the post office has been robbed, rather than -the fact that it was robbed by tramps. - - |POST OFFICE ROBBED | - | BY BAND OF TRAMPS| - -This head would be less effective with the active verb, since the -robbery of the post office would then go into the second part of the -deck, thus: - - |BAND OF TRAMPS ROB | - | POST OFFICE SAFE| - -News value rather than rules must determine in any case whether the -active or passive voice is desirable. - -The use of abbreviations, likewise, cannot be fixed by rule. In -general, only commonly used abbreviations, like “Dr.,” “Prof.,” “Mrs.,” -“Mr.,” “St.,” “Co.,” are to be found in headlines. In particular cases, -however, others are employed because they are convenient and clear. -In Boston, for example, “Tech” as an abbreviation for “Massachusetts -Institute of Technology,” is common, and the Boston _Herald_, -therefore, used it to advantage in the head: - - |200 TECH MEN SEE | - | YULE LOG BLAZE| - -During a long campaign for “immediate municipal ownership” in Chicago, -the newspapers of that city used almost daily the abbreviation “I.M.O.” -So “L” for “elevated railroad” is perfectly clear to readers in -New York, Boston, and Chicago. The names of states are not usually -abbreviated, although “U.S.” is frequent. Abbreviations like “auto,” -“taxi,” and “phone” are so general that they are used without question -in headlines. - -Colloquial contractions like “can’t,” “we’re,” etc., although not -common, may give the life and naturalness often well suited to a story, -as for example in the following head: - - |ROCKEFELLER, HE’D HELP HER| - | ————— | - |So Mary Mayogian, Who is 12, Came| - | Here to See Him. | - -In the first deck short words are preferred, because in rapid reading -they are more easily grasped than long ones, and because two or three -words in each part of the line make a better looking, more symmetrical -head. To meet the need for short equivalents for long words that are -generally accepted terms, new words have been coined and new functions -given to old ones. For the long noun “investigation” and the verb -“to investigate,” the words “probe” and “quiz” are favorites with -the headline writer, and are often used to excess. Long words like -“criticize,” “censure,” “rebuke” give way to shorter ones like “hit,” -“rap,” and “score.” The concise but inelegant “nab” is a headline -substitute for “arrest.” The verb “peril,” rarely used elsewhere, -appears in heads as an equivalent for “imperil” or “endanger,” as in -“Shipwreck Perils Many.” The verb “wed” is a convenient short form for -“marry.” Words condemned by good usage, such as “to suicide” and “to -kill self,” have found a place in the headlines of some newspapers -because of their clearness and brevity. - -Slang, likewise, on account of its conciseness, novelty, and colloquial -character, is not infrequently found in heads, although some newspapers -have a rule against its use. If the slang word or phrase is put -in quotation marks, it is considered by some newspapers as less -objectionable. All that may be said for or against slang in newspapers -as a whole, applies with equal force to its use in heads. If the -question of good taste is involved in the use of a slang word, the safe -course is to avoid it. - -Some newspapers have a rule that numerical figures should be put into -headlines only when they are absolutely necessary, an injunction that -implies a very limited use of them, whereas the general practice -clearly is to employ figures when they are the most effective means of -conveying the important facts. The advantage of figures is seen in the -following heads taken from representative newspapers: - - (1) - - |TO SELL 81 PICTURES | - | VALUED AT $2,000,000| - - (2) - - |5,000 WOMEN MARCH | - | IN SUFFRAGE PARADE| - - (3) - - |50-CENT BUTTER | - | SOON TO FOLLOW | - | MILK PRICE RISE| - - (4) - - |40 MORE GRAFTERS| - | TO BE ARRESTED | - | IN PITTSBURG | - -Figures for numbers under ten appear less frequently in headlines, -particularly at the beginning of a deck, but again the practice in -regard to this usage is not uniform. Newspapers, like the New York -_Evening Post_, that have but one line in the top deck of their large -headlines, not infrequently use figures below ten at the beginning or -anywhere in the first deck. With the greater space of the drop-line -head it is easier to avoid small figures. - -The division of words in headlines so that one syllable is in one part -of the deck and one in another part, is to be avoided. Similarly, -hyphenated words, or two words constituting a name or term each word -of which is not clear alone, should not be divided between parts of -the top deck. The following four heads illustrate these undesirable -divisions: - - (1) - - |TROOPS SOON TO EM- | - | BARK FOR PANAMA| - - (2) - - |CAMP PICKS ALL- | - | AMERICAN TEAM| - - (3) - - |CUT IN SCHEDULE | - | “K” IS PROBABLE| - - (4) - - |CURLERS PLAN BON | - | SPIEL IN MARCH| - -The use of unemphatic words, like “of,” “to,” “for,” “and,” “but,” -“if,” “a,” “the,” at the end of parts of the top deck is not desirable, -as in this position they are given prominence and emphasis out of all -proportion to their importance. Typographical limitations and the -exigencies of rapid headline writing, however, result not infrequently -in their appearance in these positions. Whenever it is possible, they -should be avoided at the end of parts of the top deck. - -=Punctuation.= Punctuation in headlines and subheads follows the -accepted rules. When marks are not absolutely necessary for clearness, -they should be omitted. In the first deck, and in cross-line heads, -independent sentences not connected by conjunctions are separated by -semicolons; for example: - - |HATTERS GUILTY | - | OF BOYCOTTING; | - | FINED $222,000| - -In other decks dashes are usually used to separate independent -unconnected statements. Care should be taken to avoid a dash at the -end of one of the parts of a deck. The use of the dash is shown in the -following example: - - |TAFT PREPARES FOR YALE POST| - | ————— | - |President Leases Residence at New| - | Haven—Expects to Go There | - | in the Spring. | - -Headline punctuation in various forms is illustrated in the heads given -below: - - (1) - - |GIVE UP WAR SPOILS? | - | “NO”, SHOUT CHINESE| - - (2) - - |“THEATRE ON FIRE!” | - | CRY ON BROADWAY| - - (3) - - |WHITE DEMANDED | - | BRIBE, DECLARES | - | BLANER ON STAND| - - (4) - - |“GIVE BAD POLITICS | - | FRESH AIR”—WILSON| - - (5) - - |NED TODD, GAMBLER, DIES| - - (6) - - |WILL GIVE “PINAFORE” | - | WITH ALL-STAR CAST| - - (7) - - |ALL CITIZENS, BEWARE! | - | “HOLD-UP” MEN ARE OUT| - - (8) - - |TRUST WEAKENS; | - | DEALERS PROMISE | - | 8-CENT MILK SOON| - - (9) - - |“DON’T BUTT IN” | - | MEXICO IS TOLD | - | IN POLITE WAY| - -=Methods of Building Headlines.= The editor or copy-reader who is -constantly writing heads comes to think unconsciously in headline -units; that is, his daily practice makes it possible for him to frame -readily statements of the essential facts that will fulfill the -requirements of each deck of the head. Nevertheless, he always counts -the units to be sure that the number is correct. For the beginner the -process of building up the several decks of a typical headline is -analyzed at some length in the following pages, in order to demonstrate -the methods pursued. - -The story selected for showing the process of headline writing has -been taken from the Chicago _Record-Herald_, which gave it a headline -constructed on the following plan: - - 18 unit letters |FOREST RESERVE ACT | - 18 unit letters | IS DECLARED INVALID| - ————— | ——————— | - 10 words, or | | - 30 unit letters |State Supreme Court’s Decision| - 25 unit letters | Puts Tax Assessing Depart- | - 15 unit letters | ment In Dilemma. | - ————— | ——————— | - 23 unit letters |MAY ENJOIN THE OFFICIALS| - ————— | ——————— | - 10 words, or | | - 30 unit letters |State’s Attorney Wayne Threat-| - 25 unit letters | ens Action if Attempt is Made| - 15 unit letters | to Collect Levy. | - -The story for which the headline is to be written follows: - - The city council finance committee last night unanimously agreed to - a proposition made by Mayor Harrison to have a committee of experts - decide each year how much money shall be spent in each ward for - street cleaning and garbage and refuse collection. - - The mayor said the plan could not be adopted this year, as the - committee was engaged in making up the budget for 1912 and there - would not be time. - - The suggestion of the mayor came during the annual “squabble” of the - committee over the ward appropriations. As usual every member was - contending for an increase. - - “I’ll tell you, gentlemen,” suddenly broke in Mayor Harrison, “this - helter skelter method of making up ward appropriations should be - discontinued. It is a system that is out of date and one that works - an injustice on many sections of the city. I would suggest that we - have a commission or a committee of experts begin next year, about - three months before the committee begins making up the budget, and - work out a scientific plan for the proper distribution of the street - cleaning and garbage removal funds.” - - “I’m with you there,” declared Aldermen Cermak and Egan in unison, - and every alderman around the table enthusiastically endorsed the - proposition. - - The work of making the ward appropriations was continued after the - mayor’s suggestions and raises were granted along the line. - -In editing this story of the meeting of the city council finance -committee, the copy-reader would get these four main points: - - (1) Mayor Harrison’s proposal to the finance committee in regard to - the allotment of ward funds was approved. - - (2) His plan is to have experts decide the division on a scientific - basis. - - (3) The new method cannot be put into operation until next year on - account of lack of time. - - (4) The fight, or “squabble,” among the aldermen on this matter has - been an annual one. - -As the subject of the story is the “ward funds,” the headline may be -constructed around these words. The words “ward fund” contain 9½ units, -and the plural “ward funds,” 10½ units, which, on the basis of 18 units -to be filled in each half of the first deck, will leave 7½ or 8½ units -to be filled, according as the singular or plural form of “fund” is -used. If a verb is desired for the first half deck, the “dividing” or -“allotting” of the fund expresses the idea involved; and, since the -action is in the future, “to divide” or “to allot” (8 units each), -or “will divide” or “will allot” (10 units each), are possibilities. -The combination of these elements gives “To Allot Ward Fund” (18½ -units) and “To Divide Ward Fund” (18½ units), either of which may be -used for the first half of the top deck. This deck may be completed -in the second half by introducing the second point; namely, that the -allotment is to be made “On a Scientific Basis” (19 units), which can -be reduced to 17 units by omitting the article “a.” The result will -then be as follows: - - |TO DIVIDE WARD FUND | 18½ unit letters - | ON SCIENTIFIC BASIS| 17 unit letters - -Or the second point may be used in the form of the allotment’s being -made “with the aid of experts” (22½ units), which may be reduced to 18½ -units by omitting the article “the.” The resulting combination will be: - - |TO ALLOT WARD FUND | 18½ unit letters - | WITH AID OF EXPERTS| 18½ unit letters - -If it is desired to emphasize the fact that the mayor has solved the -ward fund problem, or has ended the “grab,” or settled the “squabble,” -or dispute, or fight, these phrases may be arranged in the following -forms: - - (1) - - |WARD FUND PROBLEM | 18 units - | IS SOLVED BY MAYOR| 18 units - - (2) - - |WARD FUND SQUABBLE | 18½ units - | IS SETTLED BY MAYOR| 19 units - - (3) - - |FIGHT FOR WARD FUND | 19 units - | IS ENDED BY MAYOR| 17 units - - (4) - - |GRAB FOR WARD FUND | 18½ units - | IS STOPPED BY MAYOR| 19 units - -Still greater prominence can be given to the mayor by putting the word -at the beginning of the first half of the first deck, but by so doing -the real subject, that is, the ward fund division or wrangle, must go -over into the second half. In this arrangement the forms would be: - - (1) - - |MAYOR HAS SETTLED | 17 units - | WARD FUND WRANGLE| 18 units - - (2) - - |MAYOR PUTS AN END | 17½ units - | TO WARD FUND SCRAP| 18½ units - - (3) - - |MAYOR’S PLAN SOLVES| 19 units - | WARD FUND PROBLEM| 18 units - -If more emphasis is desired for the point that experts are to settle -or decide the ward fund division or fight, these statements may be -combined as follows, but again the real subject, by going into the -second half of the deck, is less conspicuous: - - (1) - - |EXPERTS WILL DECIDE | 18½ units - | WARD FUND DIVISION| 17 units - - (2) - - |EXPERTS WILL SETTLE | 19 units - | FIGHT FOR WARD FUND| 19 units - -These various forms for the top deck show some of the possibilities -of variety of emphasis and tone in the headline. As the first half of -the top deck is more conspicuous than the second, the most significant -part of the statement should, if possible, be placed in the first half. -Consequently those forms in which the idea of the allotting or dividing -of the ward funds is placed first, would generally be preferred. -The words “squabble,” “scrap,” and “grab,” although colloquial and -inelegant, might be admissible to characterize effectively the -situation growing out of the efforts of each alderman to get the most -for his own ward, if the circumstances of the dispute were undignified. - -The other decks of the headline for this story may be constructed to -follow any one of these top decks, but, for convenience, only two of -the top decks will be used for illustration. If the one chosen is “To -Divide Ward Fund On Scientific Basis,” it may be developed by the other -points already given (page 296); that is, (1) The mayor’s proposal was -approved by the finance committee; (2) The division is to be made by -experts; (3) The method cannot be put into operation until next year -for lack of time; and (4) the fight on the matter has been an annual -one. The second deck of ten words should explain the “scientific basis” -of division and give the action of the finance committee by which this -plan was determined upon, both of which points may be stated in the -following forms: - - (1) 11 words - |City Council Finance Commit-| 27 unit letters - | tee Will Let Experts Settle| 27 unit letters - | Problem Next Year. | 17½ unit letters - - (2) 12 words - |Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount| 30 unit letters - | Given Approval by Council | 25 unit letters - | Finance Committee. | 17 unit letters - -The third deck, which, because of the size of type, is next in -prominence to the top deck, should contain the mayor’s part in the -solution, and within the limits of 23 unit letters, this may be -expressed in the following forms: - - (1) - - PROPOSAL MADE BY MAYOR| 23 units - - (2) - - MAYOR PROPOSES SOLUTION| 23 units - - (3) - - PLAN IS OFFERED BY MAYOR| 24 units - - (4) - - MAYOR ENDS THE SQUABBLE| 23½ units - - (5) - - MAYOR PROPOSES THE PLAN| 23½ units - -If the third or fifth forms are used, they should not be combined with -the second form, “Plan To Let Experts, etc.,” suggested for the second -deck, because of the repetition of the word “plan.” - -For the fourth deck the idea that the dispute is an annual one, and, -if not already used, the point that the plan is going into effect next -year, may both be expressed within the limits, which are the same as -those for the second deck, as follows: - - (1) 12 words - |New Method Will End Annual| 27 units - | Dispute of Aldermen Over | 24 units - | Allotment of Money. | 18 units - - | (2) 11 words - |Annual Squabble of Aldermen| 27 units - | Over Street Cleaning Money | 26 units - | Ends Next Year. | 14 units - -In complete form with one of each of these possibilities chosen to -avoid repetition, the head will read: - - |TO DIVIDE WARD FUND | - | ON SCIENTIFIC BASIS| - | ————— | - |City Council Finance Commit-| - | tee Will Let Experts Settle | - | Problem Next Year. | - | ————— | - |MAYOR PROPOSES THE PLAN| - | ————— | - |New Method Will End Annual| - | Dispute of Aldermen Over | - | Allotment of Money. | - -If the first deck chosen is one of the forms in which the part played -by the mayor in the solution of the problem is emphasized, the other -three decks could be so composed as to include the other points, -without repetition, as follows: - - |WARD FUND PROBLEM | - | IS SOLVED BY MAYOR| - | ————— | - |Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount| - | Given Approval by Council | - | Finance Committee. | - | ————— | - |TO TAKE EFFECT NEXT YEAR| - | ————— | - |Allotment on Scientific Basis| - | to Replace Annual Squabble | - | of the Aldermen. | - -=Subheads.= Besides writing headlines for stories, the copy-reader -inserts subheads at intervals to break up the solid masses of type -which are unrelieved except by paragraph division. These subheads make -possible more rapid reading. - -The subhead, which is set up either in bold face capitals or in bold -face capitals and lower case, is like a cross-line head that does not -fill the entire column width. The subhead should be an announcement in -three or four words of the most significant point in the section of the -story which it precedes. The same limitation as to the number of units -exists as in any cross-line head. In a story of some length subheads -are placed at intervals of about 200 words, and in shorter stories at -intervals of from 100 to 150 words. The insertion of these subheads -at comparatively regular intervals makes for symmetry of effect. -Significant matter in the story, or an important change of topic, -warrants a subhead, regardless of the regularity of the interval. It -is generally considered preferable not to place a subhead immediately -after a sentence ending with a colon and introducing a quotation, -because the subhead interrupts the quotation and appears to be part of -it. This difficulty can usually be avoided by placing the subhead just -before the introductory sentence, thus: - - | NEW YORK, Dec. 14.—On the eve of his| - |retirement from the post of British| - |ambassador at Washington, which he| - |has occupied with distinction for six| - |years, James Bryce Saturday night| - |paid an extraordinary tribute to the| - |constitution of the United States.| - |The occasion was the annual dinner of| - |the Pennsylvania society of New York,| - |and he spoke from the topic: “The| - |Commemoration of the One Hundred and| - |Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the Framing| - |of the Constitution of the United| - |States.” | - | | - | Work of Men of Genius. | - | | - | The ambassador said in part: | - | | - | “The constitution was the work of an| - |extraordinary group of men such as| - |has seldom been seen living at the| - |same time in any country and such as| - |had never been brought together in| - |any other country to undertake the| - |immensely difficult task of framing a| - |fundamental instrument of government| - |for a nation. The nation was then a| - |small one, and it is one of the most| - |striking tributes to the genius and| - |foresight of the men that the frame| - |of government which they designed| - |for 37,000,000 people should have| - |proved fitting to serve the needs of| - |93,000,000.” | - -=Jump-Heads.= When a story is continued from one page to another, -a head called a jump-head, or “run-over” head, is placed above the -continuation. This jump-head may be either the top deck of the head at -the beginning set in the same type or in smaller type, or it may be a -new head. Examples of jump-heads follow: - - (1) _First Page Head_ - - |FLAMES END LIVES | - | OF TWO BABY BOYS| - | ————— | - |Children in Different Parts of City| - | Meet Horrible Death at | - | the Same Time. | - | ————— | - |BONFIRE IS FATAL TO ONE| - | ————— | - |The Other, Left With Sister, Is| - | Found Blazing in Home by | - | Passersby. | - - (2) _Jump-Head on Third Page_ - - |FIRE ENDS BABIES’ LIVES| - | | - | Continued from Page One. | - | ————— | - - (1) _Top Deck of First Page Head_ - - |EXPRESS BEATEN | - | BY PARCELS POST | - | IN INITIAL TEST| - - (2) _Jump-Head on Fourth Page_ - - |EXPRESS BEATEN | - | BY PARCELS POST| - | ————— | - +————————————————————+ - | (Continued from | - | first page.) | - +————————————————————+ - -=Big Heads.= In this discussion only one column heads have been -considered, but the same general principles apply to the construction -of headlines extending over any number of columns. Important news may -be given a head of one, two, or three parts extending across the whole -front page. Such a head is often called a “banner.” - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Get the important facts of the story clearly and accurately in mind - before writing the head. - -2. Study carefully each kind of headline to find out its possibilities - and limitations. - -3. Give the story a headline proportionate in size to its importance. - -4. Base the head as far as possible on the facts in the lead. - -5. Have the tone of the head in keeping with that of the story. - -6. Don’t make the head a comment on the news. - -7. Avoid trite, hackneyed words or phrases. - -8. Make the statement in each deck clear, concise, and specific. - -9. Put the most significant fact into the first deck. - -10. Use short, specific words in the first deck. - -11. Count the unit letters and spaces in every deck. - -12. Don’t try to crowd in more units than the space will permit. - -13. Don’t fill out a short line with weak words. - -14. Make clear the relation of the statement of each deck to that in - the preceding deck. - -15. Use only such abbreviations as are commonly to be found in heads. - -16. Omit articles and unnecessary auxiliary verbs whenever it is - possible. - -17. Punctuate only when clearness requires it. - -18. Use figures when they are the significant facts. - -19. Avoid repetition of words other than connectives. - -20. Use the present tense of the verb for past events and the - infinitive or future tense for coming ones. - -21. Keep the tenses uniform throughout the head. - -22. Avoid libelous statements. - - - PRACTICE WORK - -Criticize the following heads and rewrite each, retaining as far as -possible the ideas and point of view of the original: - - (1) - - |HURT IN AUTO CRASH| - | QUITTING HOSPITAL| - | ————— | - |Woman Patient Is Injured in| - | Collision Fifteen Minutes | - | After Release | - | ————— | - - (2) - - |PARCELS POST PLAN | - | STARTS TOMORROW| - | ————— | - |New System Makes It Possible| - | to Mail Packages Weighing | - | Up to 11 Pounds. | - | ————— | - |REQUIRE SPECIAL STAMPS| - | ————— | - - (3) - - |RIVERS IN GOTHAM | - | FOR CROSS SETTO| - | ————— | - |Little Mexican, in Great Condi-| - | tion, Announces That He Will| - | Surely Put the Quietus on the| - | Hard Hitting Dentist. | - | ————— | - | NEW YORK, Dec. 28.—Joe Rivers,| - |the Mexican lightweight, accom-| - |panied by his manager, Joe Levy,| - |his brother, Andy Rivers, and| - |his trainer, Abdul the Turk,| - |arrived in this city Friday| - |night. Rivers is scheduled to| - |fight Leach Cross, at the Empire| - |A. C. on Jan. 14, instead of| - |Jan. 8. | - - (4) - - |TAXES MUST BE | - | PAID BY JAN. 31| - | ————— | - |Public Can Get Extensions on City | - | Assessments, However, by Applying| - | Under a Special Law Passed by| - | the 1911 Legislature. | - | ————— | - |COLLECTION TO BEGIN - | AT 9 A. M., TOMORROW| - | ————— | - | The collection of city taxes will| - |be started at 9 o’clock tomorrow| - |morning by City Treasurer John R.| - |Greene. | - | | - | “All county and state taxes must| - |be paid by Jan. 31,” said City| - |Treasurer Greene yesterday. “But| - |an extension of six months on city| - |taxes will be granted to those| - |applying, under a law passed by the| - |1911 legislature.” | - - (5) - - |GOTHAM WORKERS | - | PLANNING STRIKE| - | ————— | - |Demanding the Abolishment of| - | Sweat Shop and General | - | Increase in Wages. | - | ————— | - | NEW YORK. Dec. 22.—The| - |largest of a series of| - |general strikes of 200,000| - |garment workers in this| - |city will probably start| - |this week following the| - |counting of a secret ballot| - |of 125,000 workers who have| - |just completed the vote.| - |The abolition of sweatshop| - |conditions in the trade and| - |a general increase in wages| - |are demanded. | - - (6) - - |HIGH PRICES SAWED | - | BY PARCELS POST?| - | ————— | - |Senator Jonathan Bourne Thinks| - | New System Will Solve Cost of | - | Living Problem. | - | ————— | - | WASHINGTON, D. C., Dec. 21.—If| - |the parcels post is utilized to| - |its fullest degree, a decided| - |decrease in the cost of living| - |will result, according to the| - |prediction on Saturday of| - |Senator Jonathan Bourne of| - |Oregon, father of the measure| - |which becomes effective on Jan.| - |1. | - - (7) - - |THINK PARLAPIANO’S | - | ACT IS JUSTIFIABLE| - | ————— | - |Court and District Attorney Tes-| - | tify Belief That Prisoner Was| - | Victim of Circumstances. | - | ————— | - |BOUND OVER TO NEXT TERM| - | ————— | - | Although the district attorney| - |and judge of the District| - |court testified their belief,| - |supplementary to the arguments| - |of the counsel for the defense,| - |in the justifiableness of the| - |crime, it was found necessary| - |to bind over Vito Parlapiano,| - |alleged murderer of Michael| - |Perricone, to the next term of| - |the Municipal court, in District| - |court Friday afternoon. | - | | - | The sight of a district| - |attorney who had caused a| - |man’s arrest pleading for| - |his release on the grounds| - |of justification, and of the| - |judge of a court expressing| - |his opinion of the man’s| - |innocence, has rarely been| - |seen, but all this was done| - |after convincing testimony| - |had been introduced to prove| - |that the killing was done| - |in self-defense and through| - |excessive fear of death on the| - |defendant’s part. | - - (8) - - |POPE’S BROTHER, 76 YEARS OLD,| - |AT 50 CENTS WAGE, GETS BOOST.| - | ————— | - |Aged Postmaster’s Pay Doubled—Walks| - | Ten Miles a Day Carrying Mails to| - | Rail Station. | - | ————— | - | ROME, Dec. 9.—The pope’s brother,| - |Angelo Sarto, who is postmaster of| - |the village of Corazio, called at| - |the parliament buildings today and| - |asked Deputy Di Bagno to recommend| - |him to the minister of posts and| - |telegraphs for an increase in| - |salary. | - | | - | The pontiff’s brother is 76 years| - |old and earns a half dollar daily.| - |He is compelled to walk ten miles| - |every day in order to carry the| - |mails of his village to the Nantua| - |station. | - | | - | Later in the day the minister| - |cordially received Sarto and after| - |talking with him for a while| - |willingly doubled his pay, and,| - |what is more, appointed a postman| - |to help him. | - - (9) - - |SEEK CAUSE OF WRECK | - | KILLING 4, HURTING 50| - | ————— | - |Nation, State and Railway Inves-| - | tigate Ditching of Express | - | Train on Pennsylvania. | - | ————— | - - (10) - - |WOMEN SELL EGGS | - | TO CUT LIVING COST| - | ————— | - | PHILADELPHIA, Dec. 11.—One| - |hundred and fifty thousand| - |dozen of eggs, at 24| - |cents a dozen, were sold| - |to-day from a score or| - |more stations scattered| - |throughout the city, a| - |record which will probably| - |be doubled to-morrow.| - |This is the result of| - |the first endeavor of| - |the new Housekeepers’| - |League of Philadelphia| - |in its campaign against| - |the present high cost of| - |living. | - - (11) - - |CROP PRODUCTION | - | ON THE INCREASE| - | ————— | - |Special Government Report Gives| - | Definite Information on the | - | Greatest Corn Crop. | - | ————— | - |OTHER REPORTS LATER| - | ————— | - |Report Gives Potatoes an In-| - | crease of Almost Double | - | Over Last Year. | - | ————— | - | WASHINGTON, D. C., Nov. 8.—A| - |corn crop of 3,169,137,000| - |bu., or 281,921,000 bu. more| - |than the greatest crop of corn| - |ever grown in any country of| - |the world is the feature of| - |the country’ s most remarkable| - |agricultural year in history| - |according to the November crop| - |report of the United States| - |department of agriculture| - |issued on Friday. The report| - |completed the government’s| - |preliminary estimates of the| - |nation’s principal farm crops.| - |This great crop of corn was| - |worth on Nov. 1 to the farmers| - |$1,850,776,000. | - | | - | The enormous sum of| - |$4,171,134,000 represented the| - |farm value on Nov. 1 of the| - |United States crops of corn,| - |hay, wheat, oats, potatoes,| - |barley, flaxseed, rye and| - |buckwheat. With the value of| - |the growing cotton crop, and| - |the crops of tobacco, rice and| - |apples, the aggregate value of| - |these principal farm products| - |will amount well beyond| - |$5,000,000,000. | - - (12) - - |IN PRISON GLOOM | - | AWAIT THEIR DOOM| - | ————— | - |Thirty-eight Convicted Labor| - | Officials Will Learn Their | - | Fate Wednesday. | - | ————— | - |WILL APPEAL EACH CASE| - | ————— | - - (13) - - |STATE SOLONS PLAN| - |MANY NEW STATUTES| - | ————— | - |Water Power, Public Service and| - | Income Tax Questions Will | - | Receive Attention. | - | ————— | - - (14) - - |WAR FORTUNE SAVES| - |KING PETER’S ROBES| - | ————— | - |Open Secret That Servian Ruler| - | Was About to Abdicate | - | His Throne. | - | ————— | - | BELGRADE, Dec. 28. —(Special| - |Cable).— While all the| - |Balkan royal houses have| - |strengthened their hold upon| - |their respective peoples by| - |reason of the Turko-Balkan| - |war, it has been the very| - |salvation of the royal house| - |of Karageorgevitch. | - | | - | It is an open secret here| - |that King Peter was making| - |preparations to resign until| - |it became certain that war was| - |inevitable. | - - (15) - - |WHITNEY HOME SOLD | - |FOR FIFTH AVE. TRADE| - | ————— | - |Fine House at Fifty-Seventh| - | Street May Be Remodeled or | - | Torn Down for Business Block. | - | ————— | - |WAS HELD AT $2,250,000| - | ————— | - |Price Was Under That—New Owner’s| - | Name Not Revealed, But Broker | - | Says He Is an Investor. | - | ————— | - | The career of the famous Whitney| - |mansion on the southwest| - |corner of Fifth Avenue and| - |Fifty-seventh Street as a city| - |residence is over. The house was| - |sold yesterday by Harry Payne| - |Whitney, and it was announced| - |that the new owner would utilize| - |the corner for business. The| - |entire property, according to| - |Worthington Whitehouse, who| - |represented Mr. Whitney in the| - |sale, was held at $2,250,000,| - |but it is understood that the| - |price paid was under that figure.| - |Frank D. Veiller, who represented| - |the buyer, declined to give the| - |name, only saying that he was an| - |investor. | - - (16) - - |THUGS ARE BOLD | - | HOLD UP WOMAN | - | AS CROWD GAPES| - - - - - CHAPTER XII - - PROOF-READING - - -=How Proof is Corrected.= After copy has been set up in type, the -type is put into a long, narrow metal tray called a “galley.” On a -small hand or power press a printed sheet of each galley is made, or -“pulled,” called a “proof,” or “galley proof.” To “pull a galley proof” -is to make a printed copy of the type in the tray. - -Each “proof” is carefully compared with the copy so that errors made -by compositors or operators in setting up the copy in type may be -discovered and corrected. On large newspapers the proof is corrected -by proof-readers employed for the purpose, and the proof-reading room -is connected with the composing room. Each proof-reader is assisted by -a copy-holder who reads in a monotone everything in the copy including -punctuation, capitalization, and paragraphing, so that the proof-reader -may see whether or not the printed form corresponds exactly to the -copy. In smaller offices editors and reporters read proof, comparing -the printed form with the copy only when it is necessary. Every one who -writes for publication should know how to correct proof, so that he may -be able to do this work quickly and accurately when occasion demands it. - -By the use of a few marks and signs it is easy to indicate clearly just -how proof is to be changed and corrected. The least possible change -should be made because every correction means a loss of time. When -linotypes are used, every change makes necessary the recasting of one -whole line at least, while when monotypes are used, each piece of type -must be handled separately. Accordingly, when one or more words have -been inadvertently omitted and must be inserted, effort is made to cut -out other words of about the same length and not absolutely necessary -in the same line, in the preceding line, or in the following one, so -that not more than one or two lines will have to be recast or reset to -make room for the added words. Likewise, when one or more words must -be taken out, others should be inserted in the same line or adjoining -lines to fill up the space. - -As in the editing of copy, so in the correcting of proof, the -changes should be indicated in a manner that makes unmistakable to -the compositor the exact character of the modifications. Confused -correction of proof, like poor editing of copy, causes loss of time and -increases the probability of error. - -Errors in proof are most readily detected if a card is used to cover -all lines except the one that is being corrected. The card is moved -down from line to line as each is read and corrected. By having but one -line before him at a time and by scrutinizing sharply every word, the -reader more readily catches any errors. - -=Marks used in Correcting Proof.= The proof-reading signs and marks, -grouped according to their use, are as follows: - - - _Paragraphing_ - -[Illustration: Begin a new paragraph.] - -[Illustration: Don’t begin a new paragraph.] - -[Illustration: Make one element follow the other in the same line.] - - - _Spacing_ - -[Illustration: Correct uneven spacing between words.] - -[Illustration: Put in space.] - -[Illustration: Reduce the space.] - -[Illustration: Close up by taking out all the spacing.] - -[Illustration: Close up but leave some space.] - -[Illustration: Push down a space that prints.] - -[Illustration: Put in thin spaces between letters, i.e., “letter - space.”] - - - _Position_ - -[Illustration: Move to the left.] - -[Illustration: Move to the right.] - -[Illustration: Move up.] - -[Illustration: Move down.] - -[Illustration: Indent one em.] - -[Illustration: Make lines parallel.] - -[Illustration: Make letter align.] - -[Illustration: Turn over element that is upside down.] - -[Illustration: Transpose order of words, letters, or figures.] - - - _Kind of Type_ - -[Illustration: Change to Roman type.] - -[Illustration: Change to Italic type.] - -[Illustration: Change to capital letter.] - -[Illustration: Change to small capital letter.] - -[Illustration: Change to lower case, or small, letters.] - -[Illustration: Change to black, or bold face type.] - -[Illustration: Substitute type from regular font for that of wrong - font.] - -[Illustration: Substitute perfect for imperfect type.] - - - _Punctuation_ - -[Illustration: Insert period.] - -[Illustration: Insert comma.] - -[Illustration: Insert semi-colon.] - -[Illustration: Insert colon.] - -[Illustration: Insert apostrophe.] - -[Illustration: Insert double quotation marks.] - -[Illustration: Insert single quotation marks.] - -[Illustration: Put in one-em dash.] - -[Illustration: Put in two-em dash.] - -[Illustration: Put in hyphen.] - -[Illustration: Put in question mark.] - -[Illustration: Put in exclamation point.] - - - _Insertion and Omission_ - -[Illustration: Put in element indicated in margin at place shown by - caret.] - -[Illustration: Take out element indicated.] - -[Illustration: Don’t make change indicated; let it stand as it is.] - -[Illustration: A line of dots is placed under the element that is to - remain as it is.] - - - _Uncertainty_ - -[Illustration: Look this up to see whether or not it is correct.] - -[Illustration: See what has been omitted in proof by comparing with - the copy.] - - - _Abbreviation_ - -[Illustration: Substitute full form for abbreviation.] - -[Illustration: Substitute numerical figures.] - -The signs used to indicate changes should always be placed in the -margin of the proof-sheets, and only those marks that show what -elements are to be changed should be put in or between the lines of -the proof-sheets. The marks in the printed lines and the signs in the -margin are often joined by a line to show the connection between them. -If this is not done, the signs for the corrections in each line are -arranged in the margin in the order in which the marks indicating the -elements to be changed appear in the printed line, each sign being set -off by a line slanting from right to left. How proof is corrected is -shown in the following example: - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration] - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Read proof word by word. - -2. Cover with a card all lines following the one being read. - -3. Always compare with copy all names, figures, and unusual terms. - -4. Put all correction signs in the margin of proof. - -5. Indicate clearly the element to be changed. - -6. Make changes and corrections so that they cannot be misunderstood. - -7. Watch for errors in punctuation. - -8. Be on the lookout for omission of quotation marks. - -9. Put in one or more words to fill space created by taking out other - words. - -10. Take out one or more words to make room for those inserted. - -11. Make only such changes as are absolutely necessary. - -12. Read proof accurately and rapidly. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII - - MAKING UP THE PAPER - - -=Importance of the “Make-Up.”= Although the editing of a newspaper is -often regarded as completed when the managing editor has passed upon -the proofs of all the matter that the newspaper is to contain, yet -the arranging of this material on the several pages, the so-called -“making up,” still remains to be done under the direction of one of -the editors. The arrangement, or “make-up,” particularly of the front -page, plays a very important part in the success of the newspaper. To -display the important news of the day in the most effective way is to -attract readers. What has been said elsewhere of the advertising value -of headlines applies equally to the “make-up.” The best arrangement -is that in which the important news stands out prominently, and -can therefore be most easily read. A symmetrical balancing of the -headlines, half-tones, and cartoons adds greatly to the attractiveness -and readableness of the newspaper. Although the average reader does not -analyze this element any more than he does any of the other elements of -the newspaper that he reads daily, still the “make-up” doubtless leaves -an impression upon him. - -=How the “Make-Up” Varies.= Newspaper practice regarding make-up varies -as greatly as it does in the case of headlines. The seven-column -page is still the normal type, but the eight-column page is rapidly -superseding it, because the narrower columns and margins make possible -a considerable saving in paper. Some papers like the New York _Sun_, -the New York _Evening Post_, the Chicago _Daily News_, and the -Springfield (Mass.) _Republican_, follow a very simple plan of placing -large heads at the top of alternate columns, and of having small heads -on all the other stories on the front page, so that the four top heads -in the first, third, fifth, and last columns are the only ones that -stand out prominently. Other papers, like the Chicago _Tribune_, put -a three-column cartoon in the fourth, fifth, and sixth columns, an -arrangement which makes possible large heads in the first, third and -last columns and somewhat smaller heads of several decks in the fourth -and sixth columns under the cartoon. Still other papers, keeping to the -general scheme of alternate columns for large heads, use one-, two-, -three-, or four-column cuts of people, places, or events that figure in -the news, at the top of the columns and then use slightly smaller heads -under these cuts. Two-column heads in the first and second columns are -often balanced with two-column heads in the sixth and seventh columns. -Some newspapers have practically abandoned the symmetrical arrangement -of the front page, and spread headlines in black, red, or green ink, -and cuts over the front page in a way that seems to have no other -purpose than to produce as bizarre an effect as possible. - -=Principle of Contrast.= The two general principles that underlie the -make-up are those of contrast and symmetry. Large heads are alternated -at the top of the column with smaller heads so that the large heads -will stand out in contrast with the other columns of less prominence. -Two or more large heads side by side at the top of the columns do not -stand out with as marked effect as when they alternate with smaller -heads or no heads at all at the tops of the columns. The same is true -when cuts or cartoons serve to furnish the contrast. With heads not -at the top of the columns, effort is made to secure contrast by some -form of alternation. A careful study of a number of papers will show -a variety of ways in which the principle of contrast determines the -arrangement of material on each page. - -=Principle of Symmetry.= That this alternation of the prominent and the -less prominent should be closely related to symmetry in arrangement, is -evident. In the seven-column form, which is the usual one, the large -heads in alternate columns produce a naturally symmetrical effect. -When somewhat smaller heads are used lower down on the page, a similar -alternation continues to carry out the symmetry. Large two-column -heads in the first and second and in the sixth and seventh columns, -or smaller two-column ones in the second and third and in the fifth -and sixth columns, produce an even balance. In an eight-column page, -in which this regular alternation is impossible, some symmetry is -often maintained by means of cuts. Many papers do not attempt to have -perfect balance on the front page, because of the desire to have the -daily cartoon or a cut at the top of the right half of the page where -it will attract most attention. Usually when symmetry is sacrificed, -the regularity of arrangement is departed from by putting the largest -heads, or the illustrations, on the right half of the front page. - -=Positions of Prominence.= The most important news is generally put -in the last column to the right on the first page. This is done for -two reasons: first, because a long story in this column can run -on continuously to the first column of the second page without a -jump-head; and second, because, as the papers are laid out on the news -stand, the right side of the paper is prominently displayed. This fact -accounts for the placing of cuts and cartoons on the right side. If -there are two very important stories carrying larger heads than usual, -the one second in importance is put into the first column, partly for -symmetry and partly for the reason that, as the paper is read, the -first column is prominent. In fact, some papers, especially those that -do not count much on street sales, put the most important news in the -first column in preference to the last. On all pages except the front -one, the first column is usually considered the best. - -=“Breaking Over” Front Page Stories.= In order to preserve the -alternation of large heads with smaller ones on the front page, as -well as to get as much of the most important news as possible on this -page, long stories with large heads are continued from the first page -to one of the inside pages. One column of these stories, or often only -one-half or two-thirds of a column, is put on the first page, according -to the make-up of the lower half of the page, and the remaining part is -put with a jump-head on an inside page. When a story is “broken over” -from the front page, a dash or rule is put at the end, with the words -“Continued on third page” beneath, if the break is at the end of a -column; and a dash, or rule, and these words followed by another rule -are used if the break is not at the end of a column, the purpose of the -second rule being to set off the explanation “Continued on third page,” -from the following matter. The jump-heads, as was shown in Chapter XI, -are of several kinds: (1) a reproduction of the whole of the original -head, (2) a reproduction of the top deck of the original head, or (3) -an entirely new head, usually in smaller type than the original one. - -=Grouping News.= Various kinds and forms of news matter are grouped -in various ways. Local, state, national, and foreign news is often -arranged each kind on a separate page, as is also the society, the -sporting, and the market news. Short one-paragraph news stories, -usually with one line of type for a head, are often assembled under -such heads as “City News In Brief,” “News of the State,” “Sporting -Gossip,” and are arranged in order of size, the smallest being put -first, or vice versa. The society news is also frequently arranged in -order of size, the longest stories being put at the beginning. In some -papers, the heading of these one-paragraph stories, instead of being -a separate line, forms a part of the first line of the story and is -separated by a dash from the beginning of the story, which fills the -remaining third or quarter of the first line. - -=The “Make-Up” Page by Page.= The pages that contain little or no live -news matter are made up as far as possible in advance of the first -edition of the paper so that they will be out of the way when the news -pages are to be arranged. The editorial page, and special pages such as -the woman’s page, the theatrical page, the continued story or feature -page, can usually be made up, stereotyped, and put on the press ready -for printing before the news pages are made up. The first page is, as -a rule, made up last, so that all of the very latest news may be given -a prominent place. Evening papers that make a special feature of the -financial and market page, make up that page last in order to print the -closing quotations of the day and to get the papers out on the street -as soon as possible after the closing hour of the exchanges. - -=The Man Who “Makes Up.”= The actual work of arranging the type in -the page forms is done by the make-up men of the composing room under -the direction of one of the editors. On some newspapers the managing -editor directs the make-up, on others the assistant managing editor, -and on still others the night editor, or the news editor. With a set -of proofs at hand the editor directing the make-up indicates where -all the important stories and cuts are to be placed, and then usually -allows the make-up men to fill in the shorter matter with the smaller -heads. The experienced editor can picture in his mind the appearance of -the first page in print, as he directs the arrangement of the masses of -type and the cuts. A diagram, or schedule, is usually made out by the -editor in advance to indicate the position of the most important news -and cuts. - -=“Making Up” Different Editions.= As every large newspaper prints -several editions, the page forms, after being stereotyped, are returned -to the composing room to be made over for the next edition. On a -morning paper the first edition, intended for places at a considerable -distance, is made up to leave the composing room about 9.30 in the -evening. A second mail edition follows this at about 11.30 P.M., -another at 1.30 A.M., and the regular city edition at about 2.30 or -3.30 A.M. - -On an afternoon paper the first edition may be made up at 6 o’clock in -the morning, and other editions may follow at intervals of about two -hours throughout the day. Generally, however, the noon edition, made up -about 10.30, is the first. This is followed by a mail edition made up -at about 12.30; by the home edition for distribution by carriers made -up at 2.30; and by the market edition made up at about 3.15, or as soon -as the closing quotations are received from the leading exchanges all -over the country. The sporting extra, following the market edition, -is made up the instant the complete score is received of the baseball -game in which the local team played, or whenever the result of the -most important sporting event of the day is announced. Following the -sporting edition, many afternoon papers get out a special mail edition, -dated the following morning, for distribution to distant points in -competition with the earliest mail edition of the morning papers. - -In making up the several editions, it is desirable to change as few -pages as possible in order to save time and to avoid additional -stereotyping. When arranging the news on the inside pages for the first -edition, the editor can make up some of the news pages so that they -need not be made over for several editions at least. The front page is -made over for each edition and usually one or two inside pages. As the -value of news changes considerably in the five or six hours between the -first and the last editions, the longer stories with large heads that -occupy prominent places on the front page in the earlier editions are -often cut down, given smaller heads, and put in less conspicuous places -when later news requires the best position. Front-page stories of the -first editions often go over into the inside pages with headlines -unchanged, sometimes with the story cut down and sometimes in the -original form. Often only the top deck of the head is rewritten to be -set in smaller type, and one or two of the decks are cut off to reduce -the size and prominence of the head. - -=Composing-Room Terms.= In the composing-room the editor in charge of -the make-up finds a number of technical terms in common use in addition -to those pertaining to type that are explained in Chapter X. - -When all the “takes,” or pieces, of copy have been given out to the -linotype operators or compositors, the copy is said to be “all in -hand”; when it is all in type, or all set, it is said to be “all up.” -Each operator puts a “slug” containing his number at the beginning of -matter that he sets as his take. Advertisements are set in the part of -the composing-room known as the “ad alley.” Matter set by hand or on a -linotype machine is arranged by “bank men” in proper order in galleys -on a “bank,” or sloping shelf. After type has been used or has been -killed, it is “distributed” by hand, letter by letter, into the cases. -Linotype slugs, and usually all type smaller than 12-point that is -cast on a monotype, are thrown into the “hell-box” to be taken to the -stereotyping-room and melted up, so that the metal can be used again. - -Page forms are made up on the “stone,” a smooth table top, formerly of -stone, now of metal. Forms are “justified” to make all of the columns -exactly the same length by inserting leads here and there between the -lines when a column is too short, and by taking out a few leads when -it is too long. After being “justified,” the forms are “planed down,” -or leveled, with a “planer,” or wooden block, which is tapped with a -mallet to force all type and cuts down to the level surface of the -stone. Type that does not stand squarely on its base is said to be “off -its feet.” The forms are “locked” by means of screws, or of wedges -known as “quoins.” After the first page form is thus “closed,” it may -have to be “ripped open” for late news. The forms are “put away” when -they are sent to the stereotyping-room. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Observe carefully the “make-up” of representative newspapers in - different parts of the country. - -2. Study the “make-up” of your own paper. - -3. Display the important news in a conspicuous position on the front - page. - -4. Arrange the front page to secure as much symmetry as possible. - -5. Put the most important news story in the last, or outside, column of - the first page. - -6. Place the second best story in the first column of the front page. - -7. Break over into the inside pages front-page stories of more than a - column in length. - -8. Alternate large and small heads at the top of the columns for - contrast. - -9. Remember that the upper right hand quarter of the first page is the - most conspicuous. - -10. Group on separate pages market, society, sporting, state, foreign, - and other distinct kinds of news. - -11. See that all guide lines are taken out when the type is assembled - in the form. - -12. Don’t use any matter before it is “released.” - -13. Have some good two or three line “fillers” on hand. - -14. Don’t “hold over” or “kill” really live news matter. - -15. Remember that the number of street sales depends considerably upon - the “make-up” of the front page. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV - - THE FUNCTION OF THE NEWSPAPER - - -=The Newspaper Worker and His Work.= Any discussion of newspaper -writing and editing would be incomplete if it did not consider the -function of the newspaper and the relation of the newspaper worker to -that function. In this presentation of methods of newspaper making -the object has been to explain and to exemplify current practices in -journalism rather than to discuss the ultimate purpose and results of -such methods. It is evident, however, that unless the reporter and the -editor, consciously or unconsciously, set up for themselves ideals -based on their conception of the function of the newspaper, they have -no standards by which to measure the character of their work. Merely -to accept existing methods without analyzing them to determine their -results, is to overlook their underlying purpose. Not until a reporter -or an editor realizes the effect that his news story or his headline -produces upon the opinions, and hence upon the lives, of the thousands -of persons who read it, does he appreciate the full significance of -his work. Ideals and standards for any kind of work appeal much more -strongly to the average worker when he knows the ultimate effect of -what he is doing. - -=The Newspaper and the Community.= Like all other undertakings, public -and private, newspaper making tends to conform to the current ideals -and tastes of the community. As far as it is a private business -enterprise, it is influenced by the conditions and the practices -prevailing in the business world. As a medium of information and -publicity, it is measured by the standards of the community in which it -circulates. It is a product of its environment, and at the same time it -is a force in creating that environment. - -Conditions in newspaper making to-day are the outgrowth of the -journalism of preceding generations. The changes that have produced -these conditions are to a considerable extent the results of social, -political, and economic forces. A brief survey of the development of -newspaper editing and publishing, with special reference to present -problems in journalism, will help to a better understanding of the -function of the newspaper of to-day. - -=Growth of the Business Element.= In the last seventy-five years -in this country, the editing and the managing of newspapers have -undergone a significant development. From being a comparatively simple -undertaking, newspaper publishing has become a big, complex, highly -organized enterprise. In 1835 it was possible for one man, James Gordon -Bennett, Sr., to start the New York _Herald_ with a cash capital of -$500, and to perform the greater part of the work connected with its -publication, for the owner-editor’s duties ranged from editorial -writing to keeping books, from gathering police news to making out -bills, and from commenting on conditions in Wall Street to writing -advertisements. The first instance of ownership of a newspaper by an -incorporated stock company came ten years later when Horace Greeley -and Thomas M’Elrath, editor and business manager respectively of the -New York _Tribune_, decided to share their personal ownership of that -paper with five assistant editors and with the five employees of the -business and mechanical departments who had been connected with the -_Tribune_ for the longest time. This joint ownership plan Greeley -and his assistants hoped would in time result in the “still further -application of the general principle that the workman should be his -own employer and director, and should receive the full reward of -his labor.” The amount raised by this stock company, $100,000, was -considered at that time a very large sum to be devoted to newspaper -publishing. How rapidly the conditions of newspaper making changed -is shown by the fact that less than thirty years after the New York -_Tribune_ was incorporated with its shares at $100 each, these shares -sold for as much as $10,000 each, and in 1869, less than thirty-five -years after the New York _Herald_ began with $500 cash capital, Bennett -refused an offer of $2,000,000 for his paper. Within the lifetime of -these two great editor-publishers newspaper making had become a big -business enterprise. - -=Newspapers Require Large Capital.= During the last quarter of a -century the amount of capital required for success in newspaper -publishing has been further increased by the need for huge presses, -expensive linotypes and other type-casting machines, and more elaborate -stereotyping apparatus, as well as for better news service, new special -features, and more numerous illustrations. Expensive additions to the -mechanical equipment and other exigencies often make it necessary for -the newspaper company, like other business enterprises, to secure -financial assistance by borrowing considerable sums from banks. -Such has become the magnitude of the business side of the newspaper -that ownership by stock companies is the rule to-day instead of the -exception as it was in 1845. Not infrequently the majority of the stock -of a newspaper is held by one man or in one family, and one person, -often known as the publisher-owner, directs the publishing. In large -cities the amount of capital required to establish and maintain a -daily newspaper is so great that the publisher-owner must be a man of -considerable wealth. Stock in newspaper companies, however, is not -held exclusively by those directly connected with the paper. From the -point of view of the stockholders of a newspaper company, who are not -directly connected with the newspaper and who are interested in it -largely if not entirely as an investment, the important consideration -is that the newspaper shall be profitable, that dividends shall be -adequate and regular. In short, newspaper publishing has become a -large business undertaking subject to the conditions of big business -enterprises. - -=Increase in Advertising.= Another important factor in newspaper -publication, that has developed in the last twenty-five years almost -step by step with the increased cost, has been the remarkable growth -of newspaper advertising. With growing combination and competition in -business, managers of great retail stores discovered that daily news -of their establishments, in the form of description of new goods, -bargains, and special prices and sales, was read by many with as much -interest as were other kinds of news. Newspaper advertising of this -kind has proved very profitable both to the advertiser and to the paper. - -Half-page, full-page, and even two-page advertisements of department -stores and other retail business concerns have necessitated an increase -in the size of regular editions of daily papers from eight pages -to twelve, sixteen, or twenty-four pages. The number of classified -advertisements, such as “want ads,” has also increased greatly within -recent years. The large revenues from all forms of advertising have -made it possible to give the reader a better paper as well as a bigger -one, and at the same time to reduce the price generally from three or -five cents to one or two cents a copy. The reduction in price, in turn, -has resulted in remarkable gains in circulation. Whereas a generation -ago 50,000 copies daily was considered a very large circulation, -we now have newspapers printing daily editions of from 150,000 to -900,000 copies. Thus, although the cost of producing the newspaper has -constantly increased, the price to the reader has been reduced. - -The result of these readjustments has been that from two thirds to -three quarters of the cost of maintaining a newspaper comes from the -advertising, and only from one quarter to one third from subscriptions -and sales. This means that when a man buys a penny paper, he is buying -for one cent what it costs three or four cents to produce, and that the -difference between the cost and the price he pays is paid for by the -advertisers. - -=Decline of Personal Journalism.= Coincident with the change in the -financial organization of newspapers, significant changes have taken -place in the editing of them. Two generations ago the owner-editor who -established a newspaper with a limited amount of capital, as Greeley -did the _Tribune_, was the real head of his paper, who expressed -vigorously his own opinions in its editorial columns. Personal -journalism, as the expression of the political, social, and economic -beliefs of great editors, like Greeley, Bennett, Bowles, Raymond, Dana, -and Godkin, was an important influence in American life. These men -were recognized as leaders. The opinions set forth in their editorials -were accepted by readers as significant contributions to the solution -of current problems. In short, it was a period of great editorial -leadership. - -With the development of the telegraph, the telephone, and the railroad -mail service, and with the expansion of the nation and its interests, -the amount of news available for publication increased many fold. -Distance, once a formidable obstacle to newsgathering, practically -ceased to exist when news could be flashed in a few minutes from -one end of the world to the other. The news field was enlarged from -the city and its suburbs to include the whole earth. The newspaper -became truly a paper of news, a budget of facts rather than a medium -for expressing the editor’s opinions. As a purveyor of the news, it -increased in circulation and prosperity. With an ample supply of facts -upon which to base their opinions, the readers no longer needed to -accept opinions ready-made from the editor. With greater independence -in thinking and in voting on the part of the reading public the -editorial leadership of the newspapers declined. At present the three -or four columns of editorials are relatively unimportant as compared -with the ten or twelve pages of news. To-day the names of the editors -are unknown to the majority of the readers. Company ownership has -contributed toward minimizing the opportunities of personal editorship, -until now it is said that personal journalism, in the old sense of the -term, has all but ceased to exist in this country. - -=Wars Develop Newspapers.= In the gathering of news and in the -effective presenting of it, the two most important influences have -been the Civil War and the Spanish-American War. The great demand from -readers of all classes for the latest reports from the front during -the War of the Rebellion was a great stimulus to newspaper editors -and publishers. The beginning of the present summary “lead,” and of -the long bulletin form of headline for news stories, is to be found -in connection with the telegraph dispatches of war news. The advent -of “yellow journalism,” especially in New York City, coincided with -the breaking-out of the Spanish-American War. Big headlines, and news -displayed in larger type, served to advertise the latest reports, -which the public eagerly sought. The climax of large headlines is -found in two metropolitan newspapers which announced the declaration -of hostilities with the single word “WAR,” spread over the whole of -the front page. Banner heads in red and black, and large headlines two -and three columns in width, that are now not uncommon in newspapers -as a means of advertising the news, had their beginning in the -Spanish-American War days. - -=The Growth of Cities.= The growth in the population of cities, partly -as a result of the movement from the country to the city, and partly -as a result of immigration, has made possible large increases in -newspaper circulation. New papers have not been established generally -to meet this growth in population; existing papers, rather, have -added to the number of their readers. The result has been that a few -large papers are to be found in all the big cities of the country -rather than an ever-increasing number of small ones. In great centres -of population, like New York and Chicago, the influx of foreign -immigrants has also been a factor in the development of so-called -“yellow journalism.” With a limited knowledge of the English language -and of American institutions, this foreign element has been attracted -by large, striking headlines, sensational news stories, diagrammatic -illustrations, and well-displayed editorials, and has become a -considerable part of the total number of readers of the “yellow -journals.” - -=The Development of Features.= Hand in hand with the remarkable growth -of advertising in newspapers has gone the development of important -features in the editing of them. The success of department store -advertisements, for example, depends to a considerable extent on the -number of women readers. To secure and retain these readers, newspapers -have, accordingly, developed a number of features primarily intended -for women. Fashion news, cooking and household recipes, discussions -of etiquette, articles on health and beauty, advice in affairs of the -heart, society news, reports of women’s clubs, and similar subjects -have been given greater space from year to year because of the -constantly growing importance of women readers as a factor in the -business success of the newspaper. - -The increase in the amount of advertising has made possible also the -expansion, in size and scope, of the Sunday paper. Special articles, -fiction, humor, and illustrations in black and colors, fill special -supplements, magazine sections, and “comics.” In fact, aside from the -news sections, the reading matter in Sunday newspapers has become -practically identical in character with that of the popular weekly and -monthly magazines. - -Reading matter the primary purpose of which is entertainment rather -than information has always had a place in daily papers. Despite the -great increase in the amount of news available, this kind of material -has not been crowded out. The daily short story, a chapter of a serial -novel, feature articles, humor in verse and prose, and similar forms -of entertaining reading matter are a recognized part of every issue of -many newspapers in all parts of the country. - -The perfecting of photo-engraving processes, by which half-tone -illustrations and zinc etchings can be made rapidly at relatively small -cost, has added another important feature to the newspaper. Photographs -of persons, places, and events that appear in the day’s news are now -quickly reproduced by the newspaper half-tone. Cartoons printed by -means of zinc etchings occupy a prominent place in many papers. - -=Aims of the Newspaper.= The present-day newspaper, as a result of this -evolution, undertakes to accomplish five ends: (1) to furnish news, -(2) to interpret the news and to discuss current issues, (3) to give -useful information and practical advice, (4) to supply entertaining -reading matter, and (5) to serve as an advertising medium. The -primary purpose of the newspaper is undoubtedly to furnish news and -editorial discussions; the secondary one to supply useful information -and entertaining reading matter. These results, however, can be -accomplished with the present small cost to the reader only by reason -of the fact that the newspaper is a valuable purveyor of advertising -publicity. - -The interrelation between the advertising matter and the other contents -of the newspaper is a vital one. The value of newspaper advertisements -is determined by the number and the character of the persons who -read the “ads,” that is, by the circulation of the newspaper. The -circulation, in turn, depends on the amount and the character of the -news and other features of the newspaper. Increases in circulation -make possible higher advertising rates, and higher rates produce -larger revenues from advertisements. The greater income received from -advertising and circulation is generally used to increase and improve -the reading matter. Decreases in advertising revenues usually mean -retrenchment in expenses and a reduction of reading matter. If this -reduction in news and other features of the newspaper is marked, the -paper will lose readers. Advertising, circulation, and the character of -the contents of a newspaper are thus closely bound up with one another. - -=Recognition of Its Public Function.= That in its primary purpose, -of furnishing the news of the day with an interpretation of it and a -discussion of current issues, the newspaper is a public institution, -has been recognized from earliest times both in this country and -abroad. Although the American newspaper has at all times been a -private enterprise, its public function has always been emphasized. -In guaranteeing the freedom of the press, the framers of the first -amendments to the Constitution realized that it is necessary in -a democracy to have full information and free discussion on all -questions, social, economic, and political. They believed as did Milton -when he wrote, in his great defense of liberty of the press addressed -to the English Parliament at the very dawn of English journalism, -“Where there is much desire to learn, there of necessity must be much -arguing, much writing, many opinions, for opinion in good men is but -knowledge in the making.” - -The responsibility of the press to the public has been repeatedly -emphasized. In condemning the appointment of editors to public office -as a means of securing their support, Daniel Webster, in 1832, -declared: “In popular governments, a free press is the most important -of all agents and instruments. The conductors of the press, in popular -governments, occupy a place in the social and political system of -highest consequence. They wear the character of public instructors.” - -That the newspapers are the teachers of the people has been reiterated -on the platform, in the pulpit, and in the newspapers themselves. -Wendell Phillips, a generation ago, in speaking of the importance of -newspapers in this country, said: “It is a momentous, yes, a fearful -truth, that millions have no literature, no schools, almost no pulpit -but the press. It is parent, school, college, pulpit, theatre, example, -counselor, all in one. Let me make the newspapers, and I care not who -makes the religion or the laws.” - -=The Function of Newspapers in a Democracy.= To accept this generally -recognized function of the newspaper as the distributor of information -on all the varied subjects presented in the day’s news, is to give the -newspaper a place of great responsibility in a democracy like ours. If -we consider only its news-distributing function and disregard editorial -influence, the place of the newspaper is still a vital one in our -country, for the success of a democratic form of government depends -upon intelligent action by the individual voter. Such voting must be -based upon accurate information concerning all important events of -the day,—events of a social, commercial, and industrial significance, -as well as those of political import,—because many of the important -questions upon which the voter should cast an intelligent ballot -concern economic and social problems rather than purely political -ones. Practically the only source of information for the average voter -concerning local, national, and international events, is the newspaper. - -The rapidly increasing tendency of citizens in voting to disregard -party affiliations, and the recent extension of methods of direct -making of laws by means of the initiative and the referendum, require -that citizens have accurate information on a great variety of subjects -to enable them to vote intelligently on men and issues. Any influence -that tends to affect the accuracy of statements concerning current -events thereby tends to affect the basis underlying the opinions of -the voters. Upon the accuracy of the newspapers in matters of news, -therefore, depends to a great extent the character of our government. - -=Limitations to Accuracy and Completeness.= Absolute accuracy in -gathering and presenting the news is subject to human limitations. -Seldom do two eye-witnesses from whom the reporter gets information -agree in their accounts of what happened. The reporter must judge -of the value of the testimony of each witness, and must make up a -composite account of the truth as he sees it in these different -narratives. The copy-reader, in editing the reporter’s story, -frequently finds it necessary to cut it down considerably because of -the importance of other news. Again the accuracy of the report may be -affected by reason of this “boiling down.” The headline writer, working -under strict limitations of space, may modify the impression produced -upon the reader by the original story. Even on the mechanical side -the accuracy of the news may be affected by a careless compositor or -proof-reader. The rapidity with which all the processes of newspaper -making are performed greatly increases the possibility of error. The -personal equation, for which allowance is made in all scientific and -technical work, enters into every part of the process of newspaper -making, from the gathering and writing of the news by the reporter, -through the editing of it and the writing of a headline for it, to the -compositor, proof-reader, and make-up man. The chances of printing -inaccurate statements under such conditions may be reduced to a minimum -only by the exercise of the greatest possible care on the part of all -those concerned in the rapid production of newspapers, but mistakes of -this type can never be entirely eliminated. - -Failure to give a complete report of the day’s news is due in part to -the amount of news available. Inasmuch as the average newspaper in a -large city receives from two to three times as much news daily as it -can publish, it is necessary for editors to select from the available -news, and to decide quickly which news is the most important for -their readers. The fact that this news comes in by mail, telephone, -and telegraph, as well as from reporters, at intervals throughout the -day and the night, makes it impossible for the editors to judge with -absolute accuracy of the relative value of each piece of news as it is -received. Consequently news values are constantly being readjusted as -each important piece of news reaches the office. In the final decision -in regard to what news shall be printed, what shall be omitted, and how -much space shall be given to each piece of news that is published, the -personal judgment of the editors is the determining factor. - -Besides inaccuracy and incompleteness in presenting the news of the -day due to the personal judgment of those responsible for the making -of the newspaper, other forms of suppression or distortion of news are -to be found in newspaper publishing due to the influence of various -forces. It is to these influences that peculiar significance attaches -from the point of view of the ethics of newspaper publishing, because -in such cases the incomplete and inaccurate presentation of the news is -deliberate. - -=Some Sinister Influences.= The forces that make for the suppression -and the “coloring” of news as well as for the restriction of -editorial independence, critics of newspapers assert, are the result -of the changes in business and editorial management during the last -seventy-five years. The charge is made that too many newspapers are -“edited from the counting-room.” Business interests, it is said, -particularly those of advertisers, influence news and editorials. -Because of stock company ownership and the absence of editorial -management by men known to the public, as were the editors in the days -of personal journalism, wealthy men or corporations, it is charged, -have been able quietly to buy up the stock of some newspapers and -through hired editors, of whom in these days the public knows nothing, -to direct secretly the news and editorial policies for personal -advantage. Some banks, these critics declare, have refused loans -to newspapers the policies of which were inimical to the interests -largely represented among the stockholders or the customers of the -banks; and when loans have been made to newspapers by other banks, such -indebtedness has sometimes been used to prevent the newspapers from -maintaining or adopting policies hostile to their interests. So-called -“yellow journalism,” critics of newspapers point out, furnishes another -example of the commercializing of the press, because, in order to -increase their circulation and profits, the publishers of “yellow” -journals pander to their readers’ cravings for the sensational. A -number of newspapers have published advertisements of fraudulent and -questionable enterprises because of the additional revenues to be -obtained from this source. Whether these charges are true of a number -of newspapers or of only a few, the existence of these conditions -and the possibility of these dangers make the subject one of vital -importance not only to newspaper men but to every citizen of the -country. - -=Suppression of News.= If, for example, owners of retail stores -request newspapers in which they advertise to suppress all news of -elevator accidents in their stores because such news hurts their -business, the newspaper publishers might consent to this suppression -on the ground that it is more important to retain the good will and -patronage of these advertisers than to give their readers the news -of the accidents. The very existence of the paper, they may argue, -depends upon these advertisers, and, after all, newspapers give their -readers the accounts of so many other accidents that those concerning -elevators in department stores will never be missed. This seems to -be a logical argument for omitting news of this kind, but when the -results of such suppression are traced, the action, it is realized, -is unjustifiable. In the first place, elevator accidents are often due -to carelessness and haste on the part of passengers, and newspaper -accounts of them accordingly serve to warn many people to be more -careful. Thus the publication of the news helps to prevent accidents. -Again, the accidents may be due in part to the employment of young, -inexperienced, or careless operators. When it is proposed to correct -these difficulties by a local ordinance or by a state law providing -that elevator operators must be over eighteen years of age and must be -licensed as competent, the importance of passing such a regulation is -more evident to the average voter if he knows of the frequency of such -accidents. The suppression of news of these accidents would deprive -most citizens of knowledge upon which to base an opinion as to the need -of laws governing elevator operators. - -The business interests of some cities, it is said, have urged -newspapers to suppress the news of epidemics or threatened epidemics -of such diseases as typhoid fever, smallpox, and even bubonic plague, -because reports of the presence of these diseases in a city keep away -travelers and hurt business. At first glance this plea might seem a -just one, and records show that it has been successful in a number of -instances. But the question inevitably arises, Has not the tourist, -the buyer, and every one else who is planning to go to that particular -city a right to know of the health conditions that prevail there, in -order to decide whether he wishes to expose himself to the possibility -of sickness and death? Again, Has not every citizen and voter of -the city a right to know of these conditions, not only that he may -protect himself and his family, but that he with other citizens and -voters may remedy the conditions responsible for the epidemic and may -provide for stamping it out? Reformers in some cities have declared -that local newspapers have refused to give publicity to campaigns -against graft and vice because the exposure of such conditions, the -publishers said, would reflect on the reputation of the city and would -hurt business. Others have said that newspapers have reported and -upheld investigations of municipal corruption as long as those affected -by such exposure were persons of little influence or importance in -the community, and that as soon as more important business interests -were threatened by the investigations, the attitude of the newspapers -changed completely. The question to consider is, Should the business -interests of the city be paramount to the welfare of all the people? -The vital questions for editors to decide must be, Are newspapers in -such cases doing their duty as distributors of complete and accurate -reports of the news of the day? Are they not morally responsible when -they fail to perform this duty? - -=“Coloring” the News.= The so-called “coloring” or “shading” of news -is in the same category as the suppression of news. It is possible -to change the facts more or less completely so that a story not only -is incomplete but produces a false impression on the mind of the -reader. The sin is then no longer one of omission; it becomes one of -commission. To belittle the campaign of the opposing political party, -newspapers have misrepresented the size of the political meetings, -the enthusiasm of the audiences, the arguments of the speakers, and -in general, the success of the efforts to win votes. Candidates, -likewise, have been assailed and misrepresented in news stories. In -economic disturbances, such as strikes and lockouts, some newspapers -have given their readers colored reports by “playing up” the disorder -of the strikers, their threats of violence, and their unreasonableness -in refusing terms of settlement. Other newspapers, representing the -labor interests, have printed “shaded” reports to show that employers -have treated their men unjustly, that the militia has been brutal, and -officers of the law unfair to strikers. - -Newspaper editors and publishers, in these and other instances, often -maintain that they only print what their readers want. The questions -involved, therefore, are, Do readers want unbiased news reports of the -events of the day, or do they prefer to have them “colored” or “shaded” -to favor the side in which they as a class are interested? Does the -business man who takes a conservative, well-edited newspaper want news -stories written to suit his point of view? Does the workingman who -buys the Socialist daily or the labor union daily really want his news -“shaded” to favor the cause of labor? In the case of a strike in which -business or manufacturing interests are involved, do not both employers -and employees want the actual facts as an unprejudiced reporter sees -them? If readers do want “colored” news in such cases, are editors -justified in departing from the truth in order to satisfy them? - -Some men of wealth and some big business corporations have undoubtedly -bought existing newspapers or have established new ones, secretly -or openly, with the evident intention of using news and editorial -columns to advance their own interests. Ambition to secure political -office or power has obviously been the purpose of some of these men. -Creation of public opinion favorable to their business interests has -undoubtedly been the aim of other men and of corporations. Suppression -of unfavorable news, and the “coloring” of other news to make it more -favorable, as well as editorial argument and comment, are the means -used to accomplish these ends. In one notorious example in a large -city in the Middle West, reporters and editors were furnished with a -list of certain business enterprises that were not to be mentioned -in any unfavorable connection in the news, because the owner of the -paper was financially interested in these enterprises. Although men -and corporations have a right to present their side of any case -through the medium of the newspapers, and although there may be no -valid objection to the ownership or control of newspapers by men with -political ambitions or by corporations, it is plain that such ownership -and control are fraught with danger to public welfare by reason of the -public opinion thus created. - -=Making News “Yellow.”= “Yellow journalism,” it is conceded, has been -developed largely by furnishing the readers with sensational phases -of the day’s events. In order to make the everyday news seem more -startling, large headlines with bold-face type printed in black, green, -and red have blazoned forth the striking facts of the news. Sensational -news stories of all kinds have constantly been “played up” prominently. -When the facts were not particularly unusual or striking, they have -been “colored” to seem so. This “sensationalizing” of the news has been -the result of an effort to attract large numbers of readers and by -enlarging circulation to increase profits. The effect on the readers -of this giving over of a large part of the news columns to sensational -news, and this “coloring” of news to make it more sensational, is, of -course, to give them a distorted idea of current events. To what extent -this distorted view of life affects the relation of these readers to -society is the question to be determined in analyzing the effects of -“yellow journalism.” - -=Three Causes.= The three principal reasons for suppressing or coloring -news, as we have seen, therefore, are: (1) the desire of the owners of -the newspaper to use it to advance their own private interests or those -of their party or faction; (2) the influence of advertisers and other -business interests that wish to protect their own enterprises; (3) the -effort to make the news more attractive and sensational than it really -is in order to gain readers. - -=Effects of Adulterated News.= Whatever may be the reason for the -“coloring” or the suppression of news, the effect of this distortion -or suppression upon the opinions and the votes of citizens is a matter -of sufficient importance to the people generally to warrant careful -consideration, not only by citizens but by newspaper men themselves. -If the social and political interests of the community are vitally -affected by news furnished in the newspapers, as has been shown in -the examples given, publishers cannot claim that the purpose of the -newspapers is to sell as many copies as possible, to get as much -advertising as possible, and to give the people what they want to read, -rather than to furnish their readers with a record of the interesting -and significant activities of the day, as complete and accurate as it -can be made. Like common carriers, such as railroads, the newspapers -have a public function as well as the private one of making money, and -that public function is to furnish news, the commodity in which they -deal, in a complete and accurate form. - -News adulterated and “colored” is as harmful to the opinions of -newspaper readers as impure and poisonous food is to their physical -constitutions. Before pure food legislation prohibited adulterating, -coloring, and misbranding of foods, the buyer was at the mercy of the -unscrupulous manufacturer, just as the newspaper reader is at the -mercy of the unscrupulous newspaper maker. Although public sentiment -has demanded laws to prevent impure food, it has not yet insisted -that its food for thought be furnished unadulterated. A generation -ago government regulation of railroad rates, foodstuffs, and the size -of business combinations would have been regarded as unjustifiable -interference with personal liberty. To-day any government interference -with newspapers is considered as an attack on the freedom of the press. -Is it not possible that the next generation may see every newspaper of -this country compelled by public opinion, if not by legislation, to -give complete, unbiased reports of all events of general interest? - -=Questionable Advertisements.= As an advertising medium, the newspaper -also has an obligation to the community. By giving widespread publicity -in their advertising columns to fraudulent investment schemes, -dangerous patent nostrums, disreputable medical practitioners, and -other objectionable matter, some newspapers, doubtless unintentionally, -have aided in grossly deceiving and seriously injuring the reading -public that they claimed to serve. For such practices the excuse has -been offered that the business of the newspaper is to sell advertising -space to any one who will buy it, and that it is not the business of -advertising managers and publishers to investigate the truthfulness or -moral character of the advertisements that they publish. Realization by -newspapers of the fact that by printing objectionable advertising they -may cause great harm to their readers has led many of them to reject -entirely all forms of questionable advertisement even though to do so -has, in some instances, cut off annually from $50,000 to $200,000 of -possible revenue. - -=Honesty in Journalism.= The discussion of these various undesirable -tendencies in newspaper making, and the presentation of these -criticisms of some newspapers, do not imply that all newspaper editors -and publishers have subordinated public welfare to private gain, or -that all have permitted sinister external influences to affect their -news and editorial policies. Neither is it to be assumed that these -questionable methods are necessary for business success in newspaper -publishing. There are many notable examples of honest, independent -newspapers that have enjoyed marked financial success. In fact, a -careful survey of the whole country would doubtless show that few -newspapers that have continued to juggle with the truth in news and -editorials have been permanently successful in making money or in -keeping the confidence of their readers. Lincoln’s words are as true of -newspapers as of politicians, “You can fool all the people some of the -time, and some of the people all of the time, but you cannot fool all -of the people all of the time.” - -The stronger a newspaper grows because of the size and the character of -its circulation, and because of the money value of the good will thus -acquired, the more independent it becomes of the external influences -that may seek to modify its news and editorial policy. Unless such -papers are maintained to represent special business or political -interests, well-established papers with adequate capital behind them -are not likely to be affected by the demands of advertisers or other -outside forces. Strong, independent newspapers can publish the facts in -the news and can print editorial comments without fear or favor. - -Unfortunately the rapidly increasing cost of newspaper production -has reduced the margin of profit of a large number of newspapers to -a point where the loss of any considerable amount of advertising or -other support means financial failure. Under such circumstances, -publishers have yielded to pressure from various interests and have -made concessions which doubtless they would not have done if they had -been in positions of greater financial independence. A few editors and -publishers have simply regarded newspaper making as an enterprise in no -wise different from business and politics, and have accepted the less -commendable standards that have resulted from competition in business -and rivalry in politics. Whatever the explanation that is offered for -deliberate failure to give newspaper readers the truth, it must not be -regarded as condoning the offense, however great or slight. - -=The Reporter and His Problems.= The student of journalism should -know the conditions as they exist, so that he may face the problems -squarely and choose deliberately the course that he desires to pursue. -Too often reporters, editors, or publishers have not weighed fully the -ultimate effects produced by suppressing or coloring the news. It is -only by full consideration of the public function of the newspaper as -a factor in the social and political life of the community that the -true significance of dealing lightly with the truth as a crime against -society is revealed in unmistakable colors. - -Although the news policy of the newspaper is determined by those above -him in authority, the reporter must decide his own attitude toward -that policy. If he finds that he cannot conscientiously accept the -ideas and ideals of his superiors because these do not conform to his -own standards of truth and honesty, he must look for a position on a -paper that does conform to those standards. A man cannot retain his -self-respect if he undertakes to do work that he believes to be false -or dishonest. - -On any newspaper, however, the reporter finds himself confronted with -various problems that involve the public function of the newspaper. -He may be requested by an acquaintance, or by some person with whom -his work brings him into contact, to suppress, as a whole or in part, -a piece of news that it falls to his lot to report. Men and women -threatened with exposure or disgrace because of one wrong step, will -plead with him to spare them and their families by suppressing the -news of their downfall. In all such cases the reporter will do well to -refer the request to his superiors and to avoid promising to suppress -any news. Older and more experienced newspaper men in positions -of authority on the paper are usually better able to judge of the -desirability of yielding to requests and pleas of this kind than is the -young reporter. - -=How “Faking” Does Harm.= In collecting and presenting facts the -reporter should make every reasonable effort to have them as complete -and accurate as possible. He is not justified in defending his failure -to get and present the truth and the whole truth on the ground that as -long as a story is interesting it makes little difference whether or -not it is entirely true. The first temptation to depart from the truth -not infrequently comes in an apparently innocent form. In the absence -of real news, or in an effort to show his cleverness, the reporter -takes some trivial incident and, by amplifying it with humorous but -imaginary details, makes of it an amusing little feature story. Such -stories often seem quite harmless in their effects on the readers or on -the persons mentioned in the stories. Instances are on record, however, -of persons who have committed suicide because their acquaintances -bantered them about the ridiculous situations in which they had been -portrayed in such newspaper stories. The reporter must remember that -the persons who play a part in his stories are human beings with -feelings, and that to hold them up before thousands of readers in a -ridiculous situation may cause them much suffering. But besides any -effect it may have on particular individuals, this embroidering of the -truth with fictitious fancies, even when it does not deceive the reader -in the least, tends to form in the reporter the habit of embellishing -all his stories with imaginary details. Thus it becomes the first step -in so-called “faking.” - -Newspaper “faking” often appeals to the young reporter as clever and -commendable, particularly when he hears older newspaper men tell -stories of successful “fakes.” The “cub” may even hear his humorous -little feature story praised for its cleverness by his superiors who -know that it is largely imaginary. If he does not stop to consider, -he may consciously or unconsciously decide that fiction makes better -news than truth, and may proceed to write his stories accordingly. -Encouraged by some other newspaper man’s account of a similar exploit, -he “fakes” an interview when he fails to get one that has been assigned -to him. His “fake” interview may deceive the city editor, and when -printed may not be repudiated by the man falsely quoted. Although -apparently a success from the reporter’s point of view, the “fake” -story injures him more than he realizes, for it dulls his moral sense, -makes less keen his appreciation of the difference between truth -and falsehood. If his superiors discover the deception, they lose -confidence in his reliability and may discharge him at once. If his -identity is known to the victim of the “fake,” the reporter loses that -man’s respect and often makes him an enemy, from whom he cannot hope -to secure news in the future. In fact, “faking” is another term for -“lying” and the reporter guilty of it deserves to be called by the -“short and ugly word.” - -Furthermore, every “fake,” whether it deceives few or many, lowers -both the newspaper that publishes it and newspapers generally in the -estimation of all who know that it is false. Stories recognized by the -reader as untrue, either as a whole or in part, shake his confidence -in the truth of all newspaper reports and lead him to discount all the -news that he reads. Thus the value of the press as a source of reliable -information is seriously impaired. From whatever point of view “faking” -is regarded, therefore, it is indefensible. It hurts the guilty -writer; it hurts the victim of “the fake”; it hurts the newspaper that -publishes it; it hurts journalism generally. - -=The Dangers of Inaccuracy.= Inaccuracy due to carelessness or failure -to verify facts is less reprehensible because it is not deliberate, -but it is nevertheless a form of misrepresentation that in its results -may be as bad as “faking.” An error made by a reporter in the initials -or spelling of the name of a person charged with some crime has often -injured an innocent man or woman whose name happened to be the same -as the incorrect form of the real criminal’s name. In one instance, a -firm spent hundreds of dollars in sending out letters contradicting an -erroneous newspaper report of its failure, the error having been due -to the reporter’s carelessness in confusing the solvent firm with an -insolvent one engaged in the same business and having the same name -except for different initials. In such cases the newspaper is put in -an embarrassing position by its careless reporter, and is compelled to -make a public retraction of his mistake. Even if he is not discharged, -he is not likely thereafter to be entrusted with important assignments, -and everything that he does will be carefully scrutinized until he has -established a reputation for accuracy. - -If reporters and correspondents remember that every story they write -not only affects themselves, their newspapers, and the persons they -write about, but also contributes toward forming the readers’ opinions, -they will consider carefully whether or not they can afford to permit -haste and carelessness to impair the completeness and accuracy of their -work. Although they are at the foot of the journalistic ladder when -they begin their work, reporters and correspondents should realize that -upon the character of their work in gathering and writing the news -depend, to some extent, at least, the opinions of the citizens and -voters who read their paper. - -=How Editors Determine the News Policy.= The editors of the news, -by determining what shall be printed and how it shall be printed, -naturally have greater responsibility for the general character of the -newspaper than have the reporters. The editor’s failure to verify facts -in the work of reporters and correspondents means that any errors in -such work receive his approval and he thereby becomes responsible for -them. The results of faithful, accurate reporting, on the other hand, -may be entirely destroyed by the editor’s efforts to make the news -more striking and sensational. By their instructions to reporters, -correspondents, and copy-readers, editors directly determine the -character of the newspaper. When an editor tells a reporter, a rewrite -man, or a copy-reader to play up a certain “feature” in a news story, -he determines to a considerable extent what the effect of that piece -of news will be upon the readers. By cutting out important details, by -shifting the emphasis from one particular to another, by inserting a -word here and there, editors and copy-readers may completely alter the -impression made by the news. The size and character of the headline -given a story produce quite as great an impression on the reader as the -story itself. Headlines, as has already been pointed out, have played -no small part in so-called “yellow journalism.” All that has been -said of the importance of giving readers complete and accurate news -reports, and of the evils growing out of suppressing or distorting the -news, applies quite as much to editors and copy-readers as it does to -reporters and correspondents. - -=The Newspaper Worker’s Problem.= A vital question for every one -engaged in newspaper writing or editing is whether or not he will obey -the orders of his superiors when these orders do not square with his -own standards of truth and right. The reporter must decide the question -when the city editor gives him his instructions; the city editor must -decide when the managing editor directs him in his work; the managing -editor must decide when the owners announce to him their policy for -the paper. Then it is that every newspaper worker is brought face to -face with the problems of present-day newspaper making. Then it is that -these problems cease to be general questions for discussion and become -a personal matter that each newspaper worker must decide for himself. -When it becomes a personal question to him, its solution does not -always seem so easy as when it is a general problem, because to disobey -the orders of his superiors usually means to lose his position. - -This question, however, is not peculiar to the newspaper profession. -The problem is not unlike that which confronts men engaged in every -kind of business or professional work. Every business man, every -lawyer, every physician finds himself called upon again and again to -settle for himself the same ethical question. Competition in business -not infrequently leads to questionable practices for getting the better -of business rivals, employees, or customers; and it is repeatedly -necessary for men in positions of all grades to determine whether -or not they will carry out their employers’ policies when these do -not agree with their own standards of right and wrong. Lawyers and -physicians in their struggle to build up a practice are tempted to -resort to methods condemned as unethical by the standards of their -profession, or in the offices of established practitioners they find -practices in use which do not harmonize with their own ethical ideals. -In the older professions of law and medicine the members have directly -or indirectly regulated the conditions of admission to practice, -and have established codes of professional ethics. Such regulation, -reinforced by government legislation, has tended to maintain better -professional and ethical standards than would be possible without it. - -Journalism, among the last of the callings to be generally recognized -as a profession, has established neither standards of admission nor a -formulated code of ethics. Only recently has the need of professional -college courses in preparation for journalism been recognized by the -public and by newspapers themselves. With the quickening of the public -conscience in regard to political and social conditions has come a -keener appreciation of the importance of the newspaper as the greatest -single source of information in our democracy, and a realization of -the dangers of abuse of this power by editors and publishers. Whatever -opinions may be held as to present-day standards in journalism, every -one will grant that it is the duty of those who enjoy the advantages -of university training in preparation for this profession to maintain -the highest ideals in their own work. Opportunity to know the truth -carries with it responsibility for making the truth prevail. _Noblesse -oblige_ is as true of the privilege of knowledge as it ever was of the -privilege of rank. - - - SUGGESTIONS - -1. Remember that whatever you write is read by thousands. - -2. Don’t forget that your story or headline helps to influence public - opinion. - -3. Realize that every mistake you make hurts someone. - -4. Don’t embroider facts with fancy; “truth is stranger than fiction.” - -5. Don’t try to make cleverness a substitute for truth. - -6. Remember that faking is lying. - -7. Refer all requests to “keep it out of the paper” to those higher in - authority. - -8. Stand firmly for what your conscience tells you is right. - -9. Sacrifice your position, if need be, rather than your principles. - -10. See the bright side of life; don’t be pessimistic or cynical. - -11. Seek to know the truth and endeavor to make the truth prevail. - - - - - FOOTNOTES - - -[1] “Telling the Tale of the ‘Titanic,’” by Alex. McD. Stoddart; _The - Independent_, May 2, 1912. - -[2] _Collier’s Weekly_, March 18, 1911, p. 22. - -[3] “What the City Editor does when a Gaynor is shot,” by Alex. McD - Stoddart; _The Independent_, August 25, 1910. - - - - - INDEX - - - Abbreviations in copy, 226. - Abbreviations in headlines, 288. - Accidents, news stories of, 101, 109. - Accuracy in news, limitations to, 341. - Accuracy in news, necessity for, 51, 341. - Ad alley, 328. - Addresses, reporting, 46. - Adds in copy, 61, 260. - Advance copy of speeches, etc., 47, 58. - Advance stories, release of, 48, 57. - Advertisements, position for, 8. - Advertisers, suppression of news by, 344. - Advertising, growth of, 334. - Advertising, influence of, on news, 343. - Advertising of news in headlines, 271. - Advertising, questionable, 350. - Advertising manager, 3. - Advertising space, how measured, 265. - Agate line measure for advertisements, 265. - Animal stories, 218. - Art department, 14. - Articles, beginning news stories with, 75. - Assignment book, or sheet, 33, 36. - Assignments, reporters’, 32, 36. - Associated Press, 56. - Associated Press, news bulletin of, 12. - Autoplate stereotyping machine, 9, 10. - - Bank in composing room, 328. - Bankmen, 328. - Banks in headlines, 274. - Banner heads, 305. - Banquets, reporting, 174. - Baseball games, news stories of, 167. - Beat in publishing news, 31, 51. - Beat, or news run, 31. - Beginnings for news stories, 69, 103, 110, 128, 144. - Beginnings to be avoided, 74. - Body of news story, 88, 132. - Body type, 264. - Boiling down news, 205. - Bold-face type, 264. - Boston _Transcript_, story from, 184. - Boxed facts in news stories, 86. - Bulletins, news, 34, 57, 261. - Bulletins, news, double leaded, 265. - Bureaus, city news, 32. - Burglaries, news stories of, 110. - Business element in newspaper publishing, growth of, 332. - Business management of newspapers, 2. - - Cable editor, 12. - Camera, reporter’s use of, 49. - Capital necessary in newspaper publishing, 333. - Cases, type, 264. - Cashier, 3. - Casting box, stereotyping, 9. - Catch-lines in copy, 259, 260. - Chase, 8. - Chicago _Tribune_, stories from, 82, 83, 214. - Children, news value of, 23. - Children in human interest stories, 213. - Christmas celebrations, 174, 181. - City editors, 5, 32. - City news bureaus, 32. - _Collier’s Weekly_, definitions of news in, 17. - Colored headlines, 273. - Colored news, 343. - Column rules, 8. - Column, width of, 265. - Comics, printing of, 11. - Composing room, 3. - Composing room terms, 328. - Composing stick, 265. - Compositors, 3. - Conventions, reporting, 136. - Copy, 5. - Copy, common errors in, 257. - Copy, essentials of good, 60. - Copy-cutter, 3, 7, 14. - Copy-desk, 5, 13, 258. - Copy-reader, how he works, 258. - Copy-reader, qualifications of, 255. - Copy-reading, 255. - Copy-reading, example of, 267. - Copy-reading, marks used in, 266. - Correspondent, duties of, 54. - Correspondent, instructions to, 57. - Courts as news sources, 30. - Courts, news stories of, 144. - Crime, news stories of, 110. - Crime stories, leads for, 112. - Criminal court news, 30. - Cross-line heads, 276. - Cuts, 5, 338. - - Decisions, news stories of, 150. - Decks in headlines, 274. - Defalcations, news stories of, 110. - Department store advertising, 334. - Dispatches, filing of, 57. - Display type, 264. - Drop-line heads, 274, 275. - - Editing copy, 255, 266. - Editor, city, 5, 32. - Editor, managing, 5. - Editor, telegraph, 5. - Editorial policy, 4. - Editorials, purpose of, 4. - Editorial writers, 4. - Editor-in-chief, 4. - Editors, news, 5. - Em as type measure, 265. - Embezzlements, news stories of, 110. - End mark in copy, 61, 260. - Engagements, announcements of, 170. - Ethics of journalism, 339, 357. - Exchange editor, 5. - Exchanges, news rewritten from, 206. - Extraordinary events, news value of, 19. - - Faces of type, 264. - Fakes, effects of, 354. - Faking news, 353. - Feature articles, style in, 229. - Feature articles, subjects for, 225. - Feature stories, 211. - Features for crime stories, 110. - Features for fire stories, 103. - Features for rewrite stories, 196. - Features, playing up the, 67. - Figures at beginning of sentence, 75. - Figures in headlines, 290. - Filing news despatches, 57. - Filing queries and schedules, 54. - Fillers, 206. - Fire losses, boxed, 86. - Fires, stories of, 101, 106. - Flash, or news bulletin, 35, 261. - Flimsy, guide lines on, 261. - Following up the news, 43, 194. - Follows in copy, 260. - Follow up stories, 194, 201. - Fonts of type, 264. - Football games, stories of, 162. - Forms, page, 8, 329. - Free lance writers, 224. - Fudge printing device, 11. - Function of newspaper, 331. - Future books, editors’, 32. - - Gaynor, Mayor, news of shooting of, 34. - Government publications, news stories from, 154. - Government publications, special articles from, 225. - Grammatical errors in copy, 257. - Graveyard, obituaries in, 183. - Guide-lines in copy, 259, 261. - - Hanging indention in heads, 274, 277. - Headlines, abbreviations in, 288. - Headlines and yellow journalism, 272. - Headlines as advertisements of news, 271. - Headlines, figures in, 290. - Headlines, forms of, 274, 277. - Headlines, function of, 271. - Headlines, impartial and colored, 273. - Headlines, methods of building, 294. - Headlines, punctuation in, 292. - Headlines, style in, 287. - Headlines, tone of, 282. - Headlines, type limits of, 279. - Heads, banner, 305. - Heads, jump-, 304. - Heads, side-, 126. - Heads, sub-, 302. - Hearings, reporting, 145. - Hell-box, 329. - Holidays, stories of celebrations of, 174. - Home edition, 327. - Hotels as news source, 30. - Human interest, news value of, 22. - Human interest stories, 211, 212, 213. - Humorous feature stories, 213. - - Illustrations, increase in, 338. - Inaccuracy in news, dangers of, 355. - _Independent_, articles from the, 12, 34. - Inserts in copy, 61, 260. - Instructions to correspondents, 57. - International News Service, 56. - Interviewing, 44. - Interviews by telephone, 48. - Interviews, form of, 139. - Interviews, groups of, 140. - Interviews in feature articles, 240, 243. - Investigations, news stories of, 145. - Items, news, 206. - - Jump-heads, 304. - Justifying forms, 329. - - Labor editor, 5. - Leaded type, 265. - Leads between lines of type, 265. - Leads, or beginnings, 66. - Leads, explanatory details in, 75. - Leads for crime stories, 110. - Leads for fire stories, 103. - Leads for rewrite stories, 196. - Leads for speeches, etc., 128. - Leads for trials, 144. - Leads, how to begin, 69. - Leads, leaded, 265. - Leads, unconventional, 75. - Lectures, reporting, 126. - Legal proceedings, reporting, 152. - Librarian, 5. - Linotype machine, 3, 10. - Linotype slugs, 10, 11, 329. - Lists of dead and injured, boxed, 88. - Local ends of news, 6, 25, 195. - Local news, value of, 24. - Locking page forms, 329. - Long-hand copy, 60. - Long-hand reporting, 46. - Lower case letters in type, 265. - - Magazine articles, news stories from, 154. - Magazine articles, style in, 229. - Magazine articles, subjects for, 225. - Magazine section, editor of, 5. - Magazine section, printing of, 11. - Magazine section, stories for, 223. - Mail editions, 327. - Mailing machine for newspapers, 11. - Mailing newspapers, 9. - Make-up of newspapers, 8, 322. - Make-up, contrast in, 323. - Make-up, front page, 322, 325. - Make-up, importance of, 322. - Make-up, positions of prominence in, 324. - Make-up schedule, 327. - Make-up, symmetry in, 324. - Make-up, types of, 322. - Making-up different editions, 327. - Managing editor, 5. - Marine editor, 5. - Market edition, 327. - Market editor, 5. - Market reports, 26. - Mat, stereotyping, 9. - Matrix, stereotyping, 9. - Measurement of type, 263. - Meetings, reporting, 136. - Monotype machine, 3, 10. - Morgue, newspaper, 5, 6, 183. - Murders, news stories of, 110. - - Names, accuracy in printing, 51. - News, accuracy and completeness of, 341. - News, adulterated, 349. - News associations, 56. - News, boiling down, 205. - News bureaus, city, 32. - News, coloring of, 346, 349. - News, covering big, 33. - News, defined by editors, 17. - News, definition of, 18. - News editor, 5. - News, effects of adulterated, 349. - News, essentials of, 18. - News, following up the, 43, 194. - News gathering, 29, 34, 36. - News, getting it into print, 6, 12. - News, grouping of, in make-up, 325. - News items, 206. - News, nose for, 50. - News policy, sinister influences on, 343. - News policy determined by editors, 356. - News runs, 31. - News sources, 30. - News staff, 5. - News, suppression of, 53, 343, 352. - News, timeliness in, 19. - News values, 18. - New York _Evening Post_, stories from, 181, 232, 238. - New York _Herald_, establishment of, 332. - New York _Sun_, stories from, 78, 80, 174, 187, 215, 218, 236, - 240. - New York _Times_, story from, 244. - New York _Tribune_, establishment of, 332. - New York _Tribune_, stories from, 178, 216, 230. - Night city editor, 5. - Night editor, 5. - Night press rate, telegraph, 57. - Noon edition, 327. - Nose for news, 50. - Note book in reporting, 52. - Note taking, 46. - - Obituaries, 183. - Organization of a newspaper, 2. - Ownership of newspapers, 333. - Ownership of newspapers, influence of, on policy, 343, 347. - - Paragraph length in news stories, 64. - Paragraph marks in copy, 61, 266. - Pathetic feature stories, 222. - Pathetic feature stories, style in, 213. - Personality sketch, 228. - Personal journalism, decline of, 335. - Photographer, staff, 49. - Photographs for newspaper cuts, 49. - Pi, type, 9. - Pica as type measure, 265. - Pied type, 9. - Pittsburgh _Gazette-Times_, story from, 222. - Planer, 329. - Planing down forms, 329. - Plate, stereotyping, 9. - Platform, political, boxed, 87. - Point system of measuring type, 263. - Police headquarters as news source, 30. - Police news stories, 110. - Political subjects for feature stories, 228. - Politics, news value of, 22. - Position of advertisements, 8. - Practice work, 94, 116, 156, 191, 208, 249, 306. - Press associations, 56. - Presses, newspaper, 10. - Press, proof, 7. - Press room, 3. - Printing newspapers, process of, 9. - Printing presses, newspaper, 10. - Proof correcting, 315. - Proof, example of corrected, 319. - Proof, galley, 7, 315. - Proof, marks for correcting, 316. - Proof, revised, 8. - Proof-reading, 3, 315. - Proof-room, 315. - Punctuation, common errors in, 257. - Pyramid banks in headlines, 274, 276. - - Queries, schedule of, 55. - Query, correspondent’s, 54. - Questions at beginning of lead, 82. - Quoins, 9, 329. - Quotation marks in copy, 60, 266. - Quotations in lead of news stories, 128. - Quotations, misleading, playing up, 128. - Quotations, verbatim in news stories, 126. - - Railroad editor, 5. - Real estate editor, 5. - Receptions, stories of, 169. - Release date on advance stories, 48, 57. - Reporter, ethical problems of, 352, 357. - Reporter, how he gets news, 36. - Reporter, qualifications of, 50. - Reporter, suppression of news by, 53, 352. - Revises, proof, 8. - Rewrite man, 5, 194. - Rewrite stories, 194. - Robberies, news stories of, 110. - Rules, column, 8. - Running stories, 46. - Runs, reporters’, 31. - - Schedule, make-up, 327. - Schedule of queries, 55. - Science, popularizing in special articles, 227. - Scoop in publishing news, 31, 51. - Second day stories, 43, 201. - Sentence length in news stories, 64. - Sermons, reporting, 126. - Ship news reporters, 30. - Short-hand reporting, 46. - Side heads on news items, 126. - Slang in headlines, 290. - Slang in sporting news, 169. - Slug, compositor’s, 328. - Slug, linotype, 10, 11. - Slugging a story, 259. - Society editor, 5, 169. - Society news, 169. - Special articles, 211, 223. - Special articles, style in, 229. - Special articles, subjects for, 225. - Special feature stories, 211, 223. - Speeches, boxed excerpts from, 87. - Speeches, news stories of, 126. - Speeches, reporting, 46, 126. - Speeches, reporting series of, 136. - Sporting editor, 5. - Sporting extra, 11, 327. - Sporting news stories, form of, 161. - Sporting news stories, style of, 169. - Sports, news value of, 22. - State exchanges, news rewritten from, 206. - Statistics at beginning of special articles, 229. - Stereotyped plates, 9, 10. - Stereotyping, 9, 10. - Stereotyping room, 3. - Stick, composing, 265. - Stickful as measure of copy, 265. - Stock company ownership of newspapers, 333. - Stock exchanges, news of, 31. - Stoddart, Alex. McD., articles by, 12, 34. - Stone, composing, 329. - Stories, human interest, 211. - Stories, news, body of, 88. - Stories, news, handling big, 12. - Stories, news, leads for, 66, 69, 75, 110, 128. - Stories, news, style in, 61. - Stories, special feature, 211, 223. - String, correspondent’s, 55. - Style book, newspaper, 258. - Style, newspaper, essentials of, 61. - Style in headlines, 287. - Style in human interest stories, 213. - Style in special articles, 229. - Style, typographical, 63. - Subheads, 302. - Suggestions, 16, 28, 58, 93, 115, 155, 192, 207, 248, 269, 305, - 321,329, 359. - Suicides, news stories of, 110. - Summaries boxed in news stories, 86. - Sunday editor, 5. - Sunday magazine articles, 223. - Sunday newspapers, growth of, 338. - Suppression of news, 53, 343, 352. - - Takes of copy, 7, 14, 328. - Technical subjects for special articles, 227. - Telegraph copy, guide lines on, 261. - Telegraph editor, 5. - Telegraph news, filing of, 57. - Telegraph news, form of, 12, 261. - Telephone, assignments by, 48. - Telephone directory, value of, 51. - Telephone, getting news by, 48. - Testimony, forms of, 147. - Timeliness in news, 19. - _Titanic_ disaster, news of, 12, 32. - Trials, news stories of, 144. - Trials, reporting, 47. - Type cases, 264. - Type cast on monotype, 10, 329. - Type, distributing, 329. - Type-high cuts, 266. - Type, leaded and solid, 265. - Type, measurement of, 263, 265. - Type, names of, 263, 264. - Type, off its feet, 329. - Type, set by hand, 265. - Type, sizes and kinds, 263. - - Unexpected occurrences, news stories of, 101. - United Press, 56. - United Press, news stories from, 261. - Unusual, news value of the, 19. - Uplift run, 31. - Upper case letters in type, 265. - Utterances, news stories of, 126. - - Want ad at beginning of news story, 85. - Weddings, stories of, 169. - Whitlock, Brand, article by, 245. - Witnesses, news stories of testimony by, 147. - Woman’s clubs, news of, 173. - Women as newspaper readers, 338. - - Yellow journalism and big headlines, 272. - Yellow journalism, criticisms of, 344, 348. - Yellow journalism, advent of, in New York, 336. - Yellow journalism and foreign population in cities, 337. - - Zoo, animal stories from, 23, 218. - - - - ENGLISH FOR COLLEGE COURSES - - -EXPOSITORY WRITING - By MERVIN J. CURL. - Gives freshmen and sophomores something to write about, and helps -them in their writing. - -SENTENCES AND THINKING - By NORMAN FOERSTER, University of North Carolina, and J. M. STEDMAN, - Jr., Emory University. - A practice book in sentence-making for college freshmen. - -A HANDBOOK OF ORAL READING - By LEE EMERSON BASSETT, Leland Stanford Junior University. - Especial emphasis is placed on the relation of thought and speech, -technical vocal exercises being subordinated to a study of the -principles underlying the expression of ideas. Illustrative selections -of both poetry and prose are freely employed. - -ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATING (_Revised Edition_) - By WILLIAM T. FOSTER, Reed College. - The point of view throughout is that of the student rather than that -of the teacher. - -THE RHETORICAL PRINCIPLES OF NARRATION - By CARROLL LEWIS MAXCY, Williams College. - A clear and thorough analysis of the three elements of narrative -writing, viz.: setting, character, and plot. - -REPRESENTATIVE NARRATIVES - Edited by CARROLL LEWIS MAXCY. - This compilation contains twenty-two complete selections of various -types of narrative composition. - -THE STUDY AND PRACTICE OF WRITING ENGLISH - By GERHARD R. LOMER, Ph.D., and MARGARET ASHMUN. - A textbook for use in college Freshman courses. - -HOW TO WRITE SPECIAL FEATURE ARTICLES - By WILLARD G. BLEYER, University of Wisconsin. - A textbook for classes in Journalism and in advanced English -Composition. - -NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING - By WILLARD G. BLEYER. - This fully meets the requirements of courses in Journalism as given -in our colleges and universities, and at the same time appeals to -practical newspaper men. - -TYPES OF NEWS WRITING - By WILLARD G. BLEYER. - Over two hundred typical stories taken from representative American -newspapers are here presented in a form convenient for college classes -in Journalism. - - - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - - RIVERSIDE ESSAYS - Edited by ADA L. F. SNELL - _Associate Professor of English, Mount Holyoke College_ - - - The purpose of the Riverside Essays is to present to students of -English composition essays by modern authors which deal in a fresh way -with such subjects as politics, science, literature, and nature. The -close study of vigorous and artistic writing is generally acknowledged -to be the best method of gaining a mastery of the technique of -composition. - - In the Riverside Essays the material consists of essays which, with -few exceptions, have been printed entire. Other advantages of the -Riverside Essays for both instructor and student lie in the fact that -the material is presented in separate volumes, each of which is devoted -to a single author and contains two or more representative essays. - - Finally, the series has none of the earmarks of the ordinary textbook -which the student passes on, marked and battered, to the next college -generation. The books are attractively printed, and bound in the -Library Binding of the Riverside Literature Series. The student will -therefore be glad to keep these books for his own library. - -PROMOTING GOOD CITIZENSHIP - By JAMES BRYCE. With an Introduction. _Riverside Literature Series_, - No. 227, Library Binding. - -STUDIES IN NATURE AND LITERATURE - By JOHN BURROUGHS. _Riverside Literature Series_, No. 226, Library - Binding. - -UNIVERSITY SUBJECTS - By JOHN HENRY NEWMAN. _Riverside Literature Series_, No. 225, Library - Binding. - -THE AMERICAN MIND AND AMERICAN IDEALISM - By BLISS PERRY. With an Introduction. _Riverside Literature Series_, - No. 224, Library Binding. - - - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - - FOR COURSES ON THE DRAMA - - -DRAMATIC TECHNIQUE - By GEORGE PIERCE BAKER, Harvard University. - -THE TUDOR DRAMA - By C. F. TUCKER BROOKE, Yale University. - An illuminating history of the development of English Drama during -the Tudor Period, from 1485 to the close of the reign of Elizabeth. - -CHIEF CONTEMPORARY DRAMATISTS, First Series - Edited by THOMAS H. DICKINSON, formerly of the University of -Wisconsin. - -CHIEF CONTEMPORARY DRAMATISTS. Second Series - Edited by THOMAS H. DICKINSON. - This book supplements the _First Series_ by making available in a -companion volume plays which represent the later tendencies in the -drama of Europe and America. - -CHIEF EUROPEAN DRAMATISTS - Edited by BRANDER MATTHEWS, Columbia University, Member of the - American Academy of Arts and Letters. - This volume contains one typical play from each of the master -dramatists of Europe, with the exception of the English writers. - -A STUDY OF THE DRAMA - By BRANDER MATTHEWS. - Devoted mainly to an examination of the structural framework which -the great dramatists of various epochs have given to their plays; it -discusses only incidentally the psychology, the philosophy, and the -poetry of these pieces. - -THE CHIEF ELIZABETHAN DRAMATISTS - Edited by W. A. NEILSON, President of Smith College, formerly - Professor of English Literature in Harvard University. - This volume presents typical examples of the work of the most -important of Shakespeare’s contemporaries, so that, taken with -Shakespeare’s own works, it affords a view of the development of -the English drama through its most brilliant period. - -A HISTORY OF THE ELIZABETHAN DRAMA - By FELIX E. SCHELLING, University of Pennsylvania. 2 vols. - -SHAKESPEAREAN PLAYHOUSES - By JOSEPH QUINCY ADAMS, Cornell University. - A History of English Theatres from the Beginnings to the Restoration. -Fully illustrated. - -SHAKESPEARE QUESTIONS - By ODELL SHEPARD, Trinity College. _Riv. Lit. Series._ No. 246. - An outline for the study of the leading plays. - - - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - - PROBLEMS OF CONDUCT - BY - DURANT DRAKE - _Professor of Philosophy, Vassar College_ - - =_An Introductory Survey of Ethics_= - -The _Boston Transcript_ says: “It is the great merit of Professor -Drake’s book that it moves always in a concrete sphere of life as we -daily live it. It never moralizes, it never lays down _obiter dicta_, -it simply talks over with us our personal problems precisely as a -keen, experienced, and always sympathetic friend might do. Through and -through scientific and scholarly, it is never academic in method and -matter.” - - ————————— - - PROBLEMS OF RELIGION - BY - DURANT DRAKE - -This book, like Professor Drake’s _Problems of Conduct_, represents -a course of lectures given for several years to undergraduates of -Wesleyan University. Their aim is to give a rapid survey of the field, -such that the man who is confused by the chaos of opinions on these -matters, and himself but little able to judge between conflicting -statements, may here get his bearings and see his way to stable belief -and energetic action. - - ————————— - - - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - - THE CAMBRIDGE POETS—STUDENTS’ EDITION - -Robert Browning’s Complete Poetical and Dramatic Works. -Burns’s Complete Poetical Works. -Byron’s Complete Poetical Works. -Dryden’s Complete Poetical Works. -English and Scottish Ballads. -Keats’s Complete Poetical Works and Letters. -Longfellow’s Complete Poetical Works. -Milton’s Complete Poetical Works. -Pope’s Complete Poetical Works. -Shakespeare’s Complete Works. -Shelley’s Complete Poetical Works. -Spenser’s Complete Poetical Works. -Tennyson’s Poetic and Dramatic Works. -Whittier’s Complete Poetical Works. -Wordsworth’s Complete Poetical Works. - - ANTHOLOGIES: POETRY AND DRAMA - -=The Chief Middle English Poets.= Translated and Edited by JESSIE - L. WESTON. -=The Chief British Poets of the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries.= - Edited by W. A. NEILSON and K. G. T. WEBSTER. -=The Leading English Poets from Chaucer to Browning.= Edited by - L. H. HOLT. -=A Victorian Anthology.= Edited by EDMUND CLARENCE STEDMAN. -=The Chief American Poets.= Edited by C. H. PAGE. -=An American Anthology.= Edited by EDMUND CLARENCE STEDMAN. -=Little Book of Modern Verse.= Edited by JESSIE B. RITTENHOUSE. - R.L.S. No. 254. -=Second Book of Modern Verse.= Edited by JESSIE B. RITTENHOUSE. - R.L.S. No. 267. -=Little Book of American Poets.= Edited by JESSIE B. RITTENHOUSE. - R.L.S. No. 255. -=High Tide.= Edited by Mrs. WALDO RICHARDS. R.L.S. No. 256. -=A Treasury of War Poetry.= Edited by GEORGE H. CLARKE. R.L.S. - No. 262. -=The Chief Elizabethan Dramatists.= Edited by W. A. NEILSON. -=Chief European Dramatists.= In Translation. Edited by BRANDER - MATTHEWS. -=Chief Contemporary Dramatists, First Series.= Edited by - THOMAS H. DICKINSON. -=Chief Contemporary Dramatists, Second Series.= Edited by - THOMAS H. DICKINSON. - - - HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY - - Riverside Literature Series - - LIBRARY BINDING - - ————————— - -=Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, and Piers the Ploughman.= - WEBSTER AND NEILSON. -=Chaucer’s The Prologue, The Knight’s Tale, and The Nun’s - Priest’s Tale.= MATHER. -=Ralph Roister Doister.= CHILD. -=The Second Shepherds’ Play, Everyman, and Other Early Plays=. - CHILD. -=Bacon’s Essays.= NORTHUP. -=Shakespeare Questions.= SHEPARD. -=Milton’s Of Education, Areopagitica, The Commonwealth.= LOCKWOOD. -=Boswell’s Life of Johnson.= JENSEN. -=Goldsmith’s The Good-Natured Man, and She Stoops to Conquer.= - DICKINSON. -=Sheridan’s The School for Scandal.= WEBSTER. -=Shelley’s Poems.= (=Selected.=) CLARKE. -=Huxley’s Autobiography, and Selected Essays.= SNELL. -=Selections from the Prose Works of Matthew Arnold.= JOHNSON. -=Selected Literary Essays from James Russell Lowell.= HOWE and - FOERSTER. -=Howells’s A Modern Instance.= -=Briggs’s College Life.= -=Briggs’s To College Girls.= -=Perry’s The American Mind and American Idealism.= -=Burroughs’s Studies in Nature and Literature.= -=Newman’s University Subjects.= -=Bryce’s Promoting Good Citizenship.= -=Eliot’s The Training for an Effective Life.= -=English and American Sonnets.= LOCKWOOD. -=The Little Book of American Poets.= RITTENHOUSE. -=The Little Book of Modern Verse.= RITTENHOUSE. -=High Tide.= An Anthology of Contemporary Poems. RICHARDS. -=Minimum College Requirements in English for Study.= -=The Second Book of Modern Verse.= RITTENHOUSE. -=Abraham Lincoln. A Play.= DRINKWATER. - - - —————————————————— End of Book —————————————————— - - - - - Transcriber’s Note (continued) - - -Punctuation errors in the general text have been repaired. In the -practice work examples however, which requires the student journalist -to mark up or rewrite a passage of text, there may be deliberate -punctuation errors and misspellings. These have been left unchanged. - -Except as noted below, unusual or variable spelling and hyphenation -published in the original book have been retained in this transcription. - - Page 10 — “semi-circular” changed to “semicircular” (semicircular - stereotype plates) - Page 52 — “newpapers” changed to “newspapers” (not what newspapers or - their readers want) - Page 67 — “defiintely” changed to “definitely” (be definitely fixed in - advance) - Page 112 — “near by” changed to “nearby” (the railroad yards nearby) - Page 113 — “day light” changed to “daylight” (Seized by thugs in broad - daylight) - Page 149 — “anyway” changed to “any way” (Q.—Did you regulate their - duties in any way?) - Page 159 — “acccumulated” changed to “accumulated” (protecting - gathered and accumulated) - Page 192 — “daintly” changed to “daintily” (daintily covering her - golden brown hair) - Page 212 — “requires” changed to “require” (Feature stories require - some literary ability) - Page 222 — “Hipprodrome” changed to “Hippodrome” (back to the - Hippodrome) - Page 260 — “Catch lines” changed to “Catch-lines” (Catch-lines, such - as “Society,”) - Page 260 — “catch lines” changed to “catch-lines” (the catch-lines - may indicate) - Page 267 — “catch lines” changed to “catch-lines” (The application of - these marks and the catch-lines) - -Footnotes have been re-indexed using numbers and placed before the Index. - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/65884-0.zip b/old/65884-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb5fb87..0000000 --- a/old/65884-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h.zip b/old/65884-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 61220a0..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/65884-h.htm b/old/65884-h/65884-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1c25de4..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/65884-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20791 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Newspaper Writing and Editing, by Willard Grosvenor Bleyer, Ph.D. - </title> - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; -} - -h1 { font-size: 1.8em; font-family: "Georgia", serif; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } - -h2 { font-weight: normal; font-size: medium; } - -.bold { font-weight: bold; } - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; - text-indent: 1em; -} - -.p1 { margin-top: 1em; } -.p2 { margin-top: 2em; } -.p4 { margin-top: 4em; } - -.noindent { text-indent: 0em; } -.indent2 { text-indent: 2em; } - -.hanging1 { - padding-left: 1em; - text-indent: -1em; -} - -.hanging1-left-align { - padding-left: 1em; - text-indent: -1em; - text-align: left; -} - -.hanging2 { - padding-left: 2.6em; - text-indent: -1.6em; -} - -a { text-decoration: none; } -a.underline { text-decoration: underline; } - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.chap { width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%; } -.x-ebookmaker hr.chap { display: none; visibility: hidden; } - -@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} } - -hr.r5 { width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 47.5%; margin-right: 47.5%; } -hr.r10 { width: 10%; margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 0.0em; margin-left: 45%; margin-right: 45%; } -hr.r15 { width: 15%; margin-top: 0.2em; margin-bottom: 0.2em; margin-left: 42.5%; margin-right: 42.5%; } - -div.chapter { page-break-before: always; } -h2.nobreak { page-break-before: avoid; } - -ul.index { list-style-type: none; } -li.ifrst { margin-top: 1em; } -li.indx { margin-top: .5em; } - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - -.tdl { text-align: left; } -.tdr { text-align: right; } -.tdc { text-align: center; } -.tdlt { text-align: left; vertical-align: top; } - -table.toc { width: 60%; } -.x-ebookmaker table.toc { - width: 90%; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -table.news-source { - width: 80%; - font-size: small; -} -.x-ebookmaker table.news-source { - width: 90%; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -table.teams { - font-size: x-small; - line-height: 80%; -} - -table.scores { - font-size: x-small; - line-height: 80%; -} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} /* page numbers */ - -.pagenum2 { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 94.25%; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} /* page numbers */ -.x-ebookmaker .pagenum2 { display: none; } - -.pagenum3 { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92.5%; - text-align: right; - font-size: small; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} /* page numbers */ -.x-ebookmaker .pagenum3 { display: none; } - -.blockquot0 { - font-size: small; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} - -.blockquot1 { - font-size: small; - margin-left: 5%; -/* - margin-right: 10%; -*/ -} - -.blockquot2 { - font-size: small; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -.center { text-align: center; } - -.smcap { font-variant: small-caps; } - -.allsmcap { - font-variant: small-caps; - text-transform: lowercase; -} - -/* Images */ - -img { - max-width: 100%; - height: auto; -} - -img.w100 { width: 100%; } - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - max-width: 100%; -} - -/* Footnotes */ -.footnotes {border: 1px dashed;} - -.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} - -.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: - none; -} - -/* Poetry */ -.poetry-container {text-align: center;} -.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;} -/* uncomment the next line for centered poetry in browsers */ -.poetry {display: inline-block;} -.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;} -.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;} -/* large inline blocks don't split well on paged devices */ -@media print { .poetry {display: block;} } -.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;} - -.poetry .indent { text-indent: -2em; } - -.header-container { text-align: center; } -.header { display: inline-block; text-align: left; } -.header .headline { margin: 1em auto; } -.header .drop-line1 { padding-left: 0em; } -.header .drop-line2 { padding-left: 1.5em; } -.header .drop-line3 { padding-left: 4.5em; } - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size: smaller; - padding: 0.5em; - margin-bottom: 5em; - margin-top: 5em; - font-family: sans-serif, serif; -} - -/* == Project Specific CSS == */ - -.news-column-container { text-align: center; } -.news-column { - display: inline-block; - width: 40%; - font-size: small; - text-align: justify; - padding: 0 0.2em; - border-left: thin solid black; - border-right: thin solid black; -} - -.x-ebookmaker .news-column { - width: 60%; - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} - -@media print { .news-column { - width: 60%; - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; - } -} - -p.no-margin-top { - margin-top: 0em; -} - -p.no-margin-bottom { - margin-bottom: 0em; -} - -p.no-margins { - margin-top: 0em; - margin-bottom: 0em; -} - -.news-column-label { - text-indent: 0em; - text-align: center; - font-size: small; -} - -.x-ebookmaker .news-column-label { - text-indent: 0em; - margin-left: 1.50em; - text-align: left; - font-size: small; -} - -@media print { .news-column-label { - text-indent: 0em; - margin-left: 1.50em; - text-align: left; - font-size: small; - } -} - -.alt-text-container { text-align: center; } -.alt-text { - display: inline-block; - background-color: #E6E6FA; - width: 60%; - font-size: x-small; - text-align: justify; - padding: 0 0.2em; - border: thin solid black; -} - -@media print { .alt-text-container { - display: none; - visibility: hidden; - } -} - -div.boxit {border: solid medium black; padding: 1em; } - -ol { padding-left: 1.5em; } - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - padding:0.5em; - margin-bottom:5em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; -} - -@media print { .transnote { - margin-left: 2.5%; - margin-right: 2.5%; - } -} - -.x-ebookmaker .transnote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -p.TN-style-1 { - text-indent: 0em; - margin-top: 1.5em; - font-size: small; -} - -p.TN-style-2 { - text-align: left; - margin-top: 1.0em; - text-indent: -1em; - margin-left: 3em; - font-size: small; -} - -.center-img-cover { - margin: 2% 33%; - page-break-inside: avoid; - page-break-before: auto; -} - -.coverimg { visibility: visible; display: block; } -.x-ebookmaker .coverimg { visibility: hidden; display: none; } - -.x-small { font-size: x-small; } -.small { font-size: small; } -.x-large { font-size: x-large; } - -.illowp60 { width: 60%; } - -.illowe6_00 { width: 6.00em; } -div.mt4_00 { margin-top: 4em; } - -/* Nigel's fix for non-illo dropcaps. This modified version is scaled */ -/* to have the whole of the dropcap'd word or phrase capitalised. */ -/* The CSS below is optimised for the letter "T". It was drop-cap2 in */ -/* earlier projects. */ - -p.drop-cap { - text-indent: -4px; -} - -p.drop-cap:first-letter { - float: left; - font-size: 280%; - line-height: 0.85em; - margin-top: 0.02em; - margin-right: 5px; - margin-left: 4px; -} - -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap { - text-indent: 0; /* restore default */ -} - -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap:first-letter { - float: none; - font-size: 100%; - line-height: 1em; - margin: 0; -} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - -<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Newspaper Writing and Editing, by Willard Grosvenor Bleyer</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Newspaper Writing and Editing</p> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Willard Grosvenor Bleyer</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: July 20, 2021 [eBook #65884]</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: WebRover, MFR, Quentin Campbell and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)</div> - -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING ***</div> - - - -<div class="coverimg center-img-cover"> - <img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="cover image" /> -</div> - -<hr class="p4 chap" /> - -<div class="transnote"> -<a id="top" name="top"></a> -<p class="noindent center small bold">Transcriber’s Note</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The original text contains typical examples of -all kinds of newspaper work. These examples are analyzed to show the -fundamental principles that underlie their construction. Additionally, -they are used to aid the student by giving specific suggestions about -their application.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The implications of this are that much of the -discussion in the transcription below would make little sense unless these -examples are displayed exactly as they appear in the book. To that end, -and where an example cannot be exactly rendered in HTML, the original image -from the book is used instead.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">In all cases where this is done, a transcriber's note is placed -immediately below the image. These notes are easily recognised as they -are boxed text in a very small font and displayed against the same -background colour as this note. They should be skipped by most readers.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">They serve two main purposes: (1) to provide the text contained in -each image so that it is searchable; (2) to assist readers with visual -impairment who rely on screen reading applications for access to online -texts.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The cover image was created by Thiers Halliwell and is placed in the public domain.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1">See the <a class="underline" href="#TN">end - of this document</a> for details of corrections and other changes.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h1 class="nobreak" id="NEWSPAPER_WRITING">NEWSPAPER WRITING<br /> -AND EDITING</h1> -</div> - -<p class="small center noindent p2">BY</p> - -<p class="center noindent">WILLARD GROSVENOR BLEYER, <span class="smcap">Ph.D.</span></p> - -<p class="x-small center noindent"> -CHAIRMAN OF THE COURSE IN JOURNALISM, AND<br /> -ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR OF JOURNALISM IN<br /> -THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe6_00 mt4_00" id="logo"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_logo.jpg" alt="logo" /> -</div> - -<p class="x-small center noindent p4">BOSTON  NEW YORK  CHICAGO  SAN FRANCISCO</p> -<p class="center noindent">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> -<p class="small center noindent">The Riverside Press Cambridge</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p class="x-small center noindent p4"> -COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY WILLARD GROSVENOR BLEYER<br /> -<br /> -ALL RIGHTS RESERVED</p> - -<p class="x-small center noindent p4"> -The Riverside Press<br /> -CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS<br /> -PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p class="center noindent p4"> -TO<br /> -A. H. B.</p> - - -<hr class="chap p4" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="PREFACE">PREFACE</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Seven</span> years’ experience in trying to train college -students in methods of newspaper writing and editing -has convinced the author of the need of text-books in -journalism. Newspapers themselves supply the student -with so miscellaneous a collection of good, bad, and mediocre -work that, with an uncritical taste, he does not -always discriminate in the character of the models which -he selects to imitate. Lectures by experienced editors -and writers, although fruitful of much inspiration and -general information, seldom give the student sufficiently -specific and detailed directions to guide him in his daily -work. What he needs is a handbook containing typical -examples of all of the kinds of newspaper work that he -is likely to be called upon to do during the first years -of his newspaper experience. These examples should -be carefully selected from well-edited newspapers and -should be analyzed to show the fundamental principles -that underlie their construction. With such a book illustrative -of current practices in newspaper making, he -can study more intelligently the newspapers themselves -and can assimilate more completely the advice and information -given by newspaper men in active service. -Furthermore, such a book, by giving specific suggestions -with examples of their application, serves as a guide -to aid the student in overcoming his difficulties as he -does his work from day to day. It is to furnish a handbook -and guide of this kind that the present text-book -has been prepared.</p> - -<p>This book is adapted both for use in college classes -in journalism and for study by persons interested in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</span> -journalism who are not attending college. The needs of -these two groups are not essentially different. Both desire -to know the basic principles of newspaper writing -and editing and to get the necessary training in the -application of these fundamental principles to their own -work. In each chapter, accordingly, explanation and -exemplification are supplemented by material for practice -work.</p> - -<p>To formulate a large number of rules for the writing -of news stories, the editing of copy, the writing of headlines, -and other kinds of newspaper work, is plainly -impossible, even if it were desirable. Methods of newspaper -making during the last fifty years have undergone -so constant and rapid a readjustment to new conditions -in the transmission of news, in mechanical production, -and in the sources of income, that only a few traditions -have remained unchanged. The tireless effort to secure -novelty and variety in present-day journalism prevents -the news story or the headline from becoming absolutely -fixed in form or style. Instead of attempting to formulate -dogmatic rules and directions, the author has undertaken -to analyze current methods of newspaper work -with the purpose of showing the reasons for them and -the causes which have produced them. The examples -selected to illustrate these methods have been taken -from newspapers in all parts of the country and are intended -to represent the general practices now prevailing. -For obvious reasons names and addresses in most -of these stories have been changed. To retain the newspaper -form as far as possible, the examples have been -printed between rules in column width.</p> - -<p>Inasmuch as this book is intended to prepare the student -for the kind of work which he is likely to do during -the first years of his newspaper experience, it does -not consider editorial writing, book-reviewing, or musical<span class="pagenum" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</span> -and dramatic criticism. To discuss these subjects -adequately would require more space than a handbook -on reporting and editing permits.</p> - -<p>It is assumed throughout this book that the student -of journalism is familiar with the elementary principles -of grammar and rhetoric, and has had sufficient training -in composition to be able to express ideas in simple, -correct English. Faults in such rudimentary matters -as grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization -are not considered at all. No attention is given to diction -or questions of good usage. All these matters are -fully treated in numerous books on English composition.</p> - -<p>In the discussion of the news story, an emphasis has -been given to the “lead” that may seem disproportionate. -This has been done in the belief that the rapidity -with which newspapers are generally read makes the -beginning the most important part of the story. The -average reader gleans the significant facts of each piece -of news from the headlines and the first paragraphs. -He expects in the “lead” the “feature” as well as the -gist of the news. To the student this problem of massing -skillfully, in a compact and interesting form, the -substance of his material, is a new one, and he must be -shown all the varied possibilities of this treatment. The -author has not been unmindful of the fact that efforts -are being made to break away from the “gist-of-the-news” -beginning, and has given examples of other -forms. For stories in which entertainment rather than -information is the purpose, beginnings that do not summarize -may undoubtedly be used to advantage. In such -stories the student must be shown how to arouse the -reader’s interest and curiosity in the first sentences so -that he will read further.</p> - -<p>The function of the newspaper has been discussed at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</span> -some length in order to call the student’s attention to -the importance of the newspaper as an influence in a -democratic government and to point out the significance -of his own work in relation to society. An effort has -been made to analyze the problems of newspaper making -in order to show the fundamental issues involved. -The purpose has been, not to settle these questions dogmatically, -but to stimulate the student to think for himself.</p> - -<p>“Newspaper English” has so long been regarded by -many teachers of English as a term of reproach, and -instruction in journalistic writing has been so recently -introduced into the college curriculum, that some English -instructors still question the value of systematic -training of students in newspaper writing as a part -of the teaching of English composition. Nevertheless, -every teacher of English in the secondary schools and -colleges recognizes the fact that one of the most serious -weaknesses of present-day training in composition -is the lack of a definite aim for the student in his writing, -and a corresponding lack of interest on his part in -doing work that has no real purpose. To report actual -events for publication, either in a local newspaper or in -a school paper, gives the student both material and purpose, -and to that extent increases his interest and his -desire to write well. If the application of the principles -of English composition to newspaper writing and editing -can be demonstrated to the student, as the author -has attempted to do in this book, the student can undoubtedly -be given valuable practice in these principles -through systematic training in newspaper work.</p> - -<p>“Every professor of journalism must write a textbook -on journalism in order to justify his claim to his -title,” was the facetious remark made at the first Conference -of Teachers of Journalism. Until journalism<span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</span> -has been taught in colleges and universities long enough -to have developed generally accepted methods of instruction, -the text-book produced by every teacher of -the subject must be regarded, not as a demonstration -of his claims to the title, but as a contribution to the -development of methods of teaching based on his own -experience. If this book is of assistance to those who -aspire to become newspaper workers or to those who -are undertaking to train students of journalism, it will -have accomplished its purpose.</p> - -<p>The author is indebted to the publishers of <i>Collier’s -Weekly</i>, of the <i>American Magazine</i>, and of the <i>Independent</i> -for permission to reprint material from these -magazines. Acknowledgment is also due to the many -newspapers throughout the country from which examples -have been taken and to which due credit has -been given whenever the “stories” thus reproduced -have been important or distinctive in character.</p> - -<p>The facsimile newspaper headings reproduced in this -book represent styles of type used in newspaper offices -throughout the country. These specimens are included -by courtesy of the Mergenthaler Linotype Company -of New York.</p> - -<p class="small"> -<span class="smcap">University of Wisconsin</span>,<br /> -<span class="smcap" style="padding-left: 2em;">Madison</span>, March 3, 1913. -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2> -</div> - -<table class="toc" summary="CONTENTS"> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">I. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">How a Newspaper is made</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">II. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">News and News Values</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">III. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Getting the News</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">IV. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Structure and Style in News Stories</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_60">60</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">V. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">News Stories of Unexpected Occurrences</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VI. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Speeches, Interviews, and Trials</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_126">126</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VII. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Special Kinds of News</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_161">161</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VIII. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Follow up and Rewrite Stories</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_194">194</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">IX. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Feature Stories</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_211">211</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">X. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Editing Copy</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_255">255</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XI. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Writing of Headlines</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_271">271</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XII. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Proof-Reading</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_315">315</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XIII. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Making up the Paper</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_322">322</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XIV. </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Function of the Newspaper</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_331">331</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Index</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#INDEX">361</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center x-large noindent bold" id="Page_1">NEWSPAPER WRITING<br /> -AND EDITING</p> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak p2" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I</h2> - -<p class="center small noindent">HOW A NEWSPAPER IS MADE</p> - - -<p><b>Newspaper Production.</b> To furnish for a cent or -two a fairly complete record of important events that -take place in any corner of the world, editorial comment, -market quotations, reviews of new books, critiques of -plays and concerts, fashion hints, cooking recipes, cartoons, -and illustrations, as well as advertisements of -all kinds, would seem a stupendous, not to say impossible, -task if it were not an everyday phenomenon. -A single copy of a daily newspaper in a large city contains, -exclusive of advertising, from 60,000 to 80,000 -words, or as many as does the average novel. These -metropolitan papers print from 100,000 to 900,000 copies -each day, numbers far in excess of the editions of -most successful novels. While it takes the novelist -months to produce his work, and his publishers months -to print it, the newspaper is made and printed in from -one to ten editions within twenty-four hours.</p> - -<p>The successful achievement of such an undertaking, -day by day, requires extensive equipment and effective -organization. The rapid production of a large edition -demands many expensive machines to transform written -matter quickly into type, and huge presses to print the -papers at the highest speed. Furthermore, it makes -necessary a large staff to gather and prepare news and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</span> -other reading matter, a large force to put this material -into type, to print it, and to distribute the papers, besides -managers and clerks to carry on the many business -transactions involved in so big an enterprise.</p> - -<p><b>Newspaper Organization.</b> Although in its main -divisions the organization of newspaper publishing is -essentially the same, the size of a paper determines to -a considerable extent the number of employees and the -degree of division of labor among them, as well as the -character and the extent of the equipment. On large -papers where many men are employed and many editions -are printed daily, there needs must be considerable -specialization in editing and reporting; while on -small papers the size of the staff requires that each -man perform a variety of tasks. Sometimes conditions -of ownership or control, and on older papers office traditions, -modify the usual duties and authority of different -members of the staff.</p> - -<p>No one form of organization that can be described in -detail, therefore, will apply to all newspaper offices even -when they are of the same relative size, but a composite -type of organization for large newspapers may be explained -to show the division of work.</p> - -<p>Newspaper publishing consists of three distinct parts -with three entirely different classes of workers: (1) the -business management, (2) the mechanical force, (3) the -editorial staff.</p> - -<p><b>The Business Management.</b> The business organization, -as its name implies, has charge of the commercial -side of newspaper publishing. From the financial -point of view the purpose of the newspaper is to make -enough money to maintain the paper and to pay dividends -to the stockholders. The object of the business -department is to sell as much advertising space and as -many copies of each issue as it possibly can; and, on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</span> -the other hand, to pay out for wages and expenses only -so much as is necessary to keep the paper up to a standard -that will insure a good circulation and enough -advertising. In short, a newspaper company, regarded -purely in the light of a business enterprise, is not essentially -different from any manufacturing company -that produces and sells a commodity.</p> - -<p>The business department is organized with a business -manager at its head, who has complete control of the -finances of the paper, subject, of course, to the owner -or board of directors of the company. Under him are: -(1) the circulation manager, (2) the advertising manager, -(3) the cashier. The circulation manager directs -the work of subscription canvassers, the drivers and -the assistants on the paper’s distributing wagons, the -mailing clerks and helpers, and a force of office clerks -and bookkeepers. In the advertising department are -the advertising solicitors and the office clerks and bookkeepers. -The cashier has assistants and a bookkeeper -to aid him. The business office of the newspaper is frequently -referred to as the “counting room.”</p> - -<p><b>The Mechanical Force.</b> The mechanical side of -newspaper making is divided into three relatively distinct -departments: (1) the composing room, where, -under the direction of a foreman and a copy-cutter, the -type is set up by compositors or is cast in linotype or -monotype machines by operators, and where the type is -arranged by make-up men in pages as it is to appear -in print; (2) the stereotyping room, where these pages -of type are used to make molds into which lead plates -are cast by stereotypers under the direction of the foreman -of the room; (3) the press-room, where the papers -are printed, in charge of a superintendent with pressmen -and machinists as his assistants. Attached to the -composing room is the proof-reading department with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</span> -a head proof-reader, several assistant readers, and as -many copy-holders who read aloud the copy for the proof -which is to be corrected.</p> - -<p><b>The Editorial Staff.</b> The writing and editing of a -newspaper, with which this book is particularly concerned, -is divided into two distinct parts: (1) the gathering, -the writing, and the editing of the news; and -(2) the interpreting of the news. The two branches are -different in the kind of work involved, and are relatively -independent in the organization of the office. To -present clear, concise, accurate, timely, and interesting -reports, or “stories” as they are called, of everything -that is going on in the world of sufficient importance -to be of interest to any considerable number of readers, -is the aim of the news department. The more quickly, -the more attractively, the more completely the news -can be presented, the greater is considered the success -of the newspaper from the point of view of the news -staff. The editorials of a newspaper attempt to interpret -and to explain the news, or to make the news the -basis of argument upon issues growing out of questions -of the day. The attitude taken by a newspaper on the -questions at issue is determined by what is known as -its “editorial policy.”</p> - -<p>The editor-in-chief, under whom are one or more editorial -writers, has charge of the editorial columns and -determines the editorial policy, subject to whatever -control of this policy the owner or directors desire to -exercise. The editorial writers and the editor-in-chief -confer daily to consider the attitude that the paper -shall take in its editorials and to divide the work of -writing them. Some of the editorials are written by -men in other professions who are not on the regular -staff, and often by such members of the news staff -as the financial editor or the dramatic critic. Most of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</span> -the editorials, however, are the work of the editorial -writers.</p> - -<p>The news staff is in charge of the managing editor, -who is usually responsible directly to the owner or the -directors. As aids the managing editor has the assistant -managing editor, and the news editor, or the night -editor, to take charge of “making up” the newspaper -The gathering and writing of local news is in charge of -the city editor and the night city editor, with an assistant -city editor. The news of the state, the nation, -and the world, as it comes by mail, telegraph, and telephone, -is under the control of the telegraph editor. The -city editor directs the reporters; the telegraph editor -the correspondents. Particular kinds of news are collected -and edited by persons in especially designated -positions, such as the sporting editor, the society editor, -the financial and market editor, the dramatic and musical -editor, the real estate editor, the railroad editor, -the marine editor, the labor editor, all of whom usually -work under the direction of the managing editor. The -special magazine sections of the Saturday or the Sunday -issues are in charge of the magazine, or Sunday, editor. -An exchange editor goes over all the newspapers -received in exchange to clip and edit material worth -reprinting. Cartoonists, artists, and photographers -supply the materials for newspaper illustrations, or -“cuts,” as they are called. A librarian has charge of -the reference books and newspaper files, as well as of -the collection of biographical sketches and portraits -of prominent people known as the “morgue.”</p> - -<p>All of the manuscript, or “copy,” is edited and is supplied -with headlines at the copy desk in charge of a head -copy-reader with a number of copy-readers as assistants. -“Rewrite men” are often employed to take the facts of -a story from another newspaper and rewrite them, or to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</span> -receive material over the telephone from reporters and -correspondents and write it up for publication. Unsatisfactory -work of a reporter may be turned over to a -rewrite man to be put in the desired form, for rewrite -men must be able to take the raw material of the news -furnished by others and turn it into a well-written news -story.</p> - -<p><b>Getting News into Print.</b> The relation of all these -departments to one another is best shown by following -through the process by which a piece of news gets into -print. The telegraph editor on a newspaper in the capital -city of the state, for example, gets from an office -telegraph operator, a typewritten dispatch signed by -the paper’s correspondent in a city of a neighboring -state to the effect that the attorney-general has dropped -dead in the lobby of a hotel. The telegraph editor at -once notifies the city editor so that he may assign reporters -to get the local phases of the piece of news, or -“to cover the local end of the story,” as the newspaper -workers say. One reporter is sent to interview the members -of the late attorney-general’s family; another is -dispatched to the governor’s office for an interview with -the governor on the deceased official; a third is asked -to look up the statute concerning such an unexpected -vacancy in the office; a fourth is assigned to find out -the probable successor to the position.</p> - -<p>After informing the city editor and the managing -editor, the telegraph editor at once turns over the dispatch -to the head copy-reader to have it edited and to -have a headline written. Meanwhile one of the rewrite -men is delegated to get a biographical sketch of the -attorney-general from the office “morgue” and to write -an obituary. The artist looks up the half-tone engraving, -or “cut,” of the official in the “morgue” and selects -an appropriate border or “frame” in which to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</span> -put it. The editor-in-chief is informed of the attorney-general’s -death so that he may make appropriate editorial -comment. Meanwhile the telegraph editor has -sent a telegram to the correspondent who furnished the -first news of the event instructing him to “wire” five -hundred words more giving all the particulars.</p> - -<p>When the dispatch has been edited and a headline -written by one of the copy-readers, the latter returns -it to the head copy-reader, who glances over it and -sends it in a pneumatic tube to the composing room. -The tube delivers it at the copy-cutter’s desk. The -copy-cutter glances at the sheet with the headline for -the story, and then at the two pages of copy. The headline -he sends by the copy distributor to the headline -machine to be set up. The two pages of copy he cuts -into three pieces or “takes” so that the story may be -set up on three different linotype machines. If the copy -of the whole story were given to one machine operator, -it would take three times as long to get it into type.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile some of the reporters have returned from -their assignments. Each one reports what he has found -to the city editor, and is told how long a story to write, -and possibly what to emphasize in the beginning, or -“lead.” As each story is finished it is turned over to -the city editor, who glances over it and passes it on to -the head copy-reader. Thence it goes through the same -course as the first dispatch.</p> - -<p>After the copy of the dispatch has been set up in -type, it is taken to a small hand press, and several impressions -called “galley proofs,” or “proofs,” are -printed, or “pulled,” from the type. One of the proofs, -with the original copy, goes to the proof-room to be -compared with the copy and carefully corrected by the -proof-readers. Another proof-sheet is sent to the managing -editor, who is responsible for everything that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span> -goes into the paper; a third proof is delivered to the -news editor who arranges, or “makes up,” the news -stories on each page of the paper before it is printed. -After the proof-readers have corrected the proof, and -the editors have made any necessary changes in it, the -proof-sheets are returned to the operators so that they -may make the necessary alterations by resetting whatever -is changed. From the type thus corrected a second -set of proofs, called the “revise,” is printed and these -are distributed to the editors as the first were. The -type is then ready to be used in the process of printing -the paper.</p> - -<p>Half an hour or more before an edition is to be -printed, the news editor gathers the proofs of the news -stories that are to be put into that edition, and goes -to the composing room to arrange this news on the -several pages. The importance of the news of the attorney-general’s -death would warrant its being given -a prominent place on the first page. The most prominent -position is the right-hand outside column. If -there is no news of greater importance, the news editor -directs the “make-up” men in the composing room to -put the type of this story in the outside column of the -first page “form.” The “form” consists of a “chase,” -or steel frame, somewhat larger in inside dimensions than -the page as it appears when printed. Into this “chase,” -which rests upon a smooth iron-top table, the type is -arranged between the brass or lead column rules which -make the lines between the columns of type. The advertisements -are placed in the forms under the direction of -the advertising department just as the news matter is put -in under the direction of the news editor, the page and -position on the page usually having been stipulated by -the advertiser in making a contract for a certain “position” -for his “ad.” When each page is filled with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span> -type, the whole page is “locked” in the “form” by a -series of screws or wedges (called “quoins”), so that -the form may be handled without letting the type drop -out. If the type falls out and gets mixed up, it is said -to be “pied,” and the mixture is called “pi.”</p> - -<p>The forms, after being locked, are taken to the stereotyping -room where a paper mold, or matrix, commonly -called a “mat,” is made of each page. These -matrices, bent in semicircular form, are placed in a -casting box into which molten lead is poured to make -the semicircular lead plates to be used in printing. In -large offices the casting of these plates is done by placing -the matrix in an automatic stereotyping machine, -known as the autoplate, which turns out completed -plates in less than a minute. After the plates have been -trimmed and planed on the back to make them exactly -the right thickness, they are ready to be put on the -press.</p> - -<p>These semicircular lead plates, which are thus cast -in exact reproduction of the page forms of type, are -fastened on the cylinders of the press. As the cylinders -revolve, ink rollers touch the surface of the plates and -ink the projecting letters. The paper from a large roll, -as it passes between the cylinders and the blanket rolls -which press the paper against the inked plates on the -cylinders, takes up the ink and thus has printed on it -the impression of the page of type. Besides printing -the pages, the press cuts, folds, and counts the papers -so that the complete newspaper comes from the press -ready for sale or delivery.</p> - -<p>As soon as the newspapers are printed, they are -turned over to the circulation department for distribution. -Some copies go to the mailing room to be labeled -with little orange-colored address slips and to be put -into the mail sacks, in which they are taken to the post<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span> -office or mail trains. Other copies are sold to waiting -newsboys, and still others are taken in the company’s -wagon to news stands and carriers all over the -city.</p> - -<p>Despite the number and variety of these details in -the process of newspaper making, the news of the -death of the attorney-general would reach the readers -in a comparatively short time after the event occurred. -In half an hour from the time the last piece of copy is -written, a complete newspaper containing it is printed -and ready for distribution.</p> - -<p><b>Speed of Production.</b> The invention and the perfection -of various mechanical devices used in newspaper -making have made possible this great speed. In the -front rank of ingenious pieces of machinery that have -added greatly to rapidity in newspaper publishing -stands the linotype. This machine, which casts solid -lines of type, or “slugs” as they are called, has increased -four-fold the speed of production and has made -possible much larger editions. The monotype, which -casts each type separately, has also proved a valuable -addition to the means of turning “copy” into type -quickly. For the casting of semicircular stereotype -plates the autoplate machine is an important time-saving -device. The time required for “running off” an -edition is now reduced from two- to five-fold by making -duplicate sets of these stereotype plates and by putting -them on from two to five large presses so that -these presses print the same edition simultaneously.</p> - -<p>Improvements in newspaper-printing machinery have -resulted in huge presses that take paper from large -rolls and turn out completed newspapers printed in one -or two colors, cut, folded, and counted, ready for distribution. -They can be adjusted to print papers from -four to forty-eight pages in size, and can produce<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span> -twelve-page papers at the rate of 144,000 copies an -hour. Magazine sections and “comics” are printed in -four colors, usually yellow, red, blue, and black, on -large presses under conditions practically the same as -those just described.</p> - -<p>In order to insert the latest news without taking the -time necessary to make up new forms, prepare new -matrices, and cast new stereotype plates, a device called -the “fudge” is employed. After the first page form of -a late edition has been used to make a matrix, about -six inches of type is taken out from two columns in the -lower left hand corner or the upper right hand corner -of the page, and a new matrix and a stereotype plate -are made in which this corner is a blank. This new -plate with the blank space is then put on the press in -place of the regular first page plate. As fast as late -news is received, it is set up on linotype lines, or -“slugs,” and these lines are clamped on a small cylinder -in the press. When the paper runs through the -press, these linotype lines on the cylinder are printed, -often in red ink, in the space on the front page left unprinted -by the blank in the plate. To save more time -with this device, a telegraph wire is run to the press -room and a linotype machine is installed beside it, so -that the latest news can be cast on linotype “slugs” -and put on the “fudge” cylinder as fast as the reports -are received by telegraph. Results of baseball games, -races, and other sporting events can be printed to advantage -by means of the “fudge.”</p> - -<p>Recently a mailing machine has been introduced that -folds, wraps, and addresses each copy separately as fast -as papers are fed into it.</p> - -<p>In no other process of manufacture that is as complicated -as newspaper making, it is safe to say, has equal -speed of production been attained.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span></p> - -<p><b>Handling a Big Story.</b> The scene in a metropolitan -newspaper office following the receipt of the first news -of the “Titanic” disaster, as graphically portrayed by an -editor of a New York morning paper, illustrates the conditions -under which important news, received late, is hurried -into print.<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> The account in part is as follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p class="noindent">At 1:20 a.m. Monday, April 15, [1912], the cable editor opened -an envelope of the Associated Press that had stamped on its face -“Bulletin.” This is what he read:</p> - -<div class="blockquot2"> -<p class="noindent">Cape Race, N. F., Sunday night, April 14.—At -10:25 o’clock tonight the White Star Line steamship -“Titanic” called “C. Q. D.” to the Marconi station here, -and reported having struck an iceberg. The steamer said -that immediate assistance was required.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent">The cable editor looked at his watch. It was 1:20 and lacked -just five minutes of the hour when the mail edition goes to press.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Boy!” he called sharply.</p> - -<p class="noindent">An office boy was at his side in a moment.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Send this upstairs; tell them the head is to come; double -column, and tell the night editor to rip open two columns on the -first page for a one-stick dispatch of the ‘Titanic’ striking an iceberg -and sinking.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Every one in the office was astir in a moment and came over to -see the cable editor write on a sheet of copy paper the following -head [which he indicated was to be set up in this form]:</p> -</div> - -<div class="header-container"> - <div class="header"> - <div class="headline"> - <div class="drop-line1 x-large bold">TITANIC SINKING</div> - <div class="drop-line2 x-large bold">IN MID-OCEAN; HIT</div> - <div class="drop-line3 x-large bold">GREAT ICEBERG</div> - </div> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p class="noindent">“Boy!” he called again; but it was not necessary—a boy in a -newspaper office knows news the first time he sees it.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Tell them that’s the head for the ‘Titanic.’”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Then he wrote briefly this telegraphic dispatch, and as he did -so he said to another office boy at his side: “Tell the operator to<span class="pagenum2" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span> -shut off that story he is taking and get me a clear wire to Montreal.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">This is what he wrote to the Montreal correspondent, probably -at work at his desk in a Montreal newspaper office at that hour:</p> - -<div class="blockquot2"> -<p class="noindent">Cape Race says White Star Liner “Titanic” struck -iceberg, is sinking and wants immediate assistance. Rush -every line you can get. We will hold open for you until -3:30.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent">“Give that to the operator and find out if we caught the mail -on that ‘Titanic’ dispatch,” he said quickly to the boy.</p> - -<p class="noindent">In a moment the boy returned.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“O.K. on both,” he said.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The city editor, who had just put on his coat previous to going -away for the night, took it off. The night city editor, at the head -of the copy-desk, where all the local copy (as a reporter’s story is -called) is read, and the telegraph editor stood together, joined -later by the night editor, for the mail edition had left the composing -room for the stereotypers and then to the pressroom and -from thence to be scattered wherever on the globe newspapers find -readers.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The “Titanic” staff was immediately organized, for at that hour -most of the staff were still at work. The city editor took the -helm.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Get the papers for April 11—all of them,” he said to the -head office boy, “and then send word to the art department to -quit everything to make three cuts, which I shall send right -down.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Then to the night city editor: “Get up a story of the vessel itself; -some of the stuff they sent us the other day that we did not -use, and I ordered it put in the envelope. Play up the mishap at -the start. Get up a passenger list story and an obituary of Smith, -her commander.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">There was no mention of Smith in the dispatch, but city editors -retain such things in their heads for immediate use, and this probably -explains in a measure why they hold down their job; also -having, it might be added, executive judgment, which is sometimes -right.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Assign somebody to the White Star Line and see what they’ve -got.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">The night city editor went back to the circular table where the -seven or eight men who read reporters’ copy were gathered.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Get up as much as you can of the passenger list of the ‘Titanic.’ -She is sinking off Newfoundland,” he said briefly to one.</p> - -<p class="noindent">And to another: “Write me a story of the ‘Titanic,’ the new -White Star liner, on her maiden trip, telling of her mishap with -the ‘New York’ at the start.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">And to another: “Write me a story of Captain E. J. Smith.”</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span></p> - -<p class="noindent">Then to a reporter sitting idly about: “Get your hat and coat -quick; go down to the White Star Line office and telephone all you -can about the ‘Titanic’ sinking off Newfoundland.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Then to another reporter: “Get the White Star Line on the -phone and find out what they’ve got of the sinking of the ‘Titanic.’ -Find out who is the executive head in New York; his -address and telephone number.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">And in another part of the room the city editor was saying to -the office boy: “Get me all the ‘Titanic’ pictures you have and a -photo or cut of Captain E. J. Smith.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Two boys instantly went to work, for the photos of men are -kept separate from the photographs of inanimate things. The city -editor selected three:</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Tell the art department to make a three-column cut of the -‘Titanic,’ a two-column of the interior, and a two-column of -Smith.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">In the mean time the Associated Press bulletins came in briefly.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Paragraph by paragraph the cable editor was sending the story -to the composing room. What was going on upstairs every one -knew. They were sidetracking everything else, and the copy-cutter -in the composing room was sending out the story in “takes,” -as they are called, of a single paragraph to each compositor. His -blue pencil marked each individual piece of copy with a letter and -number, so that when the dozen or so men setting up the story had -their work finished, the story might be put together consecutively.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Tell the operator,” said the cable editor again to the office -boy, “to duplicate that dispatch I gave him to our Halifax man. -Get his name out of the correspondents’ book.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Who wrote that story of the ‘“Carmania” in the Icefield’?” -said the night city editor to the copy-reader who “handled” the -homecoming of the “Carmania,” which arrived Sunday night and -the story of which was already in the mail edition of the paper -before him. The copy-reader told him. He called the reporter to -his desk.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Take that story,” said the night city editor, “and give us a -column on it. Don’t rewrite the story; add paragraphs here and -there to show the vast extent of the icefield. Make it straight -copy, so that nothing in that story will have to be reset. You have -just thirty minutes to catch the edition. Write it in twenty.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Get the passenger lists of the ‘Olympic’ and the ‘Baltic,’” -was the assignment given to another reporter, all alert waiting for -their names to be called, every man awake at the switch.</p> - -<p class="noindent">In the mean time, the story from the Montreal man was being -ticked off; on another wire Halifax was coming to life.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Men,” said the city editor, “we have just five minutes left to -make the city [edition]. Jam it down tight.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">Already the three cuts had been made, the telegraph editor was -handling the Montreal story, his assistant the Halifax end, and<span class="pagenum2" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span> -the cable editor was still editing the Associated Press bulletins and -writing a new head to tell the rest of the story that the additional -details brought. The White Star Line man had a list of names of -passengers of the “Titanic” and found that they numbered 1300, -and that she carried a crew of 860.</p> - -<p class="noindent">In the mean time proofs of all the “Titanic” matter that had -been set were coming to the desk of the managing editor, in charge -over all, but giving special attention to the editorial matter. All -his suggestions went through the city editor, and on down the line, -but he himself went from desk to desk overlooking the work.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Time’s up,” said the city editor; but before he finished, the -cable editor cried to the boy: “Let the two-column head stand -and tell them to add this head:”</p> - -<div class="blockquot2"> -<p class="noindent">At 12:27 this Morning Blurred Signals by Wireless -Told of Women Being Put off in Lifeboats—Three -Lines Rushing to Aid of 1300 Imperiled Passengers and -Crew of 860 Men.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent">“Did we catch it?” asked the cable editor of the boy standing -at the composing-room tube.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“We did,” he said triumphantly.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“One big pull for the last [edition], men,” said the city editor. -“We are going in at 3:20. Let’s beat the town with a complete -paper.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">The enthusiasm was catching fire. Throughout the office it was -a bedlam of noise—clicking typewriters, clicking telegraph instruments, -and telephone bells ringing added to the whistle of the -tubes that lead from the city room to the composing room, the -pressroom, the stereotype room and the business office, the latter, -happily, not in use, but throughout the office men worked; nobody -shouted, no one lost his head; men were flushed, but the -cool, calm, deliberate way in which the managing editor smoked -his cigar helped much to relieve the tension.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“Three-fifteen, men,” said the city editor, admonishingly; -“every line must be up by 3:20. Five minutes more.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">The city editor walked rapidly from desk to desk.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“All up,” said the night city editor, “and three minutes to the -good.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">At the big table stood the city editor, cable editor, night city -editor, and managing editor. They were looking over the completed -headline that should tell the story to the world.</p> - -<p class="noindent">“That will hold ’em, I guess,” said the city editor, and the -head went upstairs.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The men waited about and talked and smoked. Bulletins came -in, but with no important details. Going to press at 3:20 meant a -wide circulation. At 4:30 the Associated Press sent “Good-night,” -but at that hour the presses had been running uninterruptedly for -almost an hour.</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span></p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Find out all that you can about the organization of the -paper on which you are employed.</li> - -<li>Know the names, at least, of the heads of all the departments.</li> - -<li>Learn as much as possible about advertising and subscription -rates and methods.</li> - -<li>Familiarize yourself with the details of all the mechanical -processes connected with newspaper making.</li> - -<li>Interest yourself in the welfare of the paper as if it were -your own property.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">NEWS AND NEWS VALUES</p> - - -<p><b>Problems of the News.</b> As news is the <i>sine qua -non</i> of the newspaper, the problem of newspaper making -resolves itself into the three questions: What is news? -Where and how is news to be obtained? and, How is -news to be presented to the reader? The first question -involves the definition of news and the determination -of its value, the second concerns the gathering of news, -and the third has to do with structure and style in the -writing of news.</p> - -<p><b>What is News?</b> Although every good newspaper -worker recognizes news at once, and almost instinctively -decides upon its value, most of them find it difficult -to express in brief form what news is and what -determines its value. In a symposium recently conducted -by an American magazine,<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> a number of editors -throughout the country undertook to define news, giving -the following definitions:—</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p class="hanging1">News is whatever your readers want to know about.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">Anything that enough people want to read is news, provided -it does not violate the canons of good taste and -the laws of libel.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is anything that happens in which people are interested.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is anything that people will talk about; the more it -will excite comment, the greater its value.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is accurate and timely intelligence of happenings, -discoveries, opinions, and matters of any sort which -affect or interest the readers.</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span></p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> -<p class="hanging1">Whatever concerns public welfare, whatever interests or -instructs the individual in any of his relations, activities, -opinions, properties, or personal conduct, is news.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is everything that happens, the inspiration of happenings, -and the result of such happenings.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is the essential facts concerning any happening, -event, or idea that possesses human interest; that affects -or has an influence on human life or happiness.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News is based on people, and is to be gauged entirely on -how it interests other people.</p> - -<p class="hanging1">News comprises all current activities which are of general -human interest, and the best news is that which interests -the most readers.</p> -</div> - -<p>The essentials of news, as brought out by these definitions -are: (1) that it must be of interest to the -readers; (2) that it includes anything and everything -that has any such interest; and, (3) that it must be -new, current, timely. Furthermore, these definitions -emphasize the fact that the value of news is determined -(1) by the number of people that it interests, -and (2) by the extent to which it interests them. The -composite of these definitions, therefore, would be: -<i>News is anything timely that interests a number of -people; and the best news is that which has the greatest -interest for the greatest number</i>.</p> - -<p>By the application of these tests to each event, idea, -or activity, the reporter can determine for himself -what is news and what is not, as well as what value a -piece of news possesses. He must ask himself concerning -each piece of news that he gets: “Is it new and -timely?” “How many readers will it interest?” “Has -it great interest for a large number?”</p> - -<p>Many times an incident seems, at first glance, to -possess little that will interest, but, on closer examination, -reveals some phase that is of considerable news -value. Keen observation and insight to see the significant -aspect of a person, an event, an idea, often leads<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span> -to the discovery of news that may escape the notice of -less acute observers. The reporter must find for himself -those aspects of the day’s events which are of the -greatest interest to the greatest number.</p> - -<p><b>Timeliness in News.</b> Freshness, timeliness, newness -is one vital qualification for all news. “Yesterday” -has almost ceased to exist for the newspaper man. Even -“to-day” has become “this morning,” “this noon,” -“this afternoon.” “Up to date” has given way to “up -to the minute.” Improved mechanical equipment, which -makes possible lightning speed in turning news stories -into a complete newspaper in less than half an hour, -has made possible a degree of freshness in the news -that would seem marvelous were it not a daily, in fact, -almost an hourly phenomenon. Competition among -newspapers, and the publication of frequent editions, -increase the necessity for the latest news. The reporter -must catch this spirit of getting the news while -it is news, and of getting it into print before it loses its -freshness.</p> - -<p><b>What Interests Readers.</b> How general will be -the interest in any activity, idea, or event is determined -by what the average person likes to hear, read, or see. -Whatever gives him pleasure or satisfaction, interests -him. Consideration of the fundamental bases of news -values, therefore, involves a determination of the general -classes of things that give pleasure and satisfaction -to the average individual.</p> - -<p><b>The Extraordinary.</b> The unusual, the extraordinary, -the curious, wherever found, attracts attention -and is interesting because it is a departure from the -normal order of life. Humdrum routine whets the appetite -for every break in the monotony of regularity. -So long as the daily life of the average man conforms -to the generally accepted business and social standards<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span> -and is not affected by any unusual circumstances, it -has little interest for his fellow men. As soon as he -violates the usual order, or is the victim of such violation, -his departure from the level of conformity becomes -a matter of greater or less interest according to the -extent of the departure. Because hundreds of thousands -of bank employees are honest, the dishonesty of -one of them is news. So all crime, as a violation of -established law and order, is news, unless, as unfortunately -is sometimes the case, it becomes common enough -to cease to be unusual. Every notable achievement in -any field of activity, because it rises above the level, is -news. A record aeroplane flight, an heroic action, the -discovery of a new serum, the invention of a labor-saving -device, the finding of remains of a buried city, -the completion of a great bridge,—all are sufficiently -out of the ordinary to attract attention. Accidents and -unexpected occurrences, because they break in upon -the usual course of events, are matters of news. The -thousands of trains that reach their destination safely -are as nothing compared to one that jumps the track. -Millions of dollars’ worth of property that remains unharmed -from day to day does not interest the average -man, but the loss of some of it by fire, wind, or flood -immediately lifts the part affected out of the mass and -gives it interest to hundreds of persons in no way concerned -in the loss. It is not the crimes and misfortunes -of others that give the reader pleasure; it is the fact -that these are departures from the normal course that -makes them satisfy his desire for something different -from the usual round of life.</p> - -<p>In almost every event the good newspaper man can -find something that is out of the ordinary, and by giving -due emphasis to this unusual phase can give interest -to what might otherwise seem commonplace. What that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span> -something will be is determined by the reporter’s or -the editor’s appreciation of what will appeal to the -average reader as the most marked departure from the -customary and the expected. If, as in a recent accident, -the front trucks of a trolley car jump the track and -upset a baby carriage, throwing out the baby; and if -the baby alights unharmed on a pillow that was tossed -out of the carriage by the collision, such peculiar circumstances -the reporter knows will appeal to most -readers as the interesting feature of the accident. That -a sneak thief should be caught as he was escaping from -a house with a few dollars’ worth of plunder, will attract -the average reader much less than the fact that -he jumped through a plate-glass window in his effort to -escape, or that he gained access to the house by wearing -a Salvation Army uniform, or that he carried away -a pie as part of his booty. How a man lost a purse containing -$50 is scarcely worthy of notice, but how, while -looking for his purse, he found a diamond ring, is -strange enough to make good reading. A lecture at an -agricultural society meeting on the advantages to the -farmers of the state of raising barley would not ordinarily -be considered of much interest to city readers, -but an interruption of the lecture by an advocate of -prohibition with the charge that to urge barley growing -is to aid the brewing interests, might make a good -news story. The character and the extent of the departure -from the usual, considered from the point of view -of most of the readers, measure the news value of any -phase of an event that is out of the ordinary.</p> - -<p><b>Struggles for Supremacy.</b> Struggles for supremacy, -also, have an almost universal appeal. Competition -in business, contest in sport, rivalry in politics, are -based on the love of fighting to win. Strikes and lockouts, -as part of the contest between labor and capital,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span> -appeal to this interest. So does the fight to secure control -or monopoly in any part of the commercial field. -The enthusiasm manifested over baseball, football, boxing, -racing, and other sports grows out of the love of -contest for supremacy. In political warfare the interest -of many is largely in the struggle for victory, with the -power that victory brings, rather than any results that -will affect the individual directly. Accounts of all these -forms of fighting to win make good news stories.</p> - -<p><b>“Human Interest.”</b> The fellow feeling that makes -all the world akin, the sympathy that binds together -men who have little in common, is the basis of interest -which we have in the actions, thoughts, and feelings of -others. The “human interest” which newspaper and -magazine editors demand, involves emphasis on the personal -element in the affairs of life. The characters that -appear in news stories, fiction, or special articles must -be made to appeal to the readers as real flesh and blood -men and women. The human side of events is what the -average reader wants. How one man is saved by a new -serum is read with more attention than is a discussion -of the therapeutic value of the serum. The privations -of an arctic explorer in reaching the pole have almost -as much interest for most readers as the discovery of -the pole itself. The experiences of strikers and their -families are read by many who know little and care -less about the economic conditions that produce the -strike. So vitally do we feel ourselves concerned with -the fate of our fellow men, even when we do not know -them personally, that accounts of human life lost or -endangered are read with great eagerness. “Many lives -lost!” is the cry that the newsboy knows will sell the -most papers. From the point of view of the newspaper -the greater the number of lives thus involved in the -event, the better is the news.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span></p> - -<p><b>The Appeal of Children.</b> The unusual appeal that -children make gives news of their activities especial -value. Whenever a little child plays a part in an event, -it is pretty sure to be the best feature of the story. The -letter which a small girl writes to the mayor asking -that her pet dog be restored to her from the dog pound, -will take a place in the day’s news beside the interview -with the mayor outlining his policies of city government -for the following two years. A child witness -holds the attention of the entire court room and is -“featured” in the story of a trial, partly, no doubt, -because the appearance of a child in these circumstances -is unusual, but largely because of our interest -in children. Just as a child’s plea to a judge saves its -worthless father or drunken mother from a prison sentence, -so the story of that plea will move every reader. -Anecdotes and sayings of children readily find a place -in newspapers and magazines.</p> - -<p><b>Interest in Animals.</b> The popular interest in animals, -wild or tame, in captivity or at large, makes news -stories about them good reading. Whether we are attracted -by the almost human intelligence that animals -often display, or by their distinctly animal traits, we -read of their doings with keen interest. Anecdotes of -animal pets if well told are always readable. The fascination -which the “zoo” or the circus menagerie has -for most people is akin to the pleasure given by anecdotes -of animals in captivity. Every city editor knows -the value of the zoölogical garden as a source of effective -stories when other fields fail. Wild animals at large, -particularly when they come into any relation with -men, afford good material for the reporter or correspondent.</p> - -<p><b>Amusements and Hobbies.</b> The favorite pleasures -and amusements of readers form another large<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span> -group of activities that must be considered in measuring -the value of news. Besides the contest element in -sports that interests the spectator, there is the attraction -of athletics for the players. Golf, tennis, automobiling, -and similar activities furnish news that is read -by those who engage in these diversions. Accounts of -the theatre, of concerts, and of all forms of amusements -are read by the thousands who patronize these entertainments. -Pastimes and hobbies, such as amateur -photography, book-collecting, fishing and hunting, canoeing -and sailing, whist and chess, have enough devotees -to give value to news of such avocations. Here -again the number of readers to whom such news appeals -determines the space and the prominence that it is worth.</p> - -<p><b>Degree of Readers’ Interest.</b> Persons, places, or -things that go to make up news excite a degree of interest -proportional to (1) the reader’s familiarity with -them, (2) their own importance and prominence, (3) the -closeness of their relation to the reader’s personal affairs.</p> - -<p><b>Local Interest.</b> Local events interest readers because -they know the places and often the persons concerned. -Local news, accordingly, takes precedence over -news from elsewhere of equal or greater importance as -measured by the general standards of news value. Interest -in most news stories may be said to vary inversely -in proportion to the distance between the place of the -event described and the place where the paper is published. -Just as the splash is greatest where a stone -strikes the water, the ripples growing less and less -marked as the force of the shock spreads out over the -pond, so the impression made by an occurrence grows -less and less the farther one goes from the scene of -action. We read more eagerly the account of a small -fire in a building that we pass every day than the dispatch -telling of a fire that wiped out a whole town two<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span> -thousand miles away. The arrest of a man for speeding -his automobile will cause more comment among his -friends than the capture of a gang of automobile bandits -that has terrorized another city. Local phases, or -“local ends,” as they are called, of events that take -place some distance away quite overshadow in interest -more important phases of the event itself. Every effort -is made in the newspaper to bring events, ideas, and -activities elsewhere into some local relation.</p> - -<p><b>Interest in the Prominent.</b> The interest which all -readers have in what is familiar to them extends to -persons, places, and things that they may not know -personally but that they recognize as important or -prominent. They like to read about men and women -who are leaders in social, business, or political activities -in the city, the state, the nation, or anywhere in the -world, even though these persons exist for them only in -name. A high position itself gives added importance to -news concerning the person who occupies it, although -many readers may not have heard of him before. Thus, -in order to appeal to this general interest in the doings -of persons of position, some less scrupulous reporters -and editors describe the characters in their news stories -as “prominent,” “well-known,” “a college graduate,” -“a beautiful young society girl,” when the facts do not -warrant it. Personages who are well known do not need -such introduction; their names alone serve to identify -them. The value of news concerning a person may be -said to vary in direct proportion to his prominence. A -slight accident to a candidate for the presidency of -the United States attracts much more attention than a -serious one to a candidate for Congress. A story of the -wedding of the daughter of a multi-millionaire has -thousands of readers because of the prominence of her -father, whereas the account of the wedding of the corner<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span> -grocer’s daughter attracts only a small number who -know the families. The daily life of the great affords -daily pleasure to the humble.</p> - -<p>Places that readers have often heard of, but in many -cases have never seen, such as New York, Paris, Washington, -Coney Island, Niagara Falls, possess an attraction -that makes news from them the more interesting -even though it may consist of no more than gossip and -trivial happenings. Well-known places as the setting -for events give added importance, therefore, to the -news value of these events. Institutions, such as universities -of national reputation, the Library of Congress, -the Rockefeller Institute, the Young Men’s -Christian Association, the Salvation Army, because -they are generally known, likewise attract attention to -news involving them. Familiar names of great ocean -steamships, of large commercial companies, and of important -railroad systems, increase the news value of -stories in which they appear. Size and prominence, -then, of places and things, like importance and prominence -of persons, determine news values.</p> - -<p><b>Home and Business Interests.</b> The most vital -concerns of both men and women, however, are their -business and their home, their prosperity and their -happiness. Whatever in the daily round of events -affects these interests most directly will get their closest -attention. Upon this principle depends the news -value of many newspaper stories. Stock brokers and -investors read the stock market reports; buyers and -farmers, the produce and live stock quotations; owners -and agents of real estate, the records of transfers and -mortgages; business men generally, commercial and -industrial news, because of the relation of such news to -their own business affairs. A marked rise or fall in the -price of butter, eggs, meat, or other staple articles of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span> -food concerns not only the dealers but housewives and -other purchasers of such commodities. Announcement -of the proposed construction of a new trolley line appeals -to readers whose transportation facilities or property -are affected. Income tax legislation, parcel post, -adjustments of railroad rates, state or federal supreme -court decisions, the tariff, and other political and economic -problems, usually interest the average reader in -proportion as he thinks that they will affect him and -his business. For most women readers home-making -and fashions are of vital concern. Besides matters pertaining -to the cost of living, which affect men and -women alike, pure food laws and their enforcement, -schools, the health and welfare of children, the servant -problem, the milk and the water supplies, as well as -the latest styles of dress,—all come very close to the -everyday lives of women, who constitute no small part -of the number of newspaper readers. Incidental concerns -of both men and women readers, such as organizations -to which they belong, general movements with -which they are connected, or the social life of which -they are a part, give interest for them to news concerning -these activities. News values, therefore, are measured -by the extent to which news affects directly the -lives of readers; the greater the effect and the larger -the number of readers affected, the better the news.</p> - -<p><b>Combination of Interests.</b> If one event possesses -several of these different kinds of interest it is very -good news, because of the greater number of readers to -whom it appeals and because of the stronger appeal that -it makes. Thus, for example, the “Titanic” disaster was -extremely unusual in that the largest ocean liner on its -first trip was sunk by an iceberg while proceeding at a -high rate of speed on a clear night. Greater still was its -interest because of the very large number of human lives<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span> -involved. Added to this was the fact that many of the -passengers were prominent. The result was that news -of the disaster was read with the greatest eagerness -by all classes everywhere in this country as well as -abroad. The combination of sources of interest and the -greater degree of interest that results must be taken -into consideration in measuring the final value of news.</p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Ask yourself concerning every piece of information, -How many readers will it interest? How much will it -interest the average reader? Is it really new and timely?</li> - -<li>Examine every phase of an event or idea for what will -be of greatest interest to the greatest number.</li> - -<li>Look always for what will appeal to the average reader -as most unusual, curious, remarkable.</li> - -<li>Consider the things that give most persons great pleasure -and satisfaction.</li> - -<li>Don’t overlook the “human interest” element in the -day’s events.</li> - -<li>Remember that a good fight interests many, whether it -is in politics, business, or sport.</li> - -<li>Don’t neglect children in the news; though small they -make a big appeal.</li> - -<li>Keep on the look-out for good stories of animals.</li> - -<li>Provide reading for men and women with hobbies.</li> - -<li>Measure the value of your news on the basis of its local -interest.</li> - -<li>Remember that readers are most interested in persons -and places that they know.</li> - -<li>Consider the news value given by the importance and -prominence of persons and things.</li> - -<li>Bring your news as close as possible to the reader’s home -and business.</li> - -<li>Sharpen your “nose for news” on the grindstone of experience.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">GETTING THE NEWS</p> - - -<p><b>The Problem of News Gathering.</b> The mystery -of newspaper making, to the uninitiated, is how editors -and reporters find out everything that happens and -how they get it into print in a very short time. It seems -strange to the average person that when an accident -occurs in the block in which he lives, the first news of -it often reaches him through the newspaper. The apparent -omnipresence, not to say omniscience, of the -reporter leads to the not unnatural assumption that the -news gatherer walks about the city waiting Micawber-like -for “something to turn up.” The size of the staff -of reporters that would be required to maintain a patrol -of the streets would approximate that of the police -force, and would bankrupt the most prosperous -newspaper. Such a system is not only impossible but -quite unnecessary. News gathering is really no mystery -at all, but merely a good example of efficient organization.</p> - -<p>In organizing its news collecting, the newspaper only -takes advantage of information filed for various official -purposes by many different persons in no way connected -with the newspaper. Policemen, firemen, sheriffs, -coroners, and practically all officials of local, state, and -national governments, as well as doctors, lawyers, and -merchants are all unintentionally serving as reporters -of news. The public records in all public or private -offices are the reports which these men, many times -quite unconsciously, furnish for the newspapers. What<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span> -the news editors do is to see that a careful watch is -maintained by their reporters at all places where news -is thus recorded so that they may select whatever part -of it is of interest to their readers.</p> - -<p><b>News Sources.</b> The places where news is recorded, -not primarily for the newspapers but really to their -great advantage, and the kinds of news to be found at -each place are indicated by the following list of news -sources:—</p> - -<table class="news-source" summary="NEWS SOURCES"> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Police Headquarters</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—crimes, arrests, accidents, suicides, -fires, disappearances, sudden deaths, and news of the police department -organization.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Fire Headquarters</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—fires, fire losses, and news of the fire -department organization.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Coroner’s Office</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—fatal accidents, sudden deaths, suicides, and murders.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Health Department</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—deaths, contagious diseases, sanitary reports, -and condition of city water.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Recorder or Register of Deeds</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—sales and transfers of property and mortgages.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">City Clerk</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—marriage licenses.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">County Jail</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—crimes, arrests, and executions.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Mayor’s Office</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—appointments and removals, municipal policies.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Criminal Courts</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—arraignments, hearings, and trials.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Civil Courts</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—complaints, answers, trials, verdicts, -and decisions in civil suits.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Probate Office</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—estates, wills.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Referee in Bankruptcy</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—assignments, failures, appointment of -receivers, meetings of creditors, settlements of bankrupts.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Building Inspector</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—permits for new buildings and alterations, -condemnations of unsafe buildings, regulation of fire escapes, and -fire prevention devices.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Public Utilities Commission</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—hearings and decisions of rates and regulations.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Board of Public Works</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—municipal improvements.<span class="pagenum small" style="padding-left: 2.3em;" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span></p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Shipping Offices</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—arrival and sailing of ships, cargoes, rates, marine news.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Associated Charities</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—poverty, destitution, and relief.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Board of Trade, Stock Exchange, Mining Exchange, and Chamber of Commerce</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—quotations, sales, and news of stock, produce, grain, metals, live stock, etc.</p></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">Hotels</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdlt"><p class="hanging1-left-align">—arrival and departure of guests, banquets, -dinner parties, and other social functions.</p></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p><b>News “Runs.”</b> To get all the news that develops -at each of these and many other similar places, the city -editor divides the news sources into “runs” or “beats,” -and details a reporter to each “run.” The reporter assigned -to get or “cover” the news of police headquarters -is said to have the “police run”; another assigned -to the city hall has the “city hall run,” or is “city -hall reporter”; one who gets the news of the child welfare -movement, of social centers, benevolent organizations, -etc., is said to have the “uplift run”; another is -on the “hotel run.” To cover adequately these news -sources, the reporter visits each office on his run from -one to six times a day, examining records, interviewing -officials, and chatting with secretaries and clerks. The -number of times that he visits an office and the length -of time that he stays are determined approximately by -the amount and value of the news likely to be obtained.</p> - -<p>As the reporter is held responsible for all the news -of the places on his “run,” he must not let anything -escape his notice, because a keener, quicker-witted man -on the same “run” for a rival paper may get what he -misses. When a reporter obtains a piece of news that -reporters on other papers do not get, he is said to have -a “scoop” or “beat,” and the unsuccessful paper and -its reporters are said to have been “scooped.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p> - -<p><b>City News Associations.</b> In large cities, like New -York and Chicago, the gathering of all the official -or routine news is done by a central news association -which furnishes each paper that belongs to the association -or which pays for its services, with a mimeographed -copy of every news story that its reporters secure in -covering all the usual runs. By this method each paper -is saved the expense of providing for the scores of runs -necessary in a large city in order to cover adequately -all the news sources each day. When the city editor -gets a news bulletin or a complete story from the news -association, he can have it rewritten or can send out -one of his reporters if he desires to have the event more -fully covered. Such a system of local news gathering -makes possible a staff of reporters relatively small as -compared with the size of the city. Reporters employed -by the city news association work under conditions -practically the same as those in a newspaper office. -Inasmuch as the stories that a news association reporter -writes are edited in at least half a dozen newspaper -offices by different editors and copy-readers, the reporter -has the advantage of seeing how various papers treat -the same news story.</p> - -<p><b>Assignments.</b> In organizing news gathering, the city -editor and his assistants keep a “future” book or file -with a page or compartment for each day in the year. -Into this are placed, under the appropriate day, all -notes, clippings, and suggestions regarding future news -possibilities. If, for example, on December 10, the state -legislature passes a law in regard to the size of berry -boxes, to take effect on March 1 of the following year, -the city editor puts a clipping of the dispatch from the -state capital telling of this action, or a note recording -the fact, into the compartment or page labeled February -25, so that a week before March 1, he may assign<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span> -one of his reporters to find out from wholesale commission -dealers, berry-crate manufacturers, and the inspector -of weights and measures, what steps are to be taken -to carry out the provisions of the law. A similar news -record is kept by the telegraph and state editors covering -future events in their fields, so that correspondents -may be given instructions and advice.</p> - -<p>The city editor also has an assignment book or sheet -on which is entered every important news possibility -for the day, with the name of the reporter assigned to -cover it, and with any information or suggestions that -the editor wants to give the reporter. When the reporter -arrives at the office to begin his day’s work, or -when he reports to the office by telephone, he gets his -assignments for the day. These assignments are usually -connected with his run, so that while he is on his daily -round of news gathering he may get in addition the -special news assigned to him.</p> - -<p><b>“Covering” Important Events.</b> To secure an adequate -report of an important event, such as a state political -convention, a visit of the President of the United -States, a serious crime, or a wide-spread flood, the city -editor arranges the work of the various members of his -staff so that every important phase of the event will -be “covered.” On the occasion of a day’s visit of the -president, for example, one reporter is assigned to follow -the chief executive about all day from the time he -arrives until he leaves, and to write the general story -of his visit. Another is detailed to report his arrival, -the ovation given him, and possibly the short speech -that he makes in response. A third is told to “cover” -the reception tendered by the Merchants and Manufacturers -Club; a fourth to report the luncheon given for -him at the City Club; and a fifth who can write shorthand -to get a verbatim report of his speech at the Coliseum<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span> -in the afternoon. Practically every event that -can be anticipated is provided for in advance by the -city editor, and to that extent is easier to handle than -the unexpected ones.</p> - -<p><b>When Big News “Breaks.”</b> Important events -that occur unexpectedly are the real test of the editor’s -ability to organize his staff quickly and effectively. -What is involved in arranging to get all phases of a -big news story is shown by the manner in which such -an event as the attempted assassination of Mayor Gaynor -of New York on August 9, 1910, was handled by -the New York papers. The following summary of an -account given by one of the city editors illustrates the -methods employed.<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p> - -<p>The first news of the attempt to assassinate the mayor -came at 9:30 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span> in the form of a news association bulletin -which read:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Mayor Gaynor was shot this morning while on the deck of -the Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse in Hoboken. It is rumored -he is dead.</p> -</div> - -<p>The city editor on a morning paper at once got in -touch with as many of his reporters as he could reach -on the telephone. The first three reporters that he telephoned -to were told the substance of the bulletin and -were sent to Hoboken to get the details.</p> - -<p>The second bulletin from the news association, received -a few minutes after the first, was as follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>The mayor was taken to St. Mary’s Hospital, Hoboken.</p> -</div> - -<p>As soon as another reporter was available, the city -editor told him to go to St. Mary’s Hospital to see the -doctors and to report the result at once. The fifth reporter -was sent to find Mrs. Gaynor at her city home<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span> -or at her country house, as the city editor knew that -she was not accompanying the mayor on his trip abroad.</p> - -<p>The third news association bulletin, or “flash,” gave -these facts concerning the assassin:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>The man who shot the mayor has been arrested. His -name is James J. Gallagher. He lives at No. 440 Third -Ave.</p> -</div> - -<p>The city editor thereupon gave a reporter this assignment. -“Go up there; get all you can about him. Get -a picture. Find out to what political party he belongs. -Run him to the ground and phone me later; I may be -able to give you something additional.” To another reporter -the city editor said: “Gallagher is to be arraigned -in the police headquarters in Hoboken; go over there -quickly.”</p> - -<p>The next bulletin opened up a new phase of the subject, -the motive for the crime:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Gallagher was a night watchman in the dock department -until July 1, when he was discharged from the city employ.</p> -</div> - -<p>After the reporter who had been sent out to get the -history of Gallagher telephoned that Gallagher had -been a disgruntled employee of the city who had been -constantly writing letters of complaint to his superiors, -the city editor assigned a reporter to get the facts, saying: -“Gallagher was a chronic kicker. Go down to the -Department of Docks and to the Civil Service Commission -and get copies of all the correspondence.”</p> - -<p>A reporter was sent to see John Purroy Mitchel, the -acting mayor, another to find out the city charter provisions -regarding a possible vacancy in the office of -mayor under such circumstances. A rewrite man was -told to get from the office collection of biographical -sketches, or “morgue,” the material on file concerning -the life of the mayor and to write an obituary. A tip<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span> -by telephone from a man who had once employed Gallagher -to the effect that he had often done strange, -uncanny things, led to a reporter’s being sent to get -further particulars from this informant.</p> - -<p>The complete list of assignments as they appeared -on the city editor’s sheet was as follows, each being preceded -by the name of the reporter detailed to cover that -particular phase of the event: (1) Main story of Gaynor -shooting, (2) Interviews on board the Kaiser Wilhelm, -(3) Gallagher on board the Kaiser Wilhelm, (4) -Gallagher, the man, and his correspondence, (5) Gaynor -at St. Mary’s Hospital, (6) The arraignment of -Gallagher and his plans, (7) Mrs. Gaynor and family, -(8) John Purroy Mitchel, the acting mayor, (9) City -Hall, (10) What the charter says, with interviews, -(11) Obituary of Gaynor, (12) The strange, uncanny -things Gallagher did.</p> - -<p><b>Getting the Facts.</b> A large part of news gathering -consists of getting information from persons by asking -questions. To ask questions that will elicit the desired -facts most effectively is not so easy as it seems. Most -persons, although not unwilling to give information, -are not particularly interested in doing so, and in replying -do not discriminate between what is news and -what is not. Tact and skill are necessary to get many -persons to tell what they know. A stranger who insists -on asking questions is very naturally regarded with -suspicion. Even when it becomes known that the stranger -is a newspaper reporter, he is not always cordially -received. Often he finds that it is easier to get the -facts when his identity as a reporter is revealed. -Nevertheless, there are not infrequent occasions when -all the skill of an astute lawyer examining a witness -is required to get the desired information. Reporters -should never hesitate to ask tactfully as many<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span> -questions as are necessary, and to persist until they -get what they want.</p> - -<p>The way in which the reporter works in gathering -together the various phases of an event before he is -ready to write the story is best shown by an example. -The city editor, let us say, receives a bulletin to the effect -that an unknown, well-dressed man of about sixty -years has been seriously injured by falling off the platform -in the subway station at 65th Street and Western -Avenue, and that he has been removed to St. Mary’s -Hospital. The city editor sends out one of his reporters -to find out what he can about the accident.</p> - -<p>The reporter starts at once for the subway station. -At the corner near the station he sees a policeman -with whom he carries on the following conversation:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Reporter.—Did you send in a report on the old man who -fell on the subway tracks an hour ago?</p> - -<p>Policeman.—Yes.</p> - -<p>R.—Do you know who he is?</p> - -<p>P.—No, I couldn’t find out his name.</p> - -<p>R.—Was he badly hurt?</p> - -<p>P.—I guess he was. His head was cut behind, and he -hadn’t come to when the ambulance took him to the hospital.</p> - -<p>R.—How did it happen?</p> - -<p>P.—I don’t know. The first I knew a kid came running -up to me and told me a man was hurt in the subway. When -I got down there, they had him on the platform, and a -crowd was standing around him. I saw the old man was hurt -pretty bad, so I telephoned for St. Mary’s ambulance. We -put some water on his face, but he didn’t come to. When -the ambulance doctor came he said he was alive all right.</p> - -<p>R.—How did he fall off the platform?</p> - -<p>P.—I don’t know; I guess he fainted.</p> - -<p>R.—Thanks; I’ll go down and see the ticket chopper.</p> -</div> - -<p>The reporter thereupon goes down into the subway -station. The ticker chopper, he finds, has just come on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span> -duty and does not know anything about the accident. -He therefore decides to inquire of the girl in charge of -the news-stand. The conversation between her and the -reporter is as follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Reporter.—I hear that an old man was hurt down here. -How did it happen?</p> - -<p>Girl.—He fell on the tracks and cut his head.</p> - -<p>R.—What was the matter with him?</p> - -<p>G.—I don’t know; I guess he got dizzy.</p> - -<p>R.—Did you see him fall?</p> - -<p>G.—No; I was busy selling a lady a magazine when I -heard some one yell.</p> - -<p>R.—How did they get him out?</p> - -<p>G.—Two men jumped down to get him, but they couldn’t -lift him up on the platform. Then they heard the train coming -and jumped over to the side.</p> - -<p>R.—Did the motorman stop the train when he saw -them?</p> - -<p>G.—No; I ran over to the ticket chopper’s box and -grabbed his red lantern, and jumped down to the track and -waved it.</p> - -<p>R.—Good for you! Weren’t you afraid of being run -over?</p> - -<p>G.—I didn’t think of being scared. I just kept waving -the lantern, and the motorman saw it and put on the brakes. -My, but the sparks flew!</p> - -<p>R.—How soon did he stop?</p> - -<p>G.—Oh, the train was only about ten feet away when -it stopped, and I kept stepping back all the time to keep out -of the way.</p> - -<p>R.—Well, you must have had a pretty close call. Who -got the old man out?</p> - -<p>G.—The motorman and one of the guards climbed down -and lifted him up with the two other men.</p> - -<p>R.—What did they say about your stopping the train -that way?</p> - -<p>G.—Oh, nothing. One man said, “Good for you, little -girl,” and another man wanted to know my name, and said -I ought to have a medal, but I told him I hadn’t done any -thing and didn’t deserve a medal.</p> - -<p>R.—Did you give him your name?</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span></p> - -<p>G.—Yes, because he kept asking me and telling me that -he thought I ought to have a medal.</p> - -<p>R.—Well, I want your name, too, for the <i>News</i>.</p> - -<p>G.—No; I don’t want my name in the newspaper for I -didn’t do anything.</p> - -<p>R.—But I must tell how you stopped the train in writing -about how the man was hurt.</p> - -<p>G.—All right; my name is Annie Hagan.</p> - -<p>R.—Where do you live?</p> - -<p>G.—At 916 East Watson Avenue.</p> - -<p>R.—Have you been working here long?</p> - -<p>G.—No; I just started last week. I quit school and got -this job here.</p> - -<p>R.—You didn’t hear any one say who the old man was?</p> - -<p>G.—No; I guess he was alone.</p> - -<p>R.—Did the doctor say how badly he was hurt?</p> - -<p>G.—No; he felt his pulse, and listened to his heart, and -said he was alive all right.</p> - -<p>R.—Thanks; I’ll go over to St. Mary’s and see how he -is getting along.</p> -</div> - -<p>On reaching the hospital, which is only two blocks -from the subway station, the reporter asks for the -superintendent, with whom he carries on the following -conversation:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>R.—I want to find out about the old man who fell off the -platform in the 65th Street subway station an hour and a half -ago. How badly was he hurt?</p> - -<p>S.—What was his name?</p> - -<p>R.—I don’t know.</p> - -<p>S.—I’ll look up the record. Here it is. He died at 1:15. -His skull was fractured, and he died of a cerebral hemorrhage.</p> - -<p>R.—Did they find out who he was?</p> - -<p>S.—No; this card is the only clue we have.</p> - -<p>R.—May I see it?</p> -</div> - -<p>It is a business card of the Blair Photographic Studio, -712 Broadway, on the back of which is written in pencil -the words, “Oliver, Ithaca.” To save time, the reporter -telephones from the office of the hospital to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span> -Blair Studio, and the conversation over the telephone -between the reporter and the clerk is as follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Reporter.—An old man who was hurt in the subway this -noon had in his pocket one of your cards with “Oliver” -written on the back. Do you know who he is?</p> - -<p>Clerk.—That must be the old man who came in this -morning to see Mr. Williams, one of our retouchers, but Mr. -Williams went to Ithaca last week.</p> - -<p>R.—Was Mr. Williams’ first name Oliver?</p> - -<p>C.—Yes; his initials were O. R., and the old man said -he was his uncle.</p> - -<p>R.—Where did Mr. Williams live here?</p> - -<p>C.—I don’t know. But hold the line; I’ll ask Mr. Baxter.</p> - -<p>C.—Mr. Baxter says that Mr. Williams’ address was -3116 Easton Street, near Brown.</p> - -<p>R.—All right. Thank you. Good-bye.</p> -</div> - -<p>From the hospital the reporter hurries to the place -where Mr. Williams lived before he left for Ithaca. -The conversation between the landlady of the rooming -house at 3116 Easton Street and the reporter follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Reporter.—Did Oliver R. Williams live here?</p> - -<p>Landlady.—He ain’t here now. He moved away last -week.</p> - -<p>R.—Did a well-dressed old man ever come to see him -when he was here?</p> - -<p>L.—What do you want to know for?</p> - -<p>R.—Oh, the old man fell in the subway this noon and -was badly hurt. He said Mr. Williams was his nephew.</p> - -<p>L.—I always said something would happen to him. He -fainted on the steps here one day just after he rung the bell, -and when I got to the door he was all in a heap right here. -I knew he wanted Mr. Williams, because he came to see -him a week before, so I called him, and Mr. Williams came -and got him some whiskey, and after a little he came to. Mr. -Williams told me after he went away that his uncle had -heart trouble. Did he get hurt bad?</p> - -<p>R.—Yes, he died at the hospital an hour ago.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span></p> - -<p>L.—Oh my, that’s too bad! He was a nice old fellow and -Mr. Williams thought a lot of him.</p> - -<p>R.—What was his name?</p> - -<p>L.—Mr. Williams called him Uncle Frank, and when he -introduced him to me after he came to, he called him Mr. -Dutcher.</p> - -<p>R.—Do you know where he lived?</p> - -<p>L.—No. I don’t think he lived in the city because he -didn’t come here often, and when he came to, Mr. Williams -told him he oughtn’t to come all the way alone.</p> - -<p>R.—Do you know what his business was?</p> - -<p>L.—No. He looked like he had some money.</p> - -<p>R.—When was it that he fainted here?</p> - -<p>L.—Let’s see. It was about three weeks ago, I guess.</p> - -<p>R.—Did Mr. Williams have any relatives in the city?</p> - -<p>L.—I don’t know. I guess not. He came from up state -somewhere. He only lived here since January. He didn’t -like the city very well. He said he couldn’t sleep.</p> - -<p>R.—Thank you.</p> -</div> - -<p>The reporter then stops at the drug store on the next -corner to find out whether or not the name of Frank -Dutcher appears in the city directory. No such name -is to be found in this directory or in the telephone directory. -As no more information is apparently obtainable, -he returns to the <i>News</i> office and reports to the -city editor what he has found. The city editor tells him -to write about 500 words playing up the girl’s part in -stopping the train, and saying that the man is “supposed -to be” Frank Dutcher.</p> - -<p><b>Putting the Facts into the News Story.</b> The -story that the reporter writes is as follows:—</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">By jumping to the subway tracks -and waving a red lantern before an -oncoming train at the risk of her life, -Miss Annie Hagan, in charge of the -news-stand in the subway station at -65th St. and Western Avenue, saved -a man, supposed to be Frank Dutcher, -from being crushed to death as he lay -unconscious across the tracks. The<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span> -man’s skull was fractured by the fall -from the platform to the tracks, and -he died soon after being removed to -St. Mary’s Hospital.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The accident occurred shortly before -noon when the station was -crowded. The man, who was well -dressed and appeared to be about 60 -years old, was seen walking down the -platform when he suddenly staggered -and pitched forward. Before anyone -could run to his assistance, he fell -head foremost on the tracks.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Knowing that a train might come -at any moment, two men jumped -down to the roadbed and tried to lift -the man, but found it impossible to -get him up to the level of the platform. -While they were striving to -get him off the tracks, the rumble of -the oncoming train warned them of -their danger. After another vain attempt -to lift the unconscious man up -to the platform, they jumped to the -side of the track to save themselves.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Miss Hagan, realizing the situation, -ran to the ticket chopper’s box and -seizing his red lantern jumped down -to the tracks. Waving the lantern -before her she ran along the track in -the glare of the headlight of the train. -When the motorman saw the red -light, he applied the emergency -brakes, and the locked wheels slid -along the track sending out a shower -of sparks.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The train came to a stop within ten -feet of the plucky girl, who then -called to the motorman and one of -the guards to help lift up the injured -man. When he had been placed -on the platform, she climbed up and -started back to the news-stand as if -nothing had happened.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“You ought to get a Carnegie -medal,” declared one of the bystanders, -who asked the girl her name and -address, evidently to present her -claims for the life saving award. -Miss Hagan modestly disclaimed any -credit for her heroism, and at first<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span> -refused to give her name, but was -finally prevailed upon to do so.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The unconscious man was taken in -an ambulance to St. Mary’s Hospital, -where it was found that he was suffering -from a fractured skull. He was -rushed to the operating room, but -he died of a cerebral hemorrhage.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The only means of identifying him -was a business card of a Broadway -photographer with the name, “Oliver, -Ithaca,” written in pencil on the back. -At this studio it was found that an -elderly man had inquired this morning -for Oliver Williams, a retoucher, -who last week went to Ithaca, N. Y. -At Williams’ former rooming place -it was learned that his uncle, Frank -Dutcher, who answered to the description -of the victim of the accident, had -suffered from an attack of heart failure -while visiting his nephew recently -and had fallen unconscious on the -doorstep. As the name of Frank -Dutcher does not appear in the city -directory, it is believed that the dead -man was not a resident of this city -but had come to pay his nephew a -visit.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>An analysis of this story shows how the reporter wove -together all the important pieces of information which -he had gathered by interviewing the policeman, the -news-stand girl, the hospital superintendent, the clerk -in the studio, and the landlady, none of whom are -specifically mentioned as the sources of his information. -In accordance with the instructions of the city -editor, he “played up” the “feature” of the story, the -bravery of the girl, by putting it at the beginning -and by describing the accident in detail to show her -heroism.</p> - -<p><b>Following up the News.</b> Many news stories, like -the one just considered, do not exhaust the news possibilities -of the event, but may be followed up in later<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span> -editions or in the next day’s issues by completing what -was necessarily left incomplete for lack of time, or by -giving new phases of the event that have developed -since the first story was written. A reporter on a morning -paper, for example, would be given a clipping of -the above story taken from the afternoon edition, and -would be told by the city editor to see the coroner to -get the results of his telegram to Williams, the man’s -nephew, at Ithaca, and any other information available -regarding the identity of the old man. Often unexpected -and important news develops, which makes the -“follow-up,” or second story a bigger one than the first. -Each reporter and correspondent should read carefully -as many newspapers as possible before he begins his -day’s work so that he may get suggestions for “follow-up” -stories on his “run,” or for “local ends” of news -stories sent in from outside the city. In large offices, -one of the editors goes over all the local newspapers to -clip out the stories to be “followed up,” or to be rewritten -in the office.</p> - -<p><b>Interviewing.</b> In obtaining the information for the -foregoing story by means of conversations with several -persons, the reporter’s aim was to get what they said -rather than how they said it; that is, he wanted primarily -the facts that they had to give, not the way that -they expressed these facts. In the news story it was not -necessary to refer specifically to the persons who furnished -the information or to quote what they said. In -many instances, however, it is important to “interview” -persons in order to obtain their opinions or their versions -of current events and to give what they say just -as they said it. The terms “interviewing” and “interview” -in newspaper work are often limited to this -method of reporting practically verbatim what is said -by the persons “interviewed.” Interviewing of this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span> -type requires great skill and tact, and successful interviewers -are highly valued on all newspapers.</p> - -<p>The two problems that the reporter has to meet are -how to gain access to the person to be interviewed and -how to induce him to talk for publication. Busy men -have not time or inclination to give interviews to every -reporter who desires them. Many times such men do -not wish to say anything for publication on the desired -subject, and absolutely refuse to talk. The resourcefulness -of the reporter is tested again and again in getting -access to men who are surrounded in their offices by -office boys, private secretaries, and clerks, and who on -public occasions such as banquets and receptions are -sometimes equally well guarded against newspaper men. -When it is impossible to see the man personally, it may -be possible to submit to him several written questions -and thus lead him to issue a statement answering or -evading the questions.</p> - -<p>Even when an audience is secured with the person to -be interviewed, his not infrequent unwillingness to talk -for publication has to be overcome. On some occasions -to ask immediately and directly for the desired information -is the best way to secure results. At other times, -to engage him in conversation on some subject in which -he is interested and then to lead to the one on which -the reporter wishes to interview him, proves successful. -Young reporters often insist on giving their own views -on the subject on which they are trying to interview a -person. The reporter should remember that he is an -impartial observer, not an advocate on one side or the -other. If in an effort to get information from the person -whom he is interviewing he suggests opposing opinions, -these opinions should not be given as his own but -as those of others. Tact and a knowledge of human -nature are essential.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span></p> - -<p>In interviewing, as in all reporting, the newspaper -man should not take notes in the presence of the person -with whom he is talking unless he feels sure it can -be done without affecting the freedom and ease with -which the man will talk. As soon as a reporter begins -to take notes, the speaker at once realizes that his statements -are to appear in black and white for the world -to read. That realization leads to caution, and caution -leads to silence, partial or complete. To get the person -to talk as freely and naturally as possible is the object -of all interviewing, for the best interviewers want more -than words; they want the fullest expression of personality, -an expression that is only possible when all feeling -of restraint is absent. The good interviewer cultivates -verbal memory so that he can reproduce verbatim -all the significant statements which he has obtained as -soon as he is out of the presence of the man that he has -interviewed. At the first convenient place immediately -after the interview is over, the reporter writes out as -much as he desires to print, word for word as he remembers -it.</p> - -<p><b>Reporting Speeches.</b> In reporting speeches, addresses, -lectures, and sermons, the newspaper man either -takes long-hand notes and writes out later what he wants -to use, or writes a long-hand verbatim report of such -parts as he desires. Few reporters can write short-hand, -and the few who can generally do not use it extensively -because of the length of time required to transcribe -short-hand notes. It is much quicker, and therefore -more important in newspaper work, to write a connected -or “running” story, or verbatim report of a -speech or lecture while it is being delivered, by selecting -significant statements and by omitting the explanatory -ones. With a little practice, the average person of -intelligence can remember a statement, word for word,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span> -as the speaker makes it, long enough to put it in writing, -and then by repeating this process for every important -statement, can give an accurate verbatim, but -necessarily condensed, report of any speech. As newspapers -generally want only a small part of the average -address, the reporter has little difficulty in writing a -good account of it in long-hand. When a complete verbatim -report is desired, a short-hand reporter is assigned -to cover the address.</p> - -<p><b>“Covering” Trials and Hearings.</b> The same general -principles governing the reporting of speeches apply -to the reporting of trials where testimony is given -in response to questioning by attorneys, or when witnesses -appear before investigating committees of the -state legislature, Congress, or other bodies. Questions -and answers may be taken down, or if the substance of -the testimony is desired in either verbatim or indirect -form, the reporter can fit together the answers into a -continuous account of what the witness testifies, neglecting -partially or entirely the questions that elicit the -testimony. A “running story” of the trial or investigation -is generally written in the room where it is going on, -so that the copy may be put into type as fast as possible. -In reporting important trials the newspaper sometimes -arranges to get a complete verbatim report from -the official short-hand court reporter or occasionally -from an expert stenographer employed for the purpose, -and from this complete record those facts that are -desired for publication are selected.</p> - -<p><b>Advance Copies.</b> It is always a great advantage to -a newspaper to secure in advance a copy of a speech, a -report, a decision, or any document, so that it may be -put in form for publication and may be set up in type -ready to print as soon as possible after it is given to the -public. Such advance news is marked to be “released”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span> -for publication when it becomes public. For example, -when a copy of the speech to be delivered by the governor -of the state at the laying of a corner-stone at -eleven o’clock in the morning on Washington’s Birthday, -is obtained a day or two in advance, it is marked -“Release 12 <span class="allsmcap">M.</span>, Feb. 22.” The result will be that in -the first edition of the afternoon paper published after -12 o’clock noon on February 22 as much of the speech -as is desired can be printed, perhaps a few minutes after -the governor has concluded his address. Newspapers -always regard most scrupulously the release date which -the reporter or correspondent puts at the top of his advance -story. To violate the confidence of men who furnish -news in advance by publishing it before it should -be released, is considered by newspaper men a serious -breach of trust. Reporters and correspondents should, -therefore, mark plainly at the top of the first sheet of -copy the word “release” followed by the hour and -date when it can be printed. If the date and hour at -which the news will become public cannot be fixed in -advance, the copy is marked, “Hold for Release, which -will probably be at 12 <span class="allsmcap">M.</span>, Feb. 22”; and the reporter -or correspondent notifies his paper of the exact time of -release as soon as it is fixed.</p> - -<p><b>Getting News by Telephone.</b> The telephone, both -in local and in long distance service, is extensively used -in getting news and in communicating it to the newspaper -office. Editors often telephone their instructions -to reporters and correspondents. Newspapermen use -the telephone to “run down” rumors and “tips,” to -verify news reports, to get “interviews,” and, in short, -to obtain all kinds of information. Although some men -refuse to be “interviewed” over the telephone, it is -often possible to get “interviews” more easily by this -means than by any other. Reporters, or “watchers,” at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span> -police headquarters and at other news sources telephone -important information to the city editor so that he may -assign men to get the news involved. When lack of -time prevents the reporter from returning to the office -to write his story, he telephones the facts to a “rewrite -man,” who puts them in news-story form. Or the reporter -may dictate his story over the telephone to a man -in the newspaper office, who, using an overhead receiver -like that worn by telephone operators, takes it down -rapidly on a typewriter. Experienced reporters can dictate -their stories in this way with only their notes before -them. The long distance service is used in the -same manner by correspondents when it can be more -advantageously employed than the telegraph.</p> - -<p><b>Photographs.</b> Illustrations, or “cuts,” have come to -be an important part of almost all newspapers. Although -most of the photographs used for illustrations are made -by the staff photographer or are secured from companies -that make a specialty of taking pictures of current -events, reporters and correspondents are often able -to supply their papers with pictures of persons, places, -or events that are a part of the day’s news. Good photographs -may sometimes be secured from amateurs who -happen to get snapshots of some interesting occurrence. -Every reporter and every correspondent should have a -camera and should learn how to take pictures to illustrate -the stories that he writes, even though he may -not have occasion to take such photographs frequently. -Unmounted photographic prints with a glossy surface -and with strong contrasts are the most satisfactory ones -from which to make newspaper halftones. A brief description -of the picture should be written on the back -of every photograph. Unmounted photographs should -always be mailed flat. Correspondents are paid for -photographs that are used by newspapers.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span></p> - -<p><b>Special Kinds of News.</b> Special kinds of reporting, -such as is done by sporting, market, financial, railroad, -labor, marine, society, dramatic, and musical editors, -naturally requires special training and experience in -the subject matter of these fields. The methods of -gathering these special kinds of news are not particularly -different from those of collecting general news. -The sporting editor and his assistants often have to -write a “running” account of a baseball game or football -game as it progresses. The musical and dramatic critics, -of course, express their opinions on productions, -instead of simply reporting what took place at the theatre -or concert. The railroad, labor, market, or marine -editors report the news in their particular fields, sometimes -in special forms, such as market reports or quotations, -but their work of news gathering is like that of -the general reporter.</p> - -<p><b>Qualifications of the Reporter.</b> Rapidity, perseverance, -accuracy, intelligence, and tact, as well as the -“news sense,” or “nose for news,” are the essential -qualifications for successful reporting.</p> - -<p>Nowhere is it truer that “time is money” than in -newspaper making. The reporter, as the news collector -and news writer, must save as much time as possible -by working fast. To know just where to get the news -and how to get it quickly, always means great economy -of time and effort. Rapid, accurate judgment of news -values, likewise, is an important qualification for a good -newspaper man. “Get all the news and get it quick,” -was the command that a certain city editor of the old -school used to thunder at his cub reporters.</p> - -<p><b>Perseverance.</b> To get all the news, or sometimes -to get any news, demands perseverance. The reporter -must follow one clue after another until he finds what -he is looking for, or is convinced that there is nothing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span> -to find. By stopping in his pursuit before he has all -there is to get, he may miss the biggest “feature” of -the story. Every neglected clue may mean a “scoop” -by a rival. To return empty-handed is to admit defeat. -News hunting is often discouraging business, but the -reporter must always keep up his determination by a -firm belief that what is eluding him may be a big story, -probably the biggest story of his career.</p> - -<p><b>Accuracy.</b> Accuracy must extend to every detail of -reporting. As the reporter is seldom on the spot when -an unexpected event happens, he must rely upon the -accounts of it given by eye witnesses. These accounts -often differ materially because of the common inaccuracy -of observation and judgment. The reporter must -weigh the testimony of each witness, much as a juryman -does in a trial, and must decide which version -is the most probable one. When time permits, he can -verify doubtful details by questioning other witnesses -on the particular parts in which the versions differ. He -should always make every reasonable effort to get all -particulars as accurately as possible.</p> - -<p>Great care should invariably be taken to have names -and addresses correct. The reporter will do well to ask -his informants to spell unfamiliar names for him. City, -telephone, and society directories, the various kinds of -“Who’s Who” volumes, and similar lists, are convenient -sources for getting names, initials, and addresses. -Even the necessity for speed in newspaper -work is not a valid excuse for carelessness and inaccuracy -in news gathering. The minutes required to verify -names, addresses, and other details, are always well -spent. Rumors and unconfirmed statements generally -should be carefully investigated before they are given -much credence, especially when they reflect upon the -reputation of persons, organizations, or business enterprises.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span> -A false rumor given wide currency through a -newspaper may ruin a man or a woman, or seriously -injure a bank or business firm. No correction or retraction -that a newspaper can make ever counteracts -completely the effects of the original story. A rumor is -often valuable as a news “tip,” but like all news tips -it needs to be traced to its source and confirmed by -evidence before it is really news. Often it is mere gossip -or the product of a fertile imagination, with little -or no basis in fact. False and inaccurate statements are -not what newspapers or their readers want.</p> - -<p><b>Tact and Courtesy.</b> On the stage the reporter runs -about with note-book and pencil in hand; in real life, -he carries some folded sheets of copy paper on which to -take notes when necessary, in a way to attract the least -possible attention. He neither conceals nor displays -his profession. An impersonal, anonymous observer of -persons and events, he does not obtrude his personality -upon those with whom his work brings him in contact. -Tactful, courteous, friendly, he elicits his information -as quickly as possible. When a more aggressive attitude -is necessary to secure what he wants and has a right to -have, he is equal to the occasion. But whatever may be -the circumstances, the reporter never forgets that he is -a gentleman, and that the newspaper which he represents -never expects him to do anything to get the news -that he or it need be ashamed to acknowledge to the world. -Some papers may not hold up this ideal to their reporters -and editors, but every self-respecting newspaper must.</p> - -<p>To cultivate personal acquaintance with those with -whom news gathering brings the reporter in contact, -is the best means of increasing his ability to get the -news. When men come to have a friendly interest in -the reporter and his work, and find that they can trust -him to report accurately the news that they give him,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span> -they often go out of their way to help him. Many a -“scoop” has been the result of the friendly aid of -some one who had news to give and who saved it for -the reporter in whom he had become personally interested. -In other instances, where official news must be -given to all alike, the favored reporter may be given a -“tip” in advance as to some important phase of this -official news which he can use to advantage in his paper, -or he may be able to get an advance copy of a report -or of a public document so that his paper will have a -good story on it ready to print as soon as it is given to -the public.</p> - -<p>Through his personal relations with men, however, -the reporter is sometimes put in a difficult position. In -conversation with friends, for example, he may learn -of important news that would make a good story and -perhaps give him credit for a “scoop.” But he must -remember that when he obtains news in the confidence -of private conversation, he has no right to use it without -the consent of those from whom he gets it in this -way. At other times he may be given news with the -request that it be not published, and again he must beware -of violating confidence. No self-respecting reporter -will fail to regard the trust placed in him by those with -whom he comes in contact either in social or professional -relations. Another problem confronts the reporter when -friends or acquaintances request him to suppress the -whole or a part of a news story that it is his duty to write. -Since a reporter is supposed to give all the important -facts in a fair and impartial manner, he has no right to -omit any of them without the knowledge of his superiors. -The best way out of the difficulty, therefore, is to -tell those who desire the suppression of any news that -the decision in such matters rests with the editor and -not with the reporter.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span></p> - -<p><b>How the Correspondent Works.</b> The work of the -correspondent is very much the same as that of the -reporter. Like the reporter, he gets assignments or -instructions from time to time; he asks his superiors -how much of a story they want on a particular event; he -watches the news sources in the city or town for which -he is responsible. As he is frequently on the staff of a -local paper as well, he has the advantage of whatever -news is collected for this paper. Whenever an important -event is to take place in the district which he covers, -he receives instructions a day or two in advance from -the telegraph editor telling him what the paper wants -and how much he is to send. If the telegraph editor -desires some phase of an unexpected happening looked -up by the correspondent, he telegraphs to him the necessary -directions. The correspondent, likewise, telegraphs -to the editor whenever he has a story on which -he wants instructions. When a correspondent telegraphs -for instructions, he is said to send a “query” or “to -query” his paper. A query usually consists of a brief -statement of the news in a sentence or two followed by -the number of words in which the correspondent thinks -he can write the story adequately. The typical form of -a query would be:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> -<p class="noindent"> -Buffalo Express, Buffalo, N. Y.<br /> -</p> - -<p>Easthampton, N. Y., Jan. 16.—Western Steel Co.’s mill -burning, loss $150,000, two firemen killed. 300. Filed 9:23 -<span class="allsmcap">P.M.</span></p> -<p class="indent2">Wilson.</p> -</div> - -<p>The telegraph editor can use the facts thus given in -the query by turning the dispatch over to the copy desk -to be edited for the next edition; and at the same time -he may telegraph to Wilson, the Easthampton correspondent, -to send 150 instead of 300 words on the fire. -The correspondent, on receiving these instructions, telegraphs<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span> -at once as much of the story as he can in 150 -words. He always puts at the end of the dispatch before -his signature the hour at which he files the story -at the telegraph office, so that he will not be held responsible -for any delay in transmitting or delivering -the telegram.</p> - -<p>When the correspondent has a number of news stories -of interest on which he desires to have instructions, -he sends his “queries” in the form of a “schedule” -in which each story is numbered. For example:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> -<p class="noindent"> -Philadelphia Times, Philadelphia, Pa.<br /> -</p> - -<p>Erie, Pa., March 10.—No. 1. Northern Hospital for Insane -burns, all inmates rescued. 800.</p> - -<p>2. C. H. Hartman, cashier Miners’ Bank, commits suicide. -250.</p> - -<p>3. Principal Walters of high school prohibits football. 100.</p> - -<p>4. Mayor Altmeyer removes Health Commissioner Murphy -for incompetency. 150.</p> - -<p>5. Minister delivers strong sermon on “Is There a Devil?” -300.</p> - -<p class="indent2">R. N. Wilson.</p> -</div> - -<p>The telegraph editor might reply to this schedule -with the following instructions, which would indicate -how much the correspondent is to send on each of the -stories that he has scheduled, as well as the fact that -nothing is wanted on story No. 5.</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p class="noindent">Philadelphia, Mar. 10.—R. N. Wilson, Erie, Pa. Rush -one and two; 50 three; 100 four.</p> - -<p class="indent2">Times.</p> -</div> - -<p>The correspondent is paid a regular salary if the -amount of news that he sends daily is considerable, but -more often he is paid every month at a regular space -rate for the amount printed of the news that he sends -during the month. On some papers the correspondents -clip out all of their news stories and paste them together -in a “string” which they send in once a month,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span> -so that the telegraph editor may pay them according to -the length of the “string.” In many offices the telegraph -editor keeps a record by crediting every correspondent -with what he furnishes, and sends monthly a -check for the amount due.</p> - -<p><b>News Associations.</b> Most of the news of the state, -nation, and world generally is furnished to newspapers, -not by their own correspondents, but through one of -the several news or press associations, such as the Associated -Press, the United Press, and the International -Press Service. The Associated Press is a coöperative -news-gathering and news-distributing organization with -a membership consisting of many of the leading -papers throughout the country. The expenses of the -association are divided equally among the newspapers -that are members. Each paper that belongs to the association -agrees to furnish all the others with the news -that it gets in the local field. The Associated Press -also has correspondents everywhere in the world, most -of whom are paid for what news they furnish, while -others at important news centers are regularly employed -to gather and send news to the association. To -facilitate the handling of the news, the Associated -Press has divided the country into four divisions with -a central office and a superintendent in each; and in -these divisions there is a bureau at every important -news center with a correspondent who is responsible -for all the news in his district of the division. Associated -Press correspondents send the news of the cities, -towns, or sections for which they are responsible to the -district bureau, or the division office, where it is edited -and distributed to the newspapers of the division, and -is sent on to the other division offices to be edited and -distributed to papers in these divisions. The United -Press is a corporation which furnishes its news service<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span> -to afternoon papers at a rate determined by the distance -of the newspaper from the distributing point and -by the amount of news sent. It differs from the Associated -Press in the fact that it is not a coöperative organization. -The International Press Service connected -with the papers controlled by Mr. W. R. Hearst also -furnishes newspapers generally with news service.</p> - -<p>The instructions given by the Associated Press and -the United Press to their correspondents, from which -the following extracts are taken, indicate the general -rules to be followed by a correspondent who is sending -out news that is of more than local interest.</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Be able always to give a valid reason for sending a dispatch.</p> - -<p>File news with the telegraph operator at the earliest possible -moment. Dispatches should be filed before 9 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span> for -the noon editions; before 12 <span class="allsmcap">M.</span> for the 3 o’clocks; and before -2 <span class="allsmcap">P.M.</span> for the 5 o’clocks; nothing should be filed after -2:15 <span class="allsmcap">P.M.</span> except night matter, which should be marked -N.P.R. (night press rate). If there should be news of great -importance, file a bulletin of 100 words at any hour. All -matter for afternoon papers should be filed at the earliest -possible moment without regard to editions.</p> - -<p>When the news is of extraordinary character, or very sensational, -file at once a bulletin of 100 words, and wait instructions -before sending the details, as the number of words -desired will be ordered. Should the news prove to be more -important than the facts first available indicated, a second -bulletin of 100 words should be filed as soon as the additional -facts are known.</p> - -<p>The news in every dispatch should be given in the first -paragraph, details following. A story should be told as briefly -as is consistent with an intelligent statement of the facts.</p> - -<p>Notify, if possible, the general office by mail at least a -week in advance in regard to the date of every meeting of -national and state organizations, and of any gathering or -coming event not of a local character, including the state and -congressional conventions of political parties announced to -be held in your city. Instructions will be given you as to the<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span> -number of words to be sent in covering the events designated. -All matter should be telegraphed unless “by mail” is specified -in an order.</p> - -<p>Advance copies of speeches and addresses of public men, -and important platforms and resolutions of assemblies and -conventions, whenever possible should be secured in advance -and mailed to the general office to be held until released. -All advance matter is to be sent “subject to release.” The -time of release of advance matter should be stated instead of -the edition for which the matter is released.</p> - -<p>Accuracy, speed, and brevity are what we desire.</p> - -<p>The correspondent should be fair toward all interests.</p> - -<p>Do not send matter of merely local interest. Any matter -sent must be of general or exceptional state interest.</p> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Always have at hand several soft black pencils.</li> - -<li>Take notes on folded copy paper rather than in a notebook.</li> - -<li>Keep a pocket date-book for all future events and news -possibilities.</li> - -<li>Get all the news; don’t stop with half of it.</li> - -<li>Run down every clue whenever the character of the -news warrants it.</li> - -<li>Work rapidly; don’t putter.</li> - -<li>Don’t make the necessity for speed an excuse for carelessness -or inaccuracy.</li> - -<li>Be especially careful about names, initials, and addresses.</li> - -<li>Don’t take rumors for facts.</li> - -<li>Persevere until you get what you were sent for; don’t -come back empty-handed.</li> - -<li>Be resourceful in devising ways and means of getting -news.</li> - -<li>Study your paper to see to what kind of news it gives -greatest space and prominence.</li> - -<li>Familiarize yourself thoroughly with the whole city, and -especially with every place on your own run.</li> - -<li>Never neglect even for a day a news source on your -regular run.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1.2em;" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span></li> - -<li>Make acquaintances among all classes of people with -whom your work brings you in contact.</li> - -<li>Interest your friends and acquaintances in your work so -that they will coöperate with you in getting news.</li> - -<li>Gather all news quietly and unobtrusively.</li> - -<li>Be tactful with every one; never make an enemy.</li> - -<li>Never betray a confidence no matter how big the “scoop” -would be if you did.</li> - -<li>Remember that you can always be both a gentleman and -a good reporter.</li> - -<li>Don’t take notes in interviewing.</li> - -<li>Always know exactly what information you desire before -beginning to interview a person.</li> - -<li>Get advance copies of anything to be quoted directly or -indirectly in a news story.</li> - -<li>Mark the release date plainly at the beginning of all advance -copies or stories.</li> - -<li>Get photographs of persons and events if possible, and -write a description on the back of the photographs.</li> - -<li>File telegraph stories at the earliest possible moment.</li> - -<li>Always follow instructions.</li> - -<li>Mail stories, either by regular or special delivery, whenever -they will surely reach the newspaper in time for the -edition for which they are intended.</li> - -<li>Never put off till to-morrow sending news that is new -to-day.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">STRUCTURE AND STYLE IN NEWS STORIES</p> - - -<p><b>Writing the News.</b> After the reporter has found -the news and has collected all the important details -concerning it, he must write it up for publication. To -present the news effectively is as important as to get -it. Many a good piece of news has been spoiled in the -writing. The raw material of fact must be transformed -skillfully into the finished product of the news story. -The reporter is supposed to be able to write an adequate -report. When he does not, the copy-reader or the -“rewrite man” is called upon to make good the reporter’s -failure. Ordinarily the copy-reader needs only to polish -off the rough edges. The work of the good reporter -ought to require little or no editing. The careless, slovenly -writer is not a welcome addition to the staff of any -paper. The less editing a reporter’s copy requires the -more satisfactory will he be.</p> - -<p><b>Essentials of Good Copy.</b> The first essential of -good copy is legibility. Typewritten copy, double or -triple spaced, is always preferred. In long-hand writing, -likewise, liberal space should be left between the lines -and for margins. In such copy the “u’s” should be underscored -and the “n’s” overscored in order to differentiate -them. Proper names in long-hand copy should -be printed to avoid errors in spelling. If the story is -begun halfway down the first page, the copy-reader will -have enough space on that sheet to write the headline. -Quotation marks, or “quotes” as they are called, should -be enclosed in half-circles, thus, “⁾stunt,⁽” to indicate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span> -whether they are beginning or end marks. A small -cross may be used to advantage for a period. Numerical -figures and abbreviations that are to be spelled out -should be enclosed in a circle. Each paragraph should -be indented, and the first word of it should be preceded -by an inverted “L,” thus ⅃; if a new paragraph is desired -where there was none in the copy as first written, -the paragraph sign (¶) should be used. At the end of -every complete story should be placed the end mark -(#); if the story is incomplete, the word “more” is -written beneath the last sentence. Additions to follow -the last sentence of the story are marked with the name -of the story and the abbreviation for additions; thus, -“Add 2 Hotel Fire” means that the piece of copy is -the second addition to the hotel fire story; “Add 1 -Wilkins Suicide” means the first addition to the story -of Wilkins’ suicide. Additions to be inserted in the -story are marked “Insert A—Johnson Will Case” for -the first insert in the “Will Case” story; “Insert B—Trolley -Collision” for the second insert in the collision -story. The place at which the new piece of copy is to -be inserted is often indicated thus: “Insert after first -paragraph of lead—Murder Trial.” Copy must never -be written on both sides of the paper.</p> - -<p><b>Style and Structure.</b> In the writing of the news -story two elements must be considered: (1) the style; -and (2) the structure. The first has to do with the expression; -the second with the arrangement of material.</p> - -<p><b>Clearness.</b> Clearness is the first requisite of newspaper -style as it is of all writing. Newspapers are read -rapidly, and rapid reading is possible only when the -words yield their ideas with little effort on the part of -the reader. The less the effort required to get the meaning, -the more easily and rapidly can he read. Clearness -is most readily obtained by comparative simplicity of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span> -style. However effective elaborate sentence construction, -learned diction, and carefully wrought figures of -speech may be in other kinds of writing, they ordinarily -have no place in the news story. This does not -mean that literary devices must be abandoned in newspaper -writing or that newspaper style is bald and unattractive. -News stories demand all the literary ability -that the reporter possesses, for besides presenting the -news clearly they must be interesting and attractive. -Effectiveness in a simple style lies in that choice and -arrangement of words which enables the reader to get -the meaning with the least effort and the greatest interest.</p> - -<p><b>Conciseness.</b> Conciseness is the second essential of -the style of the news story. This, again, does not mean -that only the bare skeleton of news is required, for good -news stories are clothed with flesh and blood to make -them real and to give them human interest. Conciseness -demands that not a single needless word shall be -used, that every detail shall be necessary for the effectiveness -of presentation, and that the length of the -story shall be exactly proportionate to its interest and -to its news value. If the reporter tests the value of -each detail and can give a good reason for using it, he -will not go far wrong as to the length of his story. -If he can give an equally good reason for every word -that he uses, his style is likely to have the desired -conciseness.</p> - -<p><b>Originality.</b> Originality of expression in newspaper -work is the quality that distinguishes the good writer -from the fair and the mediocre ones. Constant rapid -writing on similar subjects leads to the use of the same -words and phrases over and over again. Trite, hackneyed -expressions can be used with less effort and -greater rapidity than is required to find new and fresh<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span> -phrases, unless the writer has accustomed himself to -think clearly and accurately in concrete, specific terms. -The only way that the newspaper writer can make his -work rise above the level of the average is by seeing -more in persons and events than does the ordinary -reporter and by expressing what he sees with greater -freshness and individuality. The classic bit of advice -given by Flaubert to De Maupassant, the French master -of the short story, is of the greatest value to the -newspaper reporter who would cultivate in his style both -conciseness and originality. It is in part as follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot1"> - -<p>Everything which one desires to express must be looked -at with sufficient attention, and during a sufficiently long time, -to discover in it some aspect no one has as yet seen or described. -The smallest object contains something unknown. -Find it.</p> - -<p>Whatever one wishes to say, there is only one noun to express -it, only one verb to give it life, only one adjective to -qualify it. Search, then, till that noun, that verb, that adjective -are discovered; never be content with “very nearly”; -never have recourse to tricks, however happy; or to buffooneries -of language, to avoid a difficulty.</p> - -<p>This is the way to become original.</p> -</div> - -<p><b>Typographical “Style.”</b> For such details of typographical -“style” as capitalization, abbreviation, hyphenation, -and use of numerical figures, every newspaper -has a set of special rules, generally printed in a -so-called “style book,” that are invariably followed by -copy-readers and compositors. When a reporter begins -work on a newspaper, he should study carefully all these -peculiarities, so that he may follow them in preparing -his copy. He also should learn as quickly as possible -the paper’s printed style rules, or, if there are no printed -rules, he should study the news stories as examples of -the practice followed in the office. Some newspapers -have an “index expurgatorius,” or list of words and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span> -phrases to be avoided. These “don’ts” generally embody -common errors of diction, but they not infrequently -include also some pet aversions of the editor-in-chief, -the managing editor, or the city editor, that are -matters of preference rather than of good usage. Reporters -will do well to observe carefully how their stories -are changed by editors and copy-readers, and in all -matters of style should make their work conform to the -preferences of their superiors.</p> - -<p><b>Paragraph Length.</b> One of the distinctive peculiarities -of newspaper style is the brevity of the paragraph. -The width of newspaper columns permits about -seven words in a line. The result is that a paragraph of -the length usual in prose style generally, i.e., from 150 -to 250 words, would occupy from 20 to 35 lines and would -appear disproportionately long for its width. Paragraphs -that are long, or appear to be so, make a piece of writing -look solid and heavy, hence uninviting to the rapid -reader. In newspaper work, accordingly, it has come -to be recognized that shorter paragraphs are more effective. -Paragraphs of from 50 to 150 words are considered -the normal type for newspaper writing.</p> - -<p>This means that often a paragraph, and particularly -the first paragraph of a news story, consists of but one -sentence. Paragraphs of two or three sentences are very -frequent. A comparison of the structure of these short -paragraphs with that of paragraphs in other kinds of -prose, shows that what would be subdivisions, each with -a sub-topic, in the common type of longer paragraphs, -become independent paragraphs in newspaper style. -The unity of the newspaper paragraph, therefore, is not -less marked because of its brevity.</p> - -<p><b>Sentence Length.</b> Journalistic style has sometimes -been said to be characterized by short, disconnected -sentences that produce a choppy, staccato effect.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span> -Kipling, for example, is often described as “journalistic” -in his abrupt short-sentence style. As a matter of -fact the style of the American news story is marked -neither by distinctly short sentences nor by particularly -abrupt transitions. The sentences in news stories, on -the whole, are as long as those in modern English -prose generally. The first sentence of the story, which -gives the gist of the news contained, is many times -from 50 to 75 words in length, and is therefore to be -classed as decidedly long.</p> - -<p><b>Emphatic Beginnings.</b> The emphasis given by -initial position is especially important in news stories. -The beginning rather than the end is the most emphatic -position. The reason is obvious. As the eye glances -down the column in reading rapidly, the first group of -words in each paragraph stands out prominently. Any -climactic effect with the strongest emphasis at the end -is lost to the rapid reader unless he follows the development -of the thought from sentence to sentence to the -close of the paragraph. The important element if placed -at the end of a long sentence, likewise, loses its emphasis -for a rapid reader.</p> - -<p>This principle of emphasis at the beginning determines -the structure of the news story. Into the first -paragraph, as the place of greatest prominence, is put -the most important part of the news. Into the first -group of words of the first sentence of each paragraph -is placed, if possible, the most significant idea of the -paragraph. The least important details go to the latter -part of the story, so that unless the reader is particularly -interested he need not follow through the account -to the end; and so that, if necessary, parts may -be cut off entirely without causing any loss that will be -evident. The fitting together into columns of stories of -different lengths after they are in type often requires<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span> -that the last paragraph or paragraphs be cut off. This -possibility adds to the importance of putting the least -significant elements into the latter part of the story, -and of concentrating the essentials at the beginning. It -also requires that each paragraph be so rounded that -it may serve as the end of the story if those following -it have to be thrown away.</p> - -<p><b>The “Lead.”</b> The beginning, or “lead,” of the story -is the part that requires the greatest skill in the choice, -the arrangement, and the expression of the essential -elements of the piece of news. Nowhere is it truer than -in the news story that “Well begun is half done.” In -the typical “lead” the reporter gives the reader in -clear, concise, yet interesting form the gist of the whole -story, emphasizing, or “playing up,” the “feature” of -it that is most attractive. The “lead,” as the substance -of the story, should tell the reader the nature of the -event, the persons or things concerned, as well as the -time, the place, the cause, and the result. These essential -points are given in answer to the questions: -What? Who? When? Where? Why? How?</p> - -<p>The “lead” may consist of one paragraph or of several -paragraphs according to the number and complexity -of the details in the story. For short stories a one-paragraph -“lead” consisting of a single sentence is -often sufficient, because the gist of the news can be -given in from 30 to 75 words. For a long, complex -story consisting of several parts, each under a separate -heading, an independent lead of a number of paragraphs -may be written as a general introduction to the different -parts. Usually, however, the lead is an integral -part of the story, giving the substance of the news in -a paragraph or two, in such form that all the rest of -the story may be cut off without depriving the reader of -any essential point.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span></p> - -<p><b>“Playing up the Feature.”</b> Before the reporter -begins to write, he must determine what is the most -significant and interesting phase of his piece of news; -in other words, the “feature” of it. It is this phase -that must be emphasized, “played up” or “featured,” -as newspaper men say. As the “feature” of a piece of -news is the most interesting phase of it, the reporter -must apply to his raw materials of fact the tests of news -values discussed in Chapter II. The element of his -news, therefore, that will be of greatest interest to the -greatest number as measured by these tests, he should -select as the “feature.” In addition to the “feature” -he must present all the important facts that are necessary -to make clear the “feature” and its relation to -the rest of the news of which it is a part.</p> - -<p>In accordance with the principle of emphasis at the -beginning of the paragraph, the “feature” of the story -should be placed in the first group of words of the opening -sentence of the lead. Although any of the essential -points may be “played up,” some are less likely than -others to deserve that emphasis. The time of the event, -for example, is generally not a significant point in the -story, and therefore stories should seldom begin with -“Early this morning,” “At two o’clock this afternoon,” -“Yesterday,” or similar unimportant phrases. Occasionally -the exact hour of some action, such as the adjournment -of Congress or of the state legislature, which has -been anticipated but could not be definitely fixed in advance, -has enough interest to warrant giving it the initial -position in the lead. The names of persons should -not be placed at the beginning unless they are sufficiently -prominent to deserve this emphasis. When a man is not -known to a number of readers, his name is of less interest -than details of the news in which he is involved. -Names of prominent persons, on the other hand, attract<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span> -the desired attention at the beginning of the story. The -place of the event is generally indicated by the date line -in telegraph news, and is not played up in local news -stories except in unusual cases. News stories should not -begin with “At 116 Western Avenue,” “In the lobby -of the Manhattan Theatre,” “On the corner of Williams -and Chestnut streets,” “Near the New York Central -Station,” for rarely is the exact location the most important -point. Peculiar or important causes, results, -or circumstances are likely to be the best features, because, -as has been said, unusual, curious, new phases of -activities have the greatest interest for most readers. -How each of the different essential elements of the lead -may be given emphasis in the initial position is shown -in the following examples:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Time</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">At 3:30 this afternoon the session -of the legislature came to an end -when the senate adjourned sine die.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Place</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">In the lion’s cage of Barnum’s circus -was performed last night the -marriage ceremony uniting Miss Ada -Rene, trapezist, and Arthur Hunt, -keeper of the lions, Justice of the -Peace Henry Duplain officiating from -a safe distance outside the cage.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Name</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Governor Wilkins denied the rumor -today that he will call a special session -of the legislature to consider the -defects in the primary election law -passed at the last session.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Event</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Fire completely destroyed the four-story -warehouse of the Marburg Furniture -Co., 914 Oxford Street, today, -causing a loss of $30,000, covered by -insurance.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Cause</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The desire to have maple syrup on -his pancakes led to the capture of -Oscar Norrie, who was arrested by -Deputy United States Marshal Congdon -this morning charged with desertion -from the army. He was on -his way from his mother’s home, 116 -Easton Street, to the nearby grocery -store to buy some syrup.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Result</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Twenty miners are entombed in the -Indian Creek Coal Company’s main -shaft as the result of an explosion -early this morning which blocked up -the entrance, but which did not, it -is believed, extend to the part of the -mine where the men imprisoned were -at work.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">The Significant Circumstance</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Posing as a gas meter inspector, -a thief gained access to the home of -John C. Schmidt, 1416 Cherry Lane, -yesterday afternoon, and carried off -a gold watch and a pocketbook containing -$20.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>How to Begin.</b> The grammatical form in which -the feature is presented in the first group of words -of the lead varies according to the character of the -point to be emphasized. Some of the convenient -types of beginning are: (1) the subject of the sentence, -(2) a participial phrase, (3) a prepositional -phrase, (4) an infinitive phrase, (5) a dependent -clause, (6) a substantive clause, and (7) a direct -quotation.</p> - -<p>The subject of the sentence frequently contains the -most telling idea of the lead and therefore occupies the -emphatic position at the beginning, as in the following -stories:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Three unknown bandits robbed a -conductor on the Hartford and North -Haven Electric Railroad at the Westlawn -siding shortly before midnight, -and secured about $25. One of the -robbers covered the motorman with -a revolver while the other two went -through the pockets of the conductor. -No passengers were in the car.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Government ownership of telegraph -lines is urged by Postmaster-General -Hitchcock in his annual report made -to Congress today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Fire of unknown origin damaged -the four story warehouse of Louis -Berowitz & Co., wholesale wine dealers, -131 Arlington Court, early this -morning, causing a loss of $5,000.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Vivid blue and green lights playing -about Brooklyn Bridge led early risers -to believe that the structure was -on fire. A broken live wire coming -in contact with a steel girder, electricians -found, was responsible for the -unexpected illumination.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>A participial phrase, as the first group of words, is -often a convenient form in which to “play up” a significant -feature. The participle must always modify the -subject of the sentence. The “hanging” or “dangling” -participle which does not modify the subject, and the -participle used substantively as the subject, are faults -to be avoided. The effective use of the participial phrase -is shown in the following leads:—</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Speeding homeward from Europe to -see their daughter who is ill in Chicago, -Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Spraugton -arrived here on the Mauretania this -morning and an hour later were on -board an 18-hour train for Chicago.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Run down by her own automobile -which she was cranking, Dr. Kate -Mather, 151 97th Street, was seriously -injured last night, near St. Luke’s -Hospital.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Accused of embezzling $4,700 from -the Erie Trust Company, John Fletcher, -a bookkeeper employed by the -company for three years, was arrested -this morning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">While demonstrating a patent fire -escape of his own invention, Oscar -Winkel, a machinist, 1718 Amsterdam -Avenue, fell from the second story -of the apartment house at that number, -and escaped with a broken arm -and a dislocated shoulder.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Prepositional phrases, either adjective or adverbial, -may be used to bring out an emphatic detail; for example:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">With a million coal miners striking -in England, with nearly a million out -in Germany today, and with the prospect -of a walk-out in France tomorrow, -the coal supply of Europe will -be seriously affected.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">By sliding down three stories on a -rope fire-escape, John Wilcox, wanted -in New York for forgery, eluded City -Detectives Dillingham and Bronson -last night, while they were trying to -gain access to his room in the Western -House.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">In the guise of a postoffice inspector, -a bandit gained access to the -mail car on the Occidental Limited of -the Western Pacific Railroad, and -after overpowering the clerks, rifled -the registered mail sacks.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span></p> - -<p>Infinitive phrases may be employed to advantage, as -in the following cases:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To rescue his three-year-old son -from death when his own home -burned yesterday afternoon, fell to -the lot of John Morrissey, of Engine -14, when, with his company, of which -he was temporarily in charge, he responded -to an alarm of fire from Box -976, near his home at 161 10th Street.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To prevent private monopoly of the -water powers of the state, Senator -H. G. Waters introduced a bill into -the senate this noon providing for the -purchase or control by the state of -desirable sites for the development of -water power.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Causal, concessive, conditional, and temporal clauses -at the beginning of a story make possible the desired -emphasis in an effective form; for example:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Because a multiplex money-making -machine failed to transform tissue -paper into crisp dollar bills, Jacob -Montrid yesterday afternoon swore -out a warrant for the arrest of Isaac -Rosenbaum, 116 East Broadway, who -had sold him the machine for $800.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Although Senator Cameron again -refused yesterday to say that he -would be a candidate for reëlection, -his opponents claim that he has been -planning a systematic campaign in his -district for several weeks.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Unless the $150,000 guarantee fund -for the democratic national convention -Is raised before tomorrow night, -the executive committee of the Commercial -Club will not extend an invitation -to the national democratic -committee to hold the convention in -this city next July.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">While a surgeon was dressing a -bullet wound in his arm at Williamstown -Hospital, George Johnson, colored, -was placed under arrest by -Detectives Gilchrist and Hennessey, -charged with shooting and seriously -wounding Frank F. Taylor, a colored -barber, 117 Washington Place.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>A substantive clause as subject of the first sentence -of the story is often convenient, particularly for an indirect -quotation in reports of speeches, interviews, testimony, -etc. The different forms available are shown in -the following leads:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">How the Standard Oil Company -grew from a firm with $4,000 capital -in 1867 to a $2,000,000 corporation in -1875, was told this morning by John -D. Rockefeller in the course of the -direct examination conducted by his -attorney, John G. Milburn, in the suit -for the dissolution of the Standard -Oil Trust before Special Examiner -Franklin Ferris in the Custom House.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Why the United States needs an -income tax, was explained by Senator -William E. Borah in his address before -the Progressive Republican Club -in the Auditorium last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the United States government -should operate a number of coal mines -in Alaska and that it should take as -its share approximately 25 per cent of -the net profits on all coal development -by private lease on the public -domain in the territory, was the plan -offered today by Senator Hitchcock -of Nebraska, a member of the territories -committee which is hearing -the Alaska railroad testimony.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span></p> - -<p>A direct quotation at the beginning is the means of -getting before the reader at once the important statement -of a speech, report, interview, confession, etc. -The following examples and those given in the discussion -of reports of speeches and interviews in Chapter VI -illustrate the effective use of the quotation.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“I took the shoes so that my little -girl could go to school on Monday,” -was the defense that John Hoppiman -offered in the Police Court this morning -when charged with stealing a pair -of shoes from the Palace Shoe Company’s -store on Eagle Street last -night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“No cigarettes sold to minors” is -the sign conspicuously posted in all -places where tobacco is sold, because -the new ordinance recently passed by -the board of aldermen went into -effect today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Beginnings to be Avoided.</b> The rule that a news -story should never begin with the articles “a,” “an,” -or “the,” is neither supported by actual newspaper practice -nor based on entirely sound principles. Good emphasis -at the beginning is what such a rule strives to -secure and in so far as it calls attention to the desirability -of beginning the story with an important word in -place of an article, it is justified. Often, however, in -order to get the most significant element into the first -group of words it is absolutely necessary to use one of the -articles. Sometimes an article is unnecessary before the -noun at the beginning; for example: “Fire destroyed,” -etc., is more concise than, “A fire destroyed,” etc., -and, “Government ownership of telegraph lines was -urged,” than, “The government ownership of telegraph -lines was urged.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span></p> - -<p>Numerical figures should not be used at the beginning -of any sentence in a news story. To avoid putting the -figures first when round numbers are given, such forms -may be used as, “About 250 students,” “Over 1,200 -chickens,” “Nearly 750 gallons of milk.” If it is considered -desirable to have numbers at the very beginning, -they may be spelled out, thus: “Three thousand -citizens greeted,” etc., “Two hundred pounds of candy -were strewn along Broadway,” etc.</p> - -<p><b>Explanatory Matter.</b> In the lead of all stories of -events that are closely associated with preceding events, -such as “follow-up” stories, it is customary to give -briefly sufficient explanatory information to make the -event described clear in its relations to the earlier ones. -This is necessary because readers may have overlooked -the stories of the preceding occurrences. An explanatory -phrase or clause is generally sufficient, but sometimes -a whole sentence is necessary.</p> - -<p><b>Unconventional Leads.</b> In place of the usual -summary lead containing all the essential points of the -event, some stories begin with the particulars leading -up to the event and thus keep the reader in suspense -as to the nature and result of the happening until he -has read the greater part of the story. These stories in -their structure approximate fictitious narratives such -as the short story. Various forms of beginnings that -depart from the normal summary lead are illustrated -by the following examples:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Half a dozen clerks were standing -near the big vault in the Chelsea -National Bank this afternoon, their -backs toward the street.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A blinding flash filled them with -terror, and taking it for granted that -another earthquake had visited the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span> -city, they jumped into the big vault -and shut the door.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When they tried to get out they -could not. Some time later when the -cashier saw the door closed, he -opened it and found the clerks nearly -smothered.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A Wilson banner, soaked with rain, -had fallen across a trolley wire and -caused the flash.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“What time is it, please?” asked -an innocent looking blond boy in -short trousers of Harry G. Lampe on -the steps of his hotel at 101 Johnson -Street last night.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I haven’t a watch,” said Lampe -politely. The boy pulled one out and -explained that it was 7:30, whereupon -they fell into a conversation -and Lampe went upstairs in great -good humor, only to come running -down again. Two sets of false teeth -were gone from his back trousers -pocket—all the teeth he had in the -world.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The boy was seen talking to a -group of men and was taken to the -White Street station.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Strange to relate, Sergeant William -McCarthy, until recently a marine in -the Washington Navy Yard, was -there explaining to the desk lieutenant -how a blond haired boy had just -asked to carry his suit-case containing -clothes, discharge papers from a -twenty-three years’ army service, and -medals for bravery.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Sure, he said he’d show me a good -hotel and we came to a doorway that -was dark. Just like that the wallops -came, and me not being able to see -who was hitting me. They took my -bag and my watch and when I got -up and felt for my purse they grabbed -that, too; $140 was in it.” The door -opened on the stealer of teeth. -“That’s him, B’ George!”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">So it happened that the child stood -before Magistrate Hinton in the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span> -Tombs court today on two charges of -larceny.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Stand up,” said the court, and -noting everything, blond curls downward, -pronounced: “You are a most -interesting psychological and sociological -study, sir.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Detective De Groat said that the -youth worked for a gang as Oliver -Twist once did. Despite his youth -and apparent innocence, therefore, he -was held in $2,500 bail for the Grand -Jury.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Two men knocked on the door of -Mrs. Mary Martin’s apartment at 210 -Easton Place yesterday afternoon and -said they had come to fix the gas -meter. Mrs. Martin through the keyhole -told them to go right away, but -they kicked down the door instead -and walked in.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The woman got out on the fire -escape and yelled for help, while the -men put the parlor clock in a bag -and rummaged about in search of -money.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Policeman Cox answered Mrs. Martin’s -call for help and ran upstairs. -The men heard him coming and -scrambled out of a skylight to the -roof. Cox followed, but the two had -disappeared.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In their flight, however, they spilled -a bag of flour over their clothes, and -so when Policeman Cox, two hours -later, saw two men with their shoulders -white with flour, carrying a bag -down First Avenue, he arrested them.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mrs. Martin identified the men as -William Kelley and James Hammond, -and said they had both lived in the -house where her apartment is.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">They were locked up on a charge -of burglary.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mary Hand, 7 years old, who was -run down by a mail automobile last -night in Third Avenue at Seventy-fourth -Street, said she wasn’t hurt -and asked to go home.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Please don’t arrest that man,” she -added, pointing to the driver; “he -didn’t mean to hurt me.” So Policeman -O’Reilley took the chauffeur’s -name and address, Henry P. Miller, -117 Walnut Street, and let him go on -his way with the mail.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The policeman insisted on sending -Mary to the hospital though she -wasn’t scratched. She had been -there just one hour when she died. -The hospital folk said they couldn’t -account for it, except by undetected -internal injuries that she might have -sustained.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The little girl was the daughter of -John Hand, 214 East Holton Avenue. -On hearing of her death the police at -once began a search for Miller, the -chauffeur.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Another example of this type of story that follows -the chronological order instead of beginning with a -summary of the facts, is the following from the New -York <i>Sun</i>, in which it was printed at the top of a -column on the first page:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Tom Flynn, a coal passer who -works next to the Fort Lee Ferry over -on the Jersey side, was gazing dreamily -out over the Hudson early yesterday -morning. Suddenly he dropped -his shovel and let out a wild yell.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Gee whiz, look Bill!” he said to -his fellow worker. “There’s a deer -out there on the ice.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">About 200 feet off shore a red doe -was floating down stream, poised on -a large cake of ice. Pretty soon -another cake drifted along and jostled -the doe’s floe and she slid gracefully -into the water and started for -shore.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Flynn gave the alarm, and although -this is not the open season in New -Jersey, the game laws were disregarded -and in a few minutes fifty odd -deckhands, ticket takers, and commuters -were engaged in a deer hunt.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span> -Boat hooks, brooms, and shovels were -immediately pressed into service, and -the excited crowd waited for the deer -to come ashore.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When the doe saw them she -changed her direction, veering toward -the ferry-boat Englewood, which -is hibernating in the Edgewater slip, -and took refuge in the lee of the -paddle wheel. Having rested, the -deer swam out into open water, -headed directly for the ferry slip and -splashed merrily about below the -astonished crowd of amateur stalkers. -Someone got a rope and attempted -to noose the animal, but she -couldn’t see it that way, calmly -ducked and continued to cavort about -in the water.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Finally the doe became bored, dove -under the edge of the slip, and was -lost to sight momentarily. She then -appeared on the other side of the -ferry house. Before the crowd could -reach her, she scrambled ashore opposite -Terry Terhune’s Dairy Lunch, -looked wonderingly into Gantert Bros,’ -thirst quenching parlors, dashed up -Dempsey Avenue and with a whisk -of her tail disappeared up the mountain -beyond Palisade Park.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Well, suffering Jumbo!” said Tom -Flynn, “these guys don’t know nothing -about deer catching,” and he -went sadly back to his coal car.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Several weeks ago three deer escaped -from the Harriman preserves -up the river, and the doe of yesterday’s -chase is supposed to be one of -them.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Originality in the treatment of the ordinary material -of a news story is illustrated in the following beginning -of a report of a conference on rural problems.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The little red schoolhouse and the -big yellow ear of corn, how to develop -each and how to correlate their interests, -was the problem discussed -yesterday afternoon by a committee<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span> -of the Wisconsin Bankers’ association -and a number of distinguished -educators and public officials. After -the meeting at agricultural hall was -over, it was apparent that the problem -of the big ear of corn was in -a fair way of solution, but the little -red schoolhouse still remained an -enigma.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The various speakers painted glowing -pictures of how two ears of corn -could be made to grow where one or -none is growing now, and how farm -life could be beautified and uplifted -so that the boys and girls would quit -rushing to the cities to add to the -poverty of the nation and would remain -on the soil to add to the -country’s wealth. How to hook the -country schoolhouse on this uplift -movement did not seem so easy. -The various educators present who -knew something of the problem it -presented, smiled at the altruistic -simplicity of the bankers in taking -up the problem and were loud in -their praise of the monied men for -so doing. The bankers could count on -co-operation, they said.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The meeting was an informal conference -between the committee on -agricultural development and education -of the Wisconsin Bankers’ association -and other organized activities -along allied lines, and was held in a -classroom of agricultural hall. L. A. -Baker, of New Richmond, chairman -of the committee, presided.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>How a bit of police court news may be worked up into a -story the lead of which piques the reader’s curiosity, is -shown in the following story from the New York <i>Sun</i>:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">It took only two eggs in the hands -of Annie Gallagher, a cook, buxom -and blond, to spoil a sunset. That is -why Annie was in the West Side police -court yesterday. She had been -summoned by Jacob Yourowski.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Yourowski, who is a sign painter, -works at 355 Columbus avenue, next -door to 64 West Seventy-second -street, where Annie is employed. He -was painting a sunset as a background -for an advertising sign last -Monday when the trouble began.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I was on the ladder,” he told -Magistrate Steinert, “when I was -struck by some eggshells. I watched -the open window where this woman -is employed and pretty soon I saw -her peeking out. At first I took it as -a joke.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Pretty soon there were some more -shells. I caught her looking out the -window. So in a playful manner I -made believe to throw back at her.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Judge, then the eggs came at me -strong. They weren’t only shells; -they had the goods. Pretty soon my -sunset looked like an omelet. Then I -got mad.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Yes,” interrupted Annie, “and in -his anger he threw ice in the window -at me. One piece struck me and -hurt me. Then I got mad and -dumped the hot water on him.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The cook was held in $300 bonds to -insure future good behavior.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Another example of an opening that stimulates the -reader’s desire to know more of an unusual incident is -seen in the following story:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">If it hadn’t been for a woman’s curiosity -Wadislaus Brinko, who owns a -Lithuanian rooming house at 231 East -Hain street, wouldn’t have confessed -to the police yesterday that he shot -and killed Jacob Watus, a roomer in -his house, on Oct. 23.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A coroner’s inquest was proceeding -in a routine way the day following the -shooting and the jury was about to -render a verdict of death by suicide, -when Mrs. Anna Hannok, 416 Highland -place, appeared on the scene. -She had been attracted by the crowd -outside the undertaking rooms, she -said.</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span>The testimony up to the time of -Mrs. Hannok’s appearance had plainly -indicated suicide. Suddenly she electrified -the jury by pointing to Brinko -and crying:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Ask him where he got the gun.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The inquiry, interrupted by this dramatic -incident, was adjourned until -yesterday. Shortly before the inquest -was resumed, Brinko broke down and -admitted that he had killed Watus. -He asserted, however, that it was an -accident.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Distinctive beginnings which are also calculated to attract -attention by reason of the question form are shown -in the following stories taken from the Chicago <i>Tribune</i>:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Have you lost a $1,000 bill?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">No, this isn’t a joke; have you?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Somebody was so careless as to -drop a $1,000 bill in the lobby of the -Majestic Theatre on Friday afternoon. -And if some theatre-goer had -held his head a trifle lower he might -have seen the currency and not -stepped on it.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The bill was dropped near the box -office as the audience was entering -the house for the matinee. Just when -it fell to the tile floor and how long it -was kicked around nobody knows. -Herbert Klein, the doorman, happened -to glance at the floor and saw -a piece of paper. Persons were walking -over it. He took another look and -then he reached for it. Walking back -to the door where the light was better -he slyly took a peek at it. He saw -the big yellow “M” and whistled. He -hurried to the office of A. S. Rivers, -treasurer of the theatre. He did not -wait for the elevator.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Rivers placed the $1,000 bill in -the vault, where he thinks $1,000 bills -belong. He was somewhat surprised -yesterday when there was no inquiry -for the money. Then he became suspicious. -Thinking the bill might be<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span> -one of the notes of the $173,000 in -government money that disappeared -from the Chicago subtreasury two -years ago, he notified Capt. Thomas I. -Porter and Peter Drautzberg of the -secret service bureau.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The number of the bill was sent -to the treasury department at Washington. -It is not known whether the -government possesses the numbers of -the $1,000 bills which were missed -from the subtreasury.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Shall we shoot old preachers?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Several aged ministers attending -the Rock River conference at the -First Methodist Church of Evanston -sat bolt upright in their seats last -evening when Rev. George P. Eckman, -editor of the Christian Advocate -of New York, asked the question. -They blinked hard and in unison -when he repeated it.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Shall we shoot old preachers?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A general sigh of relief was -heard when he offered his explanation.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“We might as well shoot them,” -he said, “as let them starve on the -pitiably small incomes which some -of them have. Shooting them would -be more humane. They have served -long and useful lives. Why should -their last days be spent in want and -suffering?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Rev. Eckman was the principal -speaker at the anniversary of the Society -for Superannuated Preachers. -He dwelt at length on the increasing -hardships that confront the preacher -who has grown too old to perform active -service.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Who is responsible for the collapse -of the Pearl Theatre in Western avenue?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Who permitted the construction of -a roof which the results show was -a menace to the lives of many people<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span> -from the time the theatre was -opened?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">How much of the blame is on the -city building department?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">How much blame attaches to the -city council?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">How about the architect and the -owner of the theatre?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">How many other Chicago theatres—picture -theatres and theatres of various -types—are as dangerous potentially -as was the Pearl theatre?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Questions such as these will be met -by the council committee on buildings, -which tomorrow will take up -an inquiry into the Pearl 5-cent theatre -case. The roof of the Pearl, -Western avenue and Downey street, -caved in last Monday morning and a -disaster was averted because no -show was in progress at the time.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>A type of lead that has some vogue has a very short -first sentence that usually states the most significant -fact in the story. This short statement may be followed -by a longer explanatory one that contains the other -essential details, or by a series of short sentences each -of which contains an important detail. This kind of lead -is in reality only the breaking up of the long one-sentence -lead containing all the essentials, into two or more -shorter sentences. Greater emphasis is thus gained for -the particulars set off in the short sentences. Examples -of these leads are:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Col. Roosevelt is back. He spoke -tonight at Madison Square Garden to -15,000 people. They cheered him for -forty-two minutes.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">There was no indication throughout -this storm of applause that it was -anything but spontaneous. It was directed -at Col. Roosevelt himself.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The “fatherless frog” is in Washington. -He arrived here this morning. -He has two big bulging green<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span> -eyes, a big white throat, and for all -the world looks just the same as millions -of his brothers who occupy -thrones on lily pads in some muddy -creek. According to Prof. Jacques -Loeb of the Rockefeller Institute of -Research, however, this particular -Mr. Frog, on exhibition before the -Congress of Hygiene and Demography -here, was hatched from the -egg of a female by chemical process.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">While visitors are greatly interested -in this orphan frog, learned professors -are busy challenging his -chemical parentage.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Professor Loeb says that his -fatherless frog is the culmination of -years of effort and that with but little -more study he will be able to produce -other forms of life resulting from his -study of parthenogenesis.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>In the less conventional types of leads, various beginnings -are used, often to excellent advantage, for novelty -and variety. The two examples given below show some -marked departures from the usual kinds of beginnings.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<div class="boxit"> -<p class="noindent center small bold" style="margin-bottom: 0.1em;">I SOLD YOU THE GLASSES</p> -<p class="noindent center small bold">NOT THE COMET</p> -</div> - -<p class="no-margin-bottom">By this sign displayed to-day in an -optical shop in Fifth Avenue, a dealer -in binoculars, who is weary of explaining -that he is not responsible for -unsatisfactory views of Halley’s comet, -hopes to make plain his position to -customers that desire to return their -purchases.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">WANTED—Young woman as governess -for ten year old child, to travel -through Europe this summer. Give -references, age, and experience. Address -E 740, Times Office.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">This<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span> innocent looking advertisement -in the Times led to the arrest of William -Houghton, alias Wilson Hulton, -at the National Hotel yesterday afternoon -on the charge of swindling Miss -Fannie Hopkins, Denver, out of $200 -last month, by means of a similarly -alluring advertisement in the Denver -papers.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>“Boxed” Summaries.</b> To give greater prominence -to interesting statistics, summaries, excerpts, and lists -than is possible in the lead, these facts are often put -before the regular lead, usually surrounded by a frame -or “box,” and printed in black face type. Although -this arrangement is determined by the editors and copy -readers, the reporter may select and group significant -facts in such a way that those who edit his copy can -readily mark them to be “boxed” and set in the desired -kind of type. Lists of dead and injured in accidents; -telling statements from speeches, reports, or testimony; -statistics of interest; summaries of facts; and brief histories -of events connected with the news story at hand, -are frequently treated in this way. If not placed before -the lead, these “boxed” facts are put at a convenient -place in the body of the story. Brief bulletins, likewise, -containing the latest news are often “boxed” and set -in heavier type.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> - <div class="boxit"> -<table class="small" summary="SOUTH POINT FIRE LOSS"> - <tr> - <th class="tdc" colspan="3">SOUTH POINT FIRE LOSS</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold">Elevator B</td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">$300,000</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold">Wheat, 377,000 bu.</td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">403,390</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold">Flax, 227,000 bu.</td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">274,670</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold">Barley, 7,000 bu.</td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">3,360</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold">Western Pacific Dock</td> - <td>  </td> - <td class="tdr bold">30,000</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold"> </td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">————</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl bold"> Total Loss</td> - <td> </td> - <td class="tdr bold">$1,011,420</td> - </tr> -</table> - </div> -<p class="no-margin-bottom">Over a million dollars’ worth of -property on South Point was consumed<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span> -within two hours yesterday afternoon -when fire destroyed Elevator B of the -Northern Elevator Company and the -dock of the Western Pacific Railroad -Company, and imperiled surrounding -property valued at another million.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> - <div class="boxit"> -<p class="noindent center small bold">REPUBLICAN STATE PLATFORM</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-bottom">Repudiation of Payne-Aldrich Tariff Act.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Non-Partisan Tariff Commission.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Government Regulation of Monopolies.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Taxation of Water Powers.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Conservation of Natural Resources.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">National Income Tax.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Limited Hours of Labor for Women and Children.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Popular Election of U. S. Senators.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Employers’ Liability Laws.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top">Workingmen’s Compensation Acts.</p> - </div> -<p class="no-margin-bottom">With the adoption of a strong platform -on state and national issues, the -Republican State Convention came to -a close late last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> - <div class="boxit"> -<p class="noindent center small bold">TAFT ON THE IRISH</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-bottom">They have accentuated American wit.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">They have added to American tenderness.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">They have perhaps instilled in the -American a little additional pugnacity.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">They have increased his poetic imagination.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">They have made him more of an optimist.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top">They have suffused his whole existence with the spirit of -kindly humor.</p> - </div> -<p class="no-margin-bottom">Eight hundred members of the -Charitable Irish Society gave President -Taft a notable ovation at their -175th annual dinner held at the Hotel -Somerset last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> - <div class="boxit"> -<p class="noindent center small bold">TROLLEY CRASH VICTIMS</p> -<p class="noindent center small bold">The Killed</p> - -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-bottom">Muckly, Mrs. Theresa, 47 years, cook, -1916 Flushing Avenue.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Flesner, Jacob, 26 years, machinist, -2717 Hawthorn Street.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top">Block, Marie, 16 years, cash girl, 616 Parkway.</p> - -<p class="noindent center small bold">The Injured</p> - -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-bottom">Claxton, Mary, 10 years, 1414 Cedar -Street, broken nose, scalp wounds, -St. Mary’s Hospital.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">Shumacher, Mrs. Ida, 42 years, 191 -12th Avenue, right arm broken, internal -injuries, St. Mary’s Hospital.</p> -<p class="hanging1-left-align bold small no-margin-top">Perkins, Charles, 31 years, 157 Washington -Street, dislocated hip, scalp -cut, Roosevelt Hospital.</p> - </div> -<p class="no-margin-bottom">Three passengers were killed, three -seriously injured, and a dozen more -badly shaken up when a south bound -trolley car on the Wellington Park -line crashed into one ahead that had -stopped to take in passengers, at -Fifty-second Avenue and Howard -Place last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>The Body of the Story.</b> Following the lead is the -body of the story, which generally consists of a more or -less detailed account of the event. The main part of the -report usually presents the incidents in the order in -which they took place. In choice and arrangement of -particulars, therefore, it does not differ from narration -in general. As in all narration, so in news stories, it is -essential to pick out those particulars that are most interesting -and most significant in relation to the feature -of the news. If the details are arranged in chronological -order and this order is made evident by means of -connective words and phrases, the reader can follow the -account easily from beginning to end.</p> - -<p>All of the methods used by writers of fiction to make<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span> -short stories and novels realistic and attractive may be -applied to the writing of news. Concise descriptive -touches that suggest the picture rather than portray -it by detailed description, are always effective. Accounts -of eye-witnesses, exclamations and remarks made by the -bystanders, comments by those concerned, dialogue between -persons involved, when given in the form of direct -quotations, all add to the life and interest of the story. -Every legitimate literary device can be used to advantage -in the writing of the day’s news, provided that it -does not require too much space, for above everything -else the news story must be concise.</p> - -<p>Good emphasis at the beginning of each paragraph -should always be sought, because in rapid reading, as -has already been pointed out, the eye catches first the -initial group of words at each indention. Unimportant -connective phrases and clauses should seldom be given -this position of prominence, but should be buried in -the sentence. The emphasis at the end of each paragraph -in the news story is not great and can therefore -be disregarded. Although each paragraph need not end -emphatically, it should be rounded out to give the -effect of completeness.</p> - -<p>The organization of details in the body of a story is -shown in the account of a train robbery given below:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Spokane, Wash., March 15—In the -guise of a postoffice inspector, a -bandit obtained admittance to the -postal car on the Great Northern -Oriental Limited at Bonners Ferry, -Idaho, early this morning, and after -overpowering the two clerks, calmly -rifled the through registered mail -pouches while the train was proceeding -to Spokane.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">During the run of over 100 miles to -Spokane, the robber received the -mail at three stations where the train<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span> -stopped and threw off the newspaper -mail.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Just before the train entered the -yards here, the bandit leaped from -the car and, with the booty in a small -satchel, made his escape. It is not -known how much money and valuables -the bandit obtained, but it is -supposed he got a big haul. Six registered -mail sacks were cut and their -contents rifled.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When the train reached this city, -John Wilson, one of the postal clerks, -was found locked in the clothes -closet, while Henry Devine, the other, -was under the table with a jumper -drawn over his head and his arms -tightly bound with a rope. It was -then that the story of the robbery -was learned.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When the train stopped at Bonners -Ferry at four o’clock this morning, -a man came to the door of the postal -car, and throwing in a mail sack and -a small satchel, announced that he -was R. F. Burton, a postoffice inspector.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I will return in a few minutes and -ride with you to Spokane,” he said -to Wilson, the clerk on duty. Devine, -the other, was asleep under the -table that was covered with mail -sacks.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">After the man left the car, Wilson -awoke Devine, and told him that an -inspector was to ride with them to -this city, and that he, Wilson, would -awaken him again shortly.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Just before the train started from -the Idaho town, the man entered the -car again. “Is there any mail for -me?” he inquired of the clerk. -“There ought to be some. Please -look.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Wilson looked over some mail and -when he turned around to inform the -supposed inspector that there was -none, he found a big revolver pointed -at his head.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The robber, after warning the clerk -to make no outcry, ordered him to<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span> -get into the clothes closet, which is -scarcely large enough to permit a -man to stand erect.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Ignorant of the robbery that was -going on in the car, Devine continued -to sleep. Finally when the train was -leaving Big Bend, Devine awoke and, -looking up from underneath the table, -saw the stranger opening letters.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">As Devine crawled out, the bandit -whipped out a revolver from his overcoat -pocket.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Keep quiet, or I’ll blow your head -off,” he commanded.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The robber then threw a jumper -over the clerk’s head, bound his hands -behind him, and pushed him under -the table where he had been asleep.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>When a story covers considerable time because the -incidents leading up to the principal event took place a -week or more before, care must be taken to keep the -time element before the readers in order to make the -series of incidents clear in their relation to one another. -The following story shows the arrangement of material -in such a story:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Because he unknowingly tried to -swindle the same young woman twice -within three weeks by means of a -“want ad,” Arthur M. Howell, who -says his home is in Yukon, Alaska, -was arrested at the Hixon Hotel last -night. The similarity of a “want ad” -in the Sun a few days ago to one in -a Denver paper recently, led Miss -Emma Bunde of Denver, who had -been swindled out of $280, to notify -the local police, and through her efforts -Howell was placed under arrest.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When, three weeks ago, an advertisement -appeared in the Denver -paper for a young woman to act as -secretary to a business man during -a three months’ trip through Europe, -Miss Emma Bunde, then a stenographer -in a railroad office in Denver,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span> -answered it, offering her services. In -reply to her application, Howell arranged -a meeting with her and engaged -her for the position.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">At her new employer’s suggestion, -she withdrew her savings amounting -to $280 from one of the Denver banks, -and accompanied him to Kansas -City. When they arrived there, he -offered to take her money for safe -keeping and she entrusted the whole -amount to him. At the same time he -gave her $25, as an advance payment -on her salary, and told her that they -would continue their journey that -afternoon after he had transacted -some business.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When she returned to the hotel -after a shopping tour in which she -had bought a dress for $22.50, she -found a note from her employer, -which informed her that he had been -suddenly called to Columbia, Mo., on -business. A railroad ticket and sleeping -car reservation were enclosed -with the note which requested her to -proceed to St. Louis that night and -meet him the following day at a hotel -in St. Louis.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Miss Bunde went to St. Louis and -awaited the arrival of Howell at the -hotel designated. After waiting in -vain for a week, she decided that she -was the victim of a clever swindling -game. Being without funds she -wrote to friends here and with their -aid came to this city.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In looking through the “want ads” -in the Sun last Friday, she came upon -an advertisement for a young woman -secretary to accompany a business -man on a tour throughout the states -and Alaska. The similarity of this -“ad” and that which she had answered -in Denver, led her to inform -the police of her suspicion that the -author was the same person who had -taken her money. Detectives were -at once detailed to watch for Howell -when he called for replies to his advertisement -at the Sun office.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span> young woman in reply to the -advertisement again offered her services -as secretary, giving a fictitious -name but her real telephone number. -The advertiser failed to call for his -mail for nearly a week, and the detectives -abandoned their watch. Then -on Wednesday Howell called at the -Sun office where he found twenty -letters, including the one from Miss -Bunde.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Unfortunately for the swindler, the -first letter that he opened was evidently -Miss Bunde’s, for he called her -up Wednesday afternoon and made -an appointment at the Hixon Hotel -for last evening.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">She at once notified the police and -Detective Sullivan was detailed to accompany -her to the hotel. When -Howell appeared and recognized Miss -Bunde as his Denver victim, he endeavored -to leave but was arrested by -Sullivan.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">At the police station he gave his -address as Yukon, Alaska. In his -pockets were found letters from several -Kansas City women who had -replied to his advertisements in that -city, and the police believe that he -is wanted in other places on similar -charges.</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Write legibly; use a typewriter whenever possible.</li> - -<li>Double or triple space your typewritten or longhand copy.</li> - -<li>Never write on both sides of the sheet.</li> - -<li>Make your meaning absolutely clear to the rapid reader.</li> - -<li>Be concise; don’t use needless words.</li> - -<li>Use superlatives sparingly.</li> - -<li>Find the one noun to express the idea, the one adjective, -if necessary, to qualify it, and the one verb needed to -give it life.</li> - -<li>Get life and action into your story whenever circumstances -warrant.</li> - -<li>Use original expressions; avoid trite and hackneyed -phrases.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1.2em;" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span></li> - -<li>Remember that every one of your mistakes adds to the -work of your superiors.</li> - -<li>Study and follow the peculiarities of the style of your -paper.</li> - -<li>Make your paragraphs short and concise.</li> - -<li>Avoid choppy, disconnected short sentences.</li> - -<li>Don’t overload the first sentence by elaborating on the -essential points.</li> - -<li>Select the most interesting phase of the news as the -“feature” of the story.</li> - -<li>Put the “feature” in the first group of words at the beginning -of the lead.</li> - -<li>Answer satisfactorily in the “lead” the questions—Who? -What? When? Where? Why? and How?</li> - -<li>Seldom “play up” the time or place as the feature.</li> - -<li>Avoid the hanging, or dangling, participle, particularly -at the beginning of the lead.</li> - -<li>Don’t put important particulars of the story in the last -paragraphs where they may be cut off in the “make-up.”</li> - -<li>Avoid beginning successive paragraphs with the same -phrase or construction.</li> - -<li>Use an unconventional form of “lead” when the news -justifies it.</li> - -<li>Tabulate on a separate sheet significant statistics, lists, -excerpts, or summaries, so that they may be “boxed.”</li> - -<li>Don’t suppress news; refer all requests for such suppression -to your superiors.</li> - -<li>Put the mark (#), or the figures 30 enclosed in a circle, -at the end of every story.</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p class="hanging1">(1) Point out the faults in the following story and -correct them by rewriting it.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Suspected of starting over a score of fires in the downtown district -within a month and confessing starting nineteen, with six<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span> -false alarms in three months, Henry Handifort, a South Side boy, -was arrested after a fire early today.</p> - -<p>In a confession to the police Handifort, who is 16 years of age, -said he began his career as a firebug when 5 years old, but after -starting three fires was so punished by his parents that he refrained -from further operations until a few months ago. He said his ambition -was to be a fireman and that he started the fires to be on -hand when the firemen came so he could help them. He said he -enjoyed seeing the apparatus turn out.</p> - -<p>The fires to which he confessed caused a total loss of $25,000. -His climax came Sunday night, when three fires caused $8,000 -loss. The boy, then under suspicion, was watched carefully, and a -fire early today brought his arrest.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(2) What are the faults in the following story printed in a -weekly paper, and how should they be corrected in rewriting?</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Mr. Ed. Williams of this city met with a very severe and painful -accident in the zinc works in this city.</p> - -<p>Mr. Williams, who is employed as a cart driver at the works, -was performing his usual duties, when in some way the horse became -frightened and started to run away. Ed was thrown out of -the heavy ore cart and fell in such a position, that the wheels of -the cart passed over his body, causing severe injuries to his head -and fracturing four ribs, besides bruising him internally. He was -at once taken to the hospital rooms of Dr. Hulton, where his injuries -were dressed. He was then conveyed to his home, where he -is recovering nicely at present. It will be some time however before -he will be at his post again.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(3) What is the weakness of the following story and how -could you improve it by rewriting?</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Mrs. William Black, wife of the caretaker of the Yewdale Yacht -Club house, which is on the end of the long bulkhead of the South -Basin at the foot of Ring street, Lawton Park, sent her eleven-year-old -daughter, Madelaine, to Dresden Avenue yesterday morning -to get some oranges.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Black sat by an upper window of the club house waiting -for Madelaine to come back. Pretty soon the little girl put in an -appearance. The wind was blowing so hard that the mother feared -for the child’s safety and she arose to go to her assistance. When -she looked out of the window again, Madelaine had disappeared. -She hurried out and saw the child’s cloak floating on the water.</p> - -<p>Charles Blaine, a sailor on the yacht Elizabeth E., and Otto -Grey of the schooner John Bull, dived for the body several times -before Blaine succeeded in bringing it up.</p> - -<p>The child’s father is on a fishing trip to Block Island.</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1">(4) Play up the unusual element in this story by putting it -in the first group of words.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Mrs. Minnie Greene, a colored janitress, was burned to the point -of death by a fire started by the son’s rays focused by a large -reflector which she carried. Mrs. Greene, with the big brass reflector -under her arm, was standing in front of the First Presbyterian -church when suddenly she felt a sharp pain in her left leg. -Looking down she saw that her skirt was afire. Screaming in terror -she ran down the street and in and out of three stores before -she could be stopped by two policemen. It is not believed that she -can recover.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(5) Compare the leads of the two following stories of the same -event, pointing out their merits and defects; then write a -new lead embodying the best points of each.</p> - -<p class="noindent center small">(1)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Princeton, N.J., Nov. 3—Governor Woodrow Wilson had a -narrow escape from serious injury at an early hour this morning -when the automobile in which he was returning home from Red -Bank ran into a rut in the main street leading into the little village -of Hightstown, throwing him with great force against the top of -the limousine, inflicting a painful cut in the top of his head.</p> - -<p>When he appeared in his library this afternoon to meet many -callers and the newspaper men the governor wore across the top -of his head a broad plaster bandage, covering part of the scalp -that had been shaved when the cut was dressed.</p> - -<p>Captain “Silent Bill” McDonald, the Texas ranger traveling -companion of the governor, received a severe jolt, but escaped any -other injury than a bruise on his neck.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center small">(2)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Princeton, N.J., Nov. 3—Gov. Woodrow Wilson wears a strip -of collodion and gauze across the top of his head covering a scalp -wound three inches long which he received early on Sunday in a -motor mishap on the way home from Red Bank, N.J. His automobile -struck a mound in the road and jolted him up against a -steel rib in the roof of the limousine car.</p> - -<p>The wound is not serious and the democratic presidential nominee -will fulfill his speaking engagements in Paterson and Passaic, -N.J., on Monday.</p> - -<p>At night the governor was in the parlor of his home the center -of a group of friends. There was nothing in his manner to indicate -that he had met with any mishap. He said he did not feel the -wound in the slightest degree and had not even developed a headache -from it.</p> - -<p>“I guess I’m too hardheaded to be hurt,” he said smilingly as -he received the correspondents.</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span></p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The mishap occurred in the early hours of the morning. The -governor had spoken at Red Bank and left for Princeton, a distance -of forty-five miles, shortly before 11 o’clock. He rode in the -limousine car of Abraham I. Elkus, a New York lawyer who lives -at Red Bank, accompanied by Capt. William J. McDonald, his -personal body guard, who was shaken up and bruised.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(6) Criticize the following story and rewrite it in accordance -with your criticism.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Another hero of the sea was disclosed today through a collision -of the Norwegian steamer Noreuga with the Norwegian sailing -ship Glenlui. It appeared that he saved, not only the passengers -and crews, but the ships.</p> - -<p>The Noreuga arrived at Norfolk last night in a sinking condition -in tow of the revenue cutter Onondaga and is preparing to dock. -The Glenlui is expected later.</p> - -<p>The Noreuga will be repaired at the Newport News ship yards, -where its eleven passengers, including eight women, and its -freight will be transferred to the steamship Mexicana. The passengers -were brought to port on the Onondaga.</p> - -<p>The man to whom credit is given is the wireless operator on the -Noreuga who declined to tell his name and whose desire to avoid -notoriety was respected by Captain Hansen.</p> - -<p>When the crew favored deserting the stricken Noreuga after -the collision last Friday the wireless operator refused to leave his -post. With death riding the gale he continued to flash his appeals -for help. He succeeded finally in raising both shore stations and -vessels of the Atlantic fleet. The rescue of the Norse vessels was -accomplished as they were about to founder.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(7) From the following account, as given by an eye-witness, -write a news story for a local daily paper.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>John Quinn, foreman of the E. J. Mackey Co., 356 W. 40th St., -gave the following account of an accident in his plant this noon:</p> - -<p>“I was working on the fifth floor of our new six story warehouse -just before dinner time today when Oscar Taub who lives out at -216 W. 139th St., one of the men who works for us, came up and -said that Mr. Mackey wanted him to find out how much whiskey -there was in the big tank on my floor. Taub put a ladder against -the side of the big tank and, catching hold of the cord of one of -the electric lights, started up to the top of the tank. When he got -up to the top he called to me saying that there were 7,705 gallons -of whiskey in it. When he started down the ladder again, the -bulb of the electric light slipped from his hand and broke on the -edge of the tank.”</p> - -<p>“Then there was a big explosion and I saw Taub flying -through the air against the side of the wall about 30 feet away.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span> -Then the whiskey in the tank started to burn and the flames -spread out along the ceiling as if the tank were a big furnace. -When I saw that the whiskey was afire, I jumped over to turn on -the outlet valve so that the whiskey would run off into the drain -pipe. I turned on the water so it would run into the tank and put -out the fire. I hurried over to see if Taub was hurt, for the water -had put out the blaze and all of the whiskey was running out into -the sewer. I found Taub lying against the wall unconscious with -his hands and face burned. I was just going to carry him over -to the elevator when the firemen came rushing up. I told them -the fire was out and asked them to help me carry Taub downstairs. -Then Mr. Mackey called the ambulance and they took Taub -who had regained consciousness and was groaning with pain from -his burns to Roosevelt Hospital.</p> - -<p>“There wasn’t any damage done but we lost all the whiskey -and I guess the building would have burned if I hadn’t let the -whiskey run out and turned on the water. The ambulance doctor -said Taub would be able to get back to work in about a week.”</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">(8) Compare these three stories in regard to the effectiveness -of the introductory statement.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Within hailing distance of several -costly north shore residences, Henry -Hoskin, 132 Welcome place, was held -up late last evening and robbed of $14 -and a watch. Hoskin was crossing -Bellevue place on Lake Shore drive -when a black limousine car drove up -and a man with a revolver leaped out -in front of the pedestrian. Hoskin -turned over his money promptly. -The robber jumped back into the car, -where Hoskin could see two others, -and the car dashed on to the north.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The latest thing in highway robbery -is to have a $7,000 limousine and -a handsome chauffeur, and then to -watch for victims strolling through -fashionable neighborhoods. Henry -Hoskin, who lives at 132 Welcome -Place, was a victim at 1 o’clock this -morning.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I was just passing Harold McCormick’s -mansion at the Lake Shore -Drive and Bellevue Place,” he said,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span> -“when it happened to me. The finest -looking limousine I ever saw slowed -up right in front of the McCormick -house. The machine looked so expensive -that I thought the occupant -must be the millionaire himself—until -out he leaps at me with a revolver -leveled at my head. It took -the man about four seconds to get my -money—it was only $14. And then -I was ordered to be on my way.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“There were two of the robbers, the -operating man and the chauffeur, who -looked like a real one.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Hoskin told his story to the police -at the East Chicago Avenue Station -and they started a search for the robbers.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Stepping out of one of the finest -limousine cars ever seen in Lake -Shore Drive, three young men held -up a pedestrian early today at the -point of their pistols in front of the -Harold McCormick home. The victim, -Henry Hoskin, 132 Welcome -Place, told the police of the East Chicago -Avenue Station that he would -not have been more surprised if the -St. Gaudens statue of Lincoln in Lincoln -Park had stepped off its pedestal -and picked his pocket.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I was just passing Harold McCormick’s -mansion at the Lake Shore -Drive and Bellevue Place,” he said, -“when it happened to me. The finest -looking limousine I ever saw slowed -up right in front of the McCormick -house. The machine looked so expensive -that I thought the occupant -must be the millionaire himself—until -out leaped three men with revolvers -leveled at my head. It took the men -about four seconds to get my money—it -was only $14. And then I was -ordered to be on my way.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The three robbers were well-dressed -young fellows. The chauffeur -wore a uniform and looked like a -real chauffeur.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1">(9) Analyze the treatment of material in the second -story below and compare it with that in the first.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">A quarrel over the merits of the -North and South in the civil war resulted -in the shooting through the -right cheek of John White, 3100 Renton -street, at the saloon of William -Lubin, Brinton avenue and Hamilton -street, by Charles McGuire. The latter -was arrested.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The war of the rebellion was resumed -in Chicago yesterday after a -preliminary skirmish on Saturday. -Three men were engaged, and after -the smoke of battle had cleared away -the casualties were found to be: one -shot, one prisoner of war, and one incapacitated -for conflict.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The skirmish and ultimate battle -occurred in the saloon of William -Lubin, Brinton avenue and Hamilton -street. Charles McGuire and his -brother carried the colors of the -South and John White defended the -North.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The three men were drinking together -on Saturday when the issues -between the North and South caused a -dispute. They parted in wrath.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“We’ll show that fellow where he -gets off at,” the McGuire brothers are -reported to have said as they left for -the loop to buy arms to protect the -honor of the South.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Charles McGuire, with a revolver -as his artillery, went alone yesterday -to the saloon. His brother, not feeling -well, remained at home. Soon -Charles met White and had no -trouble in drawing an attack from -him.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">He drew the revolver and shot -White through the cheek. Then the -police arrived and took Charles -prisoner. White was rushed to St. -Anne’s hospital.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">NEWS STORIES OF UNEXPECTED OCCURRENCES</p> - - -<p><b>Kinds of Occurrences.</b> Reports of unexpected -occurrences of various kinds may be taken as typical -of news stories generally. Fires, railroad and trolley -wrecks, mine and tunnel accidents, floods and storms, -marine disasters, explosions, runaways, automobile accidents, -etc., form one large group of events in this class. -Murders, suicides, robberies, embezzlements, and all -other crimes constitute the second important division. -The application to each of these groups of the principles -of structure and style discussed in the preceding -chapter will be considered separately.</p> - -<p><b>Fires and Accidents.</b> In news stories of fires and -accidents, the number of lives lost or endangered, the -character and extent of the damage, and the cause are -the features in which readers are most interested. Lists -of the killed or injured are always included in local -stories, and should be sent in telegraph stories when the -persons are known in communities in which the newspaper -circulates. The names, the addresses, the occupations -or business connections, and often the age of persons -killed, are given, and the same details are reported -for the seriously hurt, as well as the extent of the -injuries and the hospital to which each person is taken. -The form in which such lists are arranged is shown in -the explanation of “boxed” lists (pages 86–88). The -extent and the character of the damage caused by a disaster -are important, particularly when the amount or the -area affected is large. Curious and unusual causes and -results, remarkable escapes, pathetic or humorous incidents,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span> -and novel circumstances generally are frequently -“played up,” particularly in telegraph stories of occurrences -in which the persons involved are known only -locally. In such cases the peculiar circumstances are -the only reason for publishing the stories outside of the -community in which the events happen. Unusual incidents -are also good in the lead of local stories when the -other phases are not more important.</p> - -<p>The chief considerations in writing the body of news -stories of unexpected occurrences are to select and emphasize -important details, to eliminate or subordinate -minor ones, and to connect firmly the different parts -of the narrative. Whether the reporter is limited to a -given number of words or is instructed to write as much -as the news is worth, he must choose and reject particulars -with great care, remembering always that what -he retains must be so arranged that to the rapid reader -the relation of one part to another will be perfectly -clear. In a complex story with a series of incidents -taking place simultaneously, different threads of narrative -must be woven together skillfully to make it evident -how the several incidents took place at the same time.</p> - -<p>Greater life, action, and interest can always be given -to accounts of fires, accidents, and disasters that cause -loss of life, by giving in direct quotations the accounts -of eye-witnesses and survivors. When the magnitude -of the catastrophe warrants it, every effort is made to -get interviews and statements from persons involved. -Conversation between those concerned in the event can -sometimes be used effectively. Every form of direct quotation -gives variety and interest to the news story and is -therefore an excellent method to use.</p> - -<p>In the excitement naturally produced by the news -of a disaster, many rumors quickly gain currency. The -first estimates of the number of lives lost or endangered<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span> -and of the extent of the damage are frequently too -large. The young reporter must not let himself be carried -away by wild reports, and should discount liberally -these estimates. By keeping calm no matter -how great the catastrophe and attendant excitement, he -not only can judge the more accurately of the character -of the information that he gets from others, but he inspires -a certain amount of calmness in those from whom -he is getting his information and thus secures the facts -more accurately. He should not accept reports of a -disaster without question and investigation, or if it is -impossible to investigate them, he should give them as -rumors and not as facts. To magnify a catastrophe often -means to cause needless anxiety to many whose relatives -or friends may be involved in it. As in all reporting, a -simple narrative, picturing clearly, accurately, and interestingly -the unexpected occurrence, is the best news story.</p> - -<p><b>The Lead of the Fire Story.</b> Because accounts of -fires involve all the points to be considered in the -average news story, they are taken as typical of the -whole group of accidental occurrences. In fire stories -the feature to be “played up” may be, (1) the cause, -(2) the extent of the damage, (3) the danger to surrounding -property, (4) the number of lives endangered -or lost, (5) prominent persons or places involved, or (6) -any unusual incident or phase. The following examples -illustrate methods of giving prominence to each of the -significant details at the beginning of the lead.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Cause</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Spontaneous combustion of turpentine -and paints caused a fire that completely -destroyed the one-story frame -paint shop of John Nelson, 213 Higginson -Street, shortly before midnight, -causing a loss of $5,000.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Candles on a Christmas tree set -fire to lace curtains in the home of -Robert Whitcomb, 1716 Charter -Street, last night, and before the -blaze was extinguished $500 damage -had been done to the house and furnishings.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The breaking of an incandescent -light set fire to a can of gasoline in -the garage of the Wheeler Automobile -Company, 731 Winter Place, early -this morning, and two taxi-cabs were -badly scorched.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Damage and Danger</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Over a million dollars’ worth of -property was consumed on South -Point within two hours yesterday afternoon -when fire destroyed Elevator -D of the Consolidated Elevator Company, -and the docks and sheds of the -Western Pacific Railroad Company.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Nearly 3,000,000 feet of lumber -were burned at Mystic Wharf early -this morning with a loss of $120,000 -to the Export Lumber Company and -the Atlantic Coast Lumber Company.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">About $2,000,000 worth of property -was threatened by fire in the manufacturing -district along the Ohio river -front last night when the plant of the -Rockton Woodworking Company was -completely destroyed with a loss of -$125,000.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Lives Lost or Endangered</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Nearly 300 frightened girls ran -down stairways, jammed themselves -into elevators, or jumped to roofs -of adjoining buildings this noon when -fire did $20,000 damage to the twelve -story building at 652 Bleecker Street.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Nine firemen were overcome by ammonia -fumes while fighting a fire in -the cold storage warehouse of R. C. -Rinder, 48 to 52 May Street, this -morning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">One person was suffocated, one fatally -and three seriously burned, and -the lives of many others endangered -when fire swept through the five-story -flat house at 122 West 127th Street -today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Three children were burned to -death this noon while locked in the -house by their mother, Mrs. Frank -Lincoln, 1719 Belleville Place.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Persons and Places</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Market Square Theatre was damaged -by fire to the extent of $5,000 -late last night, evidently the result of -a lighted cigar or cigarette thrown on -the gallery steps at the close of the -performance.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Robert Camp’s summer home at -Rockton, L. I., was completely destroyed -yesterday by fire said to have -been started by tramps. The loss Mr. -Camp estimates at $25,000, fully covered -by insurance.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Wilton C. McClay, broker, 71 Exchange -Place, was suffocated by -smoke in his rooms in the Oxford -Arms early this morning, when fire, -originating in a defective flue, damaged -the building to the extent of -$1,500.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Unusual Circumstances</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Overcoats used as life nets saved -the lives of a dozen women and children -last night when fire, believed -to be of incendiary origin, gutted the -three-story frame tenement at 137 -Hoverton Avenue, Brooklyn.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Rotten hose, which burst as fast as -it was put in use, imperiled the lives -of firemen today in a fire that destroyed -the foundry of the National -Tubing Co., Wilson and Pierce -Streets.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">More than 300 chickens and ducks -were cremated last night in a blaze -in the basement of the meat market -of John Holton, 16 Erie Street.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To rescue his money, which he -hoped would raise him from the rank -of workman to that of merchant, Woo -Wing Lee, Chinese laundryman, 3031 -Nicollet Avenue, ran back into his -burning laundry today and was so -badly burned that physicians say he -cannot live.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Fire Stories.</b> After the lead has been completed, -the main part of the story remains to be written. The -structure of the body of the story offers no particular -difficulties in arrangement as the incidents usually follow -each other in the order of time. In the account of -a fire, it is usual, after the lead, to give the facts concerning -the discovery of the fire, the sounding of the -alarm, the arrival of the fire department, the progress -of the fire, and the different incidents, with little or no -variation from chronological order.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span></p> - -<p>How a fire story is arranged is shown in the following -example:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">By sliding down a swaying extension -ladder through fire and smoke, -with an unconscious woman in his -arms, Fireman Daniel Walter rescued -her from death in a fire that early -this morning swept through a five-story -apartment house at 122 West -Thirty-ninth Street, and caused a loss -of $15,000. Mrs. Mary Owen, the -woman saved, is in a serious condition -as a result of inhaling smoke, -but at the Harlem Hospital it was -said that she would probably recover.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When the firemen on Truck 30 -reached the burning building, they -saw Mrs. Owen leaning out of a front -window on the fifth floor, screaming -for help and apparently preparing to -jump to the street.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Don’t jump,” shouted the firemen. -“We’ll be up there in a minute.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">She stood motionless in the window -with the smoke pouring out around -her when the big eighty-foot extension -ladder began to rise slowly in -response to vigorous cranking. -While the ladder was swaying like a -pendulum as it ascended, Fireman -Walter and Driver Frank Lawson began -to climb up.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Hold on just a second longer,” -shouted Lawson as he saw that Mrs. -Owen was again leaning forward as if -about to jump.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When he reached the top of the ladder -a moment later, Mrs. Owen -swayed and fell back into the room. -At the same instant flames burst out -of the windows on the third floor and -swept through the ladder.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“You go down,” called Walter to -Driver Lawson below him on the ladder. -“I’ll get her and slide for it. Be -at the bottom to catch us.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Lawson slid back through the -flames, and Walter climbed into the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span> -window. Mrs. Owen was lying unconscious -on the floor with her dress -ablaze. Walter beat out the flames -and then wrapped his coat around -her to protect her from the sparks -and embers that were swirling -through the window.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Laying the unconscious woman on -the window-sill, Walter climbed out -on the ladder. Then he reached over -and took Mrs. Owen, placing her -across his arms. Seeing that a slow -descent through the flames bursting -out of the windows on the floors below -meant certain death, Walter -wrapped his legs around the sides of -the ladder and took hold of both sides -with his hands, balancing Mrs. Owen -across his arms.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Catch us down there,” he shouted -and started to slide down the ladder -through the flames and smoke, as -though it had been greased.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">For a few seconds he was hidden -from view; then he reappeared with -his clothes ablaze but with his burden -still safe across his arms. Firemen -caught him as he reached the -sidewalk, and took Mrs. Owen who -was still unconscious.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">It was all the police reserves could -do to keep the crowd from breaking -through the fire lines to congratulate -Walter and carry him off on their -shoulders. They cheered again and -again as he was hurried into the Harlem -Hospital ambulance. His hands -and face were scorched, but after his -burns had been dressed at the hospital -he gamily returned to his quarters -in the fire station.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mrs. Owen was the only occupant -of the house who did not succeed in -reaching the fire escapes in the rear -of the apartment and thus getting out -safely.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The fire started in the basement, -evidently from an overheated furnace, -and shooting up through the air -shafts, spread into the apartments on -the third, fourth, and fifth floors. As<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span> -most of the tenants left the doors -of their apartments open when they -fled, the draught swept the fire -through floor after floor. The interior -of the whole five floors was destroyed. -Three alarms were turned -in and the fire was not under control -until 10 o’clock.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Stories of Accidents.</b> News stories of accidents -are constructed on the same plan as those of fires, and -the features are practically the same. The story of the -accident in the subway (page 41) and the following -one may be taken as typical reports of accidents.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">In attempting to protect the lives -of others against danger from a -broken electric light wire, Patrolman -Patrick Wilson, 751 Erie St., was electrocuted -at 3:30 this morning on -Depere Place between 75th and 76th -streets. The body of the policeman -was discovered an hour later by -Oscar Wilkins, a milkman, as he was -driving along Depere Place on his -morning rounds. A small red burn -across the back of his right hand -and a live wire with a rope attached -dangling from a tree a few feet -away, showed how Wilson had lost -his life.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Patrolman Wilson talked with -Police Sergeant William Strong about -the broken wire on Depere Place -near 75th Street about 3:15 this -morning. As he did not report to -the police station from the patrol -box as usual at 3:35, it is assumed -that he was killed shortly before that -time.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“There’s a live wire hanging down -from a tree on Depere Place,” said -Wilson to Sergeant Strong when they -met shortly after three o’clock. “I’m -afraid someone will be killed. I’ve -been watching it all night. I believe -I will try to fasten it up in the tree -so that no one will run into it.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>“You had better be careful; you -may be killed,” suggested Strong.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“No danger of that,” he replied. -“The wire is insulated.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Well, you had better get a rope -at the car barns, anyway,” urged the -sergeant, and Wilson agreed to go -over to the barns on 75th Street for -a rope. He was last seen alive when -he left the car barns with some rope -about 3:20.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Evidently he threw the rope over -a branch of the tree, and then tried -to put the deadly wire through a -noose in one end of the rope so that -it could be drawn up into the tree -out of the way of passers-by. The -wire must have squirmed around unexpectedly -striking Wilson on the -back of the hand and killing him instantly.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Wilson, who was 27 years old and -had been on the police force for five -years, is survived by a wife and two -small children.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Stories of Crime.</b> Accounts of crime, or “police -news stories,” are constructed on practically the same -principles as those of fires and accidents. In all crimes -in which human lives are destroyed or endangered, -the essential points are the names of the persons involved, -the nature of the crime, its cause, its results, -and, if the perpetrator escapes, clues to his identity -and whereabouts. In murders, attempted murders, suicides, -and defalcations, the motives for the crime are -always matters of great interest. The value of what -was stolen or what might have been stolen should be -given in reports of robberies or embezzlements. Ingenious -methods used to gain entrance to places robbed -make interesting features. In defalcation or fraud peculiar -means of deception employed may be “played -up.” The “human interest” in the accused or the victim -must not be overlooked in crime stories. When<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span> -either individual is well known, his name is the important -“feature.”</p> - -<p>The reporter must always remember that a person -charged with a crime is not a criminal until he is proved -guilty in court. Unless he confesses, the person charged -with crime is presumed to be innocent until convicted. -In writing police stories, therefore, the reporter should -always make it plain that the person involved is -“charged” with a crime, and that he is “alleged,” or -“said,” by the police to be guilty. While he is charged -with the crime, he may be said to be, not “the murderer,” -but “the alleged murderer”; or not “the embezzler,” -but “the alleged embezzler.” The reporter -should present both sides of the case by giving the -prisoner’s version, as well as that of the police, not only -because it is just to do so but because it is usually good -news.</p> - -<p>Stories of crime, like all other news stories, should -be told in a simple, direct style that presents in an accurate -and interesting manner the account of the crime -as it was actually committed. Exaggerated and sensational -stories of crime or those in which attempts are -made to arouse sentiment for or against the perpetrator -or his victim, have no place in the news columns of reputable -newspapers. If readers are to be appealed to -to right a wrong, such appeals should be made in the -editorial columns and should not be allowed to color -the facts in the news stories. The actual facts truthfully -presented make the best possible appeal. To try, -in the newspapers, a person accused of crime, before or -during his legal trial, is not to give him the fair trial to -which he is entitled.</p> - -<p>The way in which various phases of crime may be -“featured” in the lead without making the story in -any way sensational is shown by the following examples,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span> -in which some interesting or extraordinary -phase of the crime is put in the emphatic position at the -beginning of the story.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">After confessing to a shortage of -$21,500 lost in speculation, Robert -Crook, Jr., assistant paying teller of -the Security Loan & Trust Co., was -arrested this afternoon on the charge -of embezzlement.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“I played the ponies and lost,” is -William Dieb’s explanation of the -theft of $1,200 from Wilson Brothers, -clothiers, 121 Williamson Street, -where for eighteen months he has -been employed as cashier.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">On the charge of robbing thousands -of women and other small investors -of nearly $25,000 by fake -mining schemes, Allan Gotham, a -mining broker with offices at 117 -Chambers Street, was arrested by -U. S. Marshal Harshaw this morning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To avenge a beating, Giovanni -Ricci, a laborer, shot and instantly -killed Guiatto Cimbri, section foreman -on the Pennsylvania Railroad, -this noon, near Harcourt Road, just -west of this city. Ricci immediately -disappeared among the freight cars -in the railroad yards nearby, and as -the other workmen were unable to -find any trace of him, it is believed -that he boarded a freight train as -it drew out of the yards.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(5)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">By leaping from his aeroplane at a -height of 2,000 feet, Luis Reveri, a -young Spanish aviator, committed -suicide early today, following a quarrel -late last night with a young -woman to whom he is said to have -been engaged.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(6)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Seized by thugs in broad daylight -while crossing the railroad tracks at -the foot of Washington Street, this -noon, William Williams, a stone -mason from Chicago, was robbed of -a gold watch and $20.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(7)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">With all the skill of professional -thieves, two neatly dressed little -girls robbed several stores in the -neighborhood of Amsterdam Avenue -and 159th Street yesterday, by arranging -that the younger, about 12 -years old, should engage the proprietor -in conversation while the -older, about 14 years, proceeded to -take whatever she could carry away -conveniently.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(8)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Sticky fly paper pasted on show -windows to prevent the crash of falling -glass, was used by burglars who -broke the plate glass windows of -three jewelry stores on Third street -last night, and got away with about -$15,000 worth of plunder.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The following story of a robbery shows how various -details are grouped in the lead and in the body of the -story:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Westhampton, Ind., April 10.—By -drilling through a fourteen inch fireproof -wall of the vault of the temporary -post office from an adjoining -store, expert cracksmen got away -with $18,653, all in stamps, some time -last night. So skillfully did they -operate that mail clerks at work all -night fifty feet away from the vault -knew nothing of what took place. -The police and post office inspectors -have no clue.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The robbery was discovered at -7:30 o’clock this morning by Oscar -Otter, a clerk in the United States<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span> -Furniture Co., which occupies the -store adjoining the post office. When -Otter was unable to open either of -the front doors of the store with his -keys he became suspicious and called -Patrolman Frank Parker. Throwing -their weight against the doors they -forced an entrance and found that -both had been fastened by large -screw eyes.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">On examining the store, they discovered -below the main stairway on -the first floor a hole in the wall about -eighteen inches square. An electric -drill with wires attached to an electric -light socket under the stairs -showed how the robbers had succeeded -in cutting through the fourteen -inch fireproof wall. Drills, -chisels, and a small bottle of nitroglycerine -were found a few feet away -covered with dust. The floor in front -of the hole and the wall about it -were covered with blankets and quilts -taken from the company’s stock, apparently -to deaden the sound of drilling. -The bricks of which there was -a small pile had evidently been -drawn out one by one as fast as -they were loosened, with the aid of -a small pulley and tackle that were -lying in the hole.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Some footprints in the dust at the -foot of the stairs indicated that one -of the men had been stationed there -as a look-out to command a view of -the street through the big plate glass -windows of the store. These with -the tools and tackle were the only -clues.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Patrolman Parker notified the detectives -of the central police station -while Mr. Otter informed Postmaster -White. When the post office vault -was opened everything was found to -be in confusion. The stamp cases -had been rifled to the extent of over -$18,000 worth of stamps of all denominations. -The cash boxes had -evidently been overlooked for they -were found to be intact.</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span>“At no time of the night was the -post office unguarded,” said Postmaster -White. “Arthur Cummings -and Henry Leister, mailing clerks, -were in the mailing and sorting rooms -until they were relieved by the day -force. Patrolman Cutting, a messenger, -and mail wagon drivers were in -and out of the office at all hours of -the night.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Post Office Inspector A. B. Holmes -of Cincinnati was notified of the robbery -by telegraph, and Inspector G. -C. Helms of Fort Wayne, whom he -detailed to come here to investigate, -arrived late tonight.</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Find an interesting “feature” in every unexpected occurrence.</li> - -<li>Give all the facts and stick to them.</li> - -<li>Don’t be carried away by wild reports; investigate every -rumor.</li> - -<li>Keep cool, no matter how great the disaster.</li> - -<li>Don’t overestimate the extent of the damage and the -number of persons killed or injured.</li> - -<li>Remember that not all persons who appear in the news -are necessarily “prominent” or “well known.”</li> - -<li>Avoid describing persons or property as “endangered” -or “threatened” when they are not actually in danger.</li> - -<li>Don’t overload your story with minor details.</li> - -<li>Give life and action by using direct quotation whenever -it is appropriate.</li> - -<li>Include verbatim accounts of eye-witnesses or survivors -in big disasters.</li> - -<li>Make clear to the rapid reader the exact relation of all -incidents to the principal event.</li> - -<li>Look for the motive in murders, suicides, embezzlements, -and similar crimes.</li> - -<li>See the “human interest” in police news.</li> - -<li>Don’t call an accused person a criminal unless he confesses -or has been convicted of crime before.<span class="pagenum3" style="padding-left: 1em;" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</span></li> - -<li>Don’t try criminal cases in your news stories; leave that -to the court.</li> - -<li>Give both sides; the accused as well as the accuser has -a right to be heard.</li> - -<li>Avoid predictions of “sensational developments” when -they are not likely to occur.</li> - -<li>Don’t put a “mystery” in your story when none exists.</li> - -<li>Remember that the truth, and nothing but the truth, interestingly -written, makes the best news story.</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p>1. Criticise and rewrite the following fire story:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>In a fire which destroyed the plant of John B. May & Co., paint -and varnish makers, 20 East Harmon street, late yesterday, five -men who took desperate chances in escaping from the blazing -structure were injured and Mme. Celloni’s famous bohemian restaurant -was temporarily put out of commission.</p> - -<p>Mme. Celloni’s, for twenty years renowned as a gathering place -for Chicago’s litterati, adjoins the burned building on the south. -It was flooded by water, shaken by explosions and overrun by -firemen, who fought to confine the flames to the May rooms.</p> - -<p>The damage to the building, which was a three-story brick, and -contents of the paint house is $65,000. The loss on paintings, -decorations and furnishings in Mme. Celloni’s is placed at $5,000. -All is reported covered by insurance.</p> - -<p>The injured men were employes of the paint company. Driven -by a succession of explosions to the roof, they were hemmed in by -flames. They slid down a rope to safety. The injured are:</p> - -<p>Joseph Hinners, 312 North Wilson avenue; hands and face -burned.</p> - -<p>Michael Lorenz, 614 William square; hands burned, right wrist -sprained.</p> - -<p>William Gee, 6651 North Washington street; hands cut and -burned.</p> - -<p>James Green, 84 New street; body bruised and contused.</p> - -<p>Charles Speer, 916 First street; body bruised.</p> - -<p>The men were at work on the third floor when the alarm was -sounded. The stairway was in flames and three explosions of wood -alcohol tanks in the basement and minor explosions caused by the -ignition of smaller containers of oil on the third floor drove them -to the roof.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span></p> - -<p>A line was passed to them from the street. Hinners, a foreman, -made it fast. He ordered his men to precede him down the rope. -When he undertook his slide for life the entire building was afire. -The flames licked the slender cord and, just before Hinners -reached the ground, it was severed.</p> - -<p>Miss Mary Devine of Walnut Park, stenographer for John -B. May, was in the office of the building with Mr. May when the -fire was discovered. Although the other employes fled she remained -and assisted Mr. May in placing valuable papers in the -safe before leaving. There were fifteen persons in the building -when it took fire, Mr. May said.</p> - -<p>The fire is believed to have originated in the rear of the basement -where the wood alcohol was stored. The explosions splintered -the rear partitions and ceilings and spread the flames.</p> - -<p>The building was an old one and burned rapidly. Within a few -minutes after the alarm was sounded the flames enveloped it. -Twelve engine companies were summoned and Fire Chief Classon -took personal charge of the work. Tenants of the apartment building -on the north of the paint company fled, but their rooms were -not damaged.</p> - -<p>The fire was fought with difficulty. Firemen “Jim” Moore -and Samuel Walters of engine company No. 11 risked their lives -on a ladder to keep the flames from an oil tank in front of the -third floor which threatened to ignite the top apartments of Mme. -Celloni’s.</p> - -<p>Firemen caused most of the damage to Mme. Celloni’s. Costly -tapestry and hangings were knocked down and trampled under -foot. The place will be reopened soon. It has long been the meeting -place of the “true bohemians” of Chicago’s literary world and -art circles.</p> - -<p>The building occupied by the May company was owned by -Esther McNain of Hyde Park.</p> -</div> - -<p>2. Analyze the following story; can you improve it by rewriting?</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Riverside residents’ New Year resolutions were jolted at the -outset. Just at the break of the first day of 1913 the 110 foot -water tower, sole source of supply for the town, burned to the -ground.</p> - -<p>From 5:30 to 10 o’clock no water was to be had. Then hard personal -effort by members of the village board resulted in fire hose -being connected with outlying hydrants of Berwyn, next village -east; water trickled once more into kitchen sinks of Riverside -homes. There was not sufficient power, however, to force the -water to second floors.</p> - -<p>The cause of the fire is unknown. It is believed to have been -caused by a defective chimney, as the fire originated near the roof.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span> -The flare of light over the roofs and through the trees warned the -suburb. The citizens promptly filled bathtubs, buckets, pitchers, -and all other available receptacles. This exhausted the supply in -the mains and the firemen found they had no pressure of water -with which to fight the fire.</p> - -<p>Half an hour after the blaze was discovered the tower was transformed -into a pillar of flame. The fire swept around it in a circling -whirlwind, crackling and snapping until it reached the top, -when it billowed into a black cloud. Most inhabitants of Riverside -and nearby towns came to the blazing tower. The firemen -found themselves helpless. In an hour the chemical truck from -Cicero arrived, but the fire had too big a start.</p> - -<p>When the tank collapsed there was a dense smoke and a scattering -of brands, but the effect of the loosened water did little to -extinguish the fire.</p> - -<p>The water tank was built in 1870 and was a landmark for many -years, especially valued by automobilists entering and leaving -Chicago along the Riverside road. There was $15,000 insurance, -but the total loss was estimated to amount to approximately -$50,000.</p> - -<p>During the interval when Riverside was without water children -were sent both to Lyons and to Berwyn for bottled water. Then -John H. Rogers, a grocery man, obtained wagons and automobiles -and brought 2,000 gallons of water into the town from a nearby -bottling works. At the breakfast hour automobiles were lined up -in front of his store with customers waiting their turn to be served -with water.</p> - -<p>In many residences where hot water heat is used it was necessary -to let the fire go out. For the relief of these persons Arthur -Hughes, commissioner of public works, sent men to bring what -water wagons and sprinkler carts they could from the neighboring -towns. Water for the heaters and also for live stock thereby -was provided.</p> - -<p>The town board held an emergency meeting in the morning and -made preliminary arrangements for a new plant. The water is -pumped from two artesian wells 2,000 feet deep.</p> - -<p>“We will have a temporary power plant in here by next Saturday,” -announced Henry G. Riley, president of the board. “When -we are ready to install our new plant it will be on a different plan -than this one, which was inefficient, anyway.”</p> -</div> - -<p>3. Are the essential facts presented most effectively in the -“leads” of the following stories?</p> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Belleview, Wis., Jan. 3.—William Schmidt, a farm hand of -Branch Township, confessed to-day that it was he who attacked -Miss Lizzie Martin of this city last Saturday, and injured her so<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span> -severely that she died a week later. Schmidt insisted that he had -mistaken Miss Martin for a man on whom he sought revenge, and -that he had not meant to kill her.</p> - -<p>Until Schmidt confessed the police and the county authorities -were without a single clue as to Miss Martin’s slayer. Bloodhounds -and Belgian sheep dogs had been used to trace the slayer, but -they had failed. Several men, black and white, had been arrested, -but each one proved his innocence. Rewards totaling more than -$2,500 had been offered, but not until a day or so ago was the -least clue found.</p> - -<p>Then Miss Mildred Green, a trained nurse, attending a case on -a farm near Richland, noticed that a new farm hand was extremely -nervous, and that he talked of almost nothing but the Martin -murder. He discussed the probable penalty for such a crime, and -was eager to know whether any trace had been found of the slayer. -The nurse, convinced that the man, who was Schmidt, knew something -of the crime, told Dr. Henry F. Schley, a local physician, of -her suspicions, and last night Dr. Schley brought Schmidt here.</p> - -<p>The physician got a room for Schmidt in a local hotel, and this -morning communicated with Prosecutor Frank Firling. The latter, -with several policemen, concealed himself in a room in the -hotel through the walls of which holes had been bored into the -adjoining room, and then Schmidt was led into this second room. -There, under Dr. Schley’s questioning, he gradually made a full -confession, which was overheard by Firling and the policemen, -who entered the room and arrested him.</p> - -<p>Schmidt took his arrest very calmly. In fact, he seemed to be -relieved after he had made his confession. He even whistled cheerfully -as he was taken to jail. Later he was arraigned before the -Justice of the Peace and held without bail on a charge of murder, -to await the action of the January Grand Jury.</p> - -<p>Prosecutor Firling, beyond saying that Schmidt had made a -confession, was not much disposed to talk about the case. He said, -however, that Schmidt denied that robbery was his motive, and -that the prisoner said he did not discover that he had mistaken -the woman in the darkness for a man against whom he had a -grievance, until after he had felled her.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Paul Schein, said to have confessed to having illicitly distilled -liquor in his home at 421 Maryland street, was arrested today by -government officers and is locked up in the county jail. He confessed -to Marshal Weed this afternoon, according to the marshal. -Held as evidence is a copper tea-kettle still, found in his house. -Schein is 25 years old.</p> - -<p>The discovery of the outfit came as the result of a fire in the -home of the accused man. Detectives Harry Weiler and Arthur -Winter found the tea-kettle distillery. They took the apparatus<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span> -to the police station, learned its purpose, and notified the government -authorities.</p> - -<p>Special Gauger Frank Heiler was put upon the case, and the -arrest of Schein followed. Schein is said to have told Marshal -Weed that he made cheap brandy, using dried grape mash. He -said, however, that he has only been making the brandy for fourteen -days, for his own use. Schein is a wine-maker.</p> -</div> - -<p>4. Rewrite the following story, giving it a summary lead -and improving it in every possible way.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Fresh from an evening of shopping in 125th Street, Mrs. Margaret -Werner started down Broadway about 10:30 last night, -headed for her apartment at 627 West 109th Street, and talking -Christmas plans with her friends, Miss Ethel Hinkey, of -421 Cathedral Parkway, and Jennie Fielding, of 301 Harrison -Avenue.</p> - -<p>Their thoughts were full of the Yuletide and their arms were -full of bundles, and as they were walking down from 118th Street -past the long, lonesome stretch of the Columbia University buildings -they were so absorbed in their chatting that they paid no attention -to three men speeding to catch up with them.</p> - -<p>Suddenly two of the men stepped around in front of them, and -one reached for the capacious handbag swinging by a strap from -Mrs. Werner’s wrist. The other two men devoted themselves -solely to keeping the other two women quiet, and Mrs. Werner was -practically left to fight it out with the highwayman. She was a -pretty good match for him.</p> - -<p>Her first thought was to clench her fist grimly on the straps of -her handbag. Her second was to scream, and she carried this -second idea into such good effect she could be heard a block away, -despite her assailant’s swift reach for her throat. Once his fingers -closed, she did not make any more noise, but just struggled and -twisted while the highwayman thrust her against the wall.</p> - -<p>But her first cry had been heard by a broad-shouldered muscular -stranger who was swinging up Broadway and changed his -walk to an interested run at the sound of the cries for help. He -reached out a long arm for Mrs. Werner’s assailant, and after -wrenching him around gave him a stinging buffet over the head.</p> - -<p>Then the two men locked, and the highwayman’s assistants -stood at a nervous and respectful distance while the stranger did -his work. He finally had the chief offender so suppressed that -his only remaining weapon was his teeth, and these he imbedded -in the rescuer’s shoulder.</p> - -<p>This was the way matters stood when Mrs. Werner and her -friends heard the sound of Patrolman McDonald fairly racing -up Broadway from his post two blocks below, where he had been -standing when he first heard the cries. At sight of him the two<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span> -minor highwaymen just turned on their heels and fled, while -McDonald closed on their friend.</p> - -<p>The stranger, released from his chivalrous police duties, rubbed -his shoulder ruefully, and identified himself as Harry Rogers, a -civil engineer. He helped to calm Mrs. Werner, who was very -much wrought up, and not at all pleased to find that for all her -valiant self-defense two five-dollar bills were missing from her -opened bag, to say nothing of her eyeglasses. All her Christmas -bundles were intact, however, lying strewn on the pavement at -the very spot where she had dropped them and from which the -highwayman had pushed her over toward the wall.</p> - -<p>As for the highwayman, he went peaceably enough to the -West 125th Street Station, where he gave his name as Arthur G. -Duffy, his age as 21, his occupation that of a driver, and his address, -961 West Forty-fifth Street. Mrs. Werner’s money was -not to be found in his pockets, but her glasses were.</p> -</div> - -<p>5. What are the faults in the following story, and how can -you correct them?</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Charles Johnson of 641 Washington Avenue, Jersey City, who -is employed as a bookkeeper by the Harrison Felt Company in -the company’s Mill No. 3, 16 Erie Street, started out from the -factory yesterday morning to draw the money for the weekly payroll, -following his custom. An associate of Johnson who usually -made the trip to the bank with him was ill, and in his absence -the bookkeeper was accompanied by Edward Wiley of 412 Oak -Place, Jersey City, the 19-year-old son of the manager of the -factory, who is also an employe of the establishment.</p> - -<p>The man and the youth, carrying a small satchel, went first to -the New York County Bank, Fourteenth Street and Eighth -Avenue. A part of the pay roll was drawn out there, and then -they went to the Gansevoort Branch of the Security Bank, Fourteenth -Street and Ninth Avenue, where were withdrawn the remaining -funds needed to make up the weekly wages.</p> - -<p>Ordinarily, the weekly payroll of the Erie Street mill reaches -a total of $3,000 to $3,500, but at the Christmas holidays a part -of the employes had been paid off in advance. As a result, Johnson -and Wiley drew from the two banks, instead of the usual -amount, just $1,194, in currency and specie of small denomination.</p> - -<p>They proceeded west on Fourteenth Street one block to Hudson -Street, and south on Hudson Street four blocks to Abingdon -Square. Here they crossed the street from east to west, and, -going two blocks further, turned into Erie, rounding the corner -where stands the saloon of Schmidt Brothers. Scarcely a block -away in the same street is the factory of the Harrison Felt Company.</p> - -<p>Jutting out on the north side of Erie Street from Schmidt -Brothers’ saloon is a glass vestibule, and about ten feet to the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span> -west of it is an iron railing fronting a five-story brown stone -apartment house. The railing and the vestibule form something -like a retreat from the sidewalk. As Johnson and Wiley neared -this spot they saw two men standing in the space between the -railing and the vestibule, but took no especial notice of them as -they walked along, each holding to the handle of the satchel, -Johnson on the outside and Wiley next to the building.</p> - -<p>All of a sudden the two men who had been standing in the inclosure, -drawing blackjacks from their pockets, pounced down -upon the pay roll messengers. The foremost man made for Wiley -first, got a wrestler’s hold around his neck and sent him whirling -to the pavement as the bandit struck vigorously at his head. At -almost the same instant Johnson was attacked by the second robber, -who sank his fingers into the bookkeeper’s throat, and hurled him -to the sidewalk. The satchel remained in the hands of Wiley.</p> - -<p>The bookkeeper and his companion fought valiantly, but Johnson -was quickly overcome by the short, heavily built man, while -Wiley, still clutching the handle of the satchel, was rolled over -the edge of the sidewalk by his assailant. Wiley was still holding -to his satchel and trying to keep it from the grasp of his -assailant, when a third man, wearing a gray overcoat, ran over -from the south side of the street and gave him a violent kick on -the arm, releasing his grip on the satchel. The man in the gray -overcoat snatched it up and darted off west on Erie Street to -Greenwich Street, followed closely by the first two assailants and -a fourth man, who had been observed standing on the south side -of Erie Street. Johnson and Wiley, regaining their feet, started -in pursuit of the fleeing men, both yelling, “Stop thief!”</p> - -<p>The man in the gray overcoat, carrying the satchel, turned -north into Greenwich Street with another of the bandits close at -his heels. The other two, according to confused statements made -by the pay roll messengers, turned south into Greenwich Street. -The first two men leaped into a black five-passenger automobile -waiting just around the corner in front of Pietro Gatti’s barber -shop, 551 Greenwich Street. They were whisked away at full -speed just as Johnson and Wiley turned into Greenwich Street. -They saw the fleeing automobile, several blocks away, swing into -Gansevoort Street. The second pair jumped into an automobile -waiting in Greenwich Street, south of Erie Street, which started -off also at top speed.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile a large crowd had collected, but none of those who -were in the vicinity in time to see the struggle would venture to -give any assistance, because, as several of them afterward said, -they thought it was an affair between gangmen, and discretion -forbade their interference.</p> - -<p>One of the first men to reach the place of the hold-up was Detective -Patrick Sullivan, who was standing at Eleventh and Washington -Streets, two blocks away, waiting to catch a car. He<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span> -arrived in time to see only clouds of dust cast up by the flying -automobiles, but he succeeded in getting from some of the eyewitnesses -several license numbers.</p> - -<p>Mounted Patrolman Hartwig of Traffic Squad C reached the -spot with Sullivan, and while the latter was gathering information -from the spectators, the former telephoned the Charles -Street Police Station and notified Police Headquarters. The reserves -under Lieut. Green were rushed to Erie and Greenwich -Streets, but arriving there too late to make any arrests, withdrew, -leaving the apprehension of the highwaymen to Acting Captain -Charles Du Frain.</p> - -<p>Capt. Du Frain, after working on the case all day, said last -night that he could report but little progress. He declared that -the descriptions he had obtained from eyewitnesses were incomplete -and confused, and that the numbers of the automobiles -were likewise conflicting.</p> - -<p>Julius H. Schnitzler, shipping clerk for the Scholz & Gamm -pickle firm at 665 Wilson Street, an eyewitness of the affair, said -yesterday afternoon that he had seen the hold-up and robbery -from his desk, which faces almost the exact spot where the two -messengers were first attacked. Before the attack Schnitzler declared -that he had observed two men standing across Erie Street. -It was most probably they, be said, who gave the signal of the -approach of Johnson and Wiley.</p> - -<p>Schnitzler said that these men were dressed, one in a black -suit with a black derby, and the other in a blue suit under a dark -overcoat. The man in the black suit pulled a yellow blackjack, -with which he attacked Wiley, while the second man attacked -Johnson. Schnitzler further said he had noticed one of the autos -when he went to his office shortly before 8 o’clock. His story was -corroborated in practically every detail by Arthur Hansen, a -clerk in the office with him.</p> - -<p>Another complete account of the affair was obtained from -Mary Harrigan, a maid in the home of Judge John R. Winch, -961 Greenwich Street, across the street from where the first automobile -was kept waiting.</p> - -<p>Johnson was able to continue his work at his desk. He corrected -some of the details in his first version of the attack, and -declared that he had not been struck with a blackjack. He as -well as Wiley, however, received a number of bruises in the -struggle.</p> -</div> - -<p>6. Combine the later bulletin (1) with the first news story -(2) in rewriting the following material.</p> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Norfolk, Va., Jan. 4.—A wireless message received tonight -from the revenue cutter Apache says the British steamer Indrakuala<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span> -rescued six of the crew of the steamer Luckenbach, with -which she collided in Chesapeake Bay today. One of the men, -W. M. McDonald, a coal passer, died from the effects of the long -exposure in the Luckenbach’s rigging.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Norfolk, Va., Jan. 4.—With the abatement today of the wind -and snowstorm that raged over the eastern states last night, came -harrowing tales of shipwrecks at sea, thrilling rescues, increased -loss of life and damage to property.</p> - -<p>Eight men, the survivors of the crew of twenty-two of the -steamer Julia Luckenbach, which was rammed and sunk by the -British tramp Indrakuala in Chesapeake bay, arrived in Norfolk -late today, and after being revived, started for New York.</p> - -<p>The eight men clung to the rigging for six hours until they were -taken off by the crew of the steamship Pennsylvania. The Indrakuala -was badly damaged and had to be beached. She lies about -two miles from the Luckenbach, whose spars alone are visible -rising out of forty-five feet of water near Tangiers sound.</p> - -<p>The eight survivors of the Luckenbach are George Hunt, first -officer; William Bruhn, second officer; George Little, first assistant -engineer; George Doyle, third assistant engineer; George Davis, -quartermaster; William Hoffman, fireman; and Theodore Losher -and P. Anderson, seamen.</p> - -<p>Describing his experience Davis said tonight:</p> - -<p>“None of us knew what hit us. I was knocked down and when -I got up water was pouring over me. I saw men climbing into the -rigging and I followed. I saw Capt. Gilbert swimming around the -ship and calling for his wife, who was an invalid. Both were lost. -Waves that appeared to be two hundred feet high broke over the -ship and she sank in a hurry. Lifeboats were lowered from the -Indrakuala but none came toward us. The ship turned her nose -around and started for the beach.”</p> - -<p>“We pleaded and cried for help,” said Theodore Losher, “but -were either unheard or ignored. The Indrakuala was less than 100 -yards away when she started for the beach. I thought every minute -we would be blown into the sea. The wind was terrific. Our -chief engineer, Kris Knudson, told me he could not hold on much -longer, because his hands were frozen. I told him to stick it out -a little longer. When the Danish steamer Pennsylvania hove in -sight, I called to him, but he was gone.</p> - -<p>“We were six hours in that rigging. But there were men on the -Pennsylvania. When they saw our signals of distress they put away -in small boats in spite of the tremendous seas. The boats would -get near us and then be carried fifty feet in the air on the crest of -a wave and lost to sight, but those men stuck and took everyone -of us off. First Officer Hunt was unconscious when they reached<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span> -him. He had been holding on with one hand and holding an unconscious -man on his perch with the other.”</p> - -<p>The Indrakuala is commanded by Capt. Smith, but the ship -does not carry wireless and no statement from him was obtainable -tonight.</p> - -<p>According to the survivors, Capt. Gilbert and the first and -second officers were standing on the bridge when the collision occurred. -There was no opportunity to give alarm to those below.</p> -</div> - -<p>7. What are the objections to the first paragraph as the beginning -of the following story, and how can you improve it -in rewriting?</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>About 5 o’clock yesterday morning a wagon load of thieves arrived -in front of the tenement house at 841 Holton Place. Leaving -one of their number to hold the horse, the others went to the roof -of the house and thence to the loft building at 837 Holton Place, -on the top floor of which are the store and show rooms of the International -Jewelry Company, of which Henry Hertel is President. -The thieves cut a big hole through the roof of that building and -then with the aid of a rope ladder let themselves down into the -show room, where they packed a dozen suitcases belonging to -traveling salesmen with loot, the value of which Mr. Hertel last -night estimated to be about $5,000.</p> - -<p>The International Jewelry Company is wired everywhere with -burglar alarms, but the directing mind of yesterday’s theft evidently -knew where all the wires were, for the hole was cut in one -of the few places in the ceiling which had not been wired. After -packing the suitcases the thieves retraced their steps over the roofs -of 839 to 841 Holton Place, and then proceeding down the stairways -of the tenement house, deposited the suitcases in the wagon -and drove away.</p> - -<p>The theft was discovered when the place was opened for business -yesterday morning. An investigation was started, and tenants -in 841 Holton Place told of seeing the wagon in front of that house -at about 5 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span> Detectives from the Reynolds Street Station are -working on the case. So far they have reported no progress.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">SPEECHES, INTERVIEWS, AND TRIALS</p> - - -<p><b>Various Forms of Utterances.</b> As news stories of -speeches, sermons, lectures, official reports, and interviews, -as well as of testimony, decisions, and arguments -in trials and investigations, are concerned largely with -direct or indirect quotation of written or spoken expression, -the writing of them involves several elements -that do not enter into the composition of the typical -news story. In the types of news thus far considered, -such as fires, accidents, and crime, the story was a narrative -of what had happened. Although the facts were -gleaned largely from observation and interviews, usually -no person’s ideas or opinions were quoted. News stories -of addresses, reports, or similar documents, interviews -and court trials, on the other hand, have only a small -incidental narrative-descriptive element to present the -circumstances under which the utterance was made. -The large and important part of such stories consists -of a reproduction in complete or condensed form of the -original expression.</p> - -<p><b>Verbatim Quotation.</b> Direct verbatim quotations -of all utterances are generally preferred for news stories, -because they are exact reproductions of the originals. -Whenever a copy of any of these forms of -expression can be obtained, it is desirable for the reporter -to get one either before or after the utterance is -made, because of the accuracy of the quotation which -a copy makes possible. Frequently copies of addresses, -lectures, sermons, reports, decisions, and testimony can<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span> -be had, and exactness of reproduction is thus secured. -When a copy cannot be obtained, the reporter is dependent -upon himself to get the equivalent of it by taking -down as nearly as possible a verbatim reproduction -of such parts of the utterance as he desires.</p> - -<p><b>Methods of Reporting Speeches.</b> The two problems -in reporting these various forms of oral or written -expression are, how to get the exact words of the -speakers, and how to condense long utterances effectively.</p> - -<p>The body of news stories of speeches can often be -written while the speaker talks, in what is called a -“running story,” particularly when it is necessary for -the reporter to have his copy ready for publication soon -after the speaker finishes. In such cases the reporter -picks out and combines into a connected verbatim report -the most important statements, summarizing briefly -the less important ones. To do this he depends on long-hand -writing so that what he writes can be used as copy -without being transcribed. If time permits, he may take -notes during the address, sermon, or trial, and write up -his story later. Short-hand, although occasionally convenient, -is not commonly used by newspaper reporters, -and very few of them can write it.</p> - -<p>The greatest skill is required to condense all of these -forms of expression within a comparatively limited space. -A speech, for example, that in complete form would -fill three columns must often be cut down to half a -column; and a report that would fill a page often cannot -be given more than three quarters of a column. To -select and combine separate parts into a unified, coherent -reproduction that is only one-fifth or one-tenth of -the original, is no easy task. Despite this great condensation -the news story must be an accurate presentation -of all the important material in the original. When<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span> -a newspaper reporter or editor is satisfied to pick a few -striking statements out of their context, and present -them in a new combination, the result too often is that -neither the spirit nor the substance of the original is accurately -given; in fact, not infrequently the speakers’ -ideas are completely, though often unintentionally, misrepresented.</p> - -<p><b>“Playing Up” Misleading Statements.</b> This distortion -is often brought about by taking a striking sentence -out of its context, in which it may be modified or -explained, and by “playing it up” as a feature of the -lead in a way that gives an entirely false or very misleading -impression of the speaker and his utterance. -The accuracy of the quotation under such circumstances -does not justify the inaccuracy of the effect produced. -Nor does the supposed news value of a striking but misleading -quotation at the beginning of the lead justify -the misrepresentation involved. Unless when taken from -its context a quotation, direct or indirect, gives accurately -not only the expression but the point of view and -spirit of the original, it should not be used. Generally, -by means of some connective or explanatory matter, such -a quotation can be made to represent the original accurately. -Great care should be taken not to give a wrong -impression in the lead.</p> - -<p><b>How to Begin the Lead.</b> In news stories of -speeches, lectures, and sermons, or of reports and similar -documents, eight different forms for the beginning -of the lead may be suggested: (1) a direct quotation -of one sentence; (2) a direct quotation of one paragraph; -(3) an indirect quotation of one statement; -(4) an indirect quotation of several statements; (5) the -keynote; (6) the title quoted; (7) the name of the -speaker; and (8) the conditions under which the utterance -was made. The reporter should choose the form<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span> -best suited to the subject, the substance, and the occasion -of the speech or report.</p> - -<p>The single sentence quotation, as in the following -form, should be used when the thought or expression -which it contains is the most significant feature:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“The sentiment of the working -class everywhere is for peace rather -than for war,” declared Charles P. -Neill, United States commissioner of -labor, in speaking on “The Interest of -the Wage Earner in the Present Status -of the Peace Movement,” before the -Lake Mohonk Conference of International -Arbitration.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The paragraph of direct quotation is necessary when -the most important point of the speech is not expressed -in a single sentence but requires several connected sentences, -or when the single sentence is sufficiently long -to fill a whole paragraph, thus:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“The treatment for bad politics is -exactly the modern treatment for tuberculosis—it -is exposure to the open -air. One of the reasons why politics -took on a new complexion in the city -in which the civic center movement -originated was that the people who -could go into the schoolhouse knew -what was going on in that city and -insisted upon talking about it; and -the minute they began talking about -it, many things became impossible, -for there are scores of things in politics -that will stop the moment they -are talked about where men will listen.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">So said Gov. Woodrow Wilson of -New Jersey in speaking on “The Social -Center: A Medium of Common -Understanding” at the opening of the -first national conference of civic and -social center development last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span></p> - - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Whatever method of control over -water-power resources may be -deemed most equitable and expedient, -it is imperative that a definite policy -by both the federal government and -the states be speedily adopted, first -because of the obvious desirability of -utilizing all commercially available -water power, and second because of -the possibility of public water powers’ -passing absolutely into private control.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">With these significant words Herbert -Knox Smith, commissioner of -corporations, closes a report to the -President of the United States on -“Water Power Development in the -United States.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The indirect quotation is of advantage when it is not -possible or convenient to give a direct quotation, and -when it is desirable to give the most important point at -the beginning of the lead; for example:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the tariff problem cannot be -successfully solved until Congress has -adequate data upon which to base its -conclusions, was the statement of -Senator Albert J. Beveridge of Indiana -in the senate this afternoon in -advocating a tariff commission.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The tariff is fixed by facts; how -to get at all these facts is the first -question in the whole tariff problem,” -said Senator Beveridge. “Common -sense and experience, [etc].”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The main points in a report or speech may be effectively -summarized in several indirect quotations at the -beginning of the story, but the separate clauses must -not be too long or complicated in structure. The following -examples show how these indirect quotations -can be used:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the present one cent a pound -postage rate on newspapers and magazines -should be doubled; that the -actual cost of handling such second -class matter is 5½ cents a pound; -and that the proposal to charge a -higher rate on the advertising sections -of magazines is not feasible, is -the substance of the report of the -commission on second class mail matter -submitted to Congress by President -Taft today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the initiative is the most effective -means of giving the people absolute -control over their government; -that the initiative and referendum do -not overthrow representative government -but fulfill it; and that truly representative -government must represent -not misrepresent the people, was -the declaration of William J. Bryan in -an address before the Ohio Constitutional -Convention today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The keynote beginning gives the dominant idea that -runs through the whole utterance, thus:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The establishment of an expert -tariff commission by Congress as the -best solution of the tariff problem was -urged by Senator Albert J. Beveridge -in a speech in the senate this afternoon.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">How every country in Europe has -suffered from the increase in the cost -of living is shown in a report submitted -by President Taft in a special -message to Congress last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>When the subject is stated in a particularly novel -or interesting form it may be the best feature of the -story and should accordingly be in the lead. For -example:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span></p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Why Working Children Need Voting -Mothers” was discussed by Mrs. -Florence F. Kelley in an address on -equal suffrage before a large audience -in the Assembly Chamber last -night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The prominence of the speaker or author of the -report frequently justifies the placing of his name at -the beginning, thus:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Postmaster General Frank Hitchcock -advocates government ownership -of the telegraph lines of the -country in a report made to Congress -today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Ambassador James Bryce explained -the method of drawing up bills to be -presented for adoption by the British -parliament, in addressing the members -of the congressional committee -at the hearing on the bill providing -for the congressional legislative library.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Unusual or significant conditions under which the -address was delivered, or the report made, may become -the “feature” and may be played up, as in these stories:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Despite the pouring rain, nearly -5,000 people heard Senator La Follette -discuss the issues of the campaign -at the Auditorium last night.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">By their demonstrations of approval -and frequent expressions of -enthusiasm the members of the legislature -gave evidence of their endorsement -of the policies of President -Taft when he addressed them in the -State House this afternoon.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>The Body of the Story.</b> Whatever form of lead is -used for speeches, reports, or interviews, the body of -the story generally consists of paragraphs of direct<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span> -verbatim quotations, combined often with summarizing -paragraphs. As the interest lies not only in what a man -says but also in the way he says it, verbatim quotations -are usually preferred to indirect ones. It is frequently -necessary to condense speeches and reports so much -that large portions must either be omitted or be briefly -summarized. It is desirable, as far as possible, to -avoid combining in the same paragraphs both direct -and indirect quotations, or both direct quotations and -summarizing statements.</p> - -<p>In paragraphs of direct quotation it is often necessary -to insert explanatory phrases, such as, “said Mr. -White,” “declared the speaker,” “the report continues,” -“explained Mr. White in conclusion,” “the report -concludes,” etc., but such phrases should be buried in -an unemphatic position in the first sentence of the paragraph. -Paragraphs of direct quotation should not begin -with such unemphatic phrases as, “Mr. Blank continued -by saying, etc.,” “The speaker then said,” “The -report continues.” It is likewise ineffective to begin with -phrases like, “I believe,” “I feel sure,” “I think,” “I -know.” The newspaper reader will take for granted -that what the speaker says is what he “thinks,” “believes,” -“knows,” or “is sure of,” and the reporter, -therefore, may omit these needless phrases entirely or -may put them in a less prominent place. Instead of -beginning a paragraph with,</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margin-top no-margin-bottom">“I believe that the income tax is -the fairest of all taxes,” said Senator -Borah.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="noindent">it is preferable to omit entirely the phrase “I believe,” -or else to put the quotation in the following form:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“The income tax, I believe, is the -fairest of all taxes,” said Senator -Borah.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span></p> - -<p>In paragraphs of indirect quotations or of summaries, -it is as necessary to use explanatory phrases as in those -of direct quotations, and this explanatory matter should -be put in unemphatic positions. The form of the -phrases should be varied as much as possible so that -the repetition will not be evident. Among the active -verbs that may be used in explanatory matter are: -“say,” “point out,” “show,” “declare,” “explain,” -“insist,” “ask,” “advocate,” “demand,” “continue,” -“conclude.” Passive forms include: “considered,” -“discussed,” “given,” “described,” “demonstrated.” -It must always be made plain by these and other means -that all matter not quoted directly gives the substance -of the speech or report.</p> - -<p>When the body of the story consists of a series of -direct quotations, these paragraphs are introduced by -such phrases as: “He said in part,” “He spoke in part -as follows,” “The report in brief follows,” “His address -in full is as follows,” or “The complete report follows.” -Such introductory statements end with a colon, -and usually stand alone as a separate paragraph. In -a continuous quotation extending through several paragraphs, -quotation marks are placed at the beginning -of each paragraph but at the end of only the last -paragraph of the quotation. Quotations within quotations -are set off by single quotation marks, and quotations -within quotations within quotations by double -marks.</p> - -<p>It is not always necessary to arrange the matter in -the body of the story so that it will follow the exact -order in which it was given in the original. When the -lead presents the most important statement, the following -paragraphs frequently explain or amplify this statement, -and then other parts of the speech follow, -although in the original they may have preceded. In<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span> -rearranging the order of quotations, care should be -taken to establish close connection between them and -to avoid misrepresenting the thought or spirit of the -original. How a long speech is given in brief form -partly by direct quotation, partly by indirect quotation, -and partly by summarizing statements, is shown in the -following example:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Washington, Jan. 2.—Taking up the -gage of battle offered by Senator Bailey -in his denunciation of direct government -measures, Senator Ashurst, -of Arizona, the state whose progressiveness -delayed her entry into statehood, -today made eloquent defense of -the initiative, the referendum, and -the recall. That the people in the -states now using the initiative and -referendum, have taken a more active -interest in voting upon measures -brought before them at the polls than -have the members of the United -States senate in adopting or rejecting -laws, was Ashurst’s reply.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“There is not one record,” he declared, -“of an instance where a law -has been rejected or accepted under -the initiative and referendum by less -than 40 per cent of the entire number -of voters within a state, yet in the -senate itself, composed of 96 members, -each paid $7,500 per year to remain -there and vote upon measures, -generally only 55 to 60 per cent of -the total membership vote upon a bill, -and frequently a bill is passed or defeated -by 29 or 30 per cent of the -entire membership.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The bill to construct a railroad in -Alaska, the senator pointed out, -passed the senate by a vote of only -32 per cent of the entire membership; -on the army appropriation bill in the -62nd Congress only 36 per cent of the -membership voted.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Thus, while it is true that under -the initiative and referendum only<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span> -about 70 to 80 per cent of the voters -of a state go to the polls, at times it -is very difficult for the Senate to keep -a quorum, notwithstanding that the -senators are paid handsome salaries -for that very purpose.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“During the trial of the Archbald -impeachment case frequently there -were only 15 to 20 senators present, -though two distinguished republicans -and an equal number of distinguished -democratic senators to my knowledge -have pleaded with senators to remain -and listen to the testimony.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Ashurst then went into an extended -legal argument, quoting “fathers -of the country,” and the federal supreme -court to prove that no special -form of government was defined as -“republican” in the constitution. He -declared that congress was the only -court that could declare a given form -of government “unrepublican” and -that by its action in admitting to -membership senators and representatives -from states that have adopted -the system of direct legislation, congress -itself has recognized this form -of government to be republican under -the terms of the constitution.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Finally the senator defended the -right of the people to express themselves -directly without regard to precedent, -and declared that “in such free -expression alone lay the safety of human -society, for whose service governments -were maintained.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>How to Combine a Series of Speeches.</b> In reporting -meetings it is frequently desirable to give -indirect or direct quotations from the remarks of the -speakers. When several speakers are quoted, the -speaker’s name is put at or near the beginning of -the paragraph in which he is quoted, so that in a rapid -reading of the report, the eye catches at once the -change from the words of one speaker to those of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span> -another. The following report of a convention illustrates -the method of handling a series of quotations, -as well as the manner of giving fairly both sides in a -debate:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">DENVER, Aug. 26.—Benzoate of -soda is not harmful when used to preserve -food.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">This is the declaration of the convention -of the association of State and -National Food and Dairy departments, -which today indorsed the findings of -the Remsen referee board, which had -given the preservative a clean bill of -health.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The vote, which was 57 to 42, was -taken after a hot debate.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The federal government was accused -of licensing the sale of “medicated -food fit only for the sewer.” -Dr. Charles A. L. Reed of Cincinnati, -in attacking the Remsen board of scientific -experts, which urged the government -to allow the use of benzoate -of soda as a food preservative, made -the charge.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“That recommendation to the department -of agriculture benefited only -two classes of people,” asserted Dr. -Reed, “the manufacturers of benzoate -of soda and the manufacturers -of food of such a character that it -could not be sold without being preserved -by the addition of a chemical. -The government is now licensing food -for consumption which has to be medicated -and which otherwise would be -fit only for the sewer.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The referee board experimented -with healthy young men, but all of -these young men were stuffed with -great quantities of food while taking -the samples of benzoate of soda and -the results observed in them would -not apply to the average consumer.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Reed’s remarks followed speeches -by members of the referee board, -including one by Dr. Ira Remsen, its -chairman.</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span>A special committee appointed by -the association to investigate the referee -board, reported adversely upon -its findings.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Russell H. Chittenden of New -Haven, Conn., a member of the -referee board, said that three-tenths -of a gram of benzoate of soda was administered -daily to each of six young -men subjects during two months. In -the one month each man received -per day during the first week six-tenths -of a gram, the second week -one gram, the third week two grams -and the fourth week four grams.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“From our experiments, only one -logical conclusion seems possible,” -said Dr. Chittenden. “Benzoate in -small and large doses up to four -grams per day is without deleterious -effects upon the human system.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Remsen, in discussing the report -of the referee board, said in part:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Since the appointment of the -board by President Roosevelt my dealings -have been directly with Secretary -Wilson. The board understands -we have nothing to do with the administration -of the pure food law. -Our function is to answer such questions -as the secretary may put. In -regard to benzoate of soda the board -was asked to determine two points:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“1. Whether benzoate of soda in -such quantities as are likely to be used -is or is not injurious to health.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“2. Whether the quality or strength -of a food to which benzoate of soda -has been added is thereby reduced, -lowered, or injuriously affected.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“You know the conclusions to which -the board has been led by its work. -We agreed upon the form of the report -and the knowledge I had gained -during the investigation of the subject -was of such a character that I felt -justified in signing the report.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Remsen said he had nothing to -do with the actual experimenting -with benzoate of soda.</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span>The position taken by Commissioner -J. Q. Emery of Wisconsin and his -followers, who are vigorously attacking -the use of benzoate of soda is: -“If there is any doubt as to the harmfulness -of chemicals in food the public -should have the benefit of the doubt.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>The Form of the Interview.</b> The interview, as a -statement made to one man, the reporter, instead of to -a number of persons, as in the case of a speech, may -have practically the same kind of beginning as the -address or report. Owing to the interest in the man interviewed, -his name frequently begins the story, but as -what he says is likewise of value, some form of beginning -that gives his opinions can also be used advantageously. -Although in an interview all of the information -is obtained from the person interviewed in -response to the reporter’s questions, it is not necessary -or generally desirable to include these questions in the -written story of the interview. Readers are interested -in the statements of the person interviewed, not in the -reporter’s questions or actions. When a man refuses to -give any information by declaring in response to questions -that he has nothing to say, it may be desirable as -a matter of news to give the reporter’s questions and -the man’s non-committal answers. Generally, however, -neither the reporter nor his questions and remarks are -given a place in the story of an interview. The following -examples illustrate the application to interviews of -some of the forms suggested for speeches and reports:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Two-cent letter postage between -the United States and England is a -business proposition which should -have been put into effect twenty years -ago,” was the comment of John Wanamaker, -former postmaster general, -on the adoption of the reduced rate.</p> - -<p class="no-margins"><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span>“I urged this reform in 1890 when -I was postmaster general,” said Mr. -Wanamaker. “Now I hope that the -over-sea postage will be followed by -national one-cent postage.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Within three years the income -from over-sea postage under the two-cent -charge for stamps will be as -great as under the five-cent charge. In -fact, two years ago I made the offer -to the government in conjunction with -several other gentlemen to guarantee -that there would be no deficit under -the two-cent foreign postage.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“If railroad rates for the carrying of -mails were lessened to equality with -commercial rates, the two-cent rate -might be cut to one-cent without loss -to the government.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The claim that the equal suffrage -bill might be repealed at the coming -special session of the legislature because -the Political Equality League -has not filed expense statements under -the new corrupt practice law, is -sheer nonsense, according to Miss -Mary K. Block, secretary of the -league.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Since equal suffrage was not -mentioned in the call for the special -session of the legislature, it cannot be -considered,” said Miss Block. “The -story is the work of those opposed -to ‘votes for women’ because they -know how strong the sentiment for -woman suffrage is in this state.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Combining Several Interviews.</b> When a number -of interviews are included in one story, the lead usually -presents the consensus of opinions given, and explains -or summarizes the results. The separate interviews may -be combined in one of several ways. Not infrequently -the name of the person expressing the opinion is put at -the beginning of the paragraph and is followed by the -quotation. In other cases the quotation for each person<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span> -is put first in the paragraph, and the explanatory matter -follows at the end of the first sentence. The following -examples illustrate both forms:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">With almost complete unanimity -public officials and other prominent -men today disapproved of the plan of -the Carnegie Foundation to give ex-presidents -of the nation an annual pension -of $25,000. That the acceptance -of such a gratuity was beneath the -dignity of one who had held the highest -office in the land, was the general -objection to the plan. A few public -men lauded the pension scheme as -giving an opportunity for the nation -to profit by the experience and knowledge -of those who had served the people.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“If it has come to the point where -ex-presidents cannot take care of -themselves, we ought to make provision -for their admission to a charitable -institution,” said Congressman Henry -of Texas.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“It isn’t worth doing,” was the comment -of Speaker Champ Clark.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The scheme doesn’t strike me very -favorably,” said Senator McCumber.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I don’t see any objection to it or -any great value in it. I think any man -elected for a public office ought to -work himself back into citizenship -when his term expires,” declared Senator -Sutherland of Idaho.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the question of adopting the -commission form of government for -Hamilton should be submitted to the -voters at the election next spring, was -the opinion expressed by many Hamilton -business men and professional -men today. The recent adoption of -this form of municipal government by -several other cities of the state has -led to the discussion of the advisability<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span> -of adopting the commission system -here.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The centralization of authority and -the fixing of responsibility in the management -of city affairs are urged by its -advocates as important elements in -the proposed method of administration. -A number of business men expressed -the belief that better business -methods in the city’s finances -would result from the new method.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">When interviewed today, those who -were in favor of the plan included -the following:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">WILSON R. HARRISON, President -of Commercial National Bank—“The -question of commission form of government -should certainly be submitted -to the citizens at the next election, -and I believe that the plan will -be adopted.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">ARTHUR C. PERKINS, Secretary -of the Harrison Building House Association—“Government -by commission -appeals to me as the best method -of managing municipal affairs in a -city of the size of Hamilton, and I -hope that the question will be -brought before the electorate next -spring.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">HENRY R. DE RAIN, of Hawley, -Jenks, and De Rain, lawyers—“The -adoption of the commission form by -seventeen cities of the state indicates -a widespread appreciation of the advantages -of this centralized control of -municipal government. Voters here -should have an opportunity to put -Hamilton in the list of progressive -cities of this state.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Leaders in finance and business appear -to be of the opinion that questions -relating to the tariff will be -handled conservatively by the Democratic -administration. In this belief -it is held that the business of the -country, which has gained such remarkable<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span> -headway, will continue uninterrupted.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">James J. Hill, commenting upon the -result of the election, declared that -the success of the Democratic party -would not have an adverse effect on -business. He said:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I feel better over the general outlook -than I did before election. An -attempt was made to bring about a -political revolution, but the American -people, while desiring a change, -showed their good sense by repudiating -the revolutionary doctrines offered -them and by sticking to sound -principles and established methods of -bringing about their wishes.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Governor Wilson, a deep student -of the history of nations, has the -training and qualifications which -should make him an able president.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">W. E. Corey, formerly president of -the United States Steel Corporation, -now identified with many industrial -and railroad companies, favors a gradual -reduction in the tariff, but not a -reduction sufficiently drastic to disturb -the country’s commercial and -financial equilibrium.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I am convinced,” said Mr. Corey, -“that Mr. Wilson will make an able -and conservative business president -and that the business of the country -as a whole will reap great benefits -during his administration. That he -will handle the tariff and other problems -ably and conservatively there -seems to be no question.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“All indications point to a continuation -of the prosperity the country -is now enjoying, and business should -be given a further impetus by the outcome -of the election.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Alvin Krech, president of the Equitable -Trust Company, predicted a -slowing up of business as a result of -the Democratic victory and coming -tariff revision.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“This will occur,” he said, “until the -country can find out definitely what<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span> -the new administration intends to do -with the tariff, and how drastic and -how precipitately the question is attacked. -If the new congress proceeds -cautiously and gradually there -is no doubt that business will finally -adjust itself to any changes without -serious disturbance.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">B. F. Yoakum, chairman of the -board of the ’Frisco Lines, said:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I am very much pleased with the -election of Wilson. From my personal -acquaintance with him I am confident -he will carry out all the policies he -has promised during the campaign. I -am sure he is earnestly in favor of -everything he advocated, and is entirely -competent.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The Democratic victory does not -by any means settle all the big economic -questions of the day. In meeting -these the Democratic party is on -probation. The entire country looks -to it for results during the next four -years.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Francis L. Hine, president of the -First National Bank, declared that the -election of Mr. Wilson presented no -immediate possibility of danger for -the country, and as regards the future -“one can only wait and see.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>News Stories of Trials.</b> In trials in court the reporter -has to deal with material not unlike that in -speeches, reports, or interviews. The arguments by the -attorneys are in the nature of addresses. The questioning -of the witnesses on direct and cross examination -is not unlike the question and answer method of interviewing. -The decisions handed down by the judges are -the reports which those officials make. In general, then, -many of the same points that have been considered in -regard to addresses, reports, and interviews may be -applied to court reports.</p> - -<p><b>Writing the Lead.</b> What the lead of the trial story<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span> -should contain is determined by the status of the case -in court. If a verdict or decision is rendered, that news -is naturally the feature. If the trial is not completed, -either the most significant testimony or the net result -of the day’s proceedings may be made the feature. As -the trial goes on from day to day, it is necessary to explain -briefly in each story, usually in the lead, what the -case deals with, who the parties are, and before whom -and where the trial is being conducted, so that the situation -will be clear to readers who have not seen the -preceding stories of the trial. The reporter must not -take for granted that, because all this information was -given once when the accused person was arrested, or -when the trial was begun, he need not give his readers -information every day as to the essential elements of -persons, time, place, cause, result, etc. Each of these -essentials, as in other stories, may be the feature of the -lead. When, for example, a jury has been deliberating -for a long time in an interesting case, the exact time -at which they reached their verdict may be placed in -the first group of words, before the verdict itself.</p> - -<p>Hearings before committees of legislative bodies that -are getting information and arguments from men for -and against proposed legislation, and the taking of testimony -by investigating committees, partake so nearly -of the nature of trials that the forms and methods of -the one apply to the other with little or no modification.</p> - -<p>Various forms of leads for reports of trials, hearings, -and investigations, given below, show some of the possibilities.</p> - - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To continue its study of the best -methods of issuing railroad stocks and -bonds, President Taft’s Railway Securities -Committee met today in the -banking house of J. W. Smith & Co., -3 William St.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">That the government was a year too -late in bringing its suit against the -Standard Oil Company for accepting -secret rebates, and the suit in which -Judge K. M. Landis imposed the $29,000,000 -fine, was brought out yesterday -in the government suit for the dissolution -of the Standard Oil Company -of New Jersey under the Sherman -Anti-trust Law, before Special Examiner -Franklin Ferris in the Custom -House.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Fraudulent scales were used to -weigh raw sugar on the Brooklyn -piers of the Sugar Trust, according to -the testimony of Special Agent Richard -Parr of the United States Treasury -Department, this morning in the -preliminary hearing of the government’s -suits against the American -Sugar Refining Company before Commissioner -Shields in the Federal -Building.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(4)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">How suddenly and how radically a -woman can exercise her inalienable -right to change her mind was shown -yesterday before Judge Thomas in the -probate court, when in the hearing on -the contested will of Mrs. Jane L. -Whiting it was shown that she had -made one will at 3 o’clock on July 4 -last, and another at 7 o’clock in the -evening of the same day.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(5)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Go home and serve time with your -families,” was the sentence imposed -on two men charged with being -drunk and disorderly, by Judge Wilkinson -in the police court this morning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(6)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Would you send this venerable and -honorable man to his grave with the -taint of criminal conviction upon his -great name?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Thus Delancey Nicoll inquired of -the jury today in Judge Hard’s court, -where William E. Williams, aged 83, -for forty years a leader of the American -bar, is being tried with three -other directors of the Cotton Trust on -the charge of criminally conspiring to -violate the Sherman Anti-trust Law.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(7)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Never in the twenty years that I -have been at the head of the women’s -department of Blank University have -I discriminated against any student -because of race or religion.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">This statement made on the witness -stand today was the answer of Dean -Sarah Brown to the charge preferred -by Miss Della Smith in her $10,000 -slander suit against Dr. Brown, that -she had been driven out of the university -because of her religious views.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Forms for Testimony.</b> The bodies of stories of -trials and investigations, like those of speeches and reports, -consist of direct quotations of the most significant -testimony or arguments, with indirect quotations or -summaries of other parts not worth quoting verbatim. -The same general principles apply, except when it is -necessary to give question and answer in direct or cross -examination of witnesses in order to bring out significant -points. Several forms are used for verbatim reports of -such testimony. Sometimes, particularly in New York -papers, the attorney’s questions are preceded by the letter -“Q” and the witness’s answers by the letter “A,” -each question with its answer constituting a separate -paragraph. More commonly, the questions and answers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span> -are given in dialogue form as in short stories and novels, -with the question followed by the explanatory material -in one paragraph, and the answer with necessary explanatory -material in another paragraph.</p> - -<p>Occasionally, if on direct examination a witness’s testimony, -although interrupted by questions, is fairly -continuous, the questions may be omitted, and the story -told by the witness can thus be given uninterruptedly. -When the facts of the testimony rather than the form -of it are sufficient, these facts may be given without -using either direct or indirect quotations.</p> - -<p>How the several forms of reporting testimony appear -in newspapers is shown by the following examples -which are taken from the body of the story, the leads -being omitted here:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Thomas W. Farlin of Freeport, the -next witness called before the committee, -said that he was engaged in -the real estate and fire insurance business, -and that he represented Davis, -Hibbard & Company, fire insurance -brokers of this city.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Was there a general increase in -insurance rates on dwellings and -stores in Freeport during the last -three years?” asked William C. -Brown, counsel for the committee.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Yes, all the rates have gone up,” -said Mr. Farlin.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Did you learn why the rates were -raised?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Oh, they joined the Fire Insurance -Exchange.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Who did?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Davis, Hibbard & Company.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“That’s why the rates were raised?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I suppose so.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“You joined the Exchange too?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Yes.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Why?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“They told me I’d have no trouble -with the new rates.”<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Were you forced into joining the -Exchange?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I found that it was necessary in -order to write policies.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Farlin said that he preferred -belonging to the exchange to doing -business as an independent broker because -it meant more money and less -trouble.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“So you’re in favor of the higher -rates?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Oh, no.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“But you get more premium, don’t -you?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Yes.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Green then took the stand. In -response to questions of Henry T. -Williams, his counsel, he said that he -was 57 years old, had lived in the city -50 years, and was a man of family. -He named several social and charitable -as well as financial institutions -with which he was associated. In -1870, he said, he had entered the employ -of the Harrington & Wilson Co. -as a shipping clerk in the sugar department, -subsequently he had been -promoted to the position of cashier, -and for the last 23 years had received -in that position a salary of $5,000 a -year.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Williams then sought to show -that his client had no connection with -the weighing of raw sugar on the -docks, where the fraudulent practices -are alleged to have taken place.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—How much money was paid -through your office in the course of a -year? A.—Four million dollars.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—So yours was a busy office? -A.—Decidedly so.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—How long were the raw sugar -clerks in your office? A.—About -twenty years.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—Did you regulate their duties in -any way? A.—No.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—Were you connected with the -docks in any way? A.—No, that was -a separate department.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—How many times a year would -you be on the raw sugar docks? A.—Twice -a year.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—How often were you in the dock -department offices? A.—Only five or -six times in twenty-five years.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Q.—Were you ever in the scale -houses? A.—Never.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">At this point the court adjourned -until this afternoon when the direct -examination of Mr. Green will be continued.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Hiller, Mr. Hart’s attorney, then -asked Mrs. Hart why it was necessary -to have so many gowns.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“At Palm Beach I had to change my -gowns three times a day, and I had -to have outfits of automobile clothes -besides,” said Mrs. Hart.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Do you wear the same dinner gown -twice?” said the attorney.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Women who can afford it never -wear the same gown again at the same -place,” she replied smilingly.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“What do you pay for your dinner -gowns?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Three hundred dollars; sometimes -five or six hundred.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Apiece?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Certainly,” snapped back the witness.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Court Decisions.</b> The body of reports of important -court decisions consists of summaries of the decisions -with explanation of their significance, or of quotations -from the decision when the language of the decree is -important. The following stories are examples:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The first decision of the court of -commerce to be received by the supreme -court of the United States was -reversed in an opinion handed down -today.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The highest court gave a signal victory -to the interstate commerce commission<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span> -by deciding that it has power -to compel water lines to report to it -regarding intrastate as well as interstate -business.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The court of commerce has been -subjected to sharp attack in congress -because of a series of decisions over-turning -work of the interstate commerce -commission, and a bill for the -abolishment of the tribunal is now -pending in the house on a favorable -report from a committee.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">While the case before the court -concerned immediately only water -lines, the government attorneys declared -that the defeat of the commission -in this case would mean that -railroads also need not report regarding -intrastate business and the commission’s -whole system of gathering -reports relative to commerce would -be worthless.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The order in question required reports -regarding operating expenses -and operating revenues of water lines, -and affected principally lines on the -great lakes. The commerce court held -that the commission had power to require -reports only regarding traffic -carried under joint arrangement with -railroad carriers, but not as to purely -intrastate and port-to-port business.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Justice Day said that a mistake had -been made by the commerce court in -confusing knowledge of intrastate -commerce with regulation of it. He -said it was within the power of the -commission to require a “showdown of -the whole business”, intrastate as well -as interstate. Justices Lurton and -Lamar dissented.</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Power of the Interstate Commerce -commission to force “inside information” -from steamship lines as to their -earnings was affirmed today by the -Supreme Court. The proposed scope -of the commission’s inquiry into the -steamship business of the great lakes<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span> -to secure information for adjusting -rates, was approved, and the commerce -court decision in the matter -overruled.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">This is the first of the cases involving -a dispute of jurisdiction between -the commerce court and the -commission.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Applications for writs, rehearings, and new trials are -often worth reporting at some length, as is shown in the -following story:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Declaring that the issues involved -in the case are of the “greatest public -importance,” the department of justice -today joined in the application of -the losers in the so-called patent monopoly -case, asking a rehearing before -a full bench of the Supreme Court. -The case was recently decided four to -three in favor of the contention that -the patentee’s control of his product -is absolute.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The government’s application signed -by Attorney-General Wickersham and -Solicitor-General Lehmann vigorously -declares that the court’s decision sustaining -the right of a patentee to attach -to the sale of an invention, restrictions -stipulating that the purchaser -must use only such supplies which -are not patented as are bought from -the patentee of the invention, seriously -concerns the United States in a -number of civil and criminal cases -now pending under the Sherman law.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The decision, the government submits, -“extends the power of property -held under letters patent beyond the -warrant of the constitution and the -grant of the patent laws, and publishes -it above authority of Congress -to regulate commerce among the several -states, and above the universal -limitation expressed in the maxim -‘So use your own as not to injure another’s.’”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span></p> - -<p><b>How to Make Court Proceedings Interesting.</b> -The selection and arrangement of interesting details in -legal proceedings is shown in the following court story -of a bankruptcy case, in which the reader’s attention is -attracted by the feature played up at the beginning:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">How to start a furniture installment -house on less than $1000, vote yourself -a salary of $10,000 a year, furnish -a mansion and live like a prince—all -on the income from the original invest- -ment—was revealed to District Judge -Van Buren yesterday in the questioning -of John C. Winifred. The court -was astounded and angered. When -the hearing ended Winifred was on his -way to the county jail to begin an indeterminate -sentence for contempt as -a result of “mushroom” financing.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The story of Winifred’s remarkable -success at furniture finance was told -during the court’s investigation of the -bankrupt Bijou Furniture Company, -610 Devine Street, of which Winifred -was owner. Winifred had a branch -store at Plaintown. Two days before -his creditors filed an involuntary petition -of bankruptcy Winifred sold the -branch “Furniture Club” business to -Frances Hankow for $1,100.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">John Whittle, counsel for the receiver, -thought the $1,100 belonged -to the creditors. Judge Van Buren -agreed with him. Winifred was ordered -to produce the money. When -he appeared in court without it, the -judge sent him to jail until he changes -his mind.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Winifred operated a “furniture -club,” members paying from 25 cents -to $1 each week. Its 2,500 members -had paid in more than $40,000 when -the crash came.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The “furniture wizard” said he began -business about two years ago with -a capital of less than $1000. He voted -himself an annual salary of $10,000, -the money being taken from the accumulated<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span> -payments of club members. -Attorney Whittle further found that -the residence at 4621 Oakland Place -had been purchased and then furnished -without regard to expense. This -property rests in the name of Mrs. -Winifred. It was admitted that this -luxury was paid for by the poor who -can afford to buy furniture only by -making a small payment each week.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Quoting from Publications.</b> Government publications, -pamphlets, books, and magazines often contain -material for good news stories, particularly when copies -can be secured so that the story may be printed simultaneously -with the publication of the book or magazine. -The use that may be made of an article in a scientific -publication is shown in the following story, which in -form is like the stories of speeches and other utterances -discussed above:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Serious dangers in children’s parties, -dancing schools, and even kindergartens -are pointed out by Dr. Thomas S. -Southworth of New York, writing in -the Journal of the American Medical -association. He finds them agents in -spreading infectious colds leading to -more serious ailments.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Against “light colds” themselves he -warns parents, and urges the use of -rational preventive measures. To parental -carelessness, selfishness, and -lack of common sense he attributes -much of the illness among little children.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The amount of injury done to -young children each year by such colds -can scarcely be estimated,” says Dr. -Southworth. “During their prevalence -the possibilities of infection are excellent -if the child rides in public conveyances, -or is taken to hotels or -crowded shops.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Children’s parties or dancing -schools for the very young come under<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span> -the same ban. It is an open question -whether the greatly increased opportunity -for major and minor infections in -kindergartens does not more than offset -the real advantages they offer.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Excluding exceptional cases, I am -of the opinion that safeguarding the -health of the young child is the more -important consideration, and that any -home worthy of the name should be -able to furnish all the simple instruction -and direction of the play instinct -the child requires.”</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Get advance copies of speeches, statements, and reports -when it is possible.</li> - -<li>Give direct, verbatim quotations whenever they are effective.</li> - -<li>Don’t misrepresent a speaker by “playing up” a quotation -that, taken from its context, is misleading.</li> - -<li>Combine excerpts into a coherent, unified story.</li> - -<li>Select the form of beginning best suited to the subject -matter.</li> - -<li>Set off as a paragraph a direct quotation of more than -one sentence at the beginning of a story.</li> - -<li>Avoid too many or too involved “that” clauses in the -lead.</li> - -<li>Put strong direct or indirect quotations at beginnings of -paragraphs.</li> - -<li>Don’t place unemphatic phrases at the beginning of a -paragraph, such as, “The speaker then said that,” etc.</li> - -<li>Avoid as far as possible combinations of direct and indirect -quotations in the same paragraph.</li> - -<li>Avoid “I believe,” “I think,” etc., at the beginning of -sentences of direct quotation.</li> - -<li>Make separate paragraphs of introductory statements -like “He said in part,” and end them with a colon.</li> - -<li>Give in the lead of each day’s story of a trial, the essential -explanatory details concerning the case.</li> - -<li>Vary explanatory phrases; don’t use repeatedly in the -same story “he said,” “the report continues,” etc.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1.2em;" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span></li> - -<li>Don’t fail to enclose in quotation marks every direct -quotation.</li> - -<li>Use single quotation marks for quotations within other -quotations.</li> - -<li>Use quotation marks only at the beginning of each paragraph -of a continuous quotation of several paragraphs -and at the end of the last paragraph.</li> - -<li>Quote important testimony verbatim.</li> - -<li>Keep yourself out of your interviews.</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p class="hanging1">1. Write a news story of 500 words on the following address -by Senator William E. Borah of Idaho on “Why We Need -an Income Tax,” which you may say was delivered before -a large audience at the Auditorium last night under the -auspices of the Progressive Republican Club:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>One of the many unfortunate things imposed from first to last -upon this country by reason of the existence of slavery was the -compromise in the constitution of the United States providing -that direct taxes should be imposed in accordance with population.</p> - -<p>To levy taxes according to population upon any kind of property -is impracticable and cumbersome even when the tax is confined -to the kind of property contemplated by the framers of the -constitution. It is not too much to say that the clause with reference -to imposing a direct tax would never have found its way into -the constitution but through the fear which arose out of the belief -that the North might impose an arbitrary and unjust tax upon -slaves.</p> - -<p>The discussion first arose over the protection of the slaves, and -to guard against this the Southern delegates insisted upon an -equal representation in Congress with the North. Gouverneur Morris -and others declared they would never consent to counting a -slave equal to his master. The discussion finally took a wider -range owing to the existence of large tracts of land in the South -of less value per acre than the land in the North; hence it was -believed that these lands might be taxed unfairly.</p> - -<p>At last, therefore, it was provided that direct taxes should be -imposed according to population, and direct taxes, in my opinion,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span> -referred alone to slaves and lands and the improvements on -lands.</p> - -<p>The Supreme Court in the Pollock case extended and broadened -the terms of this somewhat unfortunate compromise so that -it now not only covers lands but income from land, personal property, -and income from personal property. This decision was made -possible by invoking a mere technicality, that is, that a tax upon -the rents of land is a tax upon the land.</p> - -<p>I am not going to discuss at this time the decision further than -to say I am one of those who believe that the income tax decision -is as indefensible as a matter of law as the Dred Scott decision, -and fraught with far more danger in its ultimate effect, if it is to -become the settled law of the land, to the Republic.</p> - -<p>The income tax is the fairest and most equitable of all the taxes. -It is the one tax which approaches us in the hour of prosperity -and departs in the hour of adversity. The farmer though he may -have lost his entire crop must meet the taxes levied upon his property. -The merchant though on the verge of bankruptcy must respond -to the taxes imposed. The laborer who goes to the store to -buy his food, though it be his last, must buy with whatever extra -cost there may be imposed by reason of customs duties.</p> - -<p>But the income tax is to be met only after you have realized -your income. After you have met your expenses, provided for -your family, paid for the education of your children for the year, -then, provided you have an income left, you turn to meet the obligations -you owe to the government. For instance, according to -amendments recently pending relative to the income tax, a man -with an income of ten thousand dollars would pay the modest sum -of one hundred dollars. “Man as a human being owes services to -his fellows, and one of the first of these is to support the government -which makes civilization possible.”</p> - -<p>It seems incomprehensible that anyone would seriously contend -that property and wealth should not bear their fair share of the -burdens of the general government. Adam Smith says, “The subjects -of every state ought to contribute toward the support of the -government as nearly as possible in proportion to their respective -abilities, that is, in proportion to the revenue which they respectively -enjoy under the protection of the state.”</p> - -<p>Notwithstanding our large standing army, our large navy, our -all but criminal extravagance as a government, men are found -who still unblushingly argue that this burden must all be laid -upon consumption and nothing upon wealth, that is, that the man -of most ordinary means must pay practically as much to the general -government as the man with his uncounted millions. It is -strange indeed that men can bring themselves to believe in so unfair -and unjust a position.</p> - -<p>They soothe their consciences to some extent by saying that it -is a just tax, a fair tax, and that the property should indeed bear<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span> -its proportion of the expenses of the general government but an -income tax causes men to commit perjury! Of course the man -who says this would resent the idea that he would commit perjury, -but his evangelical spirit leads him to look with particular care -to the salvation of his neighbor’s soul. There is not a state in the -Union today but has laws just as exacting with reference to accounting -with personal property, just as onerous as an income tax -law would be, and just as liable to encourage perjury. Yet the -tax gatherer does not stop gathering taxes.</p> - -<p>They say it is inquisitorial. Do you know of any kind of taxes -which are not inquisitorial? For instance, under the internal revenue -system now in existence, the whiskey of the citizen is taken -possession of by the government, placed in a warehouse, locked up, -and a key given to a United States official. In the collection of -our customs duties, packages and the baggage of the citizen are -taken, opened and inspected, and, male or female though the citizens -may be, they are sometimes taken into a room and searched. -Nothing could be more inquisitorial than this.</p> - -<p>All these arguments are put forth in the hope of leading us -away from the great and fundamental principle of equity in taxation, -and that is that every man should respond to the burdens of -the government in accordance with his ability. It is nothing less -than a crime to put all the burdens of this government on consumption.</p> - -<p>I think those who advocate the income tax merely as a revenue -producing proposition rob the proposition of its moral foundation. -We should contend for an income tax not simply for the purpose -of raising revenue but for the purpose of framing a revenue system -which will distribute the burdens of government between consumption -and accumulated wealth, which will enable us to call -upon property and wealth not in an unfair and burdensome way -but in a just and equitable way to meet their proportionate expenses -of the government, for certainly it will be conceded by all -that the great expense of government is in the protection of property -and of wealth.</p> - -<p>A tax placed upon consumption is based upon what men want -and must have. A tax placed upon wealth falls upon those who -have enough and to spare and therefore have more which it is -necessary for the government to protect. “All the enjoyments -which a man can receive from his property come from his connection -with society. Cut off from all social relations, a man -would find wealth useless to him. In fact, there could be no such -thing as wealth without society. Wealth is what may be exchanged -and requires for its existence a community of persons with reciprocal -wants.”</p> - -<p>The general government, as we have said, has its armies and -its navies and its great burden of expense for the purpose, among -other things, of protecting property, protecting gathered and accumulated<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span> -wealth, of enabling men to make fortunes and to preserve -their fortunes, and there is no possible argument founded -in law or in morals why these protected interests should not bear -their proportionate burden of government.</p> - -<p>No man in his right mind would make an assault upon wealth -as such, or upon property as such, or upon the honest acquisition of -property—we simply call upon those who have the good fortune -to have accumulated wealth to respond to the expenses of the -great government under which they live and thrive.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">2. Write a news story of 250 words on the following excerpts -from a report made by the Division of Education of the -Russell Sage Foundation on “A Comparative Study of -Public School Systems in the Forty-eight States,” playing -up the feature that you think will be of general interest -to the readers of a daily paper in the metropolis of -your state:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The average annual salary paid to public school teachers in the -United States as a whole is $485. In one state, North Carolina, -the average is only $200 per year. In another, Mississippi, it is -$210, and in South Carolina $212. The wages received by school -teachers constitute a measure of two things: first, the quality of -ability of the teacher; second, the value the community puts upon -the teacher’s services. The fact that the teacher’s wages are lower -than those paid for almost any other sort of service means that as -a nation we are neither asking for nor getting a high grade of -service, and as a nation we place a low valuation on the teacher’s -work.</p> - -<p>While it is difficult to get accurate data on wages, the best -available figures indicate that the average annual wages received -by workers in five great occupations are about as follows:—</p> - -<table class="teams" summary="TEAMS"> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Carpenters</td> - <td class="tdr">$802</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Coal miners</td> - <td class="tdr">600</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Factory workers</td> - <td class="tdr">550</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Common laborers</td> - <td class="tdr">513</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Teachers</td> - <td class="tdr">485</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p>Throughout the southern states thousands of rural teachers earn -less than $150 per year. In one New England state hundreds of -teachers earn less than $6.00 per week. In one county in a central -Atlantic state the average for all teachers is $129 per year. In -one southern state convicts from the penitentiaries are let to contractors -at the rate of about $400 per year, while the state pays -its teachers about $300 per year.</p> - -<p>The average annual salary of teachers in the public schools in<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span> -each state in 1910 and the rank of the state, based on the average -annual salary of school teachers, is as follows:—</p> - -<p>1. California, $918; 2. Arizona, $817; 3. New York, $813; -4. Massachusetts, $757; 5. New Jersey, $731; 6. Washington, -$692; 7. Montana, $645; 8. Colorado, $642; 9. Rhode Island, -$647; 10. Utah, $592; 11. Illinois, $588; 12. Connecticut, $561; -13. Pennsylvania, $554; 14. Idaho, $549; 15. Ohio, $524; 16. Indiana, -$523; 17. Oregon, $516; 18. Maryland, $515; 19. Minnesota, -$486; 20. Michigan, $480; 21. Nevada, $470; 22. Wisconsin, -$456; 23. Missouri, $443; 24. Wyoming, $439; 25. Kansas, -$429; 26. Louisiana, $415; 27. Delaware, $414; 28. Nebraska, -$411; 29. Oklahoma, $408; 30. Texas, $384; 31. New Mexico, -$348; 32. North Dakota, $339; 33. Kentucky, $337; 34. South -Dakota, $329; 35. New Hampshire, $328; 36. West Virginia, -$323; 37. Alabama, $314; 38. Iowa, $302; 39. Tennessee, $293; -40. Arkansas, $284; 41. Florida, $276; 42. Virginia, $268; 43. -Vermont, $266; 44. Georgia, $250; 45. Maine, $244; 46. South -Carolina, $212; 47. Mississippi, $210; 48. North Carolina, $200.</p> -</div> -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">SPECIAL KINDS OF NEWS</p> - - -<p><b>Special News Fields.</b> Although practically all -kinds of news stories conform to the general principles -explained and illustrated in preceding chapters, the -application of these principles to particular kinds of -news may be considered in detail. On all but small -papers the gathering and the writing of news in such -special fields as sports, society, and markets are regarded -as sufficiently different in character from general -reporting to warrant having special editors for -these departments. Each of a number of special kinds -of reporting requires more or less expert knowledge, -which a reporter who specializes in that field acquires -as a result of training and experience. Sometimes, however, -a general reporter may be sent out to cover an -athletic contest or a society event, and he should be -prepared to do either successfully. Every reporter -should familiarize himself with the best methods of -handling all kinds of news.</p> - -<p><b>Sporting News Stories.</b> The constantly increasing -importance attached by newspapers to news of sports, -particularly to that of baseball, makes it important for -reporters to know the peculiarities of sporting news -stories. The reporting of athletic contests is not always -an easy task even when the reporter is familiar with all -the details of the sport. In a football game, for example, -it is difficult to determine which of the players -carries the ball or makes a tackle in a given play unless -the reporter knows each player and can recognize him<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span> -quickly on the field. In baseball games the reporter -must be able to keep a complete score from which to -write his story and make his summary score. Quickness -and accuracy of observation are essential in getting the -facts correctly in any sporting event.</p> - -<p><b>Reporting a Football Game.</b> A football game -affords a good opportunity for the student reporter to -get excellent practice in covering an athletic contest. In -preparing to report a game, he should get from the coach -or the captain the correct line-up of each team and the -names of the officials. If the line-up is written on a -piece of cardboard and arranged so that the exact position -of each player can be seen at a glance, the writer -can refer to it constantly in reporting the plays. The -way to arrange the line-up is shown below:</p> - -<table class="teams" summary="TEAMS" style="font-family: Courier;"> - <tr> - <td class="tdr"><span style="padding-right: 6em;"><i>Chicago</i></span></td> - <td class="tdc"> </td> - <td class="tdl"><span style="padding-left: 6em;"><i>Wisconsin</i></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Williams—L.E.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">R.E.—Halpin</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">McDonald—L.H.B. Frean—L.T.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">R.T.—Muldon R.H.B.—Lynch</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Johnson—L.G.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">R.G.—Peake</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Smith—F.B. Pinch—Q.B.   Hool—C.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">C.—Du Plain Q.B.—Keeler F.B.—Holt</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Skillub—R.G.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">L.G.—O’Neil</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Kidder—R.H.B. Dillon—R.T.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">L.T.—Minton L.H.B.—Dye</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Reisen—R.E.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">L.E.—Schmidt</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p>The reporter watches both teams carefully to see -which men make each play, and as soon as the teams -line up again, he notes the position that each of these -men takes, so that he may identify them from his line-up -card. As the game progresses he is able to recognize -some of the players who repeatedly take prominent -parts, and he need not refer to the line-up so frequently. -The reporter may take notes on the plays as they are -made, or, if it is necessary to mail or telegraph the -story very soon after the game is over, he may write a -running account as the game progresses, adding the -lead after it is over.</p> - -<p>In the choice and the arrangement of details, the -story of a football game is not unlike other news stories. -In the lead are placed the essential facts, which are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span> -the result, the score, the causes of victory and defeat, -the teams engaged, the time and place of the contest, -and any important circumstances. Because every reader -is most interested in the result, that fact is usually -“played up” as the feature. Why one team lost and -the other won, or why the score was tied, the second -fact in point of interest, is likewise given a prominent -place at the beginning of the lead. A characterization -of the playing of each team, an account of how and -when the scoring was done, mention of the work of star -players, and a description of the crowd, the condition -of the field, and the weather, are the other details which -are put in the lead. Following the lead is the story of -the game told in as much detail as the assignment requires. -If a short account is desired, only the important -plays are given; if a full report is wanted, every play -is described. After each score is made, and at the end -of the report of each quarter, the complete score up to -that point is given. At the end of the story are placed -the line-up, a summary of the plays, and the names of the -officials. The story given below may be taken as typical:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">New Haven, Conn., Nov. 23.—Harvard -trampled over Yale with a score -of 20 to 0 on Yale field today, when -the crimson eleven, taking advantage -of Yale’s back field errors, made two -touchdowns and two field goals. This -victory carries the football championship -of the East to Cambridge.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Harvard scored a touchdown and -a field goal in both the first and -third periods. The first score came -when Storer recovered the ball which -Wheeler, the Yale quarterback, dropped -on being tackled, and sprinted twenty-five -yards to the goal line. Hardwick -kicked goal. A minute later, -another Yale muff gave Brickley his -chance to kick the first field goal.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A fumble by Flynn at the opening of<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span> -the third period gave the ball to Harvard, -and in the scrimmage Brickley -dashed eighteen yards for the second -touchdown. He caught a Yale forward -pass a few minutes later and ran -forty-two yards, and, after a few plays, -kicked the ball over the cross bar for -the second field goal.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">At no stage of the game did Yale -have a chance to win, and only once -did the team have a chance to score. -That opportunity came during the -fourth period, when they showed a -versatility of attack that fairly swept -the crimson eleven off their feet and -brought the ball in a steady series of -rushes over a stretch of sixty yards -before it was lost on downs. But the -flash came too late, and while it was at -its height the most optimistic of the -blue supporters could see nothing -more than a chance to blot out the -ignominy of a scoreless defeat.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">What Yale did not do would fill a -volume. Failure to catch punts was -the great fault, a fault which happened -so often that it might be called a -habit. Wheeler muffed one in the -opening period which paved the way -for the first Harvard touchdown; -Flynn missed one in the third period -and opened the avenue for the other. -Between times the ball was dropping -from Eli arms so often that it seemed -strange when it was caught.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Harvard’s splendidly finished team, -good in all around play, worked to -its limit a consistent kicking game -against a team unable to handle punts. -Little effort was made to test the -strength of the blue line. The crimson -offense was based almost entirely -on getting down the field under Felton’s -high spiral punts and taking advantage -of the slippery fingers of -Wheeler and Flynn. When stopped -from tackle to tackle, they twice used -fake plays with wide end runs for -clever gains.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">As in all this season’s games, the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span> -brilliancy of Brickley’s running and -goal kicking outshone the individual -play of his team-mates. Twice he intercepted -Yale forward passes, one of -which he turned into a run of forty-two -yards. The second touchdown -was due solely to his speed down the -field and to his keen eye in recovering -Flynn’s muff, which he converted into -a touchdown in the next scrimmage. -He scored two out of his four attempts -at field goals and missed the -other two by a few feet.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Bomeisler, Yale’s star end, although -twice taken out of the game because -of the old injury to his shoulder, did -the most remarkable work seen on -Yale field since the days of Tom Shevlin. -He was down the field like a -race-horse under Lefty Flynn’s punts, -and besides tackling with unerring accuracy, -he threw himself so hard that -the man was forced back considerably -from the spot where he caught the -ball.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Yale won the toss and chose to defend -the north goal, the Crimson facing -the sun. Flynn kicked off for Yale. -The ball sailed behind the Harvard -goal and was taken out to Harvard’s -20-yard line for scrimmage. Felton, -on first down, kicked it back to the -Yale 20-yard line. Flynn’s short kick -drove the ball out of bounds at the Eli -40-yard line. Harvard’s backs then -crashed through irresistibly until they -reached the 20-yard line. The Yale -defense grew compact at her 20-yard -line, and two of Wendell’s smashes -netted only a yard apiece. On the -third down Brickley tried his first -drop kick for goal, the ball going outside -of the upright. Flynn punted to -Harvard’s 40-yard line and Felton immediately -returned it to the Yale 20-yard -mark. A 15-yard penalty set -Yale back to her 5-yard line. Flynn’s -beautiful punt was muffed by Gardner -at the Harvard 40-yard line, but -it was recovered by Hardwick. Felton<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span> -punted out of bounds at Yale’s -40-yard line. Twice the Felton-Flynn -duel brought exchanges of kicks without -gains. The last Felton effort, -however, dropped the ball into -Wheeler’s lap and he muffed squarely. -Storer seized it at the Yale 30-yard -line and, aided by splendid interference -by O’Brien and Parmenter, tore -all the rest of the way for a touchdown. -Hardwick kicked the goal. -Score: Harvard 6, Yale 0.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Flynn kicked off behind the Harvard -goal, and, from the Harvard 20-yard -line, Felton immediately returned -it. Yale was now in a panic, -and Wheeler’s second muff dropped -the ball under three sliding Harvard -tacklers at the Yale 30-yard line. -Yale got in hotter water through a -15-yard penalty, but Wendell’s plunges -were held till third down, when -Brickley registered Harvard’s second -score through a faultless drop-kicked -goal from the Yale 30-yard line. Following -Felton’s return of Flynn’s -kick-off, the first period closed. Score: -Harvard 10, Yale 0.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label">[The detailed report of the other quarters follows,<br /> -and then the line-up is given.]</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins noindent x-small"> -The line-up:</p> - -<table class="teams" summary="TEAMS" style="width: 100%"> - <tr> - <td class="tdc" colspan="2">YALE.</td> - <td class="tdc"> </td> - <td class="tdc" colspan="2">HARVARD.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">L. E.</td> - <td class="tdr">Avery</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Felton</td> - <td class="tdr">L. E.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">L. T.</td> - <td class="tdr">Gallauer</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Storer</td> - <td class="tdr">L. T.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">L. G.</td> - <td class="tdr">Cooney</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Pennock</td> - <td class="tdr">L. G.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">C.</td> - <td class="tdr">Ketcham</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Parmenter</td> - <td class="tdr">C.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. G.</td> - <td class="tdr">Pendleton</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Trumbull</td> - <td class="tdr">R. G.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. T.</td> - <td class="tdr">W. Warren</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Hitchcock</td> - <td class="tdr">R. T.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. E.</td> - <td class="tdr">Bomeisler</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">O’Brien</td> - <td class="tdr">R. E.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Q.</td> - <td class="tdr">Wheeler</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Gardner</td> - <td class="tdr">Q.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">L. H.</td> - <td class="tdr">Philbin</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Hardwick</td> - <td class="tdr">L. H.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. H.</td> - <td class="tdr">Spaulding</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Brickley</td> - <td class="tdr">R. H.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">F.</td> - <td class="tdr">Flynn</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Wendell</td> - <td class="tdr">F.</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">Substitutions: Yale—Cornell, for Wheeler; -Dyer, for Cornell; Wheeler, for Dyer; -Sheldon, for Bomeisler; Bomeisler, for -Sheldon; Sheldon, for Bomeisler; W. Howe, -for Sheldon; Carter, for Avery; Talbot, for -Gallauer; Pumpelly, for Philbin; Merkle, -for Flynn; Baker, for Merkle; Martin, for -Pendleton; Reed, for W. Warren.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">Harvard—T. Frothingham, for Storer; -Wigglesworth, for Parmenter; Driscoll, for -Trumbull; Lawson, for Hitchcock; Hollister, -for O’Brien; Bradley, for Gardner; -Bradlee, for Hardwick; Lingard, for -Brickley; Graustein, for Wendell.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">Summary: Score—Harvard 20, Yale 0. -Touchdowns—Storer, Brickley. Goals—Hardwick -2. Goals from field—Brickley 2. -Referee—W. S. Langford, Trinity. Umpire—D. -L. Fultz, Brown. Head Linesman—W. -N. Morice, Pennsylvania. Time—15:00 -periods.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>“Covering” a Baseball Game.</b> The accepted -methods of reporting baseball games and other athletic -contests, and the form in which stories of them are -written, are very similar to those described above for -football. The example given below shows the application -of the general principles to baseball:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">New York, May 6.—New York took -second place from Philadelphia in a -3 to 2 game today notwithstanding -that the Quakers hit Mathewson two -and a quarter times as hard as the -Giants hit Foxen.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Of their four hits New York -grouped three in one inning, the sixth, -in which they made their three runs; -while Philadelphia got three of their -nine hits in the eighth with but two -runs. There was a shade of difference -in the consecutiveness of the -bunched hits, and that was where -Mathewson was more effective than -Foxen. A comparison of the work of -the two pitchers, however, from the -point of view of adverse runs, shows -that there was an error by “Matty” -which accounted for one Quaker tally, -a wild throw in running down Bates, -who soon afterwards scored.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The game was sharply played with -a good deal of snappy fielding. Devlin -and Knabe were fine on ground -balls, each ranging swiftly to the left -and gathering up everything within -the limit. Doyle in the fifth made a -star pickup of a hard ball to his right.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">Poor base running lost the Phillies -a run in the fourth. Grant opened up -with a hit, Magee sacrificed, and -Bransfield hit to Doyle, who fumbled. -The ball went through Doyle, and had -Grant been watchful and kept right -on home, he would have scored. As -it was, he hesitated, then started for -the plate, and was caught trying to -get back to third.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">New York’s scoring in the sixth began -with Doyle’s liner to center. Murray -laid down a bunt and put it where -it did the most good. Titus was far -out when he dropped Seymour’s fly to -let Doyle and Murray move up a base -each. Fletcher hit a fine one to right -and brought Doyle and Murray home. -Seymour scored on Doyle’s fly to -Magee.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In the eighth with Foxen out, Philadelphia -started off on their two tallies. -Titus sent a two-base hit out -along the chalk-mark to the south-east. -Bates laced a single through -the diamond and brought in Titus. -Mathewson caught Bates napping, -but overthrew the base in the run -down and Bates scurried back to first. -Grant was thrown out by Mathewson, -Magee was passed, and Bransfield -singled, letting Bates score. Two were -left on bases when Knabe went out, -Mathewson to Merkle.</p> - -<p class="x-small">The score:</p> - -<table class="scores" summary="SCORES" style="width: 100%"> - <tr> - <td colspan="6" class="tdc">PHILADELPHIA.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td colspan="6" class="tdc">NEW YORK.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"> </td> - <td class="tdr">ab.</td> - <td class="tdr">h.</td> - <td class="tdr">p.</td> - <td class="tdr">a.</td> - <td class="tdr">e.</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl"> </td> - <td class="tdr">ab.</td> - <td class="tdr">h.</td> - <td class="tdr">p.</td> - <td class="tdr">a.</td> - <td class="tdr">e.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Titus, rf</td> - <td class="tdr">5</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Devore, lf</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Bates, lf</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Doyle, 2b</td> - <td class="tdr">3</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">6</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Grant, 3b</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Murray, rf</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Magee, cf</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">5</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Seym’r, cf</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">B’field, 1b</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">12</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Fleth’r, ss</td> - <td class="tdr">3</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Knabe, 2b</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">7</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Devlin, 3b</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Dool’n, ss</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Merkle, 1b</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">18</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Dooin, c</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Meyers, c</td> - <td class="tdr">3</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Foxen, p</td> - <td class="tdr">3</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl">Math’on, p</td> - <td class="tdr">3</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">7</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">*Ward</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdl"> </td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td colspan="6" class="tdr">––––––––––––</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td colspan="6" class="tdr">––––––––––––</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">Totals</td> - <td class="tdr">34</td> - <td class="tdr">9</td> - <td class="tdr">24</td> - <td class="tdr">12</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdc">|</td> - <td class="tdr">Totals</td> - <td class="tdr">28</td> - <td class="tdr">4</td> - <td class="tdr">27</td> - <td class="tdr">20</td> - <td class="tdr">2</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">*Batted for Foxen in the ninth inning.</p> -<table class="scores" summary="SCORES" style="width: 100%"> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">Philadelphia</td> - <td class="tdr">0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0—2</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">New York</td> - <td class="tdr">0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 .—3</td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">Runs—Philadelphia—Titus, Bates. New -York—Doyle, Murray, Seymour. First base -on errors—Philadelphia, 1; New York, 1.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span> -Left on bases—Philadelphia, 8; New York, -5. First base on balls—Off Foxen, 3; off -Mathewson, 2. Struck out—By Foxen, 1; -by Mathewson, 3. Two base hit—Titus. -Sacrifice hit—Magee. Sacrifice fly—Devlin. -Stolen base—Fletcher. Balk—Foxen. Umpire -in chief—Rigler. Assistant umpire—Emslie. -Time—1 hour and 30 minutes.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>The Style of Sporting News Stories.</b> The style -of sporting news stories is marked by the use of terms -peculiar to the game or sport and often by the slang -that is popular at the time, particularly the slang that -is in vogue among those interested in each sport. Young -reporters, and some older ones, too, seem to think that -they can best prove their knowledge of sports by using -in their stories as much as possible of the slang current -among the professionals and their followers in the sport. -On the other hand, some of the recognized authorities -on sports write interesting and readable accounts of -contests without indulging in such sporting slang. A -number of sporting editors, in order to give variety to -their daily reports of baseball games, have sought to -coin new phrases and figures of speech, and the result -has sometimes been so clever and amusing that these -writers have established a considerable reputation for -novelty of expression. Too frequently, however, the -imitations of the work of the successful, clever few -have not been effective, and consequently have not been -so good as simple, direct reports. Originality of expression -is as desirable in sporting news stories as it is elsewhere, -but a style that is marked by little more than -cheap humor and vulgar slang has nothing to commend -it.</p> - -<p><b>Society News.</b> Society news is usually collected, -written, and edited by the society editor, almost invariably -a woman. In order to insure accuracy, facts -for such stories should be obtained directly from those -concerned in the event. Announcements of engagements<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span> -and of weddings, particularly, must never be -accepted for publication unless furnished by the persons -themselves or their families, as would-be practical jokers -not infrequently undertake to make victims of their acquaintances -by sending to newspapers false announcements -of this kind. Some newspapers distribute printed -forms to be filled out by those giving important social -entertainments, and these are sent out several days in -advance so that they may be returned in time and the -facts correctly reported.</p> - -<p>The form and style of news stories of many society -events are determined to some extent by social usages. -Those who desire to become society editors, and reporters -generally, because they may be assigned to cover -society events, should notice carefully how news of this -sort is written up in society columns. The typographical -style often differs from that of the other parts of the -paper. The whole story of a wedding, reception, or -other social event, in many papers is given in one paragraph, -although it may consist of several hundred -words. A concise story giving all the essential details, -and avoiding trite expressions like “charming,” -“beautiful,” and “tastily,” is the most acceptable -one.</p> - -<p>Conventional forms for such typical events as weddings, -receptions, and announcements of engagements -are given below:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Announcements of Engagements</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mr. and Mrs. William Gideon Hethrington -of Trenton, N. J., formerly of -Chicago, announce the engagement of -their daughter, Marjorie, to Ernest -Wilson Swan, son of Mr. and Mrs. -Carl J. Swan, of Cleveland.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The engagement is announced of -Miss Ida Wellington Winter of St. -Paul, to Milton Gilman Wells, son of -Col. John Ottway Wells, U. S. A., -Military Attaché in Panama, and -nephew of Mayor Stephen S. Wells, -Military Attaché to the American Embassy -in Paris. The announcement -was made by Mr. and Mrs. Gordon S. -Stanford of St. Paul, aunt and uncle -of Miss Winter, at whose home at -Leonard Place the wedding will take -place some time next month. Mr. -Wells was graduated from Princeton -in 1906, and is in business in this -city. He lives at the Princeton Club, -121 East Twenty-first Street.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Weddings</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mr. and Mrs. James H. Hayes of -Winton, N. Y., announce the marriage -of their daughter Helen to Eugene -Payson Drown, formerly of -Chicago. The wedding took place -Wednesday in Brookville, N. Y. Mr. -and Mrs. Drown will reside in Brookville.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The marriage of Miss Rose Eldred -White, daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Joseph -White of 230 Wilmington Avenue, -to Nathaniel Robert Owen, will -take place Monday evening, Dec. 9, -at the Hotel Sherman in the presence -of the immediate families.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The marriage of Miss Ruth Oswick, -daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Pemberton -Hines Oswick of 511 North -Highland avenue, Pembroke Park, -to Franklin Isquith, was celebrated -last night at 9 o’clock at the -First Congregational Church of Pembroke -Park, Dr. John Howard Grosvenor -performing the ceremony. -Mrs. Holton, sister of the bride, was -matron of honor. Miss Ina Isquith,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span> -sister of the bridegroom, was maid of -honor, and there were six bridesmaids—the -Misses Vera Pynch of St. -Louis, Bertha Marquis, Ethel High, -Marguerite Winton, Doris Hyde, and -Edna Stone. Franklin Williams Oswick, -brother of the bride, was best -man and the ushers were W. W. Collins, -Leonard Danzic, Richard De -Long, Pembroke Johns, Chester Danzic, -and Richard Lewis of Chicago. -Elizabeth Reed, cousin of the bride, -was flower girl and Burton Davies of -Oak Park acted as master of ceremonies. -The bridal gown was of -ivory charmeuse satin with an overdress -of chantilly trimmed with pearls, -and the bridal shower bouquet was of -lilies of the valley and brides’ roses. -The matron of honor wore lavender -brocaded satin trimmed with lace and -crystals and carried lavender sweet -peas. The maid of honor’s gown was -of pink embroidered Japanese brocaded -silk trimmed with Venetian -lace. She carried lavender chrysanthemums. -The bridesmaids wore -frocks of the different colors of the -rainbow. Two were in blue, two in -yellow, and two in green. They carried -white chrysanthemums. A reception -for 500 guests followed at the -Colonial Club of Pembroke Park. The -decorations were chrysanthemums, -smilax and palms. Mr. and Mrs. Isquith -will be at home in Los Angeles -after Feb. 1.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Luncheons, Receptions, Etc.</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mrs. Wilson McHain gave a luncheon -yesterday at the Woman’s Athletic -Club in honor of Miss Florence -Raymond Baugh, who is to be married -to Dale Cranford Haynes of Buffalo, -N. Y., on Saturday. Covers were -laid for six, and the guests were Miss -Gertrude Binton, Mrs. Harrison Stanton, -Mrs. Arthur G. Nain, and Mrs. -Willard S. De Long of Buffalo.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mr. and Mrs. Donald White McNabey, -Markham Place, will give a -reception on Thursday from 5 to 7, in -honor of their daughter, Miss Dorothy -McNabey, who will be presented -to society. Following the reception, -the young people in the assisting -party will be entertained at a supper -and informal dance.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p2">Club News</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The civics and philanthropy class of -the Highland Park Culture Club will -hold its first meeting of the year this -morning at 10 o’clock at the Hotel -Van Buren. Mrs. Arthur G. Antwick -is chairman.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">An ornamental public drinking -fountain of marble and granite, bearing -arc electric lights at its top, will -be erected by the Woman’s Outdoor -League and placed in some prominent -public place, according to plans arranged -at a meeting of the league in -the Hamilton Hotel yesterday afternoon. -“The league has erected and -placed six small public drinking fountains -in congested districts of the -city,” said Mrs. Franklin Renton, -president of the league, “and we will -now erect a fountain that will be a -credit to the outdoor work of our organization -and a beauty spot for the -city. As soon as we have determined -upon the site where the fountain will -be placed we will arrange for proper -public ceremonies dedicating it to the -city.” During the last year the -league has erected a bungalow in the -Zoölogical Gardens besides supervising -other outdoor work. Officers -chosen for 1913 were:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">President—Mrs. Dean C. White.</p> -<p class="no-margins">First vice-president—Mrs. Albert D. Halen.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</span></p> -<p class="no-margins">Second vice-president—Miss Willa Murray.</p> -<p class="no-margins">Secretary—Mrs. Parkins Greene.</p> -<p class="no-margins">Treasurer—Miss Clarice Morgan.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p1">(3)</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The Social Economics Club met yesterday -afternoon at 2 o’clock in the -Woman’s Temple. Mrs. John Robins -Bell in a paper on “Industrialism” -advocated vocational training in the -public schools in connection with the -regular school course. Miss Viola -Harding sang, accompanied by Miss -Alice Lanning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Banquets and Holiday Celebrations.</b> News -stories of banquets and of various forms of holiday -celebrations are not usually put in the society columns -and are not covered by the society editor. If at a banquet -after-dinner speaking is the important part of -the event, such portions of the speeches as are of great -interest are given the most space. If the speaking is -not a feature, a description is given of the occasion, -and particularly of any interesting incidents or unusual -circumstances. For stories of holiday celebrations, such -as Christmas festivities, a general descriptive lead -serves to introduce accounts of various forms of celebration -by societies, at public institutions, and on the streets.</p> - -<p>How such an event as a banquet may be written up -at some length in an unconventional manner with -enough life and interest to make it entertaining reading, -is shown in the following news story taken from -the New York <i>Sun</i>:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">If you’ve ever sat in the enemy’s -camp when the Blue eleven lunged its -last yard for a touchdown and had -your hair ruffled by the roar that -swept across the gridiron, you can -guess how 1,500 Yale men yelled at -the Waldorf last night for Bill Taft -of ’78.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">It came all at once, a terrific, ear-jarring -crash of cheers that danced -the glasses on the table tops and fluttered -the big flags around the balconies. -They had ceased the pounding -chant of “Boola.” The classes -from ’53 to ’08 had flung the Brek-a-kek-kek, -Ko-ax, Ko-ax from wall to -wall, and the orchestra, away up under -the roof, had dropped the horns -and fiddles from sheer weariness. -There was a moment of unexpected -quiet.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Suddenly the electric lights died all -over the grand ballroom. A searchlight -sprayed its rays squarely on a -drop curtain which pictured the old -Brick Row as it was in the days when -President Taft was a freshman. You -could see the rail fence, even the -initials cut along the boards—“W. H. -T.,” “O. T. B.,” “A. T. H.” Tall elms -leaned toward the ancient buildings -and spread their foliage over the -dingy roofs.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The broad band of light moved up -and down over the picture, hesitated, -then fell squarely on President Taft -as he sat with President Arthur -Twining Hadley of the university and -President James R. Sheffield of the -Yale Club. The President’s head was -half turned toward the picture of the -old Brick Row. He wasn’t smiling.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The yell started, spread all over -the room and gathered force as man -after man opened the throttle of his -lungs and turned on the full power -that was in him and roared and thundered -until the lights went out again. -In the darkness presently the old -Brick Row appeared and took form. -Soft lights gleamed at the windows of -the dormitories. The chapel bell tolled -faintly. The cheerful voices of freshmen -calling to freshmen were heard -very faintly. A shout only less mighty -than the salute to the President shook -the big room and shortly passed to -laughter.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">Somebody started a chant. The -Yale graduates took it up by hundreds -until 1,500 of them shouted in -rhythm:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Oh, Freshman, put out that light!</p> -<p class="no-margins">Oh, Freshman, put out that light!</p> -<p class="no-margins">Oh, Freshman, put out that light!</p> - -<p class="no-margins">That was Yale’s greeting to Taft of -’78. The welcome to President William -Howard Taft, who happened to -have been graduated from Yale and -not some other university—Harvard, -say, or Princeton—came later, when -President Sheffield of the Yale Club -and President Hadley sent big words -over his head and admitted that the -character of the man had something -to do with his rise in the world as -well as the Yale training.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">But there were many moments -when the graduates put aside the fact -that they were entertaining the President. -The old men who were graduated -a little before or a little after -Mr. Taft and had known him in college -gravitated toward the dais by -twos and threes, laughing and chuckling -and poking each other in the -ribs. Mr. Taft was on his feet most -of the time.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Bill, I wonder if you remember -this one—” and Tom of ’78 or Jack of -’79 would reel off a story or a joke -that hadn’t been released maybe for -thirty years. There was the story of -the little red hen—but it need not be -repeated. Mr. Taft remembered it, -that was certain.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">And while the handshaking and the -reminiscences and the old jokes were -keeping Mr. Taft busy on the dais, a -cannonading of cheers and songs was -fired at him from every table in the -room. They sang him “The Old Brick -Row” and “Yale Will Win,” and when -they had run through these they took -up “Boola” again and again until the -sweep of its rhythm had drawn the -voice of every man in the room, including -the President’s.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">It was the biggest dinner ever held -in the Waldorf-Astoria, which means -perhaps the biggest in New York city. -Several years ago the Republican -Club entertained Col. Roosevelt at the -Waldorf and upward of 1,200 men -crammed themselves in to eat and -drink and cheer. Last night’s broke -all the records. There were exactly -1,448 at the tables and more than 100 -who came late were not able to sit -down at all. Every square foot of -space in the grand ballroom except -the narrow lanes for the waiters was -occupied. The dinner overflowed into -the Astor gallery, where elbow room -was desired and denied. There were -tables in the hallways and tables set -in the two levels of boxes—something -that doesn’t happen in a generation.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The stage was set with attention -to detail shown by professionals. Besides -the big drop curtain behind the -head table, which depicted the old -Brick Row as it was in Taft’s time, -they had strung a section of rail fence -in front of the table, a replica of the -fence on which Mr. Taft used to -whittle his initials. The elms of the -picture sent their tops as far outward -on the canvas as possible, and then -the illusion was carried out cunningly -by the greenery that underhung the -ceiling. The ballroom floor was the -campus of Yale, and the illusion was -produced pretty successfully.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">All through the smilax and vines of -the ceiling were thousands and thousands -of pink roses, roses past all -counting. There were clusters and -pots of them on the table tops, hung -from the balconies and draped around -swinging incandescents, which glowed -pink when the lights were lowered. -All of these things were accomplished -by Noble F. Hoggson of ’88, who got -busy in the banquet room at 2 o’clock -yesterday morning after a ball had -danced itself out.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</span></p> - -<p>The following description of a newsboys’ Christmas -“feast,” as reported in the New York <i>Tribune</i>, illustrates -another type of work which the reporter is called -upon to do:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">A game dinner where the eaters -were game,—that was the newsboys’ -Christmas feast, provided last night -in the Brace Memorial Newsboys’ -Lodging House, No. 14 New Chambers -street, by William M. Fliess, Jr. The -happiness of poverty without responsibility, -of boyhood unchecked, of -sporting blood untamed, of divine independence, -shone from the eyes of -those noisy “newsies,” thrilled in -their laughter, barked in their shouts. -And envy, not pity, stirred the hearts -of the men and women who had left -comfortable homes, in immaculate attire, -to watch the children of the -street absorb their little mountains of -food.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">No separate courses, no cocktails -and caviar, no after-dinner speeches -were needed to make that dinner palatable, -to separate mind from stomach, -to create buoyancy of spirits. A -big bowl of thick, steaming soup; a -plate heaped with turkey, potatoes -and mashed turnips; a cupful of -smoking coffee and a whole pie, as -round as the smiling face of the sun, -greeted each separate appetite simultaneously, -and caused no gorge to -rise. Not a bit of space was wasted -on those long, white tables, flanked -by their narrow, red benches. Big -bunches of celery took the place of -inedible decorations, and appealed infinitely -more to the artistic souls of -the grimy little guests than would -flowers or ferns.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">All ages from five to twenty were -represented, and big boy and infant -sat side by side in perfect comradeship, -since age counts for little in the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</span> -freemasonry of the street. Some -pinched, white little faces there were, -but not many, to set off by comparison -the wind reddened cheeks of most of -the throng. None had an overcoat; -some were even without jackets, but -they all looked warm. One young -man of six marched in with a drum, -which matched his countenance for -expansive roundness and noisy Christmas -cheer. He sat down with it -strapped to his side, which crowded -his neighbor somewhat, but there was -no complaint, for not even a “newsy” -could entertain the thought of separating -him for a moment from such -a present.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The feast started at 7 o’clock, but -at 8 o’clock there were many places -still empty and waiting, for the late -“extras” with news of the Johnson-Burns -prizefight detained many of the -older boys who had important stands. -And for the same reason there was -little of the organized cheering of -former years for the benefactor and -for Superintendent Heig, since “Chicago -Tom,” “Wise Joe” and other -leaders were still selling “papes” at -the bridge entrance. But it was a -“handout till midnight,” and time -enough to “stick on de job” and “get -in on de feed,” too.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">It was hard, though, on the shivering, -shuffling line of beggared outcasts -which hugged the Brace Memorial -building on three sides, waiting -until all the “newsies” had got -“theirs.” Here was no Christmas -buoyancy, only hopeless patience in -wasted faces, in huddled forms, in -gnawing hunger which sprang not -from red blood. That dim, silent -fringe which pressed tight up against -the brick walls, as if seeking warmth -and sustenance from the contact, expressed -the antithesis of the scene -within. Emphasis of this was not -wanting as groups of boisterous -“newsies,” clattering down the stairs<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</span> -and bursting out of the door, haled -different members of the company.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Hungry, Bill?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Wait till next Christmas.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">And the replies, accompanied by -wan smiles:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Say, kid, what dey handin’ out?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Are ye leavin’ enough fer us?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">These men were to get what the -“newsies” left, and yet not all either, -for following them would come the -women, the tattered hags of the -night. And so the feast, begun in -brightness, would end with the saddest -chapter of civilization.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The women did not line up. They -shrank from the stares of passersby, -and waited until the last before crawling -forth from their lairs.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Two thousand newsboys and homeless -men and women were fed -through the generosity of Mr. Fliess, -who provides such a feast every -Christmas. His father began giving -these annual dinners forty-five years -ago, and his son is continuing them -in his memory. Seven hundred pounds -of turkey, three hundred of ham, four -barrels of potatoes and four of turnips, -fifteen hundred pies and countless -gallons of coffee, tea, and soup -were the principal items of his provision -last night. Two hundred applicants -were seated at a time. There -was no disorder.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">One man, arriving late, when the -last dishes were being cleared away, -was referred to Mr. Heig.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Misteer,” he said, “I came from -Peekskill, walking all the way, and I -am most famished. Can I have something -to eat?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“There is a cup of tea or coffee left, -anyway, and a piece of bread. Give -it to him,” Mr. Heig said, turning to -his assistants.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Presently a plate of steaming turkey -and vegetables was placed in -front of the man. Mr. Heig said one -of the girls helping in the kitchen,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</span> -who hadn’t eaten anything since -morning, had insisted that her share -go to the traveller.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mr. Heig said the closing of many -manufacturing plants in the last year -had set thousands of boys adrift. The -Newsboys’ Lodging House had become -a haven, he said, for all the -homeless and friendless lads in the -city, and in the last year had sheltered -3,844 different boys.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Christmas and other holidays give occasion for accounts -of various forms of celebration, of which the -following story from the New York <i>Evening Post</i> is a -good example:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Just when the afternoon shadows -were beginning to lengthen in Trinity -churchyard, the snow-hedged paths -were filled with children hurrying to -the service known as the “Visit to -the Manger.” By scores they surged -along, bearing banners, until the -church doors swallowed them up. It -was the day of one of Trinity’s most -hallowed customs. Nobody knows -exactly when it was instituted, although -tradition says that it began -during the late Dr. Dix’s incumbency. -With the passing years the “Visit to -the Manger” has become the recognized -prelude to the Sunday School -feast and Christmas tree, on the day -before Christmas.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In the church long streamers of -greens twined the pillars, and here -and there gleamed holly; above the -rows of heads the banners with their -inscriptions trembled. Shrill young -voices joined in the carols. Notes of -the processional rang clearly.</p> - -<p class="no-margin-bottom">Once in royal David’s city</p> -<p class="no-margins">Stood a lowly cattle shed,</p> -<p class="no-margins">Where a mother laid her Baby</p> -<p class="no-margins">In a manger for His bed;</p> -<p class="no-margins">Mary was that mother mild,</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">Jesus Christ her little Child.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins p1">Afterward they sang “O Come, All -Ye Faithful,” and when the address -had been delivered by the presiding -clergyman, the children chanted that -other wonderful old carol, “The Snow -Lay on the Ground.”</p> - -<p class="no-margin-bottom">The snow lay on the ground,</p> -<p class="no-margins">The stars shone bright,</p> -<p class="no-margins">When Christ our Lord was born</p> -<p class="no-margins">On Christmas night!</p> -<p class="no-margins">When Christ our Lord was born</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">On Christmas night!</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Then came the “Visit to the Manger.” -Long ranks of children were -formed in the aisles, and, led by two -trumpeters from the Metropolitan -Opera House blowing “Waken, Christian -Children,” they marched in solemn -procession to the vestibule under -the spire, right in the main entrance, -where the manger was situated.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">On a platform, raised so that everybody -could see it, was a representation -of the Night at Bethlehem. All -the characters in that first drama of -Christianity were there; the sheep -and cattle stood munching straw—or -so it seemed. Lighted candles glowed -on them, and overhead boomed the -great organ, while the children’s -voices sang as they looked and -marched on:</p> - - <div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> - <div class="verse">Waken, Christian children.</div> - <div class="verse indent">Up! and let us sing</div> - <div class="verse">With glad voice the praises</div> - <div class="verse indent">Of our new-born King.</div> - <div class="verse">Up! ’Tis meet to welcome,</div> - <div class="verse indent">With a joyful lay.</div> - <div class="verse">Christ, the King of Glory,</div> - <div class="verse indent">Born for us to-day!</div> - </div> - </div> - </div> - -<p class="no-margins">When all of them—and there must -have been three or four hundred—had -made the “Visit to the Manger,” and -were back in their seats once more, -so many orderly rows of Sunday -school children, instead of little pilgrims -wandering a road far older than -that which leads to Canterbury, the -service was resumed, and soon came -the recessional “O Little Town of -Bethlehem.”<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">The service over, the congregation, -a very much excited array, was marshalled -to the parish house in the rear -of the church where the great Christmas -tree and a gorgeous feast were -awaiting them. There were moving -pictures, too, that showed the journey -of the Wise Men from the East and -the Star that guided them.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Writing Obituaries.</b> News stories of deaths, with -the biographical sketch, or obituary, which usually -accompanies such announcements in the case of men -of more or less prominence, constitute another type -that differs somewhat from general news stories. The -essential facts for the lead are the name of the person, -his position, his address, the cause of his death -and the duration of his illness, the names of the members -of his family that survive him, and any important -circumstances connected with his death. The significance -of his career, or an estimate of his life work, -may often serve to connect the lead with the biography -that follows. Every well organized newspaper office -files biographies of well-known men of the city, state, -or nation, when these are published in newspapers or -magazines, or are furnished by news bureaus, so that -they may be ready for instant use when an obituary is -to be written. To this “morgue,” or “graveyard,” as -it is called, the reporter or editor goes to get whatever -material is on hand concerning the person whose obituary -he is to write. “Who’s Who,” biographical dictionaries, -city, county, and state histories, and other -similar books of reference, furnish valuable data for -biographies.</p> - -<p>How a biographical sketch of a well-known man -may be written up in the newspaper office when the -news of his death is received, is shown in the following<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</span> -story of Dr. Koch and his work, which appeared in -the Boston <i>Transcript</i>:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Baden Baden, May 28.—Professor -Robert Koch, the famous bacteriologist, -died here yesterday afternoon -from a disease of the heart. He was -born at Klausthal, Hanover, Dec. 11, -1843.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The name of Dr. Robert Koch is one -of the most illustrious in that comparatively -small group of the world’s -great medical specialists. He was one -of the very few men who have demonstrated -entirely new principles and -developed them to practical results.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Koch’s investigation of anthrax, -to which Pasteur had devoted a great -deal of attention, first brought him -into general recognition as an authority. -A visitation of cholera at Hamburg -afforded him scope for experiments -in that direction, and to Koch -undoubtedly belongs the distinction -of specifying and demonstrating the -cholera bacillus. He was placed at -the head of the cholera commission, -and subsequently visited Egypt and -India, when those countries were -scourged by a cholera epidemic, his -services being recognized by various -decorations of honor and by a substantial -honorarium of 100,000 marks -($20,000).</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In the course of his cholera investigations -he exemplified the fact that -the bacillus, or active organism of -the disease, seldom enters deeper -than the living membrane of the intestines. -His discoveries in demonstrating -separately and specifying the -bacillus or micro-organism of disease, -have also contributed most valuable -knowledge of the cause of typhoid -fever and erysipelas.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">In the popular mind he was perhaps -best known as the discoverer of a -supposed cure for consumption, a -remedy which failed to fulfil the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</span> -hopes of an over-expectant public. -Yet the tremendous strides made in -recent years toward the stamping -out of that supposedly incurable disease -are due, more than to any other -one man, to the great German experimenter. -Medical men today freely -attribute the striking decrease in the -death rate from tuberculosis to Koch’s -discovery in 1882 that the disease is -infectious. To this achievement he -added important studies of malaria, -cholera, bubonic plague, rinderpest, -cattle plague, splenic fever and -wound poison.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Koch received a medical education -at Göttingen. After his graduation, -in 1866, he became assistant surgeon -in the Hamburg General Hospital. -Later he took up private practice -at Langenhagen, Hanover; at -Rakwitz, Posen; and at Wollstein, -Posen. By 1872 he had already a -standing in his profession which won -him an appointment to the Imperial -Board of Health. Ten years later he -succeeded in isolating the tubercle -bacillus, and his standing as an expert -was secure.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Honors followed fast. He was made -privy councillor in 1883, and became -director of the Cholera Commission -to India and Egypt. In 1884 he discovered -the cholera spirillum, regarded -as the positive test of Asiatic -cholera, and for this signal service he -received by legislative act a gift of -$20,000. The following year he became -a professor in the University of -Berlin, director of the newly established -Hygienic Institute of Berlin, -and also director of the Prussian -Board of Health.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">But so far the winner of scientific -honors had escaped the popular notice. -It was in November, 1890, that -word was suddenly flashed around the -world that a German scientist had -discovered an infallible remedy for -tuberculosis. “Koch’s consumption<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</span> -cure” became a talismanic phrase of -hope to millions. Consumptives -rushed to Berlin from every corner of -the earth. Men in the last stages of -the disease died in railway carriages -on their way to the great physician. -No one regretted this tragic manifestation -more than Dr. Koch. He had -known that his experiments were incomplete -and that he was not yet -ready to put his tuberculin to practical -use. He sought to keep it from -the public, but sensationalists garbled -his modest report, and the mischief -was wrought.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Nevertheless, the student continued -his work undaunted. The Robert -Koch Institute for the investigation of -tuberculosis was founded in Berlin. -Andrew Carnegie contributed $125,000 -to its work. From it has proceeded -the most valuable backing of the -world-wide war on the white plague.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Koch’s latest work was the investigation -in South Africa of sleeping -sickness, in recognition of which -Emperor William conferred on him -the title of Excellency. From August, -1906, to October, 1907, the doctor and -his assistants carried on these investigations -on the Sesse Islands, in -the Victoria Nyanza. The work was -not without its dangers, as the disease -manifested itself there in its -most virulent form. Natives were -dying on all sides. He discovered the -origin of the disease in the tsetse fly. -To destroy this fly and thus end the -scourge he recommended the annihilation -of the crocodile, on whose -blood the fly feeds.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">On one point Dr. Koch differed radically -from most other authorities on -tuberculosis. He maintained that tuberculosis -in cattle was not transferable -to man. This position he held -to most vigorously at the Tuberculosis -Congress in London, in 1901. In 1908, -however, when he came to this country -to attend the congress at Washington,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</span> -he was fated to hear his conclusions -voted down by a resolution -of the body. He made no reply, and -many believe his opinions had been -modified. This journey to the United -States in 1908 was his first trip to -this country and America’s savants -strove to pay him the honors due. He -was the distinguished guest at a New -York dinner. It was there that Andrew -Carnegie called him one of the -“heroes of civilization.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Koch received the Harden medal -in recognition of his eminent services -to medical science and public -health, the Nobel Medicine Prize, -amounting to $40,000, for his researches -looking to the prevention -and cure of tuberculosis, and many -minor honors.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The following obituary of a writer, though meagre -in biographical detail, is well adapted to convey an -impression of her personality and of the quality of her -work. It appeared in the New York <i>Sun</i>.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Myra Kelly (Mrs. Allan Macnaughton), -affectionately known to many -thousands of readers as the writer of -stories of Ghetto children, died yesterday -in Torquay, England.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Ten years or so ago a newspaper -man was dining one evening with -Dr. James T. Kelly, who asked for -advice concerning his daughter’s -troubles with magazine editors. This -seemed like the preface to a familiar -story—the young woman had literary -ability which the editors persistently -refused to recognize. What was to -be done?</p> - -<p class="no-margins">But the story was not along that -familiar line.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“My daughter, Myra,” said Dr. Kelly -when his companion asked how he -could help, “is teaching in a downtown -East Side school. All of us at<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</span> -home have been entertained by her -stories of her pupils and I urged her -to write some of them. She was -timid about it because of the tales of -often rejected manuscripts by unknown -writers and did not say that -she would make the trial.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Unknown to me she did, though, -and, determined to get over the agony -of unanimous rejection as soon as -possible, she made three copies of -her story and posted one each to -three magazine editors.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“This morning she came to me in -distress with three letters from three -editors, three checks, and three requests -for more stories.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Dr. Kelly’s companion agreed to act -as diplomatic agent; he saw the three -editors, settled the matter of first -choice by lot, and gave the bewildered -young school teacher’s promise of -other stories in turn to the other two -editors.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">That was the unusual manner of -entrance into the field of story writing -of Myra Kelly, then a teacher in -the primary grade of Public School -147.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The opinions of the magazine editors -were speedily justified. Readers -demanded more stories about “Isidore -Belchatosky,” there were enthusiastic -encores for further comment by “Morris -Mogilewsky,” subscribers would not -be denied more of the wisdom of -“Becky Zalmonowsky,” and “Patrick -Brennan,” whose father had resisted -the tide which had swept most of his -race away from Poverty Hollow, had -friends by the thousands among magazine -readers.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">For the first story Myra Kelly was -glad to accept $50; within a year she -got $500 for every story she wrote.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">And all she had done, she often -said, was simply to write down the -stories she told at home of the queer -deeds and views of the Ghetto children -to whom she was teaching a, b,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</span> -c,—and deportment. But these stories -were so very unlike any others from -out of that world “east of the Bowery,” -reproduced so quaintly the dialects, -so accurately the points of view, -gave such a new, deep insight into -that seething world where there were -hundreds of thousands of citizens in -the making, that their author quickly -became famous and prosperous.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">But Miss Kelly kept on with her -work in that East Broadway school, -and remained where she had elected -to teach, in the lower grade. She -might have had higher grade classes, -for she had been specially prepared -for her profession by post-graduate -studies. But the little folk from the -tenements seemed to her to deserve -the best instruction that could be -given to them not only in a, b, c, but -in how to look upon life, domestic -and civil. Also she kept on writing -stories until they grew into books, -“Little Citizens,” “Isle of Dreams,” -and “Wards of Liberty,” and these -books, selling by many large editions, -had a big influence in shaping the -work of many societies and organizations -trying to help make good citizens -out of the children of the Ghetto.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Miss Bailey” was the name of the -“Teacher” in those stories, and what -teacher had to overcome in respect -to her pupils’ views on some familiar -aspects of American history is shown -in this scene from one of her stories:</p> - -<p class="no-margin-bottom x-small">“Ain’t George Washington made shoots -mit pistols?” demands Isidore.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Yes, he did,” admitted Miss Bailey.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Ain’t Teddy Rosenfelt hit mans? Und -ain’t they made him President over it? -On’y that ain’t how they makes mit mine -uncle. They don’t make him Presidents -nor papas, neither. They takes and puts -something from iron on his hands so he -couldn’t to talk, even. Then they puts him -in a wagon und they says they sends him -over the water.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Where?” asked the teacher.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Over the river where islands is and -prisons stands. That’s how they makes -mit him, the while he hits somebody mit -pistols. I guess they don’t know about<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</span> -George and Teddy. They makes them—mine -uncle tells you how they makes -George and Teddy—Presidents over it.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“But that was from long, Izzie,” Eva -reminded him.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“And altogether different,” added Miss -Bailey.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“An’ me pop wasn’t there; he’d a pinched -’em,” said Patrick.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Und George had his gang along,” observed -Nathan Spiderwitz.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“Und Izzie,” said Morris Mogilewsky, -summing the matter up, “George Wash’ton, -he ain’t hit mans in legs mit shootin’ pistols -out killin’ ’em. You couldn’t to be -Presidents or papas over that. George -Wash’ton he kills ’em all bloody und dead. -He kills bunches of tousens of mans. Why -ain’t your uncle kill somebody?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“He hits him in the leg,” reiterated Isidore -sadly.</p> - -<p class="no-margins x-small">“But he ain’t killed ’em. Und, Izzie, -sooner you ain’t killed somebody bloody -und dead, you couldn’t to be President -and papas of countries.”</p> - -<p class="no-margin-bottom">In 1905 Miss Kelly married Allan -MacNaughton. Her husband met -financial reverses, her own health -failed, and she was unable to do much -more literary work.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mrs. MacNaughton, who was born in -Dublin, Ireland, about thirty years -ago, came to this city with her -father, Dr. James E. Kelly, when she -was a young child and received her -education in this city.</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Familiarize yourself with the form of all kinds of news -stories.</li> - -<li>Remember that neither slang nor cheap humor is essential -to a good sporting news story.</li> - -<li>Be fair in your characterization of the playing of each -team.</li> - -<li>Avoid elaborate descriptions in the average society news -story.</li> - -<li>Don’t use hackneyed phrases in reporting society news.</li> - -<li>Be accurate in the biographical data of obituaries.</li> -</ol> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</span></p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p class="hanging1">1. Criticize the following football story and rewrite it:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Mid the strains of “O You Beautiful Doll” with variations of -“We Won’t Get Home Until Morning” played in the gloaming, -wherever that is, of a windy autumn eve, Referee Williams judiciously -called a halt on the annual St. Clair-Winton battle at the -Baseball park last night, just when the top edge of the moon -peeped over Lake Erie and the cardinal cohorts were leading in -the battle by a score of 25 to 7.</p> - -<p>That’s the official count, three touchdowns, one goal from touchdown -and two drop kicks against the green and white’s one lone -touchdown, scored in the final quarter of a hectic struggle featured -by good open play on the part of both elevens, Harry Hurson’s -great kicking and marred by the poor tackling of both elevens.</p> - -<p>It was just another St. Clair victory and thus it will go down in -history. The old hoodoo still abides with the St. Clair boys south -of the river, and Winton was not so much outplayed as outlucked. -The cardinals keyed to the minute for the struggle were on their -toes from the opening whistle. They played football at all times, -took advantage of every weakness and never lagged no matter how -great the advantage and as a result they copped the city laurels which -are theirs by virtue of the victory, in a decidedly easy manner.</p> - -<p>Winton on the other hand, outside of one or two individuals on -the whole were content to take matters as they came and appeared -averse to any exceptional effort, combined or otherwise. There was -not that scrap and pep, that characterizes the annual fight between -the two teams, and this more than any superior ability on the part -of Schmidt’s champions, militated against anything like a victory -for the Wintoners.</p> - -<p>The first quarter was a feeler for both elevens. In an offensive -way, the green and white did little, playing purely on the defensive, -being content to punt on every first or second down, keeping -the ball in cardinal territory. This worked well in the first quarter -and the Winton men were never in danger of being counted on. -The same holds true of St. Clair.</p> - -<p>The second period brought a change of goals and although at -the very start the ball was in St. Clair territory, the advantage of -the wind now lay with the cardinals and Hurson’s sturdy boot soon -made that fact known to the defenders of the east goal.</p> - -<p>While Johnson in a measure held his own at this period with -the St. Clair oval mixer, he was decidedly slow in getting off his -spirals. A few minutes after the start of the quarter, St. Clair, -with the advantage of the wind, worked well into their rival’s -preserves and by sturdy plunges carried the pigskin to the thirty -yard line. Winton held finally and after three futile flings at the<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</span> -cardinal line by the green and white backs, Johnson again stepped -back to boot the leather into safe ground. He made a miscue, -however, in holding onto the ball too long, an accident which -featured his play in the North side game. Devine opposing Franklin -at tackle, wormed his way through the Winton defense and -was on Johnson before the latter was aware of his presence. He -blocked the attempted punt and followed up the ball which rolled -well behind Winton’s goal, made one futile attempt to corral the -oval as it rolled over the grass carpet, hopped to his feet again and -this time drove true gathering the ball in his arms for the first -score. A punt out by Hurson was properly heeled and the same -Hurson booted the ball squarely between the goal posts, making -the count 7 to 0. [Etc.]</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">2. Compare the following two reports of weddings and rewrite -the first:</p> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(1)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The beautiful autumn evening Tuesday, was the scene of a -happy wedding at the pleasant country home of Mr. and Mrs. -William A. Milton of Pembroke Park, when their only daughter, -Ada May Milton, was united in marriage to Henry P. Williams, -of Harrington, N. Y. Promptly at 4:30 p. m., the wedding party -descended the stairway to the sweet melody of the wedding march, -with Miss Kathrine Parker presiding at the piano. The procession -was led by the small flower maiden, Miss Mabel Teller, -dressed in pure white with a wreath of white daisies on her head -and a large bunch of the same flowers in her hand. The bride was -richly but simply clad in white satin trimmed in gold jetted passementerie -and gold jetted neck yoke, with a filmy bridal veil -daintily covering her golden brown hair and falling gracefully to -the floor.</p> - -<p>She carried fragrant white roses and pink carnations, and she -was met in the hallway by the groom. The groom wore the conventional -attire. He was accompanied by his friend Frank J. -Norton, of Watertown, N. Y. The bride was accompanied by her -cousin, Miss Henrietta Strong, now a student of Harrington normal. -Miss Strong was dressed in pure white with a bouquet of -pink roses and carnations. Together the bride and groom entered -the flower festooned parlor to the soft strains of music. Rev. -Herrin, of Pembroke Park, united the popular young couple according -to the solemn ritual of the Methodist Episcopal church.</p> - -<p>After a shower of congratulations the wedding party entered -the dining room where a sumptuous feast of good things was -served to about seventy guests amidst the usual social conversation -whilst the Pembroke Park Brass Band played its choicest -selections. Later there was music by Mrs. Henry Delton and her -son, Master Harry Delton, on the piano and violin, the latter being -a pupil of the bride, who is a music teacher in her town. Her education<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</span> -is as follows: Harrington, N.Y., for normal course; Baltimore, -Md., for business, besides Wesleyan College, Middleton, Pa., -and Marietta, O., for musical education. The groom was for some -time a telegraph operator at Buffalo, N. Y. but at present, being -the last unmarried of the family, he has lived with his mother, -Mrs. Elizabeth Williams. He belongs to one of Polk county’s well -known families, and is a member of the Harrington Brass Band.</p> - -<p>The bride belongs to one of the oldest and best families of her -home county of Madison. Both are popularly and well known in -the home circles of many friends.</p> - -<p>Among pleasantly noted friends present were Cashier W. M. -Schmidt of the Harrington bank, Miss Emma Miles of Harrington -normal, James B. Rogers, merchant, of Littletown, and -brother-in-law of the groom, accompanied by his small son, Robert, -and Misses Jessie and Nettie Williams, cousins of the groom.</p> - -<p>The wedding presents were numerous and of excellent selection, -several arriving days before from invited guests unable to be -present.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center small p1">(2)</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The wedding of Miss Gladys Virginia Du Frain, daughter of -Mr. and Mrs. J. Cutter Du Frain, to William Battlesea, adopted -son and heir of the late William Battlesea, was celebrated at -noon yesterday at the Hotel Royal, the Rev. George S. St. Clair, -rector of St. John’s Protestant Episcopal Church of this city, -officiating.</p> - -<p>Only relatives and a few intimate friends were present for the -ceremony, which was performed in the Renaissance room. There -was a temporary altar erected beneath a bower of palms and -white chrysanthemums, and standards draped with white satin -ribbon and topped with clusters of pink and white chrysanthemums -formed an aisle through which the bridal party passed. An orchestra -played during the service.</p> - -<p>The bride walked to the altar with her father, who gave her -away. She wore a gown of white satin trimmed with duchess lace, -and a veil of old point lace which fell over a court train. She -carried a bouquet of lilies of the valley and white orchids, and among -her ornaments was a pearl necklace, the gift of the bridegroom.</p> - -<p>Miss Charlotte Hinchkin, a cousin of the bridegroom, was the -flower girl. Her costume was of white lace over pink satin. She -wore a hat to match trimmed with pink tulle and she carried a -basket of pink roses. Arthur Du Frain, brother of the bride, acted -as page, and William J. Hinchkin, a cousin of the bridegroom, was -the best man. There were no ushers.</p> - -<p>After the ceremony there was a reception, followed by a wedding -breakfast in the ballroom. The bridal party sat at a heart -shaped table in the centre of a group of five tables. Mr. Battlesea -and his bride left afterward for a short trip. They will live at -144 West Sixty-ninth street.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">FOLLOW UP AND REWRITE STORIES</p> - - -<p><b>News Possibilities.</b> The possibilities contained in -a piece of news are seldom completely exhausted by -the first story published concerning it. Causes, results, -and significant phases many times cannot be ascertained -when the first story is written. New facts sometimes -develop from hour to hour, and very frequently from -day to day. It is the constant aim in newspaper making -to give in each edition the latest possible phase of every -important event. Accordingly, news stories must be -rewritten or must be given new leads as often as the -character of the latest news warrants it. A story is -worth rewriting or following up as long as it is likely -to be of interest to any considerable number of readers.</p> - -<p>Even when it is evident that the first story contains -all the significant facts and that additional details cannot -be obtained, the first story may, nevertheless, have -sufficient interest to deserve a rewriting by papers -which have not as yet had an opportunity to publish -the news that it contains. A new feature is sought for -in the first story, and this feature, when played up in -the rewritten story, gives it a new turn. New significance, -likewise, may be given to the event in the -rewritten story by looking at it from a different point -of view or by showing its relation to other events. -Probable causes, possible results, or striking coincidences -may be “played up” as new features. Often -the next development can be anticipated to bring the -rewrite up to the time of going to press. Imagination<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</span> -is necessary for success as a rewrite man, not in order -to invent fictitious details, but to see the event in all its -relations and to select the most significant of these for -emphasis in rewriting.</p> - -<p>Whether or not a story is worth “following up,” and -how long it shall be “followed up,” as well as whether -or not a story is worth rewriting, is determined by the -newspaper man’s appreciation of news values. Editors -must be keen and accurate judges of popular interest in -current events to know when to continue to give space -and prominence to developments of a piece of news and -when to drop it.</p> - -<p>The division of the twenty-four-hour day between -morning and evening papers results in editors and reporters -on papers of one of these groups depending, to -some extent, on those in the other for part of the day’s -round of news gathering. Consequently when the men -on the evening papers begin work early in the morning, -they read with great care all the morning papers, in -order to find out what news has developed since the last -edition of their papers went to press on the preceding -day. The men on morning newspapers, likewise, scan -every edition of the evening papers in order to watch -the course of events during the day. This careful examination -of newspapers is not confined to those of the -city; papers published in other cities of the state or of -adjacent states are gone over for any pieces of news -that have local phases, or “local ends.” The reading of -all these newspapers furnishes the editors with many -stories that must be rewritten and brought up to the -moment.</p> - -<p><b>Rewriting.</b> When news is to be rewritten without -additional details, the stories clipped from other papers -are turned over to rewrite men or to reporters to be -put at once in a new form for publication. If the editor<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</span> -desires more facts or later phases, he gives the clipping -to a reporter, who, taking the first story as a basis, proceeds -to get the desired additions before writing the -new story. In either case the first thing to do is to -study carefully the first story to see what it contains -and what are its possibilities. Every bearing of the -piece of news on past, present, and future events must -be carefully considered. The importance of every possible -relation should be weighed so that the most timely -and most interesting feature may be given due prominence.</p> - -<p>Because of the rapid judgments on news values and -the hurried writing of news stories that newspaper -making necessitates, the first story may not bring out -at all or may not give prominence to what is in reality -the most interesting aspect of the story, and it remains -for the man who is rewriting the story to take advantage -of this neglected opportunity. In his effort to tell -all the details of the event itself, the reporter who -wrote the first story may not have considered ulterior -causes and motives or he may not have had time to see -the event in its relation to other events. With the -perspective that a few hours often gives, the rewrite -man can judge more accurately of these elements and -in the rewritten story can give them the emphasis that -they deserve.</p> - -<p>In the rewriting of stories where no more facts are -available, the possibilities to be considered for the new -lead are: (1) some feature entirely overlooked by the -writer of the first story, (2) some element not given -prominence in the first story, that may be made the -feature, (3) the next probable consequence or development, -(4) some cause or motive not suggested or -emphasized in the first story, and (5) the relation of -the piece of news to some previous or coincident one.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</span></p> - -<p>The rewriting with no new facts but with a new -feature played up in the lead is illustrated in the following -stories:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead in Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">After a week’s search of all the -cities of the state, the police found -Mary Sheldon, the twelve-year-old -daughter of Roswell Sheldon, millionaire -paper manufacturer of Wilton, at -the Park Hotel today where she has -been living for several days. She had -informed the clerk at the hotel on -her arrival Wednesday that she was -waiting for her mother who would -arrive in a few days. When asked by -the police why she had left home, she -replied that she liked to travel.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Rewritten Story in Morning<br /> -Paper of Following Day.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“I like to travel,” was the only explanation -offered by Mary Sheldon, -the twelve-year-old daughter of Roswell -Sheldon, millionaire owner of -large paper mills at Wilton, for running -away from home a week ago, and -coming to this city last Wednesday. -She was found by the police at the -Park Hotel where she told the clerk -when she arrived that she expected -her mother to join her in a day or -two.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of First Story in Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">A giant hippopotamus, a cook, and -the ship’s crew, as principals, enacted -for 2,000 passengers aboard the steamship -“President Lincoln” which arrived -here today from Hamburg, a “near -sea tragedy” last Tuesday when three -days out from Southampton.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Otto Winkle, the fourth cook, was<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</span> -sitting on the rail forward, dozing in -the sunshine. Just then from the -nearby cage of the hippo, consigned -to the zoo at Cincinnati and the largest -ever brought to America, came a -tremendous sneeze. The shock of the -hippo’s sneeze was too much for the -somnolent cook who unceremoniously -toppled overboard and in a moment -was struggling in the wake of the -ship. A cry from some of the passengers -who saw the mishap resulted -in a boat’s being lowered, and the -cook’s being rescued.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Rewrite Story in Morning<br /> -Paper on the Following Day.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">To be blown overboard in mid-ocean -by a hippopotamus’ sneeze was -the fate of Otto Winkle, fourth cook -on the President Lincoln, which arrived -from Hamburg yesterday with -2,000 witnesses of the narrow escape -of the assistant chef. Prompt action -in lowering a boat saved the cook -from drowning. The big hippo, said -to be the largest in captivity in -America, went on his way to the -Cincinnati zoological gardens today -without being aware of the excitement -that his sneeze had caused.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Anticipating News in Rewriting.</b> One of the -simplest ways of bringing a story up to the time of the -edition in which it is to appear in rewritten form, is to -anticipate the probable result or the next development. -In the morning editions of evening papers, particularly, -much of the day’s news can be forecast and -the news stories written accordingly. Persons arrested -during the evening and night, for example, it is safe to -say in advance, will have their cases considered in the -police court the next morning. Accordingly, the fact<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</span> -that a person will be charged in court with his offense -“this morning” rather than the fact that he was -arrested “last night,” constitutes the feature of the -first morning edition of the afternoon paper. Stories -of trials, conventions, investigations, legislative sessions, -and other events extending over a number of -days or weeks can often be given a new turn before -anything new actually has been done by setting forth -in the lead what is to be done. The early morning -resumption of a search abandoned because of darkness -the night before can be played up in the rewritten -story of a drowning, disappearance, or similar occurrence. -A midnight railroad wreck reported in a morning -paper, it is safe to say in the morning editions of -the afternoon papers, will be investigated by the railroad -company and by inspectors of the state railroad -commission in order to fix the responsibility. Conjectures -as to his successor may be made a feature of a -rewrite story following the announcement of the resignation -of a public official. To look forward to what -will happen is practically to give the news before it -actually happens, and this can frequently be done.</p> - -<p>How without any additional facts the next development -of a piece of news may be anticipated and the -time changed from “last night” to “this morning” is -shown by the rewritten leads following:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of First Story in Morning Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Fire gutted the warehouse of the L. -C. Whitney Seed Company, 113 Canal -Street, shortly before midnight, causing -a loss of $75,000. Robert S. Wilber, -a night watchman employed by -the firm, was reported missing and is -believed to have lost his life in the -fire.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Rewritten Story in First<br /> -Morning Edition of Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Firemen this morning are searching -the ruins of the L. C. Whitney Seed -Company, 113 Canal Street, for the -body of Nightwatchman Robert S. -Wilber, 1913 3rd Street, who is believed -to have lost his life when the -warehouse was destroyed by fire last -night. The loss was $75,000.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of First Story in Morning Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">As a result of an altercation with a -taxi-cab driver, Harold S. Parkins, -broker, 17 Hoosac Building, was arrested -last night in front of the City -Club of which he is a member, -charged by William Works, the driver, -with assaulting him when he attempted -to get the amount of his fare.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Rewritten Story in First<br /> -Morning Edition of Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Harold S. Parkins, a broker with -offices in the Hoosac Building, will -answer in the police court this morning -to the charge of assault and battery -preferred by William Works, a -taxi driver, with whom he got into a -dispute last night over the amount of -the fare, in front of the City Club, of -which Parkins is a member.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>Finding the Relation of Events.</b> What seemed -a single and isolated event when the first story was -written may be seen to be part of a series of similar -or related events by the time the story is to be rewritten, -and this fact can be used as a new, interesting, -and important phase of the rewritten story. Several<span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</span> -burglaries, as reported in the morning papers, may -be found to have some peculiar details in common, -and this fact may give rise to the conjecture, as the -feature of the rewritten story, that they were the work -of the same burglars. A local storm story when rewritten -may have as a feature the extent of the storm -as shown by telegraph stories received after the first -story was written. A fire, the origin of which was unknown -when the first story was written, may be connected -with other recent fires that broke out under -similar conditions, and the probability of all of them -being the work of a “firebug” may be pointed out in -the rewritten story. By seeking relations between -events, the newspaper worker often finds important -features for stories to be rewritten.</p> - -<p><b>“Follow-up” Stories.</b> In “follow-up” stories the -gathering of new details is the first step necessary to -rewriting. Not infrequently the latest details can be -obtained by telephone, and the “follow-up” story can -be written in the office in as short a time as a rewrite -story that requires no additional facts. The condition -of a victim of an accident, for example, may be -ascertained by telephoning to his home or to the hospital -where he was taken, and the facts thus obtained -may be put at the very beginning of the “follow-up” -story. More often the reporter must go out to get -the latest developments of the event, just as he would -for a first story. However obtained, the new particulars -are the important ones to be emphasized in the -lead.</p> - -<p>Some of the different directions in which a story -may be “followed up” are similar to those suggested -for rewrite stories; they are: (1) causes and motives -other than those given in the first story if these are -uncertain or inadequate, (2) results and consequences<span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</span> -of the first piece of news, (3) interviews with prominent -persons in regard to the event and its significance, -(4) clues to the identity of unknown persons or to the -unknown whereabouts of those who figured in the first -news story.</p> - -<p>Popular interest in the causes of fires, accidents, and -disasters generally, make such causes good “second day” -features when the explanation given in the first story -is insufficient or unsatisfactory. Motives for crimes or -for any significant action are to be sought for by the -reporter. The important question always to be asked -in connection with practically every piece of news is, -Why? Every result of an event has new possibilities -and should be “followed up.” In stories of crime the -identity of the culprit and his whereabouts, if not given -in the first story, are, of course, of great news value -for a “second day” story. Finally, the opinions of those -concerned or in any way interested in the event, as -obtained by interviews, make good material for stories -following the first one.</p> - -<p>In writing the lead of a “follow-up” story the reporter -must not fail to give as many of the essential -elements of the first story as are necessary to make the -new details intelligible to those who did not read the -first story, and to recall the main facts to the minds of -those who did read it. This explanatory material is -made subordinate to the latest particulars, but cannot -well be omitted.</p> - -<p>The way in which a story is “followed up” from -hour to hour and from day to day by “featuring” the -latest news and reporting in slightly varied form the -same essential details, is made evident in the following -leads of a railroad wreck, the developments of which -had news value for two days.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</span></p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in First Morning<br /> -Edition of Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Two men -are known to have been killed and a -score or more injured when a Cincinnati, -Lake Huron and Western -passenger train bound from Cleveland -crashed into a freight on a siding at -Wilmington at 6:30 this morning.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Noon Edition of<br /> -Same Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Fourteen -persons were killed and twenty more -were injured when a Cincinnati, Lake -Huron and Western passenger train -running between Cleveland and this -city crashed head-on into a standing -freight in an open switch at Wilmington, -a suburb of Cincinnati, early today.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(3)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Last Afternoon<br /> -Edition of Same Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Failure of -the head brakeman to close the -switch, according to his own confession -late today, was the cause of the -head-on collision between a passenger -train and a freight train on the Cincinnati, -Lake Huron and Western -railroad at Wilmington, a suburb of -Cincinnati, early this morning, in -which fifteen lives were lost, and a -score or more passengers seriously -injured.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(4)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Morning Paper<br /> -of the Following Day.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Cincinnati, O., Nov. 13.—Delay in installing -a block system as ordered -three months ago by the railroad -commission of the state, in the opinion -of the inspectors of that body resulted<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</span> -in the disastrous wreck on the -Cincinnati, Lake Huron, and Western -railroad at Wilmington, a suburb of -Cincinnati, early this morning, when -fifteen persons lost their lives and -fifteen others were seriously injured.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The wreck was caused by the failure -of the head brakeman on the -freight, Otto Hansen, to close the -switch to the siding. [etc.]</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(5)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Evening Paper on<br /> -Second Day.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Cincinnati, O., Nov. 14.—Three separate -investigations were begun today -into the cause of the Wilmington -wreck on the Cincinnati, Lake Huron -and Western railroad, which killed -fifteen and severely injured as many -more, with a view to fixing the blame -on those responsible and to punishing -them. The Williams County grand -jury under order of Judge Hanty began -to investigate the wreck, while -Coroner Hardy and District Attorney -Collum worked on the matter independently.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>Lack of important additions to facts in the first -story often makes the lead of the “follow-up” story -less striking in new features than those given above, -but the very absence of new facts in itself has some -news value, as is shown by the two following leads:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">When Mrs. Herman Hansen, Hampshire -Apartments, widow of a former -director of the so-called “bread trust,” -unlocked her bedroom door early this -morning in answer to a plea “the -baby is dying,” she was faced by a -masked burglar, who pointed a revolver -at her. She had supposed that -the voice was that of her son and that -his child was very ill.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">The burglar searched all over the -house for jewelry, but failed to find -anything of value, as the diamonds -owned by Mrs. Hansen were in a -safety deposit vault. Her companion, -Miss Ida Schnell, a trained nurse, was -threatened with death by the burglar, -who later made his escape.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">It is believed that the burglar had -gained admittance to the apartment -early in the evening and had concealed -himself until after the family -had retired.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Lead of Story in Next Morning’s<br /> -Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">The identity of the burglar who -after concealing himself for hours in -the home of Mrs. Herman Hansen, -Hampshire Apartments, entered her -room early yesterday morning and at -the point of a revolver demanded -money and jewels, remains a mystery, -according to the police.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">There is not a clew to the identity -or whereabouts of the marauder and -as he had covered his entire face and -head with a black mask similar to -that placed on a condemned man, -neither Mrs. Hansen nor Miss Ida -Schnell, her companion, could give an -adequate description of his face. He -had also turned his coat inside out, -giving it the appearance of being -ragged.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">A report that one of the servants -was suspected of being in league with -the burglar and that she gave him entrance -during the daytime, was denied -by both Police Captain Sullivan and -Henry Hansen, a son. Mr. Hansen -visited police headquarters last night -to inquire whether any clews had -been found.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><b>“Boiling Down” News to One Paragraph.</b> For -some stories the rewriting consists of “boiling down -the news” to a sentence or two containing the essential<span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</span> -facts, in order that they may be used as “fillers” -or may be grouped with similar short items under general -headings, such as “Sparks From the Wires,” -“Telegraph Ticks,” “City News In Brief,” “Told In -Brief,” “State News.” Local news stories of this type -are rewritten from other city papers, and state news is -often rewritten from daily and weekly papers received -in exchange and known as “state exchanges.” Some -of the news associations furnish brief stories of this -kind which may be grouped under one head or which -may be used as “fillers.” A single cross-line head, or -a side head, is often put on these short “items” by -the man who rewrites them. Examples of rewritten -stories of this kind follow:</p> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">First Story in Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Three boys, Joseph Dant, 19; -Charles Herrig, 19; and Oscar Kellin, -19; were brought into district court -this morning for tearing up small -trees recently planted on Hartford -Avenue. The boys attended a dance -Saturday night and on their way -home, according to the testimony of -Patrolman Higgins, destroyed the -trees.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“You are each fined $10 and costs,” -said Judge Bellows. “You boys deserve -even more severe punishment. -There would be slight encouragement -for people to beautify their homes, -were boys like you allowed to go unpunished.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Rewritten Story and Head in Next<br /> -Morning’s Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="noindent no-margins center small bold">THEY PULLED UP TREES.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">After Patrolman Higgins had testified -that he found them pulling up -young trees on Hartford Avenue Saturday<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</span> -night, Joseph Dant, Charles -Herrig, and Oscar Kellin, each 19 -years old, were fined $10 and costs in -District Court on Monday.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(1)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">First Story in Evening Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Amelia Minkle, 19, 656 Second St., -was run down and injured by an automobile -driven by Mrs. H. M. Greene, -931 Hillside Ave., at 7 o’clock this -morning at Eleventh and National -Avenues. The girl was on her way to -work. She alighted from a car and -started to cross the street when the -automobile turning the corner struck -her and knocked her to the pavement. -Mrs. Greene stopped her machine and -called the police ambulance. The girl -was removed to the Emergency Hospital. -Although painful, her injuries -are not serious.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="news-column-label p2">(2)</p> - -<p class="news-column-label bold p1">Rewritten Story and Head in Next<br /> -Morning’s Paper.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">GIRL HURT BY AUTO—While -crossing Eleventh Avenue on her way -to work Monday morning, Amelia -Minkle, 19, 656 Second street, was -knocked down and slightly injured by -an automobile owned and driven by -Mrs. H. M. Greene, 931 Hillside Avenue.</p> - </div> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Read all the local papers every day before beginning -your work.</li> - -<li>Remember that few first stories exhaust all the news -possibilities.</li> - -<li>Follow up every story as long as indications point to -new and interesting developments.</li> - -<li>Look for ulterior causes and motives as new phases.</li> - -<li>Look forward for new features to possible results and -consequences.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1.2em;" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</span></li> - -<li>Get interviews with persons of prominence and authority -on all important events, as new features.</li> - -<li>Look at the event from a new angle before beginning -your rewrite story.</li> - -<li>Play up the latest possible phase of the news in the lead.</li> - -<li>Find a new feature to play up in rewriting when you -have no more facts.</li> - -<li>Anticipate the next development of the event in beginning -the lead of your rewrite story.</li> - -<li>Bring the rewritten story “up to the minute” by giving -prominence to features of “to-day.”</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p class="hanging1">1. Rewrite the following story, putting the unusual feature -at the beginning of the story.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Samuel J. Willsie, an insurance broker living at 1991 Riverside -Drive, did not appear in the City Court yesterday for examination -in the supplementary proceedings in a suit over a loan of $200, -and Hein & Krug of 281 Broadway, the attorneys who obtained -the order, concluded that Mr. Willsie didn’t feel that he had been -properly served.</p> - -<p>The lawyers had turned the order over to Samuel Greenman, -a process server of 188 East Ninety-Eighth Street. After trying -to serve the order without success he finally notified the lawyers -that he had seen Mr. Willsie sitting at his window in the Riverside -Drive house one night and that he had tied a copy of the -order to a brick and thrown the brick into the window, hitting -Mr. Willsie with it. The process server said that when Mr. Willsie -picked up the paper and looked at it he, the process server, immediately -read the original to Mr. Willsie at long distance and -said “You’re served.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Willsie said yesterday that no attempt, so far as he knew, -had been made to serve the order on him, and that he could be -found at his office every day. He said that while he and his family -were at dinner one night something landed on the floor of the -room by way of an open window. His son, he said, went in to see -what it was and threw the stone back into the street. The boy -told his father the object was a stone wrapped in a piece of paper. -That was all Mr. Willsie knew of the alleged “service.”</p> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1">2. In rewriting this story, summarize the essential facts in -the opening sentence.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>When a Third avenue elevated train reached the 166th street -station late yesterday afternoon the guards announced that the -next stop would be 177th street, the intervening stations being -skipped.</p> - -<p>At once there was a rush for the platform, which was already -full of people, and by the time the train was ready to go on, men -and women were jammed tight against the cars. The conductor -was warned not to start the train, but he pulled the bell and the -moving cars rolled the front row of those on the platform along -with it. Six panes of glass were broken and fully a dozen persons -cut or bruised.</p> - -<p>Six men who had been injured went to the Morrisania police -station and made a complaint. They were R. Nothstein, a clerk -of 451 East 171st street; Frank Schwartz, a mechanic living at -415 East 176th street; John Hurley, an engineer of 5415 Third -avenue; William Balk, a clerk of 3661 Third avenue, Charles -Wold, of 1695 Franklin avenue; and Thomas O’Brien of 341 -West 167th street.</p> - -<p>The police set out to find the conductor who started the train, -but as none of the complainants had taken his number, they were -still hunting for him last night.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">3. Improve the lead of the following story by playing up a -better feature.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Interstate Commerce Commissioner Clark, in a statement issued -today in connection with the numerous wrecks on railroads in the -United States, said that conditions are deplorable.</p> - -<p>“Most of the wrecks,” he said, “may be put in the class of -avoidable accidents. Poor rails, speed craze, and human negligence -are the causes.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Clark declared that the commission is powerless to prescribe -adequate regulations to prevent wrecks, and that, though -its recommendations have been generally observed, they cannot -be enforced. He intimated that Congress should give the commission -more power to compel railroads to observe safety rules -which are deemed necessary from the commission’s many investigations.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">4. Give this story an entirely different lead without beginning -with a summary.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Julius R. Wein literally sang himself into matrimony, and then -sang himself into a jail cell. The dulcet tones of his tenor voice -won him a bride and also caused his arrest on a charge of forgery.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</span></p> - -<p>A few months ago Wein, under the name of Jule LeGrande, -was singing in theatres in Chicago. Among others who admired -his singing was Miss Winnie Riley who characterized his singing -as “divine.” So much was Miss Riley attracted to the voice that -she consented to marry its owner. After the ceremony the two -rented apartments at 1961 Western Avenue. As before, the husband -continued to sing in local theatres.</p> - -<p>After a few weeks the young wife decided that vaudeville did -not offer sufficient opportunity and requested Wein to seek employment -in the field of business. He sought for and obtained a -position as cashier for the Universal Furniture Company at 1032 -16th Street.</p> - -<p>The salary of a young cashier was not so large as that he was -accustomed to earn as a singer, so Wein is said to have forged -checks amounting to more than $1,200, signing the name of the -firm by which he was employed.</p> - -<p>Detectives who sought his arrest determined to use the voice -which had won Wein’s bride as a “bait” to cause his arrest.</p> - -<p>The following advertisement was inserted in papers throughout -the United States:</p> - -<p>FOR SALE—A Moving Picture Theatre, cheap. Can be operated -to great advantage by man or woman who is good singer and -entertainer.</p> - -<p>Three days ago an answer was received from Wintonville, Miss. -The writer signed his name as W. R. Reinhard. The handwriting -was recognized by experts as that of Wein, and the young man -was yesterday arrested by operatives of the Pinkerton Detective -Agency in the Mississippi city. Both Wein and his wife will be -brought to Chicago tomorrow.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">FEATURE STORIES</p> - - -<p><b>Kinds of Feature Stories.</b> Most news stories, it has -been seen, aim to be nothing more than concise presentations -of the essential facts concerning current events. -They are intended primarily to inform rather than to -instruct or entertain. In a feature story, on the other -hand, the writer takes the day’s events and tries to present -entertaining or instructive phases of them that -cannot well be developed in the limited compass of the -news story itself.</p> - -<p>For one type of feature story the reporter takes the -facts of the news and finds behind them the real meaning -of the event to those who play a part in it. The event -thus becomes an episode in the drama of human life, -sometimes comic, sometimes tragic. Such a story involves -feelings as well as facts. To write it successfully -the reporter must be able to see the picturesque, humorous, -and pathetic phases of life about him; he must feel -with those to whom the events mean much. Keen insight -into human nature, and sympathy with its strength and -its weakness, are essential. This type of story, which -is often called the “human interest” story, enjoys no -small degree of popularity because it appeals to the -reader’s feelings. In some newspapers it takes a place -of prominence beside the best news stories; in many -of them it is given a less conspicuous position; only a -few neglect it entirely.</p> - -<p>Another kind of feature story, quite different in character, -undertakes to explain, interpret, and describe<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</span> -fully significant phases of the day’s news and timely -topics generally. Brief news stories often arouse the -reader’s curiosity to know more of the persons and -things that they mention. It remains for the feature -story to supply causes, motives, results,—the full significance -of the bare facts of the news. Accordingly, -some newspapers set aside two or three columns on the -editorial pages each day for a feature story of this -kind. In magazine sections of Saturday and Sunday -issues such articles are supplied in greater numbers. -These feature stories are frequently illustrated. They -seldom fill less than a column; more often they are -several columns in length.</p> - -<p><b>“Human Interest” Stories.</b> Material for the “human -interest” type of feature story is to be found anywhere -and everywhere in the reporter’s daily round of -news gathering. The many police court cases furnish -an abundance of humorous and pathetic incidents. Accidents -and minor crimes of all kinds many times are -worth only a few lines as news, but as the basis for feature -stories, they contain great possibilities. An incident -in a crowded street car, a mishap on the street, a bit of -conversation between two newsboys, a mistake made by -a person unaccustomed to the ways of the metropolis, -or any one of the hundred little episodes in the daily -life of a city may be taken by the reporter as the subject -of his feature story. Little children, because of the -great appeal that they make to men and women of all -classes, often furnish good material. Animals, wild or -tame, are always available as subjects. A visit to the -“zoo” is sure to furnish at least one good story. For -the alert reporter with a knowledge of human nature -and an appreciation of the humor and the pathos of -life, there is never any dearth of material.</p> - -<p><b>Style in Feature Stories.</b>—Feature stories require<span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</span> -some literary ability beyond that necessary for -routine reporting. From the point of view of its composition -the feature story is like a miniature short story. -Therefore no definite rules can be laid down for its -treatment. There need be no summary of essential -facts at the beginning as in the typical news story. -Like the short fiction story, the feature story may begin -in any way that will attract the reader’s attention, and -may be developed by conversation, by narration, or by -description that suggests rather than portrays in great -detail. A good feature story frequently tells itself; all -that the writer does is to record the incidents without -comment or adornment. A simple, restrained treatment -is far preferable to elaboration of detail. Pathos can -easily be made bathos, and humor can readily descend -to cheap buffoonery.</p> - -<p>The style of humorous and pathetic feature stories -needs careful attention. Words must be chosen not -only with reference to their general meaning but with -consideration for the feelings which have come to be -associated with them and which they therefore arouse -in the reader. One word with the wrong connotation -may spoil the whole effect of an otherwise well-written -pathetic story. As in the structure of the feature story -so in its style, no definite rules or principles can be laid -down to guide the reporter. Careful reading of well-written -short stories and novels will show him various -methods of producing the effects that he desires.</p> - -<p>The rescue of a small boy from drowning in a cistern -would ordinarily pass unnoticed in the newspapers of -a large city and might be worth a few lines in those -of a small one. A reporter with a sense of humor might -see something in the incident that would make good -material for a humorous feature story, as did the reporter -on the Chicago <i>Tribune</i>, who wrote it in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</span> -following form. The editor gave the story a place on -the front page.</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">“Billy” Dyer, 2 year old son of -William Dyer, owner of the Dyer -foundry in Chicago, was playing in -the yard of his home at 1716 North -Elmwood avenue, Hyde Park, yesterday -with his little sister Mary. Suddenly -“Billy,” who was standing on -the wooden top of a cistern, disappeared.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">There was nothing supernatural in -his disappearance, because the wood -in the cistern cover was rotten, but -it struck little Mary as being so remarkable -that she lost the power of -speech. She is little more than a -year old, and she couldn’t talk much, -anyway.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Just at this moment a peddler came -into the backyard. He saw Mary -gazing fixedly at the open cistern and -asked her what she saw.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Bruvver’s down there,” vouchsafed -Mary, regaining her tongue and pointing.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The peddler took a look into the -cistern and then seized a near-by -mop. “Billy’s” head was still bobbing -above the surface of the water when -the peddler got back with the mop, -but when he looked into the cistern -again the boy slipped off the cover of -the cistern, which had gone down -with him, and went under. The peddler -waited until the boy’s head appeared -again and then he deftly stuck -the end of the mop under Billy’s chin -and pinned his head against the -masonry.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Meanwhile the peddler had not -been silent. Mrs. Dyer heard his -shouts, and, gathering their portent, -rushed to the telephone and called -the fire department. Axel Hansen -also heard the sounds. Axel has long -legs. He came running.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">When Axel looked into the cistern -a scheme of rescue immediately -formulated itself in his mind. He got -down on his knees and told the terrified -Mrs. Dyer and some neighbors -to take a good hold on his ankles. -The peddler was busy holding -“Billy’s” head above the water with -his mop.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Then Axel let himself head foremost -down into the cistern. His legs -were just long enough to reach. With -outstretched arms he was able to get -“Billy” by the scruff of the neck. -Having got a good grip, he ordered -“Hoist away.” Mrs. Dyer and the -neighbors hoisted, and in a moment -“Billy,” scared and much bedraggled, -was safe in his mother’s arms. The -fire department arrived about this -time.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“O, look at the pretty firemen,” exclaimed -Mary, and turned her entranced -gaze away from the cistern to -the new object of interest.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The capture of an unusually large turtle, in and of -itself, has little news value, but out of the incident -a New York <i>Sun</i> reporter by simple literary devices -worked up a feature story that holds the reader’s interest -and makes an entertaining little “yarn.”</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">They that go down to Gravesend -Bay in fishing craft were talking -about It all day yesterday in the back -room of Hogan’s place. Here, where -swings the lantern that once lighted -emperors of China on their way to -bed and to the rope of which there -hangs a wondrous tale, and where the -pistol that shot O’Donovan Rossa lies -in its evil rust, the fishermen gathered -and roared in each others’ ears -about It. Between whiles they all -went up to Lew Morris’s barn and -gazed at It. It was the biggest that -any of them had ever seen. Also It<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</span> -was old. You could tell that by the -barnacles that covered It. It was -prodded over on Its ancient back by -inquisitive toes and It slapped itself -across Its chest like a cabby on a cold -night.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Lew told how he caught It. He and -Hogan went out in a rowboat about 9 -o’clock yesterday morning to look -over their weakfish nets. It was flopping -around in Lew’s best net. Lew -leaned over and got hold of a flipper. -He found himself in all sorts of -trouble right away and called for Hogan. -The latter changed position too -quickly and they both went in. Lew -had hold of the flipper and never let -go. If Al Girard and Nelse Williams -hadn’t come along in a launch just -then there is no telling what would -have happened. Al and Nelse got -Hogan and Lew out and Lew had hold -of the flipper.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">It is the biggest turtle—there, it’s -out now—that ever has been caught -in Gravesend. A deep sea turtle at -that and weighs anywhere from 150 -to 200 pounds.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Lew hasn’t said yet what he will -do with the turtle, but he hints darkly -of soup. Maybe it isn’t a soup turtle.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>How a bit of information gleaned from a janitor -may furnish the basis for an amusing little story, -developed almost entirely by conversation, in this instance -with the added flavor of Irish brogue, is well -illustrated by this example taken from the New York -<i>Tribune</i>:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">Mike, one of the cleaners at the -Hall of Records, beamed with satisfaction -yesterday afternoon—so much -so that every one noticed it. The corners -of his mouth wrinkled upward, -and he acted as if he had found a -pocketbook for which there would be -no claimant.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</span></p> - -<p class="no-margins">“It’s all about thim clocks,” said -Mike.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The clocks in this building?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The same—the same,” said Mike. -“Ye see, we’ve had the divil’s own -time wid these clocks, but they’re all -right now. They’re all together, like -people at the pay window on Saturday -afthernoon. I wisht I had the wurrud -to fit what has happened to thim -clocks. They’s a rare wurrud for it, -an’ I heard wan of the assistants up -in Pendleton’s office spit it out careless -like whin he went out to lunch -to-day. But thim clocks is near killin’ -all av us. They’re run by electricity, -an’ the city paid enough f’r thim to -have thim right. But not till to-day -have they all struck together, like -bricklayers on a job wid the contract -time limit two days off. To-day they -all got busy to wanst, and now they’re -runnin’ dead heats. But I wisht I had -the wurrud that tells what happened -to thim.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Didn’t they keep correct time till -to-day?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“They did not,” said Mike, emphatically. -“In the Register’s office the -clock took itself for a six-cylinder -auto goin’ to the Polo Grounds, and -rushed the clerks out of the office an -hour and a half ahead of time. Up in -the Corporation Counsel’s office it was -usually 6 o’clock p. m. whin the honest -old City Hall clock gave the hour -of 10 in the morning. Down in Captain -Bell’s office in the tax department -the clock made such a record for -itself as a liar and a chate that the -captain had to hang a paper over the -dial. He said he was ashamed to -have an honest man look the clock in -the face. An’ so it was all around the -buildin’. The clock winder wuz doin’ -the windin’ by conthract, an’ he near -went plumb crazy. But now thim -clocks is all right, fur a wonder. But -I wisht I had the wurrud that tells -what happened. Here comes Captain<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</span> -Davis, of the armory board. He -knows the wurrud that fits thim -clocks when they all got together.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Captain Davis was held up by Mike, -who explained what he wanted.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“An’ I’ll buy a perfecto cigar-r-r if -ye’ll give me the wurrud that fits -thim clocks.”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“I guess you mean the clocks have -at last been synchronized,” said the -captain, politely.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“That’s it—that’s it—that’s the -wurrud!” shouted Mike. “Thim -clocks has been syn—syn—syn”—</p> - -<p class="no-margins">Mike paused and the joy died out -of his eyes.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Say, captain,” said he, “phwat the -divil is the rest of it?”</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Synchronized,” repeated the captain.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“Yes, that’s it, whativer it is,” said -Mike.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The adventures of a trained elephant that escaped in -the streets of New York furnished a reporter on the -<i>Sun</i> with an opportunity for a humorous animal story -that he took every advantage of, as is seen in the following -result:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>An East Indian elephant weighing a couple of tons or so -and bearing the Anglo-Saxon name of Nellie, moved into the -tenement house at 336 East Thirty-fourth street early yesterday -morning carrying her trunk with her. At or about the -same hour most of the other tenants of the house moved out. -Shortly afterward the tenants of the house at 338 followed -suit, and it was only a few moments later that the tenants in -340 emulated the example of their neighbors in 336 and 338.</p> - -<p>Andrew Diehl, the owner of the tenement, did not welcome -Nellie with any enthusiasm. He said later that he did -not cater to elephants, and anyhow all the flats in his house -were occupied. He seemed a bit peevish about the whole -affair, apparently having conceived the idea that if it got -around the neighborhood that he made a practice of entertaining -elephants unawares it might prejudice his house in -the eyes of prospective tenants.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</span></p> - -<p>In short, he spoke quite sharply about the matter, did Mr. -Andrew Diehl. But several thousand persons who saw Nellie -moving in at 336 appeared to be having a really good -time.</p> - -<p>Before Nellie moved into 336, and thence through the -backyard fence into 338, and thence through another backyard -fence into 340, her place of residence was quite a number -of blocks further uptown. But she is hard to suit with -regard to her surroundings. In fact, before she consented to -move into 336, 338 and 340 she insisted on making a number -of extensive alterations.</p> - -<p>Nellie’s uptown residence was the Hippodrome. She wasn’t -exactly an old resident there either, the janitor says, for she -moved in there no longer ago than Friday morning, coming -directly from the steamship Georgic on the recommendation -of a travelling companion, one Alfredo Rossi, who told her -that it was a good place to live and that he thought that between -them they could do themselves some good there in the -way of making a living. This sounded pretty good to Nellie, -and as soon as they had hoisted her out of the Georgic’s hold -in an enormous sling and deposited her on the island of Manhattan, -she started directly for the Hippodrome on Prof. -Rossi’s recommendation. Besides, Prof. Rossi had a good -sharp goad and some disposition to use it.</p> - -<p>In addition to Prof. Rossi, Nellie’s companions of the voyage -included three more elephants, Petie, Rosa and Pierrette. -Prof. Rossi having some influence with them too, they also -went along to board with Nellie at the Hippodrome. The -new tenants behaved themselves so admirably at first that -the neighbors had no complaints whatsoever to make.</p> - -<p>Prof. Rossi came around very early yesterday morning to -put the elephants through a little drill preparatory to going -into the performance regularly to-morrow afternoon. All -would have continued well had Nellie been accustomed to -having pigs in the house. But such was not the case. At least -the Hippodrome janitor says so. He blames it all on Marcelline’s -pig, though he declares that no other tenants of his -apartment house ever have complained about the pig.</p> - -<p>But Nellie was clearly of the opinion that a pig was out of -place in the same house with herself. At all events when she -heard that pig squeal and saw him come romping in his usual -debonair manner over the stage, she gave one wild blast of -her trumpet and determined to go elsewhere. In fact she<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</span> -went elsewhere, did Nellie, and that forthwith. But she went -out, as a perfect lady should, by the customary stage entrance, -taking most of it with her and subsequently accumulating -large portions of the storm door as well.</p> - -<p>Once in Forty-third street Nellie turned toward the east. -She was closely pursued by Bill Milligan, a Hippodrome -groom, who endeavored with the aid of a shovel to dissuade -her from her intention to travel. Mr. Milligan was -subsequently reproached severely by Prof. Rossi because he -did not use a goad. But Mr. Milligan rejoined with some -asperity that he was shaving at the time Nellie tiptoed past -him and it was only by the merest chance that he happened -to notice her. “And,” added Mr. Milligan, “I don’t use no -goad to shave with, anyhow.”</p> - -<p>Putting this aside for the moment, the fact remains that -Nellie proceeded eastward as far as Fifth avenue. Here she -turned to the south. As she approached Forty-second street -Traffic Policeman John Finnerty raised one commanding -hand, thereby stopping all traffic that had been previously -headed in Nellie’s direction. But Policeman Finnerty complains -that Nellie did not obey his order to stop. He says he -can prove it, too, because there were a number of persons -around and several of them in all probability noticed the elephant -and can swear that she did not stop when he raised -his hand. For a moment, he says, he thought of arresting -her, but abandoned the idea, thinking perhaps it would be -making too much of a trifling infraction of the traffic rules -by a stranger in the city.</p> - -<p>At all events Nellie turned to the eastward again when -she reached Forty-second street and moved along as far as -Second avenue without meeting a soul she knew. In fact she -didn’t meet so very many persons face to face, though there -were quite a number of people in the lobby of the Manhattan -Hotel and the Grand Central Station, and a little group now -and then shinning up a casual lamp post or roosting on the -top of a subway pagoda. And there weren’t more than 10,000 -or 20,000 behind her either.</p> - -<p>It looked so lonesome in Forty-second street that Nellie -turned southward again when she got to Second avenue out -of sheer yearning for human companionship. As a matter of -fact there were several persons in Second avenue until a few -seconds after Nellie turned the corner, but they all seemed -to be in some haste and went away from there before Nellie<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</span> -could come up to them. In fact Second avenue was so solitary -a place that when Nellie got to Thirty-fourth street she -thought she would try that just for luck.</p> - -<p>She would probably have continued right on to the ferry -because nobody thereabouts appeared to have any objection, -had it not been for the fact that a fire engine and hose cart -galloped through First avenue to answer an alarm turned in -from the box at First avenue and Thirty-second street. Nellie -was not interested in fire engines. So she took to the sidewalk -in front of 334, and at 336 she seemed to say to herself: -“This is the place I’ve been looking for.”</p> - -<p>At all events she entered the doorway at that number. On -the ground floor is Henry Gruner’s barber shop. Henry was -shaving a customer when Nellie passed his window and -turned into the hall next door. The customer left the chair -so promptly that he nearly got his throat cut and disappeared -down the street with the towel still about his neck, in the direction -of the East River. Nellie walked right through the -narrow hall, taking with her a segment of the balustrade. -The door that leads into the back yard was not built to accommodate -elephants, as Mr. Diehl explained some time later, -but Nellie managed to wiggle through it, though she knocked -down about half the coping in the process.</p> - -<p>High board fences separate 336 from 338, and 338 from 340. -That is to say, they did. They don’t now, because Nellie walked -through them as if they had been paper. But before this she -took a look in at the kitchen window on the ground floor of -336, where Mrs. Gruner, the barber’s wife, and their children, -Tessie, Henry and Louisa, were eating breakfast. The -happy family looked up from their oatmeal and beheld an -uncommon face at the window, the face of an elephant seeking -companionship.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Gruner and all the little Gruners experienced spots -before the eyes and a sudden loss of appetite. In fact, they -beat it for the street. It was then that Nellie, again abandoned, -moved into 338. There was nobody there either, except -up above on the fire escape. So she moved through the fence -into 340. Every one had gone away from there too. It was -then that the elephant broke down and wept. At least, she -lifted up her trunk and trumpeted to the high heavens.</p> - -<p>Meantime Prof. Rossi and his staff of assistants had been -trailing the wandering Nellie. She was never out of their -sight, but they never could quite catch up with her because<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</span> -there were so many people in the streets who had important -engagements and were trying their best to fill them. But by -the time Nellie had moved into 340 Rossi and his force had -arrived. There were also the police reserves from three stations, -several fire companies with hooks and ladders, a squad -of mounted cops, the entire force from the Grand Central -Station, and enough mere spectators to do credit to a Chicago-New -York baseball game at the Polo Grounds.</p> - -<p>Vainly did Prof. Rossi endeavor to coax Nellie out by the -way in which she had made entrance. Nothing would budge -her, and if, as might well have been the case, the courtyard -had been entirely surrounded by houses, it might have been -necessary to pull one of them down to get her out. Fortunately, -however, there’s a vacant lot behind 340, but it was -needful to break down two high board fences from the Thirty-third -street side in order to get at her.</p> - -<p>In the meantime Rossi’s assistants had thoughtfully led -the other three elephants, Petie, Rosa and Pierrette, down -from the Hippodrome and lined them up in Thirty-third -street, and when Nellie looked through the broken fences and -saw her merry companions, she let out trumpet peals of delight -and all but fell on their necks. So they marched her -out into Thirty-third street and back to the Hippodrome -without further incident of note. And considering the pains -she took to get into her Thirty-fourth street tenement she -left it with extraordinarily little apparent regret.</p> - -<p>When Prof. Rossi was asked last evening how he accounted -for Nellie’s performance, he replied in part:</p> - -<p>“Name of a name! Name of a dog! Name of a pig! Sacred -thousand thunders! Holy blue!”</p> -</div> - -<p>In the separation of an old colored couple a reporter -might see little to record in a news story, but, with an -appreciation of the human interest in the event or with -insight into the lives and feelings of the persons concerned, -he might write a pathetic story like the following -one adapted from the Pittsburgh <i>Gazette Times</i>:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>They had climbed the hill together; well on the tottering -way down they decided that they must travel the rest apart. -Sylvester and Eva Hawkins signed papers to that effect yesterday. -They are black folk, these two, old and black, but<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</span> -they have in their natures a meed of proper sentiment. When -the parting came they both wept and the tears were not -maudlin.</p> - -<p>They have lived for the most part as good citizens should; -they reared a family that numbers even more than the Rooseveltian -figure; they saved their little earnings until they had -their modest home in addition to having given their children -better than they had themselves.</p> - -<p>But the husband and father, it was alleged, was cruel. It -is not denied even by himself that Sylvester was wont to give -way to outbreaks of temper. He always was sorry afterward, -but sometimes regret did not make up for the harm done. -It is charged that once he almost killed his son and only last -Saturday choked his daughter nearly to insensibility. This -last act was the cause of the son’s making the information -against the old man. A preliminary hearing was held last -Tuesday and the old man was committed to jail until yesterday.</p> - -<p>The son, Sylvanus, wanted his father committed to jail for -a term, but the mother would not agree to this. She admitted -that she feared her husband when he became violent and that -his abuse of her and her children had become unbearable. -But she said she still loved him and she did not want him -behind the bars. When a bill of separation was suggested she -agreed.</p> - -<p>Hawkins wept then, as did his wife. He begged to be -given another chance, but between her sobs the woman said -he had promised to reform so often, all to no effect, that she -could trust him no longer. She thought it best for all that -they should part.</p> - -<p>“I love you still, honey,” the old man murmured, and to -show his statement true, he bravely agreed to sign over their -little property to her. She bade him a tender good-bye.</p> - -<p>The old man walked out alone, over the steps of the municipal -building, where he sat down. He saw the family that -had renounced him come up, watched them as they took a -car, and looked longingly as it rolled away. Then he wiped -his eyes again, put his head between his hands and stared -vacantly at the ground.</p> -</div> - -<p><b>Special Articles.</b> The second type of feature story, -that prepared for the magazine sections of Saturday<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</span> -and Sunday editions or for the editorial pages of any -issue, usually consists either of a detailed narrative or -of an exposition of some interesting and timely subject. -In the news columns there is room for only concise -announcements of such events as a scientific discovery, -an important invention, the destruction of a landmark, -the death of an old actor, a new design for coins or -postage stamps, an auction of rare books or paintings, -a new theory of the origin of life, the results of an -investigation of child labor conditions, a report on decreasing -soil fertility, or the adoption by a state of a -plan for government life insurance. Any one of these -and thousands of other news stories whets the reader’s -curiosity for more details. It remains for the editors of -magazine sections to try to satisfy their readers’ curiosity -and to supply interesting reading matter, by publishing -feature articles that are based on these news -stories or are suggested by them. Feature stories may -also be given timeliness, not by particular pieces of -news, but by such events as Christmas, college commencements, -the exodus to summer resorts, the opening -of the hunting or fishing season, the beginning of a -session of Congress. Timeliness, although not absolutely -essential if the subject or the treatment has sufficient -interest to attract readers, is regarded by editors -as an important asset.</p> - -<p>These special articles for newspapers are written by -regular reporters, by “free lance” writers not connected -with any publication, or by men and women in other -professions whose special knowledge and whose ability -to write make them particularly well equipped to prepare -articles on subjects in their own fields. Former -newspaper writers, as well as reporters and correspondents -in active service, are qualified to do good work of -this type because their training has developed a keen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</span> -appreciation of what is interesting, important, and -timely in current events. Reporters and correspondents -also have ample opportunity in the course of their daily -round of news gathering to get valuable material which -may be worked up into special articles. Editors of -magazine sections often suggest or assign subjects to -reporters, correspondents, or “free lance” writers, but -they are glad to have suggestions from members of the -staff or to get well-written articles suitable for their purpose.</p> - -<p><b>Subjects for Feature Articles.</b> Material for special -articles is obtained in a variety of ways. Interviews -with persons who can furnish the desired information -are an effective means of getting facts and impressions, -and they have the advantage of giving the reporter -material for the “human interest” element which not -infrequently adds to the readableness of the article. -From books of reference can be gleaned historical and -biographical data. Reports and official documents, such -as government publications, can frequently be used to -secure detailed information. In fact, printed reports -of such government work as that of agricultural -experiment stations, divisions of the department of -agriculture, various testing laboratories, the geological -survey, the departments of commerce and labor, or the -interstate commerce commission, and reports of corresponding -work carried on by various cities and states, -furnish quantities of valuable data that need only to be -presented in popular form to be of general interest. -Some of these reports are summarized briefly in news -stories; others receive no mention at all. Although -they are called public documents, the general public -does not know of their existence. Personal observation -also furnishes material for feature stories. An assignment -that takes the reporter to the state penitentiary<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</span> -may at the same time give him the opportunity to get -facts and impressions for a special article on some -phase of prison life. Statistics, if not too numerous and -if skillfully handled, add to the effectiveness of the presentation. -Photographs and other forms of illustration -make an article attractive. In short, every available -source of information can at different times be used -to advantage, and often a single article requires interviews, -books of reference, personal observation, -and printed documents to make it complete and accurate.</p> - -<p>Some examples of different kinds of feature articles -and their sources will suggest how to find subjects and -what to do with them. A reporter whose regular work -takes him daily to the mayor’s office may get from the -mayor’s secretary some of the hundreds of letters containing -complaints and requests for assistance that are -sent to the mayor constantly, and may make them the -basis of a good feature story. Or, if the mayor writes -characteristic replies to these letters, he may secure -these answers and make an article out of them, as did -a magazine writer recently out of those of Mayor Gaynor -of New York. From the reports that he hears from -day to day of the devious devices used by burglars and -sneak thieves to gain entrance to homes, a police reporter -may write an interesting article on how to protect -homes against robbery. A sign, “Canaries and -Parrots Boarded Here,” may give a reporter a suggestion -that he can follow up by visiting the birds’ boarding-house -and getting material for an article on those -who leave their pets at this house during their absence -from the city. From the real estate column a news -story to the effect that an old building is to be torn -down may suggest a feature story on this landmark and -its history, the material being obtained partly from<span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</span> -local histories and partly from interviews with “old inhabitants.” -A brief announcement of the death of an -old-time circus clown might lead the reporter to write -an entertaining “human interest” story of his career -from facts secured from the clown’s friends. By spending -a few hours watching the building of a big tunnel -under a river, and by talking to the superintendent and -the workmen, a reporter could work up a good story on -the undertaking.</p> - -<p>The popularizing of scientific and technical material -affords excellent opportunity to a writer whose college -training or practical experience has familiarized him -with special fields. A new theory in regard to the construction -of airships presented before a learned society -in a paper on “Some Principles of Aerodynamics,” -might make an excellent popular article if the reporter -were able to present the new idea in a simple, concrete, -and interesting manner. The effect of using up the -phosphorus in soil under cultivation, as discussed in an -agricultural experiment station report, may seem to be -a subject of little interest to the average reader, but an -explanation by specific examples of the results of this -exhaustion of phosphorus upon the cost of living and -upon the welfare of the race, may be made a readable -story. To explain clearly how the transmission of the -germ of infantile paralysis by means of the ordinary -house fly is being determined by laboratory experiments, -requires knowledge of bacteriology. For a writer -familiar with electricity and its application in the telephone, -the problem of explaining in an interesting -manner a new device for wireless telephony is less difficult -than for one who knows little about the subject. -Many writers specialize in the particular field in which -they are most interested, and present in popular form -all the available new material in this field.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</span></p> - -<p>To those interested in social, political, and economic -problems there is an abundance of good material for -feature articles. A report of the interstate commerce -commission on railroad accidents or on safety devices -can be worked up into a good article at the time that -the report is issued or after a disastrous wreck, when -such information has peculiar timeliness. Proposed -legislation for state life insurance, mothers’ pensions, -workingmen’s compensation for accidents and illness, -or old age pensions, gives opportunity for timely articles -with concrete examples of the workings of these measures -elsewhere and discussion of their probable effects -under local conditions. A story of child labor in certain -industries as reported by a social worker at a legislative -investigation, may be followed up by a feature story -with a strong “human interest” element developed -from further material secured from the investigator. -The printed report of a committee of a state teachers’ -association on rural schools and the remedies proposed -for their defects, has possibilities for an article on these -problems.</p> - -<p><b>The Personality Sketch.</b> The personality sketch, -or article that undertakes to present a vivid impression -of the character and individuality of some person who -plays a part in the news of the day, is another type of -feature story that is popular. The interest of most -readers in the human, personal side of famous or infamous -characters in current events is so great that -they eagerly read articles of this kind. Dates and facts -of biography have little attraction for them; they want -the man to be portrayed so vividly that they can see -and know him. Not infrequently it is an unusual, -quaint, picturesque character who has not appeared in -the current news at all that lends himself to such a -sketch. Every city furnishes plenty of examples of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</span> -persons who make good subjects for feature stories. -Incidents, anecdotes, and characteristic utterances, if -well chosen and effectively presented, make the best -reading and give the most definite impression of personality.</p> - -<p><b>The Style of Special Articles.</b> The style and -manner of treatment of the feature story deserve careful -consideration. Simple, concrete expression, free from -technical or learned terms except when they are fully -explained, is always desirable. Specific examples serve -most effectively to bring home to the reader a general -principle and its application. To lead from these concrete -illustrations to generalizations is to follow the -natural order of inductive reasoning. Furthermore, the -story-like character given to an article by an incident -or anecdote at the beginning catches the reader’s attention -and interests him at once. Striking statistics in -the opening sentence may have a similar effect, although, -of course, they lack the “human interest” of -the story form. A vivid bit of description is sometimes -used to advantage at the beginning. Exposition by -narrative methods throughout the article is popular because -of the story form thus given to the subject. If, -instead of merely describing and explaining a mechanical -process, the writer portrays men actually performing -the work involved in the process, he adds greatly -to the interest of the article. The effectiveness of an -explanation of a new surgical operation can be increased -to a marked degree by picturing a surgeon as he performs -the operation upon a patient at a clinic. The -method of procedure and the benefits under a workingmen’s -compensation act are best made clear by telling -the experiences of several typical workingmen and -their families who have come under the operation of -the law. Every legitimate literary device for catching<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</span> -and holding the reader’s attention may be employed to -advantage.</p> - -<p>How a current event, in this instance the opening of -a trial, gives opportunity for an interesting feature -article explaining the situation, picturing vividly the -persons involved, and developing the “human interest” -element in the case, is well illustrated in the following -story written by a correspondent of the New York -<i>Tribune</i>:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Union City, Tenn., Dec. 13.—Clad in rough homespun, -with ragged trousers tucked deep into cowskin boots innocent -of polish, with straggling beards and huge slouch hats, but -always with the inevitable long barrelled rifle or big pistol -in plain view, the denizens of the Reelfoot Lake region are -assembling in this quaint little town to-night for the opening -scene to-morrow of the Night Rider trials.</p> - -<p>They are friends and relatives of the men who are held -under military guard at the barracks. They ignore the townspeople, -or look at them with scowls. When they meet one -another a silent nod or a whispered word is all that passes. -Silently and singly they wander through the streets, or stand -for hours outside the barracks, gazing curiously up at the -windows of the room in which their friends are held incommunicado. -Sometimes they approach the trim young sentries -on guard, taking careful inventory of the glistening bayonets -and rifles.</p> - -<p>They feel keenly this trouble, these rough but simple men -of the Tennessee backwoods. They believe that they are persecuted -and that the entire world is against them. “Old -Tom” Johnson, who, the state says, was the first leader of -the band, but was deposed because his immense stature and -huge hand easily identified him, expresses the belief of most -of them when he says:</p> - -<p>“It’s like this heah, stranger. God, He put them red hills -up theah. An’ He put some of us pooh folks, that he didn’t -have no room foh nowheah else, up theah, too. An’ then He -saw that we couldn’t make a livin’ farmin’, so He ordered -an earthquake, an’ the earthquake left a big hole. Next He -filled the hole with watah an’ put fish in it. Then He knew -we could make a livin’ between farmin’ and fishin’. But<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</span> -along comes these rich men who don’t have to make no livin’, -an’ they tell us all that we must not fish in the lake any mo’, -’cause they owns the lake an’ the fish God put theah foh us. -It jus’ nachally ain’t right, stranger; it ain’t no justice.”</p> - -<p>This is the Night Riders’ original view, but the primary -object of the band was forgotten by many, officers say, and -the organization began to use its persuasion to vent the personal -spites of members and to regulate private affairs of -many persons for miles around.</p> - -<p>For instance, merchants whose total sales did not exceed -$2 a day were ordered to sell goods at cost, plus 10 per cent -profit; tenants of farms were ordered to pay no cash rent, -but to insist on working the ground on shares; growers of -grain or tobacco were ordered to plant only so many acres of -soil; landlords were bidden by advertisement not to lease -their property for cash rents. A woman who had left her -drunken husband was ordered to return to him, and when -she refused she was taken to the woods, stripped, tied to a tree -and lashed with a cat-o’-ninetails until her back and shoulders -were one big wound. Other women, fond of pretty -clothing, were told to cease wearing it. And every case of -refusal to comply instantly was followed by a visit of the -black-masked crew, a swift, violent seizure of the recalcitrant, -a rapid ride to the depths of the forest and an awful whipping.</p> - -<p>For nearly two years these terrors of the wilderness rode -nightly. For two years no man not a member ever retired to -rest without breathing a silent prayer that he and his family -be spared the terrors of a midnight visitation.</p> - -<p>Then the riders extended their operations. They began to -visit the larger towns, such as Troy, Dyersburg, Union City. -This extension was followed by the murder of Captain Quentin -Rankin. Finally the people became enraged, the Governor -interfered, and in frenzy many persons said:</p> - -<p>“We will stamp out this organization, legally or by mobs, -or we will be stamped out by it.”</p> - -<p>And so came a special grand jury, instructed by Judge -Jones and advised by Attorney General Caldwell. Quickly, -too, came the defiance of the Night Riders:</p> - -<p>“Dismiss the grand jury, stop the investigation or we will -send jury, judge and prosecutor to join Captain Rankin.”</p> - -<p>The answer was the numerous arrests of alleged Night -Riders by the militia and 125 indictments for capital offences.<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</span> -For the trials on these indictments, which will open to-morrow, -the issue is clearly drawn. It is a struggle between -organized lawlessness and the forces of order.</p> -</div> - -<p>The proposed destruction of an historic landmark -recorded in a news story and subsequently made prominent -by protests against the action, furnished a reporter -on the New York <i>Evening Post</i> with an occasion for -the following article, in which he blends suggestive description, -emotional coloring, and historical background -into an harmonious whole:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Mellow notes from an old organ filled the nave of St. -John’s Chapel, on Varick Street, to-day. It was Stainer’s -“Nunc Dimittis in A” that the organist was playing. Somehow -it seemed peculiarly appropriate, for, as every one -knows, they are going to discontinue the work of this chapel, -which has stood for more than a hundred years. This means -that, unless present plans are abandoned, the stately church -will be sold within a very short time, and then razed to make -place for factory or office building.</p> - -<p>There is little doubt that this will occur, although Trinity -Corporation has received numerous protests from those to -whom the place of worship has meant much, who still regard -it as one of the few links connecting them with things that -are gone. The corporation cannot see its way clear to provide -for a chapel officially regarded as unnecessary. And -yet old St. John’s, with its towering brown spire, its richly -colored stones, its heavy columns, and chipped, time-stained -façade—a replica of old St. Martin’s in the Fields, of London—stands -benignly, bearing its past with a genuine dignity.</p> - -<p>The peal of the organ ebbed and flowed over the pews -with their faded crimson cushions. In one of them sat the -priest in charge, listening, very young; until he talked of the -church he loved, he seemed strangely apart from the all-pervading -atmosphere of things that were old.</p> - -<p>Near by was an earnest woman in the garb of the Episcopal -sisterhood, and the under-sexton had paused in his work -about the pews. When St. John’s organist is at the keys, the -roar of the street is repulsed. The rumble of freight cars, -the shouts of the handlers of merchandise, the beat of horses’ -hoofs enter but gently, mere suggestions of outer confusion.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</span></p> - -<p>Inside, to-day, all was harmony and peace. Sunshine flowing -through plain glass windows lay athwart the floor of -choir and chancel; when the music ceased there came a twittering -of birds on the window ledges. Yes, agreed the priest, -it was a beautiful old organ. In a few years, he said, it would -be a hundred years old. Then he told a story concerning it. -He could not vouch for it himself, although he had heard it -vouched for by reliable persons.</p> - -<p>At the time of the war of 1812, when the church was comparatively -new, it had sufficient money in hand for a pipe -organ, which was ordered of a company in Philadelphia, and -when completed was shipped to New York by water. On -the way the vessel which bore it was captured by a British -frigate, and the organ was taken to London. Here it remained -two years, and was then yielded up after the payment -of two thousand dollars. Time has imparted to it a rare tonal -richness. It is just the organ for this edifice, so suggestive of -things that once were.</p> - -<p>Men who know say that you will find such chapel interiors -only in the old Sir Christopher Wren churches in London. -The cruciform architecture of more modern houses of worship -is not here in St. John’s. Lines are sweeping, stately. Heavy -fluted columns support the gallery. The windows are of the -older sort, unstained, and the walls and ceilings are an even -gray, undecorated.</p> - -<p>Notes of color are confined to organ pipes and choir stalls, -which are red and blue and white, with gilding. But these -are not as bright as they once were; neither are the blue-starred -arches above chancel and choir.</p> - -<p>Years ago, when St. John’s Park was not covered by a -freight station, and when many of the “first families” lived -hereabouts, the congregations bore comparison with those of -any church in the city. But tide of travel made uptown before -encroaching commerce, which eventually flowed over the -district, converting it utterly.</p> - -<p>Congregations which gather here each Sunday are not so -fashionable as in years gone. But they are none the less -faithful and earnest and devout. You will find ’longshoremen -and their families here now—dwellers of the Laight and -Vestry and Hudson Street tenements; you will find their -children in the Sunday-school. To-day there are nearly, if not -quite, 500 communicants in this parish—no indication, it -might be thought, that the church has outlived its usefulness.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</span></p> - -<p>This year, according to a parishioner who should know, -this congregation of the lowly contributed $300 to the diocesan -mission fund, and that, he asserted, was a better showing -comparatively than St. Thomas’s twelve or fifteen thousand -dollar contribution. Certainly, as he said, the St. John’s -parishioners gave all they could afford, probably more; and -since the teachings of the church hold that it is the spirit in -giving rather than what is given that counts, St. John’s has -no need to be ashamed.</p> - -<p>It has been suggested by the Rev. Dr. Manning, rector of -Trinity, that St. Luke’s Chapel can adequately attend to the -needs of the parishioners of the older chapel. But, as a matter -of fact, St. Luke’s is a mile above, and is more a Sunday-school -room than a church edifice at best. Those who attend -service on Varick Street say that congregations average from -two hundred and fifty to three hundred each Sunday morning. -The breaking up of a company of worshippers of this -size presents a problem in parish economics and ethics that -the Trinity Corporation has probably seriously considered in -contemplating abandonment of the chapel.</p> - -<p>Many houses in the vicinity of the chapel, formerly the -abodes of wealthy parishioners, now shelter four and five -families. Huge warehouses adjoin each side of the parish -property, but there is no impression of crowding. The churchyard -is wide. On one side is a playground for children. There -are many shade trees here, and bushes which in summer bear -flowers, making of the place a beauty spot amid a grimy environment. -Directly across the street is the great New York -Central freight station, where dummy trains receive and deposit -freight. The station site was formerly a private playground, -as Gramercy Park is to-day, but those who lived -in the houses which surrounded it had begun to move away -before the depot was erected in 1868.</p> - -<p>St. John’s Park was laid out in order to attract persons to -the chapel, which, when built, in 1807, had been spoken of -as “too far uptown,” small congregations for the first year -or so justifying this contention. As a means of attracting -dwellers to the vicinity, the park was planned, and took the -name of the chapel. This design succeeded beyond all expectations. -Alexander Hamilton and Gen. Schuyler were among -the early migrants north of Great Jones Street, and the section -soon received the stamp of fashionable approval.</p> - -<p>Many of these old dwellings still stand. You may see them<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</span> -on Hudson Street, on Laight Street, on Vestry Street, with -their dormer windows, their fanlight doorways, and high -porches, flanked by tall iron posts. In those days, St. John’s -vied with Trinity itself, and with St. Paul’s.</p> - -<p>In 1839, when Trinity Church, deemed unsafe, was pulled -down and work on the present structure was begun, many -communicants of that church came to St. John’s, following -their great organist, Dr. Hodges, who played here during -the seven years occupied in the building of the new Trinity. -Organists who followed were devoted to the task of maintaining -St. John’s excellent repute in music.</p> - -<p>In 1876, long after the environment of this chapel had been -given over to commercialism, George F. Le Jeune came to -the chapel as organist, and under his ministrations the chapel -was famous as a place where the most excellent sacred music -in the city was to be heard. Le Jeune it was who introduced -the cathedral form of service in this city. In 1877 he instituted -a series of musical services which continued at St. -John’s for ten years, and served to familiarize the public with -a large number of cantatas and oratorios not generally known. -Old residents often speak of the music they used to hear at St. -John’s, and there is not a Sunday morning that does not find -some one of them here, reviving old memories. This is not difficult, -because the music at St. John’s is still altogether excellent.</p> - -<p>South of the church stands the vine-clad parish house. -Here, each Saturday morning, year in and year out, rain or -shine, sixty-seven loaves of bread are distributed to the poor -women and children of the district, in accordance with provisions -of the will of Gen. Leake, a wealthy communicant of -the parish, who died in 1792, leaving $5,000 to be put out at -interest, the income to be laid out in sixpenny wheaten loaves, -to be distributed among the poor. This charity, known as -the “Leake Dole of Bread,” has been faithfully observed for -more than a century.</p> - -<p>Back of the chapel there was a little street called St. John’s -Lane, a beautiful tree-shaded bypath in the old days. In the -course of years the city advanced, blotting it out of usefulness. -Few know it still exists. It is a quiet, deserted, odd little -nook of a place, a harbor where shelter may be found from -the roar of the city.</p> -</div> - -<p>By noticing the various odd ways in which some men -make a living in New York, a reporter on the <i>Sun</i><span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</span> -secured interesting material for an article which the editor -entitled, “Little Wants of a Big City.” A selection -from the article follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Anybody can be a clerk or a clergyman or a bank president -or a teamster. It takes more individuality to strike out in a -career like that of the man who works but one week in the -year. This man is Santa Claus. His head is covered with a -mass of snow-white hair. It falls down over his venerable -shoulders and mingles with his equally white beard. The latter -falls far down his chest and the old gentleman looks for -all the world like the pictures of Santa Claus. Every holiday -season he can be found working in some store, posing as the -holiday saint, rattling shiny toys before the fascinated gaze -of New York’s million children.</p> - -<p>Fifty-one weeks in the year he works not at all, and how -he subsists and has enough money to buy his little red drinks -no man can tell.</p> - -<p>The line-up man is a product of New York and of nowhere -else. He belongs to a clan of agile, sinewy legged brethren -who infest back yards, and his business is to shin up the poles -from which are suspended innumerable clotheslines, to fix up -frayed out lines, tie on new ropes and get the courtyard rigging -into shipshape condition against the Monday wash. He -will climb the highest pole in Harlem without the aid of a net -and fix your ropes for 25 cents.</p> - -<p>“Lady, it is decidedly unsafe to trundle your baby about -in that rickety carriage,” is the greeting of the vender of -rubber tires for perambulators.</p> - -<p>After convincing a startled mother that she has been carelessly -subjecting her child to terrible danger from capsizing, -the crafty salesman swoops down upon the carriage, tacks on -a set of new tires, tinkers up a rickety spoke, slaps a cracked -hub together and goes on his way with a merry quarter in his -jeans. It’s another odd job.</p> - -<p>Take the industrious sellers of keys. They come up to -your tenement home, knock at the door and ask whether you -need a new key to the chateau. If you have just lost your -last key the keyhole genius stoops down, twiddles around with -a blank key and some beeswax, files a couple of notches in the -blank, and presto—you have a shining new key all for ten -cents. A locksmith would take two days and charge you a -quarter.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</span></p> - -<p>Precisely speaking, the man with the camera cannot be included -in this list of people who make a living out of curious -jobs. Most folks have seen him anchored on a bright corner -of a Sunday afternoon taking the pictures of one and all for -the small sum of 10 cents.</p> - -<p>When you have on your best bib and tucker you strike a -dignified pose, with your smaller sister leaning against you, -and in two jerks of a lamb’s tail your likeness is slipped upon -the post card, which is kept forever after in the family album, -where in years to come you gaze upon it and wonder how -two such spindly legs supported such a large child.</p> - -<p>The man with the telescope doesn’t make a handsome income, -and he usually looks unhappy and ill at ease, but for -a nickel he will show you the ridges in the moon and the -canals on Mars, and if the bulbous top piece of the Metropolitan -tower gets in the way it’s your own fault and your nickel -is lost.</p> - -<p>Next comes what is in reality a woman’s calling, but -strangely enough it is followed by a large man with an extremely -red face and a stubby mustache. Children must like -him because his business is checking them while bargain -seeking mammas thread their ways through the aisles of -stores.</p> - -<p>He stands at the head of a line of baby carriages, soothing -his round faced charges and waving a tinkling strapful of -ragged edged checks. Upon delivery to him of the check -which he gave you when you entered the store you may receive -again your baby. No check, no baby, just as in the -Chink’s place.</p> - -<p>You mightn’t think that a man could eke out an existence -selling catnip. One does, though. He stands at an uptown -corner with a basketful of cat’s delight, selling it for two -cents a bunch, and the old maids in the vicinity make daily -trips to his corner. When you’re inclined to growl about -your present salary, think of the man selling catnip for two -cents a bunch.</p> - -<p>Here’s another funny occupation. A man goes around -through the sweatshop district mending shoes. If you are a -sweatshop employee you generally have one pair of shoes, -and of necessity they are on your feet. You can’t leave them -with the cobbler when the roof springs a leak or the uppers -secede from the lowers. You haven’t time to sit around his -shop in your stockings.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</span></p> - -<p>So this itinerant cobbler hunts you up at your shop, takes -off your shoes while you sew and caulks up the seams, tacks -on soles and heels, and you pay him with a cheerful smile -and some small change.</p> - -<p>People who go downtown at night rarely miss seeing the -man who advertises various things through an electric sign -on his chest. He presses a button at intervals and a light -flashes urging you to buy a cigar or a stick of gum or something -else. The right thing to say, because everyone says it -upon passing this individual, is, “That’s a fine thing for a -grown man to be doing.”</p> - -<p>Down the bay there is another industry most people never -hear of. Enterprising venders owning their own boats meet -incoming tramp freighters and sell the crews everything from -a pair of mittens to a cough cure. They load their craft with -most things you find in a department store and they drive -fine bargains with the sailors.</p> - -<p>Among the newly arrived immigrants a number of men -manage to scrape a living by selling first lessons in English -to the strangers struggling with the tongue. These lessons -are in the form of simple English sentences followed by the -translation in the tongue of the foreigner. Five cents will buy -enough assorted conversation to last a new immigrant several -weeks.</p> -</div> - -<p>When in the course of his regular work the reporter -comes upon a picturesque bit of local color, as did a -writer on the New York <i>Evening Post</i> in going through -the Italian quarter of that city, he may use it to as -good advantage as the <i>Post</i> reporter did in the following -feature story:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Under the tinsel, gilt, and colored paper shrine erected -before a café in Mulberry Street, just north of the Bend, -there is a picture of St. Mary of the Virgin Mount, and the -devout who pass by drop their mites into the plates. The -clinking of pennies, nickels, and quarters rings fair and true -through the medley of sounds which rise from the crowds -about the push-carts, and it is music to the ear of Michel -Siniscalchi, giver of this year’s festa in honor of the saint.</p> - -<p>A year ago they gave a festa in honor of Maria SS. di -Monte Vergine, as the placards and lithographs displayed in<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</span> -the shop windows style her, and it proved a financial failure. -It costs money to give a festa—that is to say, a festa of the -style and extent which are necessary in doing adequate honor -to this saint. In Italy, in the villages from which the people -who live about the Bend come, it is customary to have a festa -in honor of the saint every year. And it seemed hard when -the people who got up last year’s festa decided that they did -not again wish to have to shoulder the burden of the festa’s -bad debts.</p> - -<p>At this time, when everybody else had backed down, -Michel Siniscalchi, who deals in colored glass bulbs and similar -decorations, stepped to the fore. He said it seemed a -shame that they could not honor the saint. Indeed he was so -pained by the thought that he would be willing to bear the -expenses of the festa himself. He would, of course, furnish -all the decorations himself, and his name would appear as -president of the comitato on the banners and placards.</p> - -<p>This offer was accepted with glee by the men and more -especially by the women, who would have taken to heart the -loss of a chance to honor their saint. And Michel Siniscalchi -set to work to organize his festa. It was, by the way, part of -the agreement, that the offerings placed in the saint’s shrine -should go to help Siniscalchi.</p> - -<p>Colored lights were strung in arches over the narrow street -at frequent intervals, banners and yards of bunting draped -the house windows, the confetti men and peddlers of fruit -and sweetmeats came from blocks around, and on Saturday -night the festa opened with much braying of music and no -little religious devotion.</p> - -<p>The most important decoration was the shrine of the saint’s -picture. In a niche of the shrine the picture was placed, and -rows of candles were set before it and the tasseled cloth of -gold on which it rests. Then there were the plates and certain -lithographic reproductions of the picture.</p> - -<p>Since Saturday night the festa has held full sway. There -is a preliminary celebration in the morning, and then everybody -stops until two o’clock in the afternoon. For a brief -spell around dinner time, every one but the band rests, and -after dinner the people turn out to listen to the music and to -gossip. It is a great occasion for gossip, the festa.</p> - -<p>At present everybody is talking about the amount of money -Michel Siniscalchi may lose by his speculations. The old men -sit before the banca across the street from the shrine and<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</span> -chuckle over his discomfiture, for, while yesterday and Saturday -night the coins clinked in the dishes with merry rapidity, -now they barely dribble, and, when a clink is heard, by its -very novelty it strikes through all other noises.</p> - -<p>“Caught,” they chuckle. “Yes, our Michel is caught this -time. A cute one, he is. Yes, a cute one, Signor. No, not a -politician. But cute, so cute. Ay, and this time he has been -caught. Has the signor heard? The signor has but to cross -the street and examine the blessed saint’s shrine. ’Tis bare, -Signor. Nought but pennies.”</p> - -<p>But there are others who are not so sure that Michel -Siniscalchi is going to lose by his speculation. Among the -younger generation of Italians his scheme is treated with -considerable respect, and his Bowery friends wink when -Michel’s intelligence is aspersed.</p> - -<p>“Lose?” queried Jack Gallagher, sitting with a group of -friends in the café behind the shrine. “Lose, did you say? -Aw, g’wan. Say, Michel wasn’t born yesterday. He’s got -his brains in his head. He’s too rapid for dese wops. Michel’s -got a business eye, he has. He’s thinking of advertisin’. See -that sign up there? See Michel’s name on it, good and big? -See them lights? All from Michel’s store. Aw, he’s a wise -guy. He knows his game.”</p> - -<p>While Gallagher talked, the infrequent pennies, with an -occasional nickel, dropped into the plates, and presently the -figure was carried toward Spring Street, with at least 150 -women and children and a band in the procession.</p> -</div> - -<p>Simplicity and naturalness may be given to an explanatory -article by putting it in the form of an interview -with the person from whom the information is -obtained; this was done in the following story from -the New York <i>Sun</i>:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>“For the last three years I have devoted my summer to -making balanced aquariums to order,” said a woman who is -now in middle life. “I earn enough by this work to keep -me comfortably during the winter, so I call myself a successful -woman wage earner.</p> - -<p>“I make my aquariums as nearly a perfect reproduction -of natural conditions as possible. It is only since the discovery -of balanced aquariums that the full decorative effect<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</span> -of displays of aquatic life has begun to be realized. Now -many architects and interior decorators include them in their -plans. This is true not only of country places but of many -of the newest city homes. Certainly there is no easier and -cheaper way to keep some living thing about the house. The -care of the balanced aquarium amounts to so little that it -may be practically disregarded.</p> - -<p>“The cost of the vessel depends entirely upon the wishes -of the person who is filling it. It may be an ordinary fruit jar -with a wide mouth or a glass tank costing $20 or more. The -simplest tanks cost about $1 and are of something more than -one gallon capacity. They may be had either rectangular in -shape or globular. For an eight gallon tank of domestic -glass I have paid as little as $2.50. The main essential is to -have a tank perfectly tight and clean, with no paint or other -injurious material to contaminate the water.</p> - -<p>“To begin with, the water should be as pure as the water -we drink. The bottom should be covered with pebbles and -sand to the depth of two inches with the plants rooted in it. -There is a great variety of aquatic plants that may be had -at a cost of from 10 cents to half a dollar a bunch. Of them -all fanwort is the most valuable. Hornwort, water starwort, -tape grass, water poppy, willow moss, milfoil and a number -of floating plants such as lemma, duckweed, salvinia, hydrocharis -and hyacinth are among the most important varieties. -If one has lived long enough on any water course in the -country to know these plants, taking them from their native -soil and transplanting them to the sand of the aquarium is a -simple matter.</p> - -<p>“The most important occupants of the aquarium are the -fish, and great care should be taken not to put in too many -for the size of the tank. The basis of the balanced aquarium -is one fish, say three inches in length, to each gallon of water. -If your tank holds five gallons of water you could not make -a well balanced aquarium by putting ten fish three inches -long in it. If the fish are smaller the number to the gallon -can be very greatly increased.</p> - -<p>“Gold fish or golden carp are the most popular stock for -an aquarium, and the common varieties can be had for ten -cents each. This price means the best fish of these varieties. -If there is more money to be spent I would advise purchasing -some of the really marvellously colored Japanese -varieties.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</span></p> - -<p>“These fish have wonderful flowing tails with colors that -change as though by magic from week to week. In the case -of the variety known as the telescope fish the color to begin -with is velvety black and gradually becomes silvery, then -white, and after three years a wonderful orange red. Nearly -all varieties of goldfish are constantly changing their colors, -which range from black to silver and many shades of amber -and golden red.</p> - -<p>“There is an almost endless variety of these beautiful -Japanese fish to choose from, the more common of which include -the fantails, fringetails and comets. Good specimens -of these varieties may be bought at from 25 cents to $5 -each. The bulgy eyed telescope fish, the aristocrats of the -aquarium world, will cost from $5 apiece up, according to -size, color, shape and eyes.</p> - -<p>“In addition to the Japanese fish there are many other -rare varieties suited to balanced aquariums. Among the -most popular are the banded tench, the banded sunfish, the -paradise fish, the bitterling and the golden tench. Besides -these I have orders for many varieties of our own native -waters.</p> - -<p>“Such orders usually come to me singly, and the one giving -the order is quite willing to pay the cost of having his -taste suited. These people, usually men, want an aquarium -with the fish of their boyhood days. They candidly admit -that they wish them as reminders of the happy days long -past.</p> - -<p>“Where native fish are wanted I usually use sunfish, dace, -catfish, minnows, sticklebacks, chub, mirror carp, rockfish, -small eels, alligators, newts, frogs and turtles of all sizes and -shapes and colors. I always when possible have a snail, tadpole -or a few newts in my aquariums, as they are scavengers -and will consume much of the decaying matter thrown off by -the plants, besides preventing the green scum that will form -in still bodies of water.</p> - -<p>“Beginners must be particular not to mix their fish indiscriminately. -They must always remember that goldfish cannot -live in peace with catfish, sunfish, eels, turtles, crawfish, -rockfish or sticklebacks. If this rule is not observed, the -goldfish will eventually lose the battle for life and be killed.</p> - -<p>“Goldfish if properly cared for live to a great age. There -is an aquarium in Washington where the goldfish are known -to be more than fifty years old.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</span></p> - -<p>“Balanced salt water aquariums are as easily made and -kept as those of fresh water. Of course they must be filled -with sea water fresh from the sea and all the inhabitants -must be the young of various sea creatures, such as crabs, -starfish, shrimps, and anemones. The plant life also must be -the varieties that flourish in the sea, and where possible I believe -in taking the pebbles and sand from a sea washed beach.</p> - -<p>“Beginners must be careful about two points. First, in -making aquariums they must not overcrowd them by trying -to have too many fish for the volume of water. Second, they -must not overfeed their pets. Failure to observe these two -rules causes more trouble than all other points connected -with the making and care of aquariums.</p> - -<p>“In a balanced aquarium the daily care consists in feeding -the fish with prepared wafers, dried ants’ eggs, or fish -food. Fish should never be fed more than they will eat up -clean at the time.</p> - -<p>“Fortunately fish are subject to few diseases. The amateur -has only to remember that salt water is the cure-all for -sick fish. If a fish is out of health and the trouble is caused -neither by overcrowding nor by overfeeding, a five minutes -bath in salt water every day for a week will in nine cases -out of ten restore it to its usual good health and spirits.</p> - -<p>“All that is necessary to catch the sick fish is a small net -that can be conveniently handled in the aquarium. Though I -have been making aquariums of different sorts ever since I -was a small country girl, I still use a net and avoid touching -the inmates with my hands unless it is positively necessary.</p> - -<p>“When I catch my own fish from their native waters I -use a small net, very little larger than the one used in the -aquariums, and a minnow bucket. These are my only tools.</p> - -<p>“I find a ready sale for all the aquariums I have time to -make after filling my special orders. Of course there are -seasons when the demand is more brisk than others. When -those times come I always have a dozen aquariums on hand -which I have stocked either for my own satisfaction or to try -some new theory.”</p> -</div> - -<p>The interview form may be combined with a character -sketch and biographical material in order to give -the reader a glimpse of the speaker’s personality as well -as an account of his or her work. The selection from<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</span> -the New York <i>Times</i> given below is the first part of a -long article which is in the form of an interview after -this introduction:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Even when Mrs. Alice Stebbins Wells fishes about in her -bag and produces her policeman’s star for verification one can -hardly believe that she is the famous first “policewoman” of -Los Angeles. Scarcely five feet in height, slender, with a -mild, almost timorous voice and a pair of very round blue -eyes, Mrs. Wells presents an appearance about as formidable -as that of a kitten. Yet she has been permanently appointed -as a regular member of the police force of a city of 400,000, -subject to the same regulations, vested with the same authority, -and under civil service, as any male member of Los Angeles’ -bluecoat squad. She makes arrests and prefers charges -in the same way and with as much success as any policeman, -and is a very substantial vindication of the power of personality -in an institution where brute force and a six-foot stature -have formerly been thought to be indispensable prerequisites. -Here is what she says of a phase of police work:</p> - -<p>“And do I carry weapons? No, indeed. That is something -which I do not feel called upon to do. I am very firmly -convinced that under the right conditions a policeman would -not have to carry a weapon at all. But before the policeman -can give up his gun and his stick, weapons must not be sold -indiscriminately to citizens. The only reason now that a policeman -requires a weapon is because the other fellow may -have one, and the law must enforce its demands against all -objection. It is a very sad commentary on our civilization that -guns and brass knuckles are displayed openly for sale, and -that almost the only restriction in our most careful communities -is a provision for a license, which is easily obtained.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wells is the first woman to be appointed to a police -force in any city of the United States. The woman detective, -the police matron, the probation officer, the district nurse, are -all places which have been filled by women, and were of course -the forerunners of the policewoman. But while they were -vested with partial police authority their power was greatly -restricted along certain well-defined lines, and they did not -work in recognized co-operation with the police department.</p> - -<p>Before entering her work on the Los Angeles police force -Mrs. Wells had been in active training as a social worker. -The general attitude which she takes toward that stratum of<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</span> -society with which she comes most in contact is hinted at in -her adaptation of the philanthropist’s, the cheery social worker’s, -vocabulary. Mrs. Wells never resorts to the threadbare -term of “uplift,” but puts in its place that rather more welcome -“upbuilding.”</p> - -<p>Returning to California from social work in the East, Mrs. -Wells entered upon a scientific study of crime. She became -impressed with the importance of the police department in its -capacity to prevent crime as well as to punish it, and was -convinced of the need of women workers on the inside of the -police department to strengthen the emphasis on the side of -prevention. She set to work to obtain signatures to a petition -for a woman police officer, which resulted very promptly in -her appointment to the police force of Los Angeles, where -she has been at work for the last three years.</p> - -<p>In addition to her regular police duties, Mrs. Wells conducts -a bureau of information to which clubs and civic organizations -which are working to obtain women on the police force -of their home cities may apply. She is now on a six months’ -leave of absence, not only to investigate conditions throughout -the country, but to carry on her “campaign” for women police. -She is speaking before city clubs and organizations of every -sort, and is visiting the mayor and chief of police in every city.</p> - -<p>“I have spoken all the way across the continent and I -shall speak all the way back. I realize that I am in a way -doing propaganda work. When I applied for my appointment -in Los Angeles I thought chiefly of the immediate work -to be done right there by a woman. But when I was appointed, -then came this—this terrifying publicity—and I -realized what it meant.</p> - -<p>“I realized that I should have to stand behind a sort of -‘movement’ for women in the police departments of other -cities, just because I was the first in the field.”</p> -</div> - -<p>Effective presentation of the life and the character -of a man who has “done things” is illustrated by the -following “personality sketch” by Mr. Brand Whitlock, -published in the <i>American Magazine</i>, but equally well -adapted for newspaper publication:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Those citizens of Ohio who a dozen years ago used to -throng the big circus-tent in which Tom L. Johnson was then<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</span> -making his first campaigns in the country districts will recall -the figure of the slender youth with the Grecian profile and -the fair hair who used to stand there under the flaring light -and speak of fundamental democracy. They, or those of them -who were accessible to such impressions, caught something -of the spirit of youthful idealism that was in the young man; -if they did not, his presence and personality gave them reassurance, -for attendance on one of Tom Johnson’s meetings in -those days was, in Ohio, an enterprise to impart the thrill of -a spicy and dangerous adventure. Time flies, and time has -flown fast in this last decade, and the political ideas that -Herbert S. Bigelow was helping Tom Johnson to disseminate, -though they were flouted and scorned then as heretical, insane, -and wicked, have since become, by the inevitable and -monotonous operation of the universal law of progress, conventional, -respectable, orthodox, and popular.</p> - -<p>Herbert Bigelow was then not many years out of Lane -Theological Seminary—strange spectacle in Ohio, that of a -minister addressing Democratic meetings!—and he was -pastor of the Vine Street Congregational Church, in Cincinnati. -Vine Street Congregational Church was in itself an -instance of the operation of the old law. Before the Civil -War it was a hotbed of abolition when abolition was unpopular -and unorthodox even in Ohio, though everybody in Ohio -is an abolitionist to-day, and, if he is old enough, claims to -have been so then. But after the war the Vine Street Church -became respectable, with a cold and formal atmosphere of -black walnut and musty cushions of a magenta shade, and -when Herbert Bigelow began to preach a somewhat too literal -application of the social ethics of Jesus, not to Hankow -or Kordofan, but to Cincinnati, there was a disconcerting -rustle in the pews, the tendency of that doctrine being to -decrease the revenues of the church in an inverse ratio to the -increase in the number of human beings in the congregation.</p> - -<p>It is an interesting story, not to be told here in detail, of -how Herbert Bigelow struggled, of how they tried to get him -out of his pulpit, and of how he worked for a long time without -salary, until Daniel Kiefer devised means of financing -the institution, so that it lost its ecclesiastical atmosphere, became -a People’s Church or forum for free speech, and moved -into a theater where radicals preach their various and conflicting -heresies on Sunday afternoons, after moving pictures -have illustrated the progress of the species.</p> - -<p class="noindent"><span class="pagenum2" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</span></p> - -<p>Meanwhile Herbert Bigelow was increasingly prominent -in political reform movement; he lectured everywhere, wrote -articles for radical publications, organized the Ohio Direct -Legislation League, and poured all his energy into the propaganda -of the initiative and referendum. The privileged -interests opposed him, of course, and still oppose him. One -way they did it was to call him Reverend; whenever it was -necessary to frighten “good” people, by holding up his image, -they printed the Reverend with the subtle and sinister -implication of quotation-marks; whenever it was necessary -to influence “bad” people, printing the Reverend without -the quotation-marks.</p> - -<p>But Herbert Bigelow was an idealist growing day by day -more practical. He had had hard knocks in boyhood; he -knew what it was to be poor; he had a love of his fellow -man; he was saddened and appalled by the shadow of poverty -everywhere, the shadow which so many are too blind to -see, or too selfish and cowardly to admit. But this spirit of -sympathy and of pity in him had been somehow ordered, -organized, and made coherent by the philosophy of Henry -George, and when that vision came to him, as does nearly -every other who has a vision, he went to work for social justice.</p> - -<p>His great opportunity came when, last year, a convention -was called to draft a new constitution for Ohio, and he set -out to impress the people with the fact that it was their -opportunity. He organized the Ohio Progressive Constitution -League, with subsidiary leagues in every county; he worked -all summer; and through that league, aided and inspired by -what the lecturers call the Spirit of the Times, a majority of -delegates elected to the convention were pledged to the principles -of direct legislation.</p> - -<p>And for the first half of the year Mr. Bigelow was at Columbus, -presiding over the constitutional convention as its -president. At forty his figure is no longer slender; it has -taken on the rotundity of the middle years; but as he sat -there in gray tweeds, with the yellow hair hanging over his -forehead, smiling, it must have been gratifying to him now -and then to reflect that his old heresies had become so orthodox -in his own time. The convention adopted articles providing -for home rule for cities, for a license system to control the -liquor traffic, for equal suffrage, for verdicts in civil cases by -a three-fourths vote of the jury, for the welfare of labor, and, -under Mr. Bigelow’s leadership, a clause adopting the initiative<span class="pagenum2 noindent" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</span> -and referendum in the State. When the vote was taken, -and Herbert Bigelow had the satisfaction of announcing the -triumph of the principle he had so long advocated, it was a -moment that all his friends were glad to have him experience. -The irony in which the fates usually award their laurels was -not wanting in that instance, for in the clause there is a proviso -that the initiative and referendum shall not be used by -the people to adopt the single tax, supposed, in Ohio, to be a -method of despoiling farmers by taxing land according to its -superficial area. But Herbert Bigelow, whom fate taught -long ago, like Josh Whitcomb, to accommodate himself to -circumstances and to take what he can get, smiles and is -happy; and his friends are happy with him.</p> -</div> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Find the “human interest” in current events.</li> - -<li>Notice the comedy and tragedy in life.</li> - -<li>Look for good subjects for character sketches.</li> - -<li>Look to future events as well as to current news for subjects -for feature articles.</li> - -<li>Jot down suggestions for feature articles.</li> - -<li>File news clippings, statistics, and other material bearing -on good subjects.</li> - -<li>Write your feature article while it is new and timely.</li> - -<li>Give your article timeliness by connecting it with topics -of current interest.</li> - -<li>Don’t forget that the story that touches the reader’s -heart is the story he remembers.</li> - -<li>Make your pathetic story simple and restrained.</li> - -<li>Don’t confuse sentiment with sentimentality.</li> - -<li>Avoid cheap humor and vulgar slang.</li> - -<li>Don’t ridicule another’s religion, race, or nationality.</li> - -<li>Make your explanation clear to a reader who knows -nothing about the subject.</li> - -<li>Use incidents, anecdotes, and concrete examples for clearness -and interest.</li> - -<li>Avoid technical and scientific terms.</li> - -<li>Let your first sentence arouse interest and curiosity.</li> -</ol> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</span></p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p class="hanging1">1. Write a humorous animal story based on the material in -the following news story:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Just because they thought an ostrich was a timid, harmless sort -of creature, two men, one white and one black, were badly hurt -at Mineola, Long Island, yesterday. Each of the men tried to -catch and hold an ostrich at the Mineola Fair Grounds. The negro -was kicked in the face, and landed about 20 feet from the bird; -the white man was kicked in the chest and knocked down and had -his clothes torn off him.</p> - -<p>The ostrich that did all the damage is named Fleetwing. He -and another ostrich, named Fleetfoot, arrived from Florida in two -crates yesterday morning. They were brought to Mineola to race -on the fair grounds this week at the fair of the Queens-Nassau -County Agricultural Society. The birds have been trained to run -races and pull light sulkies to which they are harnessed.</p> - -<p>They are bad tempered, however, and are kept blindfolded frequently -when they are not racing. A blindfolded ostrich is gentle -as a lamb.</p> - -<p>The blinding hood slipped off the eyes of Fleetwing at the fair -grounds yesterday morning and in an instant the big bird was out -of its crate, which was not covered. It started off on a run, and -about two hundred persons ran after it. There was a merry chase -around and around the racing track, and finally the ostrich was -cornered.</p> - -<p>A big negro looked at the ostrich and said:</p> - -<p>“I reckon there ain’t no chicken ever were raised that I couldn’t -hold, boss. I’ll hold his laig, an’ then you grab his haid.”</p> - -<p>The negro wrapped his arms about one of Fleetwing’s legs and -in a second was lifted into the air and landed about 20 feet away, -with an ugly wound in the side of his face. Then Keeper Ford -approached the ostrich from the front, and got an uppercut on his -diaphragm, cutting his chest and tearing his clothes. Finally the -ostrich was roped and recrated.</p> - -<p>“That ain’t no chicken,” said the negro as he watched these -proceedings from a safe distance. “That there’s a two-laiged -mule.”</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">2. Make a more entertaining “Zoo” story out of the facts in -the following article:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The Chinese wildcat in the Central Park Zoo has received a -new lease of life, according to the keepers there, and a graphophone -may be used now to make life seem more worth while to<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</span> -him. If this plan is adopted one of the machines will collect -sounds in Mott Street that are expected to help to cure the cat’s -recurrent fits of nostalgia, which is the dictionary name for homesickness.</p> - -<p>There is a box nailed to the wall by the side of the quarters of -the lady hippopotamus and her young son, and on a shelf of this lies -all day long a slim and long-bodied little animal with green eyes -and a sweeping tail. The yellow sign says that it is a “Felis Chinensis.” -He may take exercise at night, but all day he is motionless, -still, apparently melancholy, noticing nothing.</p> - -<p>He is in surroundings that offer little congeniality. The lady -hippo and her young son are out of his class. The capybara not -only is from South America, but is like a rat magnified some two -hundred times. The lions across the aisle are from climes unknown -to the Chinese wildcat. Practically everything in the Central Park -Zoo has long ago learned how to eat peanuts, and has thus become -more or less Americanized. The Felis Chinensis will not -have peanuts.</p> - -<p>Last week a couple of Chinamen, rare visitors at the Zoo, -strayed into the lion house, stopping before the home of the wildcat. -The minute he heard their talk he jumped from his shelf and -began purring and rubbing himself against the side of his box. -He played ball with a chicken bone on the floor, and had a good -time. The uplift he got from this rode him along joyously for two -days afterward.</p> - -<p>And there is a plan on foot, say the keepers, to collect Mott -Street sounds in a graphophone for the Felis Chinensis, if more -laundrymen don’t visit the Zoo. There is some apprehension, however, -as to how the lions and the tiger will take the graphophone.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">3. Use the facts in the following clipping as the basis for an -amusing hunting story:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>A rabbit that residents of Sayville, L. I., declare plays on the -piano has taken possession of a big house near Oakland, owned by -Alexander H. Hunter. Mr. Hunter and his family are in Europe, -and until they return bunny will lord it over parlor and pantry.</p> - -<p>The rabbit didn’t go into the house because it wanted to. It -was chased there by men with guns and dogs intent on taking its -life, and the rabbit, unwilling to yield itself up for stew, bolted -into the Hunter house via a drain pipe.</p> - -<p>This was the way of it:</p> - -<p>Herman Schmidt and a friend went out with dogs and guns -yesterday for a hunt, and the hounds soon started the particular -Br’er Rabbit who is making faces at the hunters from the front -window of the Hunter place. When the dogs got close Br’er Rabbit -didn’t hesitate. He laid his ears back and was away like a -streak, with dogs and men in hot pursuit.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</span></p> - -<p>Toward the Hunter home ran the hunted and hunters, and it -looked as if Schmidt would have a rabbit stew for supper. But -the hunters had not calculated on a drain pipe which stuck out of -the ground about 150 yards from the house, and great was their -chagrin when cunning Br’er Rabbit whisked into it and disappeared.</p> - -<p>Now that pipe leads right into the Hunter house, and pretty -soon the hunters saw bunny at one of the windows. When they -approached he retreated to the piano and kept running back and -forth over the keys, making soft music.</p> - -<p>There is no caretaker in the house, and the possibility of the -damage that the rabbit will do, for which the hunters may have -to pay, is appalling.</p> - -<p>On the other hand, the rabbit may have to come out of the -house to get something to eat. If he does he will get a warm reception -at the end of the drain pipe. A couple of dogs are lurking -about there. They tried hard to get into the pipe but they were -too wide.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">4. Write a pathetic story, using the particulars given in the -following narrative:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Dog Catcher Larson visited the Home for the Friendless with -his little blue wagon Thursday afternoon, and he left behind him -one hundred little tots with saddened hearts and cheeks that -burned with scalding tears.</p> - -<p>The bewhiskered dog catcher is no respecter of persons or of -dogs. The high and low are the same to him, and he recognizes -no distinction between the poodle and the fice. And so Thursday -afternoon he gathered in the little pet of the children of the -Home of the Friendless.</p> - -<p>True, it was the pet of these little unfortunates. True, that -they had raised this little dog, and that now it was only seven -months old—not old enough to know about Atlanta’s dog law. -Still, Jerry had no tag, and tagless Jerry therefore must take his -place in the blue wagon and must await his turn to be ducked to -death.</p> - -<p>The children had no money and so could not pay the dollar for -the tag. Now that the dog was arrested, still less did they have -the $2.25 necessary to save him from a watery grave.</p> - -<p>One and all they went to bed with heavy hearts, and as they -knelt down beside their beds they did not forget to put in a word -for “Poor Jerry!”</p> - -<p>Friday morning the pangs of sorrow were too great, and their -grief burst forth in wails. Jerry had been a companion to them, -a faithful friend and a source of solace and comfort. He had -never deserted them—and then Jerry was theirs, had been fed -by them, raised by them, taught by them.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</span></p> - -<p>They knew it was not their fault he had not been tagged, and -also they knew that Jerry was not to blame. And so they appealed -to the superintendent. They begged, pleaded, cried. Nothing -would suffice but the restoration of their fice.</p> - -<p>The superintendent appealed to the mayor, the mayor to the -probation officer, and now the probation officer is trying to touch -the heart of the dog catcher.</p> - -<p>All of the children are writing letters to city officials. “The -cook got mad with Jerry,” writes little Ruth Wilson, “because -he stole two of Mother Henry’s chickens, but Jerry didn’t mean -any harm. Cook gave the dog to the dog catcher. We have got -all the cats we want, but only one little dog—and that is Jerry. -Please give him back to us, for we love him very much.”</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">5. With the facts given in the news story below as a basis, -write a pathetic feature story.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Moving pictures inspired ten boys to “lynch” Harry Werner, -their 9-year-old playmate, in Glencoe yesterday. So serious are -his injuries that he may be crippled for life.</p> - -<p>It was a “wild west” picture, absurd to the practical mind in -its unrealities, that gave the boys their idea.</p> - -<p>They saw in the flickering pictures a score of “cowboys,” their -revolvers strapped on the wrong side, while they mounted their -horses also from the wrong side, and rode with the grace and skill -of wooden Indians.</p> - -<p>The boys did not notice these details. They saw only the rakishness -and swaggering daredeviltry. They applauded vociferously -the “stringing-up” of the actor-cowboy.</p> - -<p>“Let’s play wild west,” one 10-year-old enthusiast proposed -after the show. The vote was unanimous.</p> - -<p>Wooden revolvers were fashioned. Fathers’ discarded hats took -the place of sombréros. Broom sticks served as prancing bronchos.</p> - -<p>“Who’ll we lynch?” one asked. Harry Werner was selected. -His dark hair and eyes led to his unwilling selection by them for -the rôle of “villain.”</p> - -<p>They tied a clothes-line under his arms and threw the rope -over a branch of a tree. Whooping madly, in true moving-picture-wild-west -fashion, they pulled him up until his feet were -far from the ground.</p> - -<p>The thin rope cut into his tender flesh. He struggled and implored -his comrades to let him down. His pleas brought renewed -whoops. Had not the “villain” in the moving-picture struggled -and cried for mercy?</p> - -<p>For half an hour they kept him there. Then they cut the rope -and let his body fall to the ground. Their childish eyes did not -see that he was unconscious. They seized the rope and dragged<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</span> -him for several minutes, leaving him on the ground to find his -way home alone.</p> - -<p>Physicians who examined him declared that he may be disabled -permanently.</p> -</div> - -<p class="hanging1">6. Rewrite the following humorous story, making it more -effective in every way possible.</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>Tommy is a hero to-day. All his playmates that live on Greene -street, near Wolcott avenue, are envious, and speak to him in -awed whispers, for did he not go to hunt a Saracen and return -covered with bean-juice and glory? All their mothers, too, are -keeping a sharp watch on the family crockery.</p> - -<p>This is how it happened:</p> - -<p>Papa Devine had told Tommy about a lot of men who called -themselves Crusaders, who went to lick a lot of other chaps -known as Saracens. And when papa told him how the Crusaders -wore armor plates on their chests and backs and arms and legs -and big helmets on their heads, Tommy decided that he would -take a crack at the Saracens himself.</p> - -<p>When Papa Devine went out, and Mamma Devine was busy -upstairs, Tommy thought it would be a good time to start on his -crusade.</p> - -<p>Going into the kitchen, he tied a frying pan about his neck so -that it hung down over his stomach, strung the lid of the clothes -boiler over his back, and then sought a helmet that would resist -the swords and battle-axes of the enemy.</p> - -<p>As he pondered he sniffed the air. Then a bright idea came. -Cautiously he opened the stove door. Mamma Devine was cooking -beans à la Boston and Tommy Devine drew forth a big round -stone pot full of the delicious fruit. Carefully he emptied the -contents into the sink and thrust the pot on his head.</p> - -<p>The bean juice ran down into his eyes and ears, but that didn’t -matter—he was going to hunt Saracens. Then the pot felt uncomfortable, -and Tommy decided to take it off and refit it to his -head.</p> - -<p>Horrors! The pot would not budge. It was stuck on his head. -Pull as he might he could not get it off. He sat down in the corner -to plan a campaign of action, and consoled himself with licking -the dripping bean treacle from his nose end. That got tiresome -after a while, so Tommy sought his mother.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Devine scolded over the lost beans at first, and then tried -to remove the pot, but she, too, was unsuccessful. Then she became -alarmed. In desperation she started for the doctor’s with -the pot still on Tommy’s head, the pans jangling around his neck, -and the bean juice running down his back.</p> - -<p>Passengers in the street car dropped their papers in amazement, -for they did not know that Tommy was a crusader, while Mrs.<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</span> -Devine looked out of the window and tried to make it appear -that crusading was an every day affair.</p> - -<p>But Tommy’s tears and wails attracted the attention of an old -man. He stopped the car and called the motorman, who came -with his controller handle in his hand.</p> - -<p>“Crack the blamed thing off,” ordered the old man.</p> - -<p>The motorman cracked, and off fell the jar. Tommy set up a -whoop of joy, and Mrs. Devine hurried home to give the erstwhile -crusader a bath—and a spanking.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">EDITING COPY</p> - - -<p><b>What Copy-Reading Means.</b> All news stories, -whether written by reporters, sent through the mail by -correspondents, or received by telegraph or telephone, -must be read and edited before they are set up in type. -This work is done either by the editor in whose department -the news belongs or by a copy-reader. The reading -and editing of copy consists of:</p> - -<p>(1) Correcting all errors whether in expression or -in fact.</p> - -<p>(2) Making the story conform to the so-called -“style” of the newspaper.</p> - -<p>(3) Improving the story in any respect.</p> - -<p>(4) Eliminating libelous matter.</p> - -<p>(5) Marking copy for the printer.</p> - -<p>(6) Writing headlines and subheads.</p> - -<p>The good copy-reader must be able to catch instantly, -and correct quickly, errors of all kinds. Good copy, -or “clean copy,” as it is called, should be free from -mistakes in spelling, grammar, and rhetoric; but rapid -writing too often leads to carelessness, and the copy-reader’s -work is correspondingly increased by the -necessity of doing what the writer has neglected to do. -The correction of such errors, however, is not the most -important part of his work. He must be able to detect -and correct errors of fact. As every art, science, business, -occupation, sport, recreation,—in short, every -form of activity, is the subject of news, the copy-reader -should be able to pass intelligent judgment on the accuracy -of stories written about these various activities.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</span> -He must also be familiar with proper names that appear -in the news, such as names of prominent persons -and places the world over, the titles of well-known -books, plays, pictures, and musical compositions, the -names of railroads and important corporations, and -special trade-mark names. To no one in the newspaper -office and to few outside of it, can the words of Terence -more truly be applied than to the copy-reader, -<i>humani nihil a me alienum puto</i>, “I consider nothing -human to be outside of my sphere.”</p> - -<p>Like the good reporter, the copy-reader must be an -accurate judge of news values. He must be able to see -the significance of the news in the story. He must be -able to decide how much space it is worth. If the real -point of the news has been buried by the writer, the -copy-reader must get it out and give it the prominence -that it deserves. The ineffective lead must be rewritten, -the needless details cut out, and the parts of the -story rearranged for the best effect.</p> - -<p>To improve the style of the story, he must consider -carefully the construction of paragraphs and sentences, -the choice of words and figures. Each paragraph should -be given an effective beginning that will catch the reader’s -eye in rapid reading. Close connection should be -maintained between the sentences in the paragraph. -The copy-reader must transform the weak, rambling -sentence into a firm, coherent statement with an emphatic -beginning. For the trite, colorless word or -phrase, he must substitute the fresh, picturesque one. -The too figurative flights of exuberant fancy in one -young reporter’s copy must be toned down, and the -bald, prosaic narrative or description in another’s given -life and interest. In short, the copy-reader’s work is constructive -as well as critical; it is as important for him -to rewrite and rearrange as to cut out and boil down.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</span></p> - -<p>The responsibility of determining whether or not any -statements or implications of the story as written are -libelous also rests upon the copy-reader. He must know -the law of libel, therefore, as it is construed in his -state, and must prevent violations of it in the matter -that he edits. Less often he is called upon to decide -whether or not anything in the news story violates laws -regulating the transmission of printed matter through -the mail. Whenever the copy-reader is uncertain on -any important point involving the management of the -newspaper, he refers the question to his superiors.</p> - -<p><b>Some Common Errors.</b> In reading copy rapidly -the beginner will do well to be on the lookout for certain -kinds of common errors in spelling, grammar, and -punctuation. The quick eye of the copy-reader will -catch the frequently misspelled words without difficulty, -but uncommon proper names are more likely to cause -trouble, and in cases of doubt, books of reference should -be consulted. To prevent errors in grammar from slipping -through in a story, the copy-reader should note -such points as (1) the agreement of the verb with the -subject, particularly when they are separated from each -other by words or phrases; (2) the relation of pronouns -to their antecedents; (3) the position of participles -in relation to the words that they modify; (4) the -use of coördinate conjunctions to connect elements of -the same kind; (5) the position of correlative conjunctions -with relation to the elements that they connect.</p> - -<p>In punctuation, not infrequent errors are (1) the use -of a comma instead of a semicolon to separate independent, -grammatically unconnected statements; (2) -the omission of apostrophes in the possessive case and -in contractions; (3) the omission of a period after -abbreviations; (4) the use of double instead of single -quotation marks; (5) the failure to put quotation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</span> -marks at the beginning of each paragraph of a continuous -quotation and at the end of only the last paragraph.</p> - -<p><b>Following the “Style Book.”</b> As each newspaper -has its peculiar “style,” so-called, the copy-reader must -learn the rules set forth in the “style book” which his -newspaper prints for the guidance of its reporters, editors, -copy-readers, and compositors. These rules have -to do with capitalization, abbreviation, hyphenation, -punctuation, use of numerical figures, and also with the -use of certain words and phrases. The form and size -of each kind of headline and the number or letter by -which it is to be designated in the copy, are sometimes -included in the style book. Every newspaper office has -its own method of designating the heads, either by -number or letter, whether or not the method is printed -in the style book. Almost every style book has a long -or short list of “Don’ts,” which includes common errors -to be avoided and frequently those words and phrases -that are pet aversions of the editor-in-chief or of the -managing editor.</p> - -<p><b>How the Copy-Reader Works.</b> In all this work -of the copy-reader the important element is speed. -Every minute is valuable in the newspaper office, and -only those who can work rapidly as well as accurately -can expect to hold a position long. To rearrange, to -reconstruct, to correct, rather than to rewrite, and to -do this quickly and skillfully, is the real work of the -copy-reader. To putter over details is an inexcusable -fault. The combination of speed and accuracy in a -copy-reader is the ideal of the editor.</p> - -<p>On large newspapers under the plan of having all -news copy read at one desk by copy-readers under the -direction of a head copy-reader, every news story goes -to the head copy-reader, who, after deciding on its -value, determines how much space it is worth and what<span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</span> -size head it shall have. Before passing the story over -to one of the copy-readers, the head reader gives it a -catch-line, or “slugs” it, to indicate its character and -to serve as a means of identification. He also indicates -by means of a number the size of head to be written for -it; for example, “No. 1 Wreck” indicates the name of -the story and the style of head.</p> - -<p>If the copy is being read page by page as fast as it -is written rather than after the whole story is completed, -the guide or catch-line may be repeated at the -top of each page, thus “4 Storm,” which means that -this is page 4 of the storm story. The head copy-reader -also keeps a record of all copy that passes through his -hands, the entries in which may be something like this, -“Walters—Wreck—500—No. 1—11.15 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span>—more,” -which means that from one of the members of -the staff named Walters, he received a story of a wreck -that contained about 500 words; that he gave it a No. 1 -head; that it went to the composing room to be set up -in type at 11.15 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span>; and that more of the story is to -follow.</p> - -<p>When the head copy-reader passes over the story to -the copy-reader who is to edit it, he may give verbal -directions in regard to cutting it down, “playing up” -important facts buried by the writer, or improving the -form or expression as he thinks best; or he may leave -all these details to the discretion of the copy-reader. -The latter begins to correct and improve the story as -soon as he has finished the piece of work that he has in -hand. It is not unusual during the rush hours when -time is very valuable to send stories to the copy desk -as each page is written, and as the page is edited, to -send it up to the composing room to be put into type, -without waiting for the complete story. Under these -circumstances a copy-reader is often editing alternate<span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</span> -pages of several entirely different stories, all the details -of which he must carry in mind in order to handle -them intelligently and to write a complete and accurate -headline if, as is sometimes the case, this is written only -after the last page of copy on the story has been read.</p> - -<p><b>Use of Guide Lines.</b> Catch-lines, such as “Society,” -“State,” “Sport,” aid in assembling news that is to go -on one page or in one department. When several independent -stories, each with a separate head, are to be -assembled so that one will follow the other, the catch-lines -may indicate this thus: “Lead Convention,” “Follow -Convention,” “First Follow Convention,” “Second -Follow Convention,” etc. In making up a report of a -state or national political convention, these catch-lines -are of considerable assistance. When, on the other hand, -copy is being edited that is to follow immediately upon -the lead or any part of the story without a separate -head, the copy is marked “Add Convention,” “First -Add Convention,” “Second Add Convention,” etc.</p> - -<p>Not infrequently after the story has gone to the composing -room new facts of sufficient importance develop -to warrant the writing of a new lead or of a new paragraph -or two to be inserted somewhere in the story. In -the case of a new lead the copy is marked “New Lead -Convention,” and the copy of the inserts is marked -“First Insert Convention” or “Insert A Convention.” -Whenever it is known in advance that there are to be -additions to the story later, the copy-reader writes -“more” at the end of the piece of copy, instead of -the end mark (#). If the head is not sent to the composing -room with the copy, the copy is marked “Head -to Come.” This is often done when it is known that important -news is coming that should be embodied in the -head. If this later news is to be put into the lead, the -story may be sent up without a lead and with the explanation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</span> -“Lead to Come.” Stories to be used in a particular -edition are marked “Noon Edition,” “Market -Edition,” etc. All these catch-lines should be taken out -when the type is assembled in the forms in making up.</p> - -<p>The typewritten copy of telegraph news furnished -by news distributing agencies like the Associated Press -and the United Press has guide lines on stories for the -benefit of the editors whenever such explanatory matter -is necessary. In order to keep their newspaper clients -informed of the latest phases of the news, these associations -send brief bulletins and “flash” statements, -which they follow with more complete stories as the -news develops. The first news of an accident, for example, -comes as a bulletin, and later more details are furnished -in one or more additions to the original bulletin -or in substitution for it. The following example taken -from the United Press telegraph news service illustrates -how news stories, the parts of which are furnished at -intervals during the day, are supplied with guide lines:</p> - -<p class="noindent center small">(1)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">BULLETIN</p> - -<p class="small">Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—Six men have been reported injured, -two probably fatally, in an explosion on the battleship -Vermont, early today.</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(2)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(ADD BULLETIN ... NORFOLK)</p> - -<p class="small">The Vermont is now in Hampton Roads and only meagre -details of the reported accident were received by the navy -yard here. It was understood that the explosion occurred in -the boiler room of the vessel.</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(3)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(SUBSTITUTE)</p> - -<p class="small">Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—In an explosion in the boiler room -of the battleship Vermont last night, six men were scalded,<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</span> -two receiving possibly fatal injuries. While the ship was -cruising a short distance off the capes which form the entrance -to Hampton Roads, a part of the boiler burst, filling -the engine room with scalding water and steam. Captain -Hughes immediately sent a wireless message to the hospital -ship Solace and the wounded men were transferred at sea to -that vessel, which brought them to the Norfolk hospital to-day.</p> - -<p class="small">The injured men are:</p> - -<p class="small no-margin-bottom">R. M. Wagner, fireman second class.</p> -<p class="small no-margins">M. C. Horan, coal passer.</p> -<p class="small no-margins">J. R. Newberry, fireman first class.</p> -<p class="small no-margins">M. T. Green, fireman first class.</p> -<p class="small no-margins">C. A. Hoteling, coal passer.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">P. W. Cramer, coal passer.</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(MORE)</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(4)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(ADD ACCIDENT VERMONT ... NORFOLK)</p> - -<p class="small">The accident occurred while the Vermont was anchored -off the southern battlefield drill grounds, where the annual -fall target practice began today. The head of the boiler burst -and a torrent of boiling water and steam poured out over the -firemen and coal passers. Wagner and Haran (correct) who -were nearest the boiler head, were the most seriously injured, -both being scalded from head to foot. The hospital ship -Solace asked that the navy hospital here make ready for the -injured men and said that she expected to reach Norfolk this -afternoon. It was reported, but without confirmation, that -Haran had died of his injuries.</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(5)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">BULLETIN</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(LEAD)</p> - -<p class="small">Norfolk, Va., Nov. 2.—Two men are dead and four others -this afternoon lie swathed in bandages suffering terribly from -scalds, as a result of a boiler explosion on the battleship Vermont -early today. R. M. Wagner, a fireman, first class, and -M. C. Haran, a coal passer, are the dead.</p> - -<p class="small">The hospital ship Solace brought the dead and wounded<span class="pagenum3" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</span> -to the naval hospital here today. The Vermont broke all her -former speed records in a run</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(MORE)</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(6)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(ADD BULLETIN LEAD ... NORFOLK)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">in a run from the southern drill grounds, outside the capes, -to Hampton Roads, arriving here late this afternoon.</p> - -<p class="small">Wagner and Haran both died on the Solace, suffering terribly -from the scalds that covered them from head to foot.</p> - -<hr class="r15" /> - -<p class="noindent center small">(1)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">FLASH: Salem, Mass., Nov. 26.—Ettor, Giovannitti, and -Caruso acquitted.</p> - -<p class="noindent center small">(2)</p> - -<p class="noindent small">BULLETIN: SUBSTITUTE FLASH ALL</p> - -<p class="small">Court House, Salem, Mass., Nov. 26.—Ettor, Giovannitti -and Caruso, the three labor leaders who have been on trial -nearly two months charged with murder as the result of the -killing of a woman striker during the textile troubles at Lawrence, -were acquitted to-day</p> - -<p class="noindent small">(MORE)</p> - -<p class="p1"><b>Sizes and Kinds of Type.</b> Editors and copy-readers -need some knowledge of type in order to do -their work efficiently. The size of type is measured by -the point system. The unit of measure, a point, is one -seventy-second of an inch. Six-point type, accordingly, -is six seventy-seconds of an inch, 10-point is ten seventy-seconds -of an inch, and 36-point is thirty-six -seventy-seconds, or one half, of an inch in size. Before -the point system was adopted, each size of type had a -name, and these names are still in common use. Thus, -5½-point type is known as agate, 6-point as nonpareil, -7-point as minion, 8-point as brevier, 9-point as bourgeois,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</span> -10-point as long primer, and 12-point as pica. -Nonpareil, or 6-point, is the size commonly used by large -newspapers, and minion and brevier by smaller papers.</p> - -<p>Type is classified as body type and display type. -Body type is that which is used in newspapers for all -reading matter; display type is the large sizes, or -“faces,” of type used in headlines and in advertising. -As distinguished from the light-face body type, the -heavy faces, that print blacker than the body type, are -known as bold-face type (abbreviated, “b.f.”). Thus -the boxed summaries and lists on pages <a href="#Page_86">86</a>–<a href="#Page_88">88</a> were -marked to be set in 6-point bold-face type (abbreviated, -“6-pt. b.f.”).</p> - -<p>Type is further classified on the basis of the proportion -of the height of the letter to its width, as extra-condensed, -condensed, regular or medium, and extended. -Extra-condensed and condensed faces are used -in the top deck of large headlines, and medium, or -regular, faces are usually used for banner heads extending -across the page, as well as in underline and overline -heads for cuts. As distinct from slanting or Italic -type, the usual perpendicular type is called Roman.</p> - -<p>Different kinds, or faces, of type are given names by -type founders, such as “Caslon,” “Cheltenham,” “De -Vinne,” “Ronaldson.” Each kind or face is generally -made in different sizes, body sizes commonly ranging -from 5½-point to 12-point, and display type from 8-point -to 120-point.</p> - -<p>A “font” of type of a particular size and kind consists -of a complete set of letters, figures, etc., each character -being furnished in numbers proportional to the frequency -with which it appears in ordinary printed matter. -Type is kept in shallow wooden trays, or “cases,” -divided into compartments, or “boxes,” one for each -character. Capital letters (abbreviated “caps.”) are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</span> -often called “upper case,” and small letters are always -known as “lower case” (abbreviated “l. c.”), because -the capital letters are in the upper of the two type cases -and the small letters in the lower one.</p> - -<p>The amount of type set is measured by the number -of “ems” (from the letter “M”). An “em” is a -square of a given size of type; i.e., an em in 8-point -type is eight seventy-seconds of an inch square. The -standard unit of measure for type matter is usually the -12-point, or pica, em. A column of a newspaper that is -thirteen ems wide, therefore, is thirteen 12-point ems, -or thirteen picas, in width; i.e., it is one hundred and -fifty-six seventy-seconds of an inch, or two and one -sixth inches wide. Advertising space is measured by -the so-called “agate line,” on the basis of fourteen agate -lines to one inch.</p> - -<p>In setting type by hand, the compositor has a small -metal tray, or “stick,” inclosed on three sides and adjusted -to the width of a column or a line, into which he -places the type, letter by letter, as he picks it out of -the case before him. As a stick holds about two inches -of type, a “stickful” has come to be a common expression -for about two or two and one half inches of printed -matter. A news story is spoken of by editors and compositors -as being two or three “stickfuls” long, and an -editor often tells a reporter to “write a stickful or -two” on a particular story, or directs a copy-reader to -“cut it down to a stickful.”</p> - -<p>Type is “leaded” when thin strips of lead or brass -are placed between the lines, these “leads” being two -points in thickness. When two of these 2-point leads -are placed between the lines, the type is “double-leaded.” -If no leads are used, the type is said to be -“solid.” The first paragraphs of news stories are often -leaded, and very important news, particularly short<span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</span> -bulletins for extra editions, are frequently double-leaded. -In most parts of a newspaper, however, the -type is solid. All type and cuts are made of the same -height—that is, they are “type-high”—so that when -used together they will present an even surface for -printing and stereotyping.</p> - -<p><b>Marks Used in Copy Reading.</b> The marks used -in editing copy are a few simple time-saving devices to -indicate to the compositor how the matter is to be set -in type. They are as follows:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2660.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows seven marks used in copy reading. More -are shown in the image at the top of the next page. The marks shown here are -| Three short lines under a letter or word - indicate that it is to be set in capital letters. -| Two short lines under a letter or word - indicate that it is to be set in small caps. -| One line under a letter or word indicates - that it is to be set in Italics. -| A circle around figures or abbreviations - indicates that they are to be spelled out. -| A circle around a word or numbers spelled out - indicates that they are to be abbreviated or figures used. -| A caret is placed at the point in the - line where the words written above the line are to be inserted. -| The paragraph mark (¶) or the sign ⅃ - is placed at the beginning of each paragraph. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2671.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the continuation from the previous page -of marks used in copy reading. Five more marks are shown or described here. -| A cross (X) is used for a period. -| Quotation marks are often put in half - circles to indicate clearly whether they - are beginning or end marks. -| Elements to be transposed are marked thus: -| The example shows a line starting underneath the first element then - continuing to the left then up around its top then down between - it and the second element, continuing under then around the end - of the second element to end on the top of the second element. -| A line is used to connect the end of one line with the beginning of another - when both are to form a continuous line of print. -| The end mark which is the hash symbol (#), or the number 30 in a circle, is - written at the end of every complete piece of copy. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The application of these marks and the catch-lines -in the editing of copy are shown by the following typical -pages:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2672.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2680.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The two images above show the typewritten copy -of a short news item which has been edited by a copy reader who has -applied these marks to indicate to the compositor how the matter is to -be set in type.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</span></p> - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Familiarize yourself thoroughly with all details of the -typographical style of your paper.</li> - -<li>Read every word of copy carefully.</li> - -<li>Work as rapidly as is consistent with accuracy; don’t -putter over corrections.</li> - -<li>Make all corrections and changes so clear that the compositor -can not misunderstand them.</li> - -<li>Revise and rearrange whenever possible instead of rewriting.</li> - -<li>Cut out all needless words and phrases.</li> - -<li>Don’t think that your own way of expressing an idea is -the only good way.</li> - -<li>Scrutinize carefully all participles, pronouns, conjunctions, -correlatives, and “only’s.”</li> - -<li>Watch for the omission of the apostrophe in possessives -and contractions.</li> - -<li>See that all quoted matter is properly enclosed in -“quotes.”</li> - -<li>Be sure to put single “quotes” on quotations within -quotations.</li> - -<li>Verify names, initials, addresses, dates, and facts generally.</li> - -<li>Be on the lookout for libelous matter.</li> - -<li>Give every story a distinctive guide line.</li> - -<li>Don’t confuse “add’s” and “follow’s” in marking copy.</li> - -<li>Keep a record of all copy read with size of head, length -of story, author, and time.</li> - -<li>Draw a line around all directions intended for the compositors.</li> - -<li>Consult your superior when in doubt about the propriety -of anything in copy.</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p>Point out all changes that should be made in editing the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</span> -following piece of copy and show how each change should -be indicated:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> -<p class="noindent">Washington, D. C. August 21—</p> - -<p style="text-indent: 13em;">According to a statement issued -here to day by the treasury department the first deposits of the -Governments fifty million dollar fund to aid crop movements will be -made in the Southern States in Aug. and Sept. All deposits in -all states, declares William B. MacAdoo, secretary of the Treasury -and who orginated the plan of assisting banks of the South -and West, will be made in 2 equal allottments. He outlined the -Treasury Department’s requirements for security in to-days -statement</p> - -<p>While all deposits may be recalled without notice the treasury -expects to recall 25 per centum Dec. 15th, another 25 per centum -on Jan. 15th, another February 15 and the final portion on March -1. The banks will pay two per cent. interest and all expenses</p> - -<p>Secretary McAdoo’s statement says the government expect by -making the deposits in National Banks in principle cities the funds -will be used in good faith for releiving stringancy and not to -speculate with and that it will be distributed to smaller banks at -moderate and reasonable interest. Deposits only will be placed -with banks who have forty per cent of their circulation of banknotes -out standing.</p> - -<p>10 per cent of the security must be in Government Bonds and the -remaining 90 per cent. may be high class state, municipal and -other bonds at 75 per cent of their market value and approved by -the secretary. Prime commercial or business paper will be excepted -at 65 per cent. of their face value when indorsed by the -bank, approved by the Secretary and unanimously approved by -a “securities committee” of 6 members in the clearing house district -in which it comes. The secretary of the treasury will name -one member of each comittee. Commercial paper the statement -point out must represent legitinate commercial transactions preferably -endorsed with two names and the borrowing bank but -single name paper will be accepted in the judgement of the -Treasury.</p> - -<p>Any of the banks may return the deposits at any time before -Mar. 1.</p> - -<p>The Secretary’s statement of to day outlined many details which -are chiefly of interest to bankers concerned.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">THE WRITING OF HEADLINES</p> - - -<p><b>The Function of the Headline.</b> Headlines as -developed by the American press during the last half-century -have come to be, next to the news itself, the -most important part of our newspapers. From mere -labels to indicate the kind of reading matter to be found -in the columns under them, headlines in this country -have developed into bulletins giving the substance of -the articles to which they are attached. By presenting -conspicuously in large type the important facts of the -story which it precedes, the headline serves a double -purpose: it makes possible rapid reading of the news -thus outlined in the head, and it becomes an advertisement -of the news to attract the purchaser.</p> - -<p><b>Heads Promote Rapid Reading.</b> As concise summaries -of the facts of the news, headlines fill an important -place in contemporary American life, for, by -reading only the headlines, the busy man or woman -can get in brief outline the news of the whole world. -The size of the type and the arrangement of the parts -of the headline aid in a marked degree this rapid reading. -Well-written heads that give clearly and accurately -the information of greatest significance in the stories -under them are an integral part of the newspaper, the -function of which, as has been said, is to give the readers -in a clear and interesting form the news of the day.</p> - -<p><b>How Heads Advertise News.</b> By their form and -position, likewise, the headlines act as advertisements -for what the paper contains. Like all good advertisements,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</span> -headlines should create interest and lead to the -sale of the paper. By arousing the reader’s curiosity -and at the same time partially satisfying it, the head, -when skillfully written, attracts the reader’s attention -and influences him to read the story.</p> - -<p>A newspaper that aims to have large street sales will -naturally take advantage of the advertising element in -the heads, by making them as attractive as possible. In -fact, the efforts of some newspapers of this class to -make the most powerful appeal possible, have led to -extreme forms of headlines with great black type and -with varicolored effects. In general, morning papers -and evening papers with regular subscribers are less -inclined to employ large heads for advertising their -news than are those evening papers with several street -editions that seek to have large sales. Large heads extending -across several columns and printed in green, -red, or black ink set forth the latest phases of the news -in a manner well calculated to catch the eye as the paper -is displayed on the news stand or in the hands of the -newsboy. As in advertising in general there is always -a temptation to make alluring statements at the expense -of truth, so in headline advertisement there is a tendency -to exaggerate and magnify in order to catch the -unwary reader.</p> - -<p><b>Large Heads and “Yellow Journalism.”</b> Since -the more sensational papers have taken advantage of -this advertising element and have yielded at times to -the temptation to exaggerate or even to misrepresent, -as is not unheard of in advertising generally, large display -effects in headlines have come to be associated in -the popular mind with so-called “yellow journalism.” -The connection between the two is by no means inevitable, -however, for large headlines need not be any -more sensational or inaccurate than smaller ones, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</span> -may legitimately be used to attract attention to the -real features of the news. Conservative papers that do -not depend to any considerable extent on street sales -tend to keep up the smaller headlines long used in -American newspapers, which, while giving the substance -of the news in outline, do not attempt to advertise -prominently the contents.</p> - -<p><b>Clearness and Conciseness.</b> Regarded as a bulletin -of the most important facts in the news, the headline -should present these facts in a clear and concise -manner. To be clear the form should be one that can -be taken in by the eye at a glance. The relation of the -divisions, or “decks,” of the head should be evident, so -that the reader may get a clear idea of the bearing of -one statement on another. The statements should be -concrete and specific. The limitations of space make -it necessary for the headline to be concise so that -the maximum number of important facts may be included.</p> - -<p><b>Action in Headlines.</b> As news is largely concerned -with activities, headlines should express the action related -in the news story. In defining oratory Demosthenes -said that the three essential elements are: first, -“action”; second, “action”; and third, “action.” The -same characteristics may well be ascribed to the most -effective headlines. Life and vividness of expression -give interest to heads as they do to the news story. -Freshness and originality of phrasing are also successful -provided the uncommon form is clear. Short, crisp, -specific words constituting definite statements that can -be readily grasped in rapid reading, generally make the -best headlines.</p> - -<p><b>Headlines are Impartial.</b> Headlines, like the news -stories of which they are summaries, should be impartial. -It is possible to “color” headlines so that they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</span> -give a false impression of the news in the stories to -which they are attached. The reader tends to carry -over into the news story the impression which he gets -from the headline, and a “colored” head, therefore, -tends to “color” even an impartial, accurate news -story. Headlines likewise should not comment on the -news; comments on the news should be made in the -editorial columns.</p> - -<p><b>Divisions of Headlines.</b> The headline is composed -of one or more divisions called “lines,” “decks,” or -“banks.” These divisions are separated by dashes and -are frequently different in form and in size of type. In -the following head, each deck has a distinct form and -size of type.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2740.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">In the image above, the top deck is labelled -| 3-part drop-line |. It shows three lines of upper-case text in a large -font. Each line is of about equal length and are shorter than the -width of the column. The start of each line is shifted further to the -right. This creates a staircase effect on the right-hand side of the -head.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The first line reads | ONE GIRL’S ACT | and its -beginning is pushed up against the left-hand column rule. The middle -line says | PREVENTS 60,000 | and is centered between the column rules. -The third line says | FROM WORKING | and its end is pushed up against -the righ-hand column rule. Together the three lines of the head says | ONE -GIRL’S ACT PREVENTS 60,000 FROM WORKING |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The next deck in the image is labelled | 3-part -pyramid “bank” |. It is a three line head, each line graduated in -length to produce an inverted pyramid effect. These three lines of -mixed-case text are in a font that is smaller than that used in the -deck above. The first line of the bank says | She Refuses to Join -the Union and |. This line takes up the full width of the column. The -second line is shorter than the first and is centered between the -column rules. It says | Every Mill Owner is Against |. The third line -of the inverted pyramid is shorter again than the previous two lines -and is also centered between the column rules. It says | Closed Shop |. -Together the three-line head says | She Refuses to Join the Union and -Every Mill Owner is Against Closed Shop |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck in the image is labelled -| cross-line |. Its form is a single line of upper-case text. In this -instance the line of text spans the full width of the column. It is -displayed in a font whose size is midway between the font used in the -first deck and that used in the second deck. The line says | WEEKLY -LOSS $2,500,000 |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The fourth and final deck in the image is labelled -| 4-part hanging indention |. By that it means there are four lines of -text with a hanging indent. That is, the first line of the headline -spans the full width of the column while the next three lines are -indented by the width of two characters from the left-hand column rule. -This deck is in mixed-case whose font size is smaller than that used in -the other three decks. Together the four parts of the head says | Says She Quit -Organized Labor Because She Does Not Believe In It and Declares She -Will Not Return Despite All Threats. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Headlines are constructed on the basis of the four -forms that appear in the above example, which may be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</span> -called respectively, (1) the drop-line; (2) the pyramid; -(3) the cross-line; and (4) the hanging indention. -Graphically these forms may be represented -thus:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2751.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The graphical representation shown in the diagram -above is a simpler representation of the previous example. It replaces the -lines of headline text with thick lines to more clearly demonstrate -the structure of each of the forms. The four forms shown in the image -are labelled | (1) Drop-line |, | (2) Pyramid |, | (3) Cross-line | and | (4) -Hanging indention |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Drop-Line Heads.</b> The drop-line head may consist -of two, three, or four parts arranged as in the following -three heads:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2752.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example | (1) |. It shows a -drop-line head in two parts. The first line or part of the head says -| MOVING PICTURE MEN |, the second says | START WAR ON TRUST |. Together -the two parts of this drop-line head says | MOVING PICTURE MEN START -WAR ON TRUST |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2761.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above exhibits the remaining two examples -of drop-line heads. Example | (2) | shows a drop-line head in three -parts. The first part or line of the head says | LOWELL MEN WANT |, the -second says | CANAL TO CONNECT | and the third says | CITY WITH BOSTON |. -Together the three parts of this drop-line head says | LOWELL MEN WANT -CANAL TO CONNECT CITY WITH BOSTON |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (3) | shows a drop-line head in four parts. -The first part or line of the head says | SEVEN CHILDREN |, the second -says | SAVED AS HOME |, the third says | AND BIG FACTORY | and the fourth -says | IN EVERETT BURN |. Together the four parts of this drop-line head -says | SEVEN CHILDREN SAVED AS HOME AND BIG FACTORY IN EVERETT BURN |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Cross-Line Heads.</b> The cross-line head consists of -but one line which may or may not fill the whole space -between the column rules. In the following examples, -the first head fills the line, and the second only part of -the line.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2762.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains two examples of cross-line -heads. Example | (1) | says | POSTAL BANK BILL PASSES |. It spans the -full width between the column rules.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | says | SEES PERIL IN TARIFF |. It -is shorter than the line in the example above so is centered between -the column rules.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Pyramid Banks.</b> The pyramid head may consist -of two, three, or four parts, graduated in length to -produce the inverted pyramid effect. The following -“bank” illustrates the pyramid of three parts:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2771.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays a pyramid bank of three -parts. The first line reads | Promoters of International Av- | and -fills the whole space between the column rules. The last word on the -line, which would be | Aviation |, is divided with a hyphen so the rest -of the word starts the next line of the pyramid bank. That next line -reads | iation Tournament Decide |. This line is shorter than the one -above and is centered between the column rules. The third and final -line of the pyramid bank reads | to Use Race Track. | and is shorter still. -Like the line above, it is centered between the column rules. -Together the three lines of the pyramid bank says | Promoters of -International Aviation Tournament Decide to Use Race Track. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Hanging Indention.</b> The hanging indention head -consists of several parts, the first of which begins at the -column rule on the left, while all the others are indented -the width of one or two letters.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2772.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is an example of a hanging -indention head in four parts. It is in mixed-case as is normal for this -type of head. The first line fills the whole space between the column -rules. The second, third and fourth lines of the head are indented two -characters from the left-hand column rule but each of those line fills -the rest of the column width except for the last line which is shorter -and ends with a full stop.</p> - - -<p class="noindent">The first line reads | Immense Wealth is Stored Up |. -The second line reads | in Vaults of Country’s Repos- |, the last word -of which should be | Repository |, but it is divided with a hyphen -so the rest of the word starts the next line of the head. That next -line reads | itories for Coin, Bullion, and |. The last line of the -head reads | Other Precious Metals. | Together the four lines of the -hanging indention head says | Immense Wealth is Stored Up in Vaults of -Country’s Repositories for Coin, Bullion, and Other Precious Metals. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The drop-line, cross-line, or pyramid may be used in -any deck, whereas the hanging indention head is used -only for a deck other than the first.</p> - -<p><b>Combinations of Forms.</b> Various combinations of -these four forms may be used to give the variety required -for all kinds of stories. For large heads a combination -of a two part drop-line, a three part pyramid, a cross-line -or another drop-line, and a second pyramid, constitutes -a frequent form, as is seen in the following example:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2773.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains a head made up of a -four-deck combination of forms, each deck separated from the one below -with a short horizontal rule.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The first deck is a drop-line head in two parts. -Each line is upper-case and displayed in a thin but large font. The -first line reads | FRENCH STRIKE ENDS | and the second | AFTER DAY OF -CRIME |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid bank of three parts. -It is in mixed-case and displayed in a smaller font size. The parts -say | Railroad Men’s Union Orders | Work Resumed on All Tied | Up -Lines To-day. | Together the three parts of the head reads as | Railroad -Men’s Union Orders Work Resumed on All Tied Up Lines To-day. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head in upper-case -and displayed in a font slightly larger than the one used in the -preceding deck. The line reads | BOMB OUTRAGES CONTINUE |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The fourth and final deck of this large headline is -another pyramid head in three parts. It is in the same case and font -size as the second deck which was also a pyramid. The parts of this -head say | Attempts to Blow Up Passenger | Trains and Bridges Arouse | -Public and Police. | Together the three parts of the head says -| Attempts to Blow Up Passenger Trains and Bridges Arouse Public and -Police. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</span></p> - -<p>A large three part drop-line head may be followed -by a hanging indention line and by a cross-line, as in -the following case:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2781.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains three decks separated by -short horizontal rules.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The first deck is a large drop-line head in three -parts. It is all upper-case displayed in a medium-weighted font. The parts of -this head say | TREASURY CHANGE | CAUSES A RECOUNT | OF NATION’S -FUNDS |. Together the three parts says | TREASURY CHANGE CAUSES A RECOUNT -OF NATION’S FUNDS |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The middle deck is a hanging indention head in four -parts. It is displayed as mixed-case in a smaller and thinner font. The -parts of the head say | Amazing Wealth is Stored Up | in the Vaults -of Country’s | Repositories for Coin and | Bullion. | Together the -four parts says | Amazing Wealth is Stored Up in the Vaults of Country’s -Repositories for Coin and Bullion. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is an upper-case cross-line head in -a font of medium weight and size which says | WEIGHING MONEY BAGS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">For smaller heads there are several sizes of two part -drop-heads, or of cross-lines combined with pyramids -or hanging indentions of two or three parts; for example:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2782.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 0.3em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2783.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains two examples of smaller -heads. Example | (1) | is constructed of two decks separated by a short -horizontal rule. The first deck is a cross-line head in upper-case. It -is displayed in a small font, probably of a similar size to that used -for column text that would follow. It reads | COLLEGE BOYS TURN WAITERS -|.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck of this example is a pyramid head -of two parts. It is mixed-case displayed in an even smaller font than -that used in the deck above. Its two parts say | Break Strike in -Evanston Restaurant | When Girls Walk Out. | Together the lines of the -two decks in the example says | COLLEGE BOYS TURN WAITERS Break Strike -in Evanston Restaurant When Girls Walk Out. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is again constructed of two -decks, each separated by a short horizontal rule. The first deck is a -cross-line head in upper-case and displayed in a font slightly larger -than that used in the example above. It reads | BURGLARS BUSY IN NEWTON -|.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a hanging indention head of -three parts displayed as mixed case in a slightly smaller font. The -three parts of the head say | Houses Ransacked by Gang Which Is | -Thought to Have Had Rendezvous | In the Old Post Office. | Together the -lines of the two decks says | BURGLARS BUSY IN NEWTON | Houses Ransacked -by Gang Which Is Thought to Have Had Rendezvous In the Old Post Office. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2790.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains two more examples of -smaller heads. The first example is labelled | (3) | and is constructed -of two decks separated by a short horizontal rule. The first deck is a -cross-line head in upper-case and displayed in a small font about the -size of capital letters in the column text that would follow. It says -| AIRSHIP STANDS FINAL TEST |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid head of three parts. -It is in mixed-case displayed in a smaller font than that used in the -deck above. Its three parts say | Baldwin Machine Stays Aloft Two -Hours | and is Accepted by Signal Corps as | the Most Proficient Of -All. | Together the lines of the two decks says | AIRSHIP STANDS FINAL -TEST | Baldwin Machine Stays Aloft Two Hours and is Accepted by Signal -Corps as the Most Proficient Of All.”</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second example in the image is labelled | (4) | -and again is constructed of two decks, each separated by a short -horizontal rule. The first deck is a drop-line head in upper-case and -displayed in a font about the same size as that used in the example -above. Its two lines say | EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY | UPHELD BY OHIO -COURT |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid head of three parts. -It is in mixed-case displayed in a smaller font than that used in -the deck above it. The three lines of the head say | Act Providing -for Benefits in Case of | Death or Injury Is Declared | to Be -Constitutional. | Together the lines of the two decks says -| EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY UPHELD BY OHIO COURT | Act Providing for Benefits -in Case of Death or Injury Is Declared to Be Constitutional. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Practically every symmetrical arrangement of the -four forms of heads can be found in various newspapers, -but the principles underlying the writing of any -of the combinations are the same.</p> - -<p><b>Type Limits of Heads.</b> The typographical limitations -are the most important considerations governing -the writing of headlines. These limitations are determined -by the size of type and the form of each deck of -the head. The possible variation in the parts of the first -deck is not more than a letter or two from the normal -form. So small is the variation possible within the -column width that the size of the letters used has to be -considered. Thus the letters “M” and “W” are one -and one-half times the size of all the other letters except -“I,” which is only one-half as large as the others. -In the counting of unit letters in a headline, the writer -must consider “M” and “W” as one and one-half -units each, and the letter “I” and the figure “1” as -half a unit each. Each space between words is counted -as one unit. Since the form and symmetry of a head are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</span> -marred or entirely destroyed by having too few or too -many units in any part, great skill is necessary in the -choice and the arrangement of words to secure as nearly -as possible the exact number of units required for a -perfect head.</p> - -<p>The effect produced by having too many units is -shown in the following heads for which 18 units is the -normal number in each half of the two-line drop -head.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2801.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains two examples of heads with -too many units on a line. The effect that creates is made worse because -the spacing between words has been reduced in order to fit all the -words to a line.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (1) | is constructed of a single deck -with a drop-line head of two parts, each line spanning the full width -between column rules. The first line consists of 20 units and says | -GOVERNOR NAMES FIRST |. The second line also consists of 20 units and -says | OF MUNICIPAL REFORMS |. Together the two parts of the drop-line -head says | GOVERNOR NAMES FIRST OF MUNICIPAL REFORMS |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also constructed of a single -deck with a drop-line head of two parts, each line spanning the full -width between column rules. The first line consists of 21½ units and -says | TWO FIRES IN ONE HOUSE |. The second line consists of 20 units -and says | INSIDE OF THREE HOURS |. Together the two parts of the -drop-line head says | TWO FIRES IN ONE HOUSE INSIDE OF THREE HOURS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">When the number of units is less than that required -for the best effect, the headline is not so unsatisfactory -as when too many units are crowded into it, because the -short line is more legible than the long one. In each of -the following heads the first half contains only 15 units -instead of 18, and as a result there is too much space -at the end of each of these halves. Both, however, are -much more easily read than the crowded ones given -above.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2802.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains the example labelled | (1) |. -It is constructed of a single deck with a drop-line head of two parts -with slightly expanded inter-word spacing. Both parts are in upper-case -text. The first line is of 15 units and says | STATE SECRETARY |. The -second line is of 15½ units and says | ON TRIP TO COAST |. The whole -drop-line head says | STATE SECRETARY ON TRIP TO COAST |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2811.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains the example labelled -| (2) |. It is also constructed of a single deck with a drop-line head of -two parts with slightly expanded inter-word spacing. Both parts are in -upper-case text. The first line is of 15 units and says | WEISS REASSURES |. -The second line is of 14 units and says | BUSINESS WORLD |. The whole drop-line -head says | WEISS REASSURES BUSINESS WORLD |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">That much better results are produced by having -each half contain more nearly the required number of -units is shown by comparing the next two heads with -those preceding.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2812.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains two examples. The first -one is labelled | (1) | and is again constructed of a drop-line head in -two parts but now there is less space between the end of the first line -and the right-hand column rule and before the start of the second line -and the left-hand column rule. The first line is of 18 units and says -| STORY OF DYING MAN |. The second line is also of 18 units and says | -REOPENS GRAFT CASE |. The whole drop-line head says | STORY -OF DYING MAN REOPENS GRAFT CASE |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second example is labelled | (2) |. It is -also constructed of a drop-line head in two parts. Like the example -above there is less space between the end of the first line and the -right-hand column rule and before the start of the second line and the -left-hand column rule. The first line is of 18½ units and says | MAY -LOSE EXTRA PAY |. The second line is of 17½ units and says | FOR NIGHT -CAR RUNS |. The whole drop-line head says | MAY LOSE EXTRA PAY FOR -NIGHT CAR RUNS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">In headline writing a number of points must be -borne in mind. It should be remembered, however, -that these are not hard and fast rules but general principles -based on newspaper practice.</p> - -<p><b>Why the Head is Based on the “Lead.”</b> As in -the normal type of news story all the important facts -are given in the lead, the headline, as the bulletin of -these facts, is based largely, if not entirely, on the material -in the lead. One reason for giving all the essential -details in the lead, as has already been pointed out, -is that the story may be cut down before or after it is -in type. This possibility that the story may be cut down -is an additional reason why the headline should be -based on the first part of the story, for if the headline<span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</span> -contains only the substance of the lead, it need not be -rewritten when any part of the story is cut off.</p> - -<p><b>The Tone of the Head.</b> To adapt the character of -the headline to the tone of the story is important for -the best effect of both. The head should prepare the -reader for what is to follow. A humorous or witty headline -is well adapted for a story written in a light vein -but usually is out of keeping with a plain news story. -A suggestion of pathos even may be given in the headline -when the story warrants it. Efforts to be funny or -tearful, however, ought always to be carefully considered -and should not be made unless the circumstances -justify them.</p> - -<p><b>Avoiding Repetition.</b> It has come to be a generally -recognized point that there should be a minimum -amount of repetition of words throughout the -head. The same word should not be used more than -once either in the same deck or in different decks unless -the lack of synonyms makes it absolutely necessary, or -unless emphasis is gained by so doing. This, of course, -applies in only a limited degree to the necessary connective -words, such as conjunctions and prepositions, -and parts of the verb “to be.” The writer of heads -should have at his command a number of synonymous -words and expressions, so that, when he must refer to -the same person, object, or action a second or third -time, he may be able to vary the expression.</p> - -<p><b>The Interrelation of the Decks.</b> If the grammatical -subject remains the same in statements made in two -or more decks, it need not be repeated, as it will be understood -with the verbs in the following deck or decks. -In the head given below, the subject of the verb -“stricken” in the first deck, serves as the subject of the -verbs “found” in the second deck, “is” in the third, -and “will be taken” in the fourth.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2831.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a headline constructed of four -decks of various forms which say | GUARD STRICKEN ON PRISON WALL | -Found in His Sentry Box at the Penitentiary Helpless From Paralysis | -IS A CIVIL WAR VETERAN | Will be Taken to His Meigs County Home Unless -He Grows Worse. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Since the subject, when suppressed in any deck, is -understood to be the same as that in the deck just preceding, -care must be taken to have the verb agree with -it grammatically. There is a not unnatural tendency, -for example, to use in one deck a singular verb with a -collective noun like “common council,” or “faculty” (of -a college), and then, changing the idea to the members -of these bodies, to use in the next deck a plural verb -with the subject suppressed. Thus, in the following -head, “tariff board” should not be made the subject of -“reports” and “declare.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2832.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed of two decks. -They say | TARIFF BOARD REPORTS ON ALL WOOL SCHEDULES | Declare That -Many of the Rates are Too High. </p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</span></p> - -<p>Failure to remember that a verb without a subject is -assumed to have the same subject as the statement in -the deck immediately preceding, not that in any other -of the preceding decks, also leads to confusion. The -following head, for example, is poor because it is not -clear that “president” is the subject of “gives,” since -“governor” is the subject of the statement in the preceding -deck; nor is it evident that “troops” of the first -deck is the subject of “to camp” in the fourth.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2841.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed of four -decks of various forms. They say | PRESIDENT ORDERS TROOPS TO REMAIN | -Governor Undecided About Calling Special Legislative Session | GIVES -TWELVE DAYS OF GRACE | To Camp Here Three Weeks While State Decides Its -Course. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The subject is sometimes incorrectly suppressed in -one deck when there is no subject in the preceding -deck that can be understood for that verb; for example, -in the following head there is no word in the first deck -that can be taken for the subject of “was” in the second.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2842.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed of two decks. -They say | ARREST REVEALS DOUBLE LIFE | Was Both Traveling Man and -Burglar at Same Time, Say Police. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Often it is necessary to repeat in other decks with -additional details or in more definite form the statement -made in the first deck; for example:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2851.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed of two decks. -They say | TO TIE UP WHOLE OHIO LINE | Shopmen on Strike Threaten -to Prevent Running of All Trains. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">When such repetition is necessary for greater clearness, -there is no objection to it, but to make several -decks merely repetition in other words of the first is a -not uncommon fault that should be avoided. If, for -example, the foregoing head had been expanded into -four decks by mere repetition, the result might have been -the following head, in which but one fact is presented.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2852.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed of four decks. -They say | TO TIE UP WHOLE OHIO LINE | Shopmen On Strike Threaten to -Prevent Running of All Trains | TRAFFIC TO BE AT A STANDSTILL | -Strikers Say That No Freight or Passenger Service Will Be Possible -Over the Road Affected. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Most newspapers prefer to have the statement in each -deck grammatically independent of that in the preceding -deck; that is, they avoid extending a statement -through two decks. How such a continuous statement -is sometimes made, however, is shown in the following -head from the New York <i>Sun</i>:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2853.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is constructed of two decks. The -first deck is a cross-line head in upper case which says | MORSE SAYS -IT WASN’T FAIR |. The second deck is a pyramid head in two parts. The first -line begins with the preposition | TO |. The head says | TO PUT HIS STORY IN -THE HANDS OF GOVERNMENT AGENTS |. The full headline says | MORSE SAYS -IT WASN’T FAIR TO PUT HIS STORY IN THE HANDS OF GOVERNMENT AGENTS |. -</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">One peculiar form of headline, some of the best examples -of which are found in the Cincinnati <i>Enquirer</i>, -depends for its effect upon this continuation of a statement<span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</span> -through several decks. Only one word is used for -the first deck of large heads of this type, and only one -or two in the first deck of smaller heads, as is seen in -the following examples:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2860.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example | (1) | of -this peculiar form of headline. It is a head with six decks. The first -deck is cross-line form with the centered word | ENGINEERS | in a -large, heavy-weighted, font.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is also cross-line but is -mixed-case in a slightly smaller font of medium weight. It spans -the full width of the column and says | Favor Lock Canal |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The remaining four decks are all pyramid form -in mixed-case and displayed in a font of similar size. They say -| Work of Goethals Meets Praise of Experts, | Who, With -Taft, Inspect the Panama Ditch, | And They Find Gatum Accident Was -Trivial. | No Further Trouble With the Dam Is Anticipated—Plans of the -President Elect. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The complete headline reads | ENGINEERS Favor Lock -Canal | Work of Goethals Meets Praise of Experts, Who, With Taft, -Inspect the Panama Ditch, And They Find Gatum Accident Was Trivial. | -No Further Trouble With the Dam Is Anticipated—Plans of the President -Elect. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">It should be noted that the final pyramid deck is -in four parts and is constructed so that the last line of the pyramid -is the single word | Elect. | Visually, this means you have the first -and last lines of this six-deck head centered between the column rules. -All other lines between these are either centered or are the full width -of the column so the overall appearance has a symmetry.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2870.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example | (2) | of a headline -that depends for its effect upon the continuation of a statement -through several decks. This one has just two decks. The first deck is -cross-line form with the single, centered, upper-case word | PANCAKES | -in a largish, thin, font.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is pyramid form in mixed-case and -a smaller font and says | Wife Baked Tempted Soldier To Freedom, But -Sirup To Put on Them Caused His Arrest. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The full headlines says | PANCAKES Wife Baked -Tempted Soldier To Freedom, But Sirup To Put on Them Caused His Arrest. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Style in Heads.</b> Rhyme and alliteration may be -used to advantage on rare occasions, but generally this -similarity of sound produces a jingling result that is -not pleasing. Originality and novelty can be given by -choice and combination of words much more effectively -than by the artificial means of similar sounds.</p> - -<p>To make headlines as concise as possible the articles -“a,” “an,” and “the” are omitted, and auxiliary verbs -not absolutely necessary are suppressed. When articles -and auxiliaries are convenient to fill out the line to the -required number of units, they may be retained, but -should not be used at the beginning of a deck.</p> - -<p>To give freshness and vividness to the head, the verb -is usually put in the present tense even though the -action is in the past; for example, “Roosevelt Speaks -in Cleveland.” Future action is expressed by the infinitive -or by the regular future form with “will”; for -example, “Roosevelt to Speak in Cleveland,” or -“Roosevelt Will Speak in Cleveland.”</p> - -<p>The active voice of the verb is preferred to the passive -because the active is more vivid and more concise. -“Cornell Wins Intercollegiate Regatta,” is better than -“Intercollegiate Regatta Won by Cornell.” When, -however, the passive is required to give the more significant -part of the statement prominence in the first<span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</span> -part of the top deck it should be used in preference to -the active. In the following head the important point is -that the post office has been robbed, rather than the -fact that it was robbed by tramps.</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2881.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a drop-line head of two parts -that says | POST OFFICE ROBBED | BY BAND OF TRAMPS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">This head would be less effective with the active verb, -since the robbery of the post office would then go into -the second part of the deck, thus:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2882.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a drop-line head of two parts -that says | BAND OF TRAMPS ROB | POST OFFICE SAFE |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">News value rather than rules must determine in any -case whether the active or passive voice is desirable.</p> - -<p>The use of abbreviations, likewise, cannot be fixed by -rule. In general, only commonly used abbreviations, -like “Dr.,” “Prof.,” “Mrs.,” “Mr.,” “St.,” “Co.,” -are to be found in headlines. In particular cases, however, -others are employed because they are convenient -and clear. In Boston, for example, “Tech” as an abbreviation -for “Massachusetts Institute of Technology,” -is common, and the Boston <i>Herald</i>, therefore, used it -to advantage in the head:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2883.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is of a single drop-line head that says -| 200 TECH MEN SEE YULE LOG BLAZE |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">During a long campaign for “immediate municipal -ownership” in Chicago, the newspapers of that city -used almost daily the abbreviation “I.M.O.” So “L”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</span> -for “elevated railroad” is perfectly clear to readers in -New York, Boston, and Chicago. The names of states -are not usually abbreviated, although “U.S.” is frequent. -Abbreviations like “auto,” “taxi,” and “phone” -are so general that they are used without question in -headlines.</p> - -<p>Colloquial contractions like “can’t,” “we’re,” etc., -although not common, may give the life and naturalness -often well suited to a story, as for example in the -following head:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2890.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head constructed from two -decks. The first is a cross-line head that says | ROCKEFELLER, HE’D -HELP HER |. The second deck is a pyramid form that says | So Mary -Mayogian, Who is 12, Came Here to See Him. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">In the first deck short words are preferred, because -in rapid reading they are more easily grasped than long -ones, and because two or three words in each part of -the line make a better looking, more symmetrical head. -To meet the need for short equivalents for long words -that are generally accepted terms, new words have been -coined and new functions given to old ones. For the -long noun “investigation” and the verb “to investigate,” -the words “probe” and “quiz” are favorites -with the headline writer, and are often used to excess. -Long words like “criticize,” “censure,” “rebuke” give -way to shorter ones like “hit,” “rap,” and “score.” -The concise but inelegant “nab” is a headline substitute -for “arrest.” The verb “peril,” rarely used elsewhere, -appears in heads as an equivalent for “imperil” -or “endanger,” as in “Shipwreck Perils Many.” The -verb “wed” is a convenient short form for “marry.” -Words condemned by good usage, such as “to suicide” -and “to kill self,” have found a place in the headlines of -some newspapers because of their clearness and brevity.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</span></p> - -<p>Slang, likewise, on account of its conciseness, novelty, -and colloquial character, is not infrequently found -in heads, although some newspapers have a rule against -its use. If the slang word or phrase is put in quotation -marks, it is considered by some newspapers as less objectionable. -All that may be said for or against slang -in newspapers as a whole, applies with equal force to -its use in heads. If the question of good taste is involved -in the use of a slang word, the safe course is to -avoid it.</p> - -<p>Some newspapers have a rule that numerical figures -should be put into headlines only when they are absolutely -necessary, an injunction that implies a very limited -use of them, whereas the general practice clearly -is to employ figures when they are the most effective -means of conveying the important facts. The advantage -of figures is seen in the following heads taken from -representative newspapers:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2900.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has three examples of heads that -contain numerical figures. Each example is a single deck with a -drop-line head of two or three parts.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (1) | says | TO SELL 81 PICTURES | -VALUED AT $2,000,000 |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | says | 5,000 WOMEN MARCH | IN -SUFFRAGE PARADE |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (3) | is a drop-line head in three parts -and says | 50-CENT BUTTER | SOON TO FOLLOW | MILK PRICE RISE |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2911.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example | (4) | and is a pyramid -head in three parts which says | 40 MORE GRAFTERS | TO BE ARRESTED | IN -PITTSBURG |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Figures for numbers under ten appear less frequently -in headlines, particularly at the beginning of -a deck, but again the practice in regard to this usage -is not uniform. Newspapers, like the New York <i>Evening -Post</i>, that have but one line in the top deck of -their large headlines, not infrequently use figures below -ten at the beginning or anywhere in the first deck. -With the greater space of the drop-line head it is easier -to avoid small figures.</p> - -<p>The division of words in headlines so that one syllable -is in one part of the deck and one in another -part, is to be avoided. Similarly, hyphenated words, or -two words constituting a name or term each word of -which is not clear alone, should not be divided between -parts of the top deck. The following four heads -illustrate these undesirable divisions:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2912.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has examples | (1) | and | (2) | of -undesirable word divisions. Example | (1) | is a drop-line head in -two parts. The first line of the head ends with the first syllable of -a divided word. It says | TROOPS SOON TO EM- |. The second line says | -BARK FOR PANAMA |. The full head should say | TROOPS SOON TO EMBARK FOR -PANAMA |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also a drop-line head in two -parts. The first line ends with the hyphen that joins the hyphenated -term | ALL-AMERICAN |. It says | CAMP PICKS ALL- |. The second line says | AMERICAN -TEAM |. The full head should say | CAMP PICKS ALL-AMERICAN TEAM |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2921.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has examples | (3) | and | (4) | of -undesirable divisions. The first of these is a drop-line head in two -parts. It is intended to say | CUT IN SCHEDULE “K” IS PROBABLE | but -the construction of the drop-line head places the word | SCHEDULE | on -the first line and the label | “K” | on the second line thus creating an -undesirable division.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (4) | in the image is also a drop-line -head in two parts. It is intended to say | CURLERS PLAN BON SPIEL IN -MARCH | but the construction of the drop-line head places the word -| BON | on the first line and | SPIEL | on the second line thus creating -another undesirable division.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The use of unemphatic words, like “of,” “to,” -“for,” “and,” “but,” “if,” “a,” “the,” at the end of -parts of the top deck is not desirable, as in this position -they are given prominence and emphasis out of all -proportion to their importance. Typographical limitations -and the exigencies of rapid headline writing, -however, result not infrequently in their appearance -in these positions. Whenever it is possible, they should -be avoided at the end of parts of the top deck.</p> - -<p><b>Punctuation.</b> Punctuation in headlines and subheads -follows the accepted rules. When marks are -not absolutely necessary for clearness, they should be -omitted. In the first deck, and in cross-line heads, independent -sentences not connected by conjunctions are -separated by semicolons; for example:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2922.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a drop-line head in three parts. -The first two lines say | HATTERS GUILTY | OF BOYCOTTING; | and is -terminated by a semicolon. The third line of the head says | FINED -$222,000 |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">In other decks dashes are usually used to separate independent -unconnected statements. Care should be taken -to avoid a dash at the end of one of the parts of a deck. -The use of the dash is shown in the following example:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2931.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a head with two decks separated -by a short horizontal rule. The first deck is a cross-line head that -reads | TAFT PREPARES FOR YALE POST |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid head in three parts. -It says | President Leases Residence at New | Haven—Expects to Go There -| in the Spring. | It demonstrates the careful use of a dash which appears -in the middle of the second line of the pyramid. The dash serves to -separate the unconnected statements | President Leases Residence at New -Haven | and | Expects to Go There in the Spring. | </p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Headline punctuation in various forms is illustrated -in the heads given below:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2932.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains six examples of headline -punctuation in heads. They are all single decks and are -labelled | (1) | to | (6) |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (1) is a drop-line head in two parts. The first line -ends with a question mark. The second line begins with the word “NO” in inverted -commas. The head says GIVE UP WAR SPOILS? | “NO”, SHOUT CHINESE.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (2) is also a drop-line head in two parts. -The first line says | “THEATRE ON FIRE!” | and ends with an exclamation -mark. The whole line is enclosed in quotation marks. The second line -says | CRY ON BROADWAY |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (3) is a drop-line head in three parts. -There is a comma following the word | BRIBE, | in | WHITE DEMANDED | -BRIBE, DECLARES | BLANER ON STAND. It separates the statements -| WHITE DEMANDED BRIBE | and | DECLARES BLANER ON STAND |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (4) is a drop-line head in two parts. Its -purpose is to quote a statement by a person named Wilson. The statement -says | GIVE BAD POLITICS FRESH AIR |. That statement is enclosed in -quotation marks and its author's name | WILSON | is appended to the -statement by a dash. The two parts of the head as actually displayed -say | “GIVE BAD POLITICS | FRESH AIR”—WILSON |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (5) is a simple cross-line head that says -| NED TODD, GAMBLER, DIES |. There are commas after | NED TODD, | and -| GAMBLER, | in this head.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (6) is a drop-line head in two parts. It refers -to a show that's to be performed called | “PINAFORE” |. That show name is in -quotation marks. The two parts of the head as actually displayed say -| WILL GIVE “PINAFORE” | WITH ALL-STAR CAST |. Displayed as a single line, -the head says | WILL GIVE “PINAFORE” WITH ALL-STAR CAST |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2940.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above contains three more examples of headline -punctuation in heads. Each example is a single deck and they are -labelled | (7) | to | (9) |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (7) is a drop-line head in two parts. It is -in the form of a warning, with the first line of the head ending in an -exclamation mark. That line says | ALL CITIZENS, BEWARE! |. The second -line says what to beware of. It is, apparently, | “HOLD-UP” MEN |. The -hyphenated word | “HOLD-UP” | is enclosed in quotation marks. The two -parts of the head as actually displayed say | ALL CITIZENS, BEWARE! | -“HOLD-UP” MEN ARE OUT |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (8) is a drop-line head in three parts. The -first line is a statement that ends in a semicolon. It says | TRUST -WEAKENS; |. That line is followed by another statement split over two -more lines and says | DEALERS PROMISE | 8-CENT MILK SOON |. Displayed -as a single line, the head says | TRUST WEAKENS; | DEALERS -PROMISE 8-CENT MILK SOON |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example (9) is also a drop-line head in three -parts. The first line quotes a source who says | “DON’T BUTT IN” |. As -it is a quotation, it is correctly enclosed in quotation marks. The -other two lines of the head state who that quote is directed at. Those -lines says | MEXICO IS TOLD | IN POLITE WAY |. Displayed as a single -line, the head says | “DON’T BUTT IN” MEXICO IS TOLD IN -POLITE WAY </p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Methods of Building Headlines.</b> The editor or -copy-reader who is constantly writing heads comes to -think unconsciously in headline units; that is, his daily -practice makes it possible for him to frame readily -statements of the essential facts that will fulfill the requirements -of each deck of the head. Nevertheless, he -always counts the units to be sure that the number is -correct. For the beginner the process of building up -the several decks of a typical headline is analyzed at -some length in the following pages, in order to demonstrate -the methods pursued.</p> - -<p>The story selected for showing the process of headline -writing has been taken from the Chicago <i>Record-Herald</i>, -which gave it a headline constructed on the -following plan:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2950.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is of a headline constructed of four -decks, each separated by a short horizontal rule. The font size and -weight differs between decks and to the left of each line in a head is -the number of headline units that line contains.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The first deck is a drop-line head in two parts and -displayed in a large, weighted, font. Each of the two lines contains 18 -unit letters and say | FOREST RESERVE ACT | IS DECLARED INVALID |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is in a smaller, mixed-case, -font of lighter weight. It is a pyramid head in three parts that -contains 10 words. Each part contains, respectively, 30, 25 and 15 -unit letters. The parts say | State Supreme Court’s Decision | Puts -Tax Assessing Depart- | ment In Dilemma. | Displayed as a single line -without the division of words, the head says | State Supreme -Court’s Decision Puts Tax Assessing Department In Dilemma. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head in upper-case -displayed in a font of medium weight and smaller than that used in -the first deck. It contains 23 unit letters and says | MAY ENJOIN THE -OFFICIALS |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The fourth deck is similar to the second deck being -a pyramid in three parts and displayed in the same font. It also contains -10 words. Each part of the head contains, respectively, 30, 25 and -15 unit letters. The parts say | State’s Attorney Wayne Threat- | ens -Action if Attempt is Made | to Collect Levy. | Displayed as a single -line without the division of words, the head says | State’s Attorney -Wayne Threatens Action if Attempt is Made to Collect Levy. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The story for which the headline is to be written -follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot0"> - -<p>The city council finance committee last night unanimously -agreed to a proposition made by Mayor Harrison to have a -committee of experts decide each year how much money -shall be spent in each ward for street cleaning and garbage -and refuse collection.</p> - -<p>The mayor said the plan could not be adopted this year, -as the committee was engaged in making up the budget for -1912 and there would not be time.</p> - -<p>The suggestion of the mayor came during the annual -“squabble” of the committee over the ward appropriations. -As usual every member was contending for an increase.</p> - -<p>“I’ll tell you, gentlemen,” suddenly broke in Mayor Harrison, -“this helter skelter method of making up ward appropriations -should be discontinued. It is a system that is out -of date and one that works an injustice on many sections of -the city. I would suggest that we have a commission or a -committee of experts begin next year, about three months -before the committee begins making up the budget, and work -out a scientific plan for the proper distribution of the street -cleaning and garbage removal funds.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum3" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</span></p> - -<p>“I’m with you there,” declared Aldermen Cermak and -Egan in unison, and every alderman around the table enthusiastically -endorsed the proposition.</p> - -<p>The work of making the ward appropriations was continued -after the mayor’s suggestions and raises were granted -along the line.</p> -</div> - -<p>In editing this story of the meeting of the city council -finance committee, the copy-reader would get these -four main points:</p> - -<p class="hanging2">(1) Mayor Harrison’s proposal to the finance committee in regard to the -allotment of ward funds was approved.</p> -<p class="hanging2">(2) His plan is to have experts decide the division on a scientific -basis.</p> -<p class="hanging2">(3) The new method cannot be put into operation until next year on -account of lack of time.</p> -<p class="hanging2">(4) The fight, or “squabble,” among the -aldermen on this matter has been an annual one.</p> - -<p>As the subject of the story is the “ward funds,” the -headline may be constructed around these words. The -words “ward fund” contain 9½ units, and the plural -“ward funds,” 10½ units, which, on the basis of 18 units -to be filled in each half of the first deck, will leave 7½ -or 8½ units to be filled, according as the singular or -plural form of “fund” is used. If a verb is desired -for the first half deck, the “dividing” or “allotting” -of the fund expresses the idea involved; and, since the -action is in the future, “to divide” or “to allot” (8 -units each), or “will divide” or “will allot” (10 units -each), are possibilities. The combination of these elements -gives “To Allot Ward Fund” (18½ units) and -“To Divide Ward Fund” (18½ units), either of which -may be used for the first half of the top deck. This -deck may be completed in the second half by introducing -the second point; namely, that the allotment<span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</span> -is to be made “On a Scientific Basis” (19 units), which -can be reduced to 17 units by omitting the article -“a.” The result will then be as follows:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2971.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the resulting drop-line head. -It is in two parts. The first line is 18½ unit letters and says | TO -DIVIDE WARD FUND |. The second line is 17 unit letters and says | ON -SCIENTIFIC BASIS |. Displayed as a single line the head says -| TO DIVIDE WARD FUND ON SCIENTIFIC BASIS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Or the second point may be used in the form of the -allotment’s being made “with the aid of experts” (22½ -units), which may be reduced to 18½ units by omitting -the article “the.” The resulting combination will -be:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2972.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is a another drop-line head in two -parts. The first line is 18½ unit letters and says | TO ALLOT WARD -FUND |. The second line is also 18½ unit letters and says | WITH AID -OF EXPERTS |. Displayed as a single line the head says | TO -ALLOT WARD FUND WITH AID OF EXPERTS |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">If it is desired to emphasize the fact that the mayor has -solved the ward fund problem, or has ended the “grab,” or settled the -“squabble,” or dispute, or fight, these phrases may be arranged in the -following forms:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2973.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">Two of four examples are displayed on this page. -Example | (1) | is a drop-line head in two parts. The first line -is 18 units and says | WARD FUND PROBLEM |. The second line is also 18 -units and says | IS SOLVED BY MAYOR |. Displayed as a single line the -head says | WARD FUND PROBLEM IS SOLVED BY MAYOR |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is an alternative wording but -emphasises those same facts. The first line is 18½ units and says | -WARD FUND SQUABBLE |. The second line is 19 units and says | IS SETTLED -BY MAYOR |. Displayed as a single line the head says | WARD FUND -SQUABBLE IS SETTLED BY MAYOR |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2981.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">This image is at the top of the following page and -contains two more examples showing how phrases may be arranged in a -head to emphasize facts of a story. </p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (3) | is a drop-line head in two parts. The -first line is 19 units and says | FIGHT FOR WARD FUND |. The second -line is 17 units and says | IS ENDED BY MAYOR |. Displayed as a single -line the head says | FIGHT FOR WARD FUND IS ENDED BY -MAYOR |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (4) | is an alternative wording but -emphasises those same facts. The first line is 18½ units and says -| GRAB FOR WARD FUND |. The second line is 19 units and says | IS -STOPPED BY MAYOR |. Displayed as a single line the head says | GRAB FOR -WARD FUND IS STOPPED BY MAYOR |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">Still greater prominence can be given to the mayor -by putting the word at the beginning of the first half of -the first deck, but by so doing the real subject, that is, -the ward fund division or wrangle, must go over into the -second half. In this arrangement the forms would be:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2982.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has three examples. Example | (1) | -is a drop-line head in two parts. The first line is 17 units and says | -MAYOR HAS SETTLED |. The second line is 18 units and says | WARD FUND -WRANGLE |. Displayed as a single line the head says | MAYOR HAS SETTLED -WARD FUND WRANGLE |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also a drop-line head in two -parts. The first line is 17½ units and says | MAYOR PUTS AN END |. The -second line is 18½ units and says | TO WARD FUND SCRAP |. Displayed -as a single line the head says | MAYOR PUTS AN END TO WARD FUND SCRAP -|.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (3) | is another drop-line head in two -parts. The first line is 19 units and says | MAYOR’S PLAN SOLVES |. The -second line is 18 units and says | WARD FUND PROBLEM |. Displayed as a -single line the head says | MAYOR’S PLAN SOLVES WARD FUND PROBLEM |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">If more emphasis is desired for the point that experts -are to settle or decide the ward fund division or -fight, these statements may be combined as follows, but<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</span> -again the real subject, by going into the second half -of the deck, is less conspicuous:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p2990.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has two examples. Example | (1) | -is a drop-line head in two parts. The first line is 18½ units and says -| EXPERTS WILL DECIDE |. The second line is 17 units and says | WARD -FUND DIVISION |. Displayed as a single line the head says | EXPERTS -WILL DECIDE WARD FUND DIVISION |.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also a drop-line head in two -parts. The first line is 19 units and says | EXPERTS WILL SETTLE |. The -second line is 19 units and says | FIGHT FOR WARD FUND |. Displayed as -a single line the head says | EXPERTS WILL SETTLE FIGHT FOR -WARD FUND |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">These various forms for the top deck show some of -the possibilities of variety of emphasis and tone in the -headline. As the first half of the top deck is more conspicuous -than the second, the most significant part of -the statement should, if possible, be placed in the first -half. Consequently those forms in which the idea of -the allotting or dividing of the ward funds is placed -first, would generally be preferred. The words “squabble,” -“scrap,” and “grab,” although colloquial and inelegant, -might be admissible to characterize effectively -the situation growing out of the efforts of each alderman -to get the most for his own ward, if the circumstances -of the dispute were undignified.</p> - -<p>The other decks of the headline for this story may -be constructed to follow any one of these top decks, -but, for convenience, only two of the top decks will be -used for illustration. If the one chosen is “To Divide -Ward Fund On Scientific Basis,” it may be developed -by the other points already given (<a href="#Page_296">page 296</a>); that -is, (1) The mayor’s proposal was approved by the -finance committee; (2) The division is to be made<span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</span> -by experts; (3) The method cannot be put into operation -until next year for lack of time; and (4) the -fight on the matter has been an annual one. The second -deck of ten words should explain the “scientific -basis” of division and give the action of the finance -committee by which this plan was determined upon, both -of which points may be stated in the following forms:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3001.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has two examples. Example | (1) -| is a pyramid head in three parts. It contains 11 words of which | -Committee | is divided over two lines. The three parts are respectively -27, 27 and 17½ unit letters long and say | City Council Finance Commit- -|, | tee Will Let Experts Settle |, | Problem Next Year. | Displayed as -a single line the head says | City Council Finance Committee Will Let -Experts Settle Problem Next Year. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also a pyramid head in three -parts. It states the same facts as the example above but phrases -them in a different way. It is 12 words long and avoids dividing the -word | Committee |. The three parts are respectively 30, 25 and 17 -unit letters long and say | Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount |, | Given -Approval by Council |, Finance Committee. | Displayed as a single -line the head says | Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount Given -Approval by Council Finance Committee. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">The third deck, which, because of the size of type, is -next in prominence to the top deck, should contain the -mayor’s part in the solution, and within the limits of 23 -unit letters, this may be expressed in the following forms:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3002.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has five examples of cross-line -heads that state the mayor's role in the solution with each using different -wording. Example | (1) | is 23 units and says | PROPOSAL MADE BY -MAYOR |. Example | (2) | is also 23 units and says | MAYOR PROPOSES -SOLUTION |. Example | (3) | is 24 units and says | PLAN IS OFFERED -BY MAYOR |. Example | (4) | is 23½ units and says | MAYOR ENDS -THE SQUABBLE |. Example | (5) | is also 23½ units and says | MAYOR -PROPOSES THE PLAN |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</span></p> - -<p>If the third or fifth forms are used, they should not -be combined with the second form, “Plan To Let Experts, -etc.,” suggested for the second deck, because of -the repetition of the word “plan.”</p> - -<p>For the fourth deck the idea that the dispute is an -annual one, and, if not already used, the point that -the plan is going into effect next year, may both be -expressed within the limits, which are the same as -those for the second deck, as follows:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3011.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above has two examples. Example | (1) | -is a pyramid head in three parts which contains 12 words. The three -parts are respectively 27, 24 and 18 units long and say | New Method -Will End Annual |, | Dispute of Aldermen Over |, | Allotment of Money. -| Displayed as a single line the head says | New Method Will End Annual -Dispute of Aldermen Over Allotment of Money. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Example | (2) | is also a pyramid head in three -parts. This one contains 11 words. It again communicates the idea that -the dispute is an annual one and that the plan is going into effect -next year. The three parts are respectively 27, 26 and 14 units long -and say | Annual Squabble of Aldermen |, | Over Street Cleaning Money -|, | Ends Next Year. | Displayed as a single line the head says -| Annual Squabble of Aldermen Over Street Cleaning Money Ends Next -Year. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2">In complete form with one of each of these possibilities -chosen to avoid repetition, the head will read:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3012.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays the complete head which is -made up of four decks.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The first deck is a drop-line head in large, bold, -capital letters and says | TO DIVIDE WARD FUND |, | ON SCIENTIFIC BASIS -|. It is followed by a pyramid head in mixed case and a smaller, -lighter, font which says | City Council Finance Commit- |, | tee Will -Let Experts Settle |, | Problem Next Year. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head and says | -MAYOR PROPOSES THE PLAN |. The fourth and final deck is a pyramid head -like the second deck and says | New Method Will End Annual |, | Dispute -of Aldermen Over |, | Allotment of Money. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Displayed as a single line the head says -| TO DIVIDE WARD FUND ON SCIENTIFIC BASIS | City Council Finance -Committee Will Let Experts Settle Problem Next Year. MAYOR PROPOSES THE -PLAN | New Method Will End Annual Dispute of Aldermen Over Allotment of -Money. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</span></p> - -<p>If the first deck chosen is one of the forms in -which the part played by the mayor in the solution of -the problem is emphasized, the other three decks could -be so composed as to include the other points, without -repetition, as follows:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3020.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays this alternate emphasis of -the facts. The first deck is a drop-line head in large, bold, capital -letters and says | WARD FUND PROBLEM |, | IS SOLVED BY MAYOR |. It is -followed by a pyramid head in mixed case and a smaller, lighter, font -which says | Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount |, | Given Approval by -Council |, | Finance Committee. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head and says | TO -TAKE EFFECT NEXT YEAR |. The fourth and final deck is a pyramid head -like the second deck and says | Allotment on Scientific Basis |, | to -Replace Annual Squabble |, | of the Aldermen. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Displayed as a single line the head says -| WARD FUND PROBLEM IS SOLVED BY MAYOR | Plan to Let Experts Fix Amount -Given Approval by Council Finance Committee. | TO TAKE EFFECT NEXT -YEAR Allotment on Scientific Basis to Replace Annual Squabble of the -Aldermen. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Subheads.</b> Besides writing headlines for stories, the -copy-reader inserts subheads at intervals to break up -the solid masses of type which are unrelieved except -by paragraph division. These subheads make possible -more rapid reading.</p> - -<p>The subhead, which is set up either in bold face -capitals or in bold face capitals and lower case, is like -a cross-line head that does not fill the entire column -width. The subhead should be an announcement in -three or four words of the most significant point in the -section of the story which it precedes. The same limitation -as to the number of units exists as in any cross-line -head. In a story of some length subheads are -placed at intervals of about 200 words, and in shorter<span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</span> -stories at intervals of from 100 to 150 words. The insertion -of these subheads at comparatively regular -intervals makes for symmetry of effect. Significant -matter in the story, or an important change of topic, -warrants a subhead, regardless of the regularity of -the interval. It is generally considered preferable not -to place a subhead immediately after a sentence ending -with a colon and introducing a quotation, because -the subhead interrupts the quotation and appears to -be part of it. This difficulty can usually be avoided by -placing the subhead just before the introductory sentence, -thus:</p> - -<div class="news-column-container"> - <div class="news-column"> -<p class="no-margins">NEW YORK, Dec. 14.—On the eve -of his retirement from the post of -British ambassador at Washington, -which he has occupied with distinction -for six years, James Bryce Saturday -night paid an extraordinary tribute to -the constitution of the United States. -The occasion was the annual dinner of -the Pennsylvania society of New York, -and he spoke from the topic: “The -Commemoration of the One Hundred -and Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the -Framing of the Constitution of the -United States.”</p> - -<p class="p1 center bold">Work of Men of Genius.</p> - -<p class="no-margins">The ambassador said in part:</p> - -<p class="no-margins">“The constitution was the work of -an extraordinary group of men such as -has seldom been seen living at the -same time in any country and such as -had never been brought together in -any other country to undertake the -immensely difficult task of framing a -fundamental instrument of government -for a nation. The nation was then a -small one, and it is one of the most -striking tributes to the genius and -foresight of the men that the frame of -government which they designed for -37,000,000 people should have proved -fitting to serve the needs of 93,000,000.”</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</span></p> - -<p><b>Jump-Heads.</b> When a story is continued from one -page to another, a head called a jump-head, or “run-over” -head, is placed above the continuation. This jump-head -may be either the top deck of the head at the -beginning set in the same type or in smaller type, or it -may be a new head. Examples of jump-heads follow:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3041.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">Two examples are provided. Each example is in two -sections. The first section displays the head of a story from the -first page and the second section displays the jump-head that is placed -above the continuation of the story on another page.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The image above displays section | (1) | of the -first example. It is the | First Page Head | of a story and is a -conventional looking head made up of four decks of various forms. -The decks say | FLAMES END LIVES OF TWO BABY BOYS |, | Children in -Different Parts of City Meet Horrible Death at the Same Time. |, | -BONFIRE IS FATAL TO ONE |, | The Other, Left With Sister, Is Found -Blazing in Home by Passersby. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 0.7em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3042.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays section | (2) | of the -first example. It is the | Jump-Head on Third Page | which is placed -above the continuation of the story. It is a simple cross-line form in -upper-case which says | FIRE ENDS BABIES’ LIVES |. Just below this in a -small font are the words | Continued from Page One. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3043.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays section | (1) | of the -second example. It is the | Top Deck of First Page Head | of a story and is a -drop-line form in three parts which says | EXPRESS BEATEN | BY PARCELS POST | -IN INITIAL TEST |.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3050.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above displays section | (2) | of the -second example. It is the | Jump-Head on Fourth Page | which is placed -above the continuation of the story. This time it is a drop-line head -in two parts which says | EXPRESS BEATEN | BY PARCELS POST |. Just -below this in a small font are the words | (Continued from first page.) |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><b>Big Heads.</b> In this discussion only one column heads -have been considered, but the same general principles -apply to the construction of headlines extending over -any number of columns. Important news may be given -a head of one, two, or three parts extending across the -whole front page. Such a head is often called a “banner.”</p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Get the important facts of the story clearly and accurately -in mind before writing the head.</li> - -<li>Study carefully each kind of headline to find out its possibilities -and limitations.</li> - -<li>Give the story a headline proportionate in size to its -importance.</li> - -<li>Base the head as far as possible on the facts in the -lead.</li> - -<li>Have the tone of the head in keeping with that of the -story.</li> - -<li>Don’t make the head a comment on the news.</li> - -<li>Avoid trite, hackneyed words or phrases.</li> - -<li>Make the statement in each deck clear, concise, and -specific.</li> - -<li>Put the most significant fact into the first deck.</li> - -<li>Use short, specific words in the first deck.</li> - -<li>Count the unit letters and spaces in every deck.</li> - -<li>Don’t try to crowd in more units than the space will -permit.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1em;" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</span></li> - -<li>Don’t fill out a short line with weak words.</li> - -<li>Make clear the relation of the statement of each deck to -that in the preceding deck.</li> - -<li>Use only such abbreviations as are commonly to be found -in heads.</li> - -<li>Omit articles and unnecessary auxiliary verbs whenever -it is possible.</li> - -<li>Punctuate only when clearness requires it.</li> - -<li>Use figures when they are the significant facts.</li> - -<li>Avoid repetition of words other than connectives.</li> - -<li>Use the present tense of the verb for past events and the -infinitive or future tense for coming ones.</li> - -<li>Keep the tenses uniform throughout the head.</li> - -<li>Avoid libelous statements.</li> -</ol> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">PRACTICE WORK</p> - -<p>Criticize the following heads and rewrite each, retaining -as far as possible the ideas and point of view of -the original:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3060.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (1) of sixteen examples -of heads to be criticized. In this example, as in all the examples that -follow, the top deck is a drop-line head. In that context it is worth -recalling from page 280 that each line of a drop-line head should ideally -be 18 unit letters wide.</p> - -<p class="noindent">In this example, the drop-line head in the top deck -is in two parts of 17½ and 16½ unit letters respectively. It says | HURT -IN AUTO CRASH | QUITTING HOSPITAL |. The second deck is a pyramid -in three parts and says | Woman Patient Is Injured in | Collision -Fifteen Minutes | After Release |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3071.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (2). It is a head of -three decks. The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 17 and -16 unit letters respectively. It says | PARCELS POST PLAN | STARTS -TOMORROW |. The second deck is a head in pyramid form which says | New -System Makes It Possible | to Mail Packages Weighing | Up to 11 -Pounds. | The third decks is a cross-line head which says | REQUIRE -SPECIAL STAMPS |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3072.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (3). It is a head of two -decks and is followed by the first paragraph of the story it heads. The -top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 15½ and 15 unit letters -respectively. It says | RIVERS IN GOTHAM | FOR CROSS SETTO |. The -second deck is a four-part hanging indention head which says | Little -Mexican, in Great Condi- | tion, Announces That He Will | Surely -Put the Quietus on the | Hard Hitting Dentist. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraph of the story follows the -head. It says | NEW YORK, Dec. 28.—Joe Rivers, the Mexican lightweight, -accompanied by his manager, Joe Levy, his brother, Andy Rivers, and his -trainer, Abdul the Turk, arrived in this city Friday night. Rivers is -scheduled to fight Leach Cross, at the Empire A. C. on Jan. 14, instead -of Jan. 8. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3081.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (4). It is a head of -three decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it -heads. The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 13½ and 13½ -unit letters respectively. It says | TAXES MUST BE | PAID BY JAN. -31 |. Note the second line of the head uses | JAN. 31 | as a shortened -form of | JANUARY THIRTY FIRST |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a four-part hanging indention -head in a small font which says | Public Can Get Extensions on City | -Assessments, However, by Applying | Under a Special Law Passed by | -the 1911 Legislature. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a drop-line head in two parts -which say | COLLECTION TO BEGIN | AT 9 A. M., TOMORROW |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraphs of the story follow the -head. They say | The collection of city taxes will be started at 9 -o’clock tomorrow morning by City Treasurer John R. Greene. | “All county -and state taxes must be paid by Jan. 31,” said City Treasurer Greene -yesterday. “But an extension of six months on city taxes will be -granted to those applying, under a law passed by the 1911 legislature.” |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3082.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (5). It is a head of two -decks and is followed by the first paragraph of the story it heads. The -top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 15 and 14 unit letters -respectively. It says | GOTHAM WORKERS | PLANNING STRIKE |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Demanding the Abolishment of | Sweat Shop and General | -Increase in Wages. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraph of the story says | NEW YORK. -Dec. 22.—The largest of a series of general strikes of 200,000 garment -workers in this city will probably start this week following the -counting of a secret ballot of 125,000 workers who have just completed -the vote. The abolition of sweatshop conditions in the trade and a -general increase in wages are demanded. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3091.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (6). It is a head of two -decks and is followed by the first paragraph of the story it heads. -The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 16½ and 16 unit -letters respectively. It says | HIGH PRICES SAWED | BY PARCELS POST? -|. It is posed as a question with the second line of the head ending in a -question mark.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Senator Jonathan Bourne Thinks | New System Will Solve Cost -of | Living Problem. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraph of the story says | -WASHINGTON, D. C., Dec. 21.—If the parcels post is utilized to its -fullest degree, a decided decrease in the cost of living will result, -according to the prediction on Saturday of Senator Jonathan Bourne of -Oregon, father of the measure which becomes effective on Jan. 1. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3092.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (7). It is a head of three -decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it heads. -The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 16½ and 16½ unit -letters respectively. It says | THINK PARLAPIANO’S | ACT IS JUSTIFIABLE |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Court and District Attorney Tes- | tify Belief That Prisoner -Was | Victim of Circumstances. | The word | Testify | in the head is -divided over two lines.</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head which says -| BOUND OVER TO NEXT TERM |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Part of the opening paragraph of the story follows. -The remainder of that paragraph plus the second paragraph are contained -in an image at the top of the next page. The part displayed here says -| Although the district attorney and judge of the District court -testified their belief, supplementary to the arguments of the counsel -for the defense, in the justifiableness of the crime, it was found -necessary to bind over Vito Parlapiano, alleged murderer of Michael -Perricone, |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3101.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the continuation of paragraph -text from the previous page. It says | to the next term of the -Municipal court, in District court Friday afternoon. | The sight of -a district attorney who had caused a man’s arrest pleading for his -release on the grounds of justification, and of the judge of a court -expressing his opinion of the man’s innocence, has rarely been seen, -but all this was done after convincing testimony had been introduced to -prove that the killing was done in self-defense and through excessive -fear of death on the defendant’s part. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3102.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (8). It is a head of two -decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it heads. -The top deck is a drop-line head in a smaller font than usual. It is in -two parts with 27½ and 28 unit letters respectively. Both lines use the full -width of the column but the letters look crowded thus making it difficult -to see where one word ends and the next starts. This head says | POPE’S -BROTHER, 76 YEARS OLD, | AT 50 CENTS WAGE, GETS BOOST. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a three-part hanging indention -head which says | Aged Postmaster’s Pay Doubled—Walks | Ten Miles a -Day Carrying Mails to | Rail Station. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraphs of the story follow. They -say | ROME, Dec. 9.—The pope’s brother, Angelo Sarto, who is postmaster -of the village of Corazio, called at the parliament buildings today -and asked Deputy Di Bagno to recommend him to the minister of posts -and telegraphs for an increase in salary. | The pontiff’s brother is -76 years old and earns a half dollar daily. He is compelled to walk -ten miles every day in order to carry the mails of his village to the -Nantua station. | Later in the day the minister cordially received -Sarto and after talking with him for a while willingly doubled his pay, -and, what is more, appointed a postman to help him. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3103.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (9). It is a head of two -decks with no following paragraph text. The top deck is a drop-line -head in two parts with 19½ and 18½ unit letters respectively. It says | SEEK -CAUSE OF WRECK | KILLING 4, HURTING 50 |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts and -says | Nation, State and Railway Inves- | tigate Ditching of Express | -Train on Pennsylvania. | The word | Investigate | is split -between two lines of the head.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3111.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (10). It is a -single-deck head and is followed by the opening paragraph of the story -it heads. The deck is a drop-line form in two parts with 16 and 17 -unit letters respectively. It says | WOMEN SELL EGGS | TO CUT LIVING COST |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraph of the story follows. It -says | PHILADELPHIA, Dec. 11.—One hundred and fifty thousand dozen -of eggs, at 24 cents a dozen, were sold to-day from a score or more -stations scattered throughout the city, a record which will probably -be doubled to-morrow. This is the result of the first endeavor of the -new Housekeepers’ League of Philadelphia in its campaign against the -present high cost of living. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3112.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (11). It is a head of -four decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it -heads. The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 14½ and -14½ unit letters respectively. It says | CROP PRODUCTION | ON THE -INCREASE |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Special Government Report Gives | Definite Information on the | -Greatest Corn Crop. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head which says | -OTHER REPORTS LATER |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The fourth deck, like the second, is a pyramid of -three parts which say | Report Gives Potatoes an In- | crease of -Almost Double | Over Last Year. | The word | Increase | in the head -is split over two lines.</p> - -<p class="noindent">Part of the opening paragraph of the story follows. -The remainder of that paragraph plus the second paragraph are contained -in an image at the top of the next page. The part displayed here says -| WASHINGTON, D. C., Nov. 8.—A corn crop of 3,169,137,000 bu., or -281,921,000 bu. more than the greatest crop of corn ever grown in any -country of the world is the feature of the country’s most remarkable -agricultural year in history according to the November crop report of -the United States department of agriculture |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3121.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the continuation of paragraph -text from the previous page. It says | issued on Friday. The report -completed the government’s preliminary estimates of the nation’s -principal farm crops. This great crop of corn was worth on Nov. 1 -to the farmers $1,850,776,000. | The enormous sum of $4,171,134,000 -represented the farm value on Nov. 1 of the United States crops of -corn, hay, wheat, oats, potatoes, barley, flaxseed, rye and buckwheat. -With the value of the growing cotton crop, and the crops of tobacco, -rice and apples, the aggregate value of these principal farm products -will amount well beyond $5,000,000,000. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3122.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (12). It is a head -of three decks with no following paragraph text. The top deck is a -drop-line head in two parts with 14½ and 16 unit letters respectively. It says -| IN PRISON GLOOM | AWAIT THEIR DOOM |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Thirty-eight Convicted Labor | Officials Will Learn Their | -Fate Wednesday. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head which says | -WILL APPEAL EACH CASE |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3123.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (13). It is a head of -two decks with no following paragraph text. The top deck is a drop-line -head in two parts with 17 and 18 unit letters respectively. It says | STATE -SOLONS PLAN | MANY NEW STATUTES |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Water Power, Public Service and | Income Tax Questions Will | -Receive Attention. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="p2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3131.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (14). It is a head of -two decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it -heads. The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 17½ and -17 unit letters respectively. It says | WAR FORTUNE SAVES | KING PETER’S ROBES |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Open Secret That Servian Ruler | Was About to Abdicate | His -Throne. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The opening paragraphs of the story follow. They -say | BELGRADE, Dec. 28.—(Special Cable).—While all the Balkan royal -houses have strengthened their hold upon their respective peoples by -reason of the Turko-Balkan war, it has been the very salvation of the -royal house of Karageorgevitch. | It is an open secret here that King -Peter was making preparations to resign until it became certain that -war was inevitable. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3132.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (15). It is a head of -four decks and is followed by the opening paragraphs of the story it -heads. The top deck is a drop-line head of two parts with 16½ and -19 unit letters respectively. It says | WHITNEY HOME SOLD | FOR FIFTH AVE. TRADE |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The second deck is a pyramid of three parts which -say | Fine House at Fifty-Seventh | Street May Be Remodeled or | Torn -Down for Business Block. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The third deck is a cross-line head which says | -WAS HELD AT $2,250,000 |</p> - -<p class="noindent">The fourth deck, like the second, is a pyramid of -three parts which say | Price Was Under That—New Owner’s | Name Not -Revealed, But Broker | Says He Is an Investor. |</p> - -<p class="noindent">Part of the opening paragraph of the story follows. -The remainder of that paragraph is contained in an image at the top -of the next page. The part displayed here says | The career of the -famous Whitney mansion on the southwest corner of Fifth Avenue and -Fifty-seventh Street as a |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3141.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the continuation of the opening -paragraph from the previous page. It says | city residence is over. The -house was sold yesterday by Harry Payne Whitney, and it was announced -that the new owner would utilize the corner for business. The entire -property, according to Worthington Whitehouse, who represented Mr. -Whitney in the sale, was held at $2,250,000, but it is understood that -the price paid was under that figure. Frank D. Veiller, who represented -the buyer, declined to give the name, only saying that he was an -investor. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3142.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is example (16). It is the last one -in this set of practice examples. It is a head constructed of a single -deck which is a drop-line form in three parts. It is displayed in a -thin font. The parts are 14, 14 and 14½ unit letters respectively and -say | THUGS ARE BOLD | HOLD UP WOMAN | AS CROWD GAPES |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">PROOF-READING</p> - - -<p><b>How Proof is Corrected.</b> After copy has been set -up in type, the type is put into a long, narrow metal -tray called a “galley.” On a small hand or power press -a printed sheet of each galley is made, or “pulled,” -called a “proof,” or “galley proof.” To “pull a galley -proof” is to make a printed copy of the type in the -tray.</p> - -<p>Each “proof” is carefully compared with the copy -so that errors made by compositors or operators in setting -up the copy in type may be discovered and corrected. -On large newspapers the proof is corrected by -proof-readers employed for the purpose, and the proof-reading -room is connected with the composing room. -Each proof-reader is assisted by a copy-holder who -reads in a monotone everything in the copy including -punctuation, capitalization, and paragraphing, so that -the proof-reader may see whether or not the printed -form corresponds exactly to the copy. In smaller -offices editors and reporters read proof, comparing the -printed form with the copy only when it is necessary. -Every one who writes for publication should know -how to correct proof, so that he may be able to do -this work quickly and accurately when occasion demands -it.</p> - -<p>By the use of a few marks and signs it is easy to -indicate clearly just how proof is to be changed and -corrected. The least possible change should be made -because every correction means a loss of time. When<span class="pagenum" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</span> -linotypes are used, every change makes necessary the -recasting of one whole line at least, while when monotypes -are used, each piece of type must be handled -separately. Accordingly, when one or more words have -been inadvertently omitted and must be inserted, effort -is made to cut out other words of about the same length -and not absolutely necessary in the same line, in the -preceding line, or in the following one, so that not more -than one or two lines will have to be recast or reset to -make room for the added words. Likewise, when one -or more words must be taken out, others should be inserted -in the same line or adjoining lines to fill up the -space.</p> - -<p>As in the editing of copy, so in the correcting of -proof, the changes should be indicated in a manner that -makes unmistakable to the compositor the exact character -of the modifications. Confused correction of proof, -like poor editing of copy, causes loss of time and increases -the probability of error.</p> - -<p>Errors in proof are most readily detected if a card is -used to cover all lines except the one that is being corrected. -The card is moved down from line to line as -each is read and corrected. By having but one line -before him at a time and by scrutinizing sharply every -word, the reader more readily catches any errors.</p> - -<p><b>Marks used in Correcting Proof.</b> The proof-reading -signs and marks, grouped according to their use, -are as follows:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3160.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows three | Paragraphing | marks. The -descriptions say | Begin a new paragraph. | Don’t begin a new paragraph. | -Make one element follow the other in the same line. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3171.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows seven | Spacing | marks. The -descriptions say | Correct uneven spacing between words. | Put in space. -| Reduce the space. | Close up by taking out all the spacing. | Close -up but leave some space. | Push down a space that prints. | Put in thin -spaces between letters, i.e., “letter space.” |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3172.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows nine | Position | marks. The -descriptions say | Move to the left. | Move to the right. | Move up. | -Move down. | Indent one em. | Make lines parallel. | Make letter align. -| Turn over element that is upside down. | Transpose order of words, -letters, or figures. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3173.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3181.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above and the last image of the previous -page show eight marks for | Kind of Type |. The descriptions of the -marks say | Change to Roman type. | Change to Italic type. | Change to -capital letter. | Change to small capital letter. | Change to lower -case, or small, letters. | Change to black, or bold face type. | -Substitute type from regular font for that of wrong font. | Substitute -perfect for imperfect type. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3182.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows twelve | Punctuation | marks. The -descriptions say -| Insert period. -| Insert comma. -| Insert semi-colon. -| Insert colon. -| Insert apostrophe. -| Insert double quotation marks. -| Insert single quotation marks. -| Put in one-em dash. -| Put in two-em dash. -| Put in hyphen. -| Put in question mark. -| Put in exclamation point. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3183.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3191.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above and the last image of the previous -page show four marks for | Insertion and Omission |. The descriptions say -| Put in element indicated in margin at place shown by caret. -| Take out element indicated. -| Don’t make change indicated; let it stand as it is. -| A line of dots is placed under the element that is to remain as it is. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3192.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows two marks indicating | Uncertainty |. -The descriptions say -| Look this up to see whether or not it is correct. -| See what has been omitted in proof by comparing with the copy. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3193.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above shows two marks for | Abbreviation |. -The descriptions say -| Substitute full form for abbreviation. -| Substitute numerical figures. |</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p>The signs used to indicate changes should always be -placed in the margin of the proof-sheets, and only those -marks that show what elements are to be changed -should be put in or between the lines of the proof-sheets. -The marks in the printed lines and the signs -in the margin are often joined by a line to show the -connection between them. If this is not done, the signs -for the corrections in each line are arranged in the -margin in the order in which the marks indicating the elements -to be changed appear in the printed line, each sign -being set off by a line slanting from right to left. How -proof is corrected is shown in the following example:</p> - -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3194.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the first six lines of an example -of a corrected proof. The remaining part of this example is an image -that takes up the whole of the next page.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</span></p> -<div class="figcenter illowp60" style="max-width: 62.5em; margin-top: 2em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_p3200.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<div class="alt-text-container"> - <div class="alt-text"> -<p class="noindent">The image above is the continuation of the example -of a corrected proof.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</span></p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Read proof word by word.</li> - -<li>Cover with a card all lines following the one being read.</li> - -<li>Always compare with copy all names, figures, and unusual -terms.</li> - -<li>Put all correction signs in the margin of proof.</li> - -<li>Indicate clearly the element to be changed.</li> - -<li>Make changes and corrections so that they cannot be -misunderstood.</li> - -<li>Watch for errors in punctuation.</li> - -<li>Be on the lookout for omission of quotation marks.</li> - -<li>Put in one or more words to fill space created by taking -out other words.</li> - -<li>Take out one or more words to make room for those inserted.</li> - -<li>Make only such changes as are absolutely necessary.</li> - -<li>Read proof accurately and rapidly.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">MAKING UP THE PAPER</p> - - -<p><b>Importance of the “Make-Up.”</b> Although the -editing of a newspaper is often regarded as completed -when the managing editor has passed upon the proofs -of all the matter that the newspaper is to contain, yet -the arranging of this material on the several pages, the -so-called “making up,” still remains to be done under -the direction of one of the editors. The arrangement, -or “make-up,” particularly of the front page, plays a -very important part in the success of the newspaper. -To display the important news of the day in the most -effective way is to attract readers. What has been said -elsewhere of the advertising value of headlines applies -equally to the “make-up.” The best arrangement is -that in which the important news stands out prominently, -and can therefore be most easily read. A symmetrical -balancing of the headlines, half-tones, and -cartoons adds greatly to the attractiveness and readableness -of the newspaper. Although the average reader -does not analyze this element any more than he does -any of the other elements of the newspaper that he -reads daily, still the “make-up” doubtless leaves an -impression upon him.</p> - -<p><b>How the “Make-Up” Varies.</b> Newspaper practice -regarding make-up varies as greatly as it does in -the case of headlines. The seven-column page is still the -normal type, but the eight-column page is rapidly superseding -it, because the narrower columns and margins -make possible a considerable saving in paper. Some papers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</span> -like the New York <i>Sun</i>, the New York <i>Evening -Post</i>, the Chicago <i>Daily News</i>, and the Springfield -(Mass.) <i>Republican</i>, follow a very simple plan of placing -large heads at the top of alternate columns, and of -having small heads on all the other stories on the front -page, so that the four top heads in the first, third, fifth, -and last columns are the only ones that stand out prominently. -Other papers, like the Chicago <i>Tribune</i>, put -a three-column cartoon in the fourth, fifth, and sixth -columns, an arrangement which makes possible large -heads in the first, third and last columns and somewhat -smaller heads of several decks in the fourth and sixth -columns under the cartoon. Still other papers, keeping -to the general scheme of alternate columns for large -heads, use one-, two-, three-, or four-column cuts of -people, places, or events that figure in the news, at the -top of the columns and then use slightly smaller heads -under these cuts. Two-column heads in the first and -second columns are often balanced with two-column -heads in the sixth and seventh columns. Some newspapers -have practically abandoned the symmetrical arrangement -of the front page, and spread headlines in -black, red, or green ink, and cuts over the front page -in a way that seems to have no other purpose than to -produce as bizarre an effect as possible.</p> - -<p><b>Principle of Contrast.</b> The two general principles -that underlie the make-up are those of contrast and -symmetry. Large heads are alternated at the top of the -column with smaller heads so that the large heads will -stand out in contrast with the other columns of less -prominence. Two or more large heads side by side at -the top of the columns do not stand out with as marked -effect as when they alternate with smaller heads or no -heads at all at the tops of the columns. The same is -true when cuts or cartoons serve to furnish the contrast.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</span> -With heads not at the top of the columns, effort -is made to secure contrast by some form of alternation. -A careful study of a number of papers will show a -variety of ways in which the principle of contrast determines -the arrangement of material on each page.</p> - -<p><b>Principle of Symmetry.</b> That this alternation of -the prominent and the less prominent should be closely -related to symmetry in arrangement, is evident. In the -seven-column form, which is the usual one, the large -heads in alternate columns produce a naturally symmetrical -effect. When somewhat smaller heads are -used lower down on the page, a similar alternation -continues to carry out the symmetry. Large two-column -heads in the first and second and in the sixth and seventh -columns, or smaller two-column ones in the second and -third and in the fifth and sixth columns, produce an -even balance. In an eight-column page, in which this -regular alternation is impossible, some symmetry is -often maintained by means of cuts. Many papers do -not attempt to have perfect balance on the front page, -because of the desire to have the daily cartoon or a cut -at the top of the right half of the page where it will -attract most attention. Usually when symmetry is sacrificed, -the regularity of arrangement is departed from -by putting the largest heads, or the illustrations, on the -right half of the front page.</p> - -<p><b>Positions of Prominence.</b> The most important -news is generally put in the last column to the right on -the first page. This is done for two reasons: first, because -a long story in this column can run on continuously -to the first column of the second page without a -jump-head; and second, because, as the papers are laid -out on the news stand, the right side of the paper is -prominently displayed. This fact accounts for the -placing of cuts and cartoons on the right side. If there<span class="pagenum" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</span> -are two very important stories carrying larger heads -than usual, the one second in importance is put into the -first column, partly for symmetry and partly for the -reason that, as the paper is read, the first column is -prominent. In fact, some papers, especially those that -do not count much on street sales, put the most important -news in the first column in preference to the last. -On all pages except the front one, the first column is -usually considered the best.</p> - -<p><b>“Breaking Over” Front Page Stories.</b> In order -to preserve the alternation of large heads with smaller -ones on the front page, as well as to get as much of the -most important news as possible on this page, long -stories with large heads are continued from the first -page to one of the inside pages. One column of these -stories, or often only one-half or two-thirds of a column, -is put on the first page, according to the make-up of the -lower half of the page, and the remaining part is put -with a jump-head on an inside page. When a story is -“broken over” from the front page, a dash or rule is -put at the end, with the words “Continued on third -page” beneath, if the break is at the end of a column; -and a dash, or rule, and these words followed by another -rule are used if the break is not at the end of a -column, the purpose of the second rule being to set off -the explanation “Continued on third page,” from the -following matter. The jump-heads, as was shown in -Chapter <span class="allsmcap">XI</span>, are of several kinds: (1) a reproduction -of the whole of the original head, (2) a reproduction -of the top deck of the original head, or (3) an entirely -new head, usually in smaller type than the original one.</p> - -<p><b>Grouping News.</b> Various kinds and forms of news -matter are grouped in various ways. Local, state, national, -and foreign news is often arranged each kind on -a separate page, as is also the society, the sporting, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</span> -the market news. Short one-paragraph news stories, -usually with one line of type for a head, are often assembled -under such heads as “City News In Brief,” -“News of the State,” “Sporting Gossip,” and are arranged -in order of size, the smallest being put first, or -vice versa. The society news is also frequently arranged -in order of size, the longest stories being put at the beginning. -In some papers, the heading of these one-paragraph -stories, instead of being a separate line, -forms a part of the first line of the story and is separated -by a dash from the beginning of the story, which fills -the remaining third or quarter of the first line.</p> - -<p><b>The “Make-Up” Page by Page.</b> The pages that -contain little or no live news matter are made up as far -as possible in advance of the first edition of the paper -so that they will be out of the way when the news pages -are to be arranged. The editorial page, and special -pages such as the woman’s page, the theatrical page, the -continued story or feature page, can usually be made -up, stereotyped, and put on the press ready for printing -before the news pages are made up. The first page is, -as a rule, made up last, so that all of the very latest -news may be given a prominent place. Evening papers -that make a special feature of the financial and market -page, make up that page last in order to print the closing -quotations of the day and to get the papers out on -the street as soon as possible after the closing hour of -the exchanges.</p> - -<p><b>The Man Who “Makes Up.”</b> The actual work of -arranging the type in the page forms is done by the -make-up men of the composing room under the direction -of one of the editors. On some newspapers the managing -editor directs the make-up, on others the assistant -managing editor, and on still others the night editor, -or the news editor. With a set of proofs at hand<span class="pagenum" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</span> -the editor directing the make-up indicates where all the -important stories and cuts are to be placed, and then -usually allows the make-up men to fill in the shorter -matter with the smaller heads. The experienced editor -can picture in his mind the appearance of the first page -in print, as he directs the arrangement of the masses of -type and the cuts. A diagram, or schedule, is usually -made out by the editor in advance to indicate the position -of the most important news and cuts.</p> - -<p><b>“Making Up” Different Editions.</b> As every -large newspaper prints several editions, the page forms, -after being stereotyped, are returned to the composing -room to be made over for the next edition. On a morning -paper the first edition, intended for places at a considerable -distance, is made up to leave the composing -room about 9.30 in the evening. A second mail -edition follows this at about 11.30 <span class="allsmcap">P.M.</span>, another at -1.30 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span>, and the regular city edition at about 2.30 or -3.30 <span class="allsmcap">A.M.</span></p> - -<p>On an afternoon paper the first edition may be made -up at 6 o’clock in the morning, and other editions may -follow at intervals of about two hours throughout the -day. Generally, however, the noon edition, made up -about 10.30, is the first. This is followed by a mail edition -made up at about 12.30; by the home edition for -distribution by carriers made up at 2.30; and by the -market edition made up at about 3.15, or as soon as the -closing quotations are received from the leading exchanges -all over the country. The sporting extra, following -the market edition, is made up the instant the -complete score is received of the baseball game in which -the local team played, or whenever the result of the -most important sporting event of the day is announced. -Following the sporting edition, many afternoon papers -get out a special mail edition, dated the following morning,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</span> -for distribution to distant points in competition -with the earliest mail edition of the morning papers.</p> - -<p>In making up the several editions, it is desirable to -change as few pages as possible in order to save time -and to avoid additional stereotyping. When arranging -the news on the inside pages for the first edition, the -editor can make up some of the news pages so that they -need not be made over for several editions at least. -The front page is made over for each edition and usually -one or two inside pages. As the value of news changes -considerably in the five or six hours between the first -and the last editions, the longer stories with large -heads that occupy prominent places on the front page -in the earlier editions are often cut down, given smaller -heads, and put in less conspicuous places when later -news requires the best position. Front-page stories of -the first editions often go over into the inside pages -with headlines unchanged, sometimes with the story cut -down and sometimes in the original form. Often only -the top deck of the head is rewritten to be set in smaller -type, and one or two of the decks are cut off to reduce -the size and prominence of the head.</p> - -<p><b>Composing-Room Terms.</b> In the composing-room -the editor in charge of the make-up finds a number of -technical terms in common use in addition to those pertaining -to type that are explained in Chapter <span class="allsmcap">X</span>.</p> - -<p>When all the “takes,” or pieces, of copy have been -given out to the linotype operators or compositors, -the copy is said to be “all in hand”; when it is all in -type, or all set, it is said to be “all up.” Each operator -puts a “slug” containing his number at the beginning -of matter that he sets as his take. Advertisements are -set in the part of the composing-room known as the -“ad alley.” Matter set by hand or on a linotype machine -is arranged by “bank men” in proper order in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</span> -galleys on a “bank,” or sloping shelf. After type has -been used or has been killed, it is “distributed” by -hand, letter by letter, into the cases. Linotype slugs, -and usually all type smaller than 12-point that is cast -on a monotype, are thrown into the “hell-box” to be -taken to the stereotyping-room and melted up, so that -the metal can be used again.</p> - -<p>Page forms are made up on the “stone,” a smooth -table top, formerly of stone, now of metal. Forms are -“justified” to make all of the columns exactly the same -length by inserting leads here and there between the -lines when a column is too short, and by taking out a -few leads when it is too long. After being “justified,” -the forms are “planed down,” or leveled, with a -“planer,” or wooden block, which is tapped with a mallet -to force all type and cuts down to the level surface -of the stone. Type that does not stand squarely on its -base is said to be “off its feet.” The forms are “locked” -by means of screws, or of wedges known as “quoins.” -After the first page form is thus “closed,” it may have -to be “ripped open” for late news. The forms are -“put away” when they are sent to the stereotyping-room.</p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Observe carefully the “make-up” of representative newspapers -in different parts of the country.</li> - -<li>Study the “make-up” of your own paper.</li> - -<li>Display the important news in a conspicuous position on -the front page.</li> - -<li>Arrange the front page to secure as much symmetry as -possible.</li> - -<li>Put the most important news story in the last, or outside, -column of the first page.</li> - -<li>Place the second best story in the first column of the -front page.</li> - -<li>Break over into the inside pages front-page stories of -more than a column in length.<span class="pagenum" style="padding-left: 1em;" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</span></li> - -<li>Alternate large and small heads at the top of the columns -for contrast.</li> - -<li>Remember that the upper right hand quarter of the first -page is the most conspicuous.</li> - -<li>Group on separate pages market, society, sporting, state, -foreign, and other distinct kinds of news.</li> - -<li>See that all guide lines are taken out when the type is -assembled in the form.</li> - -<li>Don’t use any matter before it is “released.”</li> - -<li>Have some good two or three line “fillers” on hand.</li> - -<li>Don’t “hold over” or “kill” really live news matter.</li> - -<li>Remember that the number of street sales depends considerably -upon the “make-up” of the front page.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV</h2> -</div> - -<p class="center small noindent">THE FUNCTION OF THE NEWSPAPER</p> - - -<p><b>The Newspaper Worker and His Work.</b> Any -discussion of newspaper writing and editing would be -incomplete if it did not consider the function of the -newspaper and the relation of the newspaper worker -to that function. In this presentation of methods of -newspaper making the object has been to explain and -to exemplify current practices in journalism rather than -to discuss the ultimate purpose and results of such -methods. It is evident, however, that unless the reporter -and the editor, consciously or unconsciously, set up for -themselves ideals based on their conception of the function -of the newspaper, they have no standards by which -to measure the character of their work. Merely to accept -existing methods without analyzing them to determine -their results, is to overlook their underlying -purpose. Not until a reporter or an editor realizes the -effect that his news story or his headline produces -upon the opinions, and hence upon the lives, of the -thousands of persons who read it, does he appreciate -the full significance of his work. Ideals and standards -for any kind of work appeal much more strongly to the -average worker when he knows the ultimate effect of -what he is doing.</p> - -<p><b>The Newspaper and the Community.</b> Like all -other undertakings, public and private, newspaper making -tends to conform to the current ideals and tastes -of the community. As far as it is a private business -enterprise, it is influenced by the conditions and the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</span> -practices prevailing in the business world. As a medium -of information and publicity, it is measured by the -standards of the community in which it circulates. It -is a product of its environment, and at the same time -it is a force in creating that environment.</p> - -<p>Conditions in newspaper making to-day are the outgrowth -of the journalism of preceding generations. -The changes that have produced these conditions are -to a considerable extent the results of social, political, -and economic forces. A brief survey of the development -of newspaper editing and publishing, with special reference -to present problems in journalism, will help to -a better understanding of the function of the newspaper -of to-day.</p> - -<p><b>Growth of the Business Element.</b> In the last -seventy-five years in this country, the editing and the -managing of newspapers have undergone a significant -development. From being a comparatively simple undertaking, -newspaper publishing has become a big, -complex, highly organized enterprise. In 1835 it was -possible for one man, James Gordon Bennett, Sr., to -start the New York <i>Herald</i> with a cash capital of $500, -and to perform the greater part of the work connected -with its publication, for the owner-editor’s duties -ranged from editorial writing to keeping books, from -gathering police news to making out bills, and from -commenting on conditions in Wall Street to writing -advertisements. The first instance of ownership of a -newspaper by an incorporated stock company came ten -years later when Horace Greeley and Thomas M’Elrath, -editor and business manager respectively of the New -York <i>Tribune</i>, decided to share their personal ownership -of that paper with five assistant editors and with -the five employees of the business and mechanical departments -who had been connected with the <i>Tribune</i><span class="pagenum" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</span> -for the longest time. This joint ownership plan Greeley -and his assistants hoped would in time result in the -“still further application of the general principle that -the workman should be his own employer and director, -and should receive the full reward of his labor.” The -amount raised by this stock company, $100,000, was -considered at that time a very large sum to be devoted -to newspaper publishing. How rapidly the conditions -of newspaper making changed is shown by the fact that -less than thirty years after the New York <i>Tribune</i> was -incorporated with its shares at $100 each, these shares -sold for as much as $10,000 each, and in 1869, less -than thirty-five years after the New York <i>Herald</i> began -with $500 cash capital, Bennett refused an offer of -$2,000,000 for his paper. Within the lifetime of these -two great editor-publishers newspaper making had become -a big business enterprise.</p> - -<p><b>Newspapers Require Large Capital.</b> During -the last quarter of a century the amount of capital required -for success in newspaper publishing has been -further increased by the need for huge presses, expensive -linotypes and other type-casting machines, and -more elaborate stereotyping apparatus, as well as for -better news service, new special features, and more -numerous illustrations. Expensive additions to the -mechanical equipment and other exigencies often -make it necessary for the newspaper company, like -other business enterprises, to secure financial assistance -by borrowing considerable sums from banks. Such has -become the magnitude of the business side of the newspaper -that ownership by stock companies is the rule -to-day instead of the exception as it was in 1845. Not -infrequently the majority of the stock of a newspaper -is held by one man or in one family, and one person, -often known as the publisher-owner, directs the publishing.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</span> -In large cities the amount of capital required -to establish and maintain a daily newspaper is so great -that the publisher-owner must be a man of considerable -wealth. Stock in newspaper companies, however, is not -held exclusively by those directly connected with the -paper. From the point of view of the stockholders of -a newspaper company, who are not directly connected -with the newspaper and who are interested in it largely -if not entirely as an investment, the important consideration -is that the newspaper shall be profitable, that -dividends shall be adequate and regular. In short, -newspaper publishing has become a large business -undertaking subject to the conditions of big business -enterprises.</p> - -<p><b>Increase in Advertising.</b> Another important factor -in newspaper publication, that has developed in the -last twenty-five years almost step by step with the increased -cost, has been the remarkable growth of newspaper -advertising. With growing combination and -competition in business, managers of great retail stores -discovered that daily news of their establishments, in -the form of description of new goods, bargains, and -special prices and sales, was read by many with as -much interest as were other kinds of news. Newspaper -advertising of this kind has proved very profitable both -to the advertiser and to the paper.</p> - -<p>Half-page, full-page, and even two-page advertisements -of department stores and other retail business -concerns have necessitated an increase in the size of -regular editions of daily papers from eight pages to -twelve, sixteen, or twenty-four pages. The number of -classified advertisements, such as “want ads,” has also -increased greatly within recent years. The large revenues -from all forms of advertising have made it possible -to give the reader a better paper as well as a bigger<span class="pagenum" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</span> -one, and at the same time to reduce the price generally -from three or five cents to one or two cents a copy. -The reduction in price, in turn, has resulted in remarkable -gains in circulation. Whereas a generation ago -50,000 copies daily was considered a very large circulation, -we now have newspapers printing daily editions -of from 150,000 to 900,000 copies. Thus, although the -cost of producing the newspaper has constantly increased, -the price to the reader has been reduced.</p> - -<p>The result of these readjustments has been that from -two thirds to three quarters of the cost of maintaining -a newspaper comes from the advertising, and only from -one quarter to one third from subscriptions and sales. -This means that when a man buys a penny paper, he is -buying for one cent what it costs three or four cents to -produce, and that the difference between the cost and -the price he pays is paid for by the advertisers.</p> - -<p><b>Decline of Personal Journalism.</b> Coincident with -the change in the financial organization of newspapers, -significant changes have taken place in the editing of -them. Two generations ago the owner-editor who established -a newspaper with a limited amount of capital, -as Greeley did the <i>Tribune</i>, was the real head of his -paper, who expressed vigorously his own opinions in its -editorial columns. Personal journalism, as the expression -of the political, social, and economic beliefs of -great editors, like Greeley, Bennett, Bowles, Raymond, -Dana, and Godkin, was an important influence in -American life. These men were recognized as leaders. -The opinions set forth in their editorials were accepted -by readers as significant contributions to the solution -of current problems. In short, it was a period of great -editorial leadership.</p> - -<p>With the development of the telegraph, the telephone, -and the railroad mail service, and with the expansion<span class="pagenum" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</span> -of the nation and its interests, the amount of news -available for publication increased many fold. Distance, -once a formidable obstacle to newsgathering, practically -ceased to exist when news could be flashed in a few -minutes from one end of the world to the other. The -news field was enlarged from the city and its suburbs -to include the whole earth. The newspaper became -truly a paper of news, a budget of facts rather than a -medium for expressing the editor’s opinions. As a purveyor -of the news, it increased in circulation and prosperity. -With an ample supply of facts upon which to -base their opinions, the readers no longer needed to -accept opinions ready-made from the editor. With -greater independence in thinking and in voting on the -part of the reading public the editorial leadership of the -newspapers declined. At present the three or four columns -of editorials are relatively unimportant as compared -with the ten or twelve pages of news. To-day the -names of the editors are unknown to the majority of -the readers. Company ownership has contributed toward -minimizing the opportunities of personal editorship, -until now it is said that personal journalism, in -the old sense of the term, has all but ceased to exist in -this country.</p> - -<p><b>Wars Develop Newspapers.</b> In the gathering of -news and in the effective presenting of it, the two most -important influences have been the Civil War and the -Spanish-American War. The great demand from readers -of all classes for the latest reports from the front -during the War of the Rebellion was a great stimulus -to newspaper editors and publishers. The beginning of -the present summary “lead,” and of the long bulletin -form of headline for news stories, is to be found in connection -with the telegraph dispatches of war news. The -advent of “yellow journalism,” especially in New York<span class="pagenum" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</span> -City, coincided with the breaking-out of the Spanish-American -War. Big headlines, and news displayed in -larger type, served to advertise the latest reports, which -the public eagerly sought. The climax of large headlines -is found in two metropolitan newspapers which -announced the declaration of hostilities with the single -word “WAR,” spread over the whole of the front page. -Banner heads in red and black, and large headlines two -and three columns in width, that are now not uncommon -in newspapers as a means of advertising the news, -had their beginning in the Spanish-American War days.</p> - -<p><b>The Growth of Cities.</b> The growth in the population -of cities, partly as a result of the movement from -the country to the city, and partly as a result of immigration, -has made possible large increases in newspaper -circulation. New papers have not been established generally -to meet this growth in population; existing papers, -rather, have added to the number of their readers. The -result has been that a few large papers are to be found -in all the big cities of the country rather than an ever-increasing -number of small ones. In great centres of -population, like New York and Chicago, the influx of -foreign immigrants has also been a factor in the development -of so-called “yellow journalism.” With a limited -knowledge of the English language and of American -institutions, this foreign element has been attracted by -large, striking headlines, sensational news stories, diagrammatic -illustrations, and well-displayed editorials, -and has become a considerable part of the total number -of readers of the “yellow journals.”</p> - -<p><b>The Development of Features.</b> Hand in hand -with the remarkable growth of advertising in newspapers -has gone the development of important features -in the editing of them. The success of department store -advertisements, for example, depends to a considerable<span class="pagenum" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</span> -extent on the number of women readers. To secure and -retain these readers, newspapers have, accordingly, developed -a number of features primarily intended for -women. Fashion news, cooking and household recipes, -discussions of etiquette, articles on health and beauty, -advice in affairs of the heart, society news, reports of -women’s clubs, and similar subjects have been given -greater space from year to year because of the constantly -growing importance of women readers as a -factor in the business success of the newspaper.</p> - -<p>The increase in the amount of advertising has made -possible also the expansion, in size and scope, of the -Sunday paper. Special articles, fiction, humor, and -illustrations in black and colors, fill special supplements, -magazine sections, and “comics.” In fact, aside -from the news sections, the reading matter in Sunday -newspapers has become practically identical in character -with that of the popular weekly and monthly magazines.</p> - -<p>Reading matter the primary purpose of which is -entertainment rather than information has always had -a place in daily papers. Despite the great increase in -the amount of news available, this kind of material has -not been crowded out. The daily short story, a chapter -of a serial novel, feature articles, humor in verse and -prose, and similar forms of entertaining reading matter -are a recognized part of every issue of many newspapers -in all parts of the country.</p> - -<p>The perfecting of photo-engraving processes, by which -half-tone illustrations and zinc etchings can be made -rapidly at relatively small cost, has added another important -feature to the newspaper. Photographs of persons, -places, and events that appear in the day’s news -are now quickly reproduced by the newspaper half-tone. -Cartoons printed by means of zinc etchings occupy a -prominent place in many papers.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</span></p> - -<p><b>Aims of the Newspaper.</b> The present-day newspaper, -as a result of this evolution, undertakes to accomplish -five ends: (1) to furnish news, (2) to interpret -the news and to discuss current issues, (3) to give -useful information and practical advice, (4) to supply -entertaining reading matter, and (5) to serve as an advertising -medium. The primary purpose of the newspaper -is undoubtedly to furnish news and editorial -discussions; the secondary one to supply useful information -and entertaining reading matter. These results, -however, can be accomplished with the present small -cost to the reader only by reason of the fact that the -newspaper is a valuable purveyor of advertising publicity.</p> - -<p>The interrelation between the advertising matter and -the other contents of the newspaper is a vital one. The -value of newspaper advertisements is determined by -the number and the character of the persons who read -the “ads,” that is, by the circulation of the newspaper. -The circulation, in turn, depends on the amount and -the character of the news and other features of the newspaper. -Increases in circulation make possible higher -advertising rates, and higher rates produce larger revenues -from advertisements. The greater income received -from advertising and circulation is generally used to -increase and improve the reading matter. Decreases in -advertising revenues usually mean retrenchment in expenses -and a reduction of reading matter. If this reduction -in news and other features of the newspaper is -marked, the paper will lose readers. Advertising, circulation, -and the character of the contents of a newspaper -are thus closely bound up with one another.</p> - -<p><b>Recognition of Its Public Function.</b> That in its -primary purpose, of furnishing the news of the day -with an interpretation of it and a discussion of current<span class="pagenum" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</span> -issues, the newspaper is a public institution, has been -recognized from earliest times both in this country and -abroad. Although the American newspaper has at all -times been a private enterprise, its public function has -always been emphasized. In guaranteeing the freedom -of the press, the framers of the first amendments to the -Constitution realized that it is necessary in a democracy -to have full information and free discussion on all questions, -social, economic, and political. They believed as -did Milton when he wrote, in his great defense of liberty -of the press addressed to the English Parliament -at the very dawn of English journalism, “Where -there is much desire to learn, there of necessity must -be much arguing, much writing, many opinions, for -opinion in good men is but knowledge in the making.”</p> - -<p>The responsibility of the press to the public has been -repeatedly emphasized. In condemning the appointment -of editors to public office as a means of securing -their support, Daniel Webster, in 1832, declared: “In -popular governments, a free press is the most important -of all agents and instruments. The conductors of the -press, in popular governments, occupy a place in the -social and political system of highest consequence. They -wear the character of public instructors.”</p> - -<p>That the newspapers are the teachers of the people -has been reiterated on the platform, in the pulpit, and -in the newspapers themselves. Wendell Phillips, a generation -ago, in speaking of the importance of newspapers -in this country, said: “It is a momentous, yes, -a fearful truth, that millions have no literature, no -schools, almost no pulpit but the press. It is parent, -school, college, pulpit, theatre, example, counselor, all -in one. Let me make the newspapers, and I care not -who makes the religion or the laws.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</span></p> - -<p><b>The Function of Newspapers in a Democracy.</b> -To accept this generally recognized function of the -newspaper as the distributor of information on all -the varied subjects presented in the day’s news, is to -give the newspaper a place of great responsibility in a -democracy like ours. If we consider only its news-distributing -function and disregard editorial influence, -the place of the newspaper is still a vital one in our -country, for the success of a democratic form of government -depends upon intelligent action by the individual -voter. Such voting must be based upon accurate information -concerning all important events of the day,—events -of a social, commercial, and industrial significance, -as well as those of political import,—because -many of the important questions upon which the voter -should cast an intelligent ballot concern economic and -social problems rather than purely political ones. Practically -the only source of information for the average -voter concerning local, national, and international -events, is the newspaper.</p> - -<p>The rapidly increasing tendency of citizens in voting -to disregard party affiliations, and the recent extension -of methods of direct making of laws by means of the -initiative and the referendum, require that citizens have -accurate information on a great variety of subjects to enable -them to vote intelligently on men and issues. Any -influence that tends to affect the accuracy of statements -concerning current events thereby tends to affect the basis -underlying the opinions of the voters. Upon the accuracy -of the newspapers in matters of news, therefore, depends -to a great extent the character of our government.</p> - -<p><b>Limitations to Accuracy and Completeness.</b> -Absolute accuracy in gathering and presenting the news -is subject to human limitations. Seldom do two eye-witnesses -from whom the reporter gets information<span class="pagenum" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</span> -agree in their accounts of what happened. The reporter -must judge of the value of the testimony of each witness, -and must make up a composite account of the -truth as he sees it in these different narratives. The -copy-reader, in editing the reporter’s story, frequently -finds it necessary to cut it down considerably because -of the importance of other news. Again the accuracy -of the report may be affected by reason of this “boiling -down.” The headline writer, working under strict limitations -of space, may modify the impression produced -upon the reader by the original story. Even on the mechanical -side the accuracy of the news may be affected -by a careless compositor or proof-reader. The rapidity -with which all the processes of newspaper making are -performed greatly increases the possibility of error. -The personal equation, for which allowance is made in -all scientific and technical work, enters into every part -of the process of newspaper making, from the gathering -and writing of the news by the reporter, through the editing -of it and the writing of a headline for it, to the -compositor, proof-reader, and make-up man. The chances -of printing inaccurate statements under such conditions -may be reduced to a minimum only by the exercise of -the greatest possible care on the part of all those concerned -in the rapid production of newspapers, but mistakes -of this type can never be entirely eliminated.</p> - -<p>Failure to give a complete report of the day’s news -is due in part to the amount of news available. Inasmuch -as the average newspaper in a large city receives -from two to three times as much news daily as it can -publish, it is necessary for editors to select from the -available news, and to decide quickly which news is the -most important for their readers. The fact that this -news comes in by mail, telephone, and telegraph, as well -as from reporters, at intervals throughout the day and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</span> -the night, makes it impossible for the editors to judge -with absolute accuracy of the relative value of each -piece of news as it is received. Consequently news values -are constantly being readjusted as each important piece -of news reaches the office. In the final decision in -regard to what news shall be printed, what shall be -omitted, and how much space shall be given to each -piece of news that is published, the personal judgment -of the editors is the determining factor.</p> - -<p>Besides inaccuracy and incompleteness in presenting -the news of the day due to the personal judgment of -those responsible for the making of the newspaper, -other forms of suppression or distortion of news are to -be found in newspaper publishing due to the influence -of various forces. It is to these influences that peculiar -significance attaches from the point of view of the -ethics of newspaper publishing, because in such cases -the incomplete and inaccurate presentation of the news -is deliberate.</p> - -<p><b>Some Sinister Influences.</b> The forces that make -for the suppression and the “coloring” of news as -well as for the restriction of editorial independence, -critics of newspapers assert, are the result of the changes -in business and editorial management during the last -seventy-five years. The charge is made that too many -newspapers are “edited from the counting-room.” -Business interests, it is said, particularly those of -advertisers, influence news and editorials. Because of -stock company ownership and the absence of editorial -management by men known to the public, as were the -editors in the days of personal journalism, wealthy men -or corporations, it is charged, have been able quietly to -buy up the stock of some newspapers and through hired -editors, of whom in these days the public knows nothing, -to direct secretly the news and editorial policies<span class="pagenum" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</span> -for personal advantage. Some banks, these critics declare, -have refused loans to newspapers the policies of -which were inimical to the interests largely represented -among the stockholders or the customers of the banks; -and when loans have been made to newspapers by other -banks, such indebtedness has sometimes been used to -prevent the newspapers from maintaining or adopting -policies hostile to their interests. So-called “yellow -journalism,” critics of newspapers point out, furnishes -another example of the commercializing of the press, -because, in order to increase their circulation and profits, -the publishers of “yellow” journals pander to their -readers’ cravings for the sensational. A number of -newspapers have published advertisements of fraudulent -and questionable enterprises because of the additional -revenues to be obtained from this source. Whether -these charges are true of a number of newspapers or of -only a few, the existence of these conditions and the -possibility of these dangers make the subject one of -vital importance not only to newspaper men but to -every citizen of the country.</p> - -<p><b>Suppression of News.</b> If, for example, owners of -retail stores request newspapers in which they advertise -to suppress all news of elevator accidents in their stores -because such news hurts their business, the newspaper -publishers might consent to this suppression on the -ground that it is more important to retain the good will -and patronage of these advertisers than to give their -readers the news of the accidents. The very existence -of the paper, they may argue, depends upon these advertisers, -and, after all, newspapers give their readers -the accounts of so many other accidents that those concerning -elevators in department stores will never be -missed. This seems to be a logical argument for omitting -news of this kind, but when the results of such suppression<span class="pagenum" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</span> -are traced, the action, it is realized, is unjustifiable. -In the first place, elevator accidents are often -due to carelessness and haste on the part of passengers, -and newspaper accounts of them accordingly -serve to warn many people to be more careful. Thus -the publication of the news helps to prevent accidents. -Again, the accidents may be due in part to the employment -of young, inexperienced, or careless operators. -When it is proposed to correct these difficulties by a -local ordinance or by a state law providing that elevator -operators must be over eighteen years of age and must -be licensed as competent, the importance of passing -such a regulation is more evident to the average voter -if he knows of the frequency of such accidents. The -suppression of news of these accidents would deprive -most citizens of knowledge upon which to base an -opinion as to the need of laws governing elevator -operators.</p> - -<p>The business interests of some cities, it is said, have -urged newspapers to suppress the news of epidemics or -threatened epidemics of such diseases as typhoid fever, -smallpox, and even bubonic plague, because reports of -the presence of these diseases in a city keep away -travelers and hurt business. At first glance this plea -might seem a just one, and records show that it has -been successful in a number of instances. But the question -inevitably arises, Has not the tourist, the buyer, -and every one else who is planning to go to that particular -city a right to know of the health conditions that -prevail there, in order to decide whether he wishes to -expose himself to the possibility of sickness and death? -Again, Has not every citizen and voter of the city a -right to know of these conditions, not only that he may -protect himself and his family, but that he with other citizens -and voters may remedy the conditions responsible<span class="pagenum" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</span> -for the epidemic and may provide for stamping it out? -Reformers in some cities have declared that local newspapers -have refused to give publicity to campaigns -against graft and vice because the exposure of such -conditions, the publishers said, would reflect on the -reputation of the city and would hurt business. Others -have said that newspapers have reported and upheld -investigations of municipal corruption as long as those -affected by such exposure were persons of little influence -or importance in the community, and that as soon -as more important business interests were threatened -by the investigations, the attitude of the newspapers -changed completely. The question to consider is, Should -the business interests of the city be paramount to the -welfare of all the people? The vital questions for editors -to decide must be, Are newspapers in such cases doing -their duty as distributors of complete and accurate reports -of the news of the day? Are they not morally -responsible when they fail to perform this duty?</p> - -<p><b>“Coloring” the News.</b> The so-called “coloring” -or “shading” of news is in the same category as the -suppression of news. It is possible to change the facts -more or less completely so that a story not only is -incomplete but produces a false impression on the mind -of the reader. The sin is then no longer one of omission; -it becomes one of commission. To belittle the -campaign of the opposing political party, newspapers -have misrepresented the size of the political meetings, -the enthusiasm of the audiences, the arguments of the -speakers, and in general, the success of the efforts to -win votes. Candidates, likewise, have been assailed and -misrepresented in news stories. In economic disturbances, -such as strikes and lockouts, some newspapers -have given their readers colored reports by “playing -up” the disorder of the strikers, their threats of violence,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</span> -and their unreasonableness in refusing terms of -settlement. Other newspapers, representing the labor -interests, have printed “shaded” reports to show that -employers have treated their men unjustly, that the -militia has been brutal, and officers of the law unfair -to strikers.</p> - -<p>Newspaper editors and publishers, in these and other -instances, often maintain that they only print what their -readers want. The questions involved, therefore, are, -Do readers want unbiased news reports of the events -of the day, or do they prefer to have them “colored” -or “shaded” to favor the side in which they as a class -are interested? Does the business man who takes a -conservative, well-edited newspaper want news stories -written to suit his point of view? Does the workingman -who buys the Socialist daily or the labor union daily -really want his news “shaded” to favor the cause of -labor? In the case of a strike in which business or manufacturing -interests are involved, do not both employers -and employees want the actual facts as an unprejudiced -reporter sees them? If readers do want “colored” news -in such cases, are editors justified in departing from -the truth in order to satisfy them?</p> - -<p>Some men of wealth and some big business corporations -have undoubtedly bought existing newspapers or -have established new ones, secretly or openly, with the -evident intention of using news and editorial columns -to advance their own interests. Ambition to secure -political office or power has obviously been the purpose -of some of these men. Creation of public opinion favorable -to their business interests has undoubtedly been -the aim of other men and of corporations. Suppression -of unfavorable news, and the “coloring” of other news -to make it more favorable, as well as editorial argument -and comment, are the means used to accomplish these<span class="pagenum" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</span> -ends. In one notorious example in a large city in the -Middle West, reporters and editors were furnished with -a list of certain business enterprises that were not to -be mentioned in any unfavorable connection in the -news, because the owner of the paper was financially -interested in these enterprises. Although men and corporations -have a right to present their side of any case -through the medium of the newspapers, and although -there may be no valid objection to the ownership or -control of newspapers by men with political ambitions -or by corporations, it is plain that such ownership and -control are fraught with danger to public welfare by -reason of the public opinion thus created.</p> - -<p><b>Making News “Yellow.”</b> “Yellow journalism,” it -is conceded, has been developed largely by furnishing -the readers with sensational phases of the day’s events. -In order to make the everyday news seem more startling, -large headlines with bold-face type printed in -black, green, and red have blazoned forth the striking -facts of the news. Sensational news stories of all kinds -have constantly been “played up” prominently. When -the facts were not particularly unusual or striking, they -have been “colored” to seem so. This “sensationalizing” -of the news has been the result of an effort to -attract large numbers of readers and by enlarging circulation -to increase profits. The effect on the readers -of this giving over of a large part of the news columns -to sensational news, and this “coloring” of news to -make it more sensational, is, of course, to give them a -distorted idea of current events. To what extent this -distorted view of life affects the relation of these readers -to society is the question to be determined in analyzing -the effects of “yellow journalism.”</p> - -<p><b>Three Causes.</b> The three principal reasons for suppressing -or coloring news, as we have seen, therefore,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</span> -are: (1) the desire of the owners of the newspaper to -use it to advance their own private interests or those of -their party or faction; (2) the influence of advertisers -and other business interests that wish to protect their -own enterprises; (3) the effort to make the news more -attractive and sensational than it really is in order to -gain readers.</p> - -<p><b>Effects of Adulterated News.</b> Whatever may be -the reason for the “coloring” or the suppression of -news, the effect of this distortion or suppression upon -the opinions and the votes of citizens is a matter of -sufficient importance to the people generally to warrant -careful consideration, not only by citizens but by -newspaper men themselves. If the social and political -interests of the community are vitally affected by news -furnished in the newspapers, as has been shown in the -examples given, publishers cannot claim that the purpose -of the newspapers is to sell as many copies as possible, -to get as much advertising as possible, and to -give the people what they want to read, rather than -to furnish their readers with a record of the interesting -and significant activities of the day, as complete and -accurate as it can be made. Like common carriers, such -as railroads, the newspapers have a public function as -well as the private one of making money, and that public -function is to furnish news, the commodity in which -they deal, in a complete and accurate form.</p> - -<p>News adulterated and “colored” is as harmful to -the opinions of newspaper readers as impure and poisonous -food is to their physical constitutions. Before -pure food legislation prohibited adulterating, coloring, -and misbranding of foods, the buyer was at the mercy -of the unscrupulous manufacturer, just as the newspaper -reader is at the mercy of the unscrupulous newspaper -maker. Although public sentiment has demanded<span class="pagenum" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</span> -laws to prevent impure food, it has not yet insisted that -its food for thought be furnished unadulterated. A generation -ago government regulation of railroad rates, -foodstuffs, and the size of business combinations would -have been regarded as unjustifiable interference with -personal liberty. To-day any government interference -with newspapers is considered as an attack on the freedom -of the press. Is it not possible that the next generation -may see every newspaper of this country compelled -by public opinion, if not by legislation, to give -complete, unbiased reports of all events of general interest?</p> - -<p><b>Questionable Advertisements.</b> As an advertising -medium, the newspaper also has an obligation to the -community. By giving widespread publicity in their -advertising columns to fraudulent investment schemes, -dangerous patent nostrums, disreputable medical practitioners, -and other objectionable matter, some newspapers, -doubtless unintentionally, have aided in grossly -deceiving and seriously injuring the reading public that -they claimed to serve. For such practices the excuse -has been offered that the business of the newspaper is -to sell advertising space to any one who will buy it, and -that it is not the business of advertising managers and -publishers to investigate the truthfulness or moral character -of the advertisements that they publish. Realization -by newspapers of the fact that by printing objectionable -advertising they may cause great harm to their -readers has led many of them to reject entirely all forms -of questionable advertisement even though to do so has, -in some instances, cut off annually from $50,000 to -$200,000 of possible revenue.</p> - -<p><b>Honesty in Journalism.</b> The discussion of these -various undesirable tendencies in newspaper making, -and the presentation of these criticisms of some newspapers,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</span> -do not imply that all newspaper editors and -publishers have subordinated public welfare to private -gain, or that all have permitted sinister external influences -to affect their news and editorial policies. Neither -is it to be assumed that these questionable methods are -necessary for business success in newspaper publishing. -There are many notable examples of honest, independent -newspapers that have enjoyed marked financial -success. In fact, a careful survey of the whole country -would doubtless show that few newspapers that have -continued to juggle with the truth in news and editorials -have been permanently successful in making money -or in keeping the confidence of their readers. Lincoln’s -words are as true of newspapers as of politicians, “You -can fool all the people some of the time, and some of -the people all of the time, but you cannot fool all of the -people all of the time.”</p> - -<p>The stronger a newspaper grows because of the size -and the character of its circulation, and because of the -money value of the good will thus acquired, the more -independent it becomes of the external influences that -may seek to modify its news and editorial policy. Unless -such papers are maintained to represent special -business or political interests, well-established papers -with adequate capital behind them are not likely to be -affected by the demands of advertisers or other outside -forces. Strong, independent newspapers can publish the -facts in the news and can print editorial comments -without fear or favor.</p> - -<p>Unfortunately the rapidly increasing cost of newspaper -production has reduced the margin of profit of a -large number of newspapers to a point where the loss -of any considerable amount of advertising or other support -means financial failure. Under such circumstances, -publishers have yielded to pressure from various interests<span class="pagenum" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</span> -and have made concessions which doubtless they -would not have done if they had been in positions of -greater financial independence. A few editors and -publishers have simply regarded newspaper making as an -enterprise in no wise different from business and politics, -and have accepted the less commendable standards -that have resulted from competition in business and -rivalry in politics. Whatever the explanation that is -offered for deliberate failure to give newspaper readers -the truth, it must not be regarded as condoning the offense, -however great or slight.</p> - -<p><b>The Reporter and His Problems.</b> The student of -journalism should know the conditions as they exist, so -that he may face the problems squarely and choose -deliberately the course that he desires to pursue. Too -often reporters, editors, or publishers have not weighed -fully the ultimate effects produced by suppressing or -coloring the news. It is only by full consideration of -the public function of the newspaper as a factor in the -social and political life of the community that the true -significance of dealing lightly with the truth as a crime -against society is revealed in unmistakable colors.</p> - -<p>Although the news policy of the newspaper is determined -by those above him in authority, the reporter must -decide his own attitude toward that policy. If he finds -that he cannot conscientiously accept the ideas and -ideals of his superiors because these do not conform to -his own standards of truth and honesty, he must look -for a position on a paper that does conform to those -standards. A man cannot retain his self-respect if he -undertakes to do work that he believes to be false or -dishonest.</p> - -<p>On any newspaper, however, the reporter finds himself -confronted with various problems that involve the -public function of the newspaper. He may be requested<span class="pagenum" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</span> -by an acquaintance, or by some person with whom his -work brings him into contact, to suppress, as a whole -or in part, a piece of news that it falls to his lot to -report. Men and women threatened with exposure or -disgrace because of one wrong step, will plead with him -to spare them and their families by suppressing the -news of their downfall. In all such cases the reporter -will do well to refer the request to his superiors and to -avoid promising to suppress any news. Older and more -experienced newspaper men in positions of authority -on the paper are usually better able to judge of the -desirability of yielding to requests and pleas of this -kind than is the young reporter.</p> - -<p><b>How “Faking” Does Harm.</b> In collecting and -presenting facts the reporter should make every reasonable -effort to have them as complete and accurate -as possible. He is not justified in defending his failure -to get and present the truth and the whole truth on the -ground that as long as a story is interesting it makes -little difference whether or not it is entirely true. The -first temptation to depart from the truth not infrequently -comes in an apparently innocent form. In the absence -of real news, or in an effort to show his cleverness, the -reporter takes some trivial incident and, by amplifying -it with humorous but imaginary details, makes of it an -amusing little feature story. Such stories often seem -quite harmless in their effects on the readers or on the -persons mentioned in the stories. Instances are on record, -however, of persons who have committed suicide -because their acquaintances bantered them about the -ridiculous situations in which they had been portrayed -in such newspaper stories. The reporter must remember -that the persons who play a part in his stories are human -beings with feelings, and that to hold them up -before thousands of readers in a ridiculous situation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</span> -may cause them much suffering. But besides any effect -it may have on particular individuals, this embroidering -of the truth with fictitious fancies, even when it -does not deceive the reader in the least, tends to form -in the reporter the habit of embellishing all his stories -with imaginary details. Thus it becomes the first step -in so-called “faking.”</p> - -<p>Newspaper “faking” often appeals to the young -reporter as clever and commendable, particularly when -he hears older newspaper men tell stories of successful -“fakes.” The “cub” may even hear his humorous -little feature story praised for its cleverness by his superiors -who know that it is largely imaginary. If he does -not stop to consider, he may consciously or unconsciously -decide that fiction makes better news than truth, and -may proceed to write his stories accordingly. Encouraged -by some other newspaper man’s account of a similar -exploit, he “fakes” an interview when he fails to -get one that has been assigned to him. His “fake” -interview may deceive the city editor, and when printed -may not be repudiated by the man falsely quoted. -Although apparently a success from the reporter’s -point of view, the “fake” story injures him more than -he realizes, for it dulls his moral sense, makes less keen -his appreciation of the difference between truth and -falsehood. If his superiors discover the deception, they -lose confidence in his reliability and may discharge him -at once. If his identity is known to the victim of the -“fake,” the reporter loses that man’s respect and often -makes him an enemy, from whom he cannot hope to -secure news in the future. In fact, “faking” is another -term for “lying” and the reporter guilty of it deserves -to be called by the “short and ugly word.”</p> - -<p>Furthermore, every “fake,” whether it deceives few -or many, lowers both the newspaper that publishes it<span class="pagenum" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</span> -and newspapers generally in the estimation of all who -know that it is false. Stories recognized by the reader -as untrue, either as a whole or in part, shake his confidence -in the truth of all newspaper reports and lead -him to discount all the news that he reads. Thus the -value of the press as a source of reliable information -is seriously impaired. From whatever point of view -“faking” is regarded, therefore, it is indefensible. It -hurts the guilty writer; it hurts the victim of “the -fake”; it hurts the newspaper that publishes it; it -hurts journalism generally.</p> - -<p><b>The Dangers of Inaccuracy.</b> Inaccuracy due to -carelessness or failure to verify facts is less reprehensible -because it is not deliberate, but it is nevertheless -a form of misrepresentation that in its results may be -as bad as “faking.” An error made by a reporter in -the initials or spelling of the name of a person charged -with some crime has often injured an innocent man or -woman whose name happened to be the same as the -incorrect form of the real criminal’s name. In one instance, -a firm spent hundreds of dollars in sending out -letters contradicting an erroneous newspaper report of -its failure, the error having been due to the reporter’s -carelessness in confusing the solvent firm with an insolvent -one engaged in the same business and having -the same name except for different initials. In such -cases the newspaper is put in an embarrassing position -by its careless reporter, and is compelled to make a -public retraction of his mistake. Even if he is not discharged, -he is not likely thereafter to be entrusted with -important assignments, and everything that he does -will be carefully scrutinized until he has established a -reputation for accuracy.</p> - -<p>If reporters and correspondents remember that every -story they write not only affects themselves, their newspapers,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</span> -and the persons they write about, but also contributes -toward forming the readers’ opinions, they will -consider carefully whether or not they can afford to -permit haste and carelessness to impair the completeness -and accuracy of their work. Although they are at -the foot of the journalistic ladder when they begin -their work, reporters and correspondents should realize -that upon the character of their work in gathering and -writing the news depend, to some extent, at least, the -opinions of the citizens and voters who read their paper.</p> - -<p><b>How Editors Determine the News Policy.</b> The -editors of the news, by determining what shall be printed -and how it shall be printed, naturally have greater responsibility -for the general character of the newspaper -than have the reporters. The editor’s failure to verify -facts in the work of reporters and correspondents means -that any errors in such work receive his approval -and he thereby becomes responsible for them. The results -of faithful, accurate reporting, on the other hand, -may be entirely destroyed by the editor’s efforts to -make the news more striking and sensational. By their -instructions to reporters, correspondents, and copy-readers, -editors directly determine the character of the -newspaper. When an editor tells a reporter, a rewrite -man, or a copy-reader to play up a certain “feature” -in a news story, he determines to a considerable extent -what the effect of that piece of news will be upon the -readers. By cutting out important details, by shifting -the emphasis from one particular to another, by inserting -a word here and there, editors and copy-readers -may completely alter the impression made by the news. -The size and character of the headline given a story -produce quite as great an impression on the reader as -the story itself. Headlines, as has already been pointed -out, have played no small part in so-called “yellow<span class="pagenum" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</span> -journalism.” All that has been said of the importance -of giving readers complete and accurate news reports, -and of the evils growing out of suppressing or distorting -the news, applies quite as much to editors and -copy-readers as it does to reporters and correspondents.</p> - -<p><b>The Newspaper Worker’s Problem.</b> A vital -question for every one engaged in newspaper writing -or editing is whether or not he will obey the orders of -his superiors when these orders do not square with his -own standards of truth and right. The reporter must -decide the question when the city editor gives him his -instructions; the city editor must decide when the managing -editor directs him in his work; the managing -editor must decide when the owners announce to him -their policy for the paper. Then it is that every newspaper -worker is brought face to face with the problems -of present-day newspaper making. Then it is that these -problems cease to be general questions for discussion -and become a personal matter that each newspaper -worker must decide for himself. When it becomes a -personal question to him, its solution does not always -seem so easy as when it is a general problem, because to -disobey the orders of his superiors usually means to -lose his position.</p> - -<p>This question, however, is not peculiar to the newspaper -profession. The problem is not unlike that which -confronts men engaged in every kind of business or -professional work. Every business man, every lawyer, -every physician finds himself called upon again and -again to settle for himself the same ethical question. -Competition in business not infrequently leads to questionable -practices for getting the better of business -rivals, employees, or customers; and it is repeatedly -necessary for men in positions of all grades to determine<span class="pagenum" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</span> -whether or not they will carry out their employers’ -policies when these do not agree with their own -standards of right and wrong. Lawyers and physicians -in their struggle to build up a practice are tempted to -resort to methods condemned as unethical by the standards -of their profession, or in the offices of established -practitioners they find practices in use which do not -harmonize with their own ethical ideals. In the older -professions of law and medicine the members have -directly or indirectly regulated the conditions of admission -to practice, and have established codes of professional -ethics. Such regulation, reinforced by government -legislation, has tended to maintain better professional -and ethical standards than would be possible without -it.</p> - -<p>Journalism, among the last of the callings to be generally -recognized as a profession, has established neither -standards of admission nor a formulated code of ethics. -Only recently has the need of professional college courses -in preparation for journalism been recognized by the -public and by newspapers themselves. With the quickening -of the public conscience in regard to political and -social conditions has come a keener appreciation of the -importance of the newspaper as the greatest single -source of information in our democracy, and a realization -of the dangers of abuse of this power by editors -and publishers. Whatever opinions may be held as to -present-day standards in journalism, every one will grant -that it is the duty of those who enjoy the advantages of -university training in preparation for this profession to -maintain the highest ideals in their own work. Opportunity -to know the truth carries with it responsibility -for making the truth prevail. <i>Noblesse oblige</i> is as true -of the privilege of knowledge as it ever was of the privilege -of rank.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</span></p> - - -<p class="center noindent p2">SUGGESTIONS</p> - -<ol> -<li>Remember that whatever you write is read by thousands.</li> - -<li>Don’t forget that your story or headline helps to influence -public opinion.</li> - -<li>Realize that every mistake you make hurts someone.</li> - -<li>Don’t embroider facts with fancy; “truth is stranger -than fiction.”</li> - -<li>Don’t try to make cleverness a substitute for truth.</li> - -<li>Remember that faking is lying.</li> - -<li>Refer all requests to “keep it out of the paper” to those -higher in authority.</li> - -<li>Stand firmly for what your conscience tells you is right.</li> - -<li>Sacrifice your position, if need be, rather than your principles.</li> - -<li>See the bright side of life; don’t be pessimistic or cynical.</li> - -<li>Seek to know the truth and endeavor to make the truth -prevail.</li> -</ol> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="footnotes"><h2>FOOTNOTES</h2> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="label">[1]</a> “Telling the Tale of the ‘Titanic,’” by Alex. McD. Stoddart; <i>The -Independent</i>, May 2, 1912.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="label">[2]</a> <i>Collier’s Weekly</i>, March 18, 1911, p. 22.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="label">[3]</a> “What the City Editor does when a Gaynor is shot,” by Alex. -McD Stoddart; <i>The Independent</i>, August 25, 1910.</p> - -</div> -</div> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="INDEX">INDEX</h2> -</div> - -<ul class="index"> -<li class="ifrst">Abbreviations in copy, <a href="#Page_226">226</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Abbreviations in headlines, <a href="#Page_288">288</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Accidents, news stories of, <a href="#Page_101">101</a>, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Accuracy in news, limitations to, <a href="#Page_341">341</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Accuracy in news, necessity for, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>, <a href="#Page_341">341</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ad alley, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Addresses, reporting, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Adds in copy, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advance copy of speeches, etc., <a href="#Page_47">47</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advance stories, release of, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertisements, position for, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertisers, suppression of news by, <a href="#Page_344">344</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising, growth of, <a href="#Page_334">334</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising, influence of, on news, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising of news in headlines, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising, questionable, <a href="#Page_350">350</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising manager, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Advertising space, how measured, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Agate line measure for advertisements, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Animal stories, <a href="#Page_218">218</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Art department, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Articles, beginning news stories with, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Assignment book, or sheet, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Assignments, reporters’, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Associated Press, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Associated Press, news bulletin of, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Autoplate stereotyping machine, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Bank in composing room, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bankmen, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Banks in headlines, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Banner heads, <a href="#Page_305">305</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Banquets, reporting, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Baseball games, news stories of, <a href="#Page_167">167</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Beat in publishing news, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Beat, or news run, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Beginnings for news stories, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_103">103</a>, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>, <a href="#Page_144">144</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Beginnings to be avoided, <a href="#Page_74">74</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Body of news story, <a href="#Page_88">88</a>, <a href="#Page_132">132</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Body type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Boiling down news, <a href="#Page_205">205</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bold-face type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Boston <i>Transcript</i>, story from, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Boxed facts in news stories, <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bulletins, news, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bulletins, news, double leaded, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bureaus, city news, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Burglaries, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Business element in newspaper publishing, growth of, <a href="#Page_332">332</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Business management of newspapers, <a href="#Page_2">2</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Cable editor, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Camera, reporter’s use of, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Capital necessary in newspaper publishing, <a href="#Page_333">333</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Cases, type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Cashier, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Casting box, stereotyping, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Catch-lines in copy, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Chase, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Chicago <i>Tribune</i>, stories from, <a href="#Page_82">82</a>, <a href="#Page_83">83</a>, <a href="#Page_214">214</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Children, news value of, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Children in human interest stories, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Christmas celebrations, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">City editors, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">City news bureaus, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Collier’s Weekly</i>, definitions of news in, <a href="#Page_17">17</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Colored headlines, <a href="#Page_273">273</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Colored news, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Column rules, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Column, width of, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Comics, printing of, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Composing room, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Composing room terms, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Composing stick, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Compositors, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Conventions, reporting, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy, common errors in, <a href="#Page_257">257</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy, essentials of good, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-cutter, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-desk, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>, <a href="#Page_258">258</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-reader, how he works, <a href="#Page_258">258</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-reader, qualifications of, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-reading, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-reading, example of, <a href="#Page_267">267</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Copy-reading, marks used in, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Correspondent, duties of, <a href="#Page_54">54</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Correspondent, instructions to, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Courts as news sources, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Courts, news stories of, <a href="#Page_144">144</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Crime, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum2 small" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</span>Crime stories, leads for, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Criminal court news, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Cross-line heads, <a href="#Page_276">276</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Cuts, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_338">338</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Decisions, news stories of, <a href="#Page_150">150</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Decks in headlines, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Defalcations, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Department store advertising, <a href="#Page_334">334</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Dispatches, filing of, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Display type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Drop-line heads, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>, <a href="#Page_275">275</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Editing copy, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editor, city, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editor, managing, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editor, telegraph, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editorial policy, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editorials, purpose of, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editorial writers, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editor-in-chief, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Editors, news, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Em as type measure, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Embezzlements, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">End mark in copy, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Engagements, announcements of, <a href="#Page_170">170</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ethics of journalism, <a href="#Page_339">339</a>, <a href="#Page_357">357</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Exchange editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Exchanges, news rewritten from, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Extraordinary events, news value of, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Faces of type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fakes, effects of, <a href="#Page_354">354</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Faking news, <a href="#Page_353">353</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Feature articles, style in, <a href="#Page_229">229</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Feature articles, subjects for, <a href="#Page_225">225</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Feature stories, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Features for crime stories, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Features for fire stories, <a href="#Page_103">103</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Features for rewrite stories, <a href="#Page_196">196</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Features, playing up the, <a href="#Page_67">67</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Figures at beginning of sentence, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Figures in headlines, <a href="#Page_290">290</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Filing news despatches, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Filing queries and schedules, <a href="#Page_54">54</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fillers, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fire losses, boxed, <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fires, stories of, <a href="#Page_101">101</a>, <a href="#Page_106">106</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Flash, or news bulletin, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Flimsy, guide lines on, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Following up the news, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Follows in copy, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Follow up stories, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>, <a href="#Page_201">201</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fonts of type, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Football games, stories of, <a href="#Page_162">162</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Forms, page, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Free lance writers, <a href="#Page_224">224</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Fudge printing device, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Function of newspaper, <a href="#Page_331">331</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Future books, editors’, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Gaynor, Mayor, news of shooting of, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Government publications, news stories from, <a href="#Page_154">154</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Government publications, special articles from, <a href="#Page_225">225</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Grammatical errors in copy, <a href="#Page_257">257</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Graveyard, obituaries in, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Guide-lines in copy, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Hanging indention in heads, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, abbreviations in, <a href="#Page_288">288</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines and yellow journalism, <a href="#Page_272">272</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines as advertisements of news, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, figures in, <a href="#Page_290">290</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, forms of, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, function of, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, impartial and colored, <a href="#Page_273">273</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, methods of building, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, punctuation in, <a href="#Page_292">292</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, style in, <a href="#Page_287">287</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, tone of, <a href="#Page_282">282</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Headlines, type limits of, <a href="#Page_279">279</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Heads, banner, <a href="#Page_305">305</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Heads, jump-, <a href="#Page_304">304</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Heads, side-, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Heads, sub-, <a href="#Page_302">302</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hearings, reporting, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hell-box, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Holidays, stories of celebrations of, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Home edition, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hotels as news source, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Human interest, news value of, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Human interest stories, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>, <a href="#Page_212">212</a>, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Humorous feature stories, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Illustrations, increase in, <a href="#Page_338">338</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Inaccuracy in news, dangers of, <a href="#Page_355">355</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Independent</i>, articles from the, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Inserts in copy, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Instructions to correspondents, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">International News Service, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Interviewing, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Interviews by telephone, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Interviews, form of, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Interviews, groups of, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Interviews in feature articles, <a href="#Page_240">240</a>, <a href="#Page_243">243</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Investigations, news stories of, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Items, news, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Jump-heads, <a href="#Page_304">304</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum2 small" id="Page_363">[Pg 363]</span>Justifying forms, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Labor editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leaded type, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads between lines of type, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads, or beginnings, <a href="#Page_66">66</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads, explanatory details in, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads for crime stories, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads for fire stories, <a href="#Page_103">103</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads for rewrite stories, <a href="#Page_196">196</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads for speeches, etc., <a href="#Page_128">128</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads for trials, <a href="#Page_144">144</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads, how to begin, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads, leaded, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Leads, unconventional, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Lectures, reporting, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Legal proceedings, reporting, <a href="#Page_152">152</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Librarian, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Linotype machine, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Linotype slugs, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Lists of dead and injured, boxed, <a href="#Page_88">88</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Local ends of news, <a href="#Page_6">6</a>, <a href="#Page_25">25</a>, <a href="#Page_195">195</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Local news, value of, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Locking page forms, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Long-hand copy, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Long-hand reporting, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Lower case letters in type, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Magazine articles, news stories from, <a href="#Page_154">154</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Magazine articles, style in, <a href="#Page_229">229</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Magazine articles, subjects for, <a href="#Page_225">225</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Magazine section, editor of, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Magazine section, printing of, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Magazine section, stories for, <a href="#Page_223">223</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mail editions, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mailing machine for newspapers, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mailing newspapers, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up of newspapers, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, contrast in, <a href="#Page_323">323</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, front page, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>, <a href="#Page_325">325</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, importance of, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, positions of prominence in, <a href="#Page_324">324</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up schedule, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, symmetry in, <a href="#Page_324">324</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Make-up, types of, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Making-up different editions, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Managing editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Marine editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Market edition, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Market editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Market reports, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mat, stereotyping, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Matrix, stereotyping, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Measurement of type, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Meetings, reporting, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Monotype machine, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Morgue, newspaper, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_6">6</a>, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Murders, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Names, accuracy in printing, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, accuracy and completeness of, <a href="#Page_341">341</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, adulterated, <a href="#Page_349">349</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News associations, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, boiling down, <a href="#Page_205">205</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News bureaus, city, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, coloring of, <a href="#Page_346">346</a>, <a href="#Page_349">349</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, covering big, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, defined by editors, <a href="#Page_17">17</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, definition of, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, effects of adulterated, <a href="#Page_349">349</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, essentials of, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, following up the, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News gathering, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, getting it into print, <a href="#Page_6">6</a>, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, grouping of, in make-up, <a href="#Page_325">325</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News items, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, nose for, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News policy, sinister influences on, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News policy determined by editors, <a href="#Page_356">356</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News runs, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News sources, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News staff, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, suppression of, <a href="#Page_53">53</a>, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>, <a href="#Page_352">352</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News, timeliness in, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">News values, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Evening Post</i>, stories from, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>, <a href="#Page_232">232</a>, <a href="#Page_238">238</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Herald</i>, establishment of, <a href="#Page_332">332</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Sun</i>, stories from, <a href="#Page_78">78</a>, <a href="#Page_80">80</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>, <a href="#Page_187">187</a>, <a href="#Page_215">215</a>, <a href="#Page_218">218</a>, <a href="#Page_236">236</a>, <a href="#Page_240">240</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Times</i>, story from, <a href="#Page_244">244</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Tribune</i>, establishment of, <a href="#Page_332">332</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">New York <i>Tribune</i>, stories from, <a href="#Page_178">178</a>, <a href="#Page_216">216</a>, <a href="#Page_230">230</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Night city editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Night editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Night press rate, telegraph, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Noon edition, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Nose for news, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Note book in reporting, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Note taking, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Obituaries, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Organization of a newspaper, <a href="#Page_2">2</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ownership of newspapers, <a href="#Page_333">333</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ownership of newspapers, influence of, on policy, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>, <a href="#Page_347">347</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Paragraph length in news stories, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Paragraph marks in copy, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pathetic feature stories, <a href="#Page_222">222</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pathetic feature stories, style in, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum2 small" id="Page_364">[Pg 364]</span>Personality sketch, <a href="#Page_228">228</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Personal journalism, decline of, <a href="#Page_335">335</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Photographer, staff, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Photographs for newspaper cuts, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pi, type, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pica as type measure, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pied type, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pittsburgh <i>Gazette-Times</i>, story from, <a href="#Page_222">222</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Planer, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Planing down forms, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Plate, stereotyping, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Platform, political, boxed, <a href="#Page_87">87</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Point system of measuring type, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Police headquarters as news source, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Police news stories, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Political subjects for feature stories, <a href="#Page_228">228</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Politics, news value of, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Position of advertisements, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Practice work, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>, <a href="#Page_116">116</a>, <a href="#Page_156">156</a>, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>, <a href="#Page_208">208</a>, <a href="#Page_249">249</a>, <a href="#Page_306">306</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Press associations, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Presses, newspaper, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Press, proof, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Press room, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Printing newspapers, process of, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Printing presses, newspaper, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof correcting, <a href="#Page_315">315</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof, example of corrected, <a href="#Page_319">319</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof, galley, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_315">315</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof, marks for correcting, <a href="#Page_316">316</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof, revised, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof-reading, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>, <a href="#Page_315">315</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Proof-room, <a href="#Page_315">315</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Punctuation, common errors in, <a href="#Page_257">257</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pyramid banks in headlines, <a href="#Page_274">274</a>, <a href="#Page_276">276</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Queries, schedule of, <a href="#Page_55">55</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Query, correspondent’s, <a href="#Page_54">54</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Questions at beginning of lead, <a href="#Page_82">82</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Quoins, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Quotation marks in copy, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Quotations in lead of news stories, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Quotations, misleading, playing up, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Quotations, verbatim in news stories, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Railroad editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Real estate editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Receptions, stories of, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Release date on advance stories, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Reporter, ethical problems of, <a href="#Page_352">352</a>, <a href="#Page_357">357</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Reporter, how he gets news, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Reporter, qualifications of, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Reporter, suppression of news by, <a href="#Page_53">53</a>, <a href="#Page_352">352</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Revises, proof, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rewrite man, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rewrite stories, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Robberies, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rules, column, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Running stories, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Runs, reporters’, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Schedule, make-up, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Schedule of queries, <a href="#Page_55">55</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Science, popularizing in special articles, <a href="#Page_227">227</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Scoop in publishing news, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Second day stories, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_201">201</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sentence length in news stories, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sermons, reporting, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ship news reporters, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Short-hand reporting, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Side heads on news items, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Slang in headlines, <a href="#Page_290">290</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Slang in sporting news, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Slug, compositor’s, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Slug, linotype, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Slugging a story, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Society editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Society news, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Special articles, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>, <a href="#Page_223">223</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Special articles, style in, <a href="#Page_229">229</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Special articles, subjects for, <a href="#Page_225">225</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Special feature stories, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>, <a href="#Page_223">223</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Speeches, boxed excerpts from, <a href="#Page_87">87</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Speeches, news stories of, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Speeches, reporting, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Speeches, reporting series of, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sporting editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sporting extra, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sporting news stories, form of, <a href="#Page_161">161</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sporting news stories, style of, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sports, news value of, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">State exchanges, news rewritten from, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Statistics at beginning of special articles, <a href="#Page_229">229</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stereotyped plates, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stereotyping, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stereotyping room, <a href="#Page_3">3</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stick, composing, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stickful as measure of copy, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stock company ownership of newspapers, <a href="#Page_333">333</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stock exchanges, news of, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stoddart, Alex. McD., articles by, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stone, composing, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stories, human interest, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stories, news, body of, <a href="#Page_88">88</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stories, news, handling big, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stories, news, leads for, <a href="#Page_66">66</a>, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum2 small" id="Page_365">[Pg 365]</span>Stories, news, style in, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Stories, special feature, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>, <a href="#Page_223">223</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">String, correspondent’s, <a href="#Page_55">55</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style book, newspaper, <a href="#Page_258">258</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style, newspaper, essentials of, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style in headlines, <a href="#Page_287">287</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style in human interest stories, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style in special articles, <a href="#Page_229">229</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Style, typographical, <a href="#Page_63">63</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Subheads, <a href="#Page_302">302</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Suggestions, <a href="#Page_16">16</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a>, <a href="#Page_93">93</a>, <a href="#Page_115">115</a>, <a href="#Page_155">155</a>, <a href="#Page_192">192</a>, <a href="#Page_207">207</a>, <a href="#Page_248">248</a>, <a href="#Page_269">269</a>, <a href="#Page_305">305</a>, <a href="#Page_321">321</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>, <a href="#Page_359">359</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Suicides, news stories of, <a href="#Page_110">110</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Summaries boxed in news stories, <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sunday editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sunday magazine articles, <a href="#Page_223">223</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sunday newspapers, growth of, <a href="#Page_338">338</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Suppression of news, <a href="#Page_53">53</a>, <a href="#Page_343">343</a>, <a href="#Page_352">352</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Takes of copy, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Technical subjects for special articles, <a href="#Page_227">227</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telegraph copy, guide lines on, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telegraph editor, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telegraph news, filing of, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telegraph news, form of, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telephone, assignments by, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telephone directory, value of, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Telephone, getting news by, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Testimony, forms of, <a href="#Page_147">147</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Timeliness in news, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Titanic</i> disaster, news of, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_32">32</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Trials, news stories of, <a href="#Page_144">144</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Trials, reporting, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type cases, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type cast on monotype, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, distributing, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type-high cuts, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, leaded and solid, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, measurement of, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, names of, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, off its feet, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, set by hand, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Type, sizes and kinds, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Unexpected occurrences, news stories of, <a href="#Page_101">101</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">United Press, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">United Press, news stories from, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Unusual, news value of the, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Uplift run, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Upper case letters in type, <a href="#Page_265">265</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Utterances, news stories of, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Want ad at beginning of news story, <a href="#Page_85">85</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Weddings, stories of, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Whitlock, Brand, article by, <a href="#Page_245">245</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Witnesses, news stories of testimony by, <a href="#Page_147">147</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Woman’s clubs, news of, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Women as newspaper readers, <a href="#Page_338">338</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Yellow journalism and big headlines, <a href="#Page_272">272</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Yellow journalism, criticisms of, <a href="#Page_344">344</a>, <a href="#Page_348">348</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Yellow journalism, advent of, in New York, <a href="#Page_336">336</a>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Yellow journalism and foreign population in cities, <a href="#Page_337">337</a>.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Zoo, animal stories from, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>, <a href="#Page_218">218</a>.</li> -</ul> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak" style="font-size: 1.5em;">ENGLISH FOR COLLEGE COURSES</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">EXPOSITORY WRITING</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Mervin J. Curl</span>.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">Gives freshmen and sophomores something to write about, -and helps them in their writing.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">SENTENCES AND THINKING</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Norman Foerster</span>, University of North Carolina, and <span class="smcap">J. M. -Stedman</span>, Jr., Emory University.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">A practice book in sentence-making for college freshmen.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">A HANDBOOK OF ORAL READING</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Lee Emerson Bassett</span>, Leland Stanford Junior University.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">Especial emphasis is placed on the relation of thought and -speech, technical vocal exercises being subordinated to a study -of the principles underlying the expression of ideas. Illustrative -selections of both poetry and prose are freely employed.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATING (<i>Revised Edition</i>)</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">William T. Foster</span>, Reed College.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">The point of view throughout is that of the student rather -than that of the teacher.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">THE RHETORICAL PRINCIPLES OF NARRATION</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Carroll Lewis Maxcy</span>, Williams College.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">A clear and thorough analysis of the three elements of narrative -writing, viz.: setting, character, and plot.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">REPRESENTATIVE NARRATIVES</p> -<p class="small no-margins">Edited by <span class="smcap">Carroll Lewis Maxcy</span>.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">This compilation contains twenty-two complete selections of -various types of narrative composition.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">THE STUDY AND PRACTICE OF WRITING ENGLISH</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Gerhard R. Lomer</span>, Ph.D., and <span class="smcap">Margaret Ashmun</span>.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">A textbook for use in college Freshman courses.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">HOW TO WRITE SPECIAL FEATURE ARTICLES</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Willard G. Bleyer</span>, University of Wisconsin.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">A textbook for classes in Journalism and in advanced English -Composition.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Willard G. Bleyer</span>.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">This fully meets the requirements of courses in Journalism -as given in our colleges and universities, and at the same time -appeals to practical newspaper men.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">TYPES OF NEWS WRITING</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Willard G. Bleyer</span>.</p> -<p class="no-margin-top">Over two hundred typical stories taken from representative -American newspapers are here presented in a form convenient -for college classes in Journalism.</p> - -<p class="center" style="font-size: 1.3em;">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak bold no-margin-bottom" style="font-size: 1.6em;">RIVERSIDE ESSAYS</p> -</div> -<p class="center">Edited by ADA L. F. SNELL</p> -<p class="center small"><i>Associate Professor of English, Mount Holyoke College</i></p> - -<p>The purpose of the Riverside Essays is to present to -students of English composition essays by modern authors -which deal in a fresh way with such subjects as -politics, science, literature, and nature. The close study -of vigorous and artistic writing is generally acknowledged -to be the best method of gaining a mastery of the technique -of composition.</p> - -<p>In the Riverside Essays the material consists of essays -which, with few exceptions, have been printed entire. -Other advantages of the Riverside Essays for both instructor -and student lie in the fact that the material is -presented in separate volumes, each of which is devoted -to a single author and contains two or more representative -essays.</p> - -<p>Finally, the series has none of the earmarks of the -ordinary textbook which the student passes on, marked -and battered, to the next college generation. The books -are attractively printed, and bound in the Library Binding -of the Riverside Literature Series. The student will -therefore be glad to keep these books for his own library.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">PROMOTING GOOD CITIZENSHIP</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">James Bryce</span>. With an Introduction. <i>Riverside Literature -Series</i>, No. 227, Library Binding.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">STUDIES IN NATURE AND LITERATURE</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">John Burroughs</span>. <i>Riverside Literature Series</i>, No. 226, -Library Binding.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">UNIVERSITY SUBJECTS</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">John Henry Newman</span>. <i>Riverside Literature Series</i>, No. 225, -Library Binding.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">THE AMERICAN MIND AND AMERICAN IDEALISM</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Bliss Perry</span>. With an Introduction. <i>Riverside Literature -Series</i>, No. 224, Library Binding.</p> - -<hr class="r5" /> - -<p class="center" style="font-size: 1.3em;">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak bold no-margin-bottom" style="font-size: 1.7em;">FOR COURSES ON THE DRAMA</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">DRAMATIC TECHNIQUE</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">George Pierce Baker</span>, Harvard University.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">THE TUDOR DRAMA</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">C. F. Tucker Brooke</span>, Yale University.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">An illuminating history of the development of English Drama during -the Tudor Period, from 1485 to the close of the reign of Elizabeth.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">CHIEF CONTEMPORARY DRAMATISTS, First Series</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">Edited by <span class="smcap">Thomas H. Dickinson</span>, formerly of the University of -Wisconsin.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">CHIEF CONTEMPORARY DRAMATISTS. Second Series</p> -<p class="small no-margins">Edited by <span class="smcap">Thomas H. Dickinson</span>.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">This book supplements the <i>First Series</i> by making available in a -companion volume plays which represent the later tendencies in the -drama of Europe and America.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">CHIEF EUROPEAN DRAMATISTS</p> -<p class="small no-margins">Edited by <span class="smcap">Brander Matthews</span>, Columbia University, Member -of the American Academy of Arts and Letters.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">This volume contains one typical play from each of the master -dramatists of Europe, with the exception of the English writers.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">A STUDY OF THE DRAMA</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Brander Matthews</span>.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">Devoted mainly to an examination of the structural framework -which the great dramatists of various epochs have given to their plays; -it discusses only incidentally the psychology, the philosophy, and the -poetry of these pieces.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">THE CHIEF ELIZABETHAN DRAMATISTS</p> -<p class="small no-margins">Edited by <span class="smcap">W. A. Neilson</span>, President of Smith College, formerly -Professor of English Literature in Harvard University.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">This volume presents typical examples of the work of the most -important of Shakespeare’s contemporaries, so that, taken with -Shakespeare’s own works, it affords a view of the development of the -English drama through its most brilliant period.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">A HISTORY OF THE ELIZABETHAN DRAMA</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">By <span class="smcap">Felix E. Schelling</span>, University of Pennsylvania. 2 vols.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">SHAKESPEAREAN PLAYHOUSES</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Joseph Quincy Adams</span>, Cornell University.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">A History of English Theatres from the Beginnings to the Restoration. -Fully illustrated.</p> - -<p class="noindent no-margin-bottom">SHAKESPEARE QUESTIONS</p> -<p class="small no-margins">By <span class="smcap">Odell Shepard</span>, Trinity College. <i>Riv. Lit. Series.</i> No. 246.</p> -<p class="small no-margin-top">An outline for the study of the leading plays.</p> - - -<p class="center" style="font-size: 1.3em;">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak no-margin-bottom" style="font-size: 1.7em;">PROBLEMS OF CONDUCT</p> -</div> -<p class="center">BY</p> - -<p class="center">DURANT DRAKE</p> - -<p class="center small"><i>Professor of Philosophy, Vassar College</i></p> - -<p class="center bold"><i>An Introductory Survey of Ethics</i></p> - -<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smcap">THE</span> -<i>Boston Transcript</i> says: “It is the great -merit of Professor Drake’s book that it moves -always in a concrete sphere of life as we daily -live it. It never moralizes, it never lays down <i>obiter -dicta</i>, it simply talks over with us our personal problems -precisely as a keen, experienced, and always -sympathetic friend might do. Through and through -scientific and scholarly, it is never academic in -method and matter.”</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="center no-margin-bottom" style="font-size: 1.7em;">PROBLEMS OF RELIGION</p> - -<p class="center">BY</p> - -<p class="center">DURANT DRAKE</p> - -<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smcap">THIS</span> -book, like Professor Drake’s <i>Problems -of Conduct</i>, represents a course of lectures -given for several years to undergraduates of -Wesleyan University. Their aim is to give a rapid -survey of the field, such that the man who is confused -by the chaos of opinions on these matters, and himself -but little able to judge between conflicting -statements, may here get his bearings and see his -way to stable belief and energetic action.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="center" style="font-size: 1.3em;">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak bold" style="font-size: 1.5em;">THE CAMBRIDGE POETS—STUDENTS’ EDITION</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent small bold no-margin-bottom">Robert Browning’s Complete Poetical and Dramatic Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Burns’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Byron’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Dryden’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">English and Scottish Ballads.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Keats’s Complete Poetical Works and Letters.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Longfellow’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Milton’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Pope’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Shakespeare’s Complete Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Shelley’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Spenser’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Tennyson’s Poetic and Dramatic Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Whittier’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> -<p class="noindent small bold no-margins">Wordsworth’s Complete Poetical Works.</p> - - -<p class="center nobreak bold" style="font-size: 1.5em;">ANTHOLOGIES: POETRY AND DRAMA</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margin-bottom"><b>The Chief Middle English Poets.</b> -Translated and Edited by <span class="smcap">Jessie L. -Weston</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Chief British Poets of the Fourteenth and Fifteenth -Centuries.</b> Edited by <span class="smcap">W. A. Neilson</span> and -<span class="smcap">K. G. T. Webster</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Leading English Poets from Chaucer to Browning.</b> Edited by -<span class="smcap">L. H. Holt</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>A Victorian Anthology.</b> Edited by <span class="smcap">Edmund -Clarence Stedman</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Chief American Poets.</b> Edited by <span class="smcap">C. H. -Page</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>An American Anthology.</b> Edited by <span class="smcap">Edmund -Clarence Stedman</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Little Book of Modern Verse.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">Jessie B. Rittenhouse</span>. R.L.S. No. 254.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Second Book of Modern Verse.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">Jessie B. Rittenhouse</span>. R.L.S. No. 267.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Little Book of American Poets.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">Jessie B. Rittenhouse</span>. R.L.S. No. 255.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>High Tide.</b> Edited by Mrs. <span class="smcap">Waldo -Richards</span>. R.L.S. No. 256.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>A Treasury of War Poetry.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">George H. Clarke</span>. R.L.S. No. 262.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Chief Elizabethan Dramatists.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">W. A. Neilson</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Chief European Dramatists.</b> In Translation. Edited by <span -class="smcap">Brander Matthews</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Chief Contemporary Dramatists, First Series.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">Thomas H. Dickinson</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Chief Contemporary Dramatists, Second Series.</b> Edited by <span -class="smcap">Thomas H. Dickinson</span>.</p> - -<p class="center" style="font-size: 1.3em;">HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center nobreak bold" style="font-size: 1.6em;">Riverside Literature Series</p> -</div> - -<p class="center">LIBRARY BINDING</p> - -<hr class="r5" /> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margin-bottom"><b>Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, and Piers the Ploughman.</b> -<span class="smcap">Webster and Neilson.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Chaucer’s The Prologue, The Knight’s Tale, and The Nun’s -Priest’s Tale.</b> <span class="smcap">Mather.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Ralph Roister Doister.</b> <span class="smcap">Child.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Second Shepherds’ Play, Everyman, and Other Early Plays</b>. -<span class="smcap">Child.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Bacon’s Essays.</b> <span class="smcap">Northup.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Shakespeare Questions.</b> <span class="smcap">Shepard.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Milton’s Of Education, Areopagitica, The Commonwealth.</b> <span class="smcap">Lockwood.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Boswell’s Life of Johnson.</b> <span class="smcap">Jensen.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Goldsmith’s The Good-Natured Man, and She Stoops to Conquer.</b> -<span class="smcap">Dickinson.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Sheridan’s The School for Scandal.</b> <span class="smcap">Webster.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Shelley’s Poems.</b> (<b>Selected.</b>) <span class="smcap">Clarke.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Huxley’s Autobiography, and Selected Essays.</b> <span class="smcap">Snell.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Selections from the Prose Works of Matthew Arnold.</b> <span class="smcap">Johnson.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Selected Literary Essays from James Russell Lowell.</b> <span class="smcap">Howe</span> and -<span class="smcap">Foerster</span>.</p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Howells’s A Modern Instance.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Briggs’s College Life.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Briggs’s To College Girls.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Perry’s The American Mind and American Idealism.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Burroughs’s Studies in Nature and Literature.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Newman’s University Subjects.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Bryce’s Promoting Good Citizenship.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Eliot’s The Training for an Effective Life.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>English and American Sonnets.</b> <span class="smcap">Lockwood.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Little Book of American Poets.</b> <span class="smcap">Rittenhouse.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Little Book of Modern Verse.</b> <span class="smcap">Rittenhouse.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>High Tide.</b> An Anthology of Contemporary Poems. <span class="smcap">Richards.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Minimum College Requirements in English for Study.</b></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>The Second Book of Modern Verse.</b> <span class="smcap">Rittenhouse.</span></p> - -<p class="hanging1 small no-margins"><b>Abraham Lincoln. A Play.</b> <span class="smcap">Drinkwater.</span></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="transnote"> - -<p class="center bold small"><a id="TN" name="TN"></a>Transcriber’s Note (continued)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">Punctuation errors in the general text have been -repaired. In the practice work examples however, which requires the -student journalist to mark up or rewrite a passage of text, there may -be deliberate punctuation errors and misspellings. These have been left -unchanged.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1">Except as noted below, unusual or variable spelling and hyphenation -published in the original book have been retained in this transcription.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 10 — “semi-circular” changed to “semicircular” (semicircular -stereotype plates)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 52 — “newpapers” changed to “newspapers” (not what newspapers or -their readers want)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 67 — “defiintely” changed to “definitely” (be definitely fixed in -advance)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 112 — “near by” changed to “nearby” (the railroad yards nearby)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 113 — “day light” changed to “daylight” (Seized by thugs in broad -daylight)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 149 — “anyway” changed to “any way” (Q.—Did you regulate their -duties in any way?)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 159 — “acccumulated” changed to “accumulated” (protecting -gathered and accumulated)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 192 — “daintly” changed to “daintily” (daintily covering her -golden brown hair)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 212 — “requires” changed to “require” (Feature stories require -some literary ability)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 222 — “Hipprodrome” changed to “Hippodrome” (back to the -Hippodrome)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 260 — “Catch lines” changed to “Catch-lines” (Catch-lines, such -as “Society,”)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 260 — “catch lines” changed to “catch-lines” (the catch-lines -may indicate)</p> -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 267 — “catch lines” changed to “catch-lines” (The application of -these marks and the catch-lines)</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="p1">Footnotes have been re-indexed using numbers and placed before the Index.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1"><a class="underline" href="#top">Back to top</a></p> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NEWSPAPER WRITING AND EDITING ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7145131..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_logo.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_logo.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0bfa200..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_logo.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2660.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2660.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 17e76bf..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2660.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2671.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2671.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index edcc8ec..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2671.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2672.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2672.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 898247e..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2672.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2680.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2680.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 13144e5..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2680.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2740.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2740.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3f8c65b..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2740.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2751.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2751.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cc621fb..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2751.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2752.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2752.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 37d4279..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2752.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2761.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2761.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0933f90..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2761.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2762.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2762.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a1c127c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2762.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2771.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2771.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b7fcb53..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2771.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2772.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2772.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 336ecca..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2772.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2773.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2773.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8d9cc1f..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2773.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2781.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2781.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4c28796..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2781.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2782.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2782.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b62620c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2782.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2783.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2783.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e20bac9..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2783.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2790.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2790.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3b9af3a..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2790.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2801.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2801.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cd9356d..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2801.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2802.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2802.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a323622..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2802.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2811.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2811.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ba53d3c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2811.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2812.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2812.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dfa2519..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2812.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2831.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2831.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 74b02bb..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2831.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2832.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2832.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a4a8cff..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2832.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2841.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2841.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4b56dca..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2841.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2842.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2842.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index da4fa4c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2842.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2851.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2851.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0a05a28..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2851.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2852.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2852.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6be2849..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2852.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2853.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2853.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index deeae9d..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2853.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2860.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2860.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 601bcf1..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2860.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2870.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2870.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 31658f2..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2870.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2881.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2881.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 855e686..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2881.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2882.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2882.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 56c49d2..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2882.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2883.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2883.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 157b265..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2883.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2890.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2890.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 81c61db..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2890.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2900.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2900.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ab9b515..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2900.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2911.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2911.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 695dcc0..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2911.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2912.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2912.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b19b6b9..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2912.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2921.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2921.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5dbb99a..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2921.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2922.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2922.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4e280f6..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2922.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2931.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2931.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d03d8aa..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2931.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2932.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2932.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 385e642..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2932.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2940.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2940.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6031d5d..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2940.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2950.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2950.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 33e56b3..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2950.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2971.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2971.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3c7f48d..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2971.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2972.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2972.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3063f4c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2972.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2973.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2973.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 948b336..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2973.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2981.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2981.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 140b441..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2981.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2982.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2982.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 16bb074..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2982.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2990.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p2990.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index abe035a..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p2990.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3001.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3001.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 52464bb..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3001.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3002.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3002.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9395106..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3002.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3011.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3011.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 43a8253..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3011.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3012.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3012.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fcd9958..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3012.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3020.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3020.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6a43565..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3020.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3041.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3041.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4556c73..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3041.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3042.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3042.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5f0dc2b..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3042.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3043.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3043.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5f02376..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3043.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3050.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3050.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 916c877..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3050.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3060.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3060.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4a5b9b4..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3060.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3071.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3071.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 103f944..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3071.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3072.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3072.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9ceba9e..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3072.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3081.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3081.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d78876b..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3081.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3082.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3082.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2270e11..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3082.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3091.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3091.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5322d25..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3091.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3092.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3092.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 59ab202..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3092.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3101.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3101.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e9e896..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3101.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3102.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3102.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4ff8078..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3102.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3103.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3103.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2c32bf7..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3103.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3111.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3111.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9683582..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3111.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3112.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3112.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5f1b413..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3112.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3121.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3121.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 98a2a63..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3121.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3122.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3122.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ab805b2..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3122.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3123.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3123.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bc9c664..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3123.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3131.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3131.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8580730..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3131.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3132.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3132.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5b255c7..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3132.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3141.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3141.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e6d9f12..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3141.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3142.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3142.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 90acc29..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3142.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3160.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3160.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fa32676..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3160.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3171.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3171.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 085fe4f..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3171.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3172.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3172.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 904607f..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3172.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3173.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3173.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ce49ace..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3173.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3181.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3181.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 83c8f07..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3181.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3182.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3182.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c9370e4..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3182.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3183.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3183.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d91eb8c..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3183.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3191.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3191.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cecaaeb..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3191.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3192.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3192.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 37b25fa..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3192.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3193.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3193.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 88fac9f..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3193.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3194.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3194.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e5acb28..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3194.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3200.jpg b/old/65884-h/images/i_p3200.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3651970..0000000 --- a/old/65884-h/images/i_p3200.jpg +++ /dev/null |
